KSC.JUSNREM · Research platformLegislation as Code
Explore Legis-Intel
Punjab · Act · 1908

CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

Stored extracted text; legal completeness and current force have not been independently established. Inspect source and version details

Reading view reduces excess blank space and hides page extraction markers. Original text and downloads are retained.

Reading layout follows the stored source. Open the original transcription below to compare wording and extraction details.

THE CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE, 1908 (V of 1908)

D.__DECREES E.__EXECUTION F.__SUPPLEMENTAL PROCEEDINGS G.__APPEAL, REFERENCE AND REVIEW H.__MISCELLANEOUS THE SECOND SCHE DULE Repealed

THE THIRD SCHEDULE EXECUTION OF DECREES BY COLLECTORS

THE FOURTH SCHEDULE Omitted

THE FIFTH SCHEDULE Omitted

TEXT 1 THE CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE, 1908 (V of 1908) [21 March 1908] An Act to consolidate and amend the laws relating to the Procedure of the Courts of Civil Judicature. WHEREAS it is expedient to consolidate and amend the laws relating to t he procedure of the Courts of Civil Judicat ure; It is hereby enacted as follows :– PRELIMINARY

Section 1. Short title, commencement and extent

(1) This Act may be cited as the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908.

(2) It shall come into force on the first day of January, 1909. 2 [(3) It extends to the whole of Pakistan.]

Section 2. Definitions

In this Act, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context,–

(1) “Code” includes rules:

(2) “decree” means the formal expression of an adjudication which, so far as regards the Court expressing it, conclusively determines the rights of the parties with regard to all or any of the matters in controversy in the suit and may be either preliminary or final. It shall be deemed to include the rejection of a plaint 3 [, the determination of any question within section 144 and an order under rule 60, 98, 99, 101, or 103 of Order XXI], but shall not include–

(a) any adjudication from which an appeal lies as an appeal from an order, or

(b) any order of dismissal for default. Explanation.– A decree is preliminary when further proceedings have to be taken before the suit can be completely disposed of. It is final when such adjudication completely disposes of the suit. It may be partly preliminary and partly final:

1This Act was published in the Gazette of India, dated: 21 March 1908, pp. 9 -168. For Statement of Objects and Reasons, see the Gazette of India, 1907, Part V, p. 179; for Report of the Select Committee, see ibid., 1908, Part V, p. 35; and, for Proceedings in Council, see ibid., 1907, Part VI. p. 135 and ibid., 1908, pp. 8, 12 and 212.

2Substituted by the Central Laws (Statu te Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

3Substituted for the expression “and the determination of any question within section 47 or section 144” by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583 s. 2 read with the Schedule.

(3) “decree­holder” means any person in whose favour a decree has been passed or an order capable of execution has been made:

(4) “district” means the local limits of the jurisdiction of a principal Civil Court of original jurisdiction (hereinafter called a “District Court”), and includes the local limits of the ordinary original civil jurisdiction of a High Court:

(5) “foreign Court” means a Court situate beyond the limits of 1 [Pakistan] which has no authority in 2 [Pakistan] and is not established or continued by 3 [the 4 [Federal Government] 5 [* * * *] ]:

(6) “foreign judgment” means the judgment of a foreign Court:

(7) “Government Pleader” includes any officer appointed by the 6 [Provincial Government] to perform all or any of the functions expressly imposed by this Code on the Government Pleader and also any pleader acting under the directions of the Government Pleader:

(8) “Judge” means the presiding officer of a Civil Court:

(9) “judgment” means the statement given by the Judge of the grounds of a decree or order:

(10) “judgment­debtor” means any person against whom a decree has been passed or an order capable of execution has been made:

(11) “legal representative” means a person who in law represents the estate of a deceased person, and includes any person who intermeddles with the estate of the deceased and where a party sues or is sued in a representative character the person on whom the estate devolves on the death of the party so suing or sued:

(12) “mesne profits” of property means those profits which the person in wrongful possession of such property actually received or might with ordinary diligence have received therefrom, together with interest on such profits, but shall not include profits due to improvements made by the person in wrongful possession:

(13) “moveable property” includes growing crops:

1Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federation” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” b y the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with Article 4.

2Ibid.

3Substituted for the words “the Governor -General in Council” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

4Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P.O. No. 4 of 1975), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

5The words “or the Crown Representative” were omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O.

No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

6Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 19 37, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

(14) “order” means the formal expression of any decision of a Civil Court which is not a decree:

(15) “pleader” means any person entitled to appear and plead for another in Court, and includes an advocate, a vakil and an attorney of a High Court:

(16) “prescribed” means prescribed by rules:

(17) “public officer” means a person falling under any of the following descriptions, namely:–

(a) every Judge; 1 [(b) every person in the service of Pakistan;]

(c) every commissioned or gazetted officer in the military 2 [naval or air] forces of 3 [Pakistan while in the service of the State];

(d) every officer of a Court of Justice whose duty it is, as such officer, to investigate or report on any matter of law or fact, or to make, authenticate or keep any document, or to take charge or dispose of any property, or to execute any judicial process, or to administer any oath, or to interpret, or to preserve order, in the Court, and every person especially authorized by a Court of Justice to perform any of such duties;

(e) every person who holds any office by virtue of which he is empowered to place or keep any person in confinement;

(f) every officer of 4 [the Government] whose duty it is, as such officer, to prevent offences, to give information of offences, to bring offenders to justice, or to protect the public health, safety or convenience;

(g) every officer whose duty it is, as such officer, to take, receive, keep or expend any property on behalf of 5 [the Government], or to make any survey, assessment or contract on behalf of 6 [the Government], or to execute any revenue­process, or to

1Substituted by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gaze tte of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345-475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule.

2Substituted for the words “or naval” by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181-183, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

3Substituted for the words “His Majesty while serving under [the Crown]” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No.

1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. The words in crotches were earlier subs tituted for the words “the Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. The rest of the original expression, after the words “His Majesty” and before the words “while serving”, “including His Majesty‟s Indian Marine Service,” was omitted by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181 -183, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

4Substituted for the words “the Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 Jan uary 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. They were earlier substituted for the words “the Government” by the Govern ment of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

5Ibid.

6Ibid.

investigate, or to report on, any matter affecting the pecuniary interests of 1 [the Government], or to make, authenticate or keep any document relating to the pecuniary interests of 2 [the Government] or to prevent the infraction of any law for the protection of the pecuniary interests of 3 [the Government]; and

(h) every officer in the service or pay of 4 [the Government], or remunerated by fees or commission for the performance of any public duty:

(18) “rules” means rules and forms contained in the First Schedule or made under section 122 or section 125:

(19) “share in a corporation” shall be deemed to include stock, debenture stock, debentures or bonds: and

(20) “signed,” save in the case of a judgment or decree, includes stamped. 5

Section 3. Hierarchy of Courts

For purposes of this Code, the hierarchy of Civil Courts shall be the same as provided in the Punjab Civil Courts Ordinance, 1962 (II of 1962).]

Section 4. Savings

(1) In the absence of any specific provision to the contrary, nothing in this Code shall be deemed to limit or otherwise affect any special or local law now in force or any special jurisdiction or power conferred, or any special form of procedure prescribed, by or under any other law for the time being in force.

(2) In particular and without prejudice to the generality of the proposition contained in sub­section (1), nothing in this Code shall be deemed to limit or otherwise affect any remedy which a land­holder or landlord may have under any law for the time being in force for the recovery of rent of agricultural land from the produce of such land.

Section 5. Application of the Code to the Revenue Courts

(1) Where any Revenue Courts are governed by the provisions of this Code in those matters of procedure upon which any special enactment applicable to them is silent, the 6 [Provincial Government], 7 [* * * * * * * * * * *], may, by notification in the

1Substituted for the words “the Crown” by the Central Laws (Ada ption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1 961, pp. 102-163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. They were earlier substituted for the words “the Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Ext raordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

2Ibid.

3Ibid.

4Ibid.

5Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2020 (XIV of 2020), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 11 August 2020, pp. 557-560, s. 2.

6Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

7The words “with the previous sanction of the Governor General in Council” were omitted by the Devolution Act, 1920 (XXXVIII of 1920), published in the Government Gazette, Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 24 September 1920, pp. 127-153, s. 2 read with the First Schedule.

1 [Official Gazette], declare that any portions of those provisions which are not expressly made applicable by this Code shall not apply to those Courts, or shall only apply to them with such modifications as the 2 [Provincial Government], 3 [* * * * ] , may prescribe.

(2) “Revenue Court” in sub-section (1) means a Court having jurisdiction under any local law to entertain suits or other proceedings relating to the rent, revenue or profits of land used for agricultural purposes, but does not include a Civil Court having original jurisdiction under this Code to try such suits or proceedings as being suits or proceeding of a civil nature.

Section 6. Pecuniary Jurisdiction

Save in so far as is otherwise expressly provided, nothing herein contained shall operate to give any Court jurisdiction over suits the amount or value of the subject-matter of which exceeds the pecuniary limits (if any) of its ordinary jurisdiction. 4

Section 7. Provincial Small Cause Courts

* * * * * * * * * * * * ] 5

Section 8. Presidency Small Cause Courts

* * * * * * * * * * * * ]

PART I

SUITS IN GENERAL JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS AND RES JUDICATA

Section 9. Courts to try all civil suits unless barred

The Courts shall (subject to the provisions herein contained) have jurisdiction to try all suits of a civil nature excepting suits of which their cognizance is either expressly or impliedly barred 6 [or for which a general or a special law is in force]. Explanation.– A suit in which the right to property or to an office i s contested is a suit of a civil nature, notwithstanding that such right may depend entirely on the decision of questions as to religious rites or ceremonies.

Section 10. Stay of suit

No Court shall proceed with the trial of any suit in which the matter in issue is also directly and substantially in issue in a previously instituted suit between the same parties, or between parties under whom they or any of them claim litigating under the same title where such suit is pending in the same or any other Court in 7 [Pakistan] having jurisdiction to grant the relief claimed, or in

1Substituted for the words “local official Gazette” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

2Ibid., for the words “Local Government”. 3The words “with the sanction aforesaid” were omitted by the Devolution Act, 1920 (XXXVIII of 1920), published in the Government Gazette, Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 24 September 1920, pp. 127 -153, s. 2 read with the First Schedule.

4Omitted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 3.

5Omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

6Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punj ab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 4.

7Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federation” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

any Court beyond the limits of 1 [Pakistan] established or continued by 2 [the 3 [Federal Government] 4 [* * * *] ] and having like jurisdiction, or before 5 [the Supreme Court]. Explanation.– The pendency of a suit in a foreign Court does not preclude the Courts in 6 [Pakistan] from trying a suit founded on the same cause of action.

Section 11. Res judicata

No Court shall try suit or issue in which the matter directly and substantially in issue has been directly and substantially in issue in a former suit between the same parties, or between parties under whom they or any of them claim, litigating under the same title, in a Court competent to try such subsequent suit or the suit in which such issue has been subsequently raised, and has been heard and finally decided by such Court. Explanation I.– The expression "former suit" shall denote a suit which has been decided prior to the suit in question whether or not it was instituted prior thereto. Explanation II.– For the purposes of this section, the competence of a Court shall be determined irrespective of any provisions as to a right of appeal from the decision of such Court. Explanation III.– The matter above referred to must in the former suit have been alleged by one party and either denied or admitted, expressly or impliedly, by the other. Explanation IV.– Any matter which might and ought to have been made ground of defence or attack in such former suit shall be deemed to have been a matter directly and substantially in issue in such suit. Explanation V.– Any relief claimed in the plaint, which is not expressly granted by the decree, shall, for the purposes of this section, be deemed to have been refused. Explanation VI.– Where persons litigate bona fide in respect of a public right or of a private right claimed in common for themselves and others, all persons

They were earlier sub stituted for the words “British India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with Article 4.

1Ibid.

2Substituted for the words “the Governor -General in Council” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

3Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

4The words “or the Crown Representative” were omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O.

No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

5Substituted for the words “His Majesty in Council” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

6Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federation" by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with Article 4.

interested in such right shall, for the purposes of this section, be deemed to claim under the persons so litigating.

Section 12. Bar to further suit

1 [(1)] Where a plaintiff is precluded by rules from instituting a further suit in respect of any particular cause of action, he shall not be entitled to institute a suit in respect of such cause of action in any Court to which this Code applies. 2 [(2) Where a person challenges the validity of a judgment, decree or order on the plea of fraud, misrepresentation or want of jurisdiction, he shall seek his remedy by making an application to the Court which passed the final judgment, decree or order and not by a separate suit.] 3 [(3) For purposes of the disposal of an application under subsection (2), the Court may, in the interest of expeditious disposal, apply such fair procedure as the circumstances of the case warrant, and shall, unless, for reasons to be recorded it directs otherwise, order any fact to be proved or disproved by affidavit.]

Section 13. When foreign judgment not conclusive

A foreign judgment shall be conclusive as to any matter thereby directly adjudicated upon between the same parties or between parties under whom they or any of them claim litigating under the same title except–

(a) where it has not been pronounced by a Court of competent jurisdiction;

(b) where it has not been given on the merits of the case;

(c) where it appears on the face of the proceedings to be founded on an incorrect view of international law or a refusal to recognise the law of 4 [Pakistan] in cases in which such law is applicable;

(d) where the proceedings in which the judgment was obtained are opposed to natural justice;

(e) where it has been obtained by fraud;

(f) where it sustains a claim founded on a breach of any law in force in 5 [Pakistan].

Section 14. Presumption as to foreign judgment

The Court shall presume, upon the production of any document purporting to be a certified copy of a foreign Judgment, that such Judgment was pronounced by a Court of competent

1Renumbered by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1980 (X of 1980), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 26 March 1980, s. 2. 2Added ibid.

3Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amen dment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 5.

4Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federation” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XX I of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

They were earlier substitute d for the words “British India” b y the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with Article 4.

5Ibid.

Jurisdiction, unless the contrary appears on the record; but such presumption may be displaced by proving want of jurisdiction. PLACE OF SUING

Section 15. Court in which suits to be instituted

Every suit shall be instituted in the Court of the lowest grade competent to try it.

Section 16. Suits to be instituted where subject­matter situa te

Subject to the pecuniary or other limitations prescribed by any law, suits–

(a) for the recovery of immoveable property with or without rent or profits,

(b) for the partition of immoveable property,

(c) for foreclosure, sale or redemption in the case of a mortgage of or charge upon immoveable property,

(d) for the determination of any other right to or interest in immoveable property,

(e) for compensation for wrong to immoveable property,

(f) for the recovery of moveable property actually under distrai nt or attachment, shall be instituted in the Court within the local limits of whose jurisdiction the property is situate 1 [, or, in the case of suits referred to in clause (c), at the place where the cause of action has wholly or partly arisen]:

Provided that a suit to obtain relief respecting, or compensation for wrong to, immoveable property held by or on behalf of the defendant may, where the relief sought can be entirely obtained through his personal obedience, be instituted either in the Court within the local limits of whose jurisdiction the property is situate 2 [, or, in the case of suits referred to in clause (c), at the place where the cause of action has wholly or partly arisen], or in the Court within the local limits of whose jurisdiction the defendant actually and voluntarily resides, or carries on business, or personally works for gain. Explanation.– In this section "property" means property situate in 3 [Pakistan].

Section 17. Suits for immoveable property situate within jurisdiction of different Courts

Where a suit is to obtain relief respecting, or compensation for wrong to, immoveable property situate within the jurisdiction of different Courts, the suit may be instituted in any Court within the local limits of whose jurisdiction any portion of the property is situate:

1Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1962 (XLIV of 1962); made by the President on 5 June 1962; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 7 June 1962, pp. 921-953, s. 6.

2Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure ( Amendment) Ordinance, 1962 (XLIV of 1962); made by the President on 5 June 1962; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 7 June 1962, pp. 921-953, s. 6.

3Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federati on” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” b y the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with Article 4.

Provided that, in respect of the value of the subject­matter of the suit, the entire claim is cognizable by such Court.

Section 18. Place of institution of suit where local limits of jurisdiction, of Courts are uncertain

(1) Where it is alleged to be uncertain within the local limits of the jurisdiction of which of two or more Courts any immoveable property is situate, any one of those Courts may, if satisfied that there is ground for the alleged uncertainty, record a statement to that effect and thereupon proceed to entertain and dispose of any suit relating to that property, and its decree in the suit shall have the same effect as if the property were situate within the local limits of its Jurisdiction:

Provided that the suit is one with respect to which the Court is competent as regards the nature and value of the suit to exercise Jurisdiction.

(2) Where a statement has not been recorded under sub­section (1), and an objection is taken before an appellate or revisional Court that a decree or order in a suit relating to such property was made by a Court not having jurisdiction where the property is situate, the appellate or revisional Court shall not allow the objection unless in its opinion there was, at the time of the institution of the suit, no reasonable ground for uncertainty as to the Court having jurisdiction with respect thereto and there has been a consequent failure of justice.

Section 19. Suits for compensation for wrongs to person or moveables

Where a suit is for compensation for wrong done to the person or to moveable property, if the wrong was done within the local limits of the jurisdiction of one Court and the defendant resides, or carries on business, or personally works for gain, within the local limits of the jurisdiction of another Court, the suit may be instituted at the option of the plaintiff in either of the said Courts.

Illustrations

(a) A, residing in 1 [Karachi], beats B in 2 [Quetta]. B may sue A either in 3 [Quetta] or 4 [Karachi].

(b) A, residing in 5 [Karachi], publishes in 6 [Quetta] statements defamatory of B. B may sue A either in 7 [Quetta] or in 8 [Karachi].

Section 20. Other suits to be instituted where defendants reside or cause of action arises

Subject to the limitations aforesaid, every suit shall be instituted in a Court within the local limits of whose jurisdiction–

(a) the defendant, or each of the defendants where there are more than one, at the time of the commencement of the suit, actually and voluntarily resides, or carries on business, or personally works for gain; or

(b) any of the defendants, where there are more than one, at the time of the commencement of the suit, actually and voluntarily resides, or carries on business, or personally works for gain, provided that in such case either the leave of the Court is given, or the defendants who do not reside, or carry on business, or personally work for gain, as aforesaid, acquiesce in such institution; or

(c) the cause of action, wholly or in part, arises. Explanation I.– Where a person has permanent dwelling at one place and also a temporary residence at another place, he shall be deemed to reside at both places in respect of any cause of action arising at the place where he has such temporary residence. Explanation II.– A corporation shall be deemed to carry on business at its sole or principal office in 1 [Pakistan] or, in respect of any cause of action arising at any place where it has also a subordinate office, at such place.

1Substituted for the word “Delhi” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), date d: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s.

3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

2Substituted for the word “Dacca” by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345-475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. It was earlier

substituted for the word “Calcutta” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, wa s published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s.

3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

3Ibid.

4Substituted for the word “Delhi” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 196 0 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s.

3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

5Ibid.

6Substituted for the word “Dacca” by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345 -475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. It was earlier

substituted for the word “Calcutta” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s.

3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

7Ibid.

8Substituted for the word “Delhi” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordina ry), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s.

3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

Illustrations

(a) A is a tradesman in 2 [Lahore]. B carries on business in 3 [Karachi]. B, by his agent in 4 [Lahore], buys goods of A and requests A to deliver them to the 5 [Pakistan International Airways]. A delivers the goods accordingly in 6 [Lahore]. A may sue B for the price of the goods either in 7 [Lahore] where the cause of action has arisen, or in 8 [Karachi], where B carries on business.

(b) A resides at 9 [Murree], B at 10 [Lahore] and C at 11 [Karachi]. A, B and C being together at 12 [Bahawalpur], B and C make a joint promissory note payable on demand, and deliver it to A. A may sue B and C at 13 [Bahawalpur], where the cause of action arose. He may also sue them at 14 [Lahore], where B

1Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federation” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960) ; assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with Article 4.

2Substituted for the word “Dacca” by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345 -475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. It was earlier

substituted for the word “Calcut ta” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s.

3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

3Substituted for the word “Delhi” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725-845, s.

3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

4Substituted for the word “Dacca” by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345 -475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. It was earlier

substituted for the word “Calcutta” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was publishe d in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s.

3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

5Substituted for the words “East India Railway Company” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725-845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

6Substituted for the word “Dacca” by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345 -475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. It was earlier

substituted for the wo rd “Calcutta” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s.

3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

7Ibid.

8Substituted for the word “Delhi” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary ), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s.

3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

9Substituted ibid., for the word “Simla”.

10Substituted for the word “Dacca” by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345 -475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. It was earlier

substituted for the word “Calcutta” Substituted for the word “Delhi” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725-845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

11Substituted for the word “Delhi” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s.

3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

12Substituted ibid., for the word “Benares”.

13Ibid.

14Substituted for the word “Dacca” by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345-475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. It was earlier

substituted for the word “Calcutta” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, w as published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s.

3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

resides, or at 1 [Karachi], where C resides; but in each of these cases, if the non­resident defendant objects, the suit cannot proceed without the leave of the

Court.

Section 21. Objections to jurisdiction

No objection as to the place of suing shall be allowed by any appellate or revisional Court unless such objection was taken in the Court of first instance at the earliest possible opportunity and in all cases where issues are settled at or before such settlement, and unless there has been a consequent failure of justice.

Section 22. Power to transfer suits which may be instituted in more than one Court

Where a suit may be instituted in any one of two or more Courts and is instituted in one of such Courts, any defendant, after notice to the other parties, may, at the earliest possible opportunity and in all cases where issues are settled at or before such settlement, apply to have the suit transferred to another Court, and the Court to which such application is made, after considering the objections of the other parties (if any), shall determine in which of the several Courts having jurisdiction the suit shall proceed.

Section 23. To what Court application lies

(1) Where the several Courts having jurisdiction are subordinate to the same Appellate Court, an application under section 22 shall be made to the Appellate Court.

(2) Where such Courts are subordinate to different Appellate Courts but to the same High Court, the application shall be made to the said High Court.

(3) Where such Courts are subordinate to different High Courts, the application shall be made to the High Court within the local limits of whose jurisdiction the Court in which the suit is brought is situate.

Section 24. General power of transfer and withdrawal

(1) On the application of any of the parties and after notice to the parties and after hearing such of them as desire to be heard, or of its own motion without such notice, the High Court or the District Court may at any stage–

(a) transfer any suit, appeal or other proceeding pending before it for trial or disposal to any Court subordinate to it and competent to try or dispose of the same, or

(b) withdraw any suit, appeal or other proceeding pending in any Court subordinate to it, and

(i) try or dispose of the same; or

(ii) transfer the same for trial or disposal to any Court subordinate to it and competent to try or dispose of the same; or

(iii) retransfer the same for trial or disposal to the Court from which it was withdrawn.

(2) Where any suit or proceeding has been transferred or withdrawn under sub­section (1), the Court which thereafter tries such suit may, subject to

1Substituted for the word “Delhi” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s.

3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

any special directions in the case of an order of transfer, either retry it or proceed from the point at which it was transferred or withdrawn.

(3) For the purposes of this section, Courts of Additional and Assistant Judges shall be deemed to be subordinate to the District Court. 1 [(4) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ] 2

Section 24A. Appearance of parties on transfer of suit, etc

(1) Where any suit is transferred under section 22, or any suit, appeal or other proceeding is transferred or withdrawn under sub­section (1) of section 24 on the application of a party, the Court ordering the transfer or withdrawal shall fix a date for the appearance of the parties before itself, if the suit, appeal or other proceeding is to be tried or disposed of by itself, or before the Court to which the case is so transferred.

(2) Where any suit, appeal or other proceeding is transferred from one Court to another, otherwise than on the application of a party, the parties thereto shall appear before the Court from which the suit, appeal or other proceeding is to be transferred, on the day already fixed for their appearance before that Court, and such Court shall then communicate the order of transfer to such parties and direct them to appear before the Court to which the suit, appeal or other proceeding is to be transferred, either on the same day, or on such earliest day as may be reasonable having regard to the distance at which the other Court is located.] 3

Section 25. Power of 4 [ Provincial Government] to transfer suit

* * * * * * * * ] INSTITUTION OF SUITS 5

Section 26. Institution of suits through plaint

(1) Every s uit shall be instituted by presentation of a plaint in such manner as may be prescribed.

(2) The plaintiff shall file as many copies of the plaint and accompanying documents with the plaint as there are defendants to the suit, to be sent along with the summons.

(3) It shall be duty of the Court to maintain electronic records of the proceedings in suits in such manner as may be prescribed. Explanation.– For purposes of this subsection, the word “suits” includes any proceeding in applications, appeals, reviews, revisions or anything incidental thereto.

Section 26A. Written statement

(1) The defendant shall file written statement not later than thirty days from the date of his first appearance in the Court.

1Omitted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 6.

2Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1962 (XLIV of 1962); made by the President on 5 June 1962; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 7 June 1962, pp. 921-953, s. 7.

3Omitted by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

4Substituted for the words “Governor-General in Council” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indi an Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

5Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2020 (XIV of 2020), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 11 August 2020, pp. 557-560, s. 3: the provisions for electronic maintenance of records and proceedings shall come into force on such date as the Government may by Notification in the official Gazette appoint.

(2) The defendant shall provide additional copies of written statement and of the documents annexed therewith for each of the parties and for the Court.

(3) If the defendant fails to file the written statement within the time frame provided under subsection (1), the Court shall close the right to defend the case.

Section 26B. Framing of issues, filing of list of witnesses, recording of evidence and hearing of final arguments

(1) The Court shall, within seven days of filing of the written statement, frame issues.

(2) The parties may, within seven days of framing of the issues, raise objections on such issues, and shall provide a list of witnesses and certificate of readiness for production of evidence.

(3) Upon framing of the issues, filing of the list of witnesses and certificate of readiness for production of evidence, t he Court may itself record the evidence or may direct a Commission to record the evidence in the prescribed manner.

(4) For purposes of subsection (3), the Court shall appoint a Commission from a list of approved panel, comprising of advocates and retired judges, maintained by the District Judge concerned, on payment of such fee and terms and conditions as may be determined by the Court.

(5) The Court or the Commission, as the case may be, shall complete recording of evidence and proceedings in writing and through audio and video recording within ninety days of fulfilment of the requirements contained in subsection (3).

(6) The Court, upon completion of evidence of the parties, shall complete the hearing of final arguments of the parties within twenty days:

Provided that the parties may file written arguments in the Court within the time frame under this subsection.]

SUMMONS AND DISCOVERY

Section 27. Summons to defendant

Where a suit has been duly instituted, a summons may be issued to the defendant to appear and answer the claim and may be served in manner prescribed. 1

Section 27A. Process of summons

(1) The summons shall be issued simultaneously, unless otherwise ordered by the Court, to the defendant, by registered post acknowledgment due and another copy of the summ ons by courier service signed and sealed in such manner as may be prescribed, or as the Court may determine, by urgent mail service of Pakistan Post, at the expense of the plaintiff.

(2) The Court shall order simultaneous service by–

(a) affixing a copy o f the summons at some conspicuous part of the house in which the defendant is known to have last resided or carried on business or personally worked for gain;

(b) any modern device including electronic device of communication which may include mobile, tel ephone, telegram, phonogram, telex, fax, radio, television etc. in the prescribed manner;

(c) urgent mail service or public courier services;

(d) publication in the press in the prescribed manner; and

(g) any other manner or mode as it may deem fit.]

(3) Location of the process server serving the summons shall be monitored by modern devices in the prescribed manner, and the process server shall take photograph of the defendant or the premises or the person accepting service of summons on behalf of the defendant, which shall be made part of the record as a proof of service of the process.]

Section 28. Service of summons where defendant resides in another province

(1) A summons may be sent for service in another province to such Court and in such manner as may be prescribed by rules in force in that province.

(2) The Court to which such summons is sent shall, upon receipt thereof, proceed as if it had been issued by such Court and shall then return the summons to the Court of issue together with the record (if any) of its proceedings with regard thereto.

Section 29. Service of foreign summonses

Summonses 2 [and other processes] issued by any Civil or Revenue Court situate 3 [outside 4 [Pakistan] ] may be sent to the Courts 5 [in 1 [Pakistan] ] and served as if they 2 [were summonses] issued by such Courts:

1Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2020 (XIV of 2020), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 11 August 2020, pp. 557-560, s. 4.

2Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1940 (XXXIV of 1940), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 30 November 1940, p. 129, s. 2.

3Substituted for the words “beyond the limits of British India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

4Substituted for the words “the Provinces” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725-845,

s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

5Substituted for the words “in British India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinance s Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

3 [Provided that the Courts issuing such summonses 4 [or processes] have been established or continued by the authority of the 5 [Federal Government] 6 [* * * * * ] or that the Provincial Government 7 [of the Province in which such summonses or processes are] to be served has by notification in the Official Gazette declared the provisions of this section to apply to 8 [such Courts]. ]

Section 30. Power to order discovery and the like

Subject to such conditions and limitations as may be prescribed, the Court may, at any time, either of its own motion or on the application of any party,–

(a) make such orders as may be necessary or reasonable in all matters relating to the delivery and answering of interrogatories, the admission of documents and facts, and the discovery, inspection, production, impounding and return of documents or other material objects producible as evidence;

(b) issue summonses to persons whose attendance is required either to give evidence or to produce documents or such other objects as aforesaid;

9 [(c) order any fact to be proved or disproved by affidavit.]

Section 31. Summons to witness

The provisions in sections 27, 28 and 29 shall apply to summonses to give evidence or to produce documents or other material objects.

Section 32. Penalty for default

The Court may compel the attendance of any person to whom a summons has been issued under section 30 and for that purpose may–

(a) issue a warrant for his arrest;

(b) attach and sell his property;

(c) impose a fine upon him not exceeding 1 [two thousand] rupees;

1Substituted for the words “any Province” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725-845,

s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

2Substituted for the words “had been” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1940 (XXXIV of 1940), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 30 November 1940, p. 129, s. 2.

3Substituted by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the G azette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

4Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1940 (XXXIV of 1940), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 30 November 1940, p. 129, s. 2.

5Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order, 1975 (P O. No. 4 of 1975), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

6The words “or of the Crown Representative” were omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

7Substituted for the words “by whose Courts a summons is” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1940 (XXXIV of 1940), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 30 November 1940, p. 129, s. 2: it came into force on 1 April 1937 except the words “or processes”.

8Substituted ibid., for the words “Courts of the Province”.

9Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 7.

(d) order him to furnish security for his appearance and in default commit him to 2 [* *] prison. JUDGMENT AND DECREE 3

Section 33. Judgment and decree

The Court, after the case has been heard, shall pronounce judgment maximum within fifteen days and on such judgment a decree shall follow simultaneously.] INTEREST

Section 34. Interest

(1) Where and in so far as a decree is for the payment of money, the Court may, in the decree, order interest at such rate as the Court deems reasonable to be paid on the principal sum adjudged, from the date of the suit to the date of the decree, in addition to any interest adjudged on such principal sum for any period prior to the institution of the suit, with further interest at such rate as the Court deems reasonable on the aggregate sum so adjudged, from the date of the decree to the date of payment, or to such earlier date as the Court thinks fit.

(2) Where such a decree is silent with respect to the payment of further interest on such aggregate sum as aforesaid from the date of the decree to the date of payment or other earlier date, the Court shall be deemed to have refused such interest, and a separate suit therefore shall not lie. 4

Section 34A. Interest on public dues

(1) Where the Court is of opinion that a suit was instituted with intent to avoid the payment of any public dues payable by the plaintiff or on his behalf, the Court may, while dismissing such suit, make an order for payment of interest on such public dues at the rate of two per cent, above the prevailing bank rate.

(2) Where the Court is of opinion that the recovery of any public dues from the plaintiff was unjustified, the Court may, while disposing of the suit, make an order for payment of interest on the amount recovered at the rate of two per cent, above the prevailing bank rate. Explanation.– In this section,–

(a) "bank rate" means the bank rate determined and made public under the provisions of the State Bank of Pakistan Act, 1956 (XXXIII of 1956); and

(b) "public dues" includes the dues of any bank owned by the Federal Government or of any corporation or undertaking owned or controlled by the Federal Government or a Provincial Government or of any local authority.]

1Substituted for the words “five hundred” by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 6.

2The words “the civil” were omitted ibid.

3Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 8.

4Inserted by the Code of Civil Pr ocedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1980 (X of 1980), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 26 March 1980, s. 3.

1

Section 34B. Interest, etc., on dues of banking company

Where and in so far as a decree is for payment of money due to a banking company in re-payment of a loan advanced by it, the Court shall, in the decree, provide for interest or return, as the case may be, on the judgment debt from the date of decree till payment–

(a) in the case of interest-bearing loans, for interest at the contracted rate or at the rate of two per cent above the bank rate, whichever is the higher;

(b) in the case of loans given on the basis of mark­up in price, lease, hire­purchase or service charges, for the contracted rate of mark­up, rental, hire or service charges, as the case may be, or at the latest rate of the banking company for similar loans, whichever is the higher; and

(c) in the case of loans given on the basis of participation in profit and loss, for return at such rate, not being less than the annual rate of profit for the preceding six months paid by the banking company on term deposits of six months accepted by it on the basis of participation in profit and loss, as the court may consider just and reasonable in the circumstances of the case, keeping in view the profit-sharing agreement entered into between the banking company and the judgement debtor when the loan was contracted. Explanation.– In this section in clause (a), “bank rate” has the same meaning as in section 34A.] COSTS

Section 35. Costs

2 [(1) Subject to such conditions and limitations, as may be prescribed, and to the provisions of law for the time being in force, the costs of an incident to all suits and other proceedings in the suit including exec ution proceedings, shall follow the event, and the Court shall have full power to determine by whom or out of which property and to what extent such costs are to be paid, and to give all necessary directions for the purpose aforesaid.

(1a) The fact that the Court has no jurisdiction to try the suit shall be no bar to exercising the powers under subsection (1).]

(2) Where the Court directs that any costs shall not follow the event, the Court shall state its reasons in writing.

(3) The Court may give interest on costs at any rate not exceeding six per cent per annum, and such interest shall be added to the costs and shall be recoverable as such.

1Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1980 (LXIII of 1980), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 December 1980, pp. 557 -558, s. 2. The amending Ordinance provided that the provisions of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, as amended, shall have effect notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force or any agreement, contract, memorandum or article of association or other instrument. See s. 3.

2Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 9.

1

Section 35A. Compensatory costs in respect of false or vexatious claims or defences

(1) If in any suit or other proceeding 2 [(including an execution proceeding)], not being an appeal, any party objects to the claim or defence on the ground that the claim or defence or any part of it is, as against the objector, false or vexatious to the knowledge of the party by whom it has been put forward, and if thereafter, as against the objector, such claim or defence is disallowed, abandoned or withdrawn in whole or in part, the Court, if the objection has been taken at the earliest opportunity and if it is satisfied of the justice thereof, may, after recording its reasons for holding such claim or defence to be false or vexatious, make an order for the payment to the ob jector, by the party by whom such claim or defence has been put forward, of costs by way of compensation.

(2) No Court shall make any such order for the payment of an amount exceeding 3 [one hundred thousand] rupees or exceeding the limits of its pecuniary jurisdiction, whichever amount is less:

4 [* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

Provided 5 [* * *] that the High Court may limit the amount which any Court or class of Courts is empowered to award as costs under this section.

(3) No person against whom an order has been made under this section shall, by reason thereof, be exempted from any criminal liability in respect of any claim or defence made by him.

(4) The amount of any compensation awarded under this section in respect of a false or vexatious claim or defence shall be taken into account in any subsequent suit for damages or compensation in respect of such claim or defence.]

PART II

EXECUTION GENERAL

Section 36. Application to orders

The provisions of this Code relating to the execution of decrees shall, so far as they are applicable, be deemed to apply to the execution of orders.

1Inserted by the Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1922 (IX of 1922), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 11 March 1922,

p. 37, s. 2.

2Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1963 (III of 1963); assented to by t he President on 3 April 1963; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 3 April 1963, pp. 284b-284d, s. 3.

3Substituted for the words “twenty-five thousand” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 201 8), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 10. They were earlier substituted for the words “five thousand” by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 (XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683 -688, s. 7. They were earlier

substituted for the words “one thousand” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1962 (XLIV of 1962); made by the President on 5 June 1962; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 7 June 1962, pp. 921 - 953, s. 9.

4The first proviso was omitted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 10. 5Ibid., for the expression “, further,”.

Section 37. Definition of Court which passed a decree

The expression "Court which passed a decree," or words to that effect, shall, in relation to the execution of decrees, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context, be deemed to include,–

(a) where the decree to be executed has been passed in the exercise of appellate jurisdiction, the Court of first instance, and

(b) where the Court of first instance has ceased to exist or to have jurisdiction to execute it, the Court which, if the suit wherein the decree was passed was instituted at the time of making the application for the execution of the decree, would have jurisdiction to try such suit. COURTS BY WHICH DECREES MAY BE EXECUTED

Section 38. Court by which decree may be executed

A decree may be executed either by the Court which passed it, or by the Court to which it is sent for execution.

Section 39. Transfer of decree

(1) The Court which passed a decree may, on the application of the decree­holder, send it for execution to another Court,–

(a) if the person against whom the decree is passed actually and voluntarily resides or carries on business, or personally works for gain, within the local limits of the jurisdiction of such other Court, or

(b) if such person has not property within the local limits of the jurisdiction of the Court which passed the decree sufficient to satisfy such decree and has property within the local limits of the jurisdiction of such other Court, or

(c) if the decree directs the sale or delivery of immoveable property situate outside the local limits of the Jurisdiction of the Court which passed it, or

(d) if the Court which passed the decree considers for any other reason, which it shall record in writing, that the decree should be executed by such other Court.

(2) The Court which passed a decree may of its own motion send it for execution to any subordinate Court of competent jurisdiction.

Section 40. Transfer of decree to Court in another province

Where a decree is sent for execution in another province, it shall be sent to such Court and executed in such manner as may be prescribed by rules in force in that province.

Section 41. Result of execution -proceeding to be certified

The Court to which a decree is sent for execution shall certify to the Court which passed it the fact of such execution, or where the former Court fails to execute the same the circumstances attending such failure.

Section 42. Powers of Court in executing transferred decree

1 [(1)] The Court executing a decree sent to it shall have the same powers in executing such decree as if it had been passed by itself. All persons disobeying or obstructing the execution of the decree shall be punishable by such Court in the same manner as if it had passed the decree. And its order in executing such decree shall be subject to the same rules in respect of appeal as if the decree had been passed by itself. 2 [(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provision, the Court executing a decree sent to it shall have the following powers, namely:–

(a) power under section 39 to transfer the decree to another Court, if necessary;

(b) power under sub­section (1) of section 50 to permit execution to proceed against the legal representatives of a deceased judgment debtor;

(c) power under section 152 to correct clerical or arithmetical errors;

(d) power under rule 16 of Order XXI to recognise the assignment of a decree;

(e) power under sub- rule (2) of rule 50 of Order XXI to grant leave to a decree- holder to proceed against a person not already recognised as a partner in a firm in an execution proceeding against the firm;

(f) power under clause (b) of sub­rule (1) of rule 53 of Order XXI to give notice of attachment of decree passed by another Court.]

Section 43. Execution of decrees passed by British Courts in places to which this Part does not extend or in foreign territory

Any decree passed by a Civil Court established in any 3 [area in 4 [Pakistan] ] to which the provisions relating to execution do not extend, 5 [* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *] may, if it cannot be

1Renumbered by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1962 (XLIV of 1962); made by the President on 5 June 1962; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 7 June 1962, pp. 921-953, s. 10. 2Added ibid.

3Substituted for the words “part of British India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pa kistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

4Substituted for the words “the Provinces” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, w as published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 - 845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

5The expression “or by any Court established or continued by the authority of the Federal G overnment in any Acceding State,” was omitted by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345 -475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule, item 46 . The words “ any Acceding State” were earlier substituted for the words “the territories of any foreign Province or State” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary) , dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the Schedule . Before that for the words “the Governor-General in Council ”, the words “the Central Government or Crown Representative” were substituted by the Government of India (Adaptation of India n

Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule: the expression “ or Crown Representative” was omitted by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955; and, for the words “Central Government”, the words “Federal Government” were substituted by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (IV of 1975), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

executed within the jurisdiction of the Court by which it was passed, be executed in manner herein provided within the jurisdiction of any Court in 1 [Pakistan]. 2

Section 44. Execution of decrees passed by Courts of Acceding States

* * * ] 3

Section 44A. Execution of decrees passed by Courts in the reciprocating territory

(1) Whe re a certified copy of a decree of any of the Superior Courts of the reciprocating territory has been filed in a District Court, the decree may be executed in Pakistan as if it had been passed by the District Court.

(2) Together with the certified copy of the decree shall be filed a certificate from such superior Court stating the extent, if any, to which the decree has been satisfied or adjusted and such certificate shall, for the purposes of proceedings under this section, be conclusive proof of the exten t of such satisfaction or adjustment.

(3) The provisions of section 47 shall as from the filing of the certified copy of the decree apply to the proceedings of a District Court executing a decree under this section, and the District Court shall refuse exec ution of any such decree, if it is shown to the satisfaction of the Court that the decree falls within any of the exceptions specified in clauses (a) to (f) of section 13. Explanation 1 .– “Reciprocating territory” means such country or territory as the Federal Government may, from time to time, by notification in the official Gazette, declare to be reciprocating territory for the purposes of this section; and “superior Courts”, with reference to any such territory, means such Courts as may be specified in the said notification. Explanation 2.– “Decree”, with reference to a superior Court, means any decree or judgment of such Court under which a sum of money is payable, not being a sum payable in respect of taxes or other charges of a like nature or in respec t of a fine or other penalty, and does not include an arbitration award, even if such award is enforceable as a decree or judgment.] 4

Section 45. Execution of decrees in foreign territory

* * * * * * * * * ]

Section 46. Precepts

(1) Upon the application of the decree­holder the Court which passed the decree may, whenever it thinks fit, issue a precept to any other Court

1Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federation” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” b y the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with Article 4.

2Omitted by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345-475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. It was earlier substituted by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 Apri l 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

3Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 11. It was inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1937 (VIII of 1937), published in the Gazette of India, s. 2.

4Omitted by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345-475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. It was earlier substituted by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 Apri l 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

which would be competent to execute such decree to attach any property belonging to the judgment­debtor and specified in the precept.

(2) The Court to which a precept is sent shall proceed to attach the property in the manner prescribed in regard to the attachment of property in execution of a decree:

Provided that no attachment under a precept shall continue for more than two months unless the period of attachment is extended by an order of the Court which passed the decree or unless before the determination of such attachment the decree has been transferred to the Court by which the attachment has been made and the decree­holder has applied for an order for the sale of such property. QUESTIONS TO BE DETERMINED BY COURT EXECUTING DECREE

Section 47. Questions to be determined by the Court executing decree

(1) All questions arising between the parties to the suit in which the decree was passed, or their representatives, and relating to the execution, discharge or satisfaction of the decree, shall be determined by the Court executing the decree and not by a separate suit.

(2) The Court may, subject to any objection as to limitation or jurisdiction, treat a proceeding under this section as a suit or a suit as a proceeding and may, if necessary, order payment of any additional court­fees.

(3) Where a question arises as to whether any person is or is not the representative of a party, such question shall, for the purposes of this section, be determined by the Court. Explanation.– For the purposes of this section, a plaintiff whose suit has been dismissed and a defendant against whom a suit has been dismissed, are parties to the suit. LIMIT OF TIME FOR EXECUTION

Section 48. Execution barred in certain cases

(1) Where an application to execute a decree not being a decree granting an injunction has been made, no order for the execution of the same decree shall be made upon any fresh application presented after the expiration of 1 [six years] from–

(a) the date of the decree sought to be executed, or,

(b) where the decree or any subsequent order directs any payment of money or the delivery of any property to be made at a certain date or at recurring periods, the date of the default in making the payment or delivery in respect of which the applicant seeks to execute the decree.

(2) Nothing in this section shall be deemed–

1Substituted for the words “twelve years” by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583 s. 2 read with the Schedule.

(a) to preclude the Court from ordering the execution of a decree upon an application presented after the expiration of the said term of 1 [six years], where the judgment­debtor has, by fraud or force, prevented the execution of the decree at some time within 2 [six years] immediately before the date of the application; or

(b) to limit or otherwise affect the operation of article 3 [183 of the First Schedule to the 4 [*] Limitation Act, 1908 5 ]. TRANSFEREES AND LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES

Section 49. Transferee

Every transferee of a decree shall hold the same subject to the equities (if any) which the Judgment­debtor might have enforced against the original decree­holder.

Section 50. Legal representative

(1) Where a judgment­debtor dies before the decree has been fully satisfied, the holder of the decree may apply to the Court which passed it to execute the same against the legal representative of the deceased.

(2) Where the decree is executed against such legal representative, he shall be liable only to the extent of the property of the deceased which has come to his hands and has not been duly disposed of; and, for the purpose of ascertaining such liability, the Court executing the decree may, of its own motion or on the application of the decree­holder, compel such legal representative to produce such accounts as it thinks fit. PROCEDURE IN EXECUTION

Section 51. Powers of Court to enforce ex ecution

Subject to such conditions and limitations as may be prescribed, the Court may, on the application of the decree­holder, order execution of the decree–

(a) by delivery of any property specifically decreed;

(b) by attachment and sale or by sale without attachment of any property;

(c) by arrest and detention in prison;

(d) by appointing a receiver; or

(e) in such other manner as the nature of the relief granted may require. 1 [Provided that 2 [* * * * * * * * *] execution by detention in prison shall not be ordered unless, after giving the judgment­debtor an opportunity of showing cause

1Ibid.

2Ibid.

3Substituted for the expression “180 of the Second Schedule to the Indian Limitation Act, 1877" by the Code of Civil Procedure

(Amendment) Act, 1940 (XXXIV of 1940), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 30 November 1940, p. 129, s. 3. 4The word “Indian” deemed to be omitted by virtue of omission of the said word in the “short title” of the Indian Limitation Act, 1908 by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 5IX of 1908.

why he should not be committed to prison, the Court, for reasons recorded in writing, is satisfied–

(a) that the judgment­debtor, with the object or effect of obstructing or delaying the execution of the decree,–

(i) is likely to abscond or leave the local limits of the jurisdiction of the Court, or

(ii) has, after the institution of the suit in which the decree was passed, dishonestly transferred, concealed, or removed any part of his property, or committed any other act of bad faith in relation to his property; or

(b) that the judgment­debtor has, or has had since the date of the decree, the means to pay the amount of the decr ee or some substantial part thereof and refuses or neglects or has refused or neglected to pay the same, or

(c) that the decree is for a sum for which the judgment-debtor was bound in a fiduciary capacity to account. Explanation.– In the calculation of the means of the judgment­debtor for the purposes of clause (b), there shall be left out of account any property which, by or under any law or custom having the force of law for the time being in force, is exempt from attachment in execution of the decree.]

Section 52. Enforcement of decree against legal representative

(1) Where a decree is passed against a party as the legal representative of a deceased person, and the decree is for the payment of money out of the property of the deceased, it may be executed by the attachment and sale of any such property.

(2) Where no such property remains in the possession of the judgment­debtor and he fails to satisfy the Court that he has duly applied such property of the deceased as is proved to have come into his possession, the decree may be executed against the judgment­debtor to the extent of the property in respect of which he has failed so to satisfy the Court in the same manner as if the decree had been against him personally.

Section 53. Liability of ancestral property

For the purposes of section 50 and section 52, property in the hands of a son or other descendant which is liable under Hindu law for the payment of the debt of a deceased ancestor, in respect of which a decree has been passed, shall be deemed to be property of the deceased which has come to the hands of the son or other descendant as his legal representative.

Section 54. Partition of estate or separation of share

Where the decree is for the partition of an undivided estate assessed to the payment of revenue to 3 [the

1Added by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1936 (XXI of 1936), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 7 November 1936, pp. 63-64, s. 2.

2The expression “where the decree is for t he payment of money” was omitted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1980 (X of 1980), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 26 March 1980, s. 4.

3Substituted for the words “the Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

1 [ Government] ], or for the separate possession of a share of such an estate, the partition of the estate or the separation of the share shall be made by the Collector or any gazetted subordinate of the Collector deputed by him in this behalf, in accordance with the law (if any) for the time being in force relating to the partition, or the separate possession of shares, of such estates. ARREST AND DETENTION

Section 55. Arrest and detention

(1) A judgment­debtor may be arrested in execution of a decree at any hour and on any day, and shall, as soon as practicable, be brought before the Court 2[which may make an order for his detention in prison to suffer simple imprisonment for a period not exceeding one year]:

Provided, firstly, that, for the purpose of making an arrest under this section, no dwelling­house shall be entered after sunset and before sunrise:

Provided, secondly, that no outer door of a dwelling­house shall be broken open unless such dwelling­house is in the occupancy of the judgment­debtor and he refuses or in any way prevents access thereto, but when the officer authorized to make the arrest has duly gained access to any dwelling­house, he may break open the door of any room in which he has reason to believe the judgment­debtor is to be found:

Provided, thirdly, that, if the room is in the actual occupancy of a woman who is not the judgement­debtor and who according to the customs of the country does not appear in public, the officer authorized to make the arrest shall give notice to her that she is at liberty to withdraw, and, after allowing a reasonable time for her to withdraw and giving her reasonable facility for withdrawing, may enter the room for the purpose of making the arrest:

Provided, fourthly, that, where the decree in execution of which a judgment­debtor is arrested, is a decree for the payment of money and the judgment­debtor pays the amount of the decree and the costs of the arrest to the officer arresting him, such officer shall at once release him.

(2) The 3 [Provincial Government] may, b y notification in the 4 [Official Gazette], declare that any person or class of persons whose arrest might be attended with danger or inconvenience to the public shall not be liable to arrest in execution of a decree otherwise than in accordance with such p rocedure as may be prescribed by the 5 [Provincial Government] in this behalf.

1Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P .O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

2Substituted for the expression “, and his detention may be in the civil prison of the district in which the Court ordering th e detention is situate, or, where such civil prison does not afford suitable accommodation, in any other place which the Provincial Government may appoint for the detention of persons ordered by the Courts of such district to be detained ” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1980 (X of 1980), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 26 March 1980, s. 5.

3Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

4Ibid., for the words “local official Gazette”. 5Ibid., for the words “Local Government”.

1 [(3) A judgment­debtor detained in prison under subsection (1) shall not, merely by reason of undergoing such imprisonment, be discharged from his liability under the decree, bu t he shall not be liable to be re­arrested under the decree in execution of which he was so detained in prison.]

Section 56. Prohibition of arrest or detention of women in execution of decree for money

Notwithstanding anything in this Part, the Court shall not order the arrest or detention in the 2 [*] prison of a woman in execution of a decree for the payment of

money. 3

Section 57. Subsistence-allowance

* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ] 4

Section 58. Release from detention

Every person detained in prison in execution of a decree shall be released from such detention, before the expiry of the period of detention, if–

(a) the amount mentioned in the warrant for the detention is paid to the officer in charge of the prison; or

(b) the decree against him is otherwise fully satisfied; or

(c) the person on whose application he has been detained so requests:

Provided that he shall not be released from such detention without the order of the Court.] 5

Section 59. Release on ground of illness

* * * * * * * * * * * * * ] ATTACHMENT

Section 60. Property liable to attachment and sale in execution of decree

(1) The following property is liable to attachment and sale in execution of a decree, namely, lands, houses or other buildings, goods, money, banknotes, cheques, bills of exchange, hundis, promissory notes, Government securities, bonds or other securities for money, debts, shares in a corporation and, save as hereinafter mentioned, all other saleable property, moveable or immoveable, belonging to the judgment­debtor, or over which, or the profits of which, he has a disposing power which he may exercise for his own benefit, whether the same be held in the name of the judgment­debtor or by another person in trust for him or on his behalf:–

Provided that the following particulars shall not be liable to such attachment or sale, namely:

(a) the necessary wearing­apparel, cooking vessels, beds and bedding of the judgment­debtor, his wife and children, and such personal ornaments as, in accordance with religious usage, cannot be parted with by any woman;

1Substituted for subsection (3) and (4) by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1980 (X of 1980), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 26 March 1980, s. 5.

2Omitted ibid., for the word “civil”, s. 6. 3Omitted ibid., s. 7.

4Substituted ibid., s. 8.

5Omitted ibid., s. 9.

(b) tools of artisans, and, where the judgment­debtor is an agriculturist, his implements of husbandry and such cattle and seed­grain as may, in the opinion of the Court, be nece ssary to enable him to earn his livelihood as such, and such portion of agricultural produce or of any class of agricultural produce as may have been declared to be free from liability under the provisions of the next following section;

(c) houses and other buildings (with the materials and the sites thereof and the land immediately appurtenant thereto and necessary for their enjoyment) belonging to an agriculturist and occupied by him;

(d) books of account;

(e) a mere right to sue for damages;

(f) any right of personal service;

(g) stipends and gratuities allowed to 1 [pensioners of the 2 [Government] ], or payable out of any service family pension fund notified in the 3 [Official Gazette] by 4 [the 5 [Federal Government] or the Provincial Government] in this behalf, and political pensions; 6 [(h) the wages of labourers and domestic servants, whether payable in money or in kind;

7 [* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *];

8 [(i) salary to the extent of the first hundred rupees and one­half the remainder:

Provided that where such salary is the salary of a 9 [servant of the State] or a servant of a railway 10 [*] or local authority, and the whole or any part of the portion of such salary liable to attachment has been under attachment, whether continuously or intermittently for a total period of twenty­four months, such portion shall be exempt

1Substituted for the words “pensioners of the Go vernment” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

2Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 Janua ry 1961, pp. 102-163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

3Substituted for the words “Gazette of India” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

4Ibid., for the words “ the Governor-General in Council”, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

5Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adapta tion of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

6Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Second Amendment) Act , 1937 (IX of 1937), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 13 March 1937, pp. 21-22, s. 2. It was provided that the amendments effected had no effect on a suit instituted before 1 June 1937: see ibid., s. 3.

7The expression “and salary, to the extent o f the first hundred rupees and one -half the remainder of such salary” was omitted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1943 (V of 1943), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 3 April 1943, pp. 2-3, s. 2.

8Substituted ibid. It was earlier sub stituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Second Amendment) Act, 1937 (IX of 1937), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 13 March 1937, pp. 21-22, s. 2.

9Substituted for the words “servant of the Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

10The word “company” was omitted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1962 (XLIV of 1962); made by the President on 5 June 1962; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 7 June 1962, pp. 921 -953, s.

13.

from attachment until the expiry of a further period of twelve months and, where such attachment has been made in execution of one and the same decree, shall be finally exempt from attachment in execution of that decree;] ]

(j) the pay and allowances of persons to whom the 1 [ 2 [Pakistan Army Act, 1952 3 ], 4 [* * * * *] ] apply 5 [or of persons oth er than commissioned officers to whom the 6 [Pakistan Navy Ordinance, 1961 ( XXXV of 1961)], applies] ];

(k) all compulsory deposits and other sums in or derived from any fund to which the Provident Funds Act, 7 [1925], for the time being applies in so far as they are declared by the said Act not to be liable to attachment;

8 [(l) any allowance forming part of the emoluments of any 9 [servant of the State] or of any servant of a railway 10 [* ] or local authority which the 11 [appropriate Government] may by notification in the 12 [Official Gazette] declare to be exempt from attachment, and any subsistence grant or allowance made to 13 [any such servant] while under suspension;]

(m) an expectancy of succession by survivorship or other merely contingent or possible right or interest;

1Substituted for the words “Indian Articles of War” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

2Substituted for the expression “Indian Army Act, 1911” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pa kistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

3XXXIX of 1952. 4The words “or the Burma Army Act” were omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

5Added by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181-183,

s. 2 read with the Schedule.

6Substituted for the expression “Naval Discipline Act as modified by the Pakistan Navy (Discipline) Act, 1934” by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gaze tte of Pakistan (Extraordinary) dated: 8 July 1981, pp.345-475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule.

7Substituted for the figure “1897” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Second Amendment) Act, 1937 (IX of 1937), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 13 M arch 1937, pp. 21-22, s. 2. It was provided that the amendments effected had no effect on a suit instituted before 1 June 1937: see ibid., s. 3.

8Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Second Amendment) Act, 1937 (IX of 1937), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 13 March 1937, pp. 21-22, s. 2.

9Substituted for the words “servant of the Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrang ements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. They were earlier substituted for the words “ public officer” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1943 (V of 1943), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 3 April 1943, pp. 2-3, s. 2.

10The word “company“ was omitted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1962 (XLIV of 1962); made by the President on 5 June 1962; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 7 June 1962, pp. 921 -953, s.

13.

11Substituted for the words “Governor General in Council” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws ) Supplementary Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 29 July 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 1 April 1937.

12Substituted for the words “Gazette of India” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

13Substituted for the words “any such officer or servant” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1943 (V of 1943), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 3 April 1943, pp. 2-3, s. 2.

(n) a right to future maintenance;

(o) any allowance declared by 1 [any 2 [Pakistan law] ] to be exempt from liability to attachment or sale in execution of a decree; and,

(p) where the judgment­debtor is a person liable for the payment of land­revenue, any moveable property which, under any law for the time being applicable to him, is exempt from sale for the recovery of an arrear of such revenue. 3 [Explanation. 1].– The particulars mentioned in clauses (g), (h), (i), (j), (l) and

(o) are exempt from attachment or sale whether before or after they are actually payable 4 [and in the case of salary other than salary of a 5 [servant of the State] or a servant of a railway 6 [*] or local authority the attachable portion thereof is exempt from attachment until it is actually payable]. 7 [Explanation 2.– In clauses (h) and (i), „salary‟ means the total monthly emoluments, excluding any allowance declared exempt from attachment under the provisions of clause (l), derived by a person from his employment whether on duty or on leave.] 8 [Explanation 3.– In clause (I) “appropriate Government” means–

(i) as respects any 9 [person] in the service of the 10 [Federal Government], or any servant 11 [of railway or] 12 [* * * * *] of a

1Substituted for the words expression “any law passed under the Indian Councils Acts, 1861 and 1892” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 - 344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

2Substituted for the words “Indian law” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

3Renumbered by the Code of Civil Procedure (Second Amendment) Act, 1937 (IX of 1937), published in the Gaze tte of India, dated: 13 March 1937, pp. 21-22, s. 2. It was provided that the amendments effected had no effect on a suit instituted before 1 June 1937: see ibid., s. 3. 4Added ibid.

5Substituted for the words “servant of the Crown” by the Central Laws (A daption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 Januar y 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. They were earlier substituted for the words “public officer” by the Code of Ci vil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1943 (V of 1943), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 3 April 1943, pp. 2-3, s. 2.

6The word “company” was omitted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1962 (XLIV of 1962); made by the President on 5 June 1962; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 7 June 1962, pp. 921-953, s.

13.

7Added by the Code of Civil Procedure (Second Amendment) Act, 1937 (IX of 1937), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 13 March 1937, pp.21 -22, s. 2. It was provided that the amendments effected had no effect on a suit instit uted before 1 June 1937: see ibid., s. 3.

8Inserted by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Supplementary Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 29 July 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 1 April 1937.

9Substituted for the words “public officer” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1943 (V of 1943), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 3 April 1943, pp. 2-3, s. 2.

10Substituted for the words “Central Governm ent” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order, 1975 (P.O. No. 4 of 1975), published in Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

11Inserted ibid., Article 2 read with the Schedule.

12The words “of a [Government] Railway or” were omitted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1962 (XLIV of 1962); made by the President on 5 June 1962; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 7 June 1962, pp. 921 -953, s. 13. The word in crotches was earlier substituted for the word “Federal” by the Central Laws Adaption Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated 24 January 1961, pp.102 -174, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

cantonment authority or of the port authority of a major port, the 1 [Federal Government];

2 [(ii) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

(iii) as respects any other 3 [servant of the State] or a servant of any 4 [* * * * *] local authority, the Provincial Government.]

(2) Nothing in this section shall be deemed– 5 [*] to exempt houses and other buildings (with the materials and the sites thereof and the lands immediately appurtenant thereto and necessary for their enjoyment) from attachment or sale in execution of decrees for rent of any such house, building, site or land, 6 [*] 7 [ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

Section 61. Partial exemption of agricultural produce

The 8 [Provincial Government], 9 [* * * * * * * * * *], may, by general or special order published in the 10 [Official Gazette], declare that such portion of agricultural produce, or of any class of agricultural produce, as may appear to the 11 [Provincial Government] to be necessary for the purpose of providing until the next harvest for the due cultivation of the land and for the support of the judgment­debtor and his family shall, in the case of all agriculturists or of any class of agriculturists, be exempted from liability to attachment or sale in execution of a decree.

Section 62. Seizure of property in dwelling­house

(1) No person executing any process under this Code directing or authorizing seizure of moveable property shall enter any dwelling­house after sunset and before sunrise.

1Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

2Omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

3Substituted for the words “servant of the Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. They were earlier substituted for the words “public officer” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1943 (V of 1943), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 3 April 1943, pp. 2-3, s. 2.

4The words “railway or of any other” were omitted by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order, 1975 (P.O. No. 4 of 1975), published in Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Schedule. They were earlier substituted for the words “other railway or” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1962 (XLIV of 1962); made by the President on 5 June 1962; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 7 June 1962, pp. 921-953, s. 13. 5The expression “(a)” was repealed by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1914 (X of 1914), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 21 March 1914, pp. 47-59, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. 6The word “or” was repealed ibid. 7Clause (b) repealed ibid.

8Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

9The words “with the previous sanction of the Governor General in Council” were omitted by the Devolution Act, 1920 (XXXVIII of 1920), published in the Government Gazette, Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 24 September 1920, pp. 127 -153, s. 2 read with the First Schedule.

10Substituted for the words “local official Gazette” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

11Ibid., for the words “Local Government”.

(2) No outer door of a dwelling­house shall be broken open unless such dwelling­house is in the occupancy of the judgment­debtor and he refuses or in any way prevents access thereto, but when the person executing any such process has duly gained access to any dwelling­house, he may break open the door of any room in which he has reason to believe any such property to be.

(3) Where a room in a dwelling­house is in the actual occupancy of a woman who, according to the customs of the country, does not appear in public, the person executing the process shall give notice to such woman that she is at liberty to withdraw; and, after allowing reasonable time for her to withdraw and giving her reasonable facility for withdrawing, he may enter such room for the purpose of seizing the property, using at the same time every precaution, consistent with these provisions, to prevent its clandestine removal.

Section 63. Property attached in execution of decrees of several Courts

(1) Where property not in the custody of any Court is under attachment in execution of decrees of more Courts than one, the Court which shall receive or realize such property and shall determine any claim thereto and any objection to the attachment thereof shall be the Court of highest grade, or, where there is no difference in grade between such Courts, the Court under whose decree the property was first attached.

(2) Nothing in this section shall be deemed to invalidate any proceeding taken by a Court executing one of such decrees.

Section 64. Private alienation of property after attachment to be void

Where an attachment has been made, any private transfer or delivery of the property attached or of any interest therein and any payment to the judgment­debtor of any debt, dividend or other monies contrary to such attachment, shall be void as against all claims enforceable under the attachment. Explanation.– For the purposes of this section, claims enforceable under an attachment include claims for the rateable distribution of assets. SALE

Section 65. Purchaser‟s title

Where immoveable property is sold in execution of a decree and such sale has become absolute, the property shall be deemed to have vested in the purchaser from the time when the property is sold and not from the time when the sale becomes absolute.

Section 66. Suit against purchaser not maintainable on ground of purchase being on behalf of plaintiff

(1) No suit shall be maintained against any person claiming title under a purchase certified by the Court in such manner as may be prescribed on the ground that the purchase was made on behalf of the plaintiff or on behalf of someone through whom the plaintiff claims.

(2) Nothing in this section shall bar a suit to obtain a declaration that the name of any purchaser certified as aforesaid was inserted in the certificate fraudulently or without the consent of the real purchaser, or interfere with the right of a third person to proceed against that property, though ostensibly sold to the certified purchaser, on the ground that it is liable to satisfy a claim of such third person against the real owner.

Section 67. Power for 1 [Provincial Government ] to make rules as to sales of land in execution of decrees for payment of mo ney

2 [(1)] The 3 [Provincial Government], 4 [* * * * * * * * * * ], may, by notification in the 5 [Official Gazette], make rules for any local area imposing conditions in respect of the sale of any class of interests in land in execution of decrees for the payment of money, where such interests are so uncertain or undetermined as, in the opinion of the 6 [Provincial Government], to make it impossible to fix their value. 7 [(2) When, on the date on which this Code came into operation in any local area, any special rules as to sale of land in execution of decrees were in force therein, the 8 [Provincial Government] may, by notification in the 9 [Official Gazette], declare such rules to be in force, or may, 10 [ * * * * * * * * * * ], by a like notification, modify the same. Every notification issued in the exercise of the powers conferred by this sub­section shall set out the rules so continued or modified.] DELEGATION TO COLLECTOR OF POWER TO EXECUTE DECREES AGAINST IMMOVEABLE PROPERTY

Section 68. Power to prescribe rules for t ransferring to Collector execution of certain decrees

The 11 [Provincial Government] may, 12 [* * * * * * * * * *], declare, by notification in the 13 [Official Gazette], that in any local area the execution of decrees in cases in which a Court has ordered any immoveable property to be sold, or the execution of any particular kind of such decrees, or the execution of

1Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

2Renumbered by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1914 ( I of 1914), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 17 January 1914, p. 1, s. 3.

3Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

4The words “with the previous sanction of the Governor General in Council” were omitted by the Devolution Act, 1920 (XXXVIII of 1920), published in the Government Gazette, Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 24 September 1920, pp. 127 - 153, s. 2 read with the First Schedule.

5Substituted for the words “local official Gazette” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

6Ibid., for the words “Local Government”.

7Added by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1914 (I of 1914), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 17 January 1914, p. 1, s. 3.

8Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

9Ibid., for the words “local official Gazette”. 10The words “with the previous sanction of the Governor General in Council” were omitted by the Devolution Act, 1920 (XXXVIII of 1920), published in the Government Gazette, Punj ab and its Dependencies, dated: 24 September 1920, pp. 127 - 153, s. 2 read with the First Schedule.

11Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

12The words “with the previous sanction of the Governor General in Council” were omitted by the Devolution Act, 1920 (XXXVIII of 1920), published in the Governmen t Gazette, Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 24 September 1920, pp. 127 -153, s. 2 read with the First Schedule.

13Substituted for the words “local official Gazette” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gaze tte of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

decrees ordering the sale of any particular kind of, or interest in, immoveable property, shall be transferred to the Collector.

Section 69. Provisions of Third Schedule to apply

The provisions set forth in the Third Schedule shall apply to all cases in which the execution of a decree has been transferred under the last preceding section.

Section 70. Rules of procedure

(1) The 1 [Provincial Government] may make rules consistent with the aforesaid provisions–

(a) for the transmission of the decree from the Court to the Collector, and for regulating the procedure of the Collector and his subordinates in executing the same, and for retransmitting the decree from the Collector to the Court;

(b) conferring upon the Collector or any gazetted subordinate of the Collector all or any of the powers which the Court might exercise in the execution of the decree if the execution thereof had not been transferred to the Collector;

(c) providing for orders made by the Collector or any gazetted subordinate of the Collector, or orders made on appeal with respect to such orders, being subject to appeal to, and revision by, superior revenue­authorities as nearly as may be as the orders made by the Court, or orders made on appeal with respect to such orders, would be subject to appeal to, and revision by, appellate or revisional Courts under this Code or other law for the time being in force if the decree had not been transferred to the Collector.

(2) Jurisdiction of Civil Courts barred .– A power conferred by rules made under sub­section (1) upon the Collector or any gazetted subordinate of the Collector, or upon any appellate or revisional authority, shall not be exercisable by the Court or by any Court in exercise of any appellate or revisional jurisdiction which it has with respect to decrees or orders of the Court.

Section 71. Collector deemed to be acting judicially

In executing a decree transferred to the Collector under section 68 the Collector and his subordinates shall be deemed to be acting judicially.

Section 72. Where Court may authorize Collector to stay public sale of land

(1) where in any local area in which no declaration under section 68 is in force the property attached consists of land or of a share in land, and the Collector represents to the Court that the public sale of the land or share is objectionable and that satisfaction of the decree may be made within a reasonable period by a temporary alienation of the land or share, the Court may authorize the Collector to provide for such satisfaction in the manner recommended by him instead of proceeding to a sale of the land or share.

(2) In every such case the provisions of sections 69 to 71 and of any rules made in pursuance thereof shall apply so far as they are applicable.

1Ibid., for the words “Local Government”.

DISTRIBUTION OF ASSESTS

Section 73. Proceeds of execution sale to be rateably distributed among decree­holders

(1) Where assets are held by a Court and more persons than one have, before the receipt of such assets, made application to the Court for the execution of decrees for the payment of money passed against the same judgment­debtor and have not obtained satisfaction thereof, the assets, after deducting the costs of realization, shall be rateably distributed among all such persons:

Provided as follows:–

(a) where any property is sold subject to a mortgage or charge, the mortgagee or incumbrancer shall not be entitled to share in any surplus arising from such sale;

(b) where any property liable to be sold in execution of a decree is subject to a mortgage or charge, the Court may, with the consent of the mortgagee or incumbrancer, order that the property be sold free from the mortgage or charge, giving to the mortgagee or incumbrancer the same interest in the proceeds of the sale as he had in the property sold;

(c) where any immoveable property is sold in execution of a decree ordering its sale for the discharge of an incumbrance thereon, the proceeds of sale shall be applied– first, in defraying the expenses of the sale; secondly, in discharging the amount due under the decree; thirdly, in discharging the interest and principal monies due on subsequent incumbrances (if any); and, fourthly, rateably among the holders of decrees for the payment of money against the judgment- debtor, who have, prior to the sale of the property, applied to the Court which passed the decree ordering such sale for execution of such decrees, and have not obtained satisfaction thereof.

(2) Where all or any of the assets liable to be rateably distributed under this section are paid to a person not entitled to receive the same, any person so entitled may sue such person to compel him to refund the assets.

(3) Nothing in this section affects any right of 1 [the 2 [Government] ]. RESISTANCE TO EXECUTION 3

Section 74. Resistance to execution

(1) Where the Court is satisfied that the holder of a decree for the possession of property or a purchaser of property sold in

1Substituted for the words “the Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

2Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minis ter exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

3Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1980 (X of 1980), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 26 March 1980, s. 10.

execution of a decree has been resisted or obstructed in obtaining possession of the property by the judgment­debtor or any other person on his behalf and that such resistance or obstruction was without any just cause, the Court may, at the instance of the decree­holder or the purchaser, order the judgment­debtor or such other person to undergo simple imprisonment for a term which may extend to thirty days and may further direct that the decree­holder or the purchaser be put into possession of the property.

(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub­section (1), where a judgment­debtor or any other person resists or obstructs the execution of a decree, the Court may direct the officer in charge of the police­station within whose jurisdiction the judgment­debtor or such other person resides or where the property to which the decree relates is situate to provide the necessary police assistance for the execution of the decree.]

PART III

INCIDENTAL PROCEEDINGS COMMISSIONS

Section 75. Power of Court to issue commissions

Subject to such conditions and limitations as may be prescribed, the Court may issue a commission–

(a) to examine any person;

(b) to make a local investigation;

(c) to examine or adjust accounts; or

(d) to make a partition.

Section 76. Commission to another Court

(1) A commission for the examination of any person may be issued to any Court (not being a High Court) situate in a province other than the province in which the Court of issue is situate and having jurisdiction in the place in which the person to be examined resides.

(2) Every Court receiving a commission for the examination of any person under sub­section (1) shall examine him or cause him to be examined pursuant thereto, and the commission, when it has been duly executed, shall be returned together with the evidence taken under it to the Court from which it was issued, unless the order for issuing the commission has otherwise directed, in which case the commission shall be returned in terms of such order.

Section 77. Letter of request

In lieu of issuing a commission the Court may issue a letter of request to examine a witness residing at any place not within 1 [Pakistan].

Section 78. Commissions issued by foreign Courts

2 [Subject to such conditions and limitations as may be prescribed,] the provisions as to the execution and return

1Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federation” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second S chedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” b y the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with Article 4.

2Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1932 (X of 1932), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 16 April 1932, p. 22, s. 2.

of commissions for the examination of witnesses shall apply to commissions issued by 1 [or at the instance of]–

(a) Courts situate beyond the limits of 2 [Pakistan] and established or continued by the authority of 3 [* * * *] 4 [the 5 [Federal Government] 6 [* * * * *] ], or 7 [(b) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *] 8 [(c) Courts of any State or country outside Pakistan.]

PART IV

SUITS IN PARTICULAR CASES SUITS BY OR AGAINST 9 [THE 10 [GOVERNMENT] ] OR PUBLIC OFFICERS IN THEIR OFFICIAL CAPACITY 11

Section 79. Suits by or against the Government

12 [* * * * * * * * * * ] In a Suit by or against the 13 [Government] the authority to be named as plaintiff or defendant, as the case may be, shall be–

1Ibid.

2Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federation” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with Article 4. 3The words “His Majesty or of” were omitted by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

4Substituted for the words “the Governor-General in Council” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

5Substituted for the words “Ce ntral Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

6The words “or of the Crown Representative” were omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

7Omitted by the F ederal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary) dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345-475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. It was earlier substituted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

8Substituted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

9Substituted for the words “THE GOVERNMENT” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

10Substituted for the word “CROWN” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

11Substituted by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

12The expression “Subject to the prov isions of sections 179 and 185 of the Government of India Act, 1935,” was repealed by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Act, 1951 (XXVI of 1951), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 12 May 1951, pp. 340-388, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule.

13Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was

(a) in the case of a suit by or against the 1 [Federal Government], 2 [ 3 [*] 4 [* * *] Pakistan];

(b) in the case of a suit by or against a Provincial Government, the Province; and 5 [(c) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *] ] 6

Section 80. Notice

(1) A suit may be instituted against the Government or against a public officer, in respect of any act purporting to be done by such public officer in his official capacity, after the expiration of two months next after notice in writing has been delivered to or left at the office of,–

(a) in the case of a suit against the 7 [Federal Government], a Secretary to that Government;

(b) (i) in the case of a suit against the Provincial Government other than a suit relating to the affairs of a Railway, a Secretary to that Government or the Collector of the District; and

(ii) in the case of a suit against the 8 [Federal Government] relating to the affairs of a Railway, the General Manager of the Railway concerned, and in the case of a public officer, delivered to him or left at his office stating the cause of action, the name, description of place of residence of the plaintiff and the relief which he claims; and the plaint shall contain a statement that such notice has been so delivered or left.

(2) Where any such suit is instituted without delivering or leaving such notice as aforesaid or before the expiration of the said period of two months or where the plaint does not contain a statement that such notice has been so delivered or left, the plaintiff shall not be entitled to any costs if settlement as regards the subject­matter of the suit is reached or the Government or the public

published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

1Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Or der 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

2Substituted for the expression “Governor­General in Council before the establish ment of the Federation of India, and thereafter, the Federation” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

3The word “the” was repealed by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Act, 1951 (XXVI of 1951), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 12 May 1951, pp. 340-388, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. 4The words “th e Federation of” were omitted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1962 (XLIV of 1962); made by the President on 5 June 1962; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 7 June 1962, pp. 921-953, s. 14.

5Omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

6Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amen dment) Ordinance, 1962 (XLIV of 1962); made by the President on 5 June 1962; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 7 June 1962, pp. 921-953, s. 15.

7Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

8Substituted for the words “Provincial Government” , by the Federal Adapta tion of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435-467, Article 2 read with the Schedule.

officer concedes the plaintiff‟s claim, within the period of two months from the date of the institution of the suit:

Provided that in a suit instituted without such notice, the Court shall allow not less than three months to the Government to submit its written statement.]

Section 81. Exemption from arrest and personal appearance

In a suit instituted against a public officer in respect of any act purporting to be done by him in his official capacity–

(a) the defendant shall not be liable to arrest nor his property to attachment otherwise than in execution of a decree, and,

(b) where the Court is satisfied that the defendant cannot absent himself from his duty without detriment to the public service, it shall exempt him from appearing in person.

Section 82. Execution of decree

(1) Where the decree is against 1 [the 2 [Government] ] or against a public officer in respect of any such act as aforesaid, a time shall be specified in the decree within which it shall be satisfied; and, if the decree is not satisfied within the time so specified, the Court shall report the case for the orders of the 3 [Provincial Government].

(2) Execution shall not be issued on any such decree unless it remains unsatisfied for the period of three months computed from the date of such report. 4 [SUITS BY ALIENS AND BY OR AGAINST FOREIGN RULERS, AMBASSADORS AND ENVOYS]

Section 83. When aliens may sue

(1) Alien enemies residing 5 [in Pakistan] with the permission of the 6 [Federal Government], and alien friends, may sue in the Courts 7 [in the Provinces], as if they were 8 [citizens of Pakistan].

1Substituted for the words “the Secretary of State for India in Council” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

2Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

3Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

4Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1960 (XXII of 1960), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 16 June 1960, s. 2: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

5Substituted the words “in British India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read w ith the Schedule.

6Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of General Adaptations. They were earlier substituted for the words “Governor General in Council” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

7Substituted the words “of British India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

8Substituted for the words “subjects of His Majesty” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arran gements Order, 1959 on 21 January

(2) No alien enemy residing 1 [in Pakistan] without such permission, or residing in a foreign country, shall sue in any of such Courts. Explanation.– Every person residing in a foreign country the Government of which is at war with 2 [,or engaged in military operations against,] 3 [Pakistan], and carrying on business in that country without a license in that behalf under the hand 4 [* * * * * * * * *] of a Secretary to the 5 [Federal Government] shall, for the purpose of sub­section (2), be deemed to be an alien enemy residing in a foreign country.

Section 84. When foreign States may sue

(1) A foreign State may sue in any Court 6 [in the Provinces]:

Provided that such State has been recognized by 7 [* * * *] the 8 [Federal Government]:

Provided, also, that the object of the suit is to enforce a private right vested in the head of such State or in any officer of such State in his public capacity.

(2) Every Court shall take judicial notice of the fact that a foreign State has or has not been recognized by 9 [* * * *] the 10 [Federal Government].

1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

1Substituted the words “in British India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

2Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendmen t) Act, 1965 (XIX of 1965); assented to by the President on 1 December 1965; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 2 December 1965, p. 1455, s. 2.

3Substituted for the words "the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland" by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

4The expression “of one of His Majesty‟s Secretaries of State or” was omitted ibid.

5Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of General Adaptations. They were earlier substituted for the words “Governor General in Council” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

6Substituted the words “of British India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

7The words “His majesty or by” were omitted by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

8Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of General Adaptations. They were earlier substituted for the words “Govern or General in Council” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

9The words “His majesty or by” were omitt ed by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraord inary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

10Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of General Adaptations. They were earlier substituted for the words “Governor General in Council” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1 937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

Section 85. Persons specially appointed by Government to prosecute or defend for 1 [ Rulers]

2 [(1) Persons specially appointed by order 3 [of the 4 [Federal Government] ]at the request of the Ruler of any foreign State, or at the request of any person competent, in the opinion 5 [of the 6 [Federal Government] ], to act on behalf of such Ruler, to prosecute or defend any suit on his behalf, shall be deemed to be the recognized agents by whom appearances, acts and applications under this Code may be made or done on behalf of such Ruler.] 7 [Explanation.– * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

(2) An appointment under this section may be made for the purpose of a specified suit or of several specified suits, or for the purpose of all such suits as it may from time to time be necessary to prosecute or defend on behalf of the 8 [Ruler].

(3) A person appointed under this section may authorize or appoint persons to make appearances and applications and do acts in any such suit or suits as if he were himself a party thereto. 9

Section 86. Suits against Rulers

* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ] 10

Section 86A. Suits against diplomatic agents

(1) No proceeding in any Court shall lie against a diplomatic agent except in a case relating to–

1Substituted for the words “Princes or Chiefs” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1960 (XXII of 1960), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 16 June 1960, s. 3: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

2Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1960 (XXII of 1960), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 16 June 1960, s. 3: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

3Substituted for the words “of the Government” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), da ted: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

4Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 197 5, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of General Adaptations. They were earlier substituted for the words “Governor General in Council” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordi nary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

5Substituted for the words “of the Government” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extra ordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

6Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), d ated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of General Adaptations. They were earlier substituted for the words “Governor General in Council” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette o f India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

7Omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. It was inserted by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 Apri l 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

8Substituted for the words “Prince or Chief” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1960 (XXII of 1960), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 16 June 1960, s. 3: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

9Repealed by the State Immunity Ordinance, 1981 (VI of 1981), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 11 March 1981, pp. 25-36, s. 19. It was earlier substituted Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1970 (VI of 197 0); made by the President on 26 February 1970; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 February 1970, pp. 155-156, s. 2.

10Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1970 (VI of 1970); made by the Preside nt on 26 February 1970; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 February 1970, pp. 155-156, s. 2.

(a) any private immoveable property situated in Pakistan held by him in his private capacity and not on behalf of the sending State for the purpose of the mission;

(b) a succession in which the diplomatic agent is involved as executor, administrator, heir or legatee as a private person and not on behalf of the sending State;

(c) any professional or commercial activity exercised by the diplomatic agent in Pakistan outside his official functions.

(2) No measures of execution shall be taken in respect of a diplomatic agent except in cases which come under clauses (a), (b) and (c) of sub­section (1) and in which such measures can be taken without infringing the inviolability of his person or of his residence.

(3) The initiation of any proceedings in a Court by a diplomatic agent shall preclude him from invoking immunity from jurisdiction under this section in respect of any counter­claim directly connected with the principal claim.

(4) The immunity of a diplomatic agent under sub­section (1) or sub­section (2) may be waived by the sending State; and any such waiver shall be express.

(5) Waiver of immunity in respect of any proceedings shall not be held to imply waiver of immunity in respect of any measure of execution for which a separate waiver shall be necessary.

(6) In this section, „diplomatic agent‟ in relation to a State means the head of the mission in Pakistan of that State and includes a member of the staff of that mission having diplomatic rank.] 1

Section 87. Style of 2 [Rulers] as Parties to suits

* * * * * * * * * * * ] 3 [* * * * *] 4

Section 87A. Application of sections 85 and 86 to Rulers of Acceding States, etc

* * ] INTERPLEADER

Section 88. Where interpleader -suit may be instituted

Where two or more persons claim adversely to one another the same debt, sum of money or other property, moveable or immoveable, from another person, who claims no interest therein other than for charges or costs and who is ready to pay or deliver it to the rightful claimant, such other person may institute a suit of interpleader against all

1Repealed by the State Immunity Ordinance, 1981 (VI of 1981), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 11 March 1981, pp. 25-36, s. 19.

2Substituted for the words “Princes or Chiefs” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1960 (XXII of 1960), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 16 June 1960, s. 5: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

3The heading “SUITS AGAINST RULERS OF ACCEDING AND MERGED STATES” was omitted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1972 (II of 1972); assented to by the President on 4 September 1972; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakista n (Extraordinary), dated: 8 September 1972, p. 125, s. 2. It was inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure

(Amendment) Ordinance, 1960 (XXII of 1960), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 16 June 1960, s. 6: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 4Omitted ibid. It was inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1960 (XXII of 1960), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 16 June 1960, s. 6: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

the claimants for the purpose of obtaining a decision as to the person to whom the payment or delivery shall be made, and of obtaining indemnity for himself:

Provided that where any suit is pending in which the rights of all parties can properly be decided, no such suit of interpleader shall be instituted.

PART V

SPECIAL PROCEEDINGS ARBITRATION 1

Section 89. Arbitration

* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ] 2 [89­A. Alternate dispute resolution .– The Court may, where it considers necessary, having regard to the facts and circumstances of the case, with the object of securing expeditious disposal of a case, in or in relation to a suit, adopt with the consent of the parties alternate dispute resolution method, including mediation and conciliation.] Section 89-A has been repealed by the Punjab Alternate Dispute Resolution Act 2019 (XVII of 2019), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 11 October 2019, pp. 1191 - 1195, s.26; however, it shall come into force on such dates and in such areas of Punjab as the Government may determine by Notification in the official Gazette. SPECIAL CASE

Section 90. Power to state case for opinion of Court

Where any persons agree in writing to state a case for the opinion of the Court, then the Court shall try and determine the same in the manner prescribed.

SUITS RELATING TO PUBLIC MATTERS

Section 91. Public nuisances

(1) In the case of a public nuisance the Advocate General, or two or more persons 3 [with the leave of the Court ], may institute a suit, though no special damage has been caused, for a declaration and injunction or for such other relief as may be appropriate to the circumstances of the case.

(2) Nothing in this section shall be deemed to limit or otherwise affect any right of suit which may exist independently of its provisions.

Section 92. Public charities

(1) In the case of any alleged breach of any express or constructive trust created for public purposes of a charitable or religious nature, or where the direction of the Court is deemed necessary for the administration

1Repealed by the Arbitration Act, 1940 (X of 1940), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 16 March 1940, pp. 41 -52, s. 49 read with the Third Schedule: it came into force on 1 July 1940.

2Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 2002 (XXXIV of 2002), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 27 July 2002, pp. 877- 878, s. 2.

3Substituted for the words “having obtained the consent in writing of the Advocate General” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV o f 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp.

6695-6698, s. 12.

of any such trust, the Advocate General, or two or more persons having an interest in the trust 1 [ with the leave of the Court ], may institute a suit, whether contentious or not, in the principal Civil Court of original jurisdiction or in any other Court empowered in that behalf by the 2 [Provincial Government] within the local limits of whose jurisdiction the whole or any part of the subject­matter of the trust is situate, to obtain a decree–

(a) removing any trustee;

(b) appointing a new trustee;

(c) vesting any property in a trustee;

(d) directing accounts and inquiries;

(e) declaring what proportion of the trust­property or of the interest therein shall be allocated to any particular object of the trust;

(f) authorizing the whole or any part of the trust­property to be let, sold, mortgaged or exchanged;

(g) settling a scheme; or

(h) granting such further or other relief as the nature of the case may require. 3 [(2) No suit claiming any of the reliefs specified in subsection (1) shall be instituted in respect of any such trust as is therein referred to, except in conformity with the provisions of that subsection.]

Section 93. Exercise of powers of Advocate General 4 [* * * * ]

The powers conferred by sections 91 and 92 on the Advocate General may, 5 [* * * *], be, with the previous sanction of the 6 [Provincial Government], exercised also by the Collector or by such officer as the 7 [Provincial Government] may appoint in this behalf.

PART VI

SUPPLEMENTAL PROCEEDINGS

Section 94. Supplemental proceedings

In order to prevent the ends of justice from being defeated the Court may, if it is so prescribed,–

(a) issue a warrant to arrest the defendant and bring him before the Court to show cause why he should not give security for his

1Ibid., for the words “and having obtained the consent in writing of the Advocate General”, s. 13.

2Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

3Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendme nt) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 13.

4The words “outside the Presidency­towns” were omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

5Ibid.

6Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, publish ed in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

7Ibid.

appearance, and if he fails to comply with any order for security commit him to the civil prison;

(b) direct the defendant to furnish security to produce any property belonging to him and to place the same at the disposal of the Court or order the attachment of any property;

(c) grant a temporary injunction and in case of disobedience commit the person guilty thereof to the civil prison and order that his property be attached and sold;

(d) appoint a receiver of any property and enforce the performance of his duties by attaching and selling his property;

(e) make such other interlocutory orders as may appear to the Court to be just and convenient. 1

Section 95. Compensation for obtaining arrest, attachment or injunction on insufficient grounds

(1) Where, in any suit in which an arrest or attachment has been effected or a temporary injunction is granted unde r the last preceding section, it appears to the Court that:

(a) such arrest, attachment or injunction was applied for insufficient grounds; or

(b) there was no reasonable or probable ground for making the application– the Court may, on its own motion or on the application of the aggrieved party, award such punitive compensation as it deems reasonable to the aggrieved party for the expense and injury caused to him.

(2) In addition to the compensation awardable under subsection (1), the Court may also make an order directing the party at fault to deposit such amount in the public exchequer as the Court deems just, as penalty for abusing the process of the law and wasting the time of the Court.

(3) An order under this section shall bar any suit for compensation in respect of such arrest, attachment or injunction.]

PART VII

APPEALS APPEALS FROM ORIGINAL DECREES

Section 96. Appeal from original decree

(1) Save where otherwise expressly provided in the body of this Code or by any other law for the time being in force, an appeal shall lie from every decree passed by any Court exercising original jurisdiction to the Court authorized to hear appeals from the decisions of such Court 2 [, and the Court shall decide the appeal within sixty days from the date of first appearance of the respondent in appeal.]

(2) An appeal may lie from an original decree passed ex parte.

(3) No appeal shall lie from a decree passed by the Court with the consent of parties.

1Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 14.

2Substituted for the “full stop” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2020 (XIV of 2020), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 11 August 2020, pp. 557-560, s. 5.

Section 97. Appeal from final decree where no appeal from preliminary decree

Where any party aggrieved by a preliminary decree 1 [* * * * * * * ] does not appeal from such decree, he shall be precluded from disputing its correctness in any appeal which may be preferred from the final decree.

Section 98. Decision where appeal heard by two or mo re Judges

(1) where an appeal is heard by a Bench of two or more Judges, the appeal shall be decided in accordance with the opinion of such Judges or of the majority (if any) of such Judges.

(2) Where there is no such majority which concurs in a judgment varying or reversing the decree appealed from, such decree shall be confirmed:

Provided that where the Bench hearing the appeal is composed of two judges belonging to a Court consisting of more than two Judges, and the Judges composing the Bench differ in opinion on a point of law, they may state the point of law upon which they differ, and the appeal shall then be heard upon that point only by one or more of the other Judges, and such point shall be decided according to the opinion of the majority (if any) of the Judges who have heard the appeal, including those who first heard it. 2 [(3) Nothing in this section shall be deemed to alter or otherwise affect any provision of the letters patent of any High Court.]

Section 99. No decree to be reversed or modified for error or irregularity not affecting merits or jurisdiction

No decree shall be reversed or substantially varied, nor shall any case be remanded, in appeal on account of any misjoinder of parties or causes of action or any error, defect or irregularity in any proceedings in the suit, not affecting the merits of the case or the jurisdiction of the Court. APPEALS FROM APPEALATE DECREES

Section 100. Second appeal

(1) Save where otherwise expressly provided in the body of this Code or by any other law for the time being in force, an appeal shall lie to the High Court from every decree passed in appeal by any Court subordinate to a High Court, on any of the following grounds, namely:–

(a) the decision being contrary to law or to some usage having the force of law;

(b) the decision having failed to determine some material issue of law or usage having the force of law;

(c) a substantial error or defect in the procedure provided by this Code or by any other law for the time being in force, which may possibly have produced error or defect in the decision of the case upon the merits. 3 [(2) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *]

Section 101. Second appeal on no other grounds

No second appeal shall lie except on the grounds mentioned in section 100.

1The words “passed after the commencement of this Code” were omitted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 15.

2Added by the Re pealing and Amending Act, 1928 (XVIII of 1928), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 29 September 1928, pp. 35-37, s. 2 read with the First Schedule.

3Omitted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1980 (X of 1980), published in the Gaz ette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 26 March 1980, s. 11.

1

Section 102. No second appeal in certai n cases

No second appeal shall lie in any suit when the amount or value of the subject matter of the original suit does not exceed rupees twenty five million.]

Section 103. Power of High Court to determine issues of fact

In any second appeal, the High Court may, if the evidence on the record is sufficient, d etermine any issue of fact necessary for the disposal of the appeal 2 [which has not been determined by the lower appellate Court or which has been wrongly determined by such Court by reason of any illegality, omission, error or defect such as is referred to in sub­section (1) of section 100]. APPEALS FROM ORDERS

Section 104. Orders from which appeal lies

(1) An appeal shall lie from the following orders, and save as otherwise expressly provided in the body of this Code or by any law for the time being in force from no other orders:– 3 [(a) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

(b) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

(c) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

(d) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

(e) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *] 4 [(f) an order under section 35A;

(ff) an order under section 47;] 5 [(fff) an order under section 91 or section 92 refusing leave to institute a suit;]

(g) an order under section 95;

(h) an order under any of the provisions of this Code imposing a fine or directing the arrest or detention in the civil prison of any person except where such arrest or detention is in execution of a decree;

(i) any order made under rules from which an appeal is expressly allowed by rules. 6 [Provided that no appeal shall lie against any order specified in clause 7 [(f)] save on the ground that no order, or an order for the payment of a less amount, ought to have been made.]

1Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695 -6698, s. 16. It was earlie r substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure

(Amendment) Act, 2004 (VIII of 2004), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 30 November 2004, p. 179, s. 2. It was earlier substituted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), publishe d in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583 s. 2 read with the Schedule.

2Substituted for the words “but not determined by the lower appellate Court” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1926 (VI of 1926), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 6 March 1926, s. 2.

3Clauses (a) to (f) were repealed by the Arbitration Act, 1940 (X of 1940), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 16 March 1940, pp. 41-52, s. 49 read with the Third Schedule: it came into force on 1 July 1940.

4Substituted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583 s. 2 read with the Schedule. Clause (ff) was earlier inserted by the Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1922 (IX of 1922), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 11 March 1922, p. 37, s. 3.

5Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 17.

6Inserted by the Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1922 (IX of 1922), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 11 March 1922,

p. 37, s. 3.

7Substituted for the expression “(ff)” by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordi nance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary) dated: 8 July 1981, pp.345-475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule.

(2) No appeal shall lie from any order passed in appeal under this section.

Section 105. Other orders

(1) Save as otherwise expressly provided, no appeal shall lie from any order made by a Court in the exercise of its original or appellate jurisdiction; but, where a decree is appealed from, any error, defect or irregularity in any order, affecting the decision of the case, may be set forth as a ground of objection in the memorandum of appeal.

(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub­section (1), where any party aggrieved by an order of remand made after the commencement of this Code from which an appeal lies does not appeal therefrom, he shall thereafter be precluded from disputing its correctness. 1

Section 106. What Courts to hear appeals

(1) Where an appeal from any order is allowed, it shall lie to the Court to which an appeal would lie from the decree in the suit in which such order was made, or where such order is made by a Court not being the High Court in exercise of appellate jurisdiction, then to the High Court.

(2) A Court shall decide an appeal under subsection (1) within thirty days of the first appearance of the respondent.] GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO APPEALS

Section 107. Powers of Appellate Court

(1) Subject to such conditions and limitations as may be prescribed, an Appellate Court shall have power–

(a) to determine a case finally;

(b) to remand a case;

(c) to frame issues and refer them for trial;

(d) to take additional evidence or to require such evidence to be taken.

(2) Subject as aforesaid, the Appellate Court shall have the same powers and shall perform as n early as may be the same duties as are conferred and imposed by this Code on Courts of original jurisdiction in respect of suits instituted therein.

Section 108. Procedure in appeals from appellate decrees and orders

The provisions of this Part relating to appeal from original decrees shall, so far as may be, apply to appeals–

(a) from appellate decrees, and

(b) from orders made under this Code or under any special or local law in which a different procedure is not provided. APPEALS TO THE 2 [SUPREME COURT]

1Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2020 (XIV of 2020), published in the Pu njab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 11 August 2020, pp. 557-560, s. 6.

2Substituted for the words „„King in Council‟‟ by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

1

Section 109. When appeals, l ie to the Supreme Court

An appeal from a judgment, decree or final order of a High Court shall lie to the Supreme Court–

(a) if the amount or value of the subject matter of the dispute in the Court of first instance was and also in appeal is (unless varied by an Act of Parliament) fifty thousand rupees or upward and the judgment, decree or final order appealed from has varied or set aside the judgment, decree or final order of the Court immediately below; or

(b) if the judgment, decree or final order involves, directly or indirectly, some claim or question respecting property of the like amount or value and the judgment, decree or final order appealed from has varied or set aside the judgment, decree or final order of the Court immediately below; or

(c) if the High Court certifies that the case involves a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Constitution.] 2

Section 110. Value of subject­matter

* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

Section 111. Bar of certain appeals

Notwithstanding anything contained in section 109, no appeal shall lie to 3 [the Supreme Court]–

(a) from the decree or order of one Judge of a High Court 4 [* * * * * * *], or of one Judge of a Division Court, or of two or more Judges of such High Court, or of a Division Court constituted by two or more Judges of such High Court, where such Judges are equally divided in opinion, and do not amount in number to a majority of the whole of the Judges of the High Court at the time being; or

(b) from any decree from which under section 102 no second appeal lies 5

Section 111A. Appeals to Federal Court

* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

Section 112. Savings

1 [(1) Nothing contained in this Code shall be deemed–

1Substituted by the Fed eral Adaptation of Laws Order, 1975 (P.O. No. 4 of 1975), published in Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435-467, Article 2 read with the Schedule.

2Omitted by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order, 1975 (P.O. No. 4 of 1975), published in Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Schedule . Earlier certain amendments were made by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102-163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

3Substituted for the words “His Majesty in Council” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 Janua ry 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

4The words „„constituted by His Majesty by Letters Patent‟‟ were omitted ibid. They were earlier substituted for the words “established under the Indian High Courts Act, 1861, [or the Government of India Act, 1915,]” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinar y), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. The words in crotches were inserted by the Amending Act, 1916 (XIII of 1916), published in the Punjab Gazette, dated: 9 February 1917, pp. 6-8, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

5Omitted by the Federal Court Act, 1941 (XXI of 1941), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 29 November 1941, p. 77,

s. 2. It was earlier inserted by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

(a) to affect the powers of the Supreme Court under 2 [Article 191 of the Constitution or any other provision thereof]; or

(b) to interfere with any rules made by the Supreme Court, and for the time being in force, for the presentation of appeals to that Court, or their conduct before that Court.]

(2) Nothing herein contained applies to any matter of criminal or admiralty or vice­admiralty jurisdiction, or to appeals from orders and decrees of Prize Courts.

PART VIII

REFERENCE, REVIEW AND REVISION

Section 113. Reference to High Court

Subject to such conditions and limitations as may be prescribed, any Court may state a case and refer the same for the opinion of the High Court, and the High Court may make such order thereon as it thinks fit. 3

Section 114. Review

4 [(1) Subject as aforesaid, any person consideri ng himself aggrieved:

(a) by a decree or order from which an appeal is allowed by this Code but from which no appeal has been preferred; or

(b) by a decree or order from which no appeal is allowed by this Code– may apply for a review of judgment to the Co urt which passed the decree or made the order, and the Court may make such order thereon as it thinks fit.]

(2) Nothing contained in sub­section (1) shall apply to a review of any judgment pronounced or any order made by the Supreme Court.]

Section 115. Revision

5 [(1)] The High Court may call for the record of any case which has been decided by any Court subordinate to such High Court and in which no appeal lies thereto, and if such subordinate Court appears–

(a) to have exercised a jurisdiction not vested in it by law, or

(b) to have failed to exercise a jurisdiction so vested, or

(c) to have acted in the exercise of its jurisdiction illegally or with material irregularity, the High Court may make such order in the case as it thinks fit 1 [:]

1Substituted by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrang ements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

2Substituted for the expression “58 of the Co nstitution or any other provision of that Constitution” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order, 1975 (P.O. No. 4 of 1975), published in Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Schedule. Before that the expression “Article 158” was substituted for the expression “Article 158” by the Central Adaptation of Laws Order, 1964 (P. O. No. 1 of 1964); made by the President on 27 May 1964; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 May 1964, pp. 251c-251aap, Article 2 read with the Schedule.

3Substituted by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order, 1975 (P.O. No. 4 of 1975), published in Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435-467, Article 2 read with the Schedule.

4Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 18.

5Renumbered by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583 s. 2 read with the Schedule.

2 [Provided that, where a person makes an application under this subsection, he shall, in support of such application, furnish copies of the pleadings, documents and order of the subordinate Court and the High Court shall, except for reasons to be recorded, dispose of such application without calling for the record of the subordinate Court 3 [:] ] 4 [Provided further that the subordinate court shall provide copies of the documents to a person within three days of the decision, and the High Court shall dispose of such application within 5 [three] months.] 6 [(2) The District Court may exercise the powers conferred on the High Court by sub- section (1) in respect of any case decided by a Court subordinate to such District Court in which no appeal lies and the amount or value of the subjectmatter where of does not exceed the limits of the appellate jurisdiction of the District Court 7 [, and the District Court shall decide the application within two months from the date of first appearance of the respondent.]

(3) If any application un der subsection (1) in respect of a case within the competence of the District Court has been made either to the High Court or the District Court, no further such application shall be made to either of them.

(4) No proceedings in revision shall be enterta ined by the High Court against an order made under subsection (2) by the District Court.] 8 [(5) No proceedings in revision shall be entertained by the High Court against an order passed by the District Court under section 104.]

PART IX

SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO 9 [* *] HIGH COURTS

Section 116. Part to apply only to certain High Courts

This Part applies only to High Courts 10 [* * * * * * * * * * * * * * *].

1Substituted for the “full -stop” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1980 (X of 1980), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 26 March 1980, s. 13.

2Added ibid.

3Substituted for the “full -stop” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1992 (VI of 1992); assented to by the President on 24 May 1992; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordi nary), dated: 30 May 1992, pp. 99 -100, s.

3.

4Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695 -6698, s. 19. Substituted by Act VI of 1992, s. 3. It was earlier added by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1992 (VI of 1992); assented to by the President on 24 May 1992; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 30 May 1992, pp. 99-100, s. 3.

5Substituted for the word “six” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2020 (XIV of 2020), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 11 August 2020, pp. 557-560, s. 7.

6Subsections (2), (3) and (4) were added by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683 -688, s. 10. They were earlier omitted by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Ordinance, 1994 (VI of 1994), p ublished in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 13 January 1994, pp. 9-14, s. 10. They were earlier added by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583 s. 2 read with the Schedule.

7Substituted for the “full stop” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2020 (XIV of 2020), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 11 August 2020, pp. 557-560, s. 7.

8Inserted by the Code of Civi l Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 19.

9The words „„THE CHARTERED‟‟ were omitted by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725-845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 10The expression „„which are, or may he reafter be, [constituted by His Majesty by Letters Patent]‟‟ was omitted ibid. The words in crotches were earlier substituted for the words “established under the Indian High Courts Act, 1861, [or the Government of India Act, 1915,]” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. The words in crotches were inserted by the Amending Act, 1916 (XIII of 1916), publis hed in the Punjab Gazette, dated: 9 February 1917, pp. 6 -8, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

Section 117. Application of Code to High Courts

Save as provided in this Part or in Part X or in rules, the provisions of this Code shall apply to 1 [*] High Courts.

Section 118. Execution of decree before ascertainment of costs

Where any 2 [*] High Court considers it necessary that a decree passed in the exercise of its original civil jurisdiction should be executed befo re the amount of the costs incurred in the suit can be ascertained by taxation, the Court may order that the decree shall be executed forthwith, except as to so much thereof as relates to the costs; and, as to so much thereof as relates to the costs, that the decree may be executed as soon as the amount of the costs shall be ascertained by taxation.

Section 119. Unauthorized persons not to address Court

Nothing in this Code shall be deemed to authorize any person on behalf of another to address the Court in the exercise of its original civil jurisdiction, or to examine witnesses, except where the Court shall have in the exercise of the power conferred by its charter authorized him so to do, or to interfere with the power of the High Court to make rules concerning advocates, vakils and attorneys.

Section 120. Provisions not applicable to High Court in original civil 3 [* *] jurisdiction

(1) The following provisions shall not apply to the High Court in the exercise of its original civil jurisdiction, namely, sections 16, 17 and 20. 4 [(2) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

1The word „„such‟‟ was omitted by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in t he Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 2The word „„such‟‟ was omitted by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 3The words “or insolvent” were deemed to be repea led by virtue of omission of subsection (2) by the Presidency­towns Insolvency Act, 1909 (III of 1909), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 12 March 1909, pp. 5-33, s. 127 read with the Third Schedule. 4Repealed ibid.

PART X

RULES

Section 121. Effect of rules in First Schedule

The rules in the First Schedule shall have effect as if enacted in the body of this Code until annulled or altered in accordance with the provisions of this Part.

Section 122. Power of certain High Courts to make rules

1 [The High Courts] 2 [* * * * * * *], may, from time to time after previous publication, make rules regulating their own procedure and the procedure of the Civil Courts subject to their superintendence, and may by such rules annul, alter or add to all or any of the rules in the First Schedule.

Section 123. Constitution of Rule Committees in certain provinces

(1) A Committee, to be called the Rule Committee, shall be constituted at 3 [the town which is the usual place of sitting of each of the High Courts 4 [* * * * *] referred to in section 122.]

(2) Each such Committee shall consist of the following persons namely:–

(a) three Judges of the High Court established at the town at which such Committee is constituted, one of whom at least has served as a District Judge or 5 [ * * *] a Divisional Judge for three years, 6 [(b) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ] 1 [(c) two advocates practising in that Court, and]

1Substituted for the expression „„Courts which are High Courts for the purposes of the Government of India Act, 1935‟‟ by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordi nary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. Earlier, time to time, certain expressions were inserted and deleted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule, by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), d ated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule, by the Oudh Courts (Supplementary) Act, 1925 (XXXII of 1925), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 3 October 1925, p.

62, s. 2 read with the Schedule and by the Amending Act, 1916 (XIII of 1916), published in the Punjab Gazette, dated: 9 February 1917, pp. 6-8, s. 2 read with the Schedule respectively. 2The words „„and the [Chief Court of Lower Burma]‟‟ were repealed by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1923 (XI of 1923), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 10 March 1923, pp. 51-56, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. The words in crotches were earlier substituted for the words „„Chief Courts of the Punjab and Lower Burma‟‟ by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1919 (XVIII of 1919) , published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 20 September 1919, pp. 39 -47, s. 2 read with the First Schedule.

3Substituted for expression „„each of the towns of Calcutta, Madras, Bombay, Allahabad, Lahore and Rangoon.‟‟ by the Amending Act , 1916 (XIII of 1916), published in the Punjab Gazette, dated: 9 February 1917, pp. 6 -8, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

4The words „„and of the Chief Court‟‟ were omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. 4 of 1949), publis hed in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. They were earlier inserted by the Oudh Courts (Supplementary) Act, 1925 (XXXII of 1925), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 3 October 1925, p. 62, s. 2 read with the Schedule. They were earlier repealed by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1923 (XI of 1923), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 10 March 1923, pp. 51 -56, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. They were earlier substituted for the words “Chief Courts” by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1919 (XVIII of 1919), published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 20 September 1919, pp. 39-47, s. 2 read with the First Schedule. 5The expression “(in Burma)” was omitted by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1923 (XI of 1923), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 10 March 1923, pp. 51 -56, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. The said expression was earlier substituted for the expression “(in the Punjab or Burma)” by the Rep ealing and Amending Act, 1919 (XVIII of 1919), published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 20 September 1919, pp. 39-47, s. 2 read with the First Schedule.

6Omitted by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 198 1), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary) dated: 8 July 1981, pp.345-475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule.

(d) a Judge of a Civil Court subordinate to the High Court, 2 [*] 3 [(e) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

(3) The members of each such Committee shall be appointed by the Chief Justice 4 [* * *], who shall also nominate one of their member to be President:

Provided that, if the Chief Justice 5 [* * *] elects to be himself a member of a Committee, the number of other Judges appointed to be members shall be two, and the Chief Justice 6 [* * * ] shall be the President of the Committee.

(4) Each member of any such Committee shall hold office for such period as may be prescribed by the Chief Justice 7 [* * *] in this behalf; and whenever any member retires, resigns, dies or ceases to reside in the province in which the Committee was constituted, or becomes incapable of acting as a member of the Committee, the said Chief Justice 8 [* * *] may appoint another person to be a member in his stead.

(5) There shall be a Secretary to each such Committee, who shall be appointed by the Chief Justice 9 [* * *] and shall receive such remuneration as may be provided in this behalf 10 [by the Provincial Government].

Section 124. Committee to report to High Court

Every Rule Committee shall make a report to the High Court established at the town at which it is constituted on any proposal to annul, alter or add to the rules in the First Schedule or to make new rules, and before making any rules under section 122 the High Court shall take such report into consideration. 11

Section 125. Power of other High Courts to make rules

* * * * * * * * * ] 1

Section 126. Rules to be subje ct to approval

Rules made under the foregoing provisions shall be subject to the previous approval of the Government of the

1Substituted ibid.

2The word “and” was omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 3Omitted ibid. 4The words “or Chief Judge” were omitted by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725-845,

s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

5Ibid. 6The words “or Chief Judge” were omitted by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725-845,

s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

7Ibid. 8The words “or Chief Judge” were omitted by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725-845,

s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

9Ibid.

10Substituted for the expression “by the Governor-General in Council or by the Local Government, as the case may be” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

11Omitted by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to b y the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

Province in which the Court whose procedure the rules regulate is situate or, if that Court is not situate in any Province, to the previous approval of the 2 [Federal Government].]

Section 127. Publication of rules

Rules so made and 3 [approved] shall be published in the 4 [Official Gazette], and shall from the date of publication or from such other date as may be specified have the same force and effect, within the local limits of the jurisdiction of the High Court which made them, as if they had been contained in the First Schedule.

Section 128. Matters for which rules may provide

(1) Such rules shall be not inconsistent with the provisions in the body of this Code, but, subject thereto, may provide for any matters relating to the procedure of Civil Courts.

(2) In particular, and without prejudice to the generality of the powers conferred by sub­section (1), such rules may provide for all or any of the following matters, namely:–

(a) the service of summonses, notices and other processes by post or in any other manner either generally or in any specified areas, and the proof of such service;

(b) the maintenance and custody, while under attachment, of live­stock and other moveable property, the fees payable for such maintenance and custody, the sale of such live­stock and property and the proceeds of such sale;

(c) procedure in suits by way of counterclaim, and the valuation of such suits for the purposes of jurisdiction;

(d) procedure in garnishee and charging orders either in addition to, or in substitution for, the attachment and sale of debts;

(e) procedure where the defendant claims to be entitled to contribution or indemnity over against any person whether a party to the suit or not;

(f) summary procedure –

(i) in suits in which the plaintiff seeks only to recover a debt or liquidated demand in money payable by the defendant, with or without interest, arising on a contract express or implied; or

1Substituted by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

2Substituted for the word “President” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order, 1975 (P.O. No. 4 of 1975), published in Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435-467, Article 2 read with the Schedule. It was earlier substituted for the words “Governor General” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

3Substituted for the word “sanctioned” by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1917 (XXIV of 1917), assented to by the Governor- General on 27 September 1917; and, was published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 29 September 1917, pp. 73- 76, s. 2 read with the First Schedule.

4Substituted for the expression “Gazette of India or in the local official Gazette, as the ca se may be” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 - 344, Article 4.

on an enactment where the sum sought to be recovered is a fixed sum of money or in the nature of a debt other than a penalty; or on a guarantee, where the claim against the principal is in respect of a debt or a liquidated demand only; or on a trust; or

(ii) in suits for the recovery of immoveable property, with or without a claim for rent or mesne profits, by a landlord against a tenant whose term has expired or bas been duly determined by notice to quit, or has become liable to forfeiture for non­payment of rent, or against persons claiming under such tenant;

(g) procedure by way of originating summons;

(h) consolidation of suits, appeals and other proceedings;

(i) delegation to any Registrar, Prothonotary or Master or other official of the Court of any judicial, quasi­judicial and non­judicial duties; 1 [*]

(j) all forms, registers, books, entries and accounts which may be necessary or desirable for the transaction of the business of Civil Courts 2 [; and] 3 [(k) case management.]

Section 129. Power of 4 [*] High Courts to make rules as to their original civil procedure

Notwithstanding anything in this Code, any High Court 5 [* * * * * * *], may make such rules not inconsistent with 6 [its Letters Patent] to regulate its own procedure in the exercise of its original civil jurisdiction as it shall think fit, and nothing herein contained shall affect the validity of any such rules in force at the commencement of this Code. 7

Section 130. Power of other High Courts to make rules as to matters other than procedure

* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

1The word “and” was omitted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2020 (XIV of 2020), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 11 August 2020, pp. 557-560, s. 8.

2Substituted ibid., for the “full stop”.

3Added by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2020 (XIV of 2020), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 11 August 2020, pp. 557-560, s. 8.

4The word “Chartered” was omitted by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary) dated: 8 July 1981, pp.345-475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. 5The words “constituted by His Majesty by Letters Patent” were omitted by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. They were earlier substituted for the words “established under the Indian High Courts Act, 1861 [,or the Gover nment of India Act, 1915]” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. The words in crotches were earlier in serted by the Amending Act, 1916 (XIII of 1916), published in the Punjab Gazette, dated: 9 February 1917, pp. 6-8, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

6Substituted for the words “the Letters Patent establishing it” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725-845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

7Omitted by the Cen tral Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), date d: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. Certain amendments were made by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of

Section 131. Publication of rules

Rules made in accordance with section 129 1 [* * *] shall be published in the 2 [official Gazette] and shall from the date of publication or from such other date as may be specified have the force of law.

PART XI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 132. Exemption of certain women from personal appearance

(1) Women who, according to the customs and manners of the country, ought not to be compelled to appear in public shall be exempt from personal appearance in Court.

(2) Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to exempt such women from arrest in execution of civil process in any case in which the arrest of women is not prohibited by this Code.

Section 133. Exemption of o ther persons

(1) The 3 [Provincial Government] may, by notification in the 4 [official Gazette], exempt from personal appearance in Court any person whose rank, in the opinion of such Government, entitles him to the privilege of exemption.

(2) The names and residences of the persons so exempted shall, from time to time, be forwarded to the High Court by the 5 [Provincial Government] and a list of such persons shall be kept in such Court, and a list of such persons as reside within the local limits of the jurisdiction of each Court subordinate to the High Court shall be kept in such subordinate Court.

(3) Where any person so exempted claims the privilege of such exemption, and it is consequently necessary to examine him by commission, he shall pay the costs of that commission, unless the party requiring his evidence pays such costs.

Section 134. Arrest other than in execution of decree

The provisions of sections 55, 57 and 59 shall apply, so far as may be, to all persons arrested under this Code.

Section 135. Exemption fro m arrest under civil process

(1) No Judge, Magistrate or other judicial officer shall be liable to arrest under civil process while going to, presiding in, or returning from, his Court.

(2) Where any matter is pending before a tribunal having jurisdiction therein, or believing in good faith that it has such jurisdiction, the parties

1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan ( Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the Schedule; by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule ; by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1917 (XXIV of 1917), assented to by the Governor-General on 27 September 1917; and, was published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 29 September 1917, pp. 73 -76, s. 2 read with the First Schedule; and by the Amending Act, 1916 (XIII of 1916), published in the Punjab Gazette, dated: 9 February 1917, pp. 6-8, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 1The expression “or section 130” was omitted ibid.

2Substituted for the expression “Gazette of India or in the local official Gazette, as the case may be,” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 - 344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

3Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

4Ibid., for the words “local official Gazette”. 5Ibid., for the words “Local Government”.

thereto, their pleaders, mukhtars, revenue­agents and recognized agents, and their witnesses acting in obedience to a summons, shall be exempt from arrest under civil process other than process issued by such tribunal for contempt of Court while going to or attending such tribunal for the purpose of such matter, and while returning from such tribunal.

(3) Nothing in sub­section (2) shall enable a judgment­debtor to claim exemption from arrest under an order for immediate execution or where such judgment­debtor attends to show cause why he should not be committed to prison in execution of a decree. 1

Section 135A. Exemption of members of legislative bodies from arrest and detention under civil process

(1) No person shall be liable to arrest or detention in prison under civil process– 2 [(a) if he is member of a 3 [*] Legislature 4 [* * * * * * * *] 5 [* * * * * * * * *], during the continuance of any meeting of such Legislature 6 [* *];]

(b) if he is member of any committee of such 7 [Legislature 8 [* *] ], during the continuance of any meeting of such committee; 9 [(c) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ] and during the fourteen days before and after such meeting or sitting.

(2) A person released from detention under sub­section (1) shall, subject to the provisions of the said sub­section, be liable to re­arrest and to the further detention to which he would have been liable if he had not been released under the provisions of sub­section (1).]

Section 136. Procedure where person to be arrested or property to be attached is outside district

(1) Where an application is made that any person shall be arrested or that any property shall be attached under any provision of this Code not relating to the execution of decrees, and such person resides or such property is situate outside the local limits of the jurisdiction of the Court to which the application is made, the Court may, in its discretion, issue a warrant of

1Inserted by the Legislative Members Exemption Act, 1925 (XXIII of 1925), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 19 September 1925, p. 47, s. 3.

2Substituted by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

3The word “unicameral” was omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts a nd Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 4The words “or of either Chamber of a bicameral Legislature” were omitted ibid. 5The expression “constituted under the Government of India Act, 1935” was omitted by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 o n 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102-163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 6The words “or Chamber” were omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

7Substituted for the words “Chamber or Council” by the Government of India ( Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

8The words “or Chamber” were omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 9Omitted ibid. It was earlier substituted by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

arrest or make an order of attachment, and send to the District Court within the local limits of whose jurisdiction such person or property resides or is situate a copy of the warrant or order, together with the probable amount of the costs of the arrest or attachment.

(2) The District Court shall, on receipt of such copy and amount, cause the arrest or attachment to be made by its own officers, or by a Court subordinate to itself, and shall inform the Court which issued or made such warrant or order of the arrest or attachment.

(3) The Court making an arrest under this location shall send the person arrested to the Court by which the warrant of arrest was issued, unless he shows cause to the satisfaction of the former Court why he should not be sent to the latter Court, or unless he furnishes sufficient security for his appearance before the latter Court or for satisfying any decree that may be passed against him by that Court, in either of which cases the Court making the arrest shall release him. 1 [(4) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

Section 137. Language of subordinate Courts

(1) The language which, on the commencement of this Code, is the language of any Court subordinate to a High Court shall continue to be the language of such subordinate Court until the 2 [Provincial Government] otherwise directs.

(2) The 3 [Provincial Government] may declare what shall be the language of any such Court and in what character applications to and proceedings in such Court shall be written.

(3) Where this Code requires or allows anything other than the recording of evidence to be done in writing in any such Court, such writing may be in English; but if any party or his pleader is unacquainted with English a translation into the language of the Court shall, at his request, be supplied to him; and the Court shall make such order as it thinks fit in respect of the payment of the costs of such translation.

Section 138. Power of High Court to require evidence to be recorded in English

(1) The 4 [High Court] may, by notification in the 5 [Official Gazette], direct with respect to any Judge specified in the notification, or falling under a description set forth therein, that evidence in cases in which an appeal is allowed shall be taken down by him in the English language and in manner prescribed.

1Omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. It was earlier amended by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 Apri l 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

2Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

3Ibid.

4Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Decentralization Act, 1914 (IV of 1914), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 25 February 1914, pp. 21-32, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

5Substituted for the words “local official Gazette” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

(2) Where a Judge is prevented by any sufficient reason from complying with a direction under sub­section (1), he shall record the reason and cause the evidence to be taken down in writing from his dictation in open Court.

Section 139. Oath on affidavit by whom to be administered

In the case of any affidavit under this Code–

(a) any Court or Magistrate, or

(b) any officer or other person whom a High Court may appoint in this behalf, or

(c) any officer appointed by any other Court which the 1 [Provincial Government] has generally or specially empowered in this behalf, may administer the oath to the deponent.

Section 140. Assessors in causes of salvage, etc

(1) In any Admiralty or Vice- admiralty cause of salvage, towage or collision, the Court, whether it be exercising its original or its appellate jurisdiction, may, if it thinks fit, and shall upon request of either party to such cause, summon to its assistance, in such manner as it may direct or as may be prescribed, two competent assessors; and such assessors shall attend and assist accordingly.

(2) Every such assessor shall receive such fees for his attendance, to be paid by such of the parties as the Court may direct or as may be prescribed. 2

Section 141. Proceedings regarding interlocutory app lications

(1) The Court hearing a suit shall concurrently hear the interlocutory applications filed in the suit according to such timelines and in such manner as may be prescribed.

(2) The filing of any application under subsection (1), including an appl ication for the rejection of the plaint or dismissal of a suit, shall be no ground to halt the proceedings in the suit or to dispense with or waive the requirement of filing a written statement within the timelines as provided in this Code.]

Section 142. Orders an d notices to be in writing

All orders and notices served on or given to any person under the provisions of this Code shall be in writing.

Section 143. Postage

Postage, where chargeable on a notice, summons or letter issued under this Code and forwarded by post, and the fee for registering the same, shall be paid within a time to be fixed before the communication is made:

Provided that the 3 [Provincial Government], 4 [* * * * * * * * * *], may remit such postage, or fee, or both, or may prescribe a scale of court­fees to be levied in lieu thereof.

1Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

2Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2020 (XIV of 2020), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 11 August 2020, pp. 557-560, s. 9.

3Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

4The words “with the previous sanction of the Governor General in Council” were omitted by the Devolution Act, 1920 (XXXVIII of 1920), published in the Government Gazette, Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 24 September 1920, pp. 127 -153, s. 2 read with the First Schedule.

Section 144. Application for restitution

(1) Where and in so far as a decree is varied or reversed, the Court of first instance shall, on the application of any party entitled to any benefit by way of restitution or otherwise, cause such restitution to be made as will, so far as may be, place the parties in the position which they would have occupied but for such decree or such part thereof as has been varied or reversed; and, for this purpose, the Court may make any orders, including orders for the refund of costs and for the payment of interest, damages, compensation and mesne profits, which are properly consequential on such variation or reversal.

(2) No suit shall be instituted for the purpose of obtaining any restitution or other relief which could be obtained by application under sub­section (1).

Section 145. Enforcement of liability of surety

Where any person has become liable as surety–

(a) for the performance of any decree or any part thereof, or

(b) for the restitution of any property taken in execution of a decree, or

(c) for the payment of any money, or for the fulfillment of any condition imposed on any person, under an order of the Court in any suit or in any proceeding consequent thereon, the decree or order may be executed against him, to the extent to which he has rendered himself personally liable, in the manner herein provided for the execution of decrees, and such person shall, for the purposes of appeal, be deemed a party within the meaning of section 47:

Provided that such notice as the Court in each case thinks sufficient has been given to the surety.

Section 146. Proceedings by or against representatives

Save as otherwise provided by this Code or by any law for the time being in force, where any proceeding may be taken or application made by or against any person, then the proceeding may be taken or the application may be made by or against any person claiming under him.

Section 147. Consent or agreement by person under disability

In all suits to which any person under disability is a party, any consent or agreement as to any proceeding shall, if given or made with the express leave of the Court by the next friend or guardian for the suit, have the same force and effect as if such person were under no disability and had given such consent or made such agreement.

Section 148. Enlargement of time

Where any period is fixed or granted by the Court for the doing of any act prescribed or allowed by this Code, the Court may, in its discretion, from time to, enlarge such period, even though the period originally fixed or granted may have expired.

Section 149. Power to make up deficiency of court­fees

Where the whole or any part of any fee prescribed for any document by the law for the time being in force relating to court­fees has not been paid, the Court may, in its discretion, at

any stage, allow the person, by whom such fee is payable, to pay the whole or part, as the case may be, of such court­fee; and upon such payment the document, in respect of which such fee is payable, shall have the same force and effect as if such fee had been paid in the first instance.

Section 150. Transfer of business

Save as otherwise provided, where the business of any Court is transferred to any other Court, the Court to which the business is so transferred shall have the same powers and shall perform the same duties as those respectively conferred and imposed by or under this Code upon the Court from which the business was so transferred.

Section 151. Saving of inherent po wers of Court

Nothing in this Code shall be deemed to limit or otherwise affect the inherent power of the Court 1 [, to be exercised after recording reasons in writing, ] to make such orders as may be necessary for the ends of justice or to prevent abuse of the process of the Court.

Section 152. Amendment of judgments, decrees or orders

Clerical or arithmetical mistakes in judgments, decrees or orders or errors arising therein from any accidental slip or omission may at any time be corrected by the Court either of its own motion or on the application of any of the parties.

Section 153. General power to amend

The Court may at any time, and on such terms as to costs or otherwise as it may think fit, amend any defect or error in any proceeding in a suit; and all necessary amendments shall be made for the purpose of determining the real question or issue raised by or depending on such proceeding. 2

Section 154. Saving of present right of appeal

* * * * * * * * * * * * ] 3

Section 155. Amendment of certain Acts

* * * * * * * * * * * * * ] 4

Section 156. Repeals

* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

Section 157. Continuance of orders under repealed enactments

Notifications published, declarations and rules made, places appointed, agreements filed, scales prescribed, forms framed, appointments made and powers conferred under Act VIII of 1859 or under any Code of Civil Procedure or any Act amending the same or under any other enactment hereby repealed shall, so far as they are consistent with this Code, have the same force and effect as if they had been respectively published, made, appointed, filed, prescribed, framed and conferred under this Code and by the authority empowered thereby in such behalf.

1Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XI V of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 20.

2Omitted by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary) dated: 8 July 1981, pp.345-475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule.

3Ibid. 4Repealed by the Second Repealing and Amending Act, 1914 (XVII of 1914), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 19 September 1914, pp. 68-72, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule.

Section 158. Reference to Code of Civil Procedure and other repealed enactments

In every enactment or notification passed or issued before the commencement of this Code in which reference is made to or to any Chapter or section of Act VIII of 1859 or any Code of Civil Procedure or any Act amending the same or any other enactment hereby repealed, such reference shall, so far as may be practicable, be taken to be made to this Code or to its corresponding Part, Order, section or rule. 1

Section 159. Savings of proceedings

All proceedings instituted prior to coming into force of the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab A mendment) Act 2020 shall be dealt in accordance with the provisions of the Act which existed prior to coming into force of the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2020. Explanation.– In this section, the expression “proceedings” includes suits, appeals, reviews, revisions, execution applications and anything incidental thereto.]

1Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2020 (XIV of 2020), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 11 August 2020, pp. 557-560, s. 10.

THE FIRST SCHEDULE ORDER I Parties to Suits

1. Who may be joined as plaintiffs .– All persons may be joined in one suit as plaintiffs in whom any right to relief in respect of or arising out of the same act or transaction or series of acts or transactions is alleged to exist, whether jointly, severally or in the alternative, where, if such persons brought separate suits, any common question of law or fact would arise.

2. Power of Court to order separate trials .– Where it appears to the Court that any joinder of plaintiffs may embarrass or delay the trial of the suit, the Court may put the plaintiffs to their election or order separate trials or make such other order as may be expedient.

3. Who may be joined as defendants .– All persons may be joined as defendants against whom any right to relief in respect of or arising out of the same act or transaction or series of acts or transactions is alleged to exist, whether jointly, severally or in the alternative, where if separate suits were brought against such persons any common question of law or fact would arise.

4. Court may give judgment for or against one or more of joint parties .– Judgment may be given without any amendment–

(a) for such one or more of the plaintiffs as may be found to be entitled to relief, for such relief as he or they may be entitled to;

(b) against such one or more of the defendants as may be found to be liable, according to their respective liabilities.

5. Defendant need not be interested in all the relief claimed .– It shall not be necessary that every defendant shall be interested as to all the relief claimed in any suit against him.

6. Joinder of parties liable on same contract .– The plaintiff may, at his option, join as parties to the same suit all or any of the persons severally, or jointly and severally, liable on any one contract, including parties to bills of exchange, hundis and promissory notes.

7. When plaintiff in doubt from whom redress is to be sought.– Where the plaintiff is in doubt as to the person from whom he is entitled to obtain redress, he may join two or more defendants in order that the question as to which of the defendants is liable, and to what extent, may be determined as between all parties.

8. One person may sue or defend on behalf of all in same interest .– (1) Where there are nu merous persons having the same interest in one suit, one or more of such persons may, with the permission of the Court, sue or be sued, or may defend, in such suit, on behalf of or for the benefit of all persons so interested. But the Court shall in such case give, at the plaintiff's expense, notice

of the institution of the suit to all such persons either by personal service or, where from the number of persons or any other cause such service is not reasonably practicable, by public advertisement, as the Court in each case may direct.

(2) Any person on whose behalf or for whose benefit a suit is instituted or defended under sub­rule (1) may apply to the Court to be made a party to such

suit.

9. Misjoinder and non -joinder.– No suit shall be defeated by reason of the misjoinder or non­joinder of parties, and the Court may in every suit deal with the matter in controversy so far as regards the rights and interests of the parties actually before it.

10. Suit in name of wrong plaintiff .– (1) Where a suit has been instituted in the name of the wrong person as plaintiff or where it is doubtful whether it has been instituted in the name of the right plaintiff, the Court may at any stage of the suit, if satisfied that the suit has been instituted through a bona fide mistake, and that it is necessary for the determination of the real matter in dispute so to do, order any other person to be substituted or added as plaintiff upon such terms as the Court thinks just.

(2) Court may strike out or add parties .– The Court may at any stage of the proceedings, either upon or without the application of either party, and on such terms as may appear to the Court to be just, order that the name of any party improperly joined, whether as plaintiff or defendant, be struck out, and that the name of any person who ought to have been joined, whether as plaintiff or defendant, or whose presence before the Court may be necessary in order to enable the Court effectually and completely to adjudicate upon and settle all the questions involved in the suit, be added.

(3) No person shall be added as a plaintiff suing without a next friend or as the next friend of a plaintiff under any disability without his consent.

(4) Where defendant added, plaint to be amended .– Where a defendant is added, the plaint shall, unless the Court otherwise directs, be amended in such manner as may be necessary, and amended copies of the summons and of the plaint shall be served on the new defendant and, if the Court thinks fit, on the original defendant.

(5) Subject to the provisions of the 1 [Limitation Act, 1908 (IX of 1908)], section 22, the proceedings as against any person added as defendant shall be deemed to have begun only on the service of the summons. 2 [11. Conduct of suit.– The Court shall, at the time of framing of the issues, give the conduct of the suit to such party as it deems proper for expeditious adjudication of the suit.]

1Substituted for the expression “Indian Limitation Act, 1877” by the Federal Laws (Revisi on and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary) dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345 -475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule.

2Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,

12. Appearance of one of several plaintiffs or defendants for others .– (1) Where there are more p laintiffs than one, any one or more of them may be authorized by any other of them to appear, plead or act for such other in any proceeding; and in like manner, where there are more defendants than one, any one or more of them may be authorized by any other of them to appear, plead or act for such other in any proceeding.

(2) The authority shall be in writing signed by the party giving it and shall be filed in Court.

13. Objections as to non­joinder or misjoinder .– All objections on the ground of non­joinder or misjoinder of parties shall be taken at the earliest possible opportunity and, in all cases where issues are settled, at or before such settlement, unless the ground of objection has subsequently arisen, and any such objection not so taken shall be deemed to have been waived. ORDER II Frame of Suit

1. Frame of suit .– Every suit shall as far as practicable be framed so as to afford ground for final decision upon the subjects in dispute and to prevent further litigation concerning them.

2. Suit to include the whole claim .– (1) Every suit shall include the whole of the claim which the plaintiff is entitled to make in respect of the cause of action; but a plaintiff may relinquish any portion of his claim in order to bring the suit within the jurisdiction of any Court.

(2) Relinquishment of part of claim .– Where a plaintiff omits to sue in respect of, or intentionally relinquishes, any portion of his claim, he shall not afterwards sue in respect of the portion so omitted or relinquished.

(3) Omission to sue for one of several reliefs .– A person entitled to more than one relief in respect of the same cause of action may sue for all or any of such reliefs; but if he omits, except with the leave of the Court, to sue for all such reliefs, he shall not afterwards sue for any relief so omitted. Explanation.– For the purposes of this rule an obligation and a collateral security for its performance and successive claims arising under the same obligation shall be deemed respectively to constitute but one cause of action. Illustration A lets a house to B at a yearly rent of Rs.1,200. The rent for the whole of the years 1905, 1906 and 1907 is due and unpaid. A sues B in 1908 only for the rent due for 1906. A shall not afterwards sue B for the rent due for 1905 or 1907.

3. Joinder of causes of action .– (1) Save as otherwise provided, a plaintiff may unite in the same suit several causes of action against the same defendant, or the same defendants jointly; and any plaintiffs having causes of

was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, publishe d in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

action in which they are jointly interested against the same defendant or the same defendants jointly may unite such causes of action in the same suit.

(2) Where causes of action are united, the jurisdiction of the Court as regards the suit shall depend on the amount or value of the aggregate subject­matters at the date of instituting the suit.

4. Only certain claims to be joined for recovery of immoveable property .– No cause of action shall, unless with the leave of the Court, be joined with a suit for the recovery of immoveable property, except–

(a) claims for mesne profits or arrears of rent in respect of the property claimed or any part thereof;

(b) claims for damages for breach of any contract under which the property or any part thereof is held; and

(c) claims in which the relief sought is based on the same cause of action:

Provided that nothing in this rule shall be deemed to prevent any party in a suit for foreclosure or redemption from asking to be put into possession of the mortgaged property.

5. Claims by or against executor, administrator or heir. – No claim by or against an executor, administrator or heir, as such, shall be joined with claims by or against him personally, unless the last mentioned claims are alleged to arise with reference to the estate in respect of which the plaintiff or defendant sues or is sued as executor, administrator or heir, or are such as he was entitled to, or liable for, jointly with the deceased person whom he represents.

6. Power of Court to order separate trials .– Where it appears to the Court that any causes of action joined in one suit cannot be conveniently tried or disposed of together, the Court may order separate trials or make such other order as may be expedient. 1

Section 6A. Consolidation of suits

Where two or more suits or proceedings of the same nature requiring determination of similar issues between the same parties are pending in relation to the sa me subject matter, the Court may, if considers it expedient for avoiding multiplicity of litigation or conflict in judgments, direct the consolidation of such suits or proceedings as one trial, whereupon all such suits or proceedings shall be decided on th e basis of the consolidated trial. ]

7. Objections as to misjoinder .– All objections on the ground of misjoinder of causes of action shall be taken at the earliest possible opportunity and, in all cases where issues arc settled, at or before such settlement, unless the ground of objection has subsequently arisen, and any such objection not so taken shall be deemed to have been waived.

1Inserted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 2: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

1 [8. (1) Where an objection, duly taken, has been allowed by the Court, the plaintiff shall be permitted to select the cause of action with which he will proceed and shall, within a time to be fixed by the Court, amend the plaint by striking out the remaining causes of action.

(2) When the plaintiff has selected the cause of action with which he will proceed, the Court shall pas s an order giving him time within which to submit amended plaints for the remaining causes of action and for making up the court - fees that may be necessary. Should the plaintiff not comply with the Court‟s order, the Court shall proceed as provided in rule 18 of Order VI and as required by the provisions of the Court -fees Act.] ORDER III Recognized Agents and Pleaders

1. Appearances, etc., may be in person, by recognized agent or by pleader.– Any appearance, application or act in or to any Court, required or authorized by law to be made or done by a party in such Court, may, except where otherwise expressly provided by any law for the time being in force, be made or done by the party in person, or by his recognized agent, or by a pleader 2 [appearing, applying or acting, as the case may be,] on his behalf:

Provided that any such appearance shall, if the Court so directs, be made by the party in person.

2. Recognized agents .– The recognized agents of parties by whom such appearances, applications and acts may be made or done are–

(a) persons holding powers­of­attorney, authorizing them to make and do such appearances, applications and acts on behalf of such parties;

(b) persons carrying on trade or business for and in the names of parties not resident within the local limits of the jurisdiction of the Court within which limits the appearance, application or act is made or done, in matters connected with such trade or business only, where no other agent is expressly authorized to make and do such appearances, applications and acts.

3. Service of process on recognized agent .– (1) Processes served on the recognized agent of a party shall be as effectual as if the same had been served on the party in person, unless the Court otherwise directs.

(2) The provisions for the service of process on a party to a suit shall apply to the service of process on his recognized agent.

1Added by the Notification No. 6 G, dated: 1 January 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 1 January 1909, pp. 2 -3. Above said Notification was confirmed by the Notification No. 2212 G, dated: 12 May 1909 ; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 21 May 1909, p. 571.

2Substituted for the words “duly appointed to act” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Second Amendment) Act, 1926 (XXII of 1926), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 3 April 1926, p. 34, s. 2.

1 [4. Appointment of pleader .– (1) No pleader shall act for any person in any Court, unless he has been appointed for the purpose by such person by a document in writing signed by such person or by his recognised agent or by some other person duly authorised by or under a power of attorney to make such appointment.

(2) Every such appointment shall be filed in Court and shall be deemed to be in force until determined with the leave of the Court by a writing signed by the client or the pleader, as the case may be, and filed in Court, or until the client or the pleader dies, or until all proceedings in the suit are ended so far as regards the client.

(3) For the purposes of sub­rule (2) an application for review of judgment, an application under section 144 or section 152 of this Code, any appeal from any decree or order in the suit and any application or act for the purpose of obtaining copies of documents or return of documents produced or filed in the suit or of obtaining refund of monies paid into the Court in connection with the suit shall be deemed to be proceedings in the suit.

(4) The High Court may, by general order, direct that, where the person by whom a pleader is appointed is unable to write his name, his mark upon the document appointing the pleader shall be attested by such person and in such manner as may be specified by the order.

(5) No pleader who has been engaged for the purpose of pleading only shall plead on behalf of any party, unless he has filed in Court a memorandum of appearance signed by himself and stating–

(a) the names of the parties to the suit,

(b) the name of the party for whom he appears, and

(c) the name of the person by whom he is authorised to appear:

Provided that nothing in this sub­rule shall apply to any pleader engaged to plead on behalf of any party by any other pleader who has been duly appointed to act in Court on behalf of such party.]

5. Service of process on pleader.– Any process served on the pleader of any party or left at the office or ordinary residence of such pleader, and whether the same is for the personal appearance of the party or not, shall be presumed to be duly communicated and made known to the party whom the pleader represents, and, unless the Court otherwise directs, shall be as effectual for all purposes as if the same had been given to or served on the party in person.

6. Agent to accept service .– (1) Besides the recognized agents described in rule 2 any person residing within the jurisdiction of the Court may be appointed an agent to accept service of process.

(2) Appointment to be in writing and to be filed in Court .– Such appointment may be special or general and shall be made by an instrument in writing signed by the principal, and such instrument or, if the appointment is general, a certified copy thereof shall be filed in Court.

1Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Second Amendment) Act, 1926 (XXII of 1926), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 3 April 1926, p. 34, s. 2.

ORDER IV Institution of Suits 1 [1. Courts to be numbered. – For the purposes of this Code, the Courts shall be numbered, identified and addressed with reference to the numbers allocated to

them.

2. Commencement of proceedings in suit .– (1) Every suit shall be instituted, by presenting a plaint to a Court or such officer as it appoints in this behalf, and assigned to an Administrative Judge and a Trial Judge under the Code.

(2) Every plaint shall comply with the rules contained in Order VI and Order VII, so far as they are applicable.

3. Register of suits .– The Administrative Judge shall cause the particulars of every suit to be entered in a book to be kept for the purpose and called the register of civil suits. Such entry shall be numbered in every year according to the order in which the plaints are admitted. ] 2 [ORDER IV-A ADMINISTRATIVE JUDGES

1. Administrative Judg es.– The District Judge shall designate as many Civil Judges in the District as Administrative Judges as are necessary to the disposal of load of work with dispatch.

2. The Administrative Judge shall take and complete pre -trial proceedings in a suit, after it has been registered, when he is satisfied that the plaint and the written statement complies with the provisions of Orders VI and VII.

3. The pre -trial proceedings include the proceedings under Orders V, VIII, IX, IX-A, IX-B, X, XI, XII, XIII and XIV.

4. Upon taking and completing his pre -trial proceedings, the Administrative Judge shall cause the suit along with the entire record, placed on a specific date, before the Trial Judge for its trial under the Code:

Provided that the Administrative Judge, bef ore sending the suit, shall satisfy himself that witnesses of the parties to the suit enter their appearance before the Trial Judge on the date when the suit is to be placed before him.

5. The Trial Judge, before commencement of trial, shall cause registr ation of the suit in the register of civil suits in the manner provided in Order IV.]

1Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 3: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

2Inserted ibid., r. 4.

ORDER V Issue and Service of Summons Issue of Summons

1. Summons.– (1) When a suit has been duly instituted a summons may be issued to the defendant to appear and answer the claim on a day to be therein specified:

Provided that no such summons shall be issued when the defendant has appeared at the presentation of the plaint and admitted the plaintiff‟s claim.

(2) A defendant to whom a summons has been issued under sub­rule (1) may appear–

(a) in person, or

(b) by a pleader duly instructed and able to answer all material questions relating to the suit, or

(c) by a pleader accompanied by some person able to answer all such questions.

(3) Every such summons shall be signed by the Judge or such officer as he appoints, and shall be sealed with the seal of the Court. 1 [2. Copy or statement annexed to the summons .– Every summons shall be accompanied by a copy of the p laint, or if so permitted by a concise statement, and copies of the documents annexed with the plaint and a copy of the list under sub -rule (2) of Rule 14 in Order VII. ]

3. Court may order defendant or plaintiff to appear in person .– (1) Where the Court sees reason to require the personal appearance of the defendant, the summons shall order him to appear in person in Court on the day therein specified.

(2) Where the Court sees reason to require the personal appearance of the plaintiff on the same day, it shall make an order for such appearance.

4. No party be ordered to appear in person unless resident within certain limits.– No party shall be ordered to appear in person unless he resides–

(a) within the local limits of the Court's ordinary original jurisdiction, or

(b) without such limits but at a place less than fifty or (where there is railway or steamer communication or other established public conveyance for five­sixths of the distance between the place where he resides and the place where the Court is situate), less than two hundred miles distance from the court­house.

1Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 5: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Week ly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

5. Summons to be either to settle issues or for final disposal .– 1 [(1)] The Court shall determine, at the time of issuing the summons, whether it shall be for the settlement of issues only, or for the final disposal of the suit; and the summons shall contain a direction accordingly:

Provided that, in every suit heard by a Court of small Causes, the summons shall be for the final disposal of the suit. 2 [(2) When the summons are for the settlement of issues, the summons shall state that the defendant may present written statement of his defence before the day fixed for his appearance. ]

6. Fixing day for appearance of defendant .– The day for the appearance of the defendant shall be fixed with reference to the current business of the Court, the place of residence of the defendant and the time necessary for the service of the summons; and the day shall be so fixed as to allow the defendant sufficient time to enable him to appear and answer on such day. 3 [7. Summons to order defendant to produce documents relied on by him .– The summons to appear and answer shall order the defendant to produce all documents in his possession or power upon which he bases h is defence or any claim for set off and shall further order that where he relies on any other documents (whether in his possession or power or not) as evidence in support of his defence or claim for set off, he shall enter such documents in a list to be added or annexed to the written statement.]

8. On issue of summons for final disposal, defendant to be directed to produce his witnesses .– Where the summons is for the final disposal of the suit, it shall also direct the defendant to produce, on the day fixed for his appearance, all witnesses upon whose evidence he intends to rely in support of his case. Service of Summons

9. Delivery or transmission of summons for service .– (1) Where the defendant resides within the jurisdiction of the Court in which the suit is instituted, or has an agent resident within that jurisdiction who is empowered to accept the service of the summons, the summons shall, unless the Court otherwise directs, be delivered or sent to the proper officer to be served by him or one of his subordinates.

(2) The proper officer may be an officer of a Court other than that in which the suit is instituted, and, where he is such an officer, the summons may be sent to him by post or in such other manner as the Court may direct.

1Numbered by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 5: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

2Inserted ibid.

3Substituted by the Notification No. 213-R./XI-Y.-17, dated: 24 July 1936; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 31 July 1936, Part-III, p. 450.

1 [(3) Unless the Court otherwise directs, the proper officer or an officer authorised by him in this behalf shall cause the service of summons and return it to the Court within fifteen days of issue of summons.]

10. Mode of service .– Service of the summons shall be made by delivering or tendering a copy thereof signed by the Judge or such officer as he appoints in this behalf, and sealed with the seal of the Court.

2 [Provided that in any case if the plaintif f so wishes, the Court may 3 [* *] serve the summons in the first instance by registered post 4 [(acknowledgment due) ] instead of in the mode of service laid down in this rule : 5 [* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *] .] 6

Section 10A. Service by post

(1) Simultaneously with the issue of summons under rule 9, there shall be sent, unless otherwise ordered by the Court, to the defendant, by registered post acknowledgement due and another copy of the summons signed and sealed in the manner provided in rule 10 by courier service, or as the court may determine, by urgent mail service of Pakistan Post, at the cost of the plaintiff.

(2) The acknowledgment, purported to be signed by the defendant, of the receipt of the registered communication or an end orsement by a courier messenger or postal employee that the defendant refused to take delivery of the summons shall be deemed by the Court issuing the summons to be prima facie proof of the service of the summons. ”

11. Service on several defendants .– Save as otherwise prescribed, where there are more defendants than one, service of the summons shall be made on each defendant.

12. Service to be on defendant in person when practicable or on his agent.– Wherever it is practicable, service shall be made on the defendant in person, unless he has an agent empowered to accept service, in which case service on such agent shall be sufficient.

13. Service on agent by whom defendant carries on business .– (1) In a suit relating to any business or work against a person who does not reside within the local limits of the jurisdiction of the Court from which the summons is issued,

1Added by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11.

2Added by the Notification No. 6 G, dated: 1 January 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 1 January 1909, pp. 2 -3. Above said Notification was confirmed by the Notification No. 2212 G, dated: 12 May 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the Gove rnment Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 21 May 1909, p. 571.

3The words “attempt to” were omitted by the Notification No. 563 -G, dated: 24 November 1927; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gaz ette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 9 December 1927, Part-III, p. 1587. 4Added ibid. 5The expression “and provided always that should the defendant not appear in answer to the summons so issued, the Court shall have service effected in accordance with the provisions of this Order” were omitted ibid.

6Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Pun jab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 5: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. It was earlier inserted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583 s. 2 read with the Schedule.

service on any manager or agent, who, at the time of service, personally carries on such business or work for such person within such limits, shall be deemed good service.

(2) For the purpose of this rule the master of a ship shall be deemed to be the agent of the owner or charterer.

14. Service on agent in charge in suits for immoveable property .– Where in a suit to obtain relief respecting, or compensation for wrong to, immoveable property, service cannot be made on the defendant in person, and the defendant has no agent empowered to accept the service, it may be made on any agent of the defendant in charge of the property.

15. Where service may b e on male member of defendant‟s family .– Where in any suit the defendant cannot be found 1 [ or is absent from his residence ] and has no agent empowered to accept service of the summons on his behalf, service may be made on any adult male member of the family of the defendant who is residing with him. Explanation.– A servant is not a member of the family within the meaning of this

rule.

16. Person served to sign acknowledgment .– Where the serving officer delivers or tenders a copy of the summons to the defendant personally, or to an agent or other person on his behalf, he shall require the signature of the person to whom the copy is so delivered or tendered to an acknowledgment of service endorsed on the original summons.

17. Procedure when defendant refuses t o accept service, or cannot be found.– Where the defendant or his agent or such other person as aforesaid refuses to sign the acknowledgment, or where the serving officer, after using all due and reasonable diligence, cannot find the defendant, and there is no agent empowered to accept service of the summons on his behalf, nor any other person on whom service can be made, the serving officer shall affix a copy of the summons on the outer door or some other conspicuous part of the house in which the defendant ordinarily resides or carries on business or personally works for gain, and shall then return the original to the Court from which it was issued, with a report endorsed thereon or annexed thereto stating that he has so affixed the copy, the circumstances under which he did so, and the name and address of the person (if any) by whom the house was identified and in whose presence the copy was affixed.

18. Endorsement of time and manner of service .– The serving officer shall, in all cases in which the summons has been served under rule 16, endorse or annex, or cause to be endorsed or annexed, on or to the original summons, a return stating the time when and the manner in which the summons was served, and the name and address of the person (if any) identifying the person served and witnessing the delivery or tender of the summons.

1Inserted by the Notification No. 563-G, dated: 24 November 1927; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 9 December 1927, Part-III, p. 1587.

19. Examination of serving officer .– Where a summons is returned under rule 17, the Court shall, if the return under that rule has not been verified by the affidavit of the serving officer, and may, if it has been so verified, examine the serving officer on oath, or cause him to be so examined by another Court, touching his proceedings, and may make such further inquiry in the matter as it thinks fit; and shall either declare that the summons has been duly served or order such service as it thinks fit.

20. Substituted service .– 1 [(1) Where the Court is satisfied that there is reason to believe that the defendant is keeping out of the way for the purpose of avoiding service, or that for any other reason the summons cannot be served in the ordinary way, the Court shall order for service of summons by–

(a) affixing a copy of the summons at some conspicuous part of the house, if any, in which the defendant is known to have last resided or carried on business or personally worked for gain; or

(b) any electronic device of communication which may include telegram, telephone, phonogram, telex, fax, radio and television; or

(c) urgent mail service or public courier services; or

(d) beat of drum in the locality where the defendant resides; or

(e) publication in press; or

(f) any other manner or mode as it may think fit:

Provided that the Court may order the use of all or any of the aforesaid manners and modes of service simultaneously.]

(2) Effect of substituted service .– Service substituted by order of the Court shall be as effectual as if it had been made on the defendant personally.

(3) Where service substituted, time for appearance to be fixed .– Where service is substituted by order of the Court, the Court shall fix such time for the appearance of the defendant as the case may require 2 [which shall not ordinarily exceed fifteen days].

21. Service of summons where defendant resides within jurisdiction of another Court .– A summons may be sent by the Court by which it is issued, whether within or without the province, either by one of its officers or by post to any Court (not being the High Court) having jurisdiction in the place where the defendant resides. 3 [22. Service, within Presidency-towns of summons issued by Courts outside.– * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

23. Duty of Court to which summons is sent .– The Court to which a summons is sent under rule 21 4 [* * *] shall, upon receipt thereof, proceed as if it

1Substituted by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by t he President on 27 July 1994 and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11.

2Added ibid.

3Omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

4The expression “or rule 22” was omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in th e Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

had been issued by such Court and shall then return the summons to the Court of issue, together with the record (if any) of its proceedings with regard thereto.

24. Service on defendant in prison .– Where the defendant is confined in a prison, the summons shall be delivered or sent by post or otherwise to the officer in charge of the prison for service on the defendant.

25. Service where defendant resides out of 1 [Pakistan] and has no agent .– Where the defendant resides out of 2 [Pakistan] and has no agent in 3 [Pakistan] empowered to accept service, the summons shall 4 [except in the cases mentioned in rule 26A] be addressed to the defendant at the place where he is residing and sent to him by post, if there is postal communication between such place and the place where the Court is situate.

26. Service in foreign territory th rough Political Agent or Court .– Where–

(a) in the exercise of any foreign 5 [or extra-provincial jurisdiction vested in the 6 [Federal Government] ], a Political Agent has been appointed, or a Court has been established or continued, with power to serve a summons issued by a Court under this Code in any foreign territory in which the defendant resides, or 7 [(b) 8 [the Provincial Government] has, by notification in the 9 [Official Gazette], declared, in r espect of any Court situate in any such territory and not established or continued in the exercise of any such jurisdiction as aforesaid, that service by such Court of any summons 10 [issued under this Code by a Court of the Province] shall be deemed to be valid service,]

1Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federation" by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); ass ented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” b y the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with Article 4.

2Ibid.

3Ibid.

4Inserted by the Co de of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1950 (LXVIII of 1950), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 26 October 1950, p. 787, s. 2.

5Substituted for the words “jurisdiction vested in His Majesty or in [the Central Government or the Cr own Representative]” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the Schedule . The words in crotchet were earlier

substituted for the words “the Governor -General in Council” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

6Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

7Substituted by the Second Repealing and Amending Act, 1914 (XVII of 1914), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 19 September 1914, pp. 68-72, s. 2 read with the First Schedule.

8Substituted for the words “the Governor -General in Council” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

9Substituted ibid., for the words “Gazette of India”, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

10Substituted for the words “issued by a Court under this Code” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

the summons may be sent to such Political Agent or Court, by post or otherwise, for the purpose of being served upon the defendant; and, if the Political Agent or Court returns the summons with an endorsement signed by such Political Agent or by the Judge or other officer of the Court that the summons has been served on the defendant in manner hereinbefore directed, such endorsement shall be deemed to be evidence of service. 1 [26A. Service on civil public officer or on servant of railway company or local authority, in India .– Where the defendant is a servant (not belonging to the military, naval or air forces) of any Government in India, or a servant of a railway company or local authority in India, the summons together with a copy of it to be retained by the defendant shall be sent, with a request that it may be served on the defendant,–

(a) in the case of a defendant serving in connection with the affairs of the Government of India or a servant of a Railway in India, to the Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry of Home Affairs, and

(b) in the case of a defendant serving in connection with the affairs of any other Government in India, or in the case of a servant of a local authority in India, to the Home Secretary to that Government or, as the case may be, to the Home Secretary to the Government in whose territories the local authority has its jurisdiction.]

27. Service on civil public officer or on servant of railway company or local authority.– Where the defendant is a public officer (not belonging to 2 [the armed forces of Pakistan] 3 [* * * * * *]), or is the servant of a railway company or local authority, the Court may, if it appears to it that the summons may be most conveniently so served, send it for service on the defendant to the head of the office in which he is employed, together with a copy to be retained by the defendant.

28. Service on soldiers 4 [, sailors] 5 [ or airmen].– Where the defendant is a soldier 6 [, sailor] 7 [or airman], the Court shall send the summons for service to his commanding officer together with a copy to be retained by the defendant.

1Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1950 (LXVIII of 1950), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 26 October 1950, p. 787, s. 3.

2Substituted for the expression “His Majes ty‟s military, [naval or air] forces” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O.

No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 - 163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. The words in crotchets were earlier substituted by “or naval” by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1927 (X of 1927), published in the Gazette of India, s. 2 read with the First Schedule. 3The expression “or His Majesty‟s Indian Marine Service” was omitted by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181-183, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

4Inserted ibid.

5Inserted by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1927 (X of 1927), published in the Gazette of India, s. 2 read with the First Schedule.

6Inserted by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in th e Gazette of India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181 - 183, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

7Inserted by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1927 (X of 1927), published in the Gazette of India, s. 2 read with the First Schedule.

29. Duty of person to whom summons is delivered or sent for service .– (1) Where a summons is delivered or sent to any person for service under rule 24, rule 27 or rule 28, such person shall be bound to serve it, if possible, and to return it under his signature, with the written acknowledgement of the defendant, and such signature shall be deemed to be evidence of service.

(2) Where from any cause service is impossible, the summons shall be returned to the Court with a full statement of such cause and of the steps taken to procure service, and such statement shall be deemed to be evidence of non­service.

30. Substitution of letter for summons .– (1) The Court may, notwithstanding anything herein before contained, substitute for a summons a letter signed by the Judge or such officer as he may appoint in this behalf, where the defendant is, in the opinion of the Court, of a rank entitling him to such mark of consideration.

(2) A letter substituted under sub­rule (1) shall contain all the particulars required to be stated in a summons, and, subject to the provisions of sub­rule (3), shall be treated in all respects as a summons.

(3) A letter so substituted may be sent to the defendant by post or by a special messenger selected by the Court, or in any other manner which the Court thinks fit; and, where the defendant has an agent empowered to accept service, the letter may be delivered or sent to such agent. ORDER VI Pleadings generally

1. Pleading.– “Pleading” shall mean plaint or wr itten statement .

2. Pleading to state material facts and not evidence .– Every pleading shall contain, and contain only, a statement in a concise form of the material facts on which the party pleading relies for his claim or defence, as the case may be, but not the evidence by which they are to be proved, and shall, when necessary, be divided into paragraphs, numbered consecutively. Dates, sums and numbers shall be expressed in figures.

3. Forms of pleading .– The forms in Appendix A when applicable, and where they are not applicable forms of the like character, as nearly as may be, shall be used for all pleadings.

4. Particulars to be given where necessary .– In all cases in which the party pleading relies on any misrepresentation, fraud, breach of trust, willful default, or undue influence, and in all other cases in which particulars may be necessary beyond such as are exemplified in the forms aforesaid, particulars (with dates and items if necessary) shall be stated in the pleading.

5. Further and better stat ement, or particulars .– A further and better statement of the nature of the claim or defence, or further and better particulars of any matter stated in any pleading, may in all cases be ordered, upon such terms, as to costs and otherwise, as may be just.

6. Condition precedent .– Any condition precedent, the performance or occurrence of which is intended to be contested, shall be distinctly specified in his pleading by the plaintiff or defendant, as the case may be; and, subject thereto, an averment of the performance or occurrence of all conditions precedent necessary for the case of the plaintiff or defendant shall be implied in his pleading.

7. Departure.– No pleading shall, except by way of amendment, raise any new ground of claim or contain any allegation of fact inconsistent with the previous pleadings of the party pleading the same.

8. Denial of contract .– Where a contract is alleged in any pleading, a bare denial of the same by the opposite party shall be construed only as a denial in fact of the express contract alleged or of the matters of fact from which the same may be implied, and not as a denial of the legality or sufficiency in law of such contract.

9. Effect of document to be stated .– Wherever the contents of any document are material, it shall be sufficient in any pleading to state the effect thereof as briefly as possible, without setting out the whole or any part thereof, unless the precise words of the document or any part thereof are material.

10. Malice, knowledge, etc .– Wherever it is material to allege malice, fraudulent intention, knowledge or other condition of the mind of any person, it shall be sufficient to allege the same as a fact without setting out the circumstances from which the same is to be inferred.

11. Notice.– Wherever it is material to allege notice to any person of any fact, matter or thing, it shall be sufficient to allege such notice as a fact, unless the form or the precise terms of such notice, or the circumstances from which such notice is to be inferred, are material.

12. Implied contract, or relation .– Whenever any contract or any relation between any persons is to be implied from a series of letters or conversations or otherwise from a number of circumstances, it shall be sufficient to allege such contract or relation as a fact, and to refer generally to such letters, conversations or circumstances without setting them out in detail. And if in such case the person so pleading desires to rely in the alternative upon more contracts or relations than one as to be implied from such circumstances, he may state the same in the alternative.

13. Presumptions of law .– Neither party need in any pleading allege any matter of fact which the law presumes in his favour or as to which the burden of proof lies upon the other side unless the same has first been specifically denied (e.g., consideration for a bill of exchange where the plaintiff sues only on the bill and not for the consideration as a substantive ground of claim).

14. Pleading to be signed .– Every pleading shall be signed by the party and his pleader (if any):

Provided that where a party pleading is, by reason of absence or for other good cause, unable to sign the pleading, it may be signed by any person duly authorized by him to sign the same or to sue or defend on his behalf.

15. Verification of pleadings .– (1) Save as otherwise provided by any law for the time being in force, every pleading shall be verified 1 [on oath or solemn affirmation] at the foot by the party or by one of the parties pleading or by some other person proved to the satisfaction of the Court to be acquainted with the facts of the case.

(2) The person verifying shall specify, by reference to the numbered paragraphs of the pleading, what he verifies of his own knowledge and what he verifies upon information received and believed to be true.

(3) The verification shall be signed by the person making it and shall state the date on which and the place at which it was signed.

16. Striking out pleadings .– The Court may at any stage of the proceedings order to be struck out or amended any matter in any pleading which may be unnecessary or scandalous or which may tend to prejudice, embarrass or delay the fair trial of the suit.

17. Amendment of pleadings .– The Court may at any stage of the proceedings allow either party to alter or amend his pleadings in such manner and on such terms as may be just, and all such amendments shall be made as may be necessary for the purpose of determining the real questions in controversy between the parties.

18. Failure to amend after order .– If a party who has obtained an order for leave to amend does not amend accordingly within the time limited for that purpose by the order, or if no time is thereby limited then within fourteen days from the date of the order, he shall not be permitted to amend after the expiration of such limited time as aforesaid or of such fourteen days, as the case may be, unless the time is extended by the Court. ORDER VII Plaint

1. Particulars to be contained in plaint.– The plaint shall contain the following particulars:–

(a) the name of the Court in which the suit is brought;

(b) the name, description and place of residence of the plaintiff;

(c) the name, description and place of residence of the defendant, so far as they can be ascertained;

(d) where the plaintiff or the defendant is a minor or a person of unsound mind, a statement to that effect;

(e) the facts constituting the cause of action and when it arose;

(f) the facts showing that the Court has jurisdiction;

(g) the relief which the plaintiff claims;

1Inserted by the Law Reforms Ordin ance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583 s. 2 read with the Schedule.

(h) where the plaintiff has allowed a set­off or relinquished a portion of his claim, the amount so allowed or relinquished; and

(i) a statement of the value of the subject­matter of the suit for the purposes of jurisdiction and of court­fees, so far as the case admits.

2. In money suits .– Where the plaintiff seeks the recovery of money, the plaint shall state the precise amount claimed: But where the plaintiff sues for mesne profits, or for an amount which will be found due to him on taking unsettled accounts between him and the defendant 1 [or for moveables in the possessi on of the defendant , or for debts of which the value he cannot, after the exercise of reasonable diligence, estimate] the plaint shall state approximately the amount 2 [or value] sued for.

3. Where the subject­matter of the suit is immoveable property .– Where the subject­matter of the suit is immoveable property, the plaint shall contain a description of the property sufficient to identify it, and, in case such property can be identified by boundaries or numbers in a record of settlement of survey, the plaint shall specify such boundaries or numbers.

4. When plaintiff sues as representative .– Where the plaintiff sues in a representative character, the plaint shall show not only that he has an actual existing interest in the subject­matter, but that he has taken the steps (if any) necessary to enable him to institute a suit concerning it.

5. Defendant‟s interest and liability to be shown .– The plaint shall show that the defendant is or claims to be interested in the subject­matter, and that he is liable to be called upon to answer the plaintiff‟s demand.

6. Grounds of exemption from limitation law .– Where the suit is instituted after the expiration of the period prescribed by the law of limitation, the plaint shall show the ground upon which exemption from such law is claimed.

7. Relief to be specifically stated .– Every plaint shall state specifically the relief which the plaintiff claims either simply or in the alternative, and it shall not be necessary to ask for general or other relief which may always be given as the Court may think just to the same extent as if it had been asked for. And the same rule shall apply to any relief claimed by the defendant in his written statement.

8. Relief founded on separate grounds .– Where the plaintiff seeks relief in respect of several distinct claims or causes of action founded upon separate and distinct grounds, they shall be stated as far as may be separately and distinctly.

1Inserted by the Notification No. 6 G, dated: 1 January 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was publish ed in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 1 January 1909, pp. 2 -3. Above said Notification was confirmed by the Notification No. 2212 G, dated: 12 May 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 21 May 1909, p. 571.

2Ibid.

9. Procedure on admitting plaint .– 1 [(1)The plaintiff shall endorse on the plaint, or annex thereto, a list of the documents (if any) which he has produced along with it.

(1A) The plaintiff shall present with his plaint– 2 [(a) copies of the plaint and documents under rule 14 for each defendant and two extra copies; ]

(b) draft forms of summons and fees for the service thereof.]

(2) Concise statements .– Where the plaintiff sues, or the defendant or any of the defendants is sued, in a representative capacity, such statements shall show in what capacity the plaintiff or defendant sues or is sued.

(3) The plaintiff may, by leave of the Court, amend such statements so as to make them correspond with the plaint.

(4) The chief ministerial officer of the Court shall sign such list and copies or statements if, on examination, he finds them to be correct.

10. Return of plaint.– (1) The plaint shall at any stage of the suit be returned to be presented to the Court in which the suit should have been instituted.

(2) Procedure on returning plaint .– On returning a plaint the Judge shall endorse thereon the date of its presentation and return, the name of the party presenting it, and a brief statement of the reasons for returning it.

11. Rejection of plaint .– The plaint shall be rejected in the following cases:–

(a) where it does not disclose a cause of action:

(b) where the relief claimed is undervalued, and the plaintiff, on being required by the Court to correct the valuation within a time to be fixed by the Court, fails to do so:

(c) where the relief claimed is properly valued, but the plaint is written upon paper insufficiently stamped, and the plaintiff, on being required by the Court to supply the requisite stamp paper within a time to be fixed by the Court, fails to do so: 3 [(d) where the suit appears, from the record available with the court, to be barred by any la w.] 4

Section 11A. Separate application barred

A plea for rejection of plaint under rule 11 may be raised by the defendant in his written statement and not by a separate application. ]

1Substituted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583 s. 2 read with the Schedule.

2Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 6: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

3Ibid.

4Inserted ibid.

12. Procedure on rejecting plaint .– Where a plaint is rejected the Judge shall record an order to that effect with the reasons for such order. 1 [13. Where rejection of plaint does not preclude presentation of fresh plaint.– The rejection of the plaint, on any of the grounds mentioned in clause (a), clause (b) or clause (c) of rule 11, shall not, of its own force, preclude the plaintiff from presenting a fresh plaint in respect of the same cause of action. ] Documents relied on in plaint

14. Production of document on which plaintiff sues .– (1) Where a plaintiff sues upon a document in his possession or power, he shall produce it in Court when the plaint is presented, and shall at the same time deliver the document or a copy thereof to be filed with the plaint.

(2) List of other documents .– Where he relies on any other documents (whether in his possession or power or not) as evidence in support of his claim, he shall enter such documents in a list to be added or annexed to the plaint.

15. Statement in case of documents not in his possession or power .– Where any such document is not in the possession or power of the plaintiff, he shall, if possible, state in whose possession or power it is.

16. Suits on lost negotiable instruments .– Where the suit is founded upon a negotiable instrument, and it is proved that the instrument is lost, and an indemnity is given by the plaintiff, to the satisfaction of the Court, against the claims of any other person upon such instrument, the Court may pass such decree as it would have passed if the plaintiff had produced the instrument in Court when the plaint was presented, and had at the same time delivered a copy of the instrument to be filed with the plaint.

17. Production of shop­book .– (1) Save in so far as is otherwise provided by the Bankers' Books Evidence Act, 1891 2 , where the document on which the plaintiff sues is an entry in a shop­book or other account, in his possession or power, the plaintiff shall produce the book or account at the time of filing the plaint, together with a copy of the entry on which he relies.

(2) Original entry to be marked and returned .– The Court, or such officer as it appoints in this behalf, shall forthwith mark the document for the purpose of identification; and, after examining and comparing the copy with the original, shall, if it is found correct, certify it to be so and return the book to the plaintiff and cause the copy to be filed. 3 [Explanation.– When a shop book or other account written in a langua ge other than English or the language of the Court is produced with a translation or

1Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 6: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

2XVIII of 1891.

3Added by the Notification No. 88 -Gaz./XI-Y.-7, dated: 9 March 1935; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 15 March 1935, p. 152.

transliteration of the relevant entry, the party producing it shall not be required to present a separate affidavit as to the correctness of the translation or transliteration, but shall add a certificate on the document itself, that it is a full and true translation or transliteration of the original entry, and no examination or comparison by the ministerial officer shall be required except by a special order of the Court.]

18. Inadmissibility of document not produced when plaint filed .– (1) A document which ought to be produced in Court by the plaintiff when the plaint is presented, or to be entered in the list to be added or annexed to the pliant, and which is not produced or entered accordingly, shall not, without the leave of the Court, be received in evidence on his behalf at the hearing of the suit.

(2) Nothing in this rule applies to documents produced for cross­examination of the defendant's witnesses, or in answer to any case set up by the defendant or handed to a witness merely to refresh his memory. 1 [19. Address to be filed with plaint .– (1) Every plaint or original petition shall be accompanied by a proceeding giving an address at which service of notice, summons or other process may be made on the plaintiff or petitioner.

(2) Plaintiffs or petitioners subsequently added shall immediately on being so added file a proceeding of this nature.

(3) The address filed under this rule shall be entered in the Register of suits maintained under Order IV, rule 2.

20. Nature of address to be filed .– An address for service filed under the preceding rule shall be within the local limits of the District Court within which the suit or petition is filed, or of the District Court within which the party ordinarily resides.

21. Consequences of failure to file address .– Where a plaintiff or petitioner fails to file an address for service, he shall be liable to have his suit dismissed or his petition rejected by the Court suo moto or any party may apply for an order to that effect, and the Court may make such order as it thinks just. 2

Section 21A. Consequence of failure to annex copy etc. with the plaint

When the plaintiff fails to annex a copy of the plaint or concise statement or copies of documents mentioned in rule 2, the Court may make such order as it thinks just and fit.]

22. Procedure when party not found at the place of address .– (1) Where a party is not found at the address given by him for service and no agent or adult male member of his family on whom a notice, summons or other process can be served is present, a copy of the notice, summons or other process shall be fixed to the outer door of the house.

1Rules 19 to 26 were added by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583 s. 2 read with the Schedule.

2Inserted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 6: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

(2) If, on the date fixed, such party is not present, another date shall be fixed and a copy of the notice, summons or other process shall be sent to the said address by registered post, and such service shall be deemed to be as effectual as if the notice, summons or other process had been personally served.

23. Service on pleader .– Where a party engages a pleader, notices, summons or other processes for service on him shall be served in the manner prescribed by Order III, rule 5, unless the Court directs service at the address for service given by the party.

24. Change of address .– A party who desires to change the address for service given by him as aforesaid shall file a verified petition, and the Court may direct the amendment of the record accordingly. Notice of such petition shall be given to such other parties to the suit as the Court may deem it necessary to inform, and may be either served upon the pleaders for such parties or be sent to them by registered post, as the Court thinks fit.

25. Service by other modes .– Nothing in these rules shall prevent the Court from directing the service of a notice, summons or other process in any other manner, if, for any reasons, it thinks fit to do so.

26. List of legal representatives of plaintiff .– (1) In every suit of the nature referred to in rule 3, Order XXII, the plaint shall be accompanied by a statement giving–

(a) the names and addresses of the persons whom, in the event of the death of the plaintiff, may be made a party as his legal representatives;

(b) the name and address of the person who, in the event of the death of the plaintiff, shall intimate such fact to the Court, furnish the Court with the names, particulars and addresses of the legal representatives of the plaintiff and make an application for the legal representatives to be made a party.

(2) A plaintiff may at any time–

(a) file in the Court an amended list, of his presumptive legal representatives;

(b) nominate another person, in the place of the person nominated under clause (b) of sub­rule (1), for the purposes of that clause.

(3) A nomination made under clause (b) of sub­rule (1) shall, unless varied under clause (b) of sub­rule (2) remain in force throughout the pendency of the suit and any proceedings arising therefrom, including appeal, revision and review.] 1 [(4) Failure of the plaintiff to file the list of legal representatives, as aforesaid, shall render the suit liable to be dismissed. ]

1Inserted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 6: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, P art-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

ORDER VIII Written Statement and Set­off 1 [1. Written statement .– (1) The defendant 2 [* * * * * * * * *], shall at or before the first hearing or within such time as the Court may permit present a written statement of his defence, and with such written sta tement, o r if there is no written statement, at the first hearing , shall produce in Court all documents in his possession or power on which he basis his defence or any claim for set off.

(2) Where he relies on any other documents as evidence in support o f his defence or claim for set off, he shall enter such documents in a list to be added or annexed to the written statement , or where there is no written statement, to be presented at the first hearing. If no such list is so annexed or presented, the defendant shall be allowed a further period of ten days to file this list of documents.

(3) A document which ought to be entered in the list referred to in sub - clause (2) but which has not been so entered, shall not, without the leave of the Court, be received in evidence on the defendant‟s behalf at the hearing of the suit.

(4) Nothing in this rule shall apply to documents produced for cross - examination of plaintiff‟s witnesses or handed to a witness merely to refresh his memory 3 [:] ] 4 [Provided that the period allowed for filing the written statement shall not ordinarily exceed 5 [thirty] days.] 6 [Provided further that not more than two adjournments shall be granted for presenting the written statement.] 7

Section 1A. Presumption of admission of contents of plaint

When the defendant fails to present written statement of his defence before the day fixed for his hearing, the Court shall presume that he admits the contents of the plaint as true:

Provided that nothing shall preclude the Court from permitting the defe ndant to present written statement, upon showing a just and sufficient cause in an application in writing supported by an affidavit:

Provided further that the permission to present written statement shall not extend beyond the period fixed in rule 1.

1Substituted by the Notification No. 191-R./XI-Y.-8, dated: 19 June 1939; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette, Punjab, dated: 23 June 1939, Part-III, pp. 491-492.

2The expression “may, and, if so required by Court” was omitted by the Notification No. 300 Rules/XI­Y­26, dated: 2 October 2001; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), Part -III, dated: 18 October 2001.

3Substituted for the “full­stop” by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583 s. 2 read with the Schedule.

4Added ibid.

5Substituted for the word “ninety” by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11.

6Added by the Notification No. 300 Rule s/XI­Y­26, dated: 2 October 2001; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), Part-III, dated: 18 October 2001.

7Inserted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 7: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

Section 1B. Additional copies of written statement and documents

The defendant shall furnish additional copies of written statement and of the documents annexed therewith for their supply to the plaintiff. ]

2. New facts must be specially pleaded .– The defendant must raise by his pleading all matters which show the suit not to be maintainable, or that the transaction is either void or voidable in point of law, and all such grounds of defence as, if not raised, would be likely to take the opposite party by surprise, or would raise issues of fact not arising out of the plaint, as, for instance, fraud, limitation, release, payment, performance, or facts showing illegality.

3. Denial to be specific .– It shall not be sufficient for a defendant in his written statement to deny generally the grounds alleged by the plaintiff, but the defendant must deal specifically with each allegation of fact of which he does not admit the truth, except damages.

4. Evasive denial .– Where a defendant denies an allegation of fact in the plaint, he must not do so evasively, but answer the point of substance. Thus, if it is alleged that he received a certain sum of money, it shall not be sufficient to deny that he received that particular amount, but he must deny that he received that sum or any part thereof, or else set out how much he received. And if an allegation is made with diverse circumstances, it shall not be sufficient to deny it along with those circumstances.

5. Specific denial .– Every allegation of fact in the plaint, if not denied specifically or by necessary implication, or stated to be not admitted in the pleading of the defendant, shall be taken to be admitted except as against a person under disability:

Provided that the Court may in its discretion require any fact so admitted to be proved otherwise than by such admission.

6. Particulars of set­off to be given in written statement .– (1) Where in a suit for the recovery of money the defendant claims to set­off against the plaintiff's demand any ascertained sum of money legally recoverable by him from the plaintiff, not exceeding the pecuniary limits of the jurisdiction of the Court, and both parties fill the same character as they fill in the plaintiff's suit, the defendant may, at the first hearing of the suit, but not afterwards unless permitted by the Court, present a written statement containing the particulars of the debt sought to be set­off.

(2) Effect of Set­off .– The written statement shall have the same effect as a plaint in a cross­suit so as to enable the Court to pronounce a final judgement in respect both of the original claim and of the set­off: but this shall not affect the lien, upon the amount decreed, of any pleader in respect of the costs payable to him under the decree.

(3) The rules relating to a written statement by a defendant apply to a written statement in answer to a claim of set­off.

Illustrations

(a) A bequeaths Rs.2,000 to B and appoints C his executor and residuary legatee. B dies and D takes out administration to B's effect. C pays Rs.1,000 as surety for D; then D sues C for the legacy. C cannot set­off the debt of Rs.1,000 against the legacy, for neither C nor D fills the same character with respect to the legacy as they fill with respect to the payment of the Rs.1,000.

(b) A dies intestate and in debt to B. C takes out administration to A's effects and B buys part of the effects from C. In a suit for the purchase­money by C against B, the latter cannot set­off the debt against the price, for C fills two different characters, one as the vendor to B, in which he sues B, and the other as representative to A.

(c) A sues B on a bill of exchange. B alleges that A has wrongfully neglected to insure B's goods and is liable to him in compensation which he claims to set­off. The amount not being ascertained cannot be set­off.

(d) A sues B on a bill of exchange for Rs.500. B holds a judgment against A for Rs.1,000. The two claims being both definite pecuniary demands may be set­off.

(e) A sues B for compensation on account of trespass. B holds a promissory note for Rs.1,000 from A and claims to set­off that amount against any sum that A may recover in the suit. B may do so, for, as soon as A recovers, both sums as definite pecuniary demands.

(f) A and B sue C for Rs.1,000, C cannot set­off a debt due to him by A

alone.

(g) A sues B and C for Rs.1,000. B cannot set­off a debt due to him alone by A.

(h) A owes the partnership firm of B and C Rs.1,000. B dies, leaving C surviving. A sues C for a debt of Rs.1,500 due in his separate character. C may set­off the debt of Rs.1,000.

7. Defence or set­off founded on separate grounds .– Where the defendant relies upon several distinct grounds of defence or set­off founded upon separate and distinct facts, they shall be stated, as far as may be, separately and distinctly.

8. New ground of defence .– Any ground of defence which has arisen after the institution of the suit or the presentation of a written statement claiming a set­off may be raised by the defendant or plaintiff, as the case may be, in his written statement.

9. Subsequent pleadings .– No pleading subsequent to the written statement of a defendant other than by way of defence to a set­off shall be presented except by the leave of the Court and upon such terms as the Court thinks fit, but the Court may at any time require a written statement or additional written statement from any of the parties and fix a time for presenting the same.

10. Procedure when party fails to present written statement called for by Court.– Where any party from whom a written statement is so required fails to

present the same within the time fixed by the Court, the Court may pronounce judgment against him, or make such order in relation to the suit as it thinks fit. 1 [11. Address for service .– (1) Every party, whether original, added or substituted, who appears in any suit or other proceeding, shall, on or before the date fixed in the summons, notice or other process served on him, file in Court a proceeding stating his address for service.

(2) Such address shall be entered in the Register of suits to be maintained under Order IV, rule 2.

(3) Rules 20, 23, 24 and 25 of Order VII shall apply, so far as may be, to addresses for service filed under this rule.

12. Consequences of failure to file address .– (1) Where a party fails to file an address for service as provided in the preceding rule, he shall be liable to have his defence, if any, struck out and to be placed in the same position as if he had not defended.

(2) The Court may pass an order under sub­rule (1) suo moto or on the application of any party.

13. List of legal representatives of defendant .– (1) In every suit of the nature referred to in rule 4, Order XXII, the written statement shall be accompanied by a statement giving–

(a) the names and addresses of the persons who, in the event of the death of the defendant, may be made a party as his legal representatives;

(b) the name and address of the person, who in the event of the death of the defendant, shall intimate such fact to the Court, furnish the Court with the names, particulars and addresses of the legal representatives of the defendant and make an application for the legal representatives to be made a party.

(2) A defendant may at any time_

(a) file in the Court an amended list of his presumptive representatives;

(b) nominate another person, in the place of the person nominated under clause (b) of sub­rule (1), for the purposes of that clause.

(3) A nomination made under clause (b) of sub­rule (1) shall, unless varied under clause (b) of sub­rule (2), remain in force throughout the pendency of the suit and any proceedings arising therefrom, including appeal, revision or review.] 2 [(4) Failure of the defendant to file the list of legal representatives, as aforesaid, shall render his defence liable to be struck out.

1Rule 11 to 13 were added by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

2Inserted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 7: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

(5) The Court may, on an application made by the defendant when accompanied with the list of legal representatives and disclosing a sufficient cause for non-filing of the list, recall the order passed under sub -rule (4) and allow him to continue with his defence of the suit.] ORDER IX Appearance of Parties and Consequence of Non­appearance

1. Parties to appear on day fixed in summons for defendant to appear and answer.– On the day fixed in the summons for the defendant to appear and answer, the parties shall be in attendance at the Court­house in person or by their respective pleaders, and the suit shall then be heard unless the hearing is adjourned to a future day fixed by the Court.

2. Dismissal of suit where summons not served in consequence of plaintiff‟s failure to pay costs .– Where on the day so fixed it is found that the summons has not been served upon the defendant in consequence of the failure of the plaintiff to pay the court­fee or postal charges (if any) chargeable for such service, the Court may make an order that the suit be dismissed:

Provided that no such order shall be made although the summons has not been served upon the defendant, if on the day fixed for him to appear and answer he attends in person or by agent when he is allowed to appear by agent.

3. Where neither party appears, suit to be dismissed .– Where neither party appears when the suit is called on for hearing, the Court may make an order that the suit be dismissed.

4. Plaintiff may bring fresh suit or Court may restore suit to file .– 1 [(1)] Where a suit is dismissed under rule 2 or rule 3, the plaintiff may (subject to the law of limitation) bring a fresh suit, or he may apply for an order to set the dismissal aside, and if he satisfies the Court that there was sufficient cause for his not paying the court­fee and postal charges (if any) required within the time fixed before the issue of the summons, or for his non­appearance, as the case may be, the Court shall make an order setting aside the dismissal and shall appoint a day for proceeding with the suit. 2 [(2) The provision of section 5 of the Limitation Act, 1908 (IX of 1908) shall apply to applications under sub­rule (1).]

5. Dismissal of suit where plaintiff, after summons returned unserved, fails for 3 [three months ] to apply for fresh summ ons.– 4 [(1) Where, after a summons has been issued to the defendant, or to one of several defendants, and returned unserved, the plaintiff fails, for a period of three months from the date of

1Renumbered by the Notification No. 300 Rules/XI­Y­26, dated: 2 October 2001; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), Part-III, dated: 18 October 2001. 2Added ibid.

3Substituted for the words “a year” by virtue of substitution of subsection (1) by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1920 (XXIV of 1920), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 4 September 1940, p. 73, s. 2.

4Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1920 (XXIV of 1920), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 4 September 1940, p. 75, s. 2.

the return made to the Court by the officer ordinarily certifying to the Court returns made by the serving officers, to apply for the issue of a fresh summons the Court shall make an order that the suit be dismissed as against such defendant, unless the plaintiff has within the said period satisfied the Court that–

(a) he has failed after using his best endeavours to discover the residence of the defendant who has not been served, or

(b) such defendant is avoiding service of process, or

(c) there is any other sufficient cause for extending the time, in which case the Court may extend the time for making such application for such period as it thinks fit.]

(2) In such case the plaintiff may (subject to the law of limitation) bring a fresh suit.

6. Procedure when only plaintiff appears .– (1) Where the plaintiff appears and the defendant does not appear when the suit is called on for hearing, then–

(a) When summons duly served .– if it is proved that the summons was duly served, the Court may proceed ex parte 1 [and pass decree without recording evidence];

(b) When summons not duly served .– if it is not proved that the summons was duly served, the Court shall direct a second summons to be issued and served on the defendant;

(c) When summons served, but not in due time .– if it is proved that the summons was served on the defendant, but not in sufficient time to enable him to appear and answer on the day fixed in the summons, the Court shall postpone the hearing of the suit to a future day to be fixed by the Court, and shall direct notice of such day to be given to the defendant.

(2) Where it is owing to the plaintiff's default that the summons was not duly served or was not served in sufficient time, the Court shall order the plaintiff to pay the costs occasioned by the postponement.

7. Procedure where defendant appears on day of adjourned hearing and assigns good cause for previous non­appearance .– Where the Court has adjourned the hearing of the suit ex parte, and the defendant, at or before such hearing, appears and assigns good cause for his previous non­appearance, he may, upon such terms as the Court directs as to costs or otherwise, be heard in answer to the suit as if he had appeared on the day fixed for his appearance.

8. Procedure where defendant only appears .– Where the defendant appears and the plaintiff does not appear when the suit is called on for hearing, the Court shall make an order that the suit be dismissed, unless the defendant admits the claim, or part thereof, in which case the Court shall pass a decree against the defendant upon such admission, and, where part only of the claim has been admitted, shall dismiss the suit so far as it relates to the remainder.

1Inserted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

9. Decree against plaintiff by default bars fres h suit.– (1) Where a suit is wholly or partly dismissed under rule 8, the plaintiff shall be precluded from bringing a fresh suit in respect of the same cause of action. But he may apply for an order to set the dismissal aside, and if he satisfies the Court that there was sufficient cause for his non­appearance when the suit was called on for hearing, the Court shall make an order setting aside the dismissal upon such terms as to costs or otherwise as it thinks fit, and shall appoint a day for proceeding with the

suit. 1 [Provided that the plaintiff shall not be precluded from bringing another suit for redemption of a mortgage, although a former suit may have been dismissed for default.]

(2) No order shall be made under this rule unless notice of the application has been served on the opposite party. 2 [(3) The provisions of section 5 of the Limitation Act, 1908 (IX of 1908), shall apply to applications under sub­rule (1).]

10. Procedure in case of non­attendance of one or more of several plaintiffs.– Where there are more plaintiffs than one, and one or more of them appear, and the others do not appear, the Court may, at the instance of the plaintiff or plaintiffs appearing, permit the suit to proceed in the same way as if all the plaintiffs had appeared, or make such order as it thinks fit.

11. Procedure in case of non­attendance of one or more of several defendants.– Where there are more defendants than one, and one or more of them appear and the others do not appear, the suit shall proceed, and the Court shall, at the time of pronouncing judgment, make such order as it thinks fit with respect to the defendants who do not appear.

12. Consequence of non -attendance, without sufficient cause shown, of party ordered to appear in person .– Where a plaintiff or defendant, who has been ordered to appear in person, does not appear in person, or show sufficient cause to the satisfaction of the Court for failing so to appear, he shall be subject to all the provisions of the foregoing rules applicable to plaintiffs and defendants, respectively, who do not appear. Setting aside Decrees ex parte

13. Setting aside decree ex­parte against defendant .– 3 [(1)] In any case in which a decree is passed ex parte against a defendant, he may apply to the Court by which the decree was passed for an order to set it aside; and if he satisfies the Court that the summons was not duly served, or that he was prevented by any sufficient cause from appearing when the suit was called on

1Added by the Notification No. 6 G, dated: 1 January 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 1 January 1909, pp. 2 -3. Above said Notification was confirmed by the Notification No. 2212 G, dated: 12 May 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was publishe d in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 21 May 1909, p. 571.

2Added by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1980 (X of 1980), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 26 March 1980, s. 14.

3Renumbered ibid.

for hearing, the Court shall make an order setting aside the decree as against him upon such terms as to costs, payment into Court or otherwise as it thinks fit, and shall appoint a day for proceeding with the suit:

Provided that where the decree is of such a nature that it cannot be set aside as against such defendant only it may be set aside as against all or any of the other defendants also 1 [:] 2 [Provided further that no decree passed ex parte shall be set aside merely on the ground of any irregularity in the service of summons, if the Court is satisfied, for reason to be recorded, that the defendant had knowledge of the date of hearing in sufficient time to appear on that date and answer the claim.] 3 [(2) The provisions of section 5 of the Limitation Act, 1908 (IX of 1908), shall apply to applications under sub­rule (1).]

14. No decree to be set aside without notice to opposite party .– No decree shall be set aside on any such application as aforesaid unless notice thereof has been served on the opposite party.

4 [ORDER IX-A INTERMEDIATE DATES 5 [1. Fixation of interm ediate date .– (1) After the close of the pleadings, the Court shall fix –

(a) a day for examination of parties under Order X;

(b) a day for discovery and inspection under Order XI; and

(c) a day for its proceedings under Order XII.

(2) The Court may grant a maximum adjournment of three days for completion of each proceedings mentioned in sub -rule (1) and shall keep a full and complete record of these proceedings in Form 13 in Appendix C.

(3) It shall be the duty of the Court to take proceedings under Orders X, XI and XII and to satisfy itself that the parties go to trial for precise and exact issues of law and facts they are at variance with each other.

(4) While taking proceedings under Orders X, XI and XII, the Court, having regard to the facts and circums tances of the case, shall carefully determine

1Substituted for the “full -stop” by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

2Added ibid.

3Added by the Code of Civil Proce dure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1980 (X of 1980), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 26 March 1980, s. 14.

4Added by the Notification No. 300 Rules/XI­Y­26, dated: 2 October 2001; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), Part-III, dated: 18 October 2001.

5Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Par t-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 8: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. It was earlier added by the Notification No. 300 Rules/XI­Y­26, dated: 2 October 2001; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), Part -III, dated: 18 October 2001.

the possibility of the alternate dispute resolution method and when so warranted adopt such a method in accordance with section 89 -A.

(5) The Court shall stay the proceedings of the suit for a period which is not more than thirty days when it requires the parties to adopt any of the alternate dispute resolution method.

2. Case management questionnaire .– (1) The plaintiff shall file along with the plaint a duly filled in case management questionnaire in Form 14 i n Appendix

C.

(2) The defendant shall, at the time of presenting his written statement, file a duly filled in case management questionnaire in Form 15 in Appendix C. ] ] 1 [ORDER IX-B ALTERNATE DISPUTE RESOLUTION

1. Reference to mediation .– (1) Except where the Court is satisfied that there is no possibility of mediation or an intricate question of law or facts is involved, the Court shall refer the case for mediation.

(2) While referring the matter for mediation, the Court may indicate the material issues for determination through mediation.

2. Appearance of parties .– Where a case is referred for mediation, the Court shall stay the proceedings for a period not exceeding thirty days and direct the parties to appear before the Mediation Centre, set up by Lah ore High Court, on such date and time as the Court may specify.

3. Settlement.– (1) Where the mediation proceedings are successful and the parties have arrived at an agreement, the Mediator shall cause the same to be recorded in writing, signed by the par ties or their recognized agents or their pleaders and attested by two independent witnesses.

(2) The agreement shall be certified by the Mediator and transmitted forthwith, through the Administrator of the Mediation Centre, to the Court.

(3) The Court shal l, on receipt of the agreement, pass a decree in terms thereof unless the Court, for reasons to be recorded in writing, finds that the agreement between the parties is not enforceable at law.

(4) Where the settlement relates only to a part of the dispute , the Court shall pass decree or an order in terms of such settlement and proceed to adjudicate the remaining issues.

4. Failure of mediation .– Where the meditation fails and no settlement is made between the parties, the Mediator shall submit a report to the Court and the Court shall proceed with the case from the stag e it was referred to Mediation. ]

1Inserted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 9: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

ORDER X Examination of Parties by the Court

1. Ascertainment whether allegations in pleadings are admitted or denied.– At the first hearing of the suit the Court shall ascertain from each party or his pleader whether he admits or denies such allegations of fact as are made in the plaint or written statement (if any) of the opposite party, and as are not expressly or by necessary implication admitted or denied by the party against whom they are made. The Court shall record such admissions and denials. 1 [1A. The Court may adopt any lawful procedure not inconsistent with the provisions of this Code to–

(i) conduct preliminary proceedings and issue orders for expediting processing of the case;

(ii) issue, with the consent of parties, commission to examine witnesses, admit documents and take other steps for the purpose of trial;

(iii) adopt, with the consent of parties, any alternative method of dispute resolution including mediation, conciliation or any such other means.] Clause (iii) of rule 1A of Order X has been repealed by the Punjab Alternate Dispute Resolution Act 2019 published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 11 October 2019, pp. 1191 - 1195, s.26; however, it shall come into force on such dates and in such areas of Punjab as the Government may determine by Notification in the official Gazette.

2. Oral examination of party or companion of party .– At the first hearing of the suit, or at any subsequent hearing, any party appear ing in person or present in Court, or any person able to answer any material questions relating to the suit by whom such party or his pleader is accompanied, 2 [shall] be examined orally by the Court; and the Court may, if it thinks fit, put in the course o f such examination questions suggested by either party.

3. Substance of examination to be written .– The substance of the examination shall be reduced to writing by the Judge, and shall form part of the record.

4. Consequence of refusal or inability of plea der to answer .– (1) Where the pleader of any party who appears by a pleader or any such person accompanying a pleader as is referred to in rule 2, refuses or is unable to answer any material question relating to the suit which the Court is of opinion that the party whom he represents ought to answer, and is likely to be able to answer if interrogated in person, the Court may postpone the hearing of the suit to a future day and direct that such party shall appear in person on such day.

1Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 2002 (XXXIV of 2002), published in the Gazette of Pakistan(Extraordinary), dated: 27 July 2002, pp. 877- 878, s. 3.

2Substituted for the word “may” by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11.

(2) If such party fails without lawful excuse to appear in person on the day so appointed, the Court may pronounce judgment against him, or make such order in relation to the suit as it thinks fit. ORDER XI Discovery and Inspection 1 [1. Discoveries by interrogatories .– The Cou rt shall direct the parties to deliver interrogatories in writing for the examination of the opposite parties or any one or more of such parties stating clearly which of such interrogatories each of such person is required to answer, provided that the Cour t may reject an interrogatory or part thereof which, in its opinion, is not relevant to the case.

2. Communication of interrogatories .– On receipt of the interrogatories under rule 1, the Court shall deliver the interrogatories to the concerned person for submitting the answer within such time as the Court may specify. ]

3. Costs of interrogatories .– In adjusting the costs of the suit inquiry shall at the instance of any party be made into the propriety of exhibiting such interrogatories, and if it is the o pinion of the taxing officer or of the Court, either with or without an application for inquiry that such interrogatories have been exhibited unreasonably, vexatiously, or at improper length, the costs occasioned by the said interrogatories and the answers thereto shall be paid in any event by the party in

fault.

4. Form of interrogatories .– Interrogatories shall be in Form No. 2 in Appendix C, with such variations as circumstances may require.

5. Corporations.– Where any party to a suit is a corporation or a body of persons, whether incorporated or not, empowered by law to sue or be sued, whether in its own name or in the name of any officer or other person, any opposite party may apply for an order allowing him to deliver interrogatories to any member or officer of such corporation or body, and an order may be made accordingly.

6. Objections to interrogatories by answer .– Any objection to answering any interrogatory on the ground that it is scandalous or irrelevant or not exhibited bona fide for the purpose of the suit, or that the matters inquired into are not sufficiently material at that stage, or on any other ground, may be taken in the affidavit in answer.

7. Setting aside and striking out interrogatories .– Any interrogatories may be set aside on the gr ound that they have been exhibited unreasonably or vexatiously, or struck out on the ground that they are prolix, oppressive, unnecessary or scandalous; and any application for this purpose may be made within seven days after service of the interrogatories .

1Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 0: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

1 [8. Affidavit.– The interrogatories shall be answered by an affidavit to be filed within the time specified by the Court. ]

9. Form of affidavit in answer .– An affidavit in answer to interrogatories shall be in Form No. 3 in Appendix C, with such variati ons as circumstances may require.

10. No exception to be taken .– No exceptions shall be taken to any affidavit in answer, but the sufficiency or otherwise of any such affidavit objected to as insufficient shall be determined by the Court. 2 [11. Order to an swer or answer further .– Where any person interrogated submits an insufficient or an evasive answer, the Court may require him to submit the proper answer within the time specified by the Court.] 3 [12. Application for discovery of documents .– (1) Any party may apply to the Court for an order directing any other party to a suit to make discovery on oath of the documents which are or have been in his possession or power, relating to a matter in issue in the suit.

(2) On hearing such application, the Court ma y either refuse or adjourn the same, if it is satisfied that such discovery is not necessary or not necessary at that stage of the suit, or may, after being satisfied as to the validity of the prayer made, direct the other party to make the discovery:

Provided that the discovery shall not be ordered when and so far as the Court is of opinion that it is not necessary either for disposing the suit or for saving costs.]

13. Affidavit of documents .– The affidavit to be made by a party against whom such order as is mentioned in the last preceding rule has been made, shall specify which (if any) of the documents therein mentioned he objects to produce, and it shall be in Form No. 5 in Appendix C, with such variations as circumstances may require.

14. Production o f documents .– It shall be lawful for the Court, at any time during the pendency of any suit, to order the production by any party thereto, upon oath, of such of the documents in his possession or power, relating to any matter in question in such suit, as the Court shall think right; and the Court may deal with such documents, when produced, in such manner as shall appear just.

15. Inspection of documents referred to in pleadings or affidavits .– Every party to a suit shall be entitled at any time to give notice to any other party, in whose pleadings or affidavits reference is made to any document, to produce such document for the inspection of the party giving such notice, or of his pleader, and to permit him or them to take copies thereof; and any party not complying with

1Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahor e High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 0: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab We ekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

2Ibid.

3Ibid.

such notice shall not afterwards be at liberty to put any such document in evidence on his behalf in such suit unless he shall satisfy the Court that such document relates only to his own title, he being a defendant to the suit, or that he had some other cause or excuse which the Court shall deem sufficient for not complying with such notice, in which case the Court may allow the same to be put in evidence on such terms as to costs and otherwise as the Court shall think fit.

16. Notice to produce.– Notice to any party to produce any documents referred to in his pleading or affidavits shall be in Form No. 7 in Appendix C, with such variations as circumstances may require.

17. Time for inspection when notice given .– The party to whom such notice is given shall, within ten days from the receipt of such notice, deliver to the party giving the same a notice stating a time within three days from the delivery thereof at which the documents, or such of them as he does not object to produce, may be inspected at the office of his pleader, or in the case of bankers' books or other books of account or books in constant use for the purposes of any trade or business, at their usual place of custody, and stating which (if any) of the documents he objects to produce, and on what ground. Such notice shall be in Form No. 8 in Appendix C, with such variations as circumstances may require.

18. Order for inspection .– (1) Where the party served with notice under rule 15 omits to give such notice of a time for inspection or objects to give inspection, or offers inspection elsewhere than at the office of his pleader, the Court may, on the application of the party desiring it, make an order for inspection in such place and in such manner as it may think fit: Provided that the order shall not be made when and so far as the Court shall be of opinion that it is not necessary either for disposing fairly of the suit or for saving costs.

(2) Any application to inspect documents, except such as are referred to in the pleadings, particulars or affidavits of the party against whom the application is made or disclosed in his affidavit of documents, shall be founded upon an affidavit showing of what documents inspection is sought, that the party applying is entitled to inspect them, and that they are in the possession or power of the other party. The Court shall not make such order for inspection of such documents when and so far as the Court shall be of opinion that it is not necessary either for disposing fairly of the suit or for saving costs. 19 Verified copies.– (1) Where inspection of any business books is applied for the Court may, if it thinks fit, instead of ordering inspection of the original books, order a copy of any entries therein to be furnished and verified by the affidavit of some person who has examined the copy with the original entries, and such affidavit shall state whether or not there are in the original book any and what erasures, interlineations or alterations: Provided that, notwithstanding that such copy has been supplied, the Court may order inspection of the book from which the copy was made.

(2) Where on an application for an order for inspection privilege is claimed for any document, it shall be lawful for the Court to inspect the document for the purpose of deciding as to the validity of the claim of privilege.

(3) The Court may, on the application of any party to a suit at any time, and whether an affidavit of documents shall or shall not have already been ordered or made, make an order requiring any other party to state by affidavit whether any one or more specific documents, to be specified in the application, is or are, or has or have at any time been, in his possession or power; and, if not then in his possession, when he parted with the same and what has become thereof. Such application shall be made on an affidavit stating that in the belief of the deponent the party against whom the application is made has, or has at some time had, in his possession or power the document or documents specified in the application, and that they relate to the matters in question in the suit, or to some of them.

20. Premature discovery .– Where the party from whom discovery of any kind or inspection is sought objects to the same, or any part thereof, the Court may, if satisfied that the right to the discovery or inspection sought depends on the determination of any issue or question in dispute in the suit, or that for any other reason it is desirable that any issue or question in dispute in the suit should be determined before deciding upon the right to the discovery or inspection, order that such issue or question be determined first, and reserve the question as to the discovery or inspection.

21. Non­compliance with order for discovery .– Where any party fails to comply with any order to answer interrogatories, or for discovery or inspection of documents, he shall, if a plaintiff, be liable to have his suit dismissed for want of prosecution, and, if a defendant, to have his defence, if any, struck out, and to be placed in the same position as if he had not defended, and the party interrogating or seeking discovery or inspection may apply to the Court for an order to that effect, and an order may be made accordingly.

22. Using answers to interrogatories at trial .– Any party may, at the trial of a suit, use in evidence any one or more of the answers or any part of an answer of the opposite party to interrogatories without putting in the others or the whole of such answer: Provided always that in such case the Court may look at the whole of the answers, and if it shall be of opinion that any others of them are so connected with those put in that the last­mentioned answers ought not to be used without them, it may direct them to be put in.

23. Order to apply to minors. – This Order shall apply to minor plaintiffs and defendants, and to the next friends and guardians for the suit of persons under disability.

ORDER XII Admissions 1 [1. Admission of case .– The Court shall enquire from a party whether or not it admits the truth of the wh ole or part of the case set up by the other party in the pleadings. ] 2 [2. Admission of documents .– (1) The Court shall also require the parties to admit or deny the documents annexed with the plaint or, as the case may be, the written statement.

(2) If a party fails to comply with the direction under sub -rule (2), the Court may proceed against such party under rule 21 of Order XI.

(3) If a party denies a document which is proved at the trial, the Court shall burden such party with such heavy costs as it ma y deem fit. ]

3. Form of notice .– A notice to admit documents shall be in Form No. 9 in Appendix C, with such variations as circumstances may require.

4. Notice to admit facts .– Any party may, by notice in writing, at any time not later than nine days before the day fixed for the hearing, call on any other party to admit, for the purposes of the suit only, any specific fact or facts mentioned in such notice. And in case of refusal or neglect to admit the same within six days after service of such notice, or within such further time as may be allowed by the Court, the costs of proving such fact or facts shall be paid by the party so neglecting or refusing, whatever the result of the suit may be, unless the Court otherwise directs: Provided that any admission made in pursuance of such notice is to be deemed to be made only for the purposes of the particular suit, and not as an admission to be used against the party on any other occasion or in favour of any person other than the party giving the notice: Provided also that the Court may at any time allow any party to amend or withdraw any admission so made on such terms as may be just. 3

Section 4A. Power of Court to record admission of documents and fact s

Notwithstanding that no notice to admit documents or facts has been given under Rules 2 and 4 respectively, the Court may, at any stage of the proceedings before it, of its own motion, call upon any party to admit any document or fact and shall in such a case, record whether the party admits or refuses or neglects to admit such document or fact.]

1Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 1: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

2Ibid.

3Added by the Notification No. 300 Rules/XI­Y­26, dated: 2 October 2001; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), Part-III, dated: 18 October 2001.

5. Form of admissions .– A notice to admit facts shall be in Form No. 10 in Appendix C, and admissions of facts shall be in Form No. 11 in Appendix C, with such variations as circumstances may require.

6. Judgment on admissions .– Any party may at any stage of a suit, where admissions of fact have been made, either on the pleadings, or otherwise, apply to the Court for such judgment or order as upon such admissions he may be entitled to, without waiting for the determination of any other question between the parties: and the Court may upon such application make such order, or give such judgment, as the Court may think just.

7. Affidavit of signature .– An affidavit of the pleader or his clerk, of the due signature of any admissions made in pursuance of any notice to admit documents or facts, shall be sufficient evidence of such admissions, if evidence thereof is required.

8. Notice to produce documents .– Notice to produce documents shall be in Form No. 12 in Appendix C, with such variations as circumstances may require. An affidavit of the pleader, or his clerk, of the service of any notice to produce, and of the time when it was served, with a copy of the notice to produce, shall in all cases be sufficient evidence of the service of the notice, and of the time when it was served.

9. Costs.– If a notice to admit or produce specifies documents which are not necessary, the costs occasioned thereby shall be borne by the party giving such notice. ORDER XIII Production, Impounding and Return of Documents

1. Documentary evidence to be produced at first hearing .– (1) The parties or their pleaders shall produce, at the first hearing of the suit, all the documentary evidence of every description in their possession or power, on which they intend to rely, and which has not already been filed in Court, and all documents which the Court has ordered to be produced.

(2) The Court shall receive the documents so produced: Provided that they are accompanied by an accurate list thereof prepared in such form as the High Court directs. 1 [(3) On production of documents under this rule, the Court may call upon the parties to admit or deny the documents produced in the Court and record their admission or, as the case may be, denial.]

2. Effect of non­production of documents .– No documentary evidence in the possession or power of any party which should have been but has not been produced in accordance with the requirements of rule 1 shall be received at any subsequent stage of the proceedings unless good cause is shown to the

1Added by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11.

satisfaction of the Court for the non­production thereof; and the Court receiving any such evidence shall record the reasons for so doing.

3. Rejection of irrelevant or inadmissible documents .– The Court may at any stage of the suit reject any document which it considers irrelevant or otherwise inadmissible, recording the grounds of such rejection.

4. Endorsements on documents admitted in evidence .– (1) Subject to the provisions of the next following sub­rule, there shall be endorsed on every document which has been admitted in evidence in the suit the following particulars, namely:–

(a) the number and title of the suit,

(b) the name of the person producing the document,

(c) the date on which it was produced, and

(d) a statement of its having been so admitted; and the endorsement shall be signed or initiated by the Judge.

(2) Where a document so admitted is an entry in a book, account or record, and a copy thereof has been substituted for the original under the next following rule, the particulars aforesaid shall be endorsed on the copy and the endorsement thereon shall be signed or initialled by the Judge.

5. Endorsements on copies of admitted entries in books, accounts and records.– (1) Save in so far as is otherwise provided by the Bankers' Books Evidence Act, 1891 1 , where a document admitted in evidence in the suit is an entry in a letter­book or a shop­book or other account in current use, the party on whose behalf the book or account is produced may furnish a copy of the entry.

(2) Where such a document is an entry in a public record produced from a public office or by a public officer, or an entry in a book or account belonging to a person other than a party on whose behalf the book or account is produced, the Court may require a copy of the entry to be furnished–

(a) where the record, book or account is produced on behalf of a party, then by that party, or

(b) where the record, book or account is produced in obedience to an order of the Court acting of its own motion, then by either or any

party.

(3) Where a copy of an entry is furnished under the foregoing provisions of this rule, the Court shall, after causing the copy to be examined, compared and certified in manner mentioned in rule 17 of Order VII, mark the entry and cause the book, account or record in which it occurs to be returned to the person producing it.

6. Endorsements on documents rejected as inadmissible in evidence .– Where a document relied on as evidence by either party is considered by the Court to be inadmissible in evidence, there shall be endorsed thereon the

1VIII of 1891.

particulars mentioned in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of rule 4, sub­rule (1) together with a statement of its having been rejected, and the endorsement shall be signed or initialled by the Judge.

7. Recording of admitted and return of rejected documents .– (1) Every document which has been admitted in evidence, or a copy thereof where a copy has been substituted for the original under rule 5, shall form part of the record of the suit.

(2) Documents not admitted in evidence shall not form part of the record and shall be returned to the persons respectively producing them.

8. Court may order any document to be impounded .– Notwithstanding anything contained in rule 5 or rule 7 of this Order or in rule 17 of Order VII, the Court may, if it sees sufficient cause, direct any document or book produced before it in any suit to be impounded and kept in the custody of an officer of the Court, for such period and subject to such conditions as the Court thinks fit.

9. Return of admitted documents .– (1) Any person, whether a party to the suit or not, desirous of receiving back any document produced by him in the suit and placed on the record shall, unless the document is impounded under rule 8, be entitled to receive back the same,–

(a) where the suit is one in which an appeal is not allowed, when the suit has been disposed of, and

(b) where the suit is one in which an appeal is allowed, when the Court is satisfied that the time for preferring an appeal has elapsed and that no appeal has been preferred or, if an appeal has been preferred, when the appeal has been disposed of:

Provided that a document may be returned at any time earlier than that prescribed by this rule if the person applying therefor delivers to the proper officer a certified copy to the substituted for the original and undertakes to produce the original if required to do so:

Provided also that no document shall be returned which, by force of the decree, has become wholly void or useless. 1 [Provided further that the costs of such certifi ed copy shall be recoverable as a fine from the party at whose instance the original document has been produced.]

(2) On the return of a document admitted in evidence a receipt shall be given by the person receiving it.

10. Court may send for papers from its own records or from other Courts .–

(1) The Court may of its own motion, and may in its discretion upon the application of any of the parties to a suit, send for, either from its own records or from any other Court, the record of any other suit or proce eding, and inspect the same.

1Added by the N otification No. 563-G, dated: 24 November 1927; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 9 December 1927, Part-III, p. 1587.

(2) Every application made under this rule shall (un less the Court otherwise directs) be supported by an affidavit showing how the record is material to the suit in which the application is made, and that the applicant cannot without unreasonable delay or expense obtain a duly authenticated copy of the record or of such portion thereof as the applicant requires, or that the production of the original is necessary for the purposes of justice.

(3) Nothing contained in this rule shall be deemed to enable the Court to use in evidence any document which under the law of evidence would be inadmissible in the suit.

11. Provisions as to documents applied to material objects .– The provisions herein contained as to documents shall, so far as may be, apply to all other material objects producible as evidence. ORDER XIV Settlement of Issues and Determination of Suit on Issues of Law or on Issues agreed upon

1. Framing of issues .– (1) Issues arise when a material proposition of fact or law is affirmed by the one party and denied by the other.

(2) Material propositions are those propositions of law or fact which a plaintiff must allege in order to show a right to sue or a defendant must allege in order to constitute his defence.

(3) Each material proposition affirmed by one party and denied by the other shall form the subject of a distinct issue.

(4) Issues are of two kinds: (a) issues of fact, (b) issues of law.

1 [(5) At the first hearing of the suit after the proceedings under Orders X, XI and XII, the Court shall, after reading the plaint, the written statement and such examination of the parties as may be necessary, determine the material propositions of facts or of law in dispute between the parties and shall proceed to frame and record the issues on which the decision is likely to depend. ]

(6) Nothing in this rule requires the Court to frame and record issues where the defendant at the first hearing of the suit makes no defence.

2. Issues of law and of fact .– Where issues both of law and of fact arise in the same suit, and the Court is of opinion that the case or any part thereof may be disposed of on the issues of law only, it shall try those issues first, and for that purpose may, if it thinks fit, postpone the settlement of the issues of fact until after the issues of law have been determined.

3. Materials from which issues may be framed .– The Court may frame the issues from all or any of the following materials:–

1Substituted by the Notification No. 23 7/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 2: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

(a) allegations made on oath by the parties, or by any persons present on their behalf, or made by the pleaders of such parties;

(b) allegations made in the pleadings or in answers to interrogatories delivered in the suit;

(c) the contents of documents produced by either party.

4. Court may examine witnesses or documents befo re framing issues .– Where the Court is of opinion that the issues cannot be correctly framed without the examination of some person not before the Court or without the inspection of some document not produced in the suit, it may adjourn the framing of the issues to a future day, and may (subject to any law for the time being in force) compel the attendance of any person or the production of any document by the person in whose possession or power it is by summons or other process.

5. Power to amend, and stri ke out, issues .– (1) The Court may at any time before passing a decree amend the issues or frame additional issues on such terms as it thinks fit, and all such amendments or additional issues as may be necessary for determining the matters in controversy between the parties shall be so made or framed.

(2) The Court may also, at any time before passing a decree, strike out any issues that appear to it to be wrongly framed or introduced.

6. Questions of fact or law may by agreement be stated in form of issues.– Where the parties to a suit are agreed as to the question of fact or of law to be decided between them, they may state the same in the form of an issue, and enter into an agreement in writing that, upon the finding of the Court in the affirmative or the negative of such issue,–

(a) a sum of money specified in the agreement or to be ascertained by the Court, or in such manner as the Court may direct, shall be paid by one of the parties to the other of them, or that one of them be declared entitled to some right or subject to some liability specified in the agreement;

(b) some property specified in the agreement and in dispute in the suit shall be delivered by one of the parties to the other of them, or as that other may direct; or

(c) One or more of the parties shall do or abstain from doing some particular act specified in the agreement and relating to the matter in dispute.

7. Court, if satisfied that agreement was executed in good faith, may pronounce judgment. – Where the Court is satisfied, after making such inquiry as it deems proper,–

(a) that the agreement was duly executed by the parties,

(b) that they have a substantial interest in the decision of such question as aforesaid, and

(c) that the same is fit to be tried and decided,

it shall proceed to record and try the issue and state its finding or decision thereon in the same manner as if the issue had been framed by the Court;

and shall, upon the finding or decision on such issue, pronounce judgment according to the terms of the agreement; and, upon the judgment so pronounced, a decree shall follow. ORDER XV Disposal of the Suit at the first hearing

1. Parties not at issue. – Where at the first hearing of a suit it appears that the parties are not at issue on any question of law or of fact, the Court may at once pronounce judgment.

2. One of several defendants not at issue .– Where there are more defendants than one, and any one of the defendants is not at issue with the plaintiff on any question of law or of fact, the Court may at once pronounce judgment for or against such defendant and the suit shall proceed only against the other defendants.

3. Parties at issue .– (1) Where the parties are at issue on some question of law or of fact, and issues have been framed by the Court as hereinbefore

provided, if the Court is satisfied that no further argument or evidence than the parties can at once adduce is required upon such of the issues as may be sufficient for the decision of the suit, and that no injustice will result from proceeding with the suit forthwith, the Court may proceed to determine such issues, and, if the finding thereon is sufficient for the decision, may pronounce judgment accordingly, whether the summons has been issued for the settlement of issues only or for the final disposal of the suit:

Provided that, where the summons has been issued for the settlement of issues only, the parties or their pleaders are present and none of them objects.

(2) Where the finding is not sufficient for the decision, the Court shall postpone the further hearing of the suit, and shall fix a day for the production of such further evidence, or for such further argument as the case requires.

4. Failure to produce evidence .– Where the summons has been issued for the final disposal of the suit and either party fails without sufficient cause to produce the evidence on which he relies, the Court may at once pronounce judgment, or may, if it thinks fit, after framing and recording issues, adjourn the suit for the production of such evidence as may be necessary for its decision upon such issues.

ORDER XVI Summoning and Attendance of Witnesses 1 [1. Summons to attend to give evidence or produce documents .– 2 [(1) The Court shall, immediately after framing of the issues, require the parties to file a list of witnesses in the Court withi n such period, not later than seven days, as the Court may fix.] 3 [(2) A party shall not be permitted to call witnesses other than those contained in the list, except with the permission of the Court and after showing good cause for the omission of the sa id witnesses from the list and the Court shall record reasons for granting permission.]

(3) On application to the Court or such officer as it appoints in this behalf, the parties may obtain summons for persons whose attendance is required in Court:

Provided that no summons shall be issued for service on a person under rule 8 unless an application in that behalf is made not later than fourteen days prior to the date fixed for the hearing of the suit and the necessary expenses for the summoning of such person are deposited.]

2. Expenses of witness to be paid into Court on applying for summons .–

(1) The party applying for a summons shall, before the summons is granted and within a period to be fixed, pay into Court such a sum of money as appears to the Court to be sufficient to defray the travelling and other expenses of the person summoned in passing to and from the Court in which he is required to attend, and for one day‟s attendance. 4 [Exception.– When applying for a summons for any of its own officers, Government will be exempt from the operation of clause (1).]

(2) Experts.– In determining the amount payable under this rule, the Court may, in the case of any person summoned to give evidence as an expert, allow reasonable remuneration for the time occupied both in giving evidence and in performing any work of an expert character necessary for the case.

(3) Scale of expenses .– Where the Court is subordinate to a High Court, regard shall be had, in fixing the scale of such expenses, to any rules made in that behalf.

1Substituted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

2Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r . 1 3: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

3Ibid.

4Added by the Notification No.156 -G, dated: 9 January 1 919; issued by the Chief Court of the Punjab; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 17 January 1919, Part-III, pp. 43-44.

1 [3. Tender of expenses to witness .– (1) The sum so paid into Court shall, except in the case of a Government servant, be tendered to the person summoned , at the time of serving the summons , if it can be served personally.

(2) When the person summone d is a Government servant the sum so paid into Court shall be credited to Government. Exception (1).– In cases in which Government servants have to give evidence at a Court situate not more than 5 miles from their headquarters, actual travelling expenses i ncurred by them may, when the Court considers it necessary , be paid to them. Exception 2.– A Government servant, whose salary does not exceed Rs. 10 per men sem may receive his expenses from the Court.]

4. Procedure where insufficient sum paid in .– (1) Where it appears to the Court or to such officer as it appoints in this behalf that the sum paid into Court is not sufficient to cover such expenses or reasonable remuneration, the Court may direct such further sum to be paid to the person summoned 2 [or, when such person is a Government servant, to be paid into Court] as appears to be necessary on that account, and, in case of default in payment, may order such sum to be levied by attachment and sale of the moveable property of the party obtaining the summons; or the Court may discharge the person summoned without requiring him to give evidence; or may both order such levy and discharge such person as aforesaid.

(2) Expenses of witnesses detained more than one day. – Where it is necessary to detain the person summoned for a longer period than one day, the Court may, from time to time, order the party at whose instance he was summoned to pay into Court such sum as is sufficient to defray the expenses of his detention for such further period, and, in default of such deposit being made, may order such sum to be levied by attachment and sale of the movable property of such party; or the Court may discharge the person summoned without requiring him to give evidence; or may both order such levy and discharge such person as aforesaid.

5. Time, place and purpose of attendance to be specified in summons .– Every summons for the attendance of a person to give evidence or to produce a document shall specify the time and place at which he is required to attend, and also whether his attendance is required for the purpose of giving evidence or to produce a document, or for both purposes; and any particular document, which the person summoned is called on to produce, shall be described in the summons with reasonable accuracy.

6. Summons to produce document .– Any person may be summoned to produce a document, without being summoned to give evidence; and any person summoned merely to produce a document shall be deemed to have complied with the summons if he causes such document to be produced instead of attending personally to produce the same.

1Substituted by the Notification No.156-G, dated: 9 January 1919; issued by the Chief Court of the Punjab; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 17 January 1919, Part-III, pp. 43-44.

2Inserted ibid.

7. Power to require persons present in Court to give evi dence or produce document.– Any person present in Court may be required by the Court to give evidence or to produce any document then and there in his possession or power. 1

Section 7A. Service of summons by parties

(1) Except where it appears to the Court that a summons under this Order should be served by the Court in the same manner as a summons to a defendant, the Court shall make over for service all summons under this Order to the party applying therefor.

(2) The service shall be effected by or on behalf of such party by delivering or tendering to the witness in person a copy thereof signed by the Judge or such officer as he appoints in this behalf and sealed with the seal of the

Court.

(3) Rules 16 and 18 of Order V shall apply to summons personally served under this rule, as though the person effecting service were a serving officer.] 2 [8. Service of summons by Court .– Every summons under this Order, not being a summons made over to a party for service under rule 7A of this Order, shall be served as nearly as may be in the same manner as a summons to a defendant, and the rules in Order V as to proof of service shall apply thereto.]

9. Time for serving summons .– Service shall in all cases be made a sufficient time before the time specified in the summons for the attendance of the person summoned, to allow him a reasonable time for preparation and for travelling to the place at which his attendance is required.

10. Procedure where witness fails to comply with summons .– (1) Where a person to whom a summons has been issued either to attend to give evidence or to produce a document fails to attend or to produce the document in compliance with such summons, the Court shall, if the certificate of the serving­officer has not been verified by affidavit, and may, if it has been so verified, examine the serving­officer on oath, or cause him to be so examined by another Court, touching the service or non-service of the summons.

(2) Where the Court sees reason to believe that such evidence or production is material, and that such person has, without lawful excuse, failed to attend or to produce the document in compliance with such summons or has intentionally avoided service, it may issue a proclamation requiring him to attend to give evidence or to produce the document at a time and place to be named therein; and a copy of such proclamation shall be affixed on the outer door or other conspicuous part of the house in which he ordinarily resides.

(3) In lieu of or at the time of issuing such proclamation, or at any time afterwards, the Court may, in its discretion, issue a warrant, either with or without bail, for the arrest of such person, and may make an order for the attachment of his property to such amount as it thinks fit, not exceeding the amount of the costs of attachment and of any fine which may be imposed under rule 12:

1Inserted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraor dinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

2Substituted ibid.

Provided that no Court of Small Causes shall make an order for the attachment of immovable property.

11. If witness appears, attachment may be withdrawn .– Where, at any time after the attachment of his property, such person appears and satisfies the Court,–

(a) that he did not, without lawful excuse, fail to comply with the summons or intentionally avoid service, and,

(b) where he has failed to attend at the time and place named in a proclamation issued under the last preceding rule, that he had no notice of such proclamation in time to attend, the Court shall direct that the property be released from attachment, and shall make such order as to the costs of the attachment as it thinks fit.

12. Procedure if witness fails to appear .– The Court may, where such person does not appear, or appears but fails so to satisfy the Court, impose upon him such fine not exceeding 1 [two thousand] rupees as it thinks fit, having regard to his condition in life and all the circumstances of the case, and may order his property, or any part thereof, to be attached and sold or, if already attached under rule 10, to be sold for the purpose of satisfying all costs of such attachment, together with the amount of the said fine, if any:

Provided that, if the person whose attendance is required pays into Court the costs and fine aforesaid, the Court shall order the property to be released from attachment.

13. Mode of attachment .– The provisions with regard to the attachment and sale of property in the execution of a decree shall, so far as they are applicable, be deemed to apply to any attachment and sale under this Order as if the person whose property is so attached were a judgment­debtor.

14. Court may of its own accord summon as witnesses strangers to suit .– Subject to the provisions of this Code as to attendance and appearance and to any law for the time being in force, where the Court at any time thinks it necessary to examine any person other than a party to the suit and not called as a witness by a party to the suit, the Court may, of its own motion, cause such person to be summoned as a witness to give evidence, or to produce any document in his possession, on a day to be appointed, and may examine him as a witness or require him to produce such document. 2

Section 14A. Expenses of the witnesses summoned by the Court of its own motion

When a witness is summoned by the Court of its own motion, under Order XVI, Rule 14, his diet money, etc., shall be paid by such party or parties as the Court may in its discretion, d irect. When diet money, etc., are not deposited payment shall be made out of contingencies and an order passed for recovery from any property of the party concerned and executed under section 36 of the Code.]

1Substituted for the words “five hundred” by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11.

2Added by the Notification issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore, dated: 3 June 1955.

15. Duty of persons summoned to give evidence o r produce document .– Subject as last aforesaid, whoever is summoned to appear and give evidence in a suit shall attend at the time and place named in the summons for that purpose, and whoever is summoned to produce a document shall either attend to produce it, or cause it to be produced, at such time and place.

16. When they may depart .– (1) A person so summoned and attending shall, unless the Court otherwise directs, attend at each hearing until the suit has been disposed of.

(2) On the application of either party and the payment through the Court of all necessary expenses (if any), the Court may require any person so summoned and attending to furnish security to attend at the next or any other hearing or until the suit is disposed of and, in default of his furnishing such security, may order him to be detained in the civil prison. 1 [(3) In the absence of the presiding officer the power s conferred by sub - rule (2) may be exercised by the Senior Subordinate Judge of the first class exercising jurisdiction at t he head -quarters of the dis trict, or by any Judge or court official nominated by him for the purpose.] 2 [Provided that a Court official nominated for the purpose , shall not order a person, who fails to furnish such security as may be required under sub -rule (2), to be detained in prison, but shall refer the case immediately to the Presiding Officer on his return.]

17. Application of rules 10 to 13 .– The provisions of rules 10 to 13 shall, so far as they are applicable, be deemed to apply to any person who having attended in compliance with a summons departs, without lawful excuse, in contravention of rule 16.

18. Procedure where witness apprehended cannot give evidence or produce document .– Where any person arrested under a warrant is brought before the Court in custody and cannot, owing to the absence of the parties or any of them, give the evidence or produce the document which he has been summoned to give or produce, the Court may require him to give reasonable bail or other security for his appearance at such time and place as it thinks fit, and, on such bail or security being given, may release him, and, in default of his giving such bail or security, may order him to be detained in the civil prison. 3 [19. No witness to be ordered to attend in person unl ess resident within certain limits .– A person shall not be asked by a Court to attend in person to give evidence unless he resides at any place in Pakistan.]

20. Consequence of refusal of party to give evidence when called on by Court.– Where any party to a suit present in Court refuses, without lawful

1Added by the Notification No. 209-R./XI-Y-11, dated: 25 July 1938; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette, Punjab, dated: 29 July 1938, Part-III, p. 448.

2Inserted by the Notification No. 24-R./XI-Y-11, dated: 23 January 1940; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette, Punjab, dated: 26 January 1940, pp. 86-87.

3Substituted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

excuse, when required by the Court, to give evidence or to produce any document then and there in his possession or power, the Court may pronounce judgment against him or make such order in relation to the suit as it thinks fit.

21. Rules as to witnesses to apply to parties summoned .– Where any party to a suit is required to give evidence or to produce a document, the provisions as to witnesses shall apply to him so far as they are applicable. ORDER XVII Adjournments

1. Court may grant time and adjourn hearing .– (1) 1 [Subject to the provisions of Order 23, Rule 3] t he Court may, if sufficient cause is shown, at any stage of the suit grant time to the parties or to any of them, and may from time to time adjourn the hearing of the suit.

(2) Costs of adjournment .– In every such case the Court shall fix a day for the further hearing of the suit, and may make such order as it thinks fit with respect to the costs occasioned by the adjournment:

Provided that, when the hearing of evidence has once begun, the hearing of the suit shall be continued from day to day until all the witnesses in attendance have been examined, unless the Court finds the adjournment of the hearing beyond the following day to be necessary for reasons to be recorded. 2 [(3) Where sufficient cause is not shown for the grant of an adjournment under sub-rule (1) the Court shall proceed with the suit forthwith.]

2. Procedure if parties fail to appear on day fixed .– Where, on any day to which the hearing of the suit is adjourned, the parties or any of them fail to appear, the Court may proceed to dispose of the suit in one of the modes directed in that behalf by Order IX or make such other order as it thinks fit.

3. Court may proceed notwithstanding eith er party fails to produce evidence, etc .– Where any party to a suit to whom time has been granted fails to produce his evidence, or to cause the attendance of his witnesses, or to perform any other act necessary to the further progress of the suit, for which time has been allowed, the Court may, notwithstanding such default, proceed to decide the suit forthwith. 3 [4. Appearance of parties on the day next after holiday. – Where a suit or proceeding is set down for a day which is a holiday, the parties thereto shall appear in the Court on the day next following that day, or, when two or more successive days are holidays, on the day next following the last of such successive days, and the Court may then either proceed with the suit on such day, or fix some other day thereafter.

1Added by the Notification issued by the High Court Lahore vide Notification No. 211-R/XI-Y-22, dated: 21 July 1937.

2Added by the Notification No. 95 -G, dated: 26 February 1925; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 6 March 1925, Part-III, p. 155.

3Rule 4 and 5 were added by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

5. Appearance of parties on the day when the presiding officer is absent .– When on any day the presiding officer of the Court is absent by reason of illness or any other cause, the parties to the suit or proceeding set down for that day (notwithstanding the knowledge that the presiding officer would be absent) shall appear in the Court in the Court­house on that day and the ministerial officer of the Court authorized in that behalf shall hand over to the parties slips of paper specifying the other date fixed for proceeding with the suit or proceeding and signed by him.] ORDER XVIII Hearing of the Suit and Examination of Witnesses

1. Right to begin .– The plaintiff has the right to begin unless the defendant admits the facts alleged by the pla intiff and contends that either in point of law or on some additional facts alleged by the defendant the plaintiff is not entitled to any part of the relief which he seeks, in which case the defendant has the right to begin.

2. Statement and production of evidence.– (1) On the day fixed for the hearing of the suit or on any other day to which the hearing is adjourned, the party having the right to begin shall state his case and produce his evidence in support of the issues which he is bound to prove.

(2) The other party shall then state his case and produce his evidence (if

any) and may then address the Court generally on the whole case.

(3) The party beginning may then reply generally on the whole case. 1 [Explanation I .– Nothing in this rule shall affect the jurisdiction of the Court , of its own accord or on the application of any party , for reasons to be recorded in writing , to direct any party to examine any witness at any stage. Explanation II .– The expre ssion “witness” in Explanation I shall include a ny party as his own witness.]

3. Evidence where several issues .– Where there are several issues, the burden of proving some of which lies on the other party, the party beginning may, at his option, either produce his evidence on those issues or reserve it by way of answer to the evidence produced by the other party; and, in the latter case, the party beginning may produce evidence on those issues after the other party has produced all his evidence, and the other party may then reply specially on the evidence so produced by the party beginning; but the party beginning will then be entitled to reply generally on the whole case.

4. Witnesses to be examined in open Court .– The evidence of the witnesses in attendance shall be taken orally in open Court in the presence and under the personal direction and superintendence of the Judge.

5. How evidence shall be taken in appealable cases .– In cases in which an appeal is allowed the evidence of each witness shall be taken down in writing, in the language of the Court, by or in the presence and under the personal

1Inserted by the Notification No. 175 -R/XI-Y-13, dated: 9 June 1942; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette, Punjab, Part-III, dated: 12 June 1942, p. 599.

direction and superintendence of the Judge, not ordinarily in the form of question and answer, but in that of a narrative, and, when completed, shall be read over in the presence of the Judge and of the witness, and the Judge shall, if necessary, correct the same, and shall sign it.

6. When deposition to be interpreted .– Where the evidence is taken down in a language different from that in which it is given, and the witness does not understand the language in which it is taken down, the evidence as taken down in writing shall be interpreted to him in the language in which it is given.

7. Evidence under section 138 .– Evidence taken down under section 138 shall be in the form prescribed by rule 5 and shall be read over and signed and, as occasion may require, interpreted and corrected as if it were evidence taken down under that rule.

8. Memorandum when evidence not taken down by judge .– Where the evidence is not taken do wn in writing by the Judge, he shall be bound, as the examination of each witness proceeds, to make a memorandum of the substance of what each witness deposes 1 [in his own hand or from his dictation in open Court] , and such memorandum shall be 2 [* *] signed by the Judge and shall form part of the record.

9. When evidence may be taken in English .– Where English is not the language of the Court, but all the parties to the suit who appear in person, and the pleaders of such as appear by pleaders, do not object to have such evidence as is given in English taken down in English, the Judge may so take it down.

10. Any particular question and answer may be taken down .– The Court may, of its own motion or on the application of any party or his pleader, take down any particular question and answer, or any objection to any question, if there appears to be any special reason for so doing.

11. Questions objected to and allowed by Court .– Where any question put to a witness is objected to by a party or his pleader, and the Court allows the same to be put, the Judge shall take down the question, the answer, the objection and the name of the person making it, together with the decision of the Court thereon.

12. Remarks on demeanour of witnesses .– The Court may record such remarks as it thinks material respecting the demeanour of any witness while under examination.

13. Memorandum of evidence in unappealable cases .– In cases in which an appeal is not allowed, it shall not be necessary to take down the evidence of the witnesses in writing at length; but the Judge, as the examination of each witness proceeds, shall make a memorandum of the substance of what he

1Inserted by the Notification issued by the High Court Lahore vide notification No. 5-Genl./XI-Y-13, dated: 11 January 1951.

2The words “written and” were omitted ibid.

deposes 1 [in his own hand or from his dictation in open Court] , and such memorandum shall be 2 [* *] signed by the Judge and shall form part of the record. 3 [14. Judge unable to make such memorandum to record reasons of his inability .– * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

15. Power to deal with evidence taken before another Judge .– (1) Where a Judge is prevented by death, transfer or other cause from concluding the trial of a suit, his successor may deal with any evidence or memorandum taken down or made under the foregoing rules as if such evidence or memorandum had been taken down or made by him or under his direction under the said rules and may proceed with the suit from the stage at which his predecessor left it.

(2) The provisions of sub­rule (1) shall, so far as they are applicable, be deemed to apply to evidence taken in a suit transferred under section 24.

16. Power to examine witness immediately .– (1) Where a witness is about to leave the jurisdiction of the Court, or other sufficient cause is shown to the satisfaction of the Court why his evidence should be taken immediately, the Court may upon the application of any party or of the witness, at any time after the institution of the suit, take the evidence of such witness in manner hereinbefore provided.

(2) Where such evidence is not taken forthwith and in the presence of the parties, such notice as the Court thinks sufficient, of the day fixed for the examination, shall be given to the parties.

(3) The evidence so taken shall be read over to the witness, and, if he admits it to be correct, shall be signed by him, and the Judge shall, if necessary, correct the same, and shall sign it, and it may then be read at any hearing of the

suit.

17. Court may recall and examine witness .– The Court may at any stage of a suit recall any witness who has been examined and may (subject to the law of evidence for the time being in force) put such questions to him as the Court thinks

fit.

18. Power of Court to inspect .– The Court may at any stage of a suit inspect any property or thing concerning which any question may arise. ORDER XIX Affidavits

1. Power to order any point to be proved by affidavit .– Any Court may at any time for sufficient reason order that any particular fact or facts may be proved by affidavit, or that the affidavit of any witness may be read at the hearing, on such conditions as the Court thinks reasonable:

1Inserted by the Notification issued by the High Court Lahore vide notification No. 5-Genl./XI-Y-13, dated: 11 January 1951.

2The words “written and” were omitted ibid. 3Deleted ibid.

Provided that where it appears to the Court that either party bona fide desires the production of a witness for cross-examination, and that such witness can be produced, and order shall not be made authorizing the evidence of such witness to be given by affidavit.

2. Power to order attendance of deponent for cross -examination.– (1) Upon any application evidence may be given by affidavit, but the Court may, at the instance of either party, order the attendance for cross-examination of the deponent.

(2) Such attendance shall be in Court, unless the deponent is exempted from personal appearance in Court, or the Court otherwise directs.

3. Matters to which affidavit shall be confined .– (1) Affidavits shall be confined to such facts as the deponent is able of his own knowledge to prove, except on interlocutory applications, on which statements of his belief may be admitted: Provided that the grounds thereof are stated.

(2) The costs of every affidavit which shall unnecessarily set forth matters of hearsay or argumentative matter, or copies of or extracts from documents, shall (unless the Court otherwise directs) be paid by the party filing the same. ORDER XX Judgment and Decree 1 [1. Judgment when pronounced .– (1) On completion of evidence, the Court shall fix a date, not exceeding fifteen days, for submission of the precise written arguments along with the relevant case-law by the parties.

(2) The Court, after submission of the written arguments under sub -rule

(1) and after hearing the oral submissions, if so required, pronounce judgment in open cour t either at once or on some future date, not exceeding fifteen days, for which due notice shall be given to the parties or their advocates .]

2. Power to pronounce judgment written by judge ‟s predecessor .– A Judge may pronounce a judgment written but not pronounced by his predecessor.

3. Judgment to be signed .– The judgment shall be dated and signed by the Judge in open Court at the time of pronouncing it and, when once signed, shall not afterwards be altered or added to, save as provided by section 152 or on review.

4. Judgments of Small Cause Courts .– (1) Judgments of a Court of Small Causes need not contain more than the points for determination and the decision thereon.

1Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 4: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225 . It was earlier substituted by the C ivil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11.

(2) Judgments of other Courts .– Judgments of other Courts shall contain a concise statement of the case, the points for determination, the decision thereon, and the reasons for such decision.

5. Court to state its decision on each issue .– In suits in which issues have been framed, the Court shall state its finding or decision, with the reasons therefor, upon each separate issue, unless the finding upon any one or more of the issues is sufficient for the decision of the suit.

6. Contents of decree .– (1) The decree shall agree with the judgment; it shall contain the number of the suit, the names and descriptions of the parties, and particulars of the claim, and shall specify clearly the relief granted or other determination of the suit. 1 [(1-A) In addition to the particulars mentioned in clause (1) , the decree shall contain the addresses of th e plaintiff and the defendant as given in Order VII, rule 19, and Order VIII, rule 11, or as subsequently altered under Order VII, rule 24, and Order VIII, rule 12, respectively.]

(2) The decree shall also state the amount of costs incurred in the suit, and by whom or out of what property and in what proportions such costs are to be

paid.

(3) The Court may direct that the costs payable to one party by the other shall be set off against any sum which is admitted or found to be due from the former to the latter.

7. Date of decree .– The decree shall bear date the day on which the judgment was pronounced, and, when the Judge has satisfied himself that the decree has been drawn up in accordance with the judgment, he shall sign the decree.

8. Procedure where Judge has vacated office before signing decree .– Where a Judge has vacated office after pronouncing judgment but without signing the decree, a decree drawn up in accordance with such judgment may be signed by his successor or, if the Court has ceased to exist, by the Judge of any Court to which such Court was subordinate.

9. Decree for recovery of immovable property .– Where the subject­matter of the suit is immovable property, the decree shall contain a description of such property sufficient to identify the same, and where such property can be identified by boundaries or by numbers in a record of settlement or survey, the decree shall specify such boundaries or numbers.

10. Decree for delivery of movable property .– Where the suit is for moveable property, and the decree is for the delivery of such property, the decree shall also state the amount of money to be paid as an alternative if delivery cannot be had.

11. Decree may direct payment by installments .– (1) Where and in so far as a decree is for the payment of money, the Court may for any sufficient reason at

1Added by the Notification No. 22 -R./XI-Y-23, dated: 30 January 1937; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 5 February 1937, p. 78.

the time of passing the decree order that payment of the amount decreed shall be postponed or shall be made by instalments, with or without interest, notwithstanding anything contained in the contract under which the money is payable.

(2) Order, after decree, for payment by instalments .– After the passing of any such decree the Court may, on the application of the judgment­debtor and with the consent of the decree­holder, order that payment of the amount decreed shall be postponed or shall be made by instalments on such terms as to the payment of interest, the attachment of the property of the judgment­debtor, or the taking of security from him, or otherwise, as it thinks fit.

12. Decree for possession and mesne profits .– (1) Where a suit is for the recovery of possession of immovable property and for rent or mesne profits, the Court may pass a decree–

(a) for the possession of the property;

(b) for the rent or mesne profits which have accrued on the property during a period prior to the institution of the suit or directing an inquiry as to such rent or mesne profits;

(c) directing an inquiry as to rent or mesne profits from the institution of the suit until–

(i) the delivery of possession to the decree­holder,

(ii) the relinquishment of possession by the judgment­debtor with notice to the decree­holder through the Court, or

(iii) the expiration of three years from the date of the decree, whichever event first occurs.

(2) Where an inquiry is directed under clause (b) or clause (c) a final decree in respect of the rent or mesne profits shall be passed in accordance with the result of such inquiry.

13. Decree in administration -suit.– (1) Where a suit is for an account of any property and for its due administration under the decree of the Court, the Court shall, before passing the final decree, pass a preliminary decree ordering such accounts and inquiries to be taken and made, and giving such other directions as it thinks fit.

(2) In the administration by the Court of the property of any deceased person, if such property proves to be insufficient for the payment in full of his debts and liabilities, the same rules shall be observed as to the respective rights of secured and unsecured creditors and as to debts and liabilities provable, and as to the valuation of annuities and future and contingent liabilities respectively, as may be in force for the time being within the local limits of the Court in which the administration-suit is pending with respect to the estates of persons adjudged or declared insolvent; and all persons, who in any such case would be entitled to be paid out of such property, may come in under the preliminary decree, and make such claims against the same as they may respectively be entitled to by virtue of this Code.

14. Decree in pre­emp tion-suit.– (1) Where the Court decrees a claim to pre­emption in respect of a particular sale of property and the purchase­money has not been paid into Court, the decree shall–

(a) specify a day on or before which the purchase­money shall be so paid, and

(b) direct that on payment into Court of such purchase­money, together with the costs (if any) decreed against the plaintiff, on or before the day referred to in clause (a), the defendant shall deliver possession of the property to the plaintiff, whose title thereto shall be deemed to have accrued from the date of such payment, but that, if the purchase­money and the costs (if any) are not so paid, the suit shall be dismissed with costs.

(2) Where the Court has adjudicated upon rival claims to pre­emption, the decree shall direct,–

(a) if and in so far as the claims decreed are equal in degree, that the claim of each pre­emptor complying with the provisions of sub­rule (1) shall take effect in respect of a proportionate share of the property including any proportionate share in respect of which the claim of any pre­emptor failing to comply with the said provisions would, but for such default, have taken effect; and,

(b) if and in so far as the claims decreed are different in degree, that the claim of the inferior pre­emptor shall not take effect unless and until the superior pre­emptor has failed to comply with the said provisions.

15. Decree in suit for dissolution of partnership .– Where a suit is for the dissolution of a p artnership, or the taking of partnership accounts, the Court, before passing a final decree, may pass a preliminary decree declaring the proportionate shares of the parties, fixing the day on which the partnership shall stand dissolved or be deemed to have been dissolved, and directing such accounts to be taken, and other acts to be done, as it thinks fit.

16. Decree in suit for account between principal and agent .– In a suit for an account of pecuniary transactions between a principal and an agent, and in any other suit not hereinbefore provided for, where it is necessary, in order to ascertain the amount of money due to or from any party, that an account should be taken, the Court shall, before passing its final decree, pass a preliminary decree directing such accounts to be taken as it thinks fit.

17. Special directions as to accounts .– The Court may either by the decree directing an account to be taken or by any subsequent order give special directions with regard to the mode in which the account is to be taken or vouched and in particular may direct that in taking the account the books of account in which the accounts in question have been kept shall be taken as prima facie evidence of the truth of the matters therein contained with liberty to the parties interested to take such objection thereto as they may be advised.

18. Decree in suit for partition of property or separate possession of a share therein .– Where the Court passes a decree for the partition of property or for the separate possession of a share therein, then,–

(1) if and in so far as the decree relates to an estate assessed to the payment of revenue to the Government, the decree shall declare the rights of the several parties interested in the property, but shall direct such partition or separation to be made by the Collector, or any gazetted subordinate of the Collector deputed by him in this behalf, in accordance with such declaration and with the provisions of section 54;

(2) if and in so far as such decree relates to any other immoveable property or to moveable property, the Court may, if the partition or separation cannot be conveniently made without further inquiry, pass a preliminary decree declaring the rights of the several parties interested in the property and giving such further directions as may be required.

19. Decree when set­off is allowed .– (1) Where the defendant has been allowed a set­off against the claim of the plaintiff, the decree shall state what amount is due to the plaintiff and what amount is due to the defendant, and shall be for the recovery of any sum which appears to be due to either party.

(2) Appeal from decree relating to set­off .– Any decree passed in a suit in which a set­off is claimed shall be subject to the same provisions in respect of appeal to which it would have been subject if no set­off had been claimed.

(3) The provisions of this rule shall apply whether the set­off is admissible under rule 6 of Order VIII or otherwise. 1 [20. Certified copies of judgment and decree .– The Court shall, at the time of pronouncement of the judgment, provid e to the parties, at their expense, certified copies of the judgment and the decree. ] ORDER XXI Execution of Decrees and Orders Payment under Decree

1. Modes of paying money under decree .– (1) All money payable under a decree shall be paid as follows, namely:–

(a) into the Court whose duty it is to execute the decree; or

(b) out of Court to the decree­holder 1 [through a bank or by postal money order or evidence by writing signed by the decree­ holder or his authorized agent]; or

1Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 4: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

(c) otherwise as the Court which made the decree directs. 2 [Explanation.– The judgment -debtor, may if he so desires, pay the decretal amount, or any part thereof, into the Court under clause (a) by postal money order on a form specially approved by the High Court for the purpose.]

(2) Where any payment is made under clause (a) of sub­rule (1) notice of such payment shall be given to the decree­holder.

2. Payment out of Court to decree -holder.– (1) Where any money payable under a decree of any kind is paid out of Court, or the decree is otherwise adjusted in whole or in part to the satisfaction of the decree­holder, the decree­holder shall certify such payment or adjustment to the Court whose duty it is to execute the decree, and the Court shall record the same accordingly.

(2) The judgment­debtor also may inform the Court of such payment or adjustment, and apply to the Court to issue a notice to the decree­holder to show cause, on a day to be fixed by the Court, why such payment or adjustment should not be recorded as certified; and if, after service of such notice, the decree­holder fails to show cause why the payment or adjustment should not be recorded as certified, the Court shall record the same accordingly. 3 [(3) Any payment not made in the manner provided in rule 1 or any adjustment not made in writing shall not be recognized by the Court executing the decree.] Courts executing Decrees

3. Lands situate in more than one jurisdiction .– Where immoveable property forms one estate or tenure situate within the local limits of the jurisdiction of two or more Courts, any one of such Courts may attach and sell the entire estate or tenure. 4 [4. Transfer to Court of Small Causes.– * * * * * * * * * * * ]

5. Mode of transfer .– Where the Court to which a decree is to be sent for execution is situate within the same district as the Court which passed such decree, such Court shall send the same directly to the former Courts. But, where the Court to which the decree is to be sent for execution is situate in a different district, the Court which passed it shall send it to the District Court 5 [Or the Court of any Judge having jurisdiction in the place where the decree is to be executed to whom power to receive plaints has been delegated by the District Judge] of the district in which the decree is to be executed.

1Inserted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

2Added by the Notification No. 193 -Gaz./XI-Y-14, dated: 11 July 1933; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 14 July 1933, p. 900.

3Substituted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

4Omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

5Added by the Notification No. 72/2774 -R./XI-Y.-14, dated: 23 March 1938; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette, Punjab, Part-III, dated: 1 April 1938, p. 184.

6. Procedure where Court desires that its own decree shall be executed by another Court .– The Court sending a decree for execution shall send–

(a) a copy of the decree;

(b) a certificate setting forth that satisfaction of the decree has not been obtained by execution within the jurisdiction of the Court by which it was passed, or, where the decree has been executed in part, the extent to which satisfaction has been obtained and what part of the decree remains unsatisfied; and

(c) a copy of any order for the execution of the decree, or, if no such order has been made, a certificate to that effect.

7. Court receiving copies of decree, etc., to file same without proof .– The Court to which a decree is so sent shall cause such copies and certificates to be filed, without any further proof of the decree or order for execution, or of the copies thereof, unless the Court, for any special reasons to be recorded under the hand of the Judge, requires such proof.

8. Execution of decree or order b y Court to which it is sent .– Where such copies are so filed, the decree or order may, if the Court to which it is sent is the District Court, be executed by such Court or be transferred for execution to any subordinate Court of competent jurisdiction.

9. Execution by High Court of decree transferred by other Court .– Where the Court to which the decree is sent for execution is a High Court, the decree shall be executed by such Court in the same manner as if it had been passed by such Court in the exercise of its ordinary original civil jurisdiction. Application for execution 1 [10. Execution of a decree .– On passing of an executable decree by a Court, the suit shall stand converted into execution proceedings and no separate application for the purpose and no fresh notice to the judgment debtor shall be necessary. ] 2 [11. Attachment.– At the time of the initiation of execution proceedings, the Court shall order the attachment of the property of the judgment debtor, if it has not already been attached under Order XXXVIII. ]

12. Application for attachment of moveable property not in judgment­debtor ‟s possession .– Where an application is made for the attachment of any movable property belonging to a judgment­debtor but not in his possession, the decree­holder shall annex to the application an inventory of the property to be attached, containing a reasonably accurate description of the same.

1Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gaze tte, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 5: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

2Ibid.

13. Application for attachment of immoveable property to contain certain particulars.– Where an application is made for the attachment of any immoveable property belonging to a judgment­debtor, it shall contain at the foot.–

(a) a description of such property sufficient to identify the same and, in case such property can be identified by boundaries or numbers in a record of settlement or survey, a specification of such boundaries or numbers; and

(b) a specification of the judgment­debtor's share or interest in such property to the best of the b elief of the applicant, and so far as he has been able to ascertain the same.

14. Power to require certified extract from Collector ‟s register in ce rtain cases.– Where an application is made for the attachment of any land which is registered in the office of the Collector, the Court may require the applicant to produce a certified extract from the register of such office, specifying the persons registered as proprietors of, or as possessing, any transferable interest in, the land or its revenue, or as liable to pay revenue for the land, and the shares of the registered proprietors.

15. Application for execution by joint decree -holder.– (1) Where a decree has been passed jointly in favour of more persons than one, any one or more of such persons may, unless the decree imposes any condition to the contrary, apply for the execution of the whole decree for the benefit of them all, or, where any of them has died, for the benefit of the survivors and the legal representatives of the deceased.

(2) Where the Court sees sufficient cause for allowing the decree to be executed on an application made under this rule, it shall make such order as it deems necessary for protecting the interests of the persons who have not joined in the application.

16. Application for execution by transferee of decree .– Where a decree or, if a decree has been passed jointly in favour of two or more persons, the interest of any decree­holder in the decree is transferred by assignment in writing or by operation of law, the transferee may apply for execution of the decree to the Court which passed it; and the decree may be executed in the same manner and subject to the same conditions as if the application were made by such decree­holder:

1 [Provided that, where the decree, or such interest as aforesaid, has been transferred by assignment, notice of such application shall be given to the transferor and the judgment debtors and the decree shall not be executed until the Court has heard their objections (if any) to its execution.]

Provided also that, where a decree for the payment of money against two or more persons has been transferred to one of them, it shall not be executed against the others.

1Substituted by the Notification No. 26 -R./XI-Y.-14, dated: 24 January 1940; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab, Part-III, dated: 2 February 1940, p. 97.

1 [17. Procedure on receiving application for execution of decree .– * * * * * * * * * ]

18. Execution in case of cross­decrees .– (1) Where applications are made to a Court for the execution of cross­decrees in separate suits for the payment of two sums of money passed between the same parties and capable of execution at the same time by such Court, then–

(a) if the two sums are equal, satisfaction shall be entered upon both decrees; and

(b) if the two sums are unequal, execution may be taken out only by the holder of the decree for the larger sum and for so much only as remains after deducting the smaller sum, and satisfaction for the smaller sum shall be entered on the decree for the larger sum as well as satisfaction on the decree for the smaller sum.

(2) This rule shall be deemed to apply where either party is an assignee of one of the decrees and as well in respect of judgment­debts due by the original assignor as in respect of judgment­debts due by the assignee himself.

(3) This rule shall not be deemed to apply unless­

(a) the decree­holder in one of the suits in which the decrees have been made is the judgment­debtor in the other and each party fills the same character in both suits; and

(b) the sums due under the decrees are definite.

(4) The holder of a decree passed against several persons jointly and severally may treat it as a cross­decree in relation to a decree passed against him singly in favour of one or more of such persons. Illustrations

(a) A holds a decree against B for Rs. 1,000. B holds a decree against A for the payment of Rs. 1,000 in case A fails to deliver certain goods at a future

day. B cannot treat his decree as a cross­decree under this rule.

(b) A and B, co­plaintiffs, obtain a decree for Rs. 1,000 against C, and C obtains a decree for Rs. 1,000 against B. C cannot treat his decree as a cross­decree under this rule.

(c) A obtains a decree against B for Rs. 1,000. C, who is a trustee for B, obtains a decree on b ehalf of B against A for Rs. 1,000. B cannot treat C's decree as a cross­decree under this rule.

(d) A, B, C, D, and E are jointly and severally liable for Rs. 1,000 under a decree obtained by F. A obtains a decree for Rs. 100 against F singly and applies for execution to the Court in which the joint­decree is being executed. F may treat his joint­decree as a cross­decree under this rule.

1Omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 15: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

19. Execution in case of cross­claims under same decree .– Where application is made to a Court for the execution of a decree under which two parties are entitled to recover sums of money from each other, then,–

(a) if the two sums are equal, satisfaction for both shall be entered upon the decree; and

(b) if the two sums are unequal, execution may be taken out only by the party entitled to the larger sum and for so much only as remains after deducting the smaller sum, and satisfaction for the smaller sum shall be entered upon the decree.

20. Cross­decrees and cross­claims in mortgage suits .– The provisions contained in rules 18 and 19 shall apply to decrees for sale in enforcement of a mortgage or charge.

21. Simultaneous execution .– The Court may, in its discretion, refuse execution at the same time against the person and property of the judgment­debtor.

22. Notice to show cause against execution in certain cases .– (1) Where an application for execution is made–

(a) more than 1 [two years] after the date of the decree, or

(b) against the legal representative of a party to the decree 2 [or where an application is made for execution of a decree filed under the provisions of section 44A], the Court executing the decree shall issue a notice to the person against whom execution is applied for requiring him to show cause, on a date to be fixed, why the decree should not be executed against him:

Provided that no such notice shall be necessary in consequence of more than 3 [two years] having elapsed between the date of the decree and the application for execution if the application is made within 4 [two years] from the date of the last order against the party against whom execution is applied for, made on any previous application for execution, or in consequence of the application being made against the legal representative of the judgment­debtor, if upon a previous application for execution against the same person the Court has ordered execution to issue against him.

(2) Nothing in the foregoing sub­rule shall be deemed to preclude the Court from issuing any pro cess in execution of a decree without issuing the notice thereby prescribed, if, for reasons to be recorded, it considers that the

1Substituted for the words “one year” by the Notification No. 125 -Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, dated: 7 April 1932; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part -III, dated: 15 April 1932, pp. 532-533.

2Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1937 (VIII of 1937), published in the Gazette of India, s. 3.

3Substituted for the words “one year” by the Notification No. 125 -Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, dated: 7 April 1932; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 15 April 1932, pp. 532-533.

4Ibid.

issue of such notice would cause unreasonable delay or would defeat the ends of justice. 1 [Failure to record such reasons shall be considered an irregularity not amounting to defect in jurisdiction.] 2 [23. Procedure after issue of notice .– * * * * * * * * * * * * * ] 3 [Objection to Execution 4

Section 23A. Deposit of decretal amount, etc

An objection by the judgment -debtor to the execution of a decree shall not be considered by the Court unless:

(a) in c ase of a decree for the payment of money, he either deposits the decretal amount in the Court or furnishes security to the satisfaction of the Court for its payment; and

(b) in case of any other decree, he furnishes security to the satisfaction of the Cour t for the due performance of the decree. ]] Process for execution

24. Process for execution.– (1) When the preliminary measures (if any) required by the foregoing rules have been taken, the Court shall, unless it sees cause to the contrary, issue its process for the execution of the decree.

(2) Every such process shall bear date the day on which it is issued, and shall be signed by the Judge or such officer as the Court may appoint in this behalf, and shall be sealed with the seal of the Court and delivered to the proper officer to be executed.

(3) In every such process a day shall be specified on or before which it shall be executed.

25. Endorsement on process .– (1) The officer entrusted with the execution of the process shall endorse thereon the day on, and the manner in, which it was executed, and, if the latest day specified in the process for the return thereof has been exceeded, the reason of the delay, or, if it was not executed, the reason why it was not executed, and shall return the process with such endorsement to the Court.

(2) Where the endorsement is to the effect that such officer is unable to execute the process, the Court shall examine him touching his alleged inability,

1Added by the Notification No. 125-Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, dated: 7 April 1932; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 15 April 1932, pp. 532-533.

2Omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 15: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

3Inserted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Ex traordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

4Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 5: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

and may, if it thinks fit, summon and examine witnesses as to such inability and shall record the result. Stay of execution

26. When Court may stay execution .– (1) The Court to which a decree has been sent for execution shall, upon sufficient cause being shown, stay the execution of such decree for a reasonable time, to enable the judgment­debtor to apply to the Court by which the decree was passed, or to any Court having appellate jurisdiction in respect of the decree or the execution thereof, for an order to stay execution, or for any other order relating to the decree or execution which might have been made by such Court of first instance or appellate Court if execution had been issued thereby, or if application for execution had been made thereto.

(2) Where the property or person of the judgment­debtor has been seized under an execution, the Court which issued the execution may order the restitution of such property or the discharge of such person pending the result of the application. 1 [(3) Power to require security from, or impose conditions upon, judgement-debtor.–* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

27. Liability of judgment -debtor discharged .– No order of restitution or discharge under rule 26 shall prevent the property or person of a judgment­debtor from being retaken in execution of the decree sent for execution.

28. Order of Court which passed decree or of appellate Court to be binding upon Court applied to .– Any order of the Court by which the decree was passed, or of such Court of appeal as aforesaid, in relation to the execution of such decree, shall be binding upon the Court to which the decree was sent for execution. 2 [29. Stay of execution pending suit between decree­holder and judgment­debtor.– * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ] 3

Section 29A. Omitted Mode of execution

* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ] Mode of execution

30. Decree for payment of money .– Every decree for the payment of money, including a decree for the payment of money as the alternative to some other

1Omitted by the Law Refo rms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

2Omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Co urt, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 15: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gaze tte, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

3Omitted by the Notification No. 563-G, dated: 24 November 1927; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 9 December 1 927, Part-III, p. 1587. It was earlier

inserted by the Notification No. 6 G, dated: 1 January 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 1 January 1909, pp. 2 -3. Above said Notification was confirmed by the Notification No. 2212 G, dated: 12 May 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 21 May 1909, p. 571.

relief, may be executed by the detention in 1 [* *] prison of the judgment­debtor or by the attachment and sale of his property, or by both.

31. Decree for specific moveable property .– (1) Where the decree is for any specific moveable, or for any share in a specific moveable, it may be executed by the seizure, if practicable, of the moveable or share, and by the delivery thereof to the party to whom it has been adjudged, or to such person as he appoints to receive delivery on his behalf, or by the detention in 2 [* *] prison of the judgment­debtor, or by the attachment of his property, or by both.

(2) Where any attachment under sub­rule (1) has remained in force for 3 [three months], if the judgment-debtor has not obeyed the decree and the decree-holder has applied to have the attached property sold, such property may be sold, and out of the proceeds the Court may award to the decree­holder, in cases where any amount has been fixed by the decree to be paid as an alternative to delivery of moveable property, such amount, and, in other cases, such compensation as it thinks fit, and shall pay the balance (if any) to the judgment-debtor on his application.

4 [Provided that the court may in any special case, according to the special circumstances thereof, extend the period beyond three months; but it shall in no case exceed six months in all.]

(3) Where the judgment­debtor has obeyed the decree and paid all costs of executing the same which he is bound to pay, or where, at the end of 5 [three months or such other period as may have been prescribed by the court] from the date of the attachment, no application to have the property sold has been made, or, if made, has been refused, the attachment shall cease.

32. Decree for specific performance, for restitution of conjugal rights, or for an injunction .– (1) Where the party against whom a decree for the specific performance of a contract, 6 [* * * * * * *] or for an injunction, has been passed, has had an opportunity of obeying the decree and has willfully failed to obey it, the decree may be enforced 7 [ 8 [* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ] in the case of a decree

1The words “the civil” were omitted by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11.

2Ibid.

3Substituted for the words “six months” by the N otification No. 125 -Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, dated: 7 April 1932; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 15 April 1932, pp. 532-533.

4Added ibid.

5Substituted ibid., for the words “six months”.

6The expression “or for restitution of conjugal rights,” was omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 15: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

7Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1923 (XXIX of 1923), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 4 August 1923, p. 189, s. 2.

8The expression “in the case of a decree for restitution of conjugal rights by the attachment of his property or,” was omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 15: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

for the specific performance of a contract or for an injunction] by his detention in 1 [* *] prison, or by the attachment of his property, or by both.

(2) Where the party against whom a decree for specific performance or for an injunction has been passed is a corporation, the decree may be enforced by the attachment of the property of the corporation or, with the leave of the Court, by the detention in 2 [* *] prison of the directors or other principal officers thereof, or by both attachment and detention.

(3) Where any attachment under sub­rule (1) or sub­rule (2) has remained in force for 3 [three months], if the judgment­debtor has not obeyed the decree and the decree­holder has applied to have the attached property sold, such property may be sold; and out of the proceeds the Court may award to the decree­holder such compensation as it thinks fit, and shall pay the balance (if

any) to the judgment­debtor on his application.

4 [Provided that the court may for sufficient reasons, on the application of the judgment-debtor, extend the period beyond three months; but it shall in no case exceed one year in all.]

(4) Where the judgment- debtor has obeyed the decree and paid all costs of executing the same which he is bound to pay, or where, at the end of 5 [the three months or such other period as may have been prescribed by the court] from the date of the attachment, no application to have the property sold has been made, or if made has been refused, the attachment shall cease.

(5) Where a decree for the specific performance of a contract or for an injunction has not been obeyed, the Court may, in lieu of or in addition to all or any of the processes aforesaid, direct that the act required to be done may be done so far as practicable by the decree­holder or some other person appointed by the Court, at the cost of the judgment­debtor, and upon the act being done the expenses incurred may be ascertained in such manner as the Court may direct and may be recovered as if they were included in the decree. Illustration A, a person of little substance, erects a building which renders uninhabitable a family mansion belonging to B. A, in spite of his detention in prison and the attachment of his property, declines to obey a decree obtained against him by B and directing him to remove the building. The Court is of opinion that no sum realizable by the sale of A's property would adequately compensate B for the depreciation in the value of his mansion. B may apply to the Court to remove the building and may recover the cost of such removal from A in the execution­proceedings.

1The words “the civil” were omitted by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by th e President on 27 July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11.

2Ibid.

3Substituted for the words “one year” by the Notification No. 125 -Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, dated: 7 April 1932; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part -III, dated: 15 April 1932, pp. 532-533.

4Added ibid.

5Substituted ibid., for the words “the one year”.

1 [33. Discretion of Court in executing decrees for restitution of conjugal rights .– * ]

34. Decree for execution of document, or endorsement of negotiable instrument.– (1) Where a decree is for the execution of a document or for the endorsement of a negotiable instrument and the judgment­debtor neglects or refuses to obey the decree, the decree­holder may prepare a draft of the document or endorsement in accordance with the terms of the decree and deliver the same to the Court.

(2) The Court shall thereupon cause the draft to be served on the judgment­debtor together with a notice requiring his objections (if any) to be made within such time as the Court fixes in this behalf.

(3) Where the judgment­debtor objects to the draft, his objections shall be stated in writing within such time, and the Court shall make such order approving or altering the draft, as it thinks fit.

(4) The decree­holder shall deliver to the Court a copy of the draft with such alterations (if any) as the Court may have directed upon the proper stamp­paper if a stamp is required by the law for the time being in force; and the Judge or such officer as may be appointed in this behalf shall execute the documents so delivered.

(5) The execution of a document or the endorsement of a negotiable instrument under this rule may be in the following form, namely:– “C.D., Judge of the Court of (or as the case may be), for A. B., in a suit by E.F. against A.B.”, and shall have the same effect as the execution of the document or the endorsement of the negotiable instrument by the party ordered to execute or endorse the same.

(6) The Court, or such officer as it may appoint in this behalf, shall cause the document to be registered if its registration is required by the law for the time being in force or the decree­holder desires to have it registered, and may make such order as it thinks fit as to the payment of the expenses of the registration.

35. Decree for immoveable property .– (1) Where a decree is for the delivery of any immoveable property, possession thereof shall be delivered to the party to whom it has been adjudged, or to such person as he may appoint to receive delivery on his behalf, and, if necessary, by removing any person bound by the decree who refuses to vacate the property.

(2) Where a decree is for the joint possession of immoveable property such possession shall be delivered by affixing a copy of the warrant in some conspicuous place on the property and proclaiming by beat of drum, or other customary mode, at some convenient place, the substance of the decree.

1Omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 15: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

(3) Where possession of any building or enclosure is to be delivered and the person in possession, being bound by the decree, does no afford free access, the Court, through its officers, may, after giving reasonable warning and facility to any woman not appearing in public according to the customs of the country to withdraw, remove or open any lock or bolt or break open any door or do any other act necessary for putting the decree­holder in possession.

36. Decree for delivery of immoveable property when in occupancy of tenant.– Where a decree is for the delivery of any immoveable property in the occupancy of a tenant or other person entitled to occupy the same and not bound by the decree to relinquish such occupancy, the Court shall order delivery to be made by affixing a copy of the warrant in some conspicuous place on the property, and proclaiming to the occupant by beat of drum or other customary mode, at some convenient place, the substance of the decree in regard to the property 1 [:]

2 [Provided that no such right of a tenant or other person shall be protected in a case where the tenant or the other person entered into possession of the immovable property during the pe ndency of the suit wherein the decree has been passed .] Arrest and detention in 3 [* *] prison 4 [37. Discretionary power to allow judgment -debtor an opportunity to show good cause against detention in prison .– (1) Notwithstanding anything in the rules, wher e a decree for the payment of money is sought to be executed through arrest and detention in prison of the judgment -debtor, the Court may, before issuing a warrant of arrest, provide one opportunity to the judgment -debtor to show good cause as to why he sh ould not be detained in prison:

Provided that such opportunity shall not be necessary if the Court is satisfied, by affidavit or otherwise, that, with the object of delaying the execution of the decree, the judgment -debtor is likely to abscond or leave the local limits of the jurisdiction of the Court.

(2) Where the judgment -debtor fails to avail himself the opportunity or is unable to show a good cause, the Court shall, if the decree holder so requires, issue a warrant for the arrest of the judgment -debtor.]

38. Warrant for arrest to direct judgment­debtor to be brought up .– Every warrant for the arrest of a judgment­debtor shall direct the officer entrusted with

1Substituted for the “full -stop” by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 15: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

2Added ibid. 3The words “the civil” were omitted by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11.

4Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 5: It cam e into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

its execution to bring him before the Court with all convenient speed, unless the amount which he has been ordered to pay, together with the interest thereon and the costs (if any) to which he is liable, be sooner paid. 1 [39. Subsistence-allowance.– * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ] 2 [40. Proceedings on appearance of judgment­debtor in obedience t o notice or after arrest .– 3 [(1) Where a judgment -debtor avails himself the opportunity

provided under rule 37 or is brought before the Court after being arrested in execution of the decree for the payment of money, the Court shall give the judgment - debtor an opportunity of showing good cause why he should not be detained in prison.] 4 [(2) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

5 [(3) Where the judgment -debtor fails to show any good cause und er sub-rule (1), the Court may, subject to the provisions o f section 51 and to the other provisions of the Code, make an order for the detention of the judgment - debtor in prison and shall, in that event, cause him to be arrested if he is not already under arrest. ]

(4) A judgment­debtor released under this rule may be re­arrested.

(5) When the Court does not make an order of detention under sub­rule (3), it shall disallow the application and, if the judgment­debtor is under arrest, direct his release.] Attachment of property

41. Examination of judgment­debtor as to his property.– Where a decree is for the payment of money the decree­holder may apply to the Court for an order that–

(a) the judgment­debtor, or

(b) in the case of a corporation, any officer thereof, or

(c) any other person, be orally examined as to whether any or what debts are owing to the judgment­debtor and whether the judgment­debtor has any and what other property or means of satisfying the decree; and the Court may make an order for the attendance and examination of such judgment­debtor, or officer or other person, and for the production of any books or documents.

1Omitted by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11.

2Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1936 (XXI of 1936), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 7 November 1936, pp. 63-64, s. 3.

3Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 5: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

4Omitted ibid.

5Substituted ibid.

42. Attachment in case of decree for rent or mesne profits or other matter, amount of which to be subsequently determined .– Where a decree directs an inquiry as to rent or mesne profits or any other matter, the property of the judgment­debtor may, before the amount due from him has been ascertained, be attached, as in the case of an ordinary decree for the payment of money. 1 [43. Attachment of moveable property, other than agricultural produce, in possession of judgment­debtor .– (1) Where the property to be attached is movable property, other than agricultural produce, in the possession of the judgment­debtor, the attachment shall be made by actual seizure, and the attaching officer shall keep the property in his own custody or in the custody of one of his subordinates, and shall be responsible for the due custody thereof:

Provided that, when the property seized is subject to speedy and natural decay or when the expense of keeping it in custody is likely to exceed its value, the attaching officer may sell it at once, and

Provided also that, when the property attached consists of live -stock, agricultural implements or other articles which cannot conveniently be removed and the attaching officer does not act under the first proviso to this rule, he may at the instance of the judgment -debtor or of the decree -holder or of any person claiming to be interested in such property leave it in the village or place where it has been attached–

(a) in the charge of the person at whose instance the property is retained in such village or place, if such person enters into a bond in Form No. 15-A of Appendix E to this schedule with one or more sufficient sureties for its production when called for, or

(b) in the charge of an officer of the Court, if a suitable place for its safe custody be provided and the remuneration of the officer for a period of 15 days a t such rate as may from time to time be fixed by the High Court be paid in advance, or

(c) in the charge of a village lambardar or such other respectable person as will undertake to keep such property, subject to the orders of the Court, if such person en ters into a bond in Form No. 15 -B of Appendix E with one or more sureties for its production.

(2) Whenever an attachment made under the provisions of this rule ceases for any of the reasons specified in rules 55, 57 or 60 of this Order, the Court may order the restitution of the attached property to the person in whose possession it was before attachment.

(3) When property is made over to a custodian under sub -clause (a) or

(c) of clause (1), the schedule of property annexed to the bond shall be drawn up by the attaching officer in triplicate and dated and signed by :

(a) the custodian and his sureties ,

(b) the officer of the Court who made the attachment ,

1Substituted by the Notification No. 606-G., dated: 13 December 1928; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part -III, dated: 21 December 1928, pp. 1656 -1658, r.

1.

(c) the person whose property is attached and made over ,

(d) two respectable witnesses. One copy will be transmitted to the Court by the attaching officer and placed on the record of the proceedings under which the attachment has been ordered, one copy will be made over to the person whose property is attached and one copy will be made over to the custodian.] 1 [43-A. (1) Whenever attached property is kept in the village or place where it is attached, the attaching officer shall forthwith report the fact to the Court and shall with his report forward a list of the property seized.

(2) If attached property is no t sold under the first proviso to rule 43 or retained in the village or place where it is attached under the second proviso to that rule it shall be brought to the Court -house and delivered to the proper officer of the

Court.

(3) A custodian appointed unde r the second proviso to rule 43 may at any time terminate his responsibility by giving notice to the Court of his desire to be relieved of his trust and delivering to proper officer of the Court the property made over to him.

(4) When any property is taken back from a custodian he shall be granted a receipt for the same. 43-B. (1) Whenever attached property kept in the village or place where it is attached is live -stock, the person at whose instance it is retained shall provide for its maintenance, and, if he fails to do so and if it is in charge of an officer of the Court, it shall be removed to the Court -house. Nothing in this rule shall prevent the judgment -debtor, or any person claiming to be interested in such stock, from making such arrangements for fe eding the same as may not be inconsistent with its safe custody.

(2) The Court may direct that any sums which have been expended by the attaching officer or are payable to him, if not duly deposited or paid, be recovered from the proceeds of property, if s old, or be paid by the person declared entitled to delivery before he received the same. The Court may also order that any sums deposited or paid under these rules be recovered as costs of the attachment from any party to the proceedings. 43-C. When an app lication is made for the attachment of live -stock or other movable property , the decree -holder shall pay into Court in cash such sum as will cover the costs of the maintenance and custody of the property for 15 days. If within three clear days , before the expiry of any such period of 15 days the amount of such costs for such further period as the Court may direct be not paid into Court, the Court, on receiving a report thereof from the proper officer, may issue an order for the withdrawal of the attachment and direct by whom the costs of the attachment are to be paid.

1Inserted by the Notification No. 606-G., dated: 13 December 1928; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 21 December 1928, pp. 1656-1658, r. 1.

43-D. Any person who has undertaken to keep attached property under rule 43 (1)

(c) shall be liable to be proceeded against as a surety under section 145 of the Code and shall be liable to pay in execution proceedings the value of any such property willfully lost by him.]

44. Attachment of agricultural produce .– Where the property to be attached is agricultural produce, the attachment shall be made by affixing a copy of the warrant of attachment,–

(a) where such produce is a growing crop, on the land on which such crop has grown, or

(b) where such produce has been cut or gathered, on the threshing­floor or place for treading out grain or the like or fodder­stack on or in which it is deposited, and another copy on the outer door or on some other conspicuous part of the house in which the judgment­debtor ordinarily resides or, with the leave of the Court, on the outer door or on some other conspicuous part of the house in which he carries on business or personally works for gain or in which he is known to have last resided or carried on business or personally worked for gain; and the produce shall thereupon be deemed to have passed into the possession of the Court.

45. Provisions as to agricultural produce under attachment .– (1) Where agricultural produce is attached, the Court shall make such arrangements for the custody thereof as it may deem sufficient and, for the purpose of enabling the Court to make such arrangements, every application for the attachment of a growing crop shall specify the time at which it is likely to be fit to be cut or gathered 1 [and with every such application such charges as may be necessary for the custody of the crop up to the time at which it is likely to be fit to be cut or gathered shall be paid to the court].

(2) Subject to such conditions as may be imposed by the Court in this behalf either in the order of attachment or in any subsequent order, the judgment­debtor may tend, cut, gather and store the produce and to any other act necessary for maturing or preserving it; and if the judgment­debtor fails to do all or any of such acts, the decree­holder may, with the permission of the Court and subject to the like conditions, do all or any of them either by himself or by any person appointed by him in this behalf, and the costs incurred by the decree­holder shall be recoverable from the judgment­debtor as if they were included in, or formed part of, the decree.

(3) Agricultural produce attached as a growing crop shall not be deemed to have ceased to be under attachment or to require re­attachment merely because it has been severed from the soil.

(4) Where an order for the attachment of a growing crop has been made at a considerable time before the crop is likely to be fit to be cut or gathered, the Court may suspend the execution of the order for such time as it

1Added by the Notification No. 125 -Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, dated: 7 April 1932; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 15 April 1932, pp. 532-533.

thinks fit, and may, in its discretion, make a further order prohibiting the removal of the crop pending the execution of the order of attachment.

(5) A growing crop which from its nature does not admit of being stored shall not be attached under this rule at any time less than twenty days before the time at which it is likely to be fit to be cut or gathered.

46. Attachment of debt, share and other property not in possession of judgment-debtor.– (1) In the case of–

(a) a debt not secured by a negotiable instrument,

(b) a share in the capital of a corporation,

(c) other moveable property not in the possession of the judgment­debtor, except property deposited in, or in the custody of, any Court, the attachment shall be made by a written order prohibiting–

(i) in the case of the debt, the creditor from recovering the debt and the debtor from making p ayment thereof until the further order of the Court;

(ii) in the case of the share, the person in whose name the share may be standing from transferring the same or receiving any dividend thereon;

(iii) in the case of the other moveable property except as aforesaid, the person in possession of the same from giving it over to the judgment­debtor.

(2) A copy of such order shall be affixed on some conspicuous part of the court­house, and another copy shall be sent, in the case of the debt, to the debtor, in the case of the share, to the proper officer of the corporation, and, in the case of the other movable property (except as aforesaid), to the person in possession of the same.

(3) A debtor prohibited under clause (i) of sub­rule (1) may pay the amount of his debt into Court, and such payment shall discharge him as effectually as payment to the party entitled to receive the same.

47. Attachment of share in moveables .– Where the property to be attached consists of the share or interest of the judgment­debtor in moveable property belonging to him and another as co­owners, the attachment shall be made by a notice to the judgment­debtor prohibiting him from transferring the share or interest or charging it in any way.

48. Attachment of salary or allowances of public officer or servant of railway company or local authority .– (1) Where the property to be attached is the salary or allowances of a 1 [servant of the 2 [State] ]or of a servant of a railway

1Substituted for the words “public officer” by the Code o f Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1943 (V of 1943), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 3 April 1943, pp. 2-3, s. 3.

2Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

company or local authority, the Court, whether the judgment­debtor or the disbursing officer is or is not within the local limits of the Court's jurisdiction, may order that the amount shall, subject to the provisions of section 60, be withheld from such salary or allowances either in one payment or by monthly instalments as the Court may direct; and, upon notice of the order to such officer instalments as the Court may direct; and, upon notice of the order to such officer as 1 [the appropriate Government may by notification in the official Gazette] appoint 2 [in this behalf,–

(a) where such salary or allowances are to be disbursed within the local limits to which this Code for the time being extends, the officer or other person whose duty it is to disburse the same shall withhold and remit to the Court the amount due under the order, or the monthly installments, as the case may be;

(b) where such salary or allowances are to be disbursed beyond the said limits, the officer or other person within those limits whose duty it is to instruct the disbursing authority regarding the amount of the salary or allowances to be disbursed shall remit to the Court the amount due under the order, or the monthly installments, as the case may be, and shall direct the disbursing authority to reduce the aggregate of the amounts from time to time to be disbursed by the aggregate of the amounts from time to time remitted to the Court.]

(2) Where the attachable proportion of such salary or allowances is already being withheld and r emitted to a Court in pursuance of a previous and unsatisfied order of attachment, the officer appointed by 3 [the appropriate Government] in this behalf shall forthwith return the subsequent order to the Court issuing it with a full statement of all the particulars of the existing attachment.

(3) Every order made under this rule, unless it is returned in accordance with the provisions of sub­rule (2), shall, without further notice or other process, bind 4 [the appropriate Government] or the railway company or local authority, as the case may be, while the judgment-debtor is within the local limits to which this Code for the time being extends and while he is beyond those limits if he is in

1Substituted for the words “the Central Government or the Provincial Government may by notification in their official Gazette” by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1942 (XXV of 1942), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 10 October 1942, pp. 45-51,

s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. They were earlier substituted for the expression “the Government may by notification in the Gazette of India or in the Local Official Gazette, as the case may be,” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Ind ian

Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

2Substituted for the expression “in this behalf, the officer or other person whose duty it is to disburse suc h salary or allowances shall withhold and remit to the Court the amount due‟ under the order, or the monthly installments, as the case may be.” by t he Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1939 (XXVI of 1939), published in the Government Gazette, Punjab , dated: 6 October 1939, p. 312, s. 2.

3Substituted for the words “the Central Government or the Provincial Government, as the case may be” by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1942 (XXV of 1942), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 10 October 1942, pp . 45-51, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. They were earlier substituted for the words “the Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

4Ibid.

receipt of any salary or allowances payable out of 1 [the revenues of the 2 [Federal Government] or a Provincial Government] or the funds of a railway company carrying on business in any part of 3 [Pakistan] or local authority in 4 [Pakistan]; and 5 [the appropriate Government] or the railway company or local authority, as the case may be, shall be liable for any sum paid in contravention of this rule. 6 [Explanation.– In this rule “appropriate Government ” means_

(i) as respects any 7 [person] in the service of the 8 [Federal Government], or any servant 9 [* * 10 [*] *] of a cantonment authority or of the port authority of a major port, the 11 [Federal Government];

12 [(ii) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

(iii) as respects any other 13 [Servant of the 14 [ State] ] or a servant of

1Substituted for the expression “His Majesty‟s [Pakistan Revenues]” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. The words in crotchets we re earlier substituted for the words “Indian revenues” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

2Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

3Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federation” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” b y the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with Article 4.

4Ibid.

5Substituted for the words “the Central Government or the Provincial Government” by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1942 (XXV of 1942), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 10 October 1942, pp. 45 -51, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule.

They were earlier substituted for the words “the Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

6Added by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1942 (XXV of 1942), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 10 October 1942,

pp. 45-51, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule.

7Substituted for the words “public officer” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1943 (V of 1943), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 3 April 1943, pp. 2-3, s. 3.

8Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

9The words “of a Railway or” were omitted by th e Central Adaptation of Laws Order, 1964 (P. O. No. 1 of 1964); made by the President on 27 May 1964; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 May 1964, pp. 251c - 251aap, Article 2 read with the Schedule. 10The word “Federal” was omitted by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102-163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

11Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

12Omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

13Substituted for the words “public officer” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1943 (V of 1943), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 3 April 1943, pp. 2-3, s. 3.

14Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was

any 1 [ *] railway or local authority, the Provincial Government.]

49. Attachment of partnership property .– (1) Save as otherwise provided by this rule, property b elonging to a partnership shall not be attached or sold in execution of a decree other than a decree passed against the firm or against the partners in the firm as such.

(2) The Court may, on the application of the holder of a decree against a partner make an order charging the interest of such partner in the partnership property and profits with payment of the amount due under the decree, and may, by the same or a subsequent order, appoint a receiver of the share of such partner in the profits (whether already declared or accruing) and of any other money which may be coming to him in respect of the partnership, and direct accounts and inquiries and make an order for the sale of such interest or other orders as might have been directed or made if a charge had been made in favour of the decree­holder by such partner, or as the circumstances of the case may require.

(3) The other partner or partners shall be at liberty at any time to redeem the interest charged or, in the case of a sale being directed, to purchase the same.

(4) Every application for an order u nder sub­rule (2) shall be served on the judgment­debtor and on his partners or such of them as are within 2 [Pakistan].

(5) Every application made by any partner of the judgment­debtor under sub­rule (3) shall be served on the decree­holder and on the jud gment­debtor, and on such of the other partners as do not join in the application and as are within 3 [Pakistan].

(6) Service under sub­rule (4) or sub­rule (5) shall be deemed to be service on all the partners, and all orders made on such applications sha ll be similarly served.

50. Execution of decree against firm .– (1) Where a decree has been passed against a firm, execution may be granted–

(a) against any property of the partnership;

(b) against any person who has appeared in his own name under rule 6 or rule 7 of Order XXX or who has admitted on the pleadings that he is, or who has been adjudged to be, a partner;

published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 1The word “other” was omitted by the Central Adaptation of Laws Order, 1964 (P. O. N o. 1 of 1964); made by the President on 27 May 1964; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 May 1964, pp. 251c -251aap, Article 2 read with the Schedule.

2Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Fede ration" by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” b y the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with Article 4.

3Ibid.

(c) against any person who has been individually served as a partner with a summons and has failed to appear:

Provided that nothing in this sub­rule shall be deemed to limit or otherwise affect the provisions of section 247 of the 1 [*] Contract Act, 1872 2 .

(2) Where the decree­holder claims to be entitled to cause the decree to be executed against any person other than such a person as is referred to in sub­rule (1), clauses (b) and (c), as being a partner in the firm, he may apply to the Court which passed the decree for leave, and where the liability is not disputed, such Court may grant such leave, or, where such liability is disputed, may order that the liability of such person be tried and determined in any manner in which any issue in a suit may be tried and determined.

(3) Where the liability of any person has been tried and determined under sub­rule (2), the order made thereon shall have the same force and be subject to the same conditions as to appeal or otherwise as if it were a decree.

(4) Save as against any property of the partnership, a decree against a firm shall not release, render liable or otherwise affect any partner therein unless he has been served with a summons to appear and answer.

51. Attachment of negotiable instruments .– Where the property is a negotiable instrument not deposited in a Court, nor in the custody of a public officer, the attachment shall be made by actual seizure, and the instrument shall be brought into Court and held subject to further orders of the Court.

52. Attachment of property in custody of Court or public officer .– Where the property to be attached is in the custody of any Court or public officer, the attachment shall be made by a notice to such Court or officer, requesting that such property, and any interest or dividend becoming payable thereon, may be held subject to the further orders of the Court from which the notice is issued:

Provided that, where such property is in the custody of a Court, any question of title or priority arising between the decree­holder and any other person, not being the judgment­debtor, claiming to be interested in such property by virtue of any assignment, attachment or otherwise, shall be determined by such Court.

53. Attachment of decrees .– (1) Where the property to be attached is a decree, either for the payment of money or for sale in enforcement of a mortgage or charge, the attachment shall be made–

(a) if the decrees were passed by the same Court, then by order of such Court, and

(b) if the decree sought to be attached was passed by another Court, then by the issue to such other Court 3 [and to the Court to which it

1The word “Indian” deemed to be omitted by virtue of omission of the said word in the “short title” of the Indian Limitation Act, 1908 by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O . No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 2IX of 1872.

3Added by the Notification No. 125 -Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, dated: 7 April 1932; issued by the High Court of Ju dicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 15 April 1932, pp. 532-533.

has been transferred for execution] of a notice by the Court which passed the decree sought to be executed, requesting such other Court to stay the execution of its decree unless and until–

(i) the Court which passed the decree sought to be executed cancels the notice, or

(ii) the holder of the decree sought to be executed or 1 [with the consent of the said decree -holder expressed in writing or with the permission of the attaching court] his judgment­debtor applies to the Court receiving such notice to execute 2 [the attached] decree.

(2) Where a Court makes an order under clause (a) of sub­rule (1), or receives an application under sub­head (ii) of clause (b) of the said sub­rule, it shall, on the application of the creditor who has attached the decree or his judgment­debtor, proceed to execute the attached d ecree and apply the net proceeds in satisfaction of the decree sought to be executed.

(3) The holder of a decree sought to be executed by the attachment of another decree of the nature specified in sub­rule (1) shall be deemed to be the representative of the holder of the attached decree and to be entitled to execute such attached decree in any manner lawful for the holder thereof.

(4) Where the property to be attached in the execution of a decree is a decree other than a decree of the nature referred to in sub­rule (1), the attachment shall be made, by a notice by the Court which passed the decree sought to be executed, to the holder of the decree sought to be attached, prohibiting him from transferring or charging the same in any way; and, where such decree has been passed by any other Court, also by sending to such other Court a notice to abstain from executing the decree sought to be attached until such notice is cancelled by the Court from which it was sent.

(5) The holder of a decree attached under this rule shall give the Court executing the decree such information and aid as may reasonably be required.

(6) On the application of the holder of a decree sought to be executed by the attachment of another decree, the Court making an order of attachment under this rule shall give notice of such order to the judgment­debtor bound by the decree attached; and no payment or adjustment of the attached decree made by the judgment­debtor in contravention of such order 3 [ with the knowledge thereof], either through the Court or otherwise, shall be recognized by any Court so long as the attachment remains in force.

1Inserted by removing the same words at the end of the clause by the Notification No. 225 -R-XI-Y-14, dated: 5 August 1937; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette, Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 13 August 1937, p. 783. They were earlier added at the end of the clause by the Notification No.

125-Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, dated: 7 April 1932; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 15 April 1932, pp. 532-533.

2Substituted for the words “its own” by the Notification No. 125-Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, dated: 7 April 1932; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part -III, dated: 15 April 1932, pp. 532-533.

3Substituted ibid., for the words “after the receipt of notice thereof”.

1 [54. Attachment of immoveable property .– (1) Where the property is immovable property, the attachment shall be made by an order prohibiting the judgment -debtor from transferring or charging the property in any way, and all other persons from taking a ny benefit from such transfer or charge and any such transfer, charge, alienation, encumbrance or other disposition in violation of this rule shall be void and of no legal effect.

(2) A copy of the order under sub -rule (1) shall be conveyed to the concern ed authority maintaining the record of the property under attachment, in addition to a proclamation of the order at some place adjacent to such property by beat of drum or any other customary mode, and a copy of the order shall be affixed on a conspicuous part of the property and the Court -house, and also, where the property is subject to land revenue to the Government, in the office of the Collector of the district in which the land is situate. ]

55. Removal of attachment after satisfaction of decree. – Where–

(a) the amount decreed with costs and all charges and expenses resulting from the attachment of any property are paid into Court, or

(b) satisfaction of the decree is otherwise made through the Court or certified to the Court, or

(c) the decree is set aside or reversed, the attachment shall be deemed to be withdrawn, and, in the case of immovable property, the withdrawal shall, if the judgment­debtor so desires, be proclaimed at his expense, and a copy of the proclamation shall be affixed in the manner prescribed by the last preceding rule.

56. Order for payment of coin or currency notes to party entitled under decree.– Where the property attached is current coin or currency notes, the Court may, at any time during the continuance of the attachment, direct that such coin or notes, or a part thereof sufficient to satisfy the decree, be paid over to the party entitled under the decree to receive the same.

57. Determination of attachment .– Where any property has been attached in execution of a decree but by reason of the decree­holder ‟s default the Court is unable to proceed further with the application for execution, it shall either dismiss the application or for any sufficient reason adjourn the proceedings to a future

date. Upon the dismissal of such appli cation the attachment shall cease. Investigation of claims and objections

58. Investigation of claims to, and objections to attachment of, attached property.– (1) Where any claim is preferred to, or any objection is made to the attachment of, any property attached in execution of a decree on the ground that such property is not liable to such attachment, the Court shall proceed to investigate the claim or objection with the like power as regards the examination

1Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 5: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225

of the claimant or objector, and in all other respects, as if he was a party to the suit:

1 [Provided that no such investigation shall be made where it appears to the Court that the claim or objection (whether made before or after the sale) has been designedly or unnecessarily delayed, or was not made within a reasonable time or within 2 [thirty days] of the date of the first attachment of the said property in the execution of the said decree, whichever is earlier, unless the claimant or objector –

(a) proves title acquired in good faith and for consider ation subsequent to the date of the first attachment;

(b) proves that his predecessors­in­interest, whether their interest existed at the time of such attachment or was acquired thereafter, fraudulently omitted to make a claim or objection; and

(c) he impleads all such predecessors­in­interest, as parties.]

(2) Postponement of sale .– Where the property to which the claim or objection applies has been advertised for sale, the Court ordering the sale may postpone it pending the investigation of the claim or objection. 3 [59. Evidence to be adduced by claimant .– The claimant or objector must adduce evidence to show that at the date of the attachment he had a title to, or right or interest in, the property attached.

60. Release of property from attachment .– Where upon the said investigation the Court is satisfied that the claimant or objector had a title to, or right or interest in, the said property and the said property was not, by reason of such title, right or interest, wholly or partly liable to attachment, the Court shall make an order releasing the property, wholly, or, as the case may be, to such extent as it is not so liable, from attachment.

61. Continuance of attachment subject to claim of encumbrancer .– Where the Court is satisfied that the property is subject to mortgage or charge in favour of some person, and thinks fit to continue the attachment, it may do so subject to such mortgage or charge.

62. Questions relating to rights, etc., of claimant in attached property to be decided by Court .– All questions relating to the right, title or interest of the claimant or objector in the attached property shall be adjudicated upon and determined by the Court and no separate suit shall lie to establish such title, right or interest.] 4 [63. Saving of suits to establish right to attached property.–* * * * * ]

1Substituted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

2Substituted for the words “one year” by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 15: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

3Ibid.

4Omitted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

1

Section 63A. Deleted Sale generally

* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ] Sale generally

64. Power to order property attached to be sold and proceeds to be paid to person entitled .– Any Court executing a decree may order that any property attached by it and liable to sale, or such portion thereof as may seem necessary to satisfy the decree, shall be sold, and that the proceeds of such sale, or a sufficient portion thereof, shall be paid to the party entitled under the decree to receive the same.

65. Sales by whom conducted and how made .– Save as otherwise prescribed, every sale in execution of a decree shall be conducted by an officer of the Court or by such other person as the Court may appoint in this behalf, and shall be made by public auction in manner prescribed.

66. Proclamation of sales by public auction .– (1) Where any property is ordered to be sold by public auction in execution of a decree, the Court shall cause a proclamation of the intended sale to be made in the language of such

Court. 2 [(2)(i) such proclamation shall be drawn up by the Co urt Auctioneer and shall state the time and place of sale and specify as fairly and accurately as possible:

(a) the property to be sold;

(b) the revenue assessed upon the estate or part of the estate, where the property to be sold is an interest in an estate or in part of an estate paying revenue to the Government;

(c) any encumbrance to which the property is liable;

(d) the amount for the recovery of which the sale is ordered; and

(e) every other t hing which the Court Auctioneer considers material for a purchaser to know in order to judge of the nature and value of the property.

(ii) the Court Auctioneer shall submit the proclamation drawn up by him to the Court for its approval which shall add to it the reserve price of the property under sale, based upon the evaluation report submitted by any evaluator appointed by the Court from amongst the evaluators approved by the Pakistan Banker‟s Association. ] 3 [(3) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

1Deleted by the Notification No. 106 -R-XI-Y-14, dated: 27 April 1937. It was added by the Notification No. 125 -Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, dated: 7 April 1932; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 15 April 1932, pp. 532-533.

2Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 15: It came int o force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

3Omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 15: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published i n the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. It was earlier added by the Notification No. 150-R./XI-Y.-14, dated: 16 May 1939; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette, Punjab, dated: 19 May 1939, Part -III, p.

414.

1 [(4)] Every application for an order for sale under this rule shall be accompanied by a statement signed and verified in the manner hereinbefore prescribed for the signing and verification of pleadings and containing, so far as they are known to or can be ascertained by the person making the verification, the matters required by sub­rule (2) to be specified in the proclamation. 2 [(5)] For the purpose of ascertaining the matters to be specified in the proclamation, the Court may summon any person whom it thinks necessary to summon and may examine him in respect to any such matters and require him to produce any document in his possession or power relating thereto.

67. Mode of making proclamation .– (1) Every proclamation shall be made and published, as ne arly as may be, in the manner prescribed by rule 54, sub­rule (2). 3 [(2)(i) Where the reserve price determined by the Court exceeds rupees two million, the proclamation shall also be published in at least one widely circulated national daily newspaper and the costs of such publication shall be deemed to be costs of the sale; and

(ii) The Court Auctioneer shall cause video recording of the auction proceedings while ensuring transparent and fair bidding process of the p ublic auction and the costs of such vid eo recording shall be deemed to be costs of the sale. ]

(3) Where property is divided into lots for the purpose of being sold separately, it shall not be necessary to make a separate proclamation for each lot, unless proper notice of the sale cannot, in the opinion of the Court, otherwise be given.

68. Time of sale .– Save in the case of property of the kind described in the proviso to rule 43, no sale hereunder shall, without the consent in writing of the judgment­debtor, take place until after the expiration of at least 4 [fifteen ] days in the case of immoveable property, and of at least 5 [one week] in the case of moveable property, calculated from the date on which the copy of the proclamation has been affixed on the court­house of the Judge ordering the sale.

69. Adjournment or stoppage of sale .– (1) The Court may, in its discretion, adjourn any sale hereunder to a specified day and hour, and the officer conducting any such sale may in his discretion adjourn the sale, recording his reasons for such adjournment:

1Renumbered by the Notification No. 150 -R./XI-Y.-14, dated: 16 May 1939; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette, Punjab, Part-III, dated: 19 May 1939, p. 414.

2Ibid.

3Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 5: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

4Substituted for the word “thirty” by the Notification No. 125 -Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, dated: 7 April 193 2; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part -III, dated: 15 April 1932, pp. 532-533.

5Ibid., for the words “fifteen days”.

Provided that, where the sale is made in, or within the precincts of, the court­house, no such adjournment shall be made without the leave of the Court.

(2) Where a sale is adjourned under sub­rule (1) for a longer period than 1 [thirty days], a fresh proclamation under rule 67 shall be made, unless the judgment­debtor consents to waive it.

(3) Every sale shall be stopped if, before the lot is knocked down, the debt and costs (including the costs of the sale) are tendered to the officer conducting the sale, or proof is given to his satisfaction that the amount of such debt and costs has been paid into the Court which ordered the sale. 2 [70. Saving of certain sales .– * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

71. Defaulting purchaser answerable for loss on re­sal e.– Any deficiency of price which may happen on a re­sale by reason of the purchaser's default, and all expenses attending such re­sale, shall be certified to the Court or to the Collector or subordinate of the Collector, as the case may be, by the officer or other person holding the sale, and shall, at the instance of either the decree-holder or the judgment­debtor, be recoverable from the defaulting purchaser under the provisions relating to the execution of a decree for the payment of money.

72. Decree-holder not to bid for or buy property without permission .– 3 [(1) The holder of a decree in execution of which the property is sold may participate in the auction of the property and for that purpose make a bid for the purchase of the property.

(2) Where a d ecree-holder purchases the property, the purchase - money and the amount due on the decree may, subject to the provisions of section 73, be set -off against one another, and the Court executing the decree shall enter up satisfaction of the decree in whole or in part accordingly .] 4 [(3) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *]

73. Restriction on bidding or purchase by officers .– No officer or other person having any duty to perform in connection with any sale shall, either directly or indirectly, bid for, acquire or attempt to acquire any interest in the property sold. Sale of moveable property

74. Sale of agricultural produce .– (1) Where the property to be sold is agricultural produce, the sale shall be held,–

1Substituted for the word “seven days” by the Notification No. 125-Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, dated: 7 April 1932; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part -III, dated: 15 April 1932, pp. 532-533.

2Omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 15: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/ Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

3Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was publis hed in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 5: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

4Omitted ibid.

(a) if such produce is a growing crop, on or near the land on which such crop has grown, or

(b) if such produce has been cut or gathered, at or near the threshing­floor or place for treading out grain or the like or fodder­stack on or in which it is deposited:

Provided that the Court may direct the sale to be held at the nearest place of public resort, if it is of opinion that the produce is thereby likely to sell to greater advantage.

(2) Where, on the produce being put up for sale,_

(a) a fair price, in the estimation of the person holding the sale, is not offered for it, and

(b) the owner of the produce or a person authorized to act in his behalf applies to have the sale postponed till the next day or, if a market is held at the place of sale, the next market­day, the sale shall be postponed accordingly and shall be then completed, whatever price may be offered for the produce.

75. Special provisions relating to growing crops .– (1) Where the property to be sold is a growing crop and the crop from its nature admits of being stored but has not yet been stored, the day of the sale shall be so fixed as to admit of its being made ready for storing before the arrival of such day, and the sale shall not be held until the crop has been cut or gathered and is ready for storing.

(2) Where the crop from its nature does not admit of being stored 1 [or can be sold to greater advantage in an unripe state , 2 [* * * * * *] ], it may be sold before it is cut and gathered, and the purchaser shall be entitled to enter on the land, and to do all that is necessary for the purpose of tending and cutting or gathering it.

76. Negotiable instruments and shares in corporations .– Where the property to be sold is a negotiable instrument or a share in a corporation, the Court may, instead of directing the sale to be made by public auction, authorize the sale of such instrument or share through a broker.

77. Sale by public auction .– (1) Where moveable property is sold by public auction the price of each lot shall be paid at the time of sale or as soon after as the officer or other person holding the sale directs, and in default of payment the property shall forthwith be re­sold.

(2) On payment of the purchase­money, the officer or other person holding the sale shall grant a receipt for the same, and the sale shall become absolute.

1Added by the Notification No. 6 G, dated: 1 January 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 1 January 1909, pp. 2 -3. Above said Notification was confirmed by the Notification No. 2212 G, dated: 12 May 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 21 May 1909, p. 571.

2The words “such as green wheat or gram” were delet ed by the Notification No. 123 -R./XI.-Y.-14, dated: 28 April 1938; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab, dated: 6 May 1938, p. 267.

(3) Where the moveable property to be sold is a share in goods belonging to the judgment­debtor and a co­owner, and two or more persons, of whom one is such co­owner, respectively bid the same sum for such property or for any lot, the bidding shall be deemed to be the bidding of the co­owner. 1 [78. Irregularity not to vitiate sale, but any person injured may sue .– * * * * ]

79. Delivery of moveable property, debts and shares .– (1) Where the property sold is moveable property of which actual seizure has been made, it shall be delivered to the purchaser.

(2) Where the property sold is moveable property in the possession of some person other than the judgment­debtor, the delivery thereof to the purchaser shall be made by giving notice to the person in possession prohibiting him from delivering possession of the property to any person except the purchaser.

(3) Where the property sold is a debt not secured by a negotiable instrument, or is a share in a corporation, the delivery thereof shall be made by a written order of the Court prohibiting the creditor from receiving the debt or any interest thereon, and the debtor from making payment thereof to any person except the purchaser, or prohibiting the person in whose name the share may be standing from making any transfer of the share to any person except the purchaser, or receiving payment of any dividend or interest thereon, and the manager, secretary or other proper officer of the corporation from permitting any such transfer or making any such payment to any person except the purchaser.

80. Transfer of negotiable instruments and shares .– (1) Where the execution of a document or the endorsement of the party in whose name a negotiable instrument or a share in a corporation is standing is required to transfer such negotiable instrument or share, the Judge or such officer as he may appoint in this behalf may execute such document or make such endorsement as may be necessary, and such execution or endorsement shall have the same effect as an execution or endorsement by the party.

(2) Such execution or endorsement may be in the following form, namely:_ A.B. by C.D., Judge of the Court of (or as the case may be), in a suit by E.F. against A.B.

(3) Until the transfer of such negotiable instrument or share, the Court may, by order, appoint some person to receive any interest or dividend due thereon and to sign a receipt for the same; and any receipt so signed shall be as valid and effectual for all purposes as if the same had been signed by the party himself.

81. Vesting ord er in case of other property .– In the case of any moveable property not hereinbefore provided for, the Court may make an order vesting such

1Omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 15: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 Octob er 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

property in the purchaser or as he may direct; and such property shall vest accordingly. Sale of immoveable property

82. What Courts may order sales .– Sales of immovable property in execution of decrees may be ordered by any Court other than a Court of Small Causes.

83. Postponement of sale to enable judgment -debtor to raise amount of decree.– (1) Where an order for the sale of immoveable property has been made, if the judgment­debtor can satisfy the Court that there is reason to believe that the amount of the decree may be raised by the mortgage or lease or private sale of such property, or some part thereof, or of any other immoveable property of the judgement­debtor, the Court may, on his application, postpone the sale of the property comprised in the order for sale on such terms and for such period as it thinks proper, to enable him to raise the amount.

(2) In such case the Court shall grant a certificate to the judgment­debtor authorizing him within a period to be mentioned therein, and notwithstanding anything contained in section 64, to make the proposed mortgage, lease or sale:

Provided that all monies payable under such mortgage, lease or sale shall be paid, not to the judgment­debtor, but, save in so far as a decree­holder is entitled to set off such money under the provisions of rule 72, into Court:

Provided also that no mortgage, leases or sale under this rule shall become absolute until it has been confirmed by the Court.

(3) Nothing in this rule shall be deemed to apply to a sale of property directed to be sold in execution of a decree for sale in enforcement of a mortgage of, or charge on, such property.

1 [(4) A notice of the sale of the property shall be given to the judgment - debtor with an option to match the highest bid within fifteen days of the auction of the property and the judgment debtor, in that case, shall have the first right of refusal to purcha se the property at the highest bid offered by a bidder. ]

84. Deposit by purchaser and re­sale on default .– 2 [(1) On every sale of immovable property, the person declared to be the purchaser shall pay to the officer or other person conducting the sale the a mount equal to the reserve price of the property through pay order or bank draft or banker‟s cheque immediately after such declaration and in case such payment is not so made, the property shall forthwith be resold in the manner provided under this Order. ]

1Inserted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 15: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

2Substituted ibid.

(2) Where the decree­holder is the purchaser and is entitled to set off the purchase­money under rule 72, the Court may dispense with the requirements of this rule.

85. Time for payment in full of purchase -money.– The full amount of purchase­money payable shall be paid by the purchaser into Court before the Court closes on the fifteenth day from the sale of the property:

Provided that, in calculating the amount to be so paid into Court, the purchaser shall have the advantage of any set­off to which he may be entitled under rule 72.

86. Procedure in default of payment .– In default of payment within the period mentioned in the last preceding rule, the deposit may, if the Court thinks fit, after defraying the expenses of the sale, be forfeited to the Government, and the property shall be re­sold, and the defaulting purchaser shall forfeit all claim to the property or to any part of the sum for which it may subsequently be sold.

87. Notification on re­sale .– Every re­sale of immoveable property, in default of payment of the purchase­money within the period allowed for such payment, shall be made after the issue of a fresh proclamation in the manner and for the period hereinbefore prescribed for the sale.

88. Bid of co­sharer to have preference .– Where the property sold is a share of undivided immoveable property and two or more persons, of whom one is a co­sharer, respectively bid the same sum for such property or for any lot, the bid shall be deemed to be the bid of the co­sharer.

89. Application to set aside sal e on deposit .– (1) Where immoveable property has been sold in execution of a decree, 1 [any person claiming any interest in the property sold at the time of the sale or at the time of making the application under this rule or acting for or in the interest o f such a person], may apply to have the sale set aside on his depositing in Court,–

(a) for payment to the purchaser, a sum equal to five per cent of the purchase­money, and

(b) for payment to the decree­holder, the amount specified in the proclamation of sale as that for the recovery of which the sale was ordered, less any amount which may, since the date of such proclamation of sale, have been received by the decree­holder.

(2) Where a person applies under rule 90 to set aside the sale of his immoveable property, he shall not, unless he withdraws his application, be entitled to make or prosecute an application under this rule.

1Substituted for the expression “any person, either owning such property or holding an interest therein by virtue of a title acquired before such sale” by the Notification No. 125 -Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, dated: 7 April 1932; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part -III, dated: 15 April 1932, pp. 532-533.

(3) Nothing in this rule shall relieve the judgement­debtor from any liability he may be under in respect of costs and interest not covered by the proclamation of sale 1 [:]

2 [Provided that no application under this rule shall be entertained unless the applicant deposits in the Court the amount specified in the proclamation of sale along with a sum equal to five per cent of the purchase money.]

3 [(4) The Court shall decide the application under this rule within thirty days of the filing of the application.]

90. Application to set aside sale on ground of irregularity or fraud .– (1) Where any immoveable property has been sold in execution of a decree, the decree­holder, or any person entitled to share in a rateable distribution of assets, or whose interests are affected by the sale, may apply to the Court to set aside the sale on the ground of a material irregularity or fraud in publishing or conducting it:

Provided that no sale shall be set aside on the ground of irregularity or fraud unless upon the facts proved the Court is satisfied that the applicant has sustained substantial injury by reason of such irregularity or fraud. 4 [Provided further that no such sale be set aside on any ground which the applicant could have put forward before the sale was conducted 5 [:] ] 6 [Provided further that no such application shall be entertained unless the applicant deposits such amount, not exceeding 7 [fifty] per cent of the sum realised at the sale, or furnishes such security, as the Court may direct.]

91. Application by purchaser to set aside sale on ground of judgment- debtor having no saleable interest .– The purchaser at any such sale in execution of a decree may apply to the Court to set aside the sale, on the ground that the judgment­debtor had no saleable interest in the property sold.

92. Sale when to become absolute or be set aside .– (1) Where no application is made under rule 89, rule 90 or rule 91, or where such application is made and disallowed, the Court shall make an order confirming the sale, and thereupon the sale shall become absolute.

1Substituted for the “full -stop” by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore H igh Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 15: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

2Inserted ibid.

3Ibid.

4Added by the Notification No. 125 -Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, dated: 7 April 1932; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 15 April 1932, pp. 532-533.

5Substituted for the “full­stop” by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

6Added ibid.

7Substituted for the word “twenty-five” by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 5: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

(2) Where such application is made and allowed, and where, in the case of an application under rule 89, the deposit required by that rule is made within thirty days from the date of sale, the Court shall make an order setting aside the sale:

Provided that no order shall be made unless notice of the application has been given to all persons affected thereby.

(3) No suit to set aside an order made under this rule shall be brought by any person against whom such order is made.

93. Return of purchase­money in certain cases .– Where a sale of immoveable property is set aside under rule 92, the purchaser shall be entitled to an order for repayment of his purchase­money, with or without interest as the Court may direct, against any person to whom it has been paid.

94. Certificate to purchaser .– Where a sale of immoveable property has become absolute, the Court shall grant a certificate specifying the property sold and the name of the person who at the time of sale is declared to be the purchaser. Such certificate shall bear date the day on which the sale became absolute.

95. Delivery of property in occupancy of j udgment­debtor .– Where the immoveable property sold is in the occupancy of the judgment­debtor or of some person on his behalf or of some person claiming under a title created by the judgment debtor subsequently to the attachment of such property and a certificate in respect thereof has been granted under rule 94, the Court shall, on the application of the purchaser, order delivery to be made by putting such purchaser or any person whom he may appoint to receive delivery on his behalf in possession of the property, and, if need be, by removing any person who refuses to vacate the same.

96. Delivery of property in occupancy of tenant.– Where the property sold is in the occupancy of a tenant or other person entitled to occupy the same and a certificate in respect thereof has been granted under rule 94, the Court shall, on the application of the purchaser, order delivery to be made by affixing a copy of the certificate of sale in some conspicuous place on the property, and proclaiming to the occupant by beat of drum or other customary mode, at some convenient place, that the interest of the judgment­debtor has been transferred to the purchaser. Resistance to delivery of possession to decree­holder or purchaser

97. Resistance or obstruction to possession of immove able property .– (1) Where the holder of a decree for the possession of immoveable property or the purchaser of any such property sold in execution of a decree is resisted or obstructed by any person in obtaining possession of the property, he may make an application to the Court complaining of such resistance or obstruction.

(2) The Court shall fix a day for investigating the matter and shall summon the party against whom the application is made to appear and answer the

same.

98. Resistance or obstruction b y judgment -debtor.– Where the Court is satisfied that the resistance or obstruction was occasioned without any just cause by the judgment­debtor or by some other person at his instigation 1 [or on his behalf], it shall direct that the applicant be put into possession of the property, and where the applicant is still resisted or obstructed in obtaining possession, the Court may also, at the instance of the applicant, order the judgment­debtor, or any person acting at his instigation 2 [or on his behalf], to be detained in 3 [* *] prison for a term which may extend to thirty days.

4 [Such detention shall be at the public expense and the person at whose instance the detention is ordered shall not be required to pay subsistence allowance.]

99. Resistance or obstruc tion by bona fide claimant .– Where the Court is satisfied that the resistance or obstruction was occasioned by any person (other than the judgment­debtor) claiming in good faith to be in possession of the property on his own account or on account of some person other than the judgment­debtor, the Court shall make an order dismissing the application.

100. Dispossession by decree­holder or purchaser .– (1) Where any person other than the judgment­debtor is dispossessed of immovable property by the holder of a decree for the possession of such property or, where such property has been sold in execution of a decree, by the purchaser thereof, he may make an application to the Court complaining of such dispossession.

(2) The Court shall fix a day for investigating the matter and shall summon the party against whom the application is made to appear and answer the

same.

101. Bona fide claimant to be restored to pos session.– Where the Court is satisfied that the applicant was in possession of the property on his own account or on account of some person other than the judgement­debtor, it shall direct that the applicant be put into possession of the property.

102. Rules not applicable to transferee lite pendente.– Nothing in rules 99 and 101 shall apply to resistance or obstruction in execution of a decree for the possession of immoveable property by a person to whom the judgment­debtor has transferred the property after the institution of the suit in which the decree was passed or to the dispossession of any such person. 5 [103. Certain orders conclusive and suit barred .– All questions arising as to title, right or interest in, or possession of, immoveable property between an applicant

1Added by the Notification No. 125 -Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, dated: 7 April 1932; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 15 April 1932, pp. 532-533.

2Ibid. 3The words “the civil” were omitted by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11.

4Added by the Notification No. 125 -Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, dated: 7 April 1932; issued b y the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 15 April 1932, pp. 532-533.

5Substituted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

under rule 97 and the opposite party, or between an applicant under rule 100 and the opposite party, shall be adjudicated upon and determined by the Court, and no separate suit shall lie for the determination of any such matter.] 1 [104. For the purpose of all proceedings under this order service on any party shall be deemed to be sufficient if effected at the address for service referred to in Order VIII, Rule 11, subject to the provisions of Order VII, Rule 2 1 24 provided that this rule shall not apply to the notice prescribed by Rule 22 of this order.] ORDER XXII Death, Marriage and Insolvency of Parties

1. No abatement by party ‟s death, if right to sue survives .– The death of a plaintiff or defendant shall not cause the suit to abate if the right to sue survives.

2. Procedure where one of several plaintiffs or defendants dies and right to sue survives .– Where there are more plaintiffs or defendants than one, and any of them dies, and where the right to sue survives to the surviving plaintiff or plaintiffs alone, or against the surviving defendant or defendants alone, the Court shall cause an entry to that effect to be made on the record, and the suit shall proceed at the instance of the surviving plaintiff or plaintiffs, or against the surviving defendant or defendants.

3. Procedure in case of death of one of several plaintiffs or of sole plaintiff.– (1) Where one of two or more plaintiffs dies and the right to sue does not survive to the surviving plaintiff or plaintiffs alone 2 [, or on receipt of an intimation of the death of such plaintiff from the person nominated by him for that purpose under rule 26, Order VII], or a sole plaintiff or sole surviving plaintiff dies and the right to sue survives, the Court, on an application made in that behalf, shall cause the legal representative of the deceased plaintiff to be made a party and shall proceed with the suit. 3 [(2) Where within the time allowed by law no application is made or intimation is given under sub­rule (1), the Court may proceed with the suit, and any order made or judgment pronounced in such suit shall, notwithstanding the death of such plaintiff, have the same force and effect as if it had been made or pronounced before the death took place.]

4. Procedure in case of death of one of several defendants or of sole defendant.– (1) Where one of two or more defendants dies and the right to sue does not survive against the surviving defendant or defendants alone 4 [, or on receipt of an intimation of the death of such defendant from the person nominated by him for that purpose under rule 13, Order VIII], or a sole defendant or sole surviving defendant dies and the right to sue survives, the

1Inserted by the Notification No. 567-G, dated: 24 November 1927; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 9 December 1927, Part-III, pp. 1588-1589.

2Inserted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

3Substituted ibid.

4Inserted ibid.

Court, on an application made in that behalf, shall cause the legal representative of the deceased defendant to be made a party and shall proceed with the suit.

(2) Any person so made a party may make any defence appropriate to his character as legal representative of the deceased defendant. 1 [(3) When within the time limited by law no application is made or intimation is given under sub­rule (1), the Court may proceed with the suit, and any order made or judgment pronounced in such suit shall, notwithstanding the death of such defendant, have the same force and effect as if it had been pronounced before the death took place.] 2 [(4) It shall not be necessary to substitute the legal representatives of any such defendant who has failed to file a written statement or has failed to appear and contest the suit at the hearing; and judgment may in such case be pronounced against the said defendant notwithstanding his death, and such judgment shall have the same force and effect as if had been pronounced before his death took place.]

5. Determination of question as to legal repr esentative.– Where a question arises as to whether any person is or is not the legal representative of a deceased plaintiff or a deceased defendant, such question shall be determined by the Court.

6. No abatement by reason of death after hearing .– Notwithstanding anything contained in the foregoing rules, whether the cause of action survives or not, there shall be no abatement by reason of the death of either party between the conclusion of the hearing and the pronouncing of the judgment, but judgment may in such case be pronounced notwithstanding the death and shall have the same force and effect as if it had been pronounced before the death took place.

7. Suit not abated by marriage of female party .– (1) The marriage of a female plaintiff or defendant shall not cause the suit to abate, but the suit may notwithstanding be proceeded with to judgment, and, where the decree is against a female defendant, it may be executed against her alone.

(2) Where the husband is by law liable for the debts of his wife the decree may, with the permission of the Court, be executed against the husband also; and, in case of judgment for the wife, execution of the decree may, with such permission, be issued upon the application of the husband, where the husband is by law entitled to the subject­matter of the decree.

8. When plaintiff ‟s insolvency bars suit .– (1) The insolvency of a plaintiff in any suit which the assignee or receiver might maintain for the benefit of his creditors, shall not cause the suit to abate, unless such assignee or receiver declines to continue the suit or (unless for any special reason the Court otherwise directs) to give security for the costs thereof within such time as the Court may direct.

1Substituted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

2Added ibid.

(2) Procedure where assignee fails to continue suit or give security.– Where the assignee or receiver neglects or refuses to continue the suit and to give such security within the time so ordered, the defendant may apply for the dismissal of the suit on the ground of the plaintiff's insolvency, and the Court may make an order dismissing the suit and awarding to the defendant the costs which he has incurred in defending the same to be proved as a debt against the plaintiff's estate. 1 [9. Effect of dismissal .– (1) When a suit is dismissed under rule 8, no fresh suit shall be brought on the same cause of action.

(2) Any person claiming to be the legal representative of a deceased plaintiff or defendant or the assignee or the receiver in the case of an insolvent plaintiff may apply to the Court for setting aside any order made or judgment pronounced by it in his absence; and if it is proved that he was prevented by any sufficient cause from continuing the suit or defending the suit, as the case may be, the Court shall set aside the order or the judgment, upon such terms as to costs or otherwise as it thinks fit.] 2 [(3) The provisions of section 5 of the Limitation Act, 1908 (IX of 1908), shall apply to applications under sub­rule (2).]

10. Procedure in case of assignment before final order in suit. – (1) In other cases of an assignment, creation or devolution of any interest during the pendency of a suit, the suit may, by leave of the Court, be continued by or against the person to or upon whom such interest has come or devolved.

(2) The attachment of a decree pending an appeal therefrom shall be deemed to be an interest entitling the person who procured such attachment to the benefit of sub­rule (1).

11. Application of Order to appeals .– In the application of this Order to appeals, so far as may be, the word “plaintiff” shall be held to include an appellant, the word “defendant” a respondent, and the word “suit” an appeal.

12. Application of Order to proceedings .– Nothing in rules 3, 4 and 8 shall apply to proceedings in execution of a decree or order. ORDER XXIII Withdrawal and Adjustment of Suits

1. Withdrawal of suit or abandonment of part of claim .– (1) At any time after the institution of a suit the plaintiff may, as against all or any of the defendants, withdraw his suit or abandon part of his claim.

(2) Where the Court is satisfied 3 [after recording reasons ]–

1Substituted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

2Added by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1989 (IV of 1990); assented to by the President on 4 Ja nuary 1990; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 8 January 1990, pp. 5-6, s. 2.

3Inserted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 16: It came into force on 1 November

(a) that a suit must fail by reason of some formal defect, or

(b) that there are other sufficient grounds for allowing the plaintiff to institute a fresh suit for the subject­matter of a suit or part of a claim, it may, on such terms as it thinks fit, grant the plaintiff permission to withdraw from such suit or abandon such part of a claim with liberty to institute a fresh suit in respect of the subject­matter of such suit or such part of a claim.

(3) Where the plaintiff withdraws from a suit, or abandons part of a claim, without the permission referred to in sub­rule (2), he shall be liable for such costs as the Court may award and shall be precluded from instituting any fresh suit in respect of such subject­matter or such part of the claim.

(4) Nothing in this rule shall be deemed to authorize the Court to permit one of several plaintiffs to withdraw without the consent of the others.

2. Limitation law not affected by first suit .– In any fresh suit instituted on permission granted under the last preceding rule, the plaintiff shall be bound by the law of limitation in the same manner as if the first suit had not been instituted.

3. Compromise of suit .– Where it is proved to the satisfaction of the Court that a suit has been adjusted wholly or in part by any lawful agreement or compromise, or where the defendant satisfies the plaintiff in respect of the whole or any part of the subject­matter of the suit, the Court shall order such agreement, compromise or satisfaction to be recorded, and shall pass a decree in accordance therewith so far as it relates to the suit. 1 [Provided that the hearing of a suit shall proceed and no adjournment shall be granted in it for the purpose s of deciding whether there has been any adjustment or satisfaction, unless the Court for reason s to be recorded in writing thinks fit to grant such adjournment, and provided further that the judgment in the suit shall not be announced until the question of adjustment or satisfaction has been decided:

Provided further that when an application is made by all the parties to the suit, either in writing or in open Court through their counsel that they wish to compromise the suit, the Court may fix a date on which the parties or their counsel should appear and the compromise be recorded but shall proceed t o hear those witnesses in the suit who are already in attendance, unless for any other reason to be recorded in writing, it considers it impossible or undesirable to do so. If upon the date fixed no compromise has been recorded, no further adjournment shal l be granted for this purpose, unless the Court, for reasons to be recorded in writing, considers it highly probable that the suit will be compromised on or before the date to which the Court proposes to adjourn the hearing.]

4. Proceedings in execution of decrees not affected .– Nothing in this Order shall apply to any proceedings in execution of a decree or order.

2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

1Added by the Notification issued by the High Court Lahore vide Notification No. 211-R/XI-Y-22, dated: 21 July 1937.

ORDER XXIV Payment into Court

1. Deposit by defendant of amount in satisfaction of claim .– The defendant in any suit to recover a debt or damages may, at any stage of the suit, deposit in Court such sum of money as he considers a satisfaction in full of the

claim.

2. Notice of deposit .– Notice of the deposit shall be given through the Court by the defendant to the plaintiff, and the amount of the deposit shall (unless the Court otherwise directs) be paid to the plaintiff on his application.

3. Interest on deposit not allowed to plaintiff after notice .– No interest shall be allowed to the plaintiff on any sum deposited by the defendant from the date of the receipt of such notice, whether the sum deposited is in full of the claim or falls short thereof.

4. Procedure where plaintiff accepts deposit as satisfaction in part .– (1) Where the plaintiff accepts such amount as satisfaction in part only of his claim, he may prosecute his suit for the balance; and, if the Court decides that the deposit by the defendant was a full satisfaction of the plaintiff's claim, the plaintiff shall pay the costs of the suit incurred after the deposit and the costs incurred previous thereto, so far as they were caused by excess in the plaintiff's claim.

(2) Procedure where he accepts it as satisfaction in full. – Where the plaintiff accepts such amount as satisfaction in full of his claim, he shall present to the Court a statement to that effect, and such statement shall be filed and the Court shall pronounce judgment accordingly; and, in directing by whom the costs of each party are to be paid, the Court shall consider which of the parties is most to blame for the litigation. Illustrations

(a) A owes B Rs.100. B sues A for the amount, having made no demand for payment and having no reason to believe that the delay caused by making a demand would place him at a disadvantage. On the plaint being filed, A pays the money into Court. B accepts it in full satisfaction of his claim, but the Court should not allow him any costs, the litigation being presumably groundless on his part.

(b) B sues A under the circumstances mentioned in illustration (a). On the plaint being filed, A disputes the claim. Afterwards A pays the money into Court. B accepts it in full satisfaction of his claim. The Court should also give B his costs of suit, A's conduct having shown that the litigation was necessary.

(c) A owes B Rs. 100, and is willing to pay him that sum without suit. B claims Rs.150 and sues A for that amount. On the plaint being filed A pays Rs.100 into Court and disputes only his liability to pay the remaining Rs. 50. B accepts the

Rs. 100 in full satisfaction of his claim. The Court should order him to pay A's costs.

ORDER XXV Security for Costs

1. When security for costs may be required from p laintiff.– (1) Where, at any stage of a suit, it appears to the Court that a sole plaintiff is, or (when there are more plaintiffs than one) that all the plaintiffs are residing out of 1 [Pakistan], and that such plaintiff does not, or that no one of such plaintiff does, possess any sufficient immoveable property within 2 [Pakistan] other than the property in suit, the Court may, either of its own motion or on the application of any defendant, order the plaintiff or plaintiffs, within a time fixed by it, to give security for the payment of all costs incurred and likely to be incurred by any defendant.

(2) Residence out of 3 [Pakistan].– Whoever leaves 4 [Pakistan] under such circumstances as to afford reasonable probability that he will not be forthcoming whenever he may be called upon to pay costs shall be deemed to be residing out of 5 [Pakistan] within the meaning of sub­rule (1).

(3) On the application of any defendant in a suit for the payment of money, in which the plaintiff is a woman, the Court may at any stage of the suit make a like order if it is satisfied that such plaintiff does not possess any sufficient immoveable property within 6 [Pakistan].

2. Effect of failure to furnish security .– (1) In the event of such security not being furnished within the time fixed, the Court shall make an order dismissing the suit unless the plaintiff or plaintiffs are permitted to withdraw therefrom.

(2) Where a suit is dismissed under this rule, the plaintiff may apply for an order to set the dismissal aside, and, if it is proved to the satisfaction of the Court that he was prevented by any sufficient cause from furnishing the security within the time allowed, the Court shall set aside the dismissal upon such terms as to security, costs or otherwise as it thinks fit, and shall appoint a day for proceeding with the suit.

(3) The dismissal shall not be set aside unless notice of such application has been served on the defendant. ORDER XXVI Commissions Commissions to examine witnesses

1. Cases in which Court may issue com mission to examine witness .– Any Court may in any suit issue a commission for the examination on interrogatories

1Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federation” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

They were earlier substit uted for the words “British India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with Article 4.

2Ibid.

3Ibid.

4Ibid.

5Ibid.

6Ibid.

or otherwise of any person resident within the local limits of its jurisdiction who is exempted under this Code from attending the Court or who is from sickness or infirmity unable to attend it.

2. Order for commission .– An order for the issue of a commission for the examination of a witness may be made by the Court either of its own motion or on the application, supported by affidavit or otherwise, of any party to the suit or of the witness to be examined.

3. Where witness resides within Court ‟s jurisdiction .– A commission for the examination of a person who resides within the local limits of the jurisdiction of the Court issuing the same may be issued to any person whom the Court thinks fit to execute it.

4. Persons for whose examination commission may issue .– (1) Any Court may in any suit issue a commission for the examination of–

(a) any person resident beyond the local limits of its jurisdiction;

(b) any person who is about to leave such limits before the date on which he is required to be examined in Court; and

(c) 1 [any person in the service of the 2 [State] ] who cannot, in the opinion of the Court, attend without detriment to the public service.

(2) Such commission may be issued to any Court, not being a High Court, within the local limits of whose jurisdiction such person resides, or to any pleader or other person whom the Court issuing the commission may appoint.

(3) The Court on issuing any commission under this rule shall direct whether the commission shall be returned to itself or to any subordinate Court.

5. Commission or request to examine witness not within 3 [Pakistan].– Where any Court to which application is made for the issue of a commission for the examination of a person residing at any place not within 4 [Pakistan] is satisfied that the evidence of such person is necessary, the Court may issue such commission or a letter of request.

6. Court to examine witness pursuant to commiss ion.– Every Court receiving a commission for the examination of any person shall examine him or cause him to be examined pursuant thereto.

1Substituted for the words “any civil or military officer of the Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian

Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

2Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 Jan uary 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

3Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federatio n" by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with Article 4.

4Ibid.

7. Return of commission with depositions of witnesses .– Where a commission has been duly executed, it shall be returned, together with the evidence taken under it, to the Court from which it was issued, unless the order for issuing the commission has otherwise directed, in which case the commission shall be returned in terms of such order; and the commission and the return thereto and the evidence taken under it shall (subject to the provisions of the next following rule) form part of the record of the suit.

8. When depositions may be read in evidence .– Evidence taken under a commission shall not be read as evidence in the suit without the consent of the party against whom the same is offered, unless–

(a) the person who gave the evidence is beyond the jurisdiction of the Court, or dead or unable from sickness or infirmity to attend to be personally examined, or exempted from personal appearance in Court, or is a 1 [any person in the service of the 2 [State] ] who cannot, in the opinion of the Court, attend without detriment to the public service, or

(b) the Court in its discretion dispenses with the proof of any of the circumstances mentioned in clause (a), and authorizes the evidence of any person being read as evidence in the suit, notwithstanding proof that the cause for taking such evidence by commission has ceased at the time of reading the same. Commissions for local investigations

9. Commissions to make local investigations .– In any suit in which the Court deems a local investigation to be requisite or proper for the purpose of elucidating any matter in dispute, or of ascertaining the market- value of any property, or the amount of any mesne profits or damages or annual net profits, the Court may issue a commission to such person as it thinks fit directing him to make such investigation and to report thereon to the Court:

Provided that, where the 3 [Provincial Government] has made rules as to the persons to whom such commission shall be issued, the Court shall be bound by such rules.

10. Procedure of Commissioner .– (1) The Commissioner, after such local inspection as he deems necessary and after reducing to writing the evidence taken by him, shall return such evidence, together with his report in writing signed by him to the Court.

1Substituted for the words “any civil or military officer of the Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian

Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 Apr il 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

2Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrang ements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

3Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

(2) Report and depositions to be evidence in suit. –Commissioner may be examined in person .– The report of the Commissioner and the evidence taken by him (but not the evidence without the report) shall be evidence in the suit and shall form part of the record; but the Court or, with the permission of the Court, any of the parties to the suit, may examine the Commissioner personally in open Court touching any of the matters referred to him or mentioned in his report, or as to his report, or as to the manner in which he has made the investigation.

(3) Where the Court is for any reason dissatisfied with the proceedings of the Commissioner, it may direct such further inquiry to be made as it shall think fit. Commissions to examine accounts

11. Commission to examine or adjust accounts .– In any suit in which an examination or adjustment of accounts is necessary, the Court may issue a commission to such person as it thinks fit directing him to make such examination or adjustment.

12. Court to give Commissioner necessary instructions .– (1) The Court shall furnish the Commissioner with such part of the proceedings and such instructions as appear necessary, and the instructions shall distinctly specify whether the Commissioner is merely to transmit the proceedings which he may hold on the inquiry, or also to report his own opinion on the point referred for his examination.

(2) Proceedings and report to be evide nce. Court may direct further inquiry.– The proceedings and report (if any) of the Commissioner shall be evidence in the suit, but where the Court has reason to be dissatisfied with them, it may direct such further inquiry as it shall think fit. Commissions to make partitions

13. Commission to make partition of immoveable property .– Where a preliminary decree for partition has been passed, the Court may, in any case not provided for by section 54, issue a commission to such person as it thinks fit to make the partition or separation according to the rights as declared in such decree.

14. Procedure of Commissioner .– (1) The Commissioner shall, after such inquiry as may be necessary, divide the property into as many shares as may be directed by the order under which the commission was issued, and shall allot such shares to the parties, and may, if authorized thereto by the said order, award sum to be paid for the purpose of equalizing the value of the shares.

(2) The Commissioner shall then prepare and sign a report or the Commissioners (where the commission was issued to more than one person and they cannot agree) shall prepare and sign separate reports appointing the share of each party and distinguishing each share (if so directed by the said order) by metes and bounds. Such report or reports shall be annexed to the commission and transmitted to the Court; and the Court, after hearing any objections which the parties may make to the report or reports, shall confirm, vary or set aside the

same.

(3) Where the Court confirms or varies the report or reports it shall pass a decree in accordance with the same as confirmed or varied; but where the Court sets aside the report or reports it shall either issue a new commission or make such other order as it shall think fit. General provisions

15. Expenses of Commission to be paid into Court .– Before issuing any commission under this Order, the Court may order such sum (if any) as it thinks reasonable for the expenses of the commission to be, within a time to be fixed, paid into Court by the party at whose instance or for whose benefit the commission is issued.

16. Powers of Commissioners .– Any commissioner appointed under this Order may, unless otherwise directed by the order of appointment,–

(a) examine the parties themselves and any witness whom they or any of them may produce, and any other person whom the Commissioner thinks proper to call upon to give evidence in the matter referred to him;

(b) call for and examine documents and other things relevant to the subject of inquiry;

(c) at any reasonable time enter upon or into any land or building mentioned in the order.

17. Attendance and examination of witnesses before Commissioner .– (1) The provisions of this Code relating to the summoning, attendance and examination of witnesses, and to the remuneration of, and penalties to be imposed upon, witnesses, shall apply to persons required to give evidence or to produce documents under this Order whether the commission in execution of which they are so required has been issued by a Court situate within or by a Court situate beyond the limits of 1 [Pakistan], and for the purposes of this rule the Commissioner shall be deemed to be a Civil Court.

(2) A Commissioner may apply to any Court (not being a High Court) within the local limits of whose jurisdiction a witness resides for the issue of any process which he may find it necessary to issue to or against such witness, and such Court may, in its discretion, issue such process as it considers reasonable and proper.

18. Parties to appear before Commissioner. – (1) Where a commission is issued under this Order, the Court shall direct that the parties to the suit shall appear before the Commissioner in person or by their agents or pleaders.

(2) Where all or any of the parties do not so appear, the Commissioner may proceed in their absence.

1Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federation” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule : it came into force on 14 October 1955.

They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with Article 4.

1 [Commissions issued at the instance of Foreign Tribunals]

19. Cases in which High Court may issue commission to examine witness.– (1) If a High Court is a satisfied–

(a) that a foreign court situated in a foreign country wishes to obtain the evidence of a witness in any proceeding before it,

(b) that the proceeding is of a civil nature, and

(c) that the witness is residing within the limits of the High Court's appellate jurisdiction, it may, subject to the provisions of rule 20, issue a commission for the examination of such witness.

(2) Evidence may be given of the matters specified in clauses (a), (b) and

(c) of sub­rule (1)–

(a) by a certificate signed by the consular officer of the foreign country of the highest rank in 2 [Pakistan] and transmitted to the High Court through the 3 [Federal Government], or

(b) by a letter of request issued by the foreign court and transmitted to the High Court through the 4 [Federal Government], or

(c) by a letter of request issued by the foreign court and produced before the High Court by a party to the proceeding.

20. Application for commission .– The High Court may issue a commission under rule 19–

(a) upon application by a party to the proceeding before the foreign court, or

(b) upon an application by a law officer of the 5 [Provincial Government] acting under instructions from the 6 [Provincial Government].

21. To whom commissions may be issued .– A commission under rule 19 may be issued to any court within the local limits of whose jurisdiction the witness resides, or, where 7 [ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ] the witness

1The Heading and the Rules 19 to 22 were inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1932 (X of 1932), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 16 April 1932, p. 22, s. 3.

2Substituted for th e word “India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

3Substituted for the words “Centr al Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of General Adaptations. They were earlier substituted for the words “Governor General in Council” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

4Ibid.

5Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

6Ibid. 7The expression “the High Court is established under the Indian High Courts Act, 1861, or the Government of India Act, 1915, and” was omitted ibid.

resides within the local limits of 1 [the ordinary original civil jurisdiction of the High Court], to any person whom the Court thinks fit to execute the commission.

22. Issue, execution and return of commissions and transmission of evidence to foreign Court .– The provisions of rules 6, 15, 16, 17 and 18 of this Order in so far as they are applicable shall apply to the issue, execution and return of such commissions, and when any such commission has been duly executed it shall be returned, together with the evidence taken under it, to the High Court, which shall forward it to the 2 [Federal Government] along with the letter of request for transmission to the foreign court.] ORDER XXVII Suits by or against 3 [the 4 [Government] ] or Public Officers in their official capacity

1. Suits by or against Government .– In any suit by or against 5 [the 6 [Government] ], the plaint or written statement shall be signed by such person as 7 [the 8 [Government] ] may, by general or special order, appoint in this behalf, and shall be verified by any person whom 9 [the 10 [Government] ] may so appoint and who is acquainted with the facts of the case.

1Substituted for the words “its ordinary original civil jurisdiction” by the Government of India (Ada ptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

2Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of General Adaptations. They were earlier substituted for the words “Governor General in Council” by t he Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

3Substituted for the words “the Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

4Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 19 61 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

5The words “the Secretary of State for India in Council” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

6Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Ministe r exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the Stat e Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

7Substituted for the words “the Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

8Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adapti on) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961 , pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

9Substituted for the words “the Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

10Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrang ements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

2. Persons authorized to act for Government .– Persons being ex officio or otherwise authorized to act for 1 [the 2 [Government] ] in respect of any judicial proceeding shall be deemed to be the recognized agents by whom appearances, acts and applications under this Code may be made or done on behalf of 3 [the 4 [Government] ].

3. Plaints in suits by or against Government .– In suits by or 5 [against the 6 [Government] ], instead of inserting in the plaint the name and description and place of residence of the plaintiff or defendant, it shall be sufficient to insert 7 [the appropriate name as provided in section 79, 8 [* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *] ] 9 [4. Agent for Government to receive process .– The 10 [Government] pleader in any court shall be the agent of the 11 [Government] for the purpose of receiving processes against the 12 [Government] issued by such Court.]

5. Fixing of day for appearance on behalf of Government .– The Court, in fixing the day for 13 [the 14 [Government] ] to answer to the plaint, shall allow a

1Substituted for the words “the Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

2Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Orde r, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 10 2-163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

3Substituted for the words “the Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

4Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements O rder, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

5Substituted for the words “against the Secretary of State for India in Council” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian

Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

6Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), d ated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

7Substituted for the words “The Secretary of State for India in Council” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published i n the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

8The expression “or, if the suit is against the Secretary of State, the words „the Secretary of State‟ ” was omitted by the Adaptation of Centr al Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

9Substituted by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

10Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

11Ibid. 12Ibid.

13Substituted for the words “the Secretary of State for India in Council” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

14Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

reasonable time for the necessary communication 1 [with the 2 [Government] ] through the proper channel, and for the issue of instructions to the 3 [ 4 [ Government] pleader] to appear and answer on behalf of 5 [the 6 [Government] ] 7 [ * * *], and may extend the time at its discretion.

6. Attendance of person able to answer questions relating to suit against Government.– The Court may also, in any case in which the 8 [ 9 [ Government] pleader] is not accompanied by any person on the part of 10 [the 11 [Government] ], who may be able to answer any material questions relating to the suit, direct the attendance of such a person.

7. Extension of time to enable public officer to make reference to Government.– (1) Where the defendant is a public officer and, on receiving the summons, considers it proper to make a reference to 12 [the 13 [Government] ] before answering the plaint, he may apply to the Court to grant such extension of the time fixed in the summons as may be necessary to enable him to make such reference and to receive orders thereon through the proper channel.

1Substituted for the words “with the Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

2Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No . 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

3Substituted for the words “Government pleader” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

4Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 o n 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

5Substituted for the words “the said Secretary of State for India in Council" by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian

Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

6Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws ( Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 Januar y 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

7The words “or the Government” were omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

8Substituted for the words “Government pleader” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

9Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

10Substituted for the words “the Secretary of State for India in Council" by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

11Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordin ary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

12Substituted for the words “the Government" by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

13Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under A rticle 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

(2) Upon such application the Court shall extend the time for so long as appears to it to be necessary.

8. Procedure in suits against public officer .– (1) Where 1 [the 2 [Government] ] undertakes the defence of a suit against a public officer, 3 [the 4 [Government] pleader], upon being furnished with authority to appear and answer the plaint, shall apply to the Court, and upon such application the Court shall cause a note of his authority to be entered in the register of civil suits.

(2) Where no application under sub­rule (1) is made by 5 [the 6 [Government] pleader] on or before the day fixed in the notice for the defendant to appear and answer, the case shall proceed as in a suit between private parties:

Provided that the defendant shall not be liable to arrest, nor his property to attachment, otherwise than in execution of a decree. 7

Section 8A. No security to be required from Government or a public officer in certain cases

No such security as is mentioned in rules 5 and 6 of Order XLI shall be required from the 8 [Government] or, where the 9 [Government] has undertaken the defence of the suit, from any public officer sued in respect of an act alleged to be done by him in his official capacity.

Section 8B. Definitions of “Government” and “Government pleader ”

In this Order “ 10 [Government]” and “ 11 [Government] pleader” means respectively–

1Substituted for the words “the Government" by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

2Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), da ted: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

3Substituted for the words “the Government pleader” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

4Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under A rticle 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

5Substituted for the words “the Government pleader” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

6Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordin ary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

7Inserted by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

8Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

9Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

10Ibid. 11Ibid.

(a) in relation to any suit by or against 1 [* * * * * ] the 2 [Federal Government], or against a public officer in the service of that Government, the 3 [Federal Government] and such pleader as that Government may appoint whether generally or specially for the purposes of this Order;

4 [(b) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

(c) in relation to any suit by, or against a Provincial Government or against a public officer in the service of a Province, the Provincial Government and the Government pleader, or such other pleader as the Provincial Government may appoint, whether generally or specially, for the purposes of this Order.] 5 [ORDER XXVIIA SUITS INVOLVING 6 [ANY SUBSTANTIAL QUESTION AS TO THE INTERPRETATION OF CONSTITIONAL LAW]

1. Notice to the A dvocate General .– In any suit in which it appears to the Court that 7 [any substantial question as to the interpretation of constitutional law] is involved, the Court shall not proceed to determine that question until after notice has been given to the 8 [Attorney General for Pakistan] if the question of law

1The words “the Secretary of State or” were omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O.

No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

2Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), published in the Gazette o f Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

3Ibid.

4Omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

5Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1942 (XXIII of 1942), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 1 October 1942, s. 2.

6Substituted for the words “ANY SUCH QUESTION AS IS REFERRED TO IN SUB­SECTION (1) OF SECTION 205 OF THE GOVERNMENT OF INDIA ACT, 1935” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. It was earlier substituted for the words “A SUBSTANTIAL QUESTION OF LAW AS TO THE INTERPRETATION OF THE GOVERNMENT OF INDIA ACT, 1935, OR ANY ORDER IN COUNCIL MADE THEREUNDER” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

7Substituted for the words “any such question as is referred to in sub­section (1) of section 205 of the Government of India Act, 1935” by the Central Laws (Adap tion) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 19 61, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. It was earlier substituted for the words “a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Government of India Act, 1935, or any Order in Council made ther eunder” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

8Substituted for the words “Advocate -General of Pakistan” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pak istan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. It was earlier substituted for the words “Advocate­General of India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

concerns the 1 [Federal Government] and to the Advocate­General of the Province if the question of law concerns a Provincial Government.

2. Court may add Government as party .– The Court may at any stage of the proceedings order that the 2 [Federal Government] or a Provincial Government shall be added as a defendant in any suit involving 3 [any substantial question as to the interpretation of constitutional law] if the 4 [Attorney General for Pakistan] or the Advocate­General of the Province as the case may be, whether upon receipt of notice under rule 1, or otherwise, applies for such addition and the Court is satisfied that such addition is necessary or desirable for the satisfactory determination of the question of law involved.

3. Costs when Government added as party .– Where under rule 2 Government is added as a defendant in a suit 5 [the Attorney General,] or the Government shall not be entitled to or liable for costs in the Court which ordered the addition unless the Court having regard to all the circumstances of the case for any special reason otherwise orders.

4. Application of Order to appeals .– In the application of this Order to appeals the word „defendant‟ shall be held to include a respondent and the word „suit‟ an appeal.] ORDER XXVIII Suits by or against Military 6 [or Naval] Men 7 [or Airmen]

1. Officers 8 [soldiers 9 [, sailors] or airmen] who cannot obtain leave may authorize any person to sue or defend for them.– (1) Where any officer

1Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (IV of 1975 ), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435-467, Article 2 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

2Ibid.

3Substituted for the words “any such question as is referred to in sub­section (1) of section 205 of t he Government of India Act, 1935” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in th e Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. It was earlier substituted for the words “a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Gover nment of India Act, 1935, or any Order in Council made thereunder” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

4Substituted for the words “Advocate -General of Pakistan” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 o n 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. It was earlier substituted for the words “Advocate­General of India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

5Inserted by the Central Laws (Adaption) Or der, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102-163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

6Inserted by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181 - 183, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

7Inserted by the Repe aling and Amending Act, 1927 (X of 1927), published in the Gazette of India, s. 2 read with the First Schedule.

8Substituted ibid., for the words “or soldier” .

9Inserted by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181 - 183, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

1 [soldier 2 [, sailor] or airman] actually 3 [in the service of the State] in 4 [such] capacity is a party to a suit, and cannot obtain leave of absence for the purpose of prosecuting or defending the suit in person, he may authorize any person to sue or defend in his stead.

(2) The authority shall be in writing and shall be signed by the officer 5 [soldier 6 [, sailor] or airman], in the presence of (a) his commanding officer, or the next subordinate officer, if the party is himself the commanding officer, or (b) where the officer 7 [soldier 8 [, sailor] or airman] is serving in military 9 [,naval] 10 [or air- force] staff employment, the head or other superior officer of the office in which he is employed. Such commanding or other officer shall countersign the authority, which shall be filed in Court.

(3) When so filed the countersignature shall be sufficient proof that the authority was duly executed, and that the officer 11 [soldier 12 [, sailor] or airman] by whom it was granted could not obtain leave of absence for the purpose of prosecuting or defending the suit in person. Explanation.– In this Order the expression “commanding officer” means the officer in actual command for the time being of any regiment, corps, 13 [ship,] detachment or depot to which the officer 14 [soldier 15 [, sailor] or airman] belongs.

1Substituted for the words “or soldier” by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1927 (X of 1927), published in the Gazette of India, s. 2 read with the First Schedule.

2Inserted by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181 - 183, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

3Substituted for the words “serving under the Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956 . They were earlier substituted for the words “serving the Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

4Substituted for the words “a military [or air -force]” by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181 -183, s. 2 read with the Schedule. The words in crotches were inserted by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1927 (X of 1927), published in the Gazette of India, s. 2 read with the First Schedule.

5Substituted for the words “or soldier” by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1927 (X of 1927), published in the Gazette of India, s. 2 read with the First Schedule.

6Inserted by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181 - 183, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

7Substituted for the words “or soldier” by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1927 (X of 1927), published in the Gazette of India, s. 2 read with the First Schedule.

8Inserted by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181 - 183, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

9Ibid.

10Inserted by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1927 (X of 1927), published in the Gazette of India, s. 2 read with the First Schedule.

11Substituted ibid., for the words “or soldier”.

12Inserted by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181 - 183, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

13Ibid.

14Substituted for the words “or soldier” by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1927 (X of 1927), published in the Gazette of India, s. 2 read with the First Schedule.

15Inserted by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181 - 183, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

2. Person so authorized may act personally or appoint pleader .– Any person authorized by an officer 1 [soldier 2 [, sailor] or airman] to prosecute or defend a suit in his stead may prosecute or defend it in person in the same manner as the officer 3 [soldier 4 [, sailor] or airman] could do if present; or he may appoint a pleader to prosecute or defend the suit on behalf of such officer 5 [soldier 6 [, sailor] or airman].

3. Service on person so authorized, or on his pleade r, to be good service.– Processes served upon any person authorized by an officer 7 [soldier 8 [, sailors] or airman] under rule 1 or upon any pleader appointed as aforesaid by such person shall be as effectual as if they had been served on the party in person. ORDER XXIX Suits by or against Corporations

1. Subscription and verification of pleading .– In suits by or against a corporation, any pleading may be signed and verified on behalf of the corporation by the secretary or by any director or other principal officer of the corporation who is able to depose to the facts of the case.

2. Service on corporation .– Subject to any statutory provision regulating service of process, where the suit is against a corporation, the summons may be served–

(a) on the secretary, or on any director, or other principal officer of the corporation, or

(b) by leaving it or sending it by post addressed to the corporation at the registered office, or if there is no registered office then at the place where the corporation carries on business.

3. Power to require personal attendance of officer of corporation .– The Court may, at any stage of the suit, require the personal appearance of the secretary or of any director, or other principal officer of the corporation who may be able to answer material questions relating to the suit.

1Substituted for the words “or a soldier” by the Repealing and Amending Ac t, 1927 (X of 1927), published in the Gazette of India, s. 2 read with the First Schedule.

2Inserted by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181 - 183, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

3Substituted for the words “or soldier” by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1927 (X of 1927), published in the Gazette of India, s. 2 read with the First Schedule.

4Inserted by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 15 Sep tember 1934, pp. 181 - 183, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

5Substituted for the words “or soldier” by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1927 (X of 1927), published in the Gazette of India, s. 2 read with the First Schedule.

6Inserted by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181 - 183, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

7Substituted for the words “or a soldier” by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1927 (X of 1927), published in the Gazette of India, s. 2 read with the First Schedule.

8Inserted by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181 - 183, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

ORDER XXX Suits by or against Firms and Persons carrying on business in names other than their own

1. Suing of partners in name of firm .– (1) Any two or more persons claiming or being liable as partners and carrying on business in 1 [Pakistan] may sue or be sued in the name of the firm (if any) of which such persons were partners at the time of the accruing of the cause of action, and any party to a suit may in such case apply to the Court for a statement of the names and addresses of the persons who were, at the time of the accruing of the cause of action, partners in such firm, to be furnished and verified in such manner as the Court may direct.

(2) Where persons sue or are sued as partners in the name of their firm under sub­rule (1), it shall, in the case of any pleading or other document required by or under this Code to be signed, verified or certified by the plaintiff or the defendant, suffice if such pleading or other document is signed, verified or certified by any one of such persons. 2 [Explanation.– This rule applies to a joint Hindu family trading partnership.]

2. Disclosure of partners ‟ names.– (1) Where a suit is instituted by partners in the name of their firm, the plaintiffs or their pleader shall, on demand in writing by or on behalf of any defendant, forthwith declare in writing the names and places of residence of all the persons constituting the firm on whose behalf the suit is instituted.

(2) Where the plaintiffs or their pleader fail to Comply with any demand made under sub­rule (1), all proceedings in the suit may, upon an application for that purpose, be stayed upon such terms as the Court may direct.

(3) Where the names of the partners are declared in the manner referred to in sub­rule (1), the suit shall proceed in the same manner, and the same consequences in all respects shall follow, as if they had been named as plaintiffs in the plaint:

Provided that all the proceedings shall nevertheless continue in the name of the firm.

3. Service.– Where persons are sued as partners in the name of their firm, the summons shall be served either–

(a) upon any one or more of the partners, or

1Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federa tion” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it ca me into force on 14 October 1955.

They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with Article 4.

2Added by the Notification No. 6 G, dated: 1 January 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 1 January 1909, pp. 2 -3. Above said Notification was confirmed by the Notification No. 2212 G, dated: 12 May 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 21 May 1909, p. 571.

(b) at the principal place at which the partnership business is carried on within 1 [Pakistan] upon any person having, at the time of service, the control or management of the partnership business there, as the Court may direct; and such service shall be deemed good service upon the firm so sued, whether all or any of the partners are within or without 2 [Pakistan]:

Provided that, in the case of a partnership which has been dissolved to the knowledge of the plaintiff before the institution of the suit, the summons shall be served upon every person within 3 [Pakistan] whom it is sought to make liable.

4. Right of suit on d eath of partner ._ (1) Notwithstanding anything contained in section 45 of the 4 [*] Contract Act, 1872 5 , where two or more persons may sue or be sued in the name of a firm under the foregoing provisions and any of such persons dies, whether before the institution or during the pendency of any suit, it shall not be necessary to join the legal representative of the deceased as a party to the suit.

(2) Nothing in sub­rule (1) shall limit or otherwise affect any right which the legal representative of the deceased may have–

(a) to apply to be made a party to the suit, or

(b) to enforce any claim against the survivor or survivors.

5. Notice in what capacity served .– Where a summons is issued to a firm and is served in the manner provided by rule 3, every person upon whom it is served shall be informed by notice in writing given at the time of such service, whether he is served as a partner or as a person having the control or management of the partnership business, or in both characters, and, in default of such notice, the person served shall be deemed to be served as a partner.

6. Appearance of partners .– Where persons are sued as partners in the name of their firm, they shall appear individually in their own names, but all subsequent proceedings shall, nevertheless, continue in the name of the firm.

7. No appearance except by partners .– Where a summons is served in the manner provided by rule 3 upon a person having the control or management of the partnership business, no appearance by him shall be necessary unless he is a partner of the firm sued.

1Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federation" by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with Article 4.

2Ibid.

3Ibid. 4The word “Indian” deemed to be omitted by virtue of omission of the said word in the “short title” of the Indian Contract Ac t, 1872 by the Adaptation of Central Act s and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 5IX of 1872.

8. Appearance under protest .– Any person served with summons as a partner under rule 3 may appear under protest, denying that he is a partner, but such appearance shall not preclude the plaintiff from otherwise serving a summons on the firm and obtaining a decree against the firm in default of appearance where no partner has appeared.

9. Suits between co­partners .– This Order shall apply to suits between a firm and one or more of the partners therein and to suits between firms having one or more partners in common; but no execution shall be issued in such suits except by leave of the Court, and, on an application for leave to issue such execution, all such accounts and inquiries may be directed to be taken and made and directions given as may be just.

10. Suit against person carrying on business in name other than his own .– Any person carrying on business in a name or style other than his own name may be sued in such name or style as if it were a firm name; and, so far as the nature of the case will permit, all rules under this Order shall apply. ORDER XXXI Suits by or against Trustees, Executors and Administrators

1. Representation of beneficiaries in suits concerning property vested in trustees, etc.– In all suits concerning property vested in a trustee, executor or administrator, where the contention is between the persons beneficially interested in such property and a third person, the trustee, executor or administrator shall represent the persons so interested, and it shall not ordinarily be necessary to make them parties to the suit. But the Court may, if it thinks fit, order them or any of them to be made parties.

2. Joinder of trustees, executors and administrators .– Where there are several trustees, executors or administrators, they shall all be made parties to a suit against one or more of them:

Provided that the executors who have not proved their testator's will, and trustees, executors and administrators outside 1 [Pakistan], need not be made parties.

3. Husband of married executrix not to join .– Unless the Court directs otherwise, the husband of a married trustee, administratrix or executrix shall not as such be a party to a suit by or against her. ORDER XXXII Suits by or against Minors and Persons of Unsound Mind

1. Minor to sue by next friend.– Every suit by a minor shall be instituted in his name by a person who in such suit shall be called the next friend of the minor.

1Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Fe deration" by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: i t came into force on 14 October 1955.

They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with Article 4.

1 [Such person may be ordered to pay any costs in the suit as if he were the plaintiff.] 2 [2. Where suit is instituted without next fri end.– (1) Where a suit is instituted by or on behalf of a minor without a next friend, the Court may on such fact coming to its notice allow an opportunity to remedy the defect.

(2) Where the defect is not removed, the Court may, on an application of the defendant, or of its own motion, order that the plaint should be taken off the file with costs to be paid by the pleader or other person by whom it was presented.

(3) Notice of the application submitted under sub -rule (2) shall be given to the pleader or s uch other person, and the Court may, after hearing his objections, if any, make appropriate order.] 3 [3. Guardian for the suit to be appointed by Court for minor defendant .– (1) Where the defendant is a minor, the Court, on being satisfied of the fact of his minority, shall appoint a proper person to be guardian for the suit for such minor.

(2) An order for the appointment of a guardian for the suit may be obtained upon application in the name and on behalf of the minor or by the plaintiff.

(3) The plaintif f shall file with his plaint a list of relatives of the minor and other persons with their addresses, who prima facie are most likely to be capable of acting as guardian for the suit for a minor defendant. The list shall constitute an application by the pl aintiff under sub -rule (2) above.

(4) The Court may at any time after the institution of the suit call upon the plaintiff to furnish such a list, and, in default of compliance, may reject the plaint.

(5) Any application for the appointment of a guardian fo r the suit and any list furnished under this rule shall be supported by an affidavit verifying the fact that the proposed guardian has no interest in the matters in controversy in the suit adverse to that of the minor and that each person proposed is a fit person to be so appointed.

(6) No order shall be made on any application under this rule except upon notice to any guardian of the minor appointed or declared by an authority competent in that behalf , or, where there is no such guardian, upon notice to th e father or other natural guardian of the minor, or, where there is no father or other natural guardian, to the person , in whose care the minor is, and after hearing any objections which may be urged on behalf of any person served with notice under this sub-rule:

Provided that the Court may, if it sees fit, issue notice to the minor also. ]

1Added by the Notification No. 6 G, dated: 1 January 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 1 January 1909, pp. 2 -3. Above said Notification was confirmed by the Notification No. 2212 G, dated: 12 May 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 21 May 1909, p. 571.

2Substituted by the Notification No . 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 7: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Le gis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

3Substituted by the Notification No. 566 -G, dated: 24 November 1927; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 9 December 1927, Part-III, p. 1588.

1 [(5) A person appointed under sub­rule (1) to be guardian for the suit for a minor shall, unless his appointment is terminated by retirement, removal or death, continue as such throughout all proceedings arising out of the suit including proceedings in any appellate or revisional Court and any proceedings in the execution of a decree.] 2 [4. Who may act as next friend or be appointed guardian for the suit .– (1) Any person who is of sound mind and has attained majority may act as next friend of a minor or as his guardian for the suit:

Provided that the interest of such person is not adverse to that of the minor and that he is not, in the case of a next friend, a defendant, or, in the case of a guardian for the suit, a plaintiff.

(2) Where a minor has guardian appointed or declared by competent authority, no person other than such guardian shall act as the next friend of the minor or be appointed his guardian for the suit unless the Court considers for reasons to be recorded, that it is for the minor‟s welfare that another person be permitted to act or be appointed, as the case may be. (2)(A) Where a minor defendant has no guardian appointed or declared by competent authority the Court may, subject to the proviso to sub -rule (1) , appoint as his guardian for the suit a relative of the minor. If no proper person be available who is a relative of the minor, the Court shall appoint one of the other defendants, if any, and failing such other defendant shall ordinarily proceed under sub -rule (4) of this rule to appoint one of its officers 3 [or a pleader].

(3) No person shall without his consent be appointed guardian for the suit, but the Court may presume such consent to have been given, unless it is expressly refused .

(4) Where there is no other person fit and willing to act as guardian for the suit, the Court may appoint any of its officers 4 [or a pleader ] to be such guardian, and may direct that the costs to be incurred by such 5 [person] in the performance of his duties as such guardian shall be borne either by the parties or by any one or more of the parties to the suit, or out of any fund in Court in which the minor is interested, and may give directions for the repayment or allowance of such costs as justice and the circumstances of the case may require.]

5. Representation of minor by next friend or guardian for the suit. – (1) Every application to the Court on behalf of a minor, other than an application under rule 10, sub­rule (2), shall be made by his next friend or by his guardian for the suit.

1Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Third Amendment) Act, 1937 (XVI of 1937), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 10 April 1937, p. 34, s. 2.

2Substituted by the Notification No. 566 -G, dated: 24 November 1927; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 9 December 1927, Part-III, p. 1588.

3Added by the Notification No. 209-R./XI-Y.-3, dated: 22 July 1936; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 31 July 1936, Part-III, p. 449.

4Ibid.

5Substituted ibid. for the word “officer”.

(2) Every order made in a suit or on any application, before the Court in or by which a minor is in any way concerned or affected, without such minor being represented by a next friend or guardian for the suit, as the case may be, may be discharged, and, where the pleader of the party at whose instance such order was obtained knew, or might reasonably have known, the f act of such minority, with costs to be paid by such pleader.

6. Receipt by next friend or guardian for the suit of property under decree for minor.– (1) A next friend or guardian for the suit shall not, without the leave of the Court, receive any money or other movable property on behalf of a minor either–

(a) by way of compromise before decree or order, or

(b) under a decree or order in favour of the minor.

(2) Where the next friend or guardian for the suit has not been appointed or declared by competent authority to be guardian of the property of the minor, or, having been so appointed or declared, is under any disability known to the Court to receive the money or other moveable property, the Court shall, if it grants him leave to receive the property, require such security and give such directions as will, in its opinion, sufficiently protect the property from waste and ensure its proper application.

7. Agreement or compromise by next friend or guardian for the suit .– (1) No next friend or guardian for the suit shall, without the leave of the Court, expressly recorded in the proceedings, enter into any agreement or compromise on behalf of a minor with reference to the suit in which he acts as next friend or guardian.

(2) Any such agreement or compromise entered into without the leave of the Court so recorded shall be voidable against all parties other than the minor.

8. Retirement of next friend .– (1) Unless otherwise ordered by the Court, a next friend shall not retire without first procuring a fit person to be put in his place and giving security for the costs already incurred.

(2) The application for the appointment of a new next friend shall be supported by an affidavit showing the fitness of the person proposed, and also that he has no interest adverse to that of the minor.

9. Removal of next friend .– (1) Where the interest of the next friend of a minor is adverse to that of the minor or where he is so connected with a defendant whose interest is adverse to that of the minor as to make it unlikely that the minor's interest will be properly protected by him, or where he does not do his duty, or, during the pendency of the suit, ceases to reside within 1 [Pakistan], or for any other sufficient cause, application may be made on behalf of the minor or by a defendant for his removal; and the Court, if satisfied

1Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federation" by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with Article 4.

of the sufficiency of the cause assigned, may order the next friend to be removed accordingly, and make such other order as to costs as it thinks fit.

(2) Where the next friend is not a guardian appointed or declared by an authority competent in this behalf, and an application is made by a guardian so appointed or declared, who d esires to be himself appointed in the place of the next friend, the Court shall remove the next fr iend unless it considers, for reasons to be recorded by it, that the guardian ought not to be appointed the next friend of the minor, and shall thereupon appoint the applicant to be next friend in his place upon such terms as to the costs already incurred in the suit as it thinks fit.

10. Stay of proceeding s on removal, etc., of next friend .– (1) On the retirement, removal or death of the next friend of a minor, further proceedings shall be stayed until the appointment of a next friend in his place.

(2) Where the pleader of such minor omits, within a reasonable time, to take steps to get a new next friend appointed, any person interested in the minor or in the matter in issue may apply to the Court for the appointment of one, and the Court may appoint such person as it thinks fit.

11. Retirement, removal or death of guardian for the suit .– (1) Where the guardian for the suit desires to retire or does not do his duty, or where other sufficient ground is made to appear, the Court may permit such guardian to retire or may remove him, and may make such order as to costs as it thinks fit.

(2) Where the guardian for the suit retires, dies or is removed by the Court during the pendency of the suit, the Court shall appoint a new guardian in his

place.

12. Course to be followed by minor plaintiff or applicant on attai ning majority.– (1) A minor plaintiff or a minor not a party to a suit on whose behalf an application is pending shall, on attaining majority, elect whether he will proceed with the suit or application.

(2) Where he elects to proceed with the suit or application, he shall apply for an order discharging the next friend and for leave to proceed in his own

name.

(3) The title of the suit or application shall in such case be corrected so as to read thenceforth thus:– "A. B., late a minor, by C. D., his next friend, but now having attained majority."

(4) Where he elects to abandon the suit or application, he shall, if a sole plaintiff or sole applicant, apply for an order to dismiss the suit or application on repayment of the costs incurred by the defendant or opposite party or which may have been paid by his next friend.

(5) Any application under this rule may be made ex parte: but no order discharging a next friend and permitting a minor plaintiff to proceed in his own name shall be made without notice to the next friend.

13. Where minor co­plaintiff attaining majority desires to repudiate suit .–

(1) Where a minor co­plaintiff on attaining majority desires to repudiate the suit,

he shall apply to have his name struck out as co­plaintiff; and the Court, if it finds that he is not a necessary party, shall dismiss him from the suit on such terms as to costs or otherwise as it thinks fit.

(2) Notice of the application shall be served on the next friend, on any co­plaintiff and on the defendant.

(3) The costs of all parties of such application, and of all or any proceedings theretofore had in the suit, shall be paid by such persons as the Court directs.

(4) Where the applicant is a necessary party to the suit, the Court may direct him to be made a defendant.

14. Unreasonable or improper suit .– (1) A minor on attaining majority may, if a sole plaintiff, apply that a suit instituted in his name by a next friend be dismissed on the ground that it was unreasonable or improper.

(2) Notice of the application shall be served on all the parties concerned; and the Court, upon being satisfied of such unreasonableness or impropriety, may grant the application and order the next friend to pay the costs of all parties in respect of the application and of anything done in the suit, or make such other order as it thinks fit.

15. Application of rules to persons of unsound mind. – The provisions contained in rules 1 to 14, so far as they are applicable, shall extend to persons adjudged to be of unsound mind and to persons who though not so adjudged are found by the Court on inquiry, by reason of unsoundness of mind or mental infirmity, to be incapable of protecting their interests when suing or being sued. 1 [16. Certain laws not to be affected .– Nothing in this Order shall be construed to affect or in any way derogate from the provisions of any local law for the time being in force relating to suits by or against minors or by or against lunatics or other persons of unsound mind.] 2 [ORDER XXXIII Suits by Paupers] ORDER XXXIV Suits relating to Mortgages of Immoveable Property

1. Parties to suits for foreclosure, sale and redemption .– Subject to the provisions of this Code, all persons having an interest either in the mortgage­security or in the right of redemption shall be joined as parties to any suit relating to the mortgage.

1Substituted by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary) dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345-475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule.

2Omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 18: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

Explanation.– A puisne mortgagee may sue for foreclosure or for sale without making the prior mortgagee a party to the suit; and a prior mortgagee need not be joined in a suit to redeem a subsequent mortgage. 1 [2. Preliminary decree in foreclosure suit.– (1) In a suit for foreclosure, if the plaintiff succeeds, the Court shall pass a preliminary decree:–

(a) ordering that an account be taken of what was due to the plaintiff at the date of such decree for–

i. principal and interest on the mortgage,

ii. the costs of suit, if any, awarded to him, and

iii. other costs, charges and expenses properly incurred by him up to that date in respect of his mortgage­security, together with interest thereon; or

(b) declaring the amount so due at that date; and

(c) directing–

(i) that, if the defendant pays into Court the amount so found or declared due on or before such date as the Court may fix within six months from the date on which the Court confirms and countersigns the account taken under clause (a), or from the date on which such amount is declared in Court under clause (b), as the case may be, and thereafter pays such mount as may be adjudged due in respect of subsequent costs, charges and expenses as provided in rule 10, together with subsequent interest on such sums respectively as

provided in rule 11, the plaintiff shall deliver up to the defendant, or to such person as the defendant appoints, all documents in his possession or power relating to the mortgaged property, and shall, if so required, re­transfer the property to the defendant at his cost free from the mortgage and from all encumbrances created by the plaintiff or any person claiming under him, or, where the plaintiff claims by derived title, by those under whom he claims, and shall also, if necessary, put the defendant in possession of the property; and

(ii) that, if payment of the amount found or declared due under or by the preliminary decree is not made on or before the date so fixed, or the defendant fails to pay, within such time as the Court may fix, the amount adjudged due in respect of subsequent costs, charges, expenses and interest, the plaintiff shall be entitled to apply for a final decree debarring the defendant from all right to redeem the property.

(2) The Court may, on good cause shown and upon terms to be fixed by the Court, from time to time, at any time before a final decree is passed,

1Rules 2 to 8 were substit uted by the Transfer of Property (Amendment) Supplementary Act, 1929 (XXI of 1929), published in the Punjab Gazette, dated: 25 October 1929, pp. 133-153, s. 4.

extend the time fixed for the payment of the amount found or declared due under sub­rule (1) or of the amount adjudged due in respect of subsequent costs, charges, expenses and interest.

(3) Where, in a suit for foreclosure, subsequent mortgagees or persons deriving title from, or subrogated to the rights of, any such mortgagees are joined as parties, the preliminary decree shall provide for the adjudication of the respective rights and liabilities of the parties to the suit in the manner and form set forth in Form No. 9 or Form No. 10, as the case may be, of Appendix D with such variations as the circumstances of the case may require.

3. Final decree in foreclosure suit .– (1) Where, before a final decree debarring the defendant from all right to redeem the mortgaged property has been passed, the defendant makes payment into Court of all amounts due from him under sub­rule (1) of rule 2, the Court shall, on application made by the defendant in this behalf, pass a final decree–

(a) ordering the plaintiff to deliver up the documents referred to in the preliminary decree, and, if necessary,–

(b) ordering him to re­transfer at the cost of the defendant the mortgaged property as directed in the said decree, and, also, if necessary,–

(c) ordering him to put the defendant in possession of the property.

(2) where payment in accordance with sub­rule (1) has not been made, the Court shall, on application made by the plaintiff in this behalf, pass a final decree declaring that the defendant and all persons claiming through or under him are debarred from all right to redeem the mortgaged property and also, if necessary, ordering the defendant to put the plaintiff in possession of the property.

(3) On the passing of a final decree under sub­rule (2), all liabilities to which the defendant is subject in respect of the mortgage or on account of the suit shall be deemed to have been discharged.

4. Preliminary decree in suit for sale .– (1) In a suit for sale, if the plaintiff succeeds, the Court shall pass a preliminary decree to the effect mentioned in clauses (a), (b) and (c) (i) of sub rule (1) of rule 2, and further directing that, in default of the defendant paying as therein mentioned, the plaintiff shall be entitled to apply for final decree directing that the mortgaged property or a sufficient part thereof be sold, and the proceeds of the sale (after deduction therefrom of the expenses of the sale) be paid into Court and applied in payment of what has been found or declared under or by the preliminary decree due to the plaintiff, together with such amount as may have been adjudged due in respect of subsequent costs, charges, expenses and interest, and the balance, if any, be paid to the defendant or other persons entitled to receive the same.

(2) The Court may, on good cause shown and upon terms to be fixed by the Court, from time to time, at any time before a final decree for sale is passed, extend the time fixed for the payment of the amount found or declared

due under sub­rule (1) or of the amount adjudged due in respect of subsequent costs, charges, expenses and interest.

(3) Power to decree sale in foreclosure suit .– In a suit for foreclosure in the case of an anomalous mortgage, if the plaintiff succeeds, the Court may, at the instance of any party to the suit or of any other person interested in the mortgage security or the right of redemption, pass a like decree (in lieu of a decree for foreclosure) on such terms as it thinks fit, including the deposit in Court of a reasonable sum fixed by the Court to meet the expenses of the sale and to secure the performance of the terms.

(4) Where, in a suit for sale or a suit for foreclosure in which sale is ordered, subsequent mortgagees or persons deriving title from, or subrogated to the rights of, any such mortgagees are joined as parties, the preliminary decree referred to in sub­rule (1) shall provide for the adjudication of the respective rights and liabilities of the parties to the suit in the manner and form set forth in Form No. 9, Form No. 10 or Form No. 11, as the case may be, of Appendix D with such variations as the circumstances of the case may require.

5. Final decree in suit for sale .– (1) Where, on or before the day fixed or at any time before the confirmation of a sale made in pursuance of a final decree passed under sub­rule (3) of this rule, the defendant makes payment into Court of all amounts due from him under sub­rule (1) of rule 4, the Court shall, on application made by the defendant in this behalf, pass a final decree or, if such decree has been passed, an order–

(a) ordering the plaintiff to deliver up the documents referred to in the preliminary decree, and, if necessary,–

(b) ordering him to transfer the mortgaged property as directed in the said decree, and, also, if necessary,–

(c) ordering him to put the defendant in possession of the property.

(2) Where the mortgaged property or part thereof has been sold in pursuance of a decree passed under sub­rule (3) of this rule, the Court shall not pass an order under sub­rule (1) of this rule, unless the defendant, in addition to the amount mentioned in sub­rule (1), deposit in Court for payment to the purchaser a sum equal to five per cent. of the amount of the purchase­money paid into Court by the purchaser. Where such deposit has been made, the purchaser shall be entitled to an order for repayment of the amount of the purchase­money paid into Court by him, together with a sum equal to five per cent. thereof.

(3) Where payment in accordance with sub­rule (1) has not been made, the Court shall, on application made by the plaintiff in this behalf, pass a final decree directing that the mortgaged property or a sufficient part thereof be sold, and that the proceeds of the sale be dealt with in the manner provided in sub­rule (1) of rule 4.

6. Recovery of balance due on mortgage in suit for sale. – Where the net proceeds of any sale held under the last preceding rule are found insufficient to pay the amount due to the plaintiff, the court, on application by him may, if the balance is legally recoverable from the defendant otherwise than out of the property sold, pass a decree for such balance.

7. Preliminary decree in redemption suit .– (1) In a suit for redemption, if the plaintiff succeeds, the Court shall pass a preliminary decree–

(a) ordering that an account be taken of what was due to the defendant at the date of such decree for–

(i) principal and interest on the mortgage,

(ii) the costs of suit, if any, awarded to him, and

(iii) other costs, charges and expenses properly incurred by him up to that date, in respect of his mortgage-security, together with interest thereon; or

(b) declaring the amount so due at that date; and

(c) directing–

(i) that, if the plaintiff pays into Court the amount so found or declared due on or before such date as the Court may fix within six months from the date on which the Court confirms and countersigns the account taken under clause (a), or from the date on which such amount is declared in Court under clause (b), as the case may be, and thereafter pays such amount as may be adjudged due in respect of subsequent costs, charges and expenses as provided in rule 10, together with subsequent interest on such sums respectively as provides in rule 11, the defendant shall deliver up the plaintiff, or to such p erson as the plaintiff appoints, all documents in his possession or power relating to the mortgaged property, and shall, if so required, re­transfer the property to the plaintiff at his cost free from the mortgage and from all encumbrances created by the defendant or any person claiming under him, or, where the defendant claims by derived title, by those under whom he claims, and shall also, if necessary, put the plaintiff in possession of the property; and

(ii) that, if payment of the amount found or declared due under or by the preliminary decree is not made on or before the date so fixed, or the plaintiff fails to pay, within such time as the Court may fix, the amount adjudged due in respect of subsequent costs, charges, expenses and interest, the defendant shall be entitled to apply for a final decree–

(a) in the case of a mortgage other than a usufructuary mortgage, a mortgage by conditional sale, or an anomalous mortgage the terms of which provide for foreclosure only and not for sale, that the mortgaged property be sold, or

(b) in the case of a mortgage by conditional sale or such an anomalous mortgage as aforesaid, that the plaintiff be debarred from all right to redeem the property.

(2) The Court may, on good cause shown and upon terms to be fixed by the Court, from time to time, at any time before the passing of a final decree for foreclosure or sale, as the case may be, extend the time fixed for the payment of the amount found or declared due under sub­rule (1) or of the amount adjudged due in respect of subsequent costs, charges, expenses and interest.

8. Final decree in redemption suit .– (1) Where, before a final decree debarring the plaintiff from all right to redeem the mortgaged property has been passed or before the confirmation of a sale held in pursuance of a final decree passed under sub­rule (3) of this rule, the plaintiff makes payment into Court of all amounts due from him under sub­rule (1) of rule 7, the Court shall, on application made by the plaintiff in this behalf, pass a final decree or, if such decree has been passed, an order–

(a) ordering the defendant to deliver up the documents referred to in the preliminary decree, and, if necessary,–

(b) ordering him to re­transfer at the cost of the plaintiff the mortgaged property as directed in the said decree, and, if also necessary,–

(c) ordering him to put the plaintiff in possession of the property.

(2) Where the mortgaged property or a part thereof has been sold in pursuance of a decree passed under sub­rule (3) of this rule, the Court shall not pass an order under sub­rule (1) of this rule, unless the plaintiff, in addition to the amount mentioned in sub­rule (1), deposits in Court for payment to the purchaser a sum equal to five per cent. of the amount of the purchase­money paid into Court by the purchaser. Where such deposit has been made, the purchaser shall be entitled to an order for repayment of the amount of the purchase­money paid into Court by him, together with a sum equal to five per cent. thereof.

(3) Where payment in accordance with sub­rule (1) has not been made, the Court shall, on application made by the defendant in this behalf,–

(a) in the case of a mortgage by conditional sale or of such an anomalous mortgage as is hereinbefore referred to in rule 7, pass a final decree declaring that the plaintiff and all persons claiming under him are debarred from all right to redeem the mortgaged property and, also, if necessary, ordering the plaintiff to put the defendant in possession of the mortgaged property; or

(b) in the case of any other mortgage, not being a usufructuary mortgage, pass a final decree that the mortgaged property or a sufficient part thereof be sold, and the proceeds of the sale (after deduction therefrom of the expenses of the sale) be paid into Court and applied in payment of what is found due to the defendant, and

the balance, if any, be paid to the plaintiff or other persons entitled to receive the same.] 1 [8A. Recovery of balance due on mortgage in suit for redemption .– Where the net proceeds of any sale held under the last preceding rule are found insufficient to pay the amount due to the defendant, the Court, on application by him, may, if the balance is legally recoverable from the plaintiff otherwise than out of the property sold, pass a decree for such balance.]

9. Decree where nothing is found due or where mortgagee has been overpaid.– Notwithstanding anything hereinbefore contained, if it appears, upon taking the account referred to in rule 7, that nothing is due to the defendant or that he has been overpaid, the Court shall pass a decree directing the defendant, if so required, to re­transfer the property and to pay to the plaintiff the amount which may be found due to him; and the plaintiff shall, if necessary, be put in possession of the mortgaged property. 2 [10. Costs of mortgagee subsequent to decree .– In finally adjusting the amount to be paid to a mortgagee in case of a foreclosure, sale or redemption, the Court shall, unless in the case of costs of the suit the conduct of the mortgagee has been such as to disentitle him thereto, add to the mortgage­money such costs of the suit and other costs, charges and expenses as have been properly incurred by him since the date of the preliminary decree for foreclosure, sale or redemption up to the time of actual payment.

11. Payment of interest .– In any decree passed in a suit for foreclosure, sale or redemption, where interest is legally recoverable, the Court may order payment of interest to the mortgagee as follows, namely:–

(a) interest upto the date on or before which payment of the amount found or declared due is under the preliminary decree to be made by the mortgagor or other person redeeming the mortgage–

(i) on the principal amount found or declared due on the mortgage,– at the rate payable on the principal, or, where no such rate is fixed, at such rate as the Court deems reasonable,

(ii) on the amount of the costs of the suit awarded to the mortgagee,– at such rate as the Court deems reasonable from the date of the preliminary decree, and

(iii) on the amount adjudged due to the mortgagee for costs, charges and expenses properly incurred by the mortgagee in respect of the mortgage­security up to the date of the preliminary decree and added to the mortgage- money,–

1Inserted by the Transfer of Property (Amendment) Supplementary Act, 1929 (XXI of 1929), publish ed in the Punjab Gazette, dated: 25 October 1929, pp. 133-153, s. 5.

2Substituted ibid., s. 6.

at the rate agreed between the parties, or, failing such rate, at the same rate as is payable on the principal, or failing both such rates, at nine per cent. per annum, and

(b) subsequent interest up to the date of realization or actual payment at such rate as the Court deems reasonable–

(i) on the aggregate of the principal sums specified in clause (a) and of the interest thereon as calculated in accordance with that clause, and

(ii) on the amount adjudged due to the mortgagee in respect of such further costs, charges and expenses as may be payable under rule 10.]

12. Sale of property subject to prior mortgage .– Where any property the sale of which is directed under this Order is subject to a prior mortgage, the Court may, with the consent of the prior mortgagee, direct that the property be sold free from the same, giving to such prior mortgagee the same interest in the proceeds of the sale as he had in the property sold.

13. Application of proceeds .– (1) Such proceeds shall be brought into Court and applied as follows:– first, in payment of all expenses incident to the sale or properly incurred in any attempted sale;

secondly, in payment of whatever is due to the prior mortgagee on account of the prior mortgage, and of costs, properly incurred in connection therewith; thirdly, in payment of all interest due on account of the mortgage in consequence whereof the sale was directed, and of the costs of the suit in which the decree directing the sale was made;

fourthly, in payment of the principal money due on account of that mortgage; and lastly, the residue (if any) shall be paid to the person proving himself to the interested in the property sold, or if there are more such persons than one, then to such persons according to their respective interests therein or upon their joint receipt.

(2) Nothing in this rule or in rule 12 shall be deemed to affect the powers conferred by section 57 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 1 .

14. Suit for sale necessary for bringing mortgaged property to sale .– (1) Where a mortgagee has obtained a decree for the payment of money in satisfaction of a claim arising under the mortgage, he shall not be entitled to bring the mortgaged property to sale otherwise than by instituting a suit for sale in enforcement of the mortgage, and he may institute such suit notwithstanding anything contained in Order II, rule 2.

(2) Nothing in sub­rule (1) shall apply to any territories to which the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 2 , has not been extended.

1IV of 1882.

2Ibid.

1 [15. Mortgages by the deposit of title­deeds and charges .– All the provisions contained in this Order which apply to a simple mortgage shall so far as may be, apply to a mortgage by deposit of title­deeds within the meaning of section 58, and to a charge within the meaning of section 100 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 2 .] ORDER XXXV Interpleader

1. Plaint in interpleader­suit .– In every suit of interpleader the plaint shall, in addition to the other statements necessary for plaints, state–

(a) that the plaintiff claims no interest in the subject­matter in dispute other than for charges or costs;

(b) the claims made by the defendants severally; and

(c) that there is no collusion between the plaintiff and any of the defendants.

2. Payment of thing claimed into Court .– Where the thing claimed is capable of being paid into Court or placed in the custody of the Court, the Plaintiff may be required to so pay or place it before he can be entitled to any order in the suit.

3. Procedure where defendant is suing plaintiff .– Where any of the defendants in an interpleader­suit is actually suing the plaintiff in respect of the subject­matter of such suit, the Court in which the suit against the plaintiff is pending shall, on being informed by the Court in which the interpleader-suit has been instituted, stay the proceedings as against him; and his costs in the suit so stayed may be provided for in such suit; but if, and in so far as, they are not

provided for in that suit, they may be added to his costs incurred in the interpleader­suit.

4. Procedure at first hearing .– (1) At the first hearing the Court may–

(a) declare that the plaintiff is discharged from all liability to the defendants in respect of the thing claimed, award him his costs, and dismiss him from the suit; or

(b) if it thinks that justice or convenience so require, retain all parties until the final disposal of the suit.

(2) Where the Court finds that the admissions of the parties or other evidence enable it to do so, it may adjudicate the title to the thing claimed.

(3) Where the admissions of the parties do not enable the Court so to adjudicate, it may direct–

(a) that an issue or issues between the parties be framed and tried, and

1Substituted by the Transfer of Property (Amendment) Supplementary Act, 1929 (XXI of 1929), published in the Punjab Gazette, dated: 25 October 1929, pp. 133-153, s. 7.

2IV of 1882.

(b) that any claimant be made a plaintiff in lieu of or in addition to the original plaintiff, and shall proceed to try the suit in the ordinary manner.

5. Agents and tenants may not institute interpleader -suits.– Nothing in this Order shall be deemed to enable agents to sue their principals, or tenants to sue their landlords, for the purpo se of compelling them to interplead with any persons other than persons making claim through such principals or the landlords. Illustrations

(a) A deposits a box of jewels with B as his agent. C alleges that the jewels were wrongfully obtained from him by A, and claims them from B. B cannot institute an interpleader­suit against A and C.

(b) A deposits a box of jewels with B as his agent. He then writes to C for the purpose of making the jewels a security for a debt due from himself to C. A afterwards alleges that C's debt is satisfied, and C alleges the contrary. Both claim the jewels from B. B may institute an interpleader­suit against A and C.

6. Charge for plaintiff‟s costs .– Where the suit is properly instituted the Court may provide for the costs of the original plaintiff by giving him a charge on the thing claimed or in some other effectual way. ORDER XXXVI Special Case

1. Power to state case for Court‟s opinion .– (1) Parties claiming to be interested in the decision of any question of fact or law may enter into an agreement in writing stating such question in the form of a case for the opinion of the Court, and providing that, upon the finding of the Court with respect to such question,–

a) a sum of money fixed by the parties or to be determined by the Court shall be paid by one of the parties to the other of them; or

b) some property, movable or immovable, specified in the agreement, shall be delivered by one of the parties to the other of them; or

c) one or more of the parties shall do, or refrain from doing, some other particular act specified in the agreement.

(2) Every case stated under this rule shall be divided into consecutively numbered paragraphs, and shall concisely state such facts and specify such documents as may be necessary to enable the Court to decide the question raised thereby.

2. Where valu e of subject­matter must be stated .– Where the agreement is for the delivery of any property, or for the doing, or the refraining from doing, any particular act, the estimated value of the property to be delivered, or to which the act specified has reference, shall be stated in the agreement.

3. Agreement to be filed and registered as suit .– (1) The agreement, if framed in accordance with the rules hereinbefore contained, may be filed in the Court which would have jurisdiction to entertain a suit, the amount or value of the subject­matter of which is the same as the amount or value of the subject­matter of the agreement.

(2) The agreement, when so filed, shall be numbered and registered as a suit between one or more of the parties claiming to be interested as plaintiff or plaintiffs, and the other or the others of them as defendant or defendants; and notice shall be given to all the parties to the agreement, other than the party or parties by whom it was presented.

4. Parties to be subject to Court‟s jurisdic tion.– Where the agreement has been filed, the parties to it shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the Court and shall be bound by the statements contained therein.

5. Hearing and disposal of case .– (1) The case shall be set down for hearing as a suit instituted in the ordinary manner, and the provisions of this Code shall apply to such suit so far as the same are applicable.

(2) Where the Court is satisfied, after examination of the parties, or after taking such evidence as it thinks fit,–

a) that the agreement was duly executed by them,

b) that they have a bona fide interest in the question stated therein, and

c) that the same is fit to be decided, it shall proceed to pronounce judgment thereon, in the same way as in an ordinary suit, and upon the judgment so pronounced a decree shall follow. ORDER XXXVII Summary Procedure on Negotiable Instruments 1 [1. Application of Order .– This Order shall apply only to the High Court 2 [, to the District Court, and to any other Civil Court notified in this behalf by the High Court]. ]

2. Institution of summary suits upon bills of exchange, etc. – 3 [(1) Subject to the provisions of rule 1, this Order applies to the following classes of suits, namely:–

(a) suits upon bills of exchange, hundies and promissory notes.

(b) suits in which the plaintiff seeks only to recover a debt or liquidated demand in money payable by the defendant, with or without interest, arising;

1Substituted by the Civil Procedure and Limitation (Amendment) Ordinance, 1961 (IX of 1961); made by the President on 4 March 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 6 March 1961, pp. 700-701, s. 2.

2Substituted for the words “and to the District Court” by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

3Added by the Notification No. 65/Legislation/XI -Y-26, dated: 26 March 2007; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 4 July 2007, pp. 16-18, r. 2.

(i) out of an express contract; or

(ii) upon an enactment where the sum sought to be recovered is a fixed sum of money or in the nature of debt other than a penalty; or

(iii) upon a guarantee, where the claim against the principal is in respect of debt or a liquidated demand only; or

(iv) upon a trust.

(c) suits for the recovery of immovable property, with or with out a claim for rent or mesne profit by a landlord against a tenant whose term has expired or has been duly determined by notice to quit, or has become liable to forfeiture for non -payment of rent, or against persons claiming under such tenant.] 1 [(2)] All suits 2 [under this Order ] may, in case the plaintiff desires to proceed hereunder, be instituted by presenting a plaint in the form prescribed; but the summons shall be in Form No. 4 in Appendix B or in such other form as may be from time to time prescribed. 3 [(3)] In any case in which the plaint and summons are in such forms, respectively, the defendant shall not appear or defend the suit unless he obtains leave from a Judge as hereinafter provided so to appear and defend; and, in default of his obtaining such leave or of his appearance and defence in pursuance thereof, the allegations in the plaint shall be deemed to be admitted, and the plaintiff shall be entitled to a decree 4 [(a) for the principal sum due on the instrument and for interest calculated in accordance with the provisions of section 79 or section 80, as the case may be, of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 5 , up to the date of the institution of the suit, or for the sum mentioned in the summons, whichever is less, and for interest up to the date of the decree at the same rate or at such other rate as the Court thinks fit; and

(b) for such subsequent interest, if any, as the Court may order under section 34 of this Code; and

(c) for such sum for costs as may be prescribed:

Provided that, if the plaintiff claims more than such fixed sum for costs, the costs shall be ascertained in the ordinary way.

1Renumbered by the Notification No. 65/Legislation/XI -Y-26, dated: 26 March 2007; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 4 July 2007, pp. 16-18, r. 2.

2Substituted ibid., for the expression “upon bills of exchange, hundis or promissory notes”.

3Renumbered ibid.

4Substituted for the expression “for any sum not exceeding the sum mentioned in the summons, together with interest at the rate specified (if any) to the date of the decree, and such sum for costs as may be prescribed, unless the plaintiff clai ms more than such fixed sum, in which case the costs shall be ascertained in the ordinary way, and such decree may be executed forthwith” by the Negotiable Instruments (Interest) Act, 1926 (XXX of 1926), published in the Gazette of India, date d: 11 September 1926, p. 51 ,s. 4.

5XXVI of 1881.

1 [(4)] A decree passed under this rule may be executed forthwith.]

3. Defendant showing defence on merits to have leave to appear .– (1) The Court shall, upon application by the defendant, give leave to appear and to defend the suit, upon affidavits which disclose such facts as would make it incumbent on the holder to prove consideration, or such other facts as the Court may deem sufficient to support the application.

(2) Leave to defend may be given unconditionally or subject to such terms as to payment into Court, giving security, framing and recording issues or otherwise as the Court thinks fit. 2 [(3) The provisions of section 5 of the Limitation Act, 1908 (IX of 1908), shall apply to applications under sub­rule (1).]

4. Power to set aside decree .– After decree the Court may, under special circumstances, set aside the decree, and if necessary stay or set aside execution, and may give leave to the defendant to appear to the summons and to defend the suit, if it seems reasonable to the Court so to do, and on such terms as the Court thinks fit.

5. Power to order bill, etc., to be deposited with officer of Court .– In any proceeding under this Order the Court may order the bill, hundi or note on which the suit is founded to be forthwith deposited with an officer of the Court, and may further order that all proceedings shall be stayed until the plaintiff gives security for the costs thereof.

6. Recovery of cost of noting non­acceptance of dishonoured bill or note.– The holder of every dishonoured bill of exchange or promissory note shall have the same remedies for the recovery of the expenses incurred in noting the same for non­acceptance or non­payment, or otherwise, by reason of such dishonour, as he has under this Order for the recovery of the amount of such bill or

note.

7. Procedure in suits .– Save as provided by this Order, the procedure in suits hereunder shall be the same as the procedure in suits instituted in the ordinary manner. ORDER XXXVIII Arrest and Attachment before Judgment Arrest before judgment 3 [1. Defendant to be called upon to furnish security .– (1) The Court, on the first date of hearing, after examination of the plaint and on being sat isfied as to the

1Renumbered by the Notification No. 65/Legislation/XI -Y-26, dated: 26 March 2007; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 4 July 2007, pp. 16-18, r. 2.

2Added by t he Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1980 (X of 1980), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 26 March 1980, s. 14. It was earlier added b y the Notification No. 606 -G., dated: 13 December 1928; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 21 December 1928, pp. 1656-1658, r. 2.

3Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore Hig h Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 19: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

existence of a prima facie case, direct the defendant to furnish adequate security for the due satisfaction of the decree, if passed against him.

(2) Where the defendant fails to furnish security within the time fixed by the Court, the Co urt may, after considering the available record and for reasons to be recorded, prohibit the defendant from transferring or charging his property in any way, except with the prior permission of the Court.

2. Procedure on application .– (1) Where an order un der rule 1 is made, the defendant may apply, along with an affidavit, to the Court for permission to transfer or charge his property.

(2) On receipt of such application, the Court, if satisfied, that the intended disposal by the defendant is not likely to affect the due satisfaction of the decree, may proceed to grant such permission.

3. Furnishing of security .– The defendant may apply to the Court for the vacation of the order issued under rule 1, by furnishing independent security to the satisfaction of the Court for the due satisfaction of the decree, if passed against him.]

4. Procedure where defendant fails to furnish security or find fresh security.– Where the defendant fails to comply with any order under rule 2 or rule 3, the Court may commit him to 1 [* *] prison until the decision of the suit or, where a decree is passed against the defendant, until the decree has been satisfied:

Provided that no person shall be detained in prison under this rule in any case for a longer period than six months, nor for a longer period than six weeks when the amount or value of the subject­matter of the suit does not exceed fifty rupees:

Provided also that no person shall be detained in prison under this rule after he has complied with such order. Attachment before Judgment

5. Where defendant may be called upon to furnish security for production of property .– (1) Where, at any stage of a suit, the Court is satisfied, by affidavit or otherwise, that the defendant, with intent to obstruct or delay the execution of any decree that may be passed against him,–

(a) is about to dispose of the whole or any part of his property, or

(b) is about to remove the whole or any part of his property from the local limits of the jurisdiction of the Court, the Court may direct the defendant, within a time to be fixed by it, either to furnish security, in such sum as may be specified in the order, to produce and place at the disposal of the Court, when required, the said property or the value of the same, or such portion thereof as may be sufficient to satisfy the decree, or to appear and show cause why he should not furnish security.

1The words “the civil” were omitted by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11.

(2) The plaintiff shall, unless the Court otherwise directs, specify the property required to be attached and the estimated value thereof.

(3) The Court may also in the order direct the conditional attachment of the whole or any portion of the property so specified.

6. Attachment where cause not shown or security not furnished .– (1) Where the defendant fails to show cause why he should not furnish security, or fails to furnish the security required, within the time fixed by the Court, the Court may order that the property specified, or such portion thereof as appears sufficient to satisfy any decree which may be passed in the suit, be attached.

(2) Where the defendant shows such cause or furnishes the required security, and the property specified or any portion of it has been attached, the Court shall order the attachment to be withdrawn, or make such other order as it thinks fit.

7. Mode of making attachment .– Save as otherwise expressly provided, the attachment shall be made in the manner provided for the attachment of property in execution of a decree.

8. Investigation of claim to property attached before judgment .– Where any claim is preferred to property attached before judgment, such claim shall be investigated in the manner hereinbefore provided for the investigation of claims to property attached in execution of a decree for the payment of money.

9. Removal of attachment when security furnished or suit dis missed.– Where an order is made for attachment before judgment, the Court shall order the attachment to be withdrawn when the defendant furnishes the security required, together with security for the costs of the attachment, or when the suit is dismissed.

10. Attachment before judgment not to affect rights of strangers , nor bar decree­holder from applying for sale .– Attachment before judgment shall not affect the rights, existing prior to the attachment, of persons not parties to the suit, nor bar any person holding a decree against the defendant from applying for the sale of the property under attachment in execution of such decree.

11. Property attached before judgment not to be re­attached in execution of decree .– Where property is under attachment by virtue of the provisions of this Order and a decree is subsequently passed in favour of the plaintiff, it shall not be necessary upon an application for execution of such decree to apply for a re­attachment of the property.

12. Agricultural produce not attach able before judgment .– Nothing in this Order shall be deemed to authorize the plaintiff to apply for the attachment of any agricultural produce in the possession of an agriculturist, or to empower the Court to order the attachment or production of such produce.

1 [13. Small Cause Court not to attach immoveable property .– Nothing in this order shall be deemed to empower any Court of Small Causes to make an order for the attachment of immovable property.] ORDER XXXIX Temporary Injunctions and Interlocutory Orders Temporary Injunctions

1. Cases in which temporary injunction may be granted .– Where in any suit it is proved by affidavit or otherwise–

(a) that any property in dispute in a suit is in danger of being wasted, damaged or alienated by any party to the suit, or wrongfully sold in execution of a decree, or

(b) that the defendant threatens, or intends, to remove or dispose of his property with a view to defraud his creditors, the Court may by order grant a temporary injunction to restrain such act, or make such other order for the purpose of staying and preventing the wasting, damaging, alienation, sale, removal or disposition of the property as the Court thinks fit, until the disposal of the suit or until further orders.

2. Injunction to restrain repetition or continuance of breach .– (1) In any suit for restraining the defendant from committing a breach of contract or other injury of any kind, whether compensation is claimed in the suit or not, the plaintiff may, at any time after the commencement of the suit, and either before or after judgment, apply to the Court for a temporary injunction to restrain the defendant from committing the breach of contract or injury complained of, or any breach of contract or injury of a like kind arising out of the same contract or relating to the same property or right.

(2) The Court may by order grant such injunction, on such terms as to the duration of the injunction, keeping an account, giving security, or otherwise, as the Court thinks fit. 2 [(3) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

(4) No attachment under this rule shall remain in force for more than one year, at the end of which time, if the disobedience or breach continues, the property attached may be sold, and out of the proceeds the Court may award such compensation as it thinks fit, and shall pay the balance, if any, to the party entitled thereto. 3 [2A. An interim injunction passed under rules 1 or 2 in the absence of defendant shall not ordinarily exceed fifteen days:

1Inserted by the Small Cause Courts (Attachment of Immovable Property) Act, 1926 (I of 1926), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 27 February 1926, p. 1, s. 4.

2Omitted by the Notification No. 65/Legislation/XI -Y-26, dated: 26 March 2007; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 4 July 2007, pp. 16-18, r. 3.

3Inserted by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11.

Provided that such injunction may be extended for failure of its service on the defendant when such failure is not attributable to the plaintiff or when the defendant seeks time for defence of application for injunction. 1

Section 2B. Omitted

* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]] 2

Section 2C. Consequence o f disobedience or breach of injunction

(1) In case of disobedience of any injunction granted or other order made under rule 1 or 2 or breach of any of the terms on which the injunction was granted or the order made, the Court granting the injunction or m aking the order, or any Court to which the suit or proceeding is transferred, may order the property of the person guilty of such disobedience or breach to be attached, and may also order such person to be detained in the prison for a term not exceeding th ree months, unless in the meantime the Court directs his release.

(2) No attachment made under this rule shall remain in force for more than one year, at the end of which time, if the disobedience or breach continues, the property attached may be sold and out of th is proceeds, the Court may award such compensation as it thinks fit to the injured party and shall pay the balance, if any, to the party entitled thereto.] 3 [3. Before granting injunction Court to direct notice to opposite party .– The Court shall in all cases, before granting an injunction, direct notice of the application for the same to be given to the opposite party: 4 [Provided that, except in the case of sale of goods for default in payment, at the stipulated time, of a debt in respect of which the goods were pledged with any bank, or where the injunction is to be granted against Government or a Government servant as such or any statutory authority, board or corporation set up or established by Government in any case not involving the ejectment of any person from, or the demolition of, any premises, the Court may, where it appears that the object of granting injunction would be defeated by the delay, dispense with such notice:

Provided further that the period of notice under this rule to Government or a Government servant as such or any statutory authority, board or corporation set up or established by Government shall not be less than two days nor exceed seven days.] ]

4. Order for injunction may be discharged, varied or set aside .– Any order for an injunction may be discharged, or varied, or set aside by the Court, on application made thereto by any party dissatisfied with such order.

1Omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 20: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

2Added by the Notification No. 65/Legislation/XI -Y-26, dated: 26 March 2007; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 4 July 2007, pp. 16-18, r. 3.

3Substituted by the Civil Procedure and Limita tion (Amendment) Ordinance, 1961 (IX of 1961); made by the President on 4 March 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 6 March 1961, pp. 700-701, s. 2.

4Substituted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

1 [4A. Injunction to cease to be in force after certain period .– An injunction granted by a Court in a suit which seeks to question the validity or legal effect of any order made, proceeding taken or act done by any authority or person, which has been made, taken or done, or purports to have been made, taken or done, under any law which is specified in Part I of the First Schedule to the Constitution or relates to, or is connected with, assessment or collection of public revenues shall cease to have effect on the expiration of a period of 2 [one year] following the day on which it is made, unless the case is finally decided, or the injunction is discharged or set aside, by the Court earlier. Explanation.– In this rule, „public revenues‟ includes the dues of any bank owned by the Federal Government or of any corporation or undertaking owned or controlled by the Federal Government or a Provincial Government.]

5. Injunction to corporation binding on its officers .– An injunction directed to a corporation is binding not only on the corporation itself, but also on all members and officers of the corporation whose personal action it seeks to restrain. Interlocutory Orders

6. Power to order interim sale .– The Court may, on the application of any party to a suit, order the sale, by any person named in such order, and in such manner and on such terms as it thinks fit, of any movable property, being the subject­matter of such suit, or attached before judgment in such suit, which is subject to speedy and natural decay, or which for any other just and sufficient cause it may be desirable to have sold at once.

7. Detention, preservation , inspection, etc., of subject­matter of suit .– (1) The Court may, on the application of any party to a suit, and on such terms as it thinks fit,– (a ) make an order for the detention, preservation or inspection of any property which is the subject­matter of such suit, or as to which any question may arise therein;

(b ) for all or any of the purposes aforesaid authorize any person to enter upon or into any land or building in the possession of any other party to such suit; and

(c) for all or any of the purposes aforesaid authorize any samples to be taken, or any observation to be made or experiment to be tried, which may seem necessary or expedient for the purpose of obtaining full information or evidence.

(2) The provisions as to execution of process shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to persons authorized to enter under this rule.

1Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1976 (XV of 1976); assented to by the President on 15 April 1976; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 19 April 1976, p. 229, s. 2.

2Substituted for the words “six months” by the Notification No. 65/Legislation/XI -Y-26, dated: 26 March 2007; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 4 July 2007, pp. 16 -18, r. 3. They were earlier substituted for the words “sixty days” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1977 (XXV of 1977), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 13 July 1977, pp. 427-428, s. 2.

8. Application for such orders to be after notice .– (1) An application by the plaintiff for an order under rule 6 or rule 7 may be made after notice to the defendant at any time after institution of the suit.

(2) An application by the defendant for a like order may be made after notice to the plaintiff at any time after appearance.

9. When party may be put in immediate possession of land the subject­matter of suit .– Where land paying revenue to Government, or a tenure liable to sale, is the subject­matter of a suit, if the party in possession of such land or tenure neglects to pay the Government revenue, or the rent due to the proprietor of the tenure, as the case may be, and such land or tenure is consequently ordered to be sold, any other party to the suit claiming to have an interest in such land or tenure may, upon payment of the revenue or rent due previously to the sale (and with or without security at the discretion of the Court), be put in immediate possession of the land or tenure; and the Court in its decree may award against the defaulter the amount so paid, with interest thereon at such rate as the Court thinks fit, or may charge the amount so paid, with interest thereon at such rate as the Court orders, in any adjustment of accounts which may be directed in the decree passed in the

suit.

10. Deposit of money, etc., in Court .– Where the subject­matter of a suit is money or some other thing capable of delivery and any party thereto admits that he holds such money or other thing as a trustee for another party, or that it belongs or is due to another party, the Court may order the same to be deposited in Court or delivered to such last­named party, with or without security, subject to the further direction of the Court. ORDER XL Appointment of Receivers

1. Appointment of receivers .– (1) Where it appears to the Court to be just and convenient, the Court may by order–

(a) appoint a receiver of any property, whether before or after decree;

(b) remove any person from the possession or custody of the property;

(c) commit the same to the possession, custody or management of the receiver; and

(d) confer upon the receiver all such powers as to bringing and defending suits and for the realisation, management, protection, preservation and improvement of the property, the collection of the rents and profits thereof, the application and disposal of such rents and profits, and the execution of documents as the owner himself has, or such of those powers as the Court thinks fit.

(2) Nothing in this rule shall authorize the Court to remove from the possession or custody of property any person whom any party to the suit has not a present right so to remove.

2. Remuneration.– The Court may by general or special order fix the amount to be paid as remuneration for the services of the receiver.

3. Duties.– Every receiver so appointed shall–

(a) furnish such security (if any) as the Court thinks fit, duly to account for what he shall receive in respect of the property;

(b) submit his accounts at such periods and in such form as the Court directs;

(c) pay the amount due from him as the Court directs; and

(d) be responsible for any loss occasioned to the property by his wilful default or gross negligence.

4. Enforcement of receiver‟s duties .– Where a receiver–

(a) fails to submit his accounts at such periods and in such form as the Court directs, or

(b) fails to pay the amount due from him as the Court directs, or

(c) occasions loss to the property by his wilful default or gross negligence, the Court may direct his property to be attached and may sell such property, and may apply the proceeds to make good any amount found to be due from him or any loss occasioned by him, and shall pay the balance (if any) to the receiver.

5. When Collector may be appointed receiv er.– Where the property is land paying revenue to the Government, or land of which the revenue has been assigned or redeemed, and the Court considers that the interests of those concerned will be promoted by the management of the Collector, the Court may, with the consent of the Collector, appoint him to be receiver of such property. ORDER XLI Appeals from Original Decrees

1. Form of appeal. What to accompany memorandum .– (1) Every appeal shall be preferred in the form of a memorandum signed by the appellant or his pleader and presented to the Court or to such officer as it appoints in this behalf. The memorandum shall be accompanied by a copy of the decree appealed from and (unless the Appellate Court dispenses therewith) of the judgment on which it is founded. 1 [Provided that when two or more cases are tried together and decided by the same judgment, and two or more appeals are filed against the decree s, whether by the same or different appellants, the officer appointed in this behalf may, if satisfied that the questions for decision are analogous in each appeal, dispense with the production of more than one copy of the judgment.]

1Added by the Notification No. 631 -Gaz./XI.-Y.-1, dated: 7 December 1932; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part -III, dated: 16 Decemb er 1932, pp. 2125 -

2126.

(2) Contents of memorandum .– The memorandum shall set forth, concisely and under distinct heads, the grounds of objection to the decree appealed from without any argument or narrative; and such grounds shall be numbered consecutively.

2. Grounds which may be taken in appeal .– The appellant shall not, except by leave of the Court, urge or be heard in support of any ground of objection not set forth in the memorandum of appeal; but the Appellate Court, in deciding the appeal, shall not be confined to the grounds of objection set forth in the memorandum of appeal or taken by leave of the Court under this rule:

Provided that the Court shall not rest its decision on any other ground unless the party who may be affected thereby has had a sufficient opportunity of contesting the case on that ground.

3. Rejection or amendment of memorandum .– (1) Where the memorandum of appeal is not drawn up in the manner hereinbefore prescribed, it may be rejected, or be returned to the appellant for the purpose of being amended within a time to be fixed by the Court or be amended then and there.

(2) Where the Court rejects any memorandum, it shall record the reasons for such rejection.

(3) Where a memorandum of appeal is amended, the Judge, or such officer as he appoints in this behalf, shall sign or initial the amendment.

4. One of several plaintiffs or defendants may obtain reversal of whole decree where it proceeds on ground common to all .– Where there are more plaintiffs or more defendants than one in a suit, and the decree appealed from proceeds on any ground common to all the plaintiffs or to all the defendants, any one of the plaintiffs or of the defendants may appeal from the whole decree, and thereupon the Appellate Court may reverse or vary the decree in favour of all the plaintiffs or defendants, as the case may be. Stay of proceedings and of execution

5. Stay by Appellate Court .– (1) An appeal shall not operate as a stay of proceedings under a decree or order appealed from except so far as the Appellate Court may order, nor shall execution of a decree be stayed by reason only of an appeal having been preferred from the decree; but the Appellate Court may for sufficient cause order stay of execution of such decree.

(2) Stay by Court which passed the decree .– Where an application is made for stay of execution of an appealable decree before the expiration of the time allowed for appealing therefrom, the Court which passed the decree may on sufficient cause being shown order the execution to be stayed.

(3) No order for stay of execution shall be made under sub­rule (1) or sub­rule (2) unless the Court making it is satisfied–

(a) that substantial loss may result to the party applying for stay of execution unless the order is made;

(b) that the application has been made without unreasonable delay; and

(c) that security has been given by the applicant for the due performance of such decree or order as may ultimately be binding upon him.

(4) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub­rule (3), the Court may make an ex parte order for stay of execution pending the hearing of the application.

6. Security in case of order for execution of decree appealed from .– (1) Where an order is made for the execution of a decree from which an appeal is pending, the Court which passed the decree shall, on sufficient cause being shown by the appellant, require security to be taken for the restitution of any property which may be or has been taken in execution of the decree or for the payment of the value of such property and for the due performance of the decree or order of the Appellate Court, or the Appellate Court may for like cause direct the Court which passed the decree to take such security.

(2) Where an order has been made for the sale of immovable property in execution of a decree, and an appeal is pending from such decree, the sale shall, on the application of the judgment­debtor to the Court which made the order, be stayed on such terms as to giving security or otherwise as the Court thinks fit until the appeal is dispose of. 1 [7. No security to be required from the Government or a public officer in certain cases.– * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

8. Exercise of powers in appeal from order made in execution of decr ee.– The powers conferred by Rules 5 and 6 shall be exercisable where an appeal may be or has been preferred not from the decree but from an order made in execution of such decree[:] 2 3 [Provided that, where such appeal has been preferred by the judgment­debtor, he shall be required, unless the Court is of opinion that prima facie the appeal is one which must succeed owing to an error apparent on the face of the record,–

(a) in the case of a decree for the payment of money, to deposit the decretal amount or to furnish security for its payment; and

(b) in the case of any other decree, to furnish security for the due performance of the decree.] Procedure on admission of appeal

9. Registry of memorandum of appeal .– (1) Where a memorandum of appeal is admitted, the Appellate Court or the proper officer of that Court shall endorse thereon the date of presentation, and shall register the appeal in a book to be kept for the purpose.

1Omitted by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

2Substituted for the “full stop ” by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

3Added ibid.

(2) Register of Appeals .– Such book shall be called the Register of Appeals.

10. Appellate Court may require appellant t o furnish security for costs .– (1) The Appellate Court may in its discretion, either before the respondent is called upon to appear and answer or afterwards on the application of the respondent, demand from the appellant security for the costs of the appeal, or of the original suit, or of both:

Where appellant resides out of 1 [Pakistan].– Provided that the Court shall demand such security in all cases in which the appellant is residing out of 2 [ Pakistan] and is not possessed of any sufficient immovable property within 3 [ Pakistan] other than the property (if any) to which the appeal relates.

(2) Where such security is not furnished within such time as the Court orders, the Court shall reject the appeal.

11. Power to dismiss appeal without sending notice to Lo wer Court .– (1) The Appellate Court, after sending for the record if it thinks fit so to do, and after fixing a day for hearing the appellant or his pleader and hearing him accordingly if he appears on that day, may dismiss the appeal without sending notice to the Court from whose decree the appeal is preferred and without serving notice on the respondent or his pleader.

(2) If on the day fixed or any other day to which the hearing may be adjourned the appellant does not appear when the appeal is called on for hearing, the Court may make an order that the appeal be dismissed.

(3) The dismissal of an appeal under this rule shall be notified to the Court from whose decree the appeal is preferred.

12. Day for hearing appeal .– (1) Unless the Appellate Court dismisses the appeal under rule 11, it shall fix a day for hearing the appeal.

(2) Such day shall be fixed with reference to the current business of the Court, the place of residence of the respondent, and the time necessary for the service of the notice of appeal, so as to allow the respondent sufficient time to appear and answer the appeal on such day.

13. Appellate Court to give notice to Court whose decree appealed from .–

(1) Where the appeal is not dismissed under rule 11, the Appellate Court shall send notice of the appeal to the Court from whose decree the appeal is preferred.

(2) Transmission of papers to Appellate Court .– Where the appeal is from the decree of a Court, the records of which are not deposited in the

1Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federati on" by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with Article 4.

2Ibid.

3Ibid.

Appellate Court, the Court receiving such notice shall send with all practicable despatch all material papers in the suit, or such papers as may be specially called for by the Appellate Court.

(3) Copies of exhibits in Court whose decree appealed from. – Either party may apply in writing to the Court from whose decree the appeal is preferred, specifying any of the papers in such Court of which he requires copies to be made; and copies of such papers shall be made at the expense of, and given to, the applicant.

14. Publication and service of notice of day for hearing appeal. – (1) Notice of the day fixed und er rule 12 shall be affixed in the Appellate Court­house; and a like notice shall be sent by the Appellate Court to the Court from whose decree the appeal is preferred, and shall be served on the respondent or on his pleader in the Appellate Court in the manner provided for the service on a defendant of a summons to appear and answer; and all the provisions applicable to such summons, and to proceedings with reference to the service thereof, shall apply to the service of such notice.

(2) Appellate Court may itself cause notice to be served .– Instead of sending the notice to the Court from whose decree the appeal is preferred, the Appellate court may itself cause the notice to be served on the respondent or his pleader under the provisions above referred to. 1 [(3) It shall be in the discretion of the Appellate Court to make an order, a t any stage of the appeal whether on the application of any party or on its own motion, dispensing with service of such notice on any respondent who did not appear, either at the hearing in the Court whose decree is complained of, or at any proceedings sub sequent to the decree of that Court, or on the legal representatives of any such respondent:

Provided that–

(a) the Court may require notice of the appeal to be published in any newspaper or newspapers or in such other manner as it may direct;

(b) no such order shall preclude any such respondent or legal representative from appearing to contest the appeal.]

15. Contents of notice .– The notice to the respondent shall declare that, if he does not appear in the Appellate Court on the day so fixed, the appeal will be heard ex parte. Procedure on hearing

16. Right to begin .– (1) On the day fixed, or on any other day to which the hearing may be adjourned, the appellant shall be heard in support of the appeal.

(2) The Court shall then, if it does not dismiss the appeal at once, hear the respondent against the appeal, and in such case the appellant shall be entitled to reply.

1Inserted by the Notification No.319 -R-XI-Y-1, dated: 13 November 1943; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Gazette, Part-III, dated: 19 November 1943, p. 627.

17. Dismissal of appeal for appellant‟s default .– (1) Where on the day fixed, or on any other day to which the hearing may be adjourned, the appellant does not appear when the appeal is called on for hearing, the Court may make an order that the appeal be dismissed.

(2) Hearing appeal ex parte .– Where the appellant appears and the respondent does not appear, the appeal shall be heard ex parte.

18. Dismissal of appeal where notice not served in consequence of appellant‟s failure to deposit costs .– Where on the day fixed, or on any other day to which the hearing may be adjourned, it is found that the notice to the respondent has not been served in consequence of the failure of the appellant to deposit, within the period fixed, the sum required to defray the cost of serving the notice, the Court may make an order that the appeal be dismissed:

Provided that no such order shall be made although the notice has not been served upon the respondent, if on any such day the respondent appears when the appeal is called on for hearing.

19. Re-admission of appeal dismissed for default .– 1 [(1)] Where an appeal is dismissed under rule 11, sub­rule (2), or rule 17 or rule 18, the appellant may apply to the Appellate Court for the re­admission of the appeal; and where it is proved that he was prevented by any sufficient cause from appearing when the appeal was called on for hearing or from depositing the sum so required, the Court shall re­admit the appeal on such terms as to costs or otherwise as it thinks fit. 2 [(2) The provisions of section 5 of the Limitation Act 1908 (IX of 1908), shall apply to an application for re­admission of an appeal dismissed under sub­rule (2) of rule 11 or sub­rule (1) of rule 17.]

20. Power to adjourn hearing and direct persons appearing interested to be made respondents .– Where it appears to the Court at the hearing that any person who was a party to the suit in the Court from whose decree the appeal is preferred, but who has not been made a party to the appeal, is interested in the result of the appeal, the Court may adjourn the hearing to a future day to be fixed by the Court and direct that such person be made a respondent.

21. Re-hearing on application of respondent against whom ex parte decree made.– 3 [(1)] Where an appeal is heard ex parte and judgment is pronounced against the respondent, he may apply to the Appellate Court to re­hear the appeal; and, if he satisfies the Court that the notice was not duly served or that he was prevented by sufficient cause from appearing when the appeal was called on for hearing, the Court shall re­hear the appeal on such terms as to costs or otherwise as it thinks fit to impose upon him. 4 [(2) The provisions of section of 5 of the Limitation Act, 1908 (IX of 1908), shall apply to applications under sub­rule (1).]

1Renumbered by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1989 (IV of 1990); assented to by the President on 4 January 1990; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 8 January 1990, pp. 5-6, s. 2. 2Added ibid. 3Re­numbered ibid. 4Added ibid.

22. Upon hearing, respondent may be object to decree as if he had preferred separate appeal .– (1) Any respondent, though he may not have appealed from any part of the decree, may not only support the decree on any of the grounds decided against him in the Court below, but take any cross­ objection to the decree which he could have taken by way of appeal,

provided he has filed such objection in the Appellate Court within one month from the date of service on him or his pleader of notice of the day fixed for hearing the appeal, or within such further time as the Appellate Court may see fit to allow.

(2) Form of objection and provisions applicable thereto .– Such cross­objection shall be in the form of a memorandum, and the provisions of rule 1, so far as they relate to the form and contents of the memorandum of appeal, shall apply thereto.

(3) Unless the respondent files with the objection a written acknowledgment from the party who may be affected by such objection or his pleader of having received a copy thereof, the Appellate Court shall cause a copy to be served, as soon as may be after the filing of the objection, on such party or his pleader at the expense of the respondent.

(4) Where, in any case in which any respondent has under this rule filed a memorandum of objection, the original appeal is withdrawn or is dismissed for default, the objection so filed may nevertheless be heard and determined after such notice to the other parties as the Court thinks fit.

(5) The provisions relating to pauper appeals shall, so far as they can be made applicable, apply to an objection under this rule.

23. Remand of case by Appellate Court .– Where the Court from whose decree an appeal is preferred has disposed of the suit upon a preliminary point and the decree is reversed in appeal, the Appellate Court may, if it thinks fit, by order remand the case, and may further direct what issue or issues shall be tried in the case so remanded, and shall send a copy of its judgment and order to the Court from whose decree the appeal is preferred, with directions to re­admit the suit under its original number in the register of civil suits, and proceed to determine the suit; and the evidence (if any) recorded during the original trial shall, subject to all just exceptions, be evidence during the trial after remand. 1 [23-A. * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

24. Where evidence on record sufficient, Appellate Cou rt may determine case finally .– Where the evidence upon the record is sufficient to enable the Appellate Court to pronounce judgment, the Appellate Court may, after resettling the issues, if necessary, finally determine the suit, notwithstanding that the judgment of the court from whose decree the appeal is preferred has proceeded wholly upon some ground other than that on which the Appellate Court proceeds.

1Omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 21: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225 . It was earlier a dded by the Notification No. 216 -R-XI-Y.-I/XI-Y.-25, dated: 4 August 1938; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette, Punjab, dated: 12 August 1938, Part-III, p. 477.

25. Where Appellate Court may frame issues and refer them for trial to Court whose decree appealed f rom.– Where the Court from whose decree the appeal is preferred has omitted to frame or try any issue, or to determine any question of fact, which appears to the Appellate Court essential to the right decision of the suit upon the merits, the Appellate Court may, if necessary, frame issues, and refer the same for trial to the Court from whose decree the appeal is preferred, and in such case shall direct such Court to take the additional evidence required;

and such Court shall proceed to try such issues, and shall return the evidence to the Appellate Court together with its findings thereon and the reasons therefor.

26. Findings and evidence to be put on record. – Objections to findings .–

(1) Such evidence and findings shall form part of the record in the suit; and either party may, within a time to be fixed by the Appellate Court, present a memorandum of objections to any findings.

(2) Determination of appeal .– After the expiration of the period so fixed for presenting such memorandum the Appellate Court shall proceed to determine the appeal. 1 [27. Production of additional evidence in Appellate Court .– The Appellate Court, after recording reasons, allow the parties to an appeal to produce additional evidence, whether oral or documentary:

(a) if the Court from whose decree the appeal has been preferred, has refused to admit evidence which ought to have been admitted;

(b) the Appellate Court, on being satisfied that the additional evidence has been available but could not be produced before the trial Court for reasons beyond the control of the party seeking its production; or

(c) the Appellate Court itself requires any such evidence so as to enable it to pronounce a judgment.]

28. Mode of taking additional evi dence.– Wherever additional evidence is allowed to be produced, the Appellate Court may either take such evidence, or direct the Court from whose decree the appeal is preferred, or any other subordinate Court, to take such evidence and to send it when taken to the Appellate Court.

29. Points to be defined and recorded .– Where additional evidence is directed or allowed to be taken, the Appellate Court shall specify the points to which the evidence is to be confined, and record on its proceedings the points so specified. Judgment in appeal

30. Judgment when and where pronounced .– The Appellate Court, after hearing the parties or their pleaders and referring to any part of the

1Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lah ore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 21: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

proceedings, whether on appeal or in the Court from whose decree the appeal is preferred, to which reference may be considered necessary, shall pronounce judgment in open Court, either at once or on some future day, of which notice shall be given to the parties or their pleaders.

31. Contents, date and signature of judgment .– The judgment of the Appellate Court shall be in writing and shall state–

(a) the points for determination;

(b) the decision thereon;

(c) the reasons for the decision; and

(d) where the decree appealed from is reversed or varied, the relief to which the appellant is entitled;

and shall at the time that it is pronounced be signed and dated by the Judge or by the Judges concurring therein.

32. What judgment may direct .– The judgment may be for confirming, varying or reversing the decree from which the appeal is preferred, or, if the parties to the appeal agree as to the form which the decree in appeal shall take, or as to the order to be made in appeal, the Appellate Court may pass a decree or make an order accordingly.

33. Power of Court of Appeal .– The Appellate Court shall have power to pass any decree and make any order which ought to have been passed or made and to pass or make such further or other decree or order as the case may require, and this power may be exercised by the Court no twithstanding that the appeal is as to part only of the decree and may be exercised in favour of all or any of the respondents or parties, although such respondents or parties may not have filed any appeal or objection. 1 [Provided that the Appellate Court shall not make any order under section 35A, in pursuance of any objection on which the Court from whose decree the appeal is preferred has omitted or refused to make such order.] Illustration A claims a sum of money as due to him form X or Y, and in a suit against both obtains a decree against X. X appeals and A and Y are respondents. The Appellate Court decides in favour of X. It has power to pass a decree against Y.

34. Dissent to be recorded .– Where the appeal is heard by more Judges that one, any Judge dissenting from the judgment of the Court shall state in writing the decision or order which he thinks should be passed on the appeal, and he may state his reasons for the same. Decree in appeal

35. Date and contents of decree .– (1) The decree of the Appellate Court shall bear date the day on which the judgment was pronounced.

1Inserted by the Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1922 (IX of 1922), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 11 March 1922,

p. 37, s. 4.

(2) The decree shall contain the number of the appeal, the names and descriptions of the appellant and respondent, and a clear specification of the relief granted or other adjudication made.

(3) The decree shall also state the amount of costs incurred in the appeal, and by whom, or out of what property, and in what proportions such costs and the costs in the suit are to be paid.

(4) The decree shall be signed and dated by the Judge or Judges who passed it:

Judge dissenting from judgment need not sign decree .– Provided that where there are more Judges than one and there is a difference of opinion among them, it shall not be necessary for any Judge dissenting from the judgment of the Court to sign the decree. 1 [Provided also in the case of the High Court, that the Registrar, or such other officer as may be in charge of the Judicial Department from time to time, shall sign the decree on behalf of the Judge or Judge s who passed it , but that such Registrar, or such officer , shall not sign such decree on behalf of a dissenting Judge.]

36. Copies of judgment and dec ree to be furnished to parties .– Certified copies of the judgment and decree in appeal shall be furnished to the parties on application to the Appellate Court and at their expense.

37. Certified copy of decree to be sent to Court whose decree appealed from.– A copy of the judgment and of the decree, certified by the Appellate Court or such officer as it appoints in this behalf, shall be sent to the Court which passed the decree appealed from and shall be filed with the original proceedings in the suit, and an entry of the judgment of the Appellate Court shall be made in the register of civil suits. 2 [38.(1) An ad dress for service filed under Order VII, Rule 19 , or Order VIII, Rule 11, or subsequently altered under Order VII , Rule 24, or Order VIII , Rule 12, shall hold good during all appellate proceedings arising out of the original suit or petition.

3 [(2) The notice of appeal and other processes connected with proceedings therein shall issue to the addresses mentioned in clause (1) above , and service effected at such addresses shall be as effective as if it had been made personally on the appellant or respondent, as the case may be. ]

(3) Rules 21, 22, 23, 24 and 25 of Order VII shall apply, so far as may be, to appellate proceedings.]

1Substituted by the Notification No. 20 -R/XI-Y-1, dated: 2 9 January 1937; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 5 February 1937, Part -III, pp. 77 -78. It was earlier inserted by the Notification No. 135 -G, dated: 9 April 1 921; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 15 April 1921, Part-III, p. 458.

2Added by the Notification No. 567 -G, dated: 24 November 1927; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 9 December 1927, Part-III, pp. 1588-1589.

3Substituted by the Notification No. 20 -R/XI-Y-1, dated: 29 January 1937; issued by the High Court of Judic ature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 5 February 1937, Part-III, pp. 77-78.

ORDER XLII Appeals from Appellate Decrees

1. Procedure.– The rules of Order XLI shall apply, so far as may be, to appeals from Appellate decrees. 1 [2. In addition to the copies specified in Order XLI, Rule 1, the memorandum of appeal shall be accompanied by a copy of the judgme nt of the Court of first instance, unless the appellate Court dispenses therewith.] ORDER XLIII Appeals from Orders

1. Appeals from orders .– An appeal shall lie from the following orders under the provisions of section 104, namely:– 2 [(a) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

(b) an order under rule 10 of Order VIII pronouncing judgment against a party;

3 [(c) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

(d) an order under rule 13 of Order IX rejecting an application (in a case open to appeal) for an order to set aside a decree passed ex parte; 4 [(e) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

(f) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

(g) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

(h) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

(i) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ] 5 [(ii) an order under rule 62 or rule 103 of Order XXI relating to the right, title or interest of the claimant or objector in attached property;]

(j) an order under 6 [* * *] rule 92 of Order XXI setting aside or refusing to set aside a sale;

1Substituted by the Notification No. 138 -G, dated: 19 March 1926; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 26 March 1926, Part-III, p. 264. It was earlier added by the Notification No. 4685-G, dated: 17 October 1919; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 24 October 1919, Part-III, p. 1426.

2Omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 22: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

3Ibid.

4Ibid.

5Added by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

6The expression “ rule 72 or ” was omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/ XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 22: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

1 [(k) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

(l) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

(m) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

(n) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

(o) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

(p) orders in interpleader­suits under rule 3, rule 4 or rule 6 of Order XXXV;

(q) an order under rule 2, rule 3 or rule 6 of Order XXXVIII;

(r) an order under rule 1, rule 2, rule 4 or rule 10 of Order XXXIX;

(s) an order under rule 1 or rule 4 of Order XL;

(t) an order of refusal under rule 19 of Order XLI to re-admit, or under rule 21 of Order XLI to re­hear, an appeal;

(u) an order under rule 23 2 [or rule 23-A] of Order XLI remanding a case, where an appeal would lie from the decree of the Appellate Court; 3 [(v) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

(w) an order under rule 4 of Order XLVII granting an application for review 4 [:] 5 [Provided that the appellant, while filing an appeal under this Order shall along with the memorand um of appeal, furnish copies of the pleadings, order sheet of the subordinate Court and all necessary documents. ] 6 [2. Record of the trial Court .– It shall not be necessary for the Appellate Court to call for the record of the trial Court, unless it, for r easons to be recorded, requires the record for decision of the appeal. ] 7 [3. Notice before presentation of appeal .– * * * * * * * * * * * ] 8 [4. Application of Rule 3 .– * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

1Omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 22: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

2Inserted by the Notification No. 216 -R-XI-Y.-I/XI-Y.-25, dated: 4 August 1938; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette, Punjab, dated: 12 August 1938, Part-III, p. 477.

3Omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 22: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/ Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

4Substituted for the “full-stop” ibid.

5Inserted ibid.

6Substituted ibid.

7Omitted ibid. It was earlier added by the Code of Civil Proc edure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1980 (X of 1980), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 26 March 1980, s. 14.

8Omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 22: It came into force on 1 November

1 [ORDER XLIV Pauper Appeals] ORDER XLV Appeals to the 2 [SUPREME COURT] 3 [1. “Decree” defined .– In this Order, unless there is something repugnant in the subject or context, the expression “decree” shall include a judgment or a final Order.]

2. Application to Court whose decree complained of. – Whoever desires to appeal to 4 [the Supreme Court] shall apply by petition to the Court whose decree is complained of.

3. Certificate as to value or fitness .– 5 [(1) A petition made under rule 2 shall briefly state the grounds of appeal and pray for a certificate.]

(2) Upon receipt of such petition, the Court shall direct notice to be served on the opposite party to show cause why the said certificate should not be granted 6 [:] 7 [Provided that no notice shall be directed to be served on or given to the opposite party or to the legal representative of a deceased opposite party in a case where such opposite party did not appear either at the hearing in the Court whose decree is complained of or at any proceedings subsequent to the decree of that Court.] 8 [(3) The court may, if the opposite party in response to the notice issued under sub­rule (2) appears, after hearing both the parties, or if the opposite party does not appear in response to such notice, then after hearing the party making the petition, grant or refuse the certificate.

2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 1Ibid., r.23.

2Substituted for the words “King in Council” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

3Substituted by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order, 1975 ( P.O. No. 4 of 1975), published in Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435-467, Article 2 read with the Schedule.

4Substituted for the words “His Majesty in Council” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with th e Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

5Substituted by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order, 1975 (P.O. No. 4 of 1975), published in Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435-467, Article 2 read with the Schedule.

6Substituted ibid., for the “full stop”.

7Added ibid.

8Ibid.

(4) If on the date fixed for the hearing, the party making the petition does not appear and the opposite party appears in response to such notice or if both the parties do not appear on such date, the petition shall be dismissed.]

4. Consolidation of suits .– For the purposes of pecuniary valuation, suits involving substantially the same questions for determination and decided by the same judgment may be consolidated: but suits decided by separate judgments shall not be consolidated, notwithstanding that they involve substantially the same questions for determination.

5. Remission of dispute to Court of first instance .– In the event of any dispute arising between the parties as to the amount or value of the subject­matter of the suit in the Court of first instance, or as to the amount or value of the subject-matter in dispute on appeal to 1 [the Supreme Court], the Court to which a petition for a certificate is made under rule 2 may, if it thinks fit, refer such dispute for report to the Court of first instance, which last­mentioned Court shall proceed to determine such amount or value and shall return its report together with the evidence to the Court by which the reference was made. 2 [6. Effect of refusal of certificate.– * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

7. Security and deposit required on grant of certificate .– (1) Where the certificate is granted, the applicant shall, within 3 [ninety days or such further period, not exceeding sixty days, as the Court may upon cause shown allow] from the date of the decree complained of, or within six weeks from the date of the grant of the certificate, whichever is the later date–

(a) furnish security 4 [in cash or in Government securities] for the costs of the respondent, and

(b) deposit the amount required to defray the expense of translating, transcribing, indexing 5 [, printing] and transmitting to 6 [the Supreme Court] a correct copy of the whole record of the suit, except–

(1) formal documents directed to be excluded by any 7 [Rule of the Supreme Court] in force for the time being;

(2) papers which the parties agree to exclude;

1Substituted for the words “His Majesty in Council” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the S tate Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

2Omitted by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order, 1975 (P.O. No. 4 of 1975), published in Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435-467, Article 2 read with the Schedule.

3Substituted for the words “six months” by the Indian Limitation and Code of Civil Procedure (A mendment) Act, 1920 (XXVI of 1920), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 2 September 1920, s. 3.

4Inserted ibid.

5Inserted by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

6Substituted ibid., for the words “His Majesty in Council”.

7Substituted ibid., for the words “Order of His Majesty in Council” .

(3) accounts, or portions of accounts, which the officer empowered by the Court for that purpose considers unnecessary, and which the parties have not specifically asked to be included; and

(4) such other documents as the High Court may direct to be excluded. 1 [Provided that the Court at the time of granting the certificate may, after hearing any opposite party who appears, order on the ground of special hardship that some other form of security may be furnished:

Provided, further, that no adjournment shall be granted to an opposite party to contest the nature of such security.] 2 [(2) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

8. Admission of appeal and procedure thereon .– Where such security has been furnished and deposit made to the satisfaction of the Court, the Court shall–

(a) declare the appeal admitted,

(b) give notice thereof to the respondent,

(c) transmit to 3 [the Supreme Court] under the seal of the Court a correct copy of the said record, except as aforesaid, and

(d) give to either party one or more authenticated copies of any of the papers in the suit on his applying therefor and paying the reasonable expenses incurred in preparing them.

9. Revocation of acceptance of security .– At any time before the admission of the appeal, the Court may, upon cause shown, revoke the acceptance of any such security, and make further directions thereon. 4

Section 9A. Power to dispense with notices in case of deceased parties

* * * * ]

10. Power to order further securi ty or payment .– Where at any time after the admission of an appeal but before the transmission of the copy of the record, except as aforesaid, to 5 [the Supreme Court], such security appears inadequate,

1Added by the Indian Limitation and Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1920 (XXVI of 1920), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 2 September 1920, s. 3.

2Omitted by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

3Substituted ibid., for the words “His Majesty in Council”.

4Omitted by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order, 1975 (P.O. No. 4 of 1975), published in Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Schedule. It was earlier inserted by the Indian Limitation and Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1920 (XXVI of 1920), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 2 September 1920, s. 4.

5Substituted for the words “His Majesty in Council” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Arti cle 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

or further payment is required for the purpose of translating, transcribing, printing, indexing or transmitting the copy of the record, except as aforesaid, the Court may order the appellant to furnish, within a time to be fixed by the Court, other and sufficient security, or to make, within like time, the required payment.

11. Effect of failure to comply with order .– Where the appellant fails to comply with such order, the proceedings shall be stayed, and the appeal shall not proceed without an order in this behalf of 1 [the Supreme Court], and in the meantime execution of the decree appealed from shall not be stayed.

12. Refund of balance deposit .– When the copy of the record, except as aforesaid, has been transmitted to 2 [the Supreme Court], the appellant may obtain a refund of the balance (if any) of the amount which he has deposited under rule 7.

13. Powers of Court pending appeal .– (1) Notwithstanding the grant of a certificate for the admission of any appeal, the decree appealed from shall be unconditionally executed, unless the Court otherwise directs.

(2) The Court may, if it thinks fit, on special cause shown by any party interested in the suit, or otherwise appearing to the Court,–

(a) impound any moveable property in dispute or any part thereof, or

(b) allow the decree appealed from to be executed, taking such security from the respondent as the Court thinks fit for the due performance of any order which 3 [the Supreme Court] may make on the appeal, or

(c) stay the execution of the decree appealed from, taking such security from the appellant as the Court thinks fit for the due performance of the decree appealed from, or of any order which 4 [the Supreme Court] may make on the appeal, or

(d) place any party seeking the assistance of the Court under such conditions or give such other direction respecting the subject­matter of the appeal, as it thinks fit, by the appointment of a receiver or otherwise.

14. Increase of security found inadequate .– (1) Where at any time during the pendency of the appeal the security furnished by either party appears inadequate, the Court may, on the application of the other party, require further security.

1Substituted for the words “His Majesty in Council” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the G azette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

2Ibid.

3Ibid.

4Substituted ibid., for the words “King in Council”.

(2) In default of such further security being furnished as required by the Court,–

(a) if the original security was furnished by the appellant, the Court may, on the application of the respondent, execute the decree appealed from as if the appellant had furnished no such security;

(b) if the original security was furnished by the respondent, the Court shall, so far as may be practicable, stay the further execution of the decree, and restore the parties to the position in which they respectively were when the security which appears inadequate was furnished, or give such direction respecting the subject­matter of the appeal as it thinks fit.

15. Procedure to enforce orders of 1 [the Supreme Court ].– (1) Whoever desires to obtain execution of any order of 2 [the Supreme Court] shall apply by petition, accompanied by a certified copy of the decree passed or order made in appeal and sought to be executed, to the Court from which the appeal to 3 [the Supreme Court] was preferred.

(2) Such Court shall transmit the order of 4 [the Supreme Court] to the Court which passed the first decree appealed from, or to such other Court as 5 [the Supreme Court] by such order may direct, and shall (upon the application of either party) give such directions as may be required for the execution of the same; and the Court to which the said order is so transmitted shall execute it accordingly, in the manner and according to the provisions applicable to the execution of its original decrees. 6 [(3) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ] 7 [(4) Unless 8 [the Supreme Court] is pleased otherwise to direct, no order of 9 [the Supreme Court] shall be inoperative on the ground that no notice has been served on or given to the legal representative of any deceased opposite party or deceased respondent in a case, where such opposite party or respondent did not appear either at the hearing in the Court whose decree was complained of or at any proceedings subsequent to the decree of that Court, but such order shall

1Substituted for the words “King in Council” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordina ry), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

2Ibid., for the words “His Majesty in Council”. 3Ibid., for the words “His Majesty”. 4Ibid., for the words “His Majesty in Council”.

5Ibid.

6Omitted by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary) dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345-475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule.

7Added by the Indian Limitation and Code of Civi l Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1920 (XXVI of 1920), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 2 September 1920, s. 5.

8Substituted for the words “His Majesty in Council” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

9Ibid.

have the same force and effect as if it had been made before the death took place.]

16. Appeal from order relating to execution .– The orders made by the Court which executes the order of 1 [the Supreme Court], relating to such execution, shall be appealable in the same manner and subject to the same rules as the orders of such Court relating to the execution of its own decrees. 2 [17. Appeals to Federal Court.– * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ] 3 [ORDER XLV-A Execution of Orders of Supreme Court Federal Court

1. (1) Whoever desires to obtain execution of an order of th e Supreme Court Federal Court made under subsection (2) of section 209 of the Government of India Act, 1935 , shall apply by petition, accompanied by a certified Copy of the Order sought to be executed, to the High Court from which the appeal to the Supreme Court Federal Court was preferred.

(2) The High Court shall transmit the order of the Supreme Court Federal Court to the Court which passed the first decree appealed from or to such other Court as the High Court may deem fit, and may give such directions as may be required for the execution of the same. The Court to which the said order is transmitted shall execute it accordingly , in the manner and according to the provisions applicable to the execution of its original decrees.

2. The provisions of Rule 16 of Order XLV shall apply , mutatis mutandis , to the execution of decrees or orders for costs passed by the Supreme Court Federal Court in appeals from the High Court.] ORDER XLVI Reference

1. Reference of question to High Court .– Where, before or on the hearing of a suit or an appeal in which the decree is not subject to appeal, or where, in the execution of any such decree, any question of law or usage having the force of law arises, on which the Court trying the suit or appeal, or executing the decree, entertains reasonable doubt, the Court may, either of its own motion or on the application of any of the parties, draw up a statement of the facts of the case and the point on which doubt is entertained, and refer such statement with its own opinion on the point for the decision of the High Court.

1Substituted for the words “His Majesty in Council” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Orde r, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

2Omitted by the Federal Court Act, 1941 (XXI of 1941), pu blished in the Gazette of India, dated: 29 November 1941, p.

77, s. 2. It was earlier inserted by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

3Inserted by the Notification No. 254 -R/XI-Y-26, dated: 13 December 1946; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Gazette, Part -III, dated: 20 December 1946, p. 1011. and the Notifi cation dated:1 November

1947.

2. Court may pass decree contingent upon decision of High Court .– The Court may either stay the proceedings or proceed in the case notwithstanding such reference, and may pass a decree or make an order contingent upon the decision of the High Court on the point referred; but no decree or order shall be executed in any case in which such reference is made until the receipt of a copy of the judgment of the High Court upon the reference.

3. Judgment of High Court to be transmitted, and case disposed of accordingly.– The High Court, after hearing the parties if they appear and desire to be heard, shall decide the point so referred, and shall transmit a copy of its judgment, under the signature of the Registrar, to the Court by which the reference was made; and such Court shall, on the receipt thereof, proceed to dispose of the case in conformity with the decision of the High Court.

4. Costs of reference to High Court .– The costs (if any) consequent on a reference for the decision of the High Court shall be costs in the case.

5. Power to alter, etc., decree of Court making reference .– Where a case is referred to the High Court under rule 1, the High Court may return the case for amendment, and may alter, cancel or set aside any decree or order which the Court making the reference has passed or made in the case out of which the reference arose, and make such order as it thinks fit.

6. Power to refer to High Court questions as to jurisdiction in small causes.– (1) Where at any time before judgment a Court in which a suit has been instituted doubts whether the suit is cognizable by a Court of Small Causes or is not so cognizable, it may submit the record to the High Court with a statement of its reasons for the doubt as to the nature of the suit.

(2) On receiving the record and statement, the High Court may order the Court either to proceed with the suit or to return the plaint for presentation to such other Court as it may in its order declare to be competent to take cognizance of the suit.

7. Power to District C ourt to submit for revision proceedings had under mistake as to jurisdiction in small causes .– (1) Where it appears to a District Court that a Court subordinate thereto has, by reason of erroneously holding a suit to be cognizable by a Court of Small Causes or not to be so cognizable, failed to exercise a jurisdiction vested in it by law, or exercised a jurisdiction not so vested, the District Court may, and if required by a party shall, submit the record to the High Court with a statement of its reasons for considering the opinion of the subordinate Court with respect to the nature of the suit to be erroneous.

(2) On receiving the record and statement the High Court may make such order in the case as it thinks fit.

(3) With respect to any proceedings subsequent to decree in any case submitted to the High Court under this rule, the High Court may make such order as in the circumstance appears to it to be just and proper.

(4) A Court subordinate to a District Court shall comply with any requisition which the District Court may make for any record or information for the purpose of this rule. ORDER XLVII Review

1. Application for review of judgment .– (1) Any person considering himself aggrieved–

(a) by a decree or order from which an appeal is allowed, but from which no appeal has been preferred,

(b) by a decree or order from which no appeal is allowed, or

(c) by a decision on a reference from a Court of Small Causes, and who, from the discovery of new and important matter or evidence which, after the exercise of due diligence, was not within his knowledge or could not be produced by him at the time when the decree was passed or order made, or on account of some mistake or error apparent on the face of the record, or for any other sufficient reason, desires to obtain a review of the decree passed or order made against him, may apply for a review of judgment to the Court which passed the decree or made the order.

(2) A party who is not appealing from a decree or order may apply for a review of judgment notwithstanding the pendency of an appeal by some other party except where the ground of such appeal is common to the applicant and the appellant, or when, being respondent, he can present to the Appellate Court the case on which he applies for the review. 1 [(3) No appl ication for review shall be entertained unless the person seeking review furnishes cash security of rupees five thousand. The security shall stand forfeited if the review petition is dismissed at the initial stage without notice to the opposite party. The amount deposited as security shall be paid to the opposite party if the review petition is dismissed after being contested. The provisions of this rule shall not apply where the applicant seeking review is a person who has been declared by a competent Cour t to be an undischarged insolvent or a pauper.]

2. To whom applications for review may be made .– An application for review of a decree or order of a Court, not being a High Court, upon some ground other than the discovery of such new and important matter or evidence as is referred to in rule 1 or the existence of a clerical or arithmetical mistake or error apparent on the face of the decree, shall be made only to the Judge who passed the decree or made the order sought to be reviewed; but any such application may, if the Judge who passed the decree or made the order has ordered notice to issue under rule 4, sub­rule (2), proviso, (a) be disposed of by his successor.

3. Form of applications for review .– The provisions as to the form of preferring appeals shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to applications for review.

1Added by the Notification No. 49/Legis./XI-Y-26, dated: 28 February 2011; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 February 2012, p. 532.

4. Application where rejected .– (1) Where it appears to the Court that there is not sufficient ground for a review, it shall reject the application.

(2) Application where granted .– Where the Court is of opinion that the application for review should be granted, it shall grant the same:

Provided that–

(a) no such application shall be granted without previous notice to the opposite party, to enable him to appear and be heard in support of the decree or order, a review of which is applied for: and

(b) no such application shall be granted on the ground of discovery of new matter or evidence which the applicant alleges was not within his knowledge, or could not be adduced by him when the decree or order was passed or made, without strict proof of such allegation.

5. Application for review in Court consisting of two or more Judges .– Where the Judge or Judges, or any one of the Judges, who passed the decree or made the order, a review of which is applied for, continues or continue attached to the Court at the time when the application for a review is presented, and is not or are not precluded by absence or other cause for a period of six months next after the application from considering the decree or order to which the application refers, such Judge or Judges or any of them shall hear the application, and no other Judge or Judges of the Court shall hear the same.

6. Application where rejected .– (1) Where the application for a review is heard by more than one Judg e and the Court is equally divided, the application shall be rejected.

(2) Where there is a majority, the decision shall be according to the opinion of the majority.

7. Oder of rejection not appealable. – Objections to order granting application.– (1) An order of the Court rejecting the application shall not be appealable; but an order granting an application may be objected to on the ground that the application was–

(a) in contravention of the provisions of rule 2,

(b) in contravention of the provisions of rule 4, or

(c) after the expiration of the period of limitation prescribed therefor and without sufficient cause. Such objection may be taken at once by an appeal from the order granting the application or in any appeal from the final decree or order passed or made in the

suit.

(2) Where the application has been rejected in consequence of the failure of the applicant to appear, he may apply for an order to have the rejected application restored to the file, and, where it is proved to the satisfaction of the Court that he was prevented by any sufficient cause from appearing when such application was called on for hearing, the Court shall order it to be restored to the file upon such terms as to costs or otherwise as it thinks fit, and shall appoint a day for hearing the same.

(3) No order shall be made under sub­rule (2) unless notice of the application has been served on the opposite party.

8. Registry of application granted, and order for re­hearing .– When an application for review is granted, a note thereof shall be made in the register and the Court may at once re­hear the case or make such order in regard to the re­hearing as it thinks fit. 1 [9. Bar of certain applications .– (1) No application to review an order made on an application for a review or a decree or order passed or made on a review shall be entertained.

(2) Nothing in this Order shall apply to any judgment pronounced or order made by the Supreme Court.] ORDER XLVIII Miscellaneous

1. Process to be served at expense of party issuing .– (1) Every process issued under this Code shall be served at the expense of the party on whose behalf it is issued, unless the Court otherwise directs.

(2) Costs of service .– The court­fee chargeable for such service shall be paid within a time to be fixed before the process is issued.

2. Orders and notices how served .– All orders, notices and other documents required by this Code to be given to or served on any person shall be served in the manner provided for the service of summons.

3. Use of forms in appendices .– The forms given in the appendices, with such variation as the circumstances of each case may require, shall be used for the purposes therein mentioned. ORDER XLIX 2 [*] High Courts

1. Who may serve processes of High Court .– Notice to produce documents, summonses to witnesses, and every other judicial process, issued in the exercise of the original civil jurisdiction of the High Court, and of its matrimonial, testamentary and intestate jurisdictions, except summonses to defendants, writs of execution and notices to respondents may be served by the attorneys in the suits, or by persons employed by them, or by such other persons as the High Court, by any rule or order, directs.

2. Saving in respect of 3 [*] High Courts.– Nothing in this schedule shall be deemed to limit or otherwise affect any rules in force at the commencement of

1Substituted by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order, 1975 (P.O. No. 4 of 1975), published in Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435-467, Article 2 read with the Schedule.

2The word “CHARTERED” was omitted by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725-845,

s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 3The word “Chartered” omitted ibid.

this Code for the taking of evidence or the recording of judgments and orders by a 1 [*] High Court.

3. Application of rules .– The following rules shall not apply to any 2 [*] High Courts in the exercise of its ordinary or extraordinary original civil jurisdiction, namely:–

(1) rule 10 and rule 11, clauses (b) and (c), of Order VII;

(2) rule 3 of Order X;

(3) rule 2 of Order XVI;

(4) rules 5,6,8,9,10,11,13,14,15 and 16 (so far as relates to the manner of taking evidence) of Order XVIII;

(5) rules 1 to 8 of Order XX; and

(6) rule 7 of Order XXXIII (so far as relates to the making of a memorandum);

and rule 35 of Order XLI shall not apply to any such High Court in the exercise of its appellate jurisdiction. ORDER L Provincial Small Cause Courts

1. Provincial Small Cause Courts .– The provisions hereinafter specified shall not extend to Courts constituted under the Provincial Small Causes Courts Act, 1887 3

4 [ * * * * * * * * *], or to Courts exercising the jurisdiction of a Court of Small Causes 5 [under the said Act 6 [* *] ], that is to say–

(a) so much of this schedule as relates to–

(i) suits excepted from the cognizance of a Court of Small Causes or the execution of decrees in such suits;

(ii) the execution of decrees against immoveable property or the interest of a partner in partnership property;

(iii) the settlement of issues; and

(b) the following rules and Orders,– Order II, rule 1 (frame of suit);

1The word “Chartered” was omitted by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.

2Ibid. 3(IX of 1887). 4The expression “or under the Berar Small Cause Courts Law, 1905” was omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949,

pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. They were earlier inserted by the Berar Laws Act, 1941 (IV of 1941), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 22 March 1941, pp. 12-17, s. 2 read with the Third Schedule.

5Substituted for the words “under that Act” by the Berar Laws Act, 1941 (IV of 1941), published in the Gazette of India, dated : 22 March 1941, pp. 12-17, s. 2 read with the Third Schedule.

6The words “ or Law ” were omitted by the by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

Order X, rule 3 (record of examination of parties); Order XV, except so much of rule 4 as provides for the pronouncement at once of judgment;

Order XVIII, rules 5 to 12 (evidence);

Order XLI to XLV (appeals);

Order XLVII, rules 2,3,5,6,7 (review);

Order LI. 1 [ORDER LI Presidency Small Cause Courts]

1Omitted by the by the Adapt ation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

APPENDIX A PLEADINGS.

(1) TITLES OF SUITS. IN THE COURT OF A.B. (add description and residence) . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . Plaintiff, against

C. D. (add description and residence) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defendant. _________

(2) DESCRIPTION OF PARTIES IN PARTICULAR CASES. _________

1 [ 2 [ 3 [* * *] Pakistan ] or the Province of. . . . . . . ., as the case may be] _________

The Advocate General of _________ The Collector of _________ The State of _________

The A. B. Company, Limited, having its registered office at _________

A. B., a public officer of the C. D. Company.

1Substituted for the words “The Secretary of State for India in Council” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

2Substituted for the words “the Secretary of State or the Federation of India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. same were substitut ed by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Act, 1951 (XXVI of 1951), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 12 May 1951, pp. 340 -388, s. 4 read with the Third Schedule.

3The words “the Federation of” were omitted by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

_________

A. B. (add description and residence), on behalf of himself and all other creditors of C. D., late of (add description and residence). _________

A. B. (add description and residence), on behalf of himself and all other holders of debentures issued by the Company, Limited. _________

The Official Receiver. _________

A. B., a minor (add description and residence), by C. D. [or by the Court of Wards], his next friend. _________

A. B. (add description and residence), a person of unsound mind [or of weak mind], by C. D., his next friend. _________

A. B., a firm carrying on business in partnership at _________

A. B. (add description and residence), by his constituted attorney C. D. (add description and residence). _________

A. B. (add description and residence), Shebait of Thakur _________

A. B. (add description and residence), executor of C. D., deceased. _________

A. B. (add description and residence), heir of C. D., deceased.

(3) PLAINTS.

No. 1. MONEY LENT. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. On the day of 19 , he lent the defendant rupees repayable on the day of .

2. The defendant has not paid the same, except rupees paid on the day of 19. [If the plaintiff claims exemption from any law of limitation, say:–]

3. The plaintiff was a minor [or insane] from the day of till the day of

4. [Facts showing when the cause of action arose and that the Court has jurisdiction.]

5. The value of the subject­matter of the suit for the purpose of jurisdiction is rupees and for the purpose of court­fee is rupees .

6. The plaintiff claims rupees, with interest at per cent from the day of 19 .

No. 2. MONEY OVERPAID. (Title.)

A. B., the above-named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. On the day of 19 , the plaintiff agreed to buy and the defendant agreed to sell bars of silver at annas per tola of fine silver.

2. The plaintiff procured the said bars to be assayed by E. F., who was paid by the defendant for such assay, and E. F. declared each of the bars to contain 1,500 tolas of fine silver, and the plaintiff accordingly paid the defendant rupees.

3. Each of the said bars contained only 1,200 tolas of fine silver, of which fact the plaintiff was ignorant when he made the payment.

4. The defendant has not repaid the sum so overpaid. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1 and Relief claimed.]

No. 3. GOODS SOLD AT A FIXED PRICE AND DELIVERED. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. On the day of 19 ,E. F. sold and delivered to the defendant [one hundred barrels of flour, or the goods mentioned in the schedule hereto annexed, or sundry goods].

2. The defendant promised to pay rupees for the said goods on delivery [or on the ,day of ,some day before the plaint was filed].

3. He has not paid the same.

4. E. F. died on the day of 19 .By his last will he appointed his brother, the plaintiff, his executor. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.]

7. The plaintiff as executor of E. F. claims [Relief claimed].

No. 4. GOODS SOLD AT A REASONABLE PRICE AND DELIVERED. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. On the day of 19 ,plaintiff sold and delivered to the defendant [sundry articles of house­furniture], but no express agreement was made as to the price.

2. The goods were reasonably worth rupees.

3. The defendant has not paid the money. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1 and Relief claimed.]

No. 5. GOODS MADE AT DEFENDANT'S REQUEST, AND NOT ACCEPTED. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. On the day of 19 ,E. F. agreed with the plaintiff that the plaintiff should make for him [six tables and fifty chairs], and that E. F. should pay

for the goods on delivery          rupees. 
2. The plaintiff made the goods, and on the          day of          19           offered 

to deliver them to E. F., and has ever since been ready and willing so to do.

3. E. F. has not accepted the goods or paid for them. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.]

No. 6. DEFICIENCY UPON A RE­SALE [GOODS AT AUCTION]. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. On the day of 19 ,the plaintiff put up at auction sundry [goods], subject to the condition that all goods not paid for and removed by the

purchaser within [ten days] after the sale should be re­sold by auction on his account, of which condition the defendant had notice.

2. The defendant purchased [one crate of crockery] at the auction at the price of rupees.

3. The plaintiff was ready and willing to deliver the goods to the defendant on the date of the sale and for [ten days] after.

4. The defendant did not take away the goods purchased by him, nor pay for them within [ten days] after the sale, nor afterwards.

5. On the day of 19 ,the plaintiff re­sold the [crate of

crockery], on account of the defendant, by public auction, for           rupees. 
6. The expenses attendant upon such re­sale amounted to           rupees. 

7. The defendant has not paid the deficiency thus arising amounting to rupees. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.]

No. 7. SERVICES AT A REASONABLE RATE. (Title.)

A. B., the above-named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. Between the day of 19 ,and the day of 19 , at ,plaintiff [executed sundry drawings, designs and diagrams] for the defendant, at his request: but no express agreement was made as to the sum to be paid for such services.

2. The services were reasonably worth rupees.

3. The defendant has not paid the money. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.]

No. 8. SERVICES AND MATERIALS AT A REASONABLE COST. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. On the day of 19 , at , the plaintiff built a house [known as No. , in ], and furnished, the materials therefor, for the defendant, at his request, but no express agreement was made as to the amount to be paid for such work and materials.

2. The work done and materials supplied were reasonably worth rupees.

3. The defendant has not paid the money. [As in paras. 4 and 5 Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.]

No. 9. USE AND OCCUPATION. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, executor of the will of X. Y. deceased, states as follows:–

1. That the defendant occupied the [house No. , Street], by

permission of the said X. Y. from theday of          19          , until the        day of        
19          , and no agreement was made as to payment for the use of the said 

premises.

2. That the use of the said premises for the said period was reasonably worth rupees.

3. The defendant has not paid the money. [As in paras. 4 & 5 of Form No. 1.]

4. The plaintiff as executor of X. Y. claims [Relief claimed].

No. 10. ON AN AWARD. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. On the day of 19 ,the plaintiff and defendant, having a difference between them concerning [a demand of the plaintiff for the price of ten barrels of oil, which the defendant refused to pay], agreed in writing to submit the difference to the arbitration of E. F. and G.H., and the original document is annexed hereto.

2. On the day of 19 ,the arbitrators awarded that the defendant should [pay the plaintiff rupees].

3. The defendant has not paid the money. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1 and Relief claimed.]

No. 11. ON A FOREIGN JUDGMENT. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. On the day of 19 , at in the State [or Kingdom], of ,the Court of that State [or Kingdom], in a suit therein pending between the plaintiff and defendant, duly adjudged that the defendant should pay to the plaintiff rupees, with interest from the said date.

2. The defendant has not paid the money. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No 1, and Relief claimed.]

No. 12. AGAINST SURETY FOR PAYMENT OF RENT. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. On the day of 19 ,E. F. hired from the plaintiff for the term

of                 years, the [house No.                    ,                   Street], at the annual 
rent of           rupees, payable [monthly]. 

2. The defendant agreed, in consideration of the letting of the premises to

E. F., to guarantee the punctual payment of the rent.

3. The rent for the month of 19 , amounting to rupees, has not been paid. [If, by the terms of the agreement, notice is required to be given to the surety, add:–]

4. On the day of 19 , the plaintiff gave notice to the defendant of the non­payment of the rent, and demanded payment thereof.

5. The defendant has not paid the same. [As in paras. 4 & 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.]

No. 13. BREACH OF AGREEMENT TO PURCHASE LAND. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. On the day of 19 , the plaintiff and defendant entered into an agreement, and the original document is hereto annexed. [Or, On the day of 19 , the plaintiff and defendant mutually agreed that the plaintiff should sell to the defendant and that the defendant should purchase from the plaintiff forty bighas of land in the village

of                   for        rupees]. 
2. On the          day of          19          , the plaintiff, being then the absolute 

owner of the property [and the same being free from incumbrances as was made to appear to the defendant], tendered to the defendant a sufficient instrument of transfer of the same [or, was ready and willing, and is still ready and willing, and offered, to transfer the same to the defendant by a sufficient instrument] on the payment by the defendant of the sum agreed upon.

3. The defendant has not paid the money. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.]

No. 14. NOT DELIVERING GOODS SOLD. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:_

1. On the day of 19 , the plaintiff and defendant mutually agreed that the defendant should deliver [one hundred barrels of flour] to the

plaintiff on the          day of          19          , and that the plaintiff  should  pay 
therefor           rupees on delivery. 

2. On the [said] day the plaintiff was ready and willing, and offered, to pay the defendant the said sum upon delivery of the goods.

3. The defendant has not delivered the goods, and the plaintiff has been deprived of the profits which would have accrued to him from such delivery. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.]

No. 15. WRONGFUL DISMISSAL. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. On the day of 19 , the plaintiff and defendant mutually agreed that the plaintiff should serve the defendant as [an accountant, or in the capacity of foreman, or as the case may be], and that the defendant should employ the plaintiff as such for the term of [one year] and pay him for his

services          rupees (monthly). 
2. On the         day of          19          , the plaintiff entered upon the service of 

the defendant and has ever since been, and still is, ready and willing to continue in such service during the remainder of the said year whereof the defendant always has had notice.

3. On the day of 19 , the defendant wrongfully discharged the plaintiff, and refused to permit him to serve as aforesaid, or to pay him for his services. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.]

No. 16. BREACH OF CONTRACT TO SERVE. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. On the day of 19 , the plaintiff and defendant mutually agreed that the plaintiff should employ the defendant at an [annual] salary of rupees, and that the defendant should serve the plaintiff as [an artist] for the term of [one year].

2. The plaintiff has always been ready and willing to perform his part of the agreement [and on the day of 19 , offered so to do].

3. The defendant [entered upon] the service of the plaintiff on the above- mentioned day, but afterwards, on the day of 19 , he refused to serve the plaintiff as aforesaid. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.]

No. 17. AGAINST A BUILDER FOR DEFECTIVE WORKMANSHIP. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. On the day of 19 , the plaintiff and defendant entered into an agreement, and the original document is hereto annexed. [Or state the tenor of the contract.] [2. The plaintiff duly performed all the conditions of the agreement on his part.]

3. The defendant [built the house referred to in the agreement in a bad and unworkmanlike manner]. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.]

No. 18. ON A BOND FOR THE FIDELITY OF A CLERK. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. On the day of 19 , the plaintiff took E. F. into his employment as a clerk.

2. In consideration thereof, on the day of 19 , the defendant agreed with the plaintiff that if E. F. should not faithfully perform his duties as a clerk to the plaintiff, or should fail to account to the plaintiff for all monies, evidences of debt or other property received by him for the use of the plaintiff, the defendant would pay to the plaintiff whatever loss he might sustain by reason thereof, not exceeding rupees. [Or, 2. In consideration thereof, the defendant by his bond of the same date bound himself to pay the plaintiff the penal sum of rupees, subject to the condition that if E. F. should faithfully perform his duties as clerk and cashier to the plaintiff and should justly account to the plaintiff for all monies, evidences of debt or other property which should be at any time held by him in trust for the plaintiff, the bond should be void.] [Or, 2. In consideration thereof, on the same date the defendant executed a bond in favour of the plaintiff, and the original document is hereto annexed.]

3. Between the day of 19 and the day of 19 E.

F. received money and other property, amounting to the value of rupees, for

the use of the plaintiff, for which sum he has not accounted to him, and the same still remains due and unpaid. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.]

No. 19. BY TENANT AGAINST LANDLORD, WITH SPECIAL DAMAGE. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. On the day of 19 , the defendant, by a registered instrument, let to the plaintiff [the house No. , Street] for the term of years, contracting with the plaintiff, that he, the plaintiff, and his legal representatives should quietly enjoy possession thereof for the said term.

2. All conditions were fulfilled and all things happened necessary to entitle the plaintiff to maintain his suit.

3. On the day of during the said term, E. F., who was the lawful owner of the said house, lawfully evicted the plaintiff therefrom, and still withholds the possession thereof from him.

4. The plaintiff was thereby [prevented from continuing the business of a tailor at the said place, was compelled to expend rupees in moving, and lost the custom of G. H. and I. J. by such removal]. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.]

No. 20. ON AN AGREEMENT OF INDEMNITY. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as fellows:–

1. On the day of 19 , the plaintiff and defendant, being partners in trade under the style of A. B. and C. D., dissolved the partnership, and mutually agreed that the defendant should take and keep all the partnership property, pay all debts of the firm and indemnify the plaintiff against all claims that might be made upon him on account of any indebtedness of the firm.

2. The plaintiff duly performed all the conditions of the agreement on his part.

3. On the day of 19 , [a judgment was recovered against the

plaintiff and defendant by E. F., in the High Court of Judicature at         , upon a 
debt due from the firm to E. F., and on the         day of         19          ,] the 
plaintiff paid         rupees [in satisfaction of the same]. 

4. The defendant has not paid the same to the plaintiff. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.]

No. 21. PROCURING PROPERTY BY FRAUD. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. On the day of 19 , the defendant, for the purpose of inducing the plaintiff to sell him certain goods, represented to the plaintiff that [he the defendant, was solvent, and worth rupees over all his liabilities.]

2. The plaintiff was thereby induced to sell [and deliver] to the defendant, [dry goods] of the value of rupees.

3. The said representations were false [or, state the particular falsehoods] and were then known by the defendant to be so.

4. The defendant has not paid for the goods. [Or, if the goods were not delivered]. The plaintiff, in preparing and shipping the goods and procuring their restoration, expended rupees. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.]

No. 22. FRAUDULENTLY PROCURING CREDIT TO BE GIVEN TO ANOTHER PERSON. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. On the day of 19 , the defendant represented to the plaintiff that E. F. was solvent and in good credit, and worth rupees over all his liabilities [or, that E. F. then held a responsible situation and was in good circumstances, and might safely be trusted with goods on credit].

2. The plaintiff was thereby induced to sell to E. F. [rice] of the value of rupees [on months credit].

3. The said representations were false and were then known by the defendant to be so, and were made by him with intent to deceive and defraud the plaintiff [or, to deceive and injure the plaintiff].

4. E. F. [did not pay for the said goods at the expiration of the credit aforesaid, or] has not paid for the said rice, and the plaintiff has wholly lost the same. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.]

No. 23. POLLUTING THE WATER UNDER THE PLAINTIFF'S LAND (Title.)

A. B., the above-named plaintiff, states as follows:_

1. The plaintiff is, and at all the times hereinafter mentioned was, possessed of certain land called and situate in , and of a well therein, and of water in the well, and was entitled to the use and benefit of the well and of the water therein, and to have certain springs and streams of water which flowed and ran into the well to supply the same to flow or run without being fouled or polluted.

2. On the day of 19 , the defendant wrongfully fouled and polluted the well and the water therein and the springs and streams of water which flowed into the well.

3. In consequence the water in the well became impure and unfit for domestic and other necessary purposes, and the plaintiff and his family are deprived of the use and benefit of the well and water. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.]

No. 24. CARRYING ON A NOXIOUS MANUFACTURE. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. The plaintiff is, and at all the times hereinafter mentioned was, possessed of

certain lands called          , situate in          . 
2. Ever since the         day of          19           , the defendant has wrongfully 

caused to issue from certain smelting works carried on by the defendant large quantities of offensive and unwholesome smoke and other vapours and noxious matter, which spread themselves over and upon the said lands, and corrupted the air, and settled on the surface of the lands.

3. Thereby the trees, hedges, herbage and crops of the plaintiff growing on the lands were damaged and deteriorated in value, and the cattle and live­stock of the plaintiff on the lands became unhealthy, and many of them were poisoned and

died.

4. The plaintiff was unable to graze the lands with cattle and sheep as he otherwise might have done, and was obliged to remove his cattle, sheep and farming­stock therefrom, and has been prevented from having so beneficial and healthy a use and occupation of the lands as he otherwise would have had. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.]

No. 25. OBSTRUCTING A RIGHT OF WAY. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. The plaintiff is, and at the time hereinafter mentioned was, possessed of [a house in the village of ].

2. He was entitled to a right of way from the [house] over a certain field to a public highway and back again from the highway over the field to the house, for himself and his servants [with vehicles, or on foot] at all times of the year.

3. On the day of 19 , defendant wrongfully obstructed the said way, so that the plaintiff could not pass [with vehicles, or on foot, or in any manner] along the way [and has ever since wrongfully obstructed the same].

4. (State special damage if any.) [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.]

No. 26. OBSTRUCTING A HIGHWAY. (Title.)

1. The defendant wrongfully dug a trench and heaped up earth and stones in the public highway leading from to so as to obstruct it.

2. Thereby the plaintiff, while lawfully passing along the said highway, fell over the said earth and stones [or into the said trench] and broke his arm, and suffered great pain, and was prevented from attending to his business for a long time, and incurred expense for medical attendance. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.]

No. 27. DIVERTING A WATER­COURSE. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. The plaintiff is, and at the time hereinafter mentioned was, possessed of

a mill situated on a [stream] known as the                   , in the village of                   , 
district of                  . 

2. By reason of such possession the plaintiff was entitled to the flow of the stream for working the mill.

3. On the day of 19 , the defendant, by cutting the bank of the stream, wrongfully diverted the water thereof, so that less water ran into the plaintiff's mill.

4. By reason thereof the plaintiff has been unable to grind more than sacks per day, whereas, before the said diversion of water, he was able to grind sacks per day. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.]

No. 28. OBSTRUCTING A RIGHT TO USE WATER FOR IRRIGATION. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. Plaintiff is, and was at the time hereinafter mentioned, possessed of certain lands situate, etc., and entitled to take and use a portion of the water of a certain stream for irrigating the said lands.

2. On the day of 19 , the defendant prevented the plaintiff from taking and using the said portion of the said water as aforesaid, by wrongfully obstructing and diverting the said stream. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.]

No. 29. INJURIES CAUSED BY NEGLIGENCE ON A RAILROAD. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. On the day of 19 ,the defendants were common carriers of passengers by railway between and .

2. On that day the plaintiff was a passenger in one of the carriages of the defendants on the said railway.

3. While he was such passenger, at [or near the station of or between the stations of and ], a collision occurred on the said railway, caused by the negligence and unskilfulness of the defendants' servants, whereby the plaintiff was much injured [having his leg broken, his head cut, etc., and state the special damage, if any, as], and incurred expense for medical attendance, and is permanently disabled from carrying on his former business as [a salesman]. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.] [Or thus:– 2. On that day the defendants by their servants so negligently and unskillfully drove and managed an engine and a train of carriages attached thereto upon and along the defendants' railway which the plaintiff was then lawfully crossing, that the said engine and train were driven and struck against the plaintiff, whereby, etc., as in para. 3.]

No. 30. INJURIES CAUSED BY NEGLIGENT DRIVING. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:_

1. The plaintiff is a shoemaker, carrying on business at . The defendant is a merchant of .

2. On the day of , 19 , the plaintiff was walking 1 [westward] along 2 [Bunder Road], in the City of 3 [Karachi], at about 3 o'clock in the afternoon. He was obliged to cross 4 [Wood Street], which is a street running into 5 [Bunder Road] at right angles. While he was crossing this street, and just before he could reach the foot­pavement on the further side thereof, a carriage of the defendant's, drawn by two horses under the charge and control of the defendant's servants, was negligently, suddenly and without any warning turned at a rapid and dangerous pace out of 6 [Wood Street] into 7 [Bunder Road]. The pole of the carriage struck the plaintiff and knocked him down, and he was much trampled by the horses.

3. By the blow and fall and trampling the plaintiff's left arm was broken and he was bruised and injured on the side and back, as well as internally, and in consequence thereof the plaintiff was for four months ill and in suffering, and unable to attend to his business, and incurred heavy medical and other expenses, and sustained great loss of business and profits. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.]

No. 31. FOR MALICIOUS PROSECUTION. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. On the d ay of 19 , the defendant obtained a warrant of

arrest from                  [a Magistrate of the said city, or as the case may be] on a 
charge of                   , and the plaintiff was arrested thereon, and imprisoned for    
[days, or hours, and gave bail in the sum of                  rupees to obtain his release]. 

2. In so doing the defendant acted maliciously and without reasonable or probable cause.

3. On the day of 19 , the Magistrate dismissed the complaint of the defendant and acquitted the plaintiff.

4. Many persons, whose names are unknown to the plaintiff, hearing of the arrest, and supposing the plaintiff to be a criminal, have ceased to do business with him; or, in consequence of the said arrest, the plaintiff lost his situation as clerk to one E. F.; or in consequence the plaintiff suffered pain of body and mind, and was prevented from transacting his business, and was injured in his credit, and incurred expense in obtaining his release from the said imprisonment and in defending himself against the said complaint. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.]

1Substituted for the word “southward” by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Act, 1951 (XXVI of 1951), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 12 May 1951, pp. 340-388, s. 4 read with the Third Schedule.

2Ibid., for the word “Chowringhee”. 3Ibid., for the word “Calcutta”. 4Ibid., for the words “Middleton Street”. 5Ibid., for the word “Chowringhee”. 6Ibid., for the words Middleton Street”. 7Ibid., for the word “Chowringhee”.

No. 32. MOVEABLES WRONGFULLY DETAINED. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:_

1. On the day of 19 , plaintiff owned [or state facts showing a right to the possession] the goods mentioned in the schedule hereto annexed [or describe the goods], the estimated value of which is rupees.

2. From that day until the commencement of this suit the defendant has detained the same from the plaintiff.

3. Before the commencement of the suit, to wit on the day of 19 the plaintiff demanded the same from the defendant, but he refused to deliver them. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.]

6. The plaintiff claims–

(1) delivery of the said goods, or rupees, in case delivery cannot be had;

(2) rupees compensation for the detention thereof.

The Schedule.

No. 33. AGAINST A FRAUDULENT PURCHASER AND HIS TRANSFEREE WITH NOTICE. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. On the day of 19 , the defendant C. D., for the purpose of inducing the plaintiff to sell him certain goods, represented to the plaintiff that [he was solvent, and worth rupees over all his liabilities].

2. The plaintiff was hereby induced to sell and deliver to C. D., [one hundred boxes of tea], the estimated value of which is rupees.

3. The said representations were false, and were then known by C. D. to be so, [or, at the time of making the said representations, C. D. was insolvent, and knew himself to be so].

4. C. D. afterwards transferred the said goods to the defendant E. F. without consideration [or who had notice of the falsity of the representation]. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.]

7. The plaintiff claims–

(1) delivery of the said goods, or rupees, in case delivery cannot be had;

(2) rupees compensation for the detention thereof.

No. 34. RESCISSION OF A CONTRACT ON THE GROUND OF MISTAKE. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. On the day of 19 , the defendant represented to the plaintiff that a certain piece of ground belonging to the defendant, situated at , contained [ten bighas].

2. The plaintiff was thereby induced to purchase the same at the price of rupees in the belief that the said representation was true, and signed an agreement, of which the original is hereto annexed. But the land has not been transferred to him.

3. On the day of 19 the plaintiff paid the defendant rupees as part of the purchase­money.

4. That the said piece of ground contained in fact only [five bighas]. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.]

7. The plaintiff claims–

(1) rupees, with interest from the day of 19 ;

(2) that the said agreement be delivered up and cancelled.

No. 35. AN INJUNCTION RESTRAINING WASTE. (Title.)

A. B., the above-named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. The plaintiff is the absolute owner of [describe the property].

2. The defendant is in possession of the same under a lease from the plaintiff.

3. The defendant has [cut down a number of valuable trees, and threatens to cut down many more for the purpose of sale] without the consent of the plaintiff. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.]

6. The plaintiff claims that the defendant be restrained by injunction from committing or permitting any further waste on the said premises. [Pecuniary compensation may also be claimed.]

No. 36. INJUNCTION RESTRAINING NUISANCE. (Title.)

A. B., the above-named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. Plaintiff is, and at all the times hereinafter mentioned was, the absolute owner of [the house No. , Street, 1 [Karachi] ].

2. The defendant is, and at all the said times was, the absolute owner of [a

plot of ground in the same street         ]. 
3. On the         d ay of         19         ,  the defendant erected upon his said 

plot a slaughter­house, and still maintains the same; and from that day until the present time has continually caused cattle to be brought and killed there [and has caused the blood and offal to be thrown into the street opposite the said house of the plaintiff]. [4. In consequence the plaintiff has been compelled to abandon the said house, and has been unable to rent the same.] [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.] The plaintiff claims that the defendant be restrained by injunction from committing or permitting any further nuisance.

No. 37. PUBLIC NUISANCE. (Title.)

A. B., the above-named plaintiff, states as follows:_

1. The defendant has wrongly heaped up earth and stones on a public road known as street at so as to obstruct the passage of the public along the same and threatens and intends, unless restrained from so doing, to continue and repeat the said wrongful act.

2. The plaintiff have obtained the consent in writing of the Advocate General [or of the Collector or other officer appointed in this behalf] to the institution of this

suit. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.] The plaintiff claims–

(1) a declaration that the defendant is not entitled to obstruct the passage of the public along the said public road;

(2) an injunction restraining the defendant from obstructing the passage of the public along the said public road and directing the defendant to remove the earth and stones wrongfully heaped up as aforesaid.

No. 38. INJUNCTION AGAINST THE DIVERSION OF A WATER­COURSE. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1Substituted for the word "Calcutta" by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Act, 1951 (XXVI of 1951), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 12 May 1951, pp. 340-388, s. 4 read with the Third Schedule.

[As in Form No. 27.] The plaintiff claims that the defendant be restrained by injunction from diverting the water as aforesaid.

No. 39. RESTORATION OF MOVEABLE PROPERTY THREATENED WITH DESTRUCTION, AND FOR AN INJUNCTION. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. Plaintiff is, and at all times hereinafter mentioned was, the owner of [a portrait of his grand­father which was executed by an eminent painter] and of which no duplicate exists [or, state any facts showing that the property is of a kind that cannot be replaced by money].

2. On the day of 19 , he deposited the same for safe­keeping with the defendant.

3. On the day of 19 , he demanded the same from the defendant and offered to pay all reasonable charges for the storage of the same.

4. The defendant refuses to deliver the same to the plaintiff and threatens to conceal, dispose of, cut or injure the same if required to deliver it up.

5. No pecuniary compensation would be an adequate compensation to the plaintiff for the loss of the [painting]. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.]

8. The plaintiff claims–

(1) that the defendant be restrained by injunction from disposing of, injuring or concealing the said [painting];

(2) that he be compelled to deliver the same to the plaintiff.

No. 40. INTERPLEADER. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. Before the date of the claims hereinafter mentioned G. H. deposited with the plaintiff [describe the property] for [safe­keeping].

2. The defendant C. D. claims the same [under an alleged assignment thereof to him from G. H.].

3. The defendant E. F. also claims the same [under an order of G. H. transferring the same to him].

4. The plaintiff is ignorant of the respective rights of the defendants.

5. He has no claim upon the said property other than for charges and costs, and is ready and willing to deliver it to such persons as the Court shall direct.

6. The suit is not brought by collusion with either of the defendants. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.]

9. The plaintiff claims_

(1) that the defendants be restrained, by injunction, from taking any proceedings against the plaintiff in relation thereto;

(2) that they be required to interplead together concerning their claims to the said property;

[(3) that some person be authorized to receive the said property pending such litigation;]

(4) that upon delivering the same to such [person] the plaintiff be discharged from all liability to either of the defendants in relation thereto.

No. 41. ADMINISTRATION BY CREDITOR ON BEHALF OF HIMSELF AND ALL OTHER CREDITORS. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. E. F., late of , was at the time of his death, and his estate still is, indebted to the plaintiff in the sum of [here insert nature of debt and security, if any].

2. E. F. died on or about the day of . By his last will, dated the day of , he appointed C. D. his executor [or devised his estate in trust etc., or died intestate, as the case may be].

3. The will was proved by C. D. [or letters of administration were granted, etc.].

4. The defendant has possessed himself of the movable [and immovable or the proceeds of the immovable] property of E. F., and has not paid the plaintiff his

debt. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.]

7. The plaintiff claims that an account may be taken of the movable [and immovable] property of E. F., deceased, and that the same may be administered under the decree of the Court.

No. 42. ADMINISTRATION BY SPECIFIC LEGATEE. (Title.) [Alter Form No. 41 thus]–

[Omit paragraph 1 and commence paragraph 2] E. F., late of         , d ied on 
or about the          day of         . By his last will, dated the           day of         he 

appointed C. D. his executor, and bequeathed to the plaintiff [here state the specific legacy]. For paragraph 4 substitute_ The defendant is in possession of the movable property of E. F., and, amongst other things, of the said [here name the subject of the specific bequest]. For the commencement of paragraph 7 substitute_ The plaintiff claims that the defendant may be ordered to deliver to him the said [here name the subject of the specific bequest], or that, etc.

No. 43. ADMINISTRATION BY PECUNIARY LEGATEE. (Title.) [Alter Form No. 41 thus]- [Omit paragraph 1 and substitute for paragraph 2] E. F., late of

, died on or about the            day of               . By his last will, dated the          day 
of           he appointed C. D. his executor , and bequeathed to the plaintiff a 
legacy of          rupees. 

In paragraph 4 substitute "legacy" for "debt."

Another form. (Title.)

E. F., the above-named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. A. B. of K. in the died on the day of . By his last will, dated the day of , he appointed the defendant and M. N. [who died in the testator's lifetime] his executors, and bequeathed his property, whether movable or immovable, to his executors in trust, to pay the rents and income thereof to the plaintiff for his life; and after his decease, and in default of his having a son who should attain twenty­one, or a daughter who should attain that age or marry, upon trust as to his immovable property for the person who would be the testator's heir­at­law, and as to his movable property for the persons who would be the testator's next­of­kin if he had died intestate at the time of the death of the plaintiff, and such failure of his issue as aforesaid.

2. The will was proved by the defendant on the day of . The plaintiff has not been married.

3. The testator was at his death entitled to movable and immovable property; the defendant entered into the receipt of the rents of the immovable property and got in the movable property; he has sold some part of the immovable property. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.]

6. The plaintiff claims–

(1) to have the movable and immovable property of A. B. administered in this court and for that purpose to have all proper directions given and accounts taken;

(2) Such further or other relief as the nature of the case may require.

No. 44. EXECUTION OF TRUSTS. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. He is one of the trustees under an instrument of settlement bearing date on or about the day of made upon the marriage of E. F. and G. H., the father and mother of the defendant [or an instrument of transfer of the estate and effects of E. F. for the benefit of C. D., the defendant, and the other creditors of E. F.].

2. A. B. has taken upon himself the burden of the said trust, and is in possession of [or of the proceeds of] the movable and immovable property transferred by the said instrument.

3. C. D. claims to be entitled to a beneficial interest under the instruments. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.]

6. The plaintiff is desirous to account for all the rents and profits of the said immovable property [and the proceeds of the sale of the said, or of part of the said, immovable property, or movable, or the proceeds of the sale of, or of part of, the said movable property, or the profits accruing to the plaintiff as such trustee in the execution of the said trust]; and he prays that the Court will take the accounts of the said trust, and also that the whole of the said trust estate may be administered in the Court for the benefit of C. D., the defendant, and all other persons who may be interested in such administration, in the presence of C. D., and such other persons so interested as the Court may direct, or that C. D. may show good cause to the contrary. [N. B.– Where the suit is by a beneficiary, the plaint may be modelled, mutatis mutandis on the plaint by a legatee.]

No. 45. FORECLOSURE OR SALE. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. The plaintiff is mortgagee of lands belonging to the defendant.

2. The following are the particulars of the mortgage:–

(a) (date);

(b) (names of mortgagor and mortgagee);

(c) (sum secured);

(d) (rate of interest);

(e) (property subject to mortgage);

(f) (amount now due);

(g) if (the plaintiff's title is derivative, state shortly the transfers or devolution under which he claims). (If the plaintiff is mortgagee in possession, add)

3. The plaintiff took possession of the mortgaged property on the day of and is ready to account as mortgagee in possession from that time. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.]

6. The plaintiff claims­

(1) payment, or in default [sale or] foreclosure [and possession]; [Where Order 34, rule 6, applies.]

(2) in case the proceeds of the sale are found to be insufficient to pay the amount due to the plaintiff, then that liberty be reserved to the plaintiff to apply for a decree for the balance.

No. 46. REDEMPTION. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. The plaintiff is mortgagor of lands of which the defendant is mortgagee.

2. The following are the particulars of the mortgage:–

(a) (date);

(b) (names of mortgagor and mortgagee);

(c) (sum secured);

(d) (rate of interest);

(e) (property subject to mortgage);

(f) (If the plaintiff's title is derivative, state shortly the transfers or, devolution under which he claims). (If the defendant is mortgagee in possession, add)

3. The defendant has taken possession [or has received the rents] of the mortgaged property. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.]

6. The plaintiff claims to redeem the said property and to have the same reconveyed to him [and to have possession thereof].

No. 47. SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE (No. 1). (Title.)

A. B., the above-named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. By an agreement dated the day of and signed by the defendant, he contracted to buy of [or sell to] the plaintiff certain immovable property therein described and referred to, for the sum of rupees.

2. The plaintiff has applied to the defendant specifically to perform the agreement on his part, but the defendant has not done so.

3. The plaintiff has been and still is ready and willing specifically to perform the agreement on his part of which the defendant has had notice. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.]

6. The plaintiff claims that the Court will order the defendant specifically to perform the agreement and to do all acts necessary to put the plaintiff in full possession of the said property [or to accept a transfer and possession of the said property] and to pay the costs of the suit.

No. 48. SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE (No. 2). (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. On the day of 19 , the plaintiff and defendant entered into an agreement in writing, and the original document is hereto annexed. The defendant was absolutely entitled to the immovable property described in the agreement.

2. On the day of 19 , the plaintiff tendered rupees to the defendant, and demanded a transfer of the said property by a sufficient instrument.

3. On the day 19 , the plaintiff again demanded such transfer [or the defendant refused to transfer the same to the plaintiff].

4. The defendant has not executed any instrument of transfer.

5. The plaintiff is still ready and willing to pay the purchase­money of the said property to the defendant. [As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.]

8. The plaintiff claims_

(1) that the defendant transfers the said property to the plaintiff by a sufficient instrument [following the terms of the agreement];

(2) rupees compensation for withholding the same.

No. 49. PARTNERSHIP. (Title.)

A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:–

1. He and C. D., the defendant, have been for years [or months] past carrying on business together under articles of partnership in writing, [or under a deed, or under a verbal agreement].

2. Several disputes and differences have arisen between the plaintiff and defendant as such partners whereby it has become impossible to carry on the business in partnership with advantage to the partners . [Or the defendant has committed the following breaches of the partnership articles:–

(1)

(2)

(3) ]

[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.]

5. The plaintiff claims–

(1) dissolution of the partnership;

(2) that accounts be taken;

(3) that a receiver be appointed. (N. B.– In suits for the winding­up of any partnership, omit the claim for dissolution; and instead insert a paragraph stating the facts of the partnership having been dissolved.)

(4) WRITTEN STATEMENTS. General defenses. Denial. The defendant denies that (set out facts). The defendant does not admit that (set out facts).

The defendant admits that          but says that          
Protest. The defendant denies that he is a partner in the defendant firm  of         . 

The defendant denies that he made the contract alleged or any contract with the plaintiff. The defendant denies that he contracted with the plaintiff as alleged or at all. The defendant admits assets but not the plaintiff's claim. The defendant denies that the plaintiff sold to him the goods mentioned in the plaint or any of them.

Limitation. The suit is barred by article or article of the Second Schedule to the 1 [Limitation Act, 1908 (IX of 1908)]. Jurisdiction. The Court has no jurisdiction to hear the suit on the ground that (set forth the grounds). On the day of a diamond ring was delivered by the defendant to and accepted by the plaintiff in discharge of the alleged cause of action. Insolvency. The defendant has been adjudged an insolvent. The plaintiff before the institution of the suit was adjudged an insolvent and the right to sue vested in the receiver. Minority. The defendant was a minor at the time of making the alleged contract. Payment The defendant as to the whole claim (or as to Rs. part of into Court. the money claimed, or as case may be) has paid into Court Rs. and says that this sum is enough to satisfy the plaintiff's claim (or the part aforesaid). Performance The performance of the promise alleged was remitted on the remitted. (date). Rescission. The contract was rescinded by agreement between the plaintiff and defendant. Res Judicata. The plaintiff's claim is barred by the decree in suit (give the reference). Estoppel. The plaintiff is estopped from denying the truth of (insert statements as to which estoppel is claimed) because (here state the facts relied on as creating the estoppel). Ground of Since the institution of the suit, that is to say, on the defense day of (set out facts). subsequent to institution of suit.

No. 1. DEFENCE IN SUITS FOR GOODS SOLD AND DELIVERED.

1. The defendant did not order the goods.

2. The goods were not delivered to the defendant.

3. The price was not Rs. [or]

1Substituted for the expression “Indian Limitation Act, 1877” by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary) dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345 -475, s. 3 rea d with the Second Schedule.

4. 1.

5. Except as to Rs. , same as 2.

6. 3.

7. The defendant [or A. B., the defendant‟s agent] satisfied the claim by

payment before suit to the plaintiff [or to C. D., the plaintiff's agent] on the          day 
of         19   . 

8. The defendant satisfied the claim by payment after suit to the plaintiff on the day of 19 .

No. 2. DEFENCE IN SUITS ON BONDS.

1. The bond is not the defendant's bond.

2. The defendant made payment to the plaintiff on the day according to the condition of the bond.

3. The defendant made payment to the plaintiff after the day named and before suit of the principal and interest mentioned in the bond.

No. 3. DEFENCE IN SUITS ON GUARANTEES.

1. The principal satisfied the claim by payment before suit.

2. The defendant was released by the plaintiff giving time to the principal debtor in pursuance of a binding agreement.

No. 4. DEFENCE IN ANY SUIT FOR DEBT.

1. As to Rs. 200 of the money claimed, the defendant is entitled to set off for goods sold and delivered by the defendant to the plaintiff. Particulars are as follows:–

Rs.

1907, January 25th  .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..    150 
" February, 1st      .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..      ..   50 
 ____ 

Total 200 ____

2. As to the whole [or as to Rs. , part of the money claimed] the defendant made tender before suit of Rs. , and has paid the same into Court.

No. 5. DEFENCE IN SUITS FOR INJURIES CAUSED BY NEGLIGENT DRIVING.

1. The defendant denies that the carriage mentioned in the plaint was the defendant's carriage, and that it was under the charge or control of the defendant's servants. The carriage belonged to of Street, 1 [Karachi], livery stable keepers employed by the defendant to supply him with carriages and horses; and the person under whose charge and control the said carriage was, was the servant of the said .

2. The defendant does not admit that the said carriage was turned out of 2 [Wood Street], either negligently, suddenly or without warning, or at a rapid or dangerous pace.

3. The defendant says the plaintiff might and could, by the exercise of reasonable care and diligence, have seen the said carriage approaching him, and avoided any collision with it.

4. The defendant does not admit the statements contained in the third paragraph of the plaint.

No. 6. DEFENCE IN ALL SUITS FOR WRONGS.

1. Denial of the several acts [or matters] complained of.

No. 7. DEFENCE IN SUITS FOR DETENTION OF GOODS.

1. The goods were not the property of the plaintiff.

2. The goods were detained for a lien to which the defendant was entitled. Particulars are as follows:– 1907, May 3rd. To carriage of the goods claimed from 3 [Lahore] to 4 [Karachi]:– 45 maunds at Rs. 2 per maund .. .. .. Rs. 90.00

No. 8. DEFENCE IN SUITS FOR INFRINGEMENT OF COPYRIGHT.

1. The plaintiff is not the author [assignee, etc.].

2. The book was not registered.

1Substituted for the word “Calcutta” by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Act, 1951 (XXVI of 1951), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 12 May 1951, pp. 340-388, s. 4 read with the Third Schedule.

2Ibid., for the words “Middleton Street”.

3Substituted for the word “Dehli” by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Act, 1951 (XXVI of 1951), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 12 May 1951, pp. 340-388, s. 4 read with the Third Schedule.

4Ibid., for the word “Calcutta”.

3. The defendant did not infringe.

No. 9. DEFENCE IN SUITS FOR INFRINGEMENT OF TRADE MARK.

1. The trade mark is not the plaintiff's.

2. The alleged trade mark is not a trade mark.

3. The defendant did not infringe.

No. 10. DEFENCES IN SUITS RELATING TO NUISANCES.

1. The plaintiff's lights are not ancient [or deny his other alleged prescriptive rights].

2. The plaintiff's lights will not be materially interfered with by the defendant's buildings.

3. The defendant denies that he or his servants pollute the water [or do what is complained of]. [If the defendant claims the right by prescription or otherwise to do what is complained of, he must say so, and must state the grounds of the claim, i.e. whether by prescription, grant or what.]

4. The plaintiff has been guilty of laches of which the following are particulars:–

1870. Plaintiff's mill began to work.

1871. Plaintiff came into possession.

1883. First complaint.

5. As to the plaintiff's claim for damages the defendant will rely on the above grounds of defence, and says that the acts complained of have not produced any damage to the plaintiff. [If other grounds are relied on, they must be stated, e.g., limitation as to past damage.]

No. 11. DEFENCE TO SUIT FOR FORECLOSURE.

1. The defendant did not execute the mortgage.

2. The mortgage was not transferred to the plaintiff (if more than one transfer is alleged, say which is denied).

3. The suit is barred by article of the second schedule to the 1 [Limitation Act, 1908 (IX of 1908)].

4. The following payments have been made, viz.:–

1Substituted for the expression “Indian Limitation Act, 1877” by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary) dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345 -475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule.

Rs.

(Insert date.)   ___________,   ..    .. ..  ..    1,000  
(Insert date.)   _______________,      .. .. .. ..            500 
5. The plaintiff took possession on the          of          , and has received the rents 

ever since.

6. That plaintiff released the debt on the of .

7. The defendant transferred all his interest to A. B. by a document dated .

No. 12. DEFENCE TO SUIT FOR REDEMPTION.

1. The plaintiff's right to redeem is barred by article of the Second Schedule to the 1 [Limitation Act, 1908 (IX of 1908)].

2. The plaintiff transferred all interest in the property to A. B.

3. The defendant, by a document dated the day of transferred all his interest in the mortgaged debt and property comprised in the mortgage to A. B.

4. The defendant never took possession of the mortgaged property, or received the rents thereof. (If the defendant admits possession for a time only, he should state the time and deny possession beyond what he admits).

No. 13. DEFENCE TO SUIT FOR SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE.

1. The defendant did not enter into the agreement.

2. A. B. was not the agent of the defendant (if alleged by plaintiff).

3. The plaintiff has not performed the following conditions­(Conditions).

4. The defendant did not­(alleged acts of part performance).

5. The plaintiff's title to the property agreed to be sold is not such as the defendant is bound to accept by reason of the following matter­(State why).

6. The agreement is uncertain in the following respects­(State them).

7. (or) The plaintiff has been guilty of delay;

8. (or) The plaintiff has been guilty of fraud (or misrepresentation).

9. (or) The agreement is unfair;

10. (or) The agreement was entered into by mistake.

11. The following are particulars of (7), (8), (9), (10), (or as the case may be).

1Ibid.

12. The agreement was rescinded under Conditions of Sale No. 11 (or by mutual agreement). (In cases where damages are claimed and the defendant disputes his liability to damages, he must deny the agreement or the alleged breaches, or show whatever other ground of defence he intends to rely on, e.g., the 1 [*] Limitation Act, accord and satisfaction, release, fraud, etc.)

No. 14. DEFENCES IN ADMINISTRATION SUIT BY PECUNIARY LEGATEE.

1. A. B.'s will contain a charge of debts; he died insolvent; he was entitled at his death to some immovable property which the defendant sold and which

produced the net sum of Rs.          , and the testator had some movable property 
which the defendant got in, and which produced the net sum of Rs.          . 

2. The defendant applied the whole of the said sums and the sum of Rs. which the defendant received from rents of the immovable property in the payment of the funeral and testamentary expenses and some of the debts of the testator.

3. The defendant made up his accounts and sent a copy thereof to the plaintiff on the day of 19 , and offered the plaintiff free access to the vouchers to verify such accounts, but he declined to avail himself of the defendant's offer.

4. The defendant submits that the plaintiff ought to pay the costs of this suit.

No. 15. PROBATE OF WILL IN SOLEMN FORM.

1. The said will and codicil of the deceased were not duly executed according to the provisions of the 2 Indian Succession Act, 1865 3 [or of the Hindu Wills Act, 1870 4 ].

2. The deceased at the time the said will and codicil respectively purport to have been executed, was not of sound mind, memory and understanding.

3. The execution of the said will and codicil was obtained by the undue influence of the plaintiff [and others acting with him whose names are at present unknown to the defendant].

4. The execution of the said will and codicil was obtained by the fraud of the plaintiff, such fraud, so far as is within the defendant's present knowledge, being [state the nature of the fraud].

1The word “Indian” deemed to be omitted by virtue of omission of the said word in the “short title” of the Indian Limitation Act, 1908 by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Ord er, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 2See now the Succession Act, 1925 (XXXIX of 1925), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 10 October 1925, pp. 69-147. 3X of 1865. 4XXI of 1870.

5. The deceased at the time of the execution of the said will and codicil did not know and approve of the contents thereof, [or of the contents of the residuary clause in the said will, as the case may be].

6. The deceased made his true last will, dated the 1st January, 1873, and there by appointed the defendant sole executor thereof. The defendant claim–

(1) that the Court will pronounce against the said will and codicil propounded by the plaintiff;

(2) that the Court will decree probate of the will of the deceased, dated the 1st January, 1873, in solemn form of law.

No. 16. PARTICULARS. (O. 6 , r. 5.) (Title of suit.) Particulars. The following are the particulars of (here state the matters in respect of which particulars have been ordered) delivered pursuant to the order of the of (Here set out the particulars ordered in paragraphs if necessary.)

APPENDIX B PROCESS.

No. 1. SUMMONS FOR DISPOSAL OF SUIT. (O. 5, rr. 1, 5.) (Title.) To [Name, description and place of residence.] WHEREAS has instituted a suit against you for you are hereby summoned to appear in this Court in person or by a pleader duly instructed, and able to answer all material questions relating to the suit, or who shall be accompanied by some person able to answer all such questions, on the day of 19 , at o 'clock in the noon, to answer the claim; and as the day fixed for your appearance is appointed for the final disposal of the suit, you must be prepared to produce on that day all the witnesses upon whose evidence and all the documents upon which you intend to rely in support of your defence. Take notice that, in default of your appearance on the day before mentioned, the suit will be heard and determined in your absence.

GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this             day of          
19           . 

Judge.

NOTICE.–1. Should you apprehend your witnesses will not attend of their own accord, you can have a summons from this Court to compel the attendance of any witness, and the production of any document that you have a right to call upon the witness to produce, on applying to the Court and on depositing the necessary expenses.

2. If you admit the claim, you should pay the money into Court together with the costs of the suit, to avoid execution of the decree, which may be against your person or property, or both.

1 [No. 1A. * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ]

1Omitted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

No. 2. SUMMONS FOR SETTLEMENT OF ISSUES. (O. 5, rr. 1, 5.) (Title.) To [Name, description and place of residence.] WHEREAS has instituted a suit against you for you are hereby summoned to appear in this Court in person, or by a pleader duly instructed, and able to answer all material questions relating to the suit, or who shall be accompanied by some person able to answer all such questions, on the d ay of 19 , at o' clock in the noon, to answer the claim;

and you are directed to produce on that day all the documents upon which you intend to rely in support of your defence 1 [and to file on or before that date your written statement]. Take notice that, in default of your appearance on the day before mentioned, the suit will be heard and determined in your absence.

GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this             day of          
19         . 

Judge.

NOTICE.– 1. Should you apprehend your witnesses will not attend of their own accord, you can have a summons from this Court to compel the attendance of any witness, and the production of any document that you have a right to call on the witness to produce, on applying to the Court and on depositing the necessary expenses.

2. If you admit the claim, you should pay the money into Court together with the costs of the suit, to avoid execution of the decree, which may be against your person or property, or both.

No. 3. SUMMONS TO APPEAR IN PERSON. (O. 5, r. 3.) (Title.) To [Name, description and place of residence.] WHEREAS

1Inserted by the Law Reforms Or dinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule.

has instituted a suit against you for

you are hereby summoned to appear in this Court in person on the            day of
   19          , at          o'clock in the           noon, to answer the claim; and you are 

directed to produce on that day all the documents upon which you intend to rely in support of your defence. Take notice that, in default of your appearance on the day before mentioned, the suit will be heard and determined in your absence.

GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court this             day of            
19          . 

Judge.

No. 4. SUMMONS IN SUMMARY SUIT ON NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENT. (O. 37, r. 2.) (Title.)

To [Name, description and place of residence.]

WHEREAS        has instituted a suit against you under Order XXXVII of the 
Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, for Rs.          , balance of principal and interest due 
to him as the          of a           of which a copy is hereto annexed, you are hereby 

summoned to obtain leave from the Court within ten days from the service hereof to appear and defend the suit, and within such time to cause an appearance to be entered for you. In default whereof the plaintiff will be entitled at any time after the expiration of such ten days to obtain a decree for any sum not exceeding the sum of Rs. and the sum of Rs. for costs 1 [together with such interest, if any, from the date of the institution of the suit as the Court may order]. Leave to appear may be obtained on an application to the Court supported by affidavit or declaration showing that there is a defence to the suit on the merits, or that it is reasonable that you should be allowed to appear in the suit.

GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of          
19          . 

Judge.

1Inserted by the Negotiable Instruments (Interest) Act, 1926 (XXX of 1926), published in the Gazette of India , dated: 11 September 1926, p. 51 ,s. 4.

No. 5. NOTICE TO PERSON WHO, THE COURT CONSIDERS, SHOULD BE ADDED AS CO­PLAINTIF. (O. 1, r. 10.) (Title.) To [Name, description and place of residence.]

WHEREAS                                                                has instituted the above 
suit against                                 for                                 and whereas it appears 

necessary that you should be added as a plaintiff in the said suit in order to enable the Court effectually and completely to adjudicate upon and settle all the questions involved:

Take notice that you should on or before day of 19 signify to this Court whether you consent to be so added.

GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this                day of          
19        . 

Judge.

No. 6. SUMMONS TO LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE OF A DECEASED DEFENDANT. (O. 22, r. 4.) (Title.) To

WHEREAS the plaintiff                                                      instituted a suit in 
this Court on the               day of             19             against the defendant who has 

since deceased, and whereas the said plaintiff has made an application to this Court alleging that you are the legal representative of the said de ceased, and desiring that you be made the defendant in his stead:

You are hereby summoned to attend in this Court on the        day of    19         
at         A.M. to defend the said suit, and, in default of your appearance on the day 

specified, the said suit will be heard and determined in your absence.

GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this             day of           
19         . 

Judge.

No. 7. ORDER FOR TRANSMISSION OF SUMMONS FOR SERVICE IN THE JURISDICTION OF ANOTHER COURT. (O. 5, r. 21.) (Title.) WHEREAS it is stated that

defendant/witness in the above suit is at present residing in          : It is ordered that 
a summons returnable on the                day of                19            , be 
 forwarded to the        Court of          for service on the said defendant/witness 

with a duplicate of this proceeding. The court­fee of cha rgeable in respect to the summons has been realized in this Court in stamps. Dated 19 .

Judge.

No. 8. ORDERED FOR TRANSMISSION OF SUMMONS TO BE SERVED ON A PRISONER. (O. 5, r. 24.) (Title.) To The Superintendent of the Jail at UNDER the provisions of Order V, rule 24, of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, a summons in duplicate is herewith forwarded for service on the defendant who is a prisoner in jail. You are requested to cause a copy of the said summons to be served upon the said defendant and to return the original to this Court signed by the said defendant, with a statement of service endorsed thereon by you.

Judge.

No. 9. ORDER FOR TRANSMISSION OF SUMMONS TO BE SERVED ON A PUBLIC SERVANT OR SOLDIER. (O. 5, rr. 27, 28.) (Title.) To UNDER the provisions of Order V, rule 27 (or 28, as the case may be), of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1908, a summons in duplicate is herewith forwarded for service on the defendant who is stated to be serving under you. You are requested to cause a copy of the said summons to be served upon the said defendant and to return the original to this Court signed by the said defendant, with a statement of service endorsed thereon, by you.

Judge.

No. 10. TO ACCOMPANY RETURNS OF SUMMONS OF ANOTHER COURT. (O. 5,

r. 23.) (Title.)

Read proceeding from the          forwarding                 for 
service on          in Suit No.         of 19          of that Court. 
Read Serving officer's endorsement stating that the        and proof of the above 
having been duly taken by me on the oath of           and              it is ordered that 
the              be returned to the         with a copy of this proceeding. 

Judge. Note.– This form will be applicable to process other than summons, the service of which may have to be effected in the same manner.

No. 11. AFFIDAVIT OF PROCESS-SERVER TO ACCOMPANY RETURN OF A SUMMONS OR NOTICE. (O. 5, r. 18.) (Title.)

The Affidavit of                               son of          
I                            make oath/affirm  

and say as follows:–

(1) I am a process­server of this Court.

(2) On the day of 19 I received a summons/notice issued

by the Court of                     in Suit No.                     of 19          in the 
said Court, dated the                     day of                    19          for 

service on

(3) The said was at the time personally known to me, and I served

the said summons/notice on him/her on the    day of           19          at 
about          o‟clock in the         noon at      by tendering a copy thereof 

to him/her and requiring his/her signature to the original summons/notice.

(a)

(b)

(a) Here state whether the person served signed or refused to sign the process, and in whose presence.

(b) Signature of process­server. or,

(3) The said not being personally known to me accompanied to and pointed out to me a person whom he stated to be the said ,

and I served the said summons/notice on him/her on the              day 
of         19          , at about          o‟clock in the          noon at            by 

tendering a copy thereof to him /her and requiring his/her signature to the original summons/notice.

(a)

(b)

(a) Here state whether the person served signed or refused to sign the process and in whose presence.

(b) Signature of process­server. or, 1

[(3) The said          and his house in which he ordinarily resides being 
personally known to me / pointed out to me by     .  
I went to said house in              and thereon the day of                   19          , 
at         o‟clock in the          fore/after noon, I did not find the said           

I enquired from

(a)

(b)

neighbours

I was told that had gone to and would not be back till

(Signature of process -server. )]

or, If substituted service has been ordered, state fully and exactly the manner in which the summons was served with special reference to the terms of the order for substituted service. Sworn/Affirmed by the said before me this day of 19 .

Empowered under section 139 of the Code of Civil Procedure to administer the oath to deponents.

1Substituted by the Notification No. 6 G, dated: 1 January 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 1 January 1909, pp. 2 -3. Above said Notification was confirmed by the Notification No. 2212 G, dated: 12 May 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 21 May 1909, p. 571.

No. 12. NOTICE TO DEFENDANT. (O. 9, r. 6.) (Title.) To [Name, description and place of residence.] WHEREAS this day was fixed for the hearing of the above suit and a summons was issued to you and the plaintiff has appeared in this Court and you did not so appear, but from the return of the Nazir it has been proved to the satisfaction of the Court that the said summons was served on you but not in sufficient time to enable you to appear and answer on the day fixed in the said summons;

Notice is hereby given to you that the hearing of the suit is adjourned this day and that the day of 19 is now fixed for the hearing of the same; in default of your appearance on the day last mentioned the suit will be heard and determined in your absence.

GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this                day of           
19          . 

Judge.

No. 13. SUMMONS TO WITNESS. (O. 16, rr. 1, 5.) (Title.) To WHEREAS your attendance is required to on behalf of the in the above suit, you are hereby required [personally] to appear before this Court on the day of 19 ,at o'clock in the forenoon, and to bring with you [or to send to this Court] A sum of Rs. , being your traveling and other expenses and subsistence allowance for one day, is herewith sent. If you fail to comply with this order without lawful excuse, you will be subject to the consequences of non­attendance laid down in rule 12 of Order XVI of the Code of Civil Procedure.

GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this              day of           
19          . 

Judge.

NOTICE.- (1) If you are summoned only to produce a document and not to give evidence, you shall be deemed to have complied with the summons if you cause such document to be produced in this Court on the day and hour aforesaid.

(2) If you are detained beyond the day aforesaid, a sum of Rs. will be tendered to you for each day's attendance beyond the day specified.

No. 14. PROCLAMATION REQUIRING ATTENDANCE OF WITNESS. (O. 16, r. 10.) (Title.) To WHEREAS it appears from the examination on oath of the serving officer that the summons could not be served upon the witness in the manner prescribed by law: and whereas it appears that the evidence of the witness is material, and he absconds and keeps out of the way for the purpose of evading the service of the summons: This proclamation is therefore, under rule 10 of Order XVI of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, issued requiring the attendance of the witness in this Court on the day of 19 at o'clock in the forenoon, and from day to day until he shall have leave to depart; and if the witness fails to attend on the day and hour aforesaid he will be dealt with according to law.

GIVEN Under my hand and the seal of the Court, this             day of            
19          . 

Judge.

No. 15. PROCLAMATION REQUIRING ATTENDANCE OF WITNESS. (O. 16, r. 10.) (Title.) To WHEREAS it appears from the examination on oath of the serving officer that the summons has been duly served upon the witness, and whereas it appears that the evidence of the witness is material and he has failed to attend in compliance with such summons: This proclamation is therefore, under rule 10 of Order XVI of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, issued, requiring the attendance of the witness in this Court on the day of 19 at o'clock in the forenoon, and from day to day until he shall have leave to depart; and if the witness fails to attend on the day and hour aforesaid he will be dealt with according to law. GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court this day of 19 .

Judge.

No. 16. WARRANT OF ATTACHMENT OF PROPERTY OF WITNESS. (O.16, r.10.) (Title.) To The Bailiff of the Court. WHEREAS the witness cited by has not, after the expiration of the period limited in the proclamation issued for his attendance, appeared in Court;

you are hereby directed to hold under attachment          property belonging to the 
said witness to the value of           and to submit a return, accompanied with an 
inventory thereof, within           days. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this         day of         19        . 

Judge.

No. 17. WARRANT OF ARREST OF WITNESS. (O. 16, r. 10.) (Title.) To The Bailiff of the Court. WHEREAS has been duly served with a summons but has failed to attend [absconds and keeps out of the way for the purpose of avoiding service of a summons]; You are hereby ordered to arrest and bring the said before the

Court.

You are further ordered to return this warrant on or before the             day of
     19          with an endorsement certifying the day on and the manner in which 

it has been executed, or the reason why it has not been executed.

GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of           
19          . 

Judge.

No. 18. WARRANT OF COMMITTAL. (O. 16, r. 16.) (Title.) To The Officer in charge of the Jail at

WHEREAS the plaintiff (or defendant) in the above-named suit has made

application to his Court that security be taken for the appearance of          to give 
evidence (or to produce a document), on the          day of           19          ; and 

whereas the Court has called upon the said to furnish such security, which he

has failed to do; This is to require you to receive the said          into your custody 
in the civil prison and to produce him before this Court at         on the said day and 

on such other day or days as may be hereafter ordered.

GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this             day of            
19          . 

Judge.

No. 19. WARRANT OF COMMITTAL. (O. 16, r. 18.) (Title.) To The Officer in charge of the Jail at WHEREAS , whose attendance is required before this Court in the above-named case to give evidence (or to produce a document), h as been arrested and brought before the Court in custody; and whereas owing to the absence of the plaintiff (or defendant), the said cannot give such evidence (or produce such document); and whereas the Court has called upon the said

 to give security for his appearance on the                                day 
of                 19              , at   which he has failed to do; This is to require you to 
receive the said         into your custody in the civil prison and to produce him 
before this Court at          on the day of               19          . 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this        day of       19     . 

Judge.

APPENDIX C DISCOVERY, INSPECTION AND ADMISSION.

No. 1. ORDER FOR DELIVERY OF INTERROGATORIES. (O. 11, r. 1.) In the Court of Civil Suit No. of 19 .

A. B. … … … … … … Plaintiff, against

C. D., E. F. and G. H. … … … Defendants,

Upon hearing          and upon reading the affidavit          of          filed the day 
of           19           ; It is ordered that the          be at liberty to deliver to the 
interrogatories in writing, and that the said           do answer the interrogatories as 

prescribed by Order XI, rule 8, and that the costs of this application be .

No. 2. INTERROGATORIES. (O. 11, r. 4.) (Title as in No. 1, supra.) Interrogatories on behalf of the above­named [plaintiff or defendant C. D.] for the examination of the above­named [defendants E. F. and G. H. or plaintiff].

1. Did not, etc.

2. Has not, etc. etc., etc., etc.

[The defendant E. F. is required to answer the interrogatories numbered     .] 
[The defendant G. H. is required to answer the interrogatories numbered    .] 

No. 3. ANSWER TO INTERROGATORIES. (O. 11, r. 9.) (Title as in No. 1, supra.) The answer of the above­named defendant E. F. to the interrogatories for his examination by the above­named plaintiff. In answer to the said interrogatories, I, the above-named E. F., make oath and say as follows:–

1. Enter answers to interrogatories in paragraphs numbered consecutively.

2.

3. I object to answer the interrogatories number on the ground that [ state grounds of objection ].

No. 4. ORDER FOR AFFIDAVIT AS TO DOCUMENTS. (O. 11, r. 12.) (Title as in No. 1, supra.) Upon hearing It is ordered that the do within days from the date of this order, answer on affidavit stating which documents are or have been in his possession or power relating to the matter in question in this suit, and that the costs of this application be

No. 5. AFFIDAVIT AS TO DOCUMENTS. (O. 11, r. 13.) (Title as in No. 1, supra.) I, the above­named defendant C. D., make oath and say as follows:–

1. I have in my possession or power the documents relating to the matters in question in this suit set forth in the first and second parts of the first schedule hereto.

2. I object to produce the said documents set forth in the second part of the first schedule hereto [state grounds of objection].

3. I have had but have not now, in my possession or power the documents relating to the matters in question in this suit set forth in the second schedule hereto.

4. The last­mentioned documents were last in my possession or power on [state when and what has become of them, and in whose possession they now are].

5. According to the best of my knowledge, information and belief I have not now, and never had, in my possession, custody or power, or in the possession, custody or power of my pleader or agent, or in the possession, custody or power of any other person on my behalf, any account, book of account, voucher, receipt, letter, memorandum, paper or writing, or any copy of or extract from any such document, or any other document whatsoever, relating to the matters in question in this suit or any of them, or wherein any entry has been made relative to such matters or any of them, other than and except the documents set forth in the said first and second schedules hereto.

No. 6. ORDER TO PRODUCE DOCUMENTS FOR INSPECTION. (O. 11, r. 14.) (Title as in No. 1, supra.)

Upon hearing           and upon reading the affidavit of filed the day of         
19          ; It is ordered that the           do , at all reasonable times, on reasonable 
notice, produce at          situate at, the following documents, namely,           , and 

that the be at liberty to inspect and peruse the documents so produced, and to make notes of their contents. In the meantime, it is ordered that all further proceedings be stayed and that the costs of this application be

No. 7. NOTICE TO PRODUCE DOCUMENTS. (O. 11, r. 16.) (Title as in No. 1, supra.) Take notice that the [plaintiff or defendant] requires you to produce for his inspection the following documents referred to in your [plaint or written statement or affidavit, dated the day of 19 ]. [Describe documents required.] X.Y., Pleader for the To Z., Pleader for the

No. 8. NOTICE TO INSPECT DOCUMENTS. (O. 11, r. 17.) (Title as in No. 1, supra.) Take notice that you can inspect the documents mentioned in your notice

of the          day of          19          [except the documents numbered          in that 
notice] at [insert place of inspection] on Thursday next, the          instant, between 

the hours of 12 and 4 o'clock. Or, that the [plaintiff or defendant] objects to giving you inspection of documents mentioned in your notice of the day of 19 , on the ground that [state the ground]:–

No. 9. NOTICE TO ADMIT DOCUMENTS. (O. 12, r. 3.) (Title as in No. 1, supra.) Take notice that the plaintiff [or defendant] in this suit proposes to adduce in evidence the several documents hereunder specified, and that the same may

be inspected by the defendant [or plaintiff], his pleader or agent, at           on     
between the hours of                ; and the defendant [or plaintiff], is hereby 

required, within forty­eight hours from the last­mentioned hour, to admit that such of the said documents as are specified to be originals were respectively written, signed or executed, as they purport respectively to have been; that such as are specified as copies are true copies; and such documents as are stated to have been served, sent or delivered were so served, sent or delivered, respectively, saving all just exceptions to the admissibility of all such documents as evidence in this suit.

G. H. pleader [or agent] for plaintiff [or defendant]. To E. F., pleader [or agent] for defendant, [or plaintiff].

[Here describe the documents and specify as to each document whether it is original or a copy.]

No. 10. NOTICE TO ADMIT FACTS. (O. 12, r. 5.) (Title as in No. 1, supra.) Take notice that the plaintiff [or defendant] in this suit requires the defendant [or plaintiff] to admit for the purposes of this suit only, the several facts respectively hereunder specified; and the defendant [or plaintiff] is hereby required, within six days from the service of this notice, to admit the said several facts, saying all just exceptions to the admissibility of such facts as evidence in this

suit.

G. H., pleader [or agent] for plaintiff [or defendant]. To E. F., pleader [or agent] for defendant [or plaintiff]. The facts, the admission of which is required, are–

1. That M. died on the 1st January, 1890.

2. That he died intestate.

3. That N. was his only lawful son.

4. That O. died on the 1st April, 1896.

5. That O. was never married.

No. 11. ADMISSON OF FACTS PURSUANT TO NOTICE. (O. 12, r. 5.) (Title as in No. 1, supra.) The defendant [or plaintiff] in this suit, for the purposes of this suit only, hereby admits the several facts respectively hereunder specified, subject to the qualifications or limitations, if any, hereunder specified, saving all just exceptions to the admissibility of any such facts, or any of them, as evidence in this suit:

Provided that this admission is made for the purposes of this suit only, and is not an admission to be used against the defendant [or plaintiff] on any other occasion or by any one other than the plaintiff [or defendant, or party requiring the admission].

E. F., pleader [or agent] for defendant [or plaintiff]. To G. H., pleader [or agent] for plaintiff [or defendant]. Facts admitted. Qualifications or limitations, if any, subject to which they are admitted.

1. That M. died on the 1st January,

1890.

2. That he died intestate

3. That N. was his lawful son

4. That O. died

5. That O. was never married

1.

2.

3. But not that he was his only lawful son.

4. But not that he died on the 1st April,

1896.

5.

No. 12. NOTICE TO PRODUCE (GENERAL FORM). (O. 12, r. 8.) (Title as in No. 1, supra.) Take notice that you are hereby required to produce and show to the Court at the first hearing of this suit all books, papers, letters, copies of letters and other writings and documents in your custody, possession or power, containing any entry, memorandum or minute relating to the matters in question in this suit, and particularly

G. H., pleader [or agent] for plaintiff [or defendant]. To E. F., pleader [or agent] for defendant [or plaintiff].

1 [Form No. 13 (Order IX-A) CASE MANAGEMENT STATEMENT

In the Court of ____________________________________________ Civil Suit No. _________________________ ________________________________________________________

(Plaintiff) Versus ________________________________________________________

(Defendant) By Plaintiff(s)______________________________________________ By Defendant(s)____________________________________________ Date of Filing______________________________________________ Pursuant to Order IX -A CPC, Plaintiff(s)/ Defendant (s) as the case may be , shall submit Case Management Statement as under:

1. Whether the Plaintiff or the Defendant requires inspection and discovery of documents in terms of Order XI,CPC? If so, please specify.

2. Whether the Plaintiff or Defendant will require the other side (Specify) to admit or deny certain facts in terms of Order XII, CPC? If so, details should be given.

3. The Plaintiff and the Defendant should answer the following interrogatories in terms of Order XI.

4. Plaintiff or Defendant undertakes to attend joint Case Management conference with th e Advocates of the other side and submit Case Management Statement in Form No. 14 or 15 Appendix-C, CPC. ____________________ ________________________ ____________________ ________________________ Signature of Plaintiff(s)/ Signatures of the party Defendant(s) Advocate Plaintiff(s)/Defendant(s) Certification by Advocate I,________________________, Advocate for the Plaintiff/ Defendant certify that I have explained to the Plaintiff/ Defendant the procedures for the Case Management and CDR and he has understood the same.

1Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, read with addendum No.

18860/CPC-04/Legis./2018, dated: 24 October 2018, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 31 October 2018,

pp. 645 -652: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.

____________________________ Signature of the Advocate for Plaintiff / Defendant Certification by the Parties I,__________________ ,Plaintiff(s)/ Defendant(s) certify that the Advocate has explained to me, and I have understood, the case man agement and CDR procedures. ____________________ ____________________ Signature of the Plaintiff(s)/ Defendant(s)

Form No. 14 (Order IX-A) Case Management Statement of Plaintiff(s) In the Court of _____________________________________________ Civil Suit No._______________________________________________ Case Management Conference. Date ___________________ Time_____________ Pursuant to Order IX -A, the parties (through their advocates) submit Case Management Statement under the order. Each party(s) certi fies that his advocate (who will try this case) met and conferred for the preparation of this Statement as required by Order IX-A.

(1) Statement of admitted facts. _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________

(2) Statement of disputed facts. _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________

(3) Issues arising for determination including preliminary issues, if any. (In case of disagreement on issues, enumerate issues which are agreed a nd those which are not agreed for court‟s consideration.) _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________

(4) Plaintiff(s) elect the following from the list of consensual dispute resolution mechanisms. _________________________________________________________

(a) Mediation. ___________________________

(b) Arbitration. ___________________________

(c) Conciliation. ___________________________

(5) Deadline for disclosure of witnesses: Party Deadline ___________________ ______________________

(6) Trial Schedule

(a) Trial Date ___________________________

(b) Anticipate length of ___________________________

(7) Name of Trial Advocate: ___________________________ Address: ___________________________ Telephone Number ___________________________ Advocate for: ___________________________ Signature (Advocate): ___________________________

(8) Name of the Plaintiff(s) ___________________________ Signatures (Plaintiff(s)) ___________________________ The court finds that each party was represented by an advocate responsible for trial of this matter and was given an opportunity to be heard as to all matte rs encompassed by the Case Management Statements by each party and the Joint Case Management Statement by all the parties. The Court adopts this Statement as modified and enters if as the order of this court under Order IX-A. IT IS SO ORDERED

Form No. 15 (Order IX-A) Case Management System of Defendant(s) In the Court of __________________________________________ Civil Suit No.____________________________________________ Case Management Conference. Date ______________________Time ______________________ Pursuant to Order IX -A, the parties (through their advocates) submit Case Management Statement under the order. Each party(s) certifies that his advocate (who will try this ca se) met and conferred for the preparation of this Statement as required by Order IX-A.

(1) Statement of admitted facts. _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________

(2) Statement of disputed facts. _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________

(3) Issues arising for det ermination including preliminary issues, if any. (In case of disagreement on issues, enumerate issues which are agreed and those which are not agreed for court‟s consideration.) _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________

(4) Defendant(s) elect the following from the list of consensual dispute resolution mechanisms. _________________________________________________________

(a) Mediation. __________________

(b) Arbitration. __________________

(c) Conciliation. __________________

(5) Deadline for disclosure of witnesses:

Party Deadline ______________________ ______________________

(6) Trial Schedule

(c) Trial Date ______________________________

(d) Anticipate length of ______________________________

(7) Name of Trial Advocate: ______________________________ Address: ______________________________ Telephone Number: ______________________________ Advocate for: ______________________________ Signature (Advocate)

(8) Name of the Defendant(s) ____________________________ Signatures (Defendant(s)) ____________________________ The court finds that each party was represented by an advocate resp onsible for trial of this matter and was given an opportunity to be heard as to all matters encompassed by the Case Management Statements by each party and the Joint Case Management Statement by all the parties. The Court adopts this Statement as modified and enters if as the order of this court under Order IX-A. IT IS SO ORDERED]

APPENDIX D DECREES.

No. 1. DECREE IN ORIGINAL SUIT. (O. 20, rr. 6, 7.) (Title.) Claim for

This suit coming on this day for final disposal before           in the presence of
       for the plaintiff and of           for the defendant, it is ordered and decreed 
that                     and that the sum of Rs.           be paid by the           to the        on 
account of the costs of this suit, with interest thereon at the rate of           per cent 

per annum from this date to date of realization.

GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this          day of              
19         . 

Judge. Costs of Suit. Plaintiff. Defendant.

Rs. A. P. Rs. A. P.

1.Stamp for plaint     Stamp for power     
2.Do. for power     Do. for petition     
3.Do. for exhibits     Pleader's fee     

4.Pleader's fee on Rs. Subsistence for witnesses 5.Subsistence for witnesses. Service of process 6.Commissioner's fee Commissioner's fee 7.Service of process

Total Total

No. 2. SIMPLE MONEY DECREE. (Section 34.) (Title.) Claim for

This suit coming on this day for final disposal before              in the presence 
of                  for the plaintiff and of                for the defendant, it is ordered that 
the           do pay to the             the sum of Rs.            with interest thereon at 
the rate of           per cent per annum from            to the date of realization of the 
said sum and do also pay Rs.         , the costs of this suit with interest thereon at the 
rate of           per cent per annum from this date to the date of realization. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this         day of    19    . 

Judge.

Costs of Suit. Plaintiff. Defendant.

Rs. A. P. Rs. A. P.

1.Stamp for plaint     Stamp for power     
2.Do. for power     Do. for petition    
3.Do. for exhibits    Pleader's fee     
Pleader's fee on Rs.    Subsistence for witnesses    

Subsistence for witnesses. Service of process Commissioner's fee Commissioner's fee Service of process

Total Total

1 [FORM NO. 3. Preliminary decree for foreclosure. (Order XXXIV, rule 2.− Where accounts are directed to be taken.) (Title.) This suit coming on this…………day, etc.; It is hereby ordered and decreed that it be referred to ……………… as the Commissioner to take the accounts following:−

(i) an account of what is due on this date to the plaintiff for principal and interest on his mortgage mentioned in the plaint such interest to be computed at the rate payable on the principal, or, where no such

1Forms 3 to 11 were substituted by the Transfer of Property (Amendment) Supplementary Act, 1929 (XXI of 1929), published in the Punjab Gazette, dated: 25 October 1929, pp. 133-153, s. 8.

rate is fixed, at six per cent. per annum or at such rate as the Court deems reasonable;

(ii) an account of the income of the mortgaged property received up to this date by the plaintiff or by any other person by the order or for the use of the plaintiff or which without the willful default of the plaintiff or such person might have been so received;

(iii) an account of all sums of money properly incurred by the plaintiff up to this date for costs, charges and expenses (other than the costs of the suit) in respect of the mortgage­security, together with interest thereon (such interest to be computed at the rate agreed between the parties, or, failing such rate, at the same rate as is payable on the principal, or, failing both such rates, at nine per cent. per annum);

(iv) an account of any loss or damage caused to the mortgaged property before this date by any act or omission of the plaintiff which is destructive of, or permanently injurious to, the property or by his failure to perform any of the duties imposed upon him by any law for the time being in force or by the terms of the mortgage­deed.

2. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that any amount received under clause (ii) or adjudged due under clause (iv) above, together with interest thereon, shall first be adjusted against any sums paid by the plaintiff under clause (iii), together with interest thereon, and the balance, if any, shall be added to the mortgage­money or, as the case may be, be debited in reduction of the amount due to the plaintiff on account of interest on the principal sum adjudged due and thereafter in reduction or discharge of the principal.

3. And it is hereby further ordered that the said Commissioner shall present the account to this Court with all convenient despatch after making all just allowances on or before the day of , and that upon such report of the Commissioner being received, it shall be confirmed and countersigned, subject to such modification as may be necessary after consideration of such objections as the parties to the suit may make.

4. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed−

(i) that the defendant do pay into Court on or before the day of , or any later date up to which time for payment may be extended by the Court, such sum as the Court shall find due, and the sum of Rs. for the costs of the suit awarded to the plaintiff;

(ii) that, on such payment and on payment thereafter before such date as the Court may fix of such amount as the Court may adjudge due in respect of such costs of the suit and such costs, charges and expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with such subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11 of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, the plaintiff shall bring into Court all documents in his possession or power relating to the mortgaged property in the plaint mentioned, and all such documents shall be delivered over to the defendant, or to such person as he appoints, and the plaintiff shall, if so required, reconvey or retransfer the said property free from the said mortgage

and clear of and from all incumbrances created by the plaintiff or any person claiming under him or any person under whom he claims and free from all liability whatsoever arising from the mortgage or this suit and shall, if so required, deliver up to the defendant quiet and peacea ble possession of the said property.

5. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, in default of payment as aforesaid, the plaintiff shall be at liberty to apply to the Court for a final decree that the defendant shall thenceforth stand absolutely debarred and foreclosed of and from all right to redeem the mortgaged property described in the Schedule annexed hereto and shall, if so required, deliver up to the plaintiff quiet and peaceable possession of the said property; and that the parties shall be at liberty to apply to the Court from time to time as they may have occasion, and on such application or otherwise the Court may give such directions as it thinks fit.

SCHEDULE.

Description of the mortgaged property.

FORM NO. 3A. Preliminary decree for foreclosure. (Order XXXIV, rule 2.− Where the Court declares the amount due.) (Title.) This suit coming on this day, etc.; It is hereby declared that the amount due to the plaintiff on his mortgage mentioned in the plaint calculated up to

this            day of           is the sum of Rs.            for principal, the sum of Rs.        for 
interest on the said principal, the sum of Rs.          for costs, charges and 

expenses (other than the costs of the suit) properly incurred by the plaintiff in respect of the mortgage- security, together with interest thereon, and the sum of

Rs. for the costs of the suit awarded to the plaintiff, making in all the sum of Rs. .

Paragraph 2. And it is hereby ordered and decreed as follows

(i) that the defendant do pay into Court on or before the day

of           or any later date up to which time for payment may be 
extended by the Court of the said sum of Rs.            . 

(ii) that, on such payment and on payment thereafter before such date as the Court may fix of such amount as the Court may adjudge due in respect of such costs of the suit and such costs, charges and expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with such subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, the plaintiff shall bring into Court all documents in his possession or power relating to the mortgaged property in the plaint mentioned, and all such documents shall be delivered over the defendant, or to such person as he appoints, and the plaintiff shall, if so required, reconvey or retransfer the said property free from the said mortgage

and clear of and from all incumbrances created by the plaintiff or any person claiming under him or any person under whom he claims and free from all liability whatsoever arising from the mortgage or this suit and shall, if so required, deliver up to the defendant quiet and peacea ble possession of the said property.

3. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, in default of payment as aforesaid, the plaintiff may apply to the Court for a final decree that the defendant shall thenceforth stand absolutely debarred and foreclosed of and from all right to redeem the mortgaged property described in the Schedule annexed hereto and shall, if so required, deliver up to the plaintiff quiet and peaceable possession of the said property; and that the parties shall be at liberty to apply to the Court from time to time as they may have occasion, and on such application or otherwise the Court may give such directions as it thinks fit.

SCHEDULE.

Description of the mortgaged property. FORM No. 4. Final decree for foreclosure. (Order XXXIV, rule 3.) (Title.) Upon reading the preliminary decree passed in this suit on the

day of             and further orders (if any) dated the             day of              and the 
application of the plaintiff dated the             day of             or a final decree and 

after hearing the parties and it appearing that the payment directed by the said decree and orders has not been made by the defendant or any person on his behalf or any other person entitled to redeem the said mortgage: It is hereby ordered and decreed that the defendant and all persons claiming through or under him be and they are hereby absolutely debarred and foreclosed of and from all right of redemption of and in the property in the aforesaid preliminary decree mentioned;

1 [and (if the defendant be in possession of the said mortgaged property) that the defendant shall deliver to the plaintiff quite and peacea ble possession of the said mortgaged property].

2. And it is hereby further declared that the whole of the liability whatsoever of the defendant upto this day arising from the said mortgage mentioned in the plaint or from this suit is hereby discharged and extinguished.

FORM No. 5 Preliminary decree for sale. (Order XXXIV, rule 4.– Where accounts are directed to be taken.) (Title.)

This suit coming on this             day, etc.; It is hereby ordered and decreed 
that it be referred to             as the Commissioner to take the accounts following:– 

1Words not required to be deleted.

(i) an account of what is due on this date to the plaintiff for principal and interest on his mortgage mentioned in the plaint (such interest t o be computed at the rate payable on the principal or where no such rate is fixed, at six per cent. per annum or at such rate as the Court deems reasonable);

(ii) an account of the income of the mortgaged property received up to this date by the plaintiff or by any other person by the order or for the use of the plaintiff or which without the willful default of the plaintiff or such person might have been so received;

(iii) an account of all sums of money properly incurred by the plaintiff up to this date for costs, charges and expenses (other than the costs of the suit) in respect of the mortgage­security, together with interest thereon (such interest to be computed at the rate agreed between the parties, or, failing such rate, at the same rate as is payable on the principal, or, failing both such rates, at nine per cent. per annum);

(iv) an account of any loss or damage caused to the mortgaged property before this date by any act or omission of the plaintiff which is destructive of, or permanently injurious to, the property or by his failure to perform any of the duties imposed upon him by any law for the time being in force or by the terms of the mortgage-deed.

2. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that any amount received under clause (ii) or adjudged due under clause (iv) above, together with interest thereon, shall first be adjusted against any sums paid by the plaintiff under clause (iii), together with interest thereon, and the balance, if any, shall be added to the mortgage money or, as the case may be, be debited in reduction of the amount due to the plaintiff on account of interest on the principal sum adjudged due and thereafter in reduction or discharge of the principal.

3. And it is hereby further ordered that the said Commissioner shall present the account to this Court with all convenient despatch after making all just allowances on or before the day of , and that upon such report of the Commissioner being received, it shall be confirmed and countersigned, subject to such modification as may be necessary after consideration of such objections as the parties to the suit may make.

Paragraph 4. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed

(i) that the defendant do pay into Court on or before the day of or any later date up to which time for payment may be extended by the Court, such sum as the Court shall find due and the sum of Rs. for the costs of the suit awarded to the plaintiff;

(ii) that, on such payment and on payment thereafter before such date as the Court may fix of such amount as the Court may adjudge due in respect of such costs of the suit, and such costs, charges and expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with such subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, the plaintiff shall bring into Court all documents in his possession or power relating to the mortgaged property in the plaint mentioned, and all such documents shall be delivered over to the defendant, or

to such person as he appoints, and the plaintiff shall, if so required, reconvey or retransfer the said property free from the mortgage and clear of and from all incumbrances created by the plaintiff or any person claiming under him or any person under whom he claims and shall, if so required, deliver up to the defendant quiet and peaceable possession of the said property.

5. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, in default of payment as aforesaid, the plaintiff may apply to the Court for a final decree for the sale of the mortgaged property; and on such application being made the mortgaged property or a sufficient part thereof shall be directed to be sold; and for the purposes of such sale the plaintiff shall produce before the Court, or such officer as it appoints, all documents in his possession or power relating to the mortgaged property.

6. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that the money realised by such sale shall be paid into Court and shall be duly applied (after deduction therefrom of the expenses of the sale) in payment of the amount payable to the plaintiff under this decree and under any further orders that may be passed in this suit and in payment of any amount which the Court may adjudge due to the plaintiff in respect of such costs of the suit, and such costs, charges and expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with such subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, and that the balance, if any, shall be paid to the defendant or other persons entitled to receive the same.

7. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, if the money realised by such sale shall not be sufficient for payment in full of the amount payable to the plaintiff as aforesaid, the plaintiff shall be at liberty (where such remedy is open to him under the terms of his mortgage and is not barred by any law for the time being in force) to apply for a personal decree against the defendant for the amount of the balance; and that the parties are at liberty to apply to the Court from time to time as they may have occasion, and on such application or otherwise the Court may give such directions at it thinks fit.

SCHEDULE.

Description of the mortgaged property.

Form No. 5A. Preliminary decree for sale. (Order XXXIV, rule 4.– When the Court declares the amount due.) (Title.) This suit coming on this day, etc.; It is hereby declared that the amount due to the plaintiff on the mortgage mentioned in the plaint calculated up to

this            day of                        is the sum of Rs.              for principal, the sum of 
Rs.             for interest on the said principal, the sum of Rs.             for costs, 

charges and expenses (other than the costs of the suit) properly incurred by the plaintiff in respect of the mortgage­security, together with interest thereon, and the

sum of Rs. for the costs of the suit awarded to the plaintiff, making in all the sum of Rs. .

Paragraph 2. And it is hereby ordered and decreed as follows

(i) that the defendant do pay into Court on or before the day

of             or any later date up to which time for payment may be 
extended by the Court, the said sum of Rs.             ; 

(ii) that, on such payment and on payment thereafter before such date as the Court may fix of such amount as the Court may adjudge due in respect of such costs of the suit and such costs, charges and expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with such subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, the plaintiff shall bring into Court all documents in his possession or power relating to the mortgaged property in the plaint mentioned and all such documents shall be delivered over to the defendant, or to such person as he appoints, and the plaintiff shall, if so required, reconvey or retransfer the said property free from the said mortgage and clear of and from all incumbrances created by the plaintiff or any person claiming under him or any person under whom he claims and shall if so required, deliver up to the defendant quiet and peacea ble possession of the said property.

3. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, in default of payment as aforesaid, the plaintiff may apply to the Court for the final decree for the sale of the mortgaged property; and on such application being made, the mortgaged property or a sufficient part thereof shall be directed to be sold; and for the purposes of such sale the plaintiff shall produce before the Court or such officer as it appoints all documents in his possession or power relating to the mortgaged property.

4. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that the money realised by such sale shall be paid into Court and shall be duly applied ( after deduction therefrom of the expenses of the sale) in payment of the amount payable to the plaintiff under this decree and under any further orders that may be passed in this suit and in payment of any amount which the Court may adjudge due to the plaintiff in respect of such costs of the suit, and such costs, charges and expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with such subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, and that the balance, if any, shall be paid to the defendant or other persons entitled to receive the same.

5. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, if the money realised by such sale shall not be sufficient for payment in full of the amount payable to the plaintiff as aforesaid, the plaintiff shall be at liberty (where such remedy is open to him under the terms of his mortgage and is not barred by any law for the time being in force) to apply for the personal decree against the defendant for the amount of the balance; and that the parties are at liberty to apply to the Court from time to time as they may have occasion, and on such application or otherwise the Court may give such directions as it thinks fit.

SCHEDULE.

Description of the mortgaged property.

FORM No. 6. Final decree for sale. (Order XXXIV, rule 5.) (Title.)

Upon reading the preliminary decree passed in this suit on the              day of
    and further orders (if any) dated the            day of                     and the 
application of the plaintiff dated the             day of            for a final decree and 

after hearing the parties and it appearing that the payment directed by the said decree and orders has not been made by the defendant or any person on his behalf or any other person entitled to redeem the mortgage; It is hereby ordered and decreed that the mortgaged property in the aforesaid preliminary decree mentioned or a sufficient part thereof be sold, and that for the purposes of such sale the plaintiff shall produce before the Court or such officer as it appoints all documents in his possession or power relating to the mortgaged property.

2. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that the money realised by such sale shall be paid into the Court and shall be duly applied (after deduction therefrom of the expenses of the sale) in payment of the amount payable to the plaintiff under the aforesaid preliminary decree and under any further orders that may have been passed in this suit and in payment of any amount which the Court may have adjudged due to the plaintiff for such costs of the suit including the costs of this application and such costs, charges and expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with such subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of, Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, and that the balance, if any, shall be paid to the defendant or other persons entitled to receive the same.

FORM No. 7. Preliminary decree for redemption where on default of payment by mortgagor a decree for foreclosure is passed. (Order XXXIV, rule 7.– Where accounts are directed to be taken.) (Title.)

This suit coming on this            day, etc.; It is hereby ordered and decreed 
that it be referred to            as the Commissioner to take the accounts following:– 

(i) an account of what is due on this date to the defendant for principal and interest on the mortgage mentioned in the plaint (such interest to be computed at the rate payable on the principal or where no such rate is fixed, at six per cent. per annum or at such rate as the Court deems reasonable);

(ii) an account of the income of the mortgaged property received up to this date by the defendant or by any other person by order or for the use of the defendant or which without the wilful default of the defendant or such person might have been so received;

(iii) an account of all sums of money properly incurred by the defendant up to this date for costs, charges and expenses (other than the costs of the suit) in respect of the mortgage­ security, together with interest thereon (such interest to be computed at the rate agreed between the parties, or, failing such rate, at the same rate as is payable on the principal, or, failing both such rates, at nine per cent. per annum);

(iv) an account of any loss or damage caused to the mortgaged property before this date by any act or omission of the defendant which is destructive of, or permanently injurious to, the property or by his failure to perform any of the duties imposed upon him by any law for the time being in force or by the terms of the mortgage­deed.

2. It is hereby further ordered and decreed that any amount received under clause (ii) or adjudged due under clause (iv) above, together with interest thereon, shall be adjusted against any sums paid by the defendant under clause (iii), together with interest thereon, and the balance, if any, shall be added to the mortgage­money or, as the case may be, be debited in reduction of the amount due to the defendant on account of interest on the principal sum adjudged due and thereafter in reduction or discharge of the principal.

3. And it is hereby further ordered that the said Commissioner shall present the account to this Court with all convenient despatch after making all just allowances on or before the day of , and that upon such report of the Commissioner being received, it shall be confirmed and countersigned, subject to such modification as may be necessary after consideration of such objections as the parties to the suit may make.

4. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed_

(i) that the plaintiff do pay into Court on or before the day of , or any later date up to which time for payment may be extended by the Court such sum as the Court shall find due and the sum of Rs. for the costs of the suit awarded to the defendant;

(ii) that, on such payment, and on payment thereafter before such date as the Court may fix of such amount as the Court may adjudge due in respect of such costs of the suit and such costs, charges and expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with such subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil procedure, 1908, the defendant shall bring into Court all documents in his possession or power relating to the mortgaged property in the plaint mentioned, and all such documents shall be delivered over to the plaintiff, or to such person as he appoints, and the defendant shall, if so required, reconvey or retransfer the said property free from the said mortgage and clear of and from all incumbrances created by the defendant or

any person claiming under him or any person under whom he claims and free from all liability whatsoever arising from the mortgage or this suit and shall, if so required, deliver up to the plaintiff quiet and peacea ble possession of the said property.

5. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, in default of payment as aforesaid, the defendant shall be at liberty to apply to the Court for a final decree that the plaintiff shall thenceforth stand absolutely debarred and foreclosed of and from all right to redeem the mortgaged property described in the Schedule annexed hereto and shall, if so required, deliver up to the defendant quiet and peacea ble possession of the said property; and that the parties shall be at liberty to apply to the Court from time to time as they may have occasion, and on such application or otherwise the Court may give such directions as it thinks fit.

SCHEDULE.

Description of the mortgaged property.

FORM No. 7A. Preliminary decree for redemption where on default of payment by mortgagor a decree for sale is passed. (Order XXXIV, rule 7.– Where accounts are directed to be taken.) (Title.)

This suit coming on this            day, etc.; It is hereby ordered and decreed 
that it be referred to            as the Commissioner to take the accounts following:– 

(i) an account of what is due on this date to the defendant for principal and interest on the mortgage mentioned in the plaint (such interest to be computed at the rate payable on the principal or where no such rate is fixed, at six per cent. per annum or at such rate as the Court deems reasonable);

(ii) an account of the income of the mortgaged property received up to this date by the defendant or by any other person by the order or for the use of the defendant or which without the wilful default of the defendant or such person might have been so received;

(iii) an account of all sums of money properly incurred by the defendant up to this date for costs, charges and expenses (other than the costs of the suit) in respect of the mortgage­ security, together with interest thereon (such interest to be computed at the rate agreed between the parties, or, failing such rate, at the same rate as is payable on the principal, or, failing both such rates, at nine per cent. per annum);

(iv) an account of any loss or damage caused to the mortgaged property before this date by any act or omission of the defendant which is destructive of, or permanently injurious to, the property or by his

failure to perform any of the duties imposed upon him by any law for the time being in force or by the terms of the mortgage­deed.

2. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that any amount received under clause (ii) or adjudged due under clause (iv) above, together with interest thereon, shall first be adjusted against any sums paid by the defendant under clause (iii), together with interest thereon, and the balance, if any, shall be added to the mortgage­money, or, as the case may be, be debited in reduction of the amount due to the defendant on account of interest on the principal sum adjudged due and thereafter in reduction or discharge of the principal.

3. And it is hereby further ordered that the said Commissioner shall present the account to this Court with all convenient despatch after making all just allowances on or before the day of and that, upon such report of the Commissioner being received, it shall be confirmed and countersigned, subject to such modification as may be necessary after consideration of such objections as the parties to the suit may make.

Paragraph 4. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed

(i) that the plaintiff do pay into Court on or before the day of or any later date up to which time for payment may be extended by the Court, such sum as the Court shall find due and the sum of Rs. for the costs of the suit awarded to the defendant;

(ii) that, on such payment and on payment thereafter before such date as the Court may fix of such amount as the Court may adjudge due in respect of such costs of the suit and such costs, charges and expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with such subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, the defendant shall bring into Court all documents in his possession or power relating to the mortgaged property in the plaint mentioned, and all such documents shall be delivered over to the plaintiff, or to such person as he appoints, and the defendant shall, if so required, reconvey or retransfer the said property free from the said mortgage and clear of and from all incumbrances created by the defendant or any person claiming under him or any person under whom he claims and shall, if so required, deliver up to the plaintiff quiet and peacea ble possession of the said property.

5. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, in default of payment as aforesaid, the defendant may apply to the court for a final decree for the sale of the mortgaged property; and on such application being made, the mortgaged property or a sufficient part thereof shall be directed to be sold; and for the purposes of such sale the defendant shall produce before the Court or such officer as it appoints, all documents in his possession or power relating to the mortgaged property.

6. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that the money realised by such sale shall be paid into Court and shall be duly applied (after deduction therefrom of the expenses of the sale) in payment of the amount payable to the defendant under this decree and under any further orders that may be passed in

this suit and in payment of any amount which the Court may adjudge due to the defendant in respect of such costs of the suit and such costs, charges and expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with such subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, and that the balance, if any, shall be paid to the plaintiff or other persons entitled to receive the same.

7. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, if the money realised by such sale shall not be sufficient for payment in full of the amount payable to the defendant as aforesaid, the defendant shall be at liberty (where such remedy is open to him under the terms of his mortgage and is not barred by any law for the time being in force) to apply for a personal decree against the plaintiff for the amount of the balance; and that the parties are at liberty to apply to the Court from time to time as they may have occasion, and on such application or otherwise the Court may give such directions as it thinks fit.

SCHEDULE.

Description of the mortgaged property

FORM No. 7B. Preliminary decree for redemption where on default of payment by mortgagor a decree for foreclosure is passed. (Order XXXIV, rule 7.– Where the Court declares the amount due.) (Title.) This suit coming on this day, etc.; It is hereby declared that the amount due to the defendant on the mortgage mentioned in the plaint calculated

up to this             day of    is the sum of Rs.   for principal, the sum of 
Rs.                                             for interest on the said principal, the sum of Rs.                

for costs, charges and expenses (other than the costs of the suit) properly incurred by the defendant in respect of the mortgage­security, together with interest thereon, and the sum of Rs. for the costs of the suit awarded to the defendant, making in all the sum of Rs. .

Paragraph 2. And it is hereby ordered and decreed as follows

(i) that the plaintiff do pay into Court on or before the day

of                or any later date up to which time for payment may be 
extended by the Court the said sum of Rs.                ; 

(ii) that, on such payment and on payment thereafter before such date as the Court may fix of such amount as the Court may adjudge due in respect of such costs of the suit and such costs, charges and expenses as maybe payable under rule 10, together with such subsequent interest as maybe payable under rule 11, of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, the defendant shall bring into Court all documents in his possession or power relating to the mortgaged property in the plaint mentioned, and all such documents shall be delivered over to the plaintiff, or to such

person as he appoints, and the defendant shall, if so required, reconvey or retransfer the said property free from the said mortgage and clear of and from all incumbrances created by the defendant or any person claiming under him or any person under whom he claims, and free from all liability whatsoever arising from the mortgage or this suit and shall, if so required, deliver up to the plaintiff quiet and peacea ble possession of the said property.

3. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, in default of payment as aforesaid, the defendant may apply to the Court for a final decree that the plaintiff shall thenceforth stand absolutely debarred and foreclosed of and from all right to redeem the mortgaged property described in the Schedule annexed hereto and shall, if so required, deliver up to the defendant quiet and peacea ble possession of the said property; and that the parties shall be at liberty to apply to the Court from time to time as they may have occasion, and on such application or otherwise the Court may give such directions as it thinks fit.

SCHEDULE.

Description of the mortgaged property.

FORM No. 7C. Preliminary decree for redemption where on default of payment by mortgagor a decree for sale is passed. (Order XXXIV, rule 7.– Where the Court declares the amount due.) (Title.) This suit coming on this day, etc.; It is hereby declared that the amount due to the defendant on the mortgage mentioned in the plaint calculated

up to this                day of                is the sum of Rs.                 for principal, the 
sum of Rs.                for interest on the said principal, the sum of Rs.                for 

costs, charges and expenses (other than the costs of the suit) properly incurred by the defendant in respect of the mortgage­security together with interest

thereon, and the sum of Rs.                for the cost of this suit awarded to the 
defendant, making in all the sum of Rs.                . 

Paragraph 2. And it is hereby ordered and decreed as follows

(i) that the plaintiff do pay into Court on or before the day

of                or any later date up to which time the payment may be 
extended by the Court the said sum of Rs.                ; 

(ii) that, on such payment and on payment thereafter before such date as the Court may fix of such amount as the Court may adjudge due in respect of such costs of the suit and such costs, charges and expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with such subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, the defendant shall bring into Court all documents in his possession or power relating to the mortgaged property in the plaint

mentioned, and all such documents shall be delivered over to the plaintiff, or such person as he appoints, and the defendant shall, if so required, reconvey or retransfer the said property to the plaintiff free from the said mortgage and clear of and from all incumbrances created by the defendant or any person claiming under him or any person under whom he claims and shall, if so required, deliver up to the plaintiff quiet and peaceable possession of the said property.

3. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, in default of payment as aforesaid, the defendant may apply to the Court for a final decree for the sale of the mortgaged property; and on such application being made, the mortgaged property or a sufficient part thereof shall be directed to be sold; and for the purposes of such sale the defendant shall produce before the Court or such officer as it appoints all documents in his possession or power relating to the mortgaged property.

4. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that the money realised by such sale shall be paid into Court and shall be duly applied (after deduction therefrom of the expenses of the sale) in payment of the amount payable to the defendant under this decree and under any further orders that may be passed in this suit and in payment of any amount which the Court may adjudge due to the defendant in respect of such costs of the suit and such costs, charges and expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with such subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, and that the balance, if any, shaIl be paid to the plaintiff or other persons entitled to the same.

5. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that if the money realised by such sale shall not be sufficient for the payment in full of the amount payable to the defendant as aforesaid, the defendant shall be at liberty (where such remedy is open to him under the terms of the mortgage and is not barred by any law for the time being in force) to apply for a personal decree against the plaintiff for the amount of the balance; and that the parties are at liberty to apply to the Court from time to time as they may have occasion, and on such application or otherwise the Court may give such directions as it thinks fit.

SCEHDULE. Description of the mortgaged property.

FORM No. 7D. Final decree for foreclosure in a redemption suit on default of payment by mortgagor . (O. XXXIV, r. 8. ) (Title.)

Upon reading the preliminary decree in this suit on the                          , day 
of         and further orders (if any) dated the        day of           and the application of 
the defendant dated the               day of                for a final decree and after 

hearing the parties, and it appearing that the payment as directed by the said decree and orders has not been made by the plaintiff or any person on his behalf or any other person entitled to redeem the mortgage: It is hereby ordered and decreed that the plaintiff and all persons claiming through or under him be and they are hereby absolutely debarred and foreclosed of and from all right of redemption of and in the property in the aforesaid preliminary decree mentioned 1 [and (if the plaintiff be in possession of that said mortgaged property) that the plaintiff shall deliver to the defendant quiet and peacea ble possession of the said mortgaged property].

2. And it is hereby further declared that the whole of the liability whatsoever of the plaintiff up to this day arising from the said mortgage mentioned in the plaint or from this suit is hereby discharged and extinguished.

FORM No. 7E. Final decree for sale in a redemption suit on default of payment by mortgagor. (Order XXXIV, rule 8.) (Title.)

Upon reading the preliminary decree passed in this suit on the                , 
day of                and further orders (if any) dated the  day of                  and the 
application of the defendant dated the                day of                 for a final 

decree and after hearing the parties, and it appearing that the payment directed by the said decree and orders has not been made by the plaintiff or any person on his behalf or any other person entitled to redeem the mortgage: It is hereby ordered and decreed that the mortgaged property in the aforesaid preliminary decree mentioned or a sufficient part thereof be sold and that for the purposes of such sale the defendant shall produce before the Court, or such officer as it appoints, all documents in his possession or power relating to the mortgaged property.

2. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that the money realised by such sale shall be paid into Court and shall be duly applied (after deduction therefrom of the expenses of the sale) in payment of the amount payable to the defendant under the aforesaid preliminary decree and under any further orders that may have been passed in this suit and in payment of any amount which the Court may have adjudged due to the defendant for such costs of this suit including the costs of this application and such costs, charges and expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with the subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, and that the balance, if any, shall be paid to the plaintiff or other persons entitled to receive the same.

1Words not required to be deleted.

FORM No. 7F. Final decree in a suit for foreclosure, sale or redemption where the mortgagor pays the amount of the decree. (Order XXXIV, rules 3, 5 and 8. ) (Title.)

This suit coming on this             day for further consideration and it appearing 
that on the           day of                the mortgagor                or, the same being a 

person entitled to redeem, has paid into Court all amounts due to the mortgagee under the preliminary decree dated the day of ; It is hereby ordered and decreed that:–

(i) the mortgagee do execute a deed of reconveyance of the property in the aforesaid preliminary decree mentioned in favour of the mortgagor 1 [or, as the case may be, ] who has redeemed the property or an acknowledgment of the payment of the amount due in his favour;

(ii) the mortgagee do bring into Court all documents in his possession and power relating to the mortgaged property in the suit. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, upon the mortgagee executing the deed of reconveyance or acknowledgment in the manner aforesaid,–

(i) the said sum of Rs. be paid out of Court to the mortgagee;

(ii) the said deeds and documents brought into the Court be delivered out of Court to the mortgagor 2 [or the person making the payment] and the mortgagee do, when so required, concur in registering, at the cost of the mortgagor 3 [or other person making the payment], the said deed of reconveyance or the acknowledgment in the office of the Sub­Registrar of ;and

(iii) 4 [if the mortgagee, plaintiff or defendant, as the case may be, is in possession of the mortgaged property] that the mortgagee do forthwith deliver possession of the mortgaged property in the aforesaid preliminary decree mentioned to the mortgagor 5 [or such person as aforesaid who has made the payment].

FORM No. 8. Decree against mortgagor personally for balance after the sale of the mortgaged property. (Order XXXIV, rules 6 and 8A.) (Title.) Upon reading the application of the mortgagee (the plaintiff or defendant, as the case may be) and reading the final decree passed in the suit on the

1Words not required to be deleted. 2Words not required to be deleted. 3Words not required to be deleted. 4Words not required to be deleted. 5Words not required to be deleted.

day of                   and the Court being satisfied that the net proceeds of the sale 
held under the aforesaid final decree amounted to Rs.           and have been paid 
to the applicant out of the Court on the          day of           and that the balance 
now due to him under the aforesaid decree is Rs.         ; 

And whereas it appears to the Court that the said sum is legally recoverable from the mortgagor (plaintiff or defendant, as the case may be) personally;

It is hereby ordered and decreed as follows:– That the mortgagor (plaintiff or defendant, as the case may be) do pay to the mortgagee (defendant or plaintiff, as the case may be) the said sum of Rs. with further interest at the rate of six per cent. per annum from the day of (the date of payment out of Court referred to above) up to the date of realization of the said sum, and the costs of this application.

FORM No. 9. Preliminary decree for foreclosure or sale. [Plaintiff…………………………………………………………… 1st Mortgagee,

vs. Defendant No. 1……………………………………………… Mortgagor. Defendant No. 2………………………………………………..2 nd Mortgagee.] (Order XXXIV, rules 2 and 4.) (Title.) The suit coming on this day, etc.; It is hereby declared that the amount due to the plaintiff on the mortgage mentioned in the plaint calculated up to this

day of is the sum of Rs.     for principal, the sum of Rs.       for interest on the said 
principal, the sum of Rs.         for costs, charges and expenses (other than the 

costs of the suit) incurred by the plaintiff in respect of the mortgage security

with interest thereon and the sum of Rs.          for the costs of this suit awarded to 
the plaintiff, making in all the sum of Rs.               . 

(Similarly declarations to be introduced with regard to the amount due to defendant No. 2 in respect of his mortgage if the mortgage­money due thereunder has become payable at the date of the suit).

2. It is further declared that the plaintiff is entitled to payment of the amount due to him in priority to defendant No. 2 1 [or (if there are several subsequent mortgagees) that the several parties hereto are entitled in the following order to the payment of the sums due to them respectively.]

Paragraph 3. And it is hereby ordered and decreed as follows

(i)(a) that defendants or one of them do pay into Court on or before the day of or any later date up to which time for payment has

1Words not required to be deleted.

been extended by the Court the said sum of Rs. due to the plaintiff; and

(b) that defendant No.1 do pay into Court on or before the

day of             or any later date up to which time for payment 
has been extended by the Court the said sum of Rs.          due 

to defendant No. 2; and

(ii) that, on payment of the sum declared to be due to the plaintiff by defendants or either of them in the manner prescribed in clause (i)

(a) and on payment thereafter before such date as the Court may fix of such amount as the Court may adjudge due in respect of such costs of the suit and such costs, charges and expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with such subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, the plaintiff shall bring into Court all documents in his possession or power relating to the mortgaged property in the plaint mentioned, and all such documents shall be delivered over to the defendant No. (who has made the payment), or to such person as he appoints, and the plaintiff shall, if so required, re­convey or re­transfer the said property free from the said mortgage and clear of and from all incumbrances created by the plaintiff or any person claiming under him or any person under whom he claims, and also free from all liability whatsoever arising from the mortgage or this suit and shall, if so required, deliver up to the defendant No. (who has made the payment) quiet and peacea ble possession of the said property. (Similar declarations to be introduced, if defendant No.1 pays the amount found or declared to be due to defendant No.2 with such variations as may be necessary having regard to the nature of his mortgage.)

4. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, in default of payment as aforesaid of the amount due to the plaintiff, the plaintiff shall be at liberty to apply to the Court for a final decree–

(i) 1 [in the case of a mortgage by conditional sale or an anomalous mortgage where the only remedy provided for the mortgage­deed is foreclosure and not sale] that the defendants jointly and severally shall thenceforth stand absolutely debarred and foreclosed of and from all right to redeem the mortgaged property described in the Schedule annexed hereto and shall, if so required, deliver to the plaintiff quiet and peaceable possession of the said property; or

(ii) 2 [in the case of any other mortgage] that the mortgaged property or a sufficient part thereof shall be sold; and that for the purposes of such sale the plaintiff shall produce before the Court or such officer as it appoints, all documents in his possession or power relating to the mortgaged property; and

1Words not required to be deleted. 2Words not required to be deleted.

(iii) 1 [in the case where a sale is ordered under clause 4 (ii) above] that the money realised by such sale shall be paid into Court and be duly applied (after deduction therefrom of the expenses of the sale) in payment of the amount payable to the plaintiff under this decree and under any further orders that may have been passed in this suit and in payment of the amount which the Court may adjudge due to the plaintiff in respect of such costs of this suit and such costs, charges and expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with such subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, and that the balance, if any, shall be applied in payment of the amount due to defendant No. 2; and that if any balance be left, it shall be paid to the defendant No.1 or other persons entitled to receive the same; and

(iv) That, if the money realised by such sale shall not be sufficient for payment in full of the amounts due to the plaintiff and defendant No. 2, the plaintiff or defendant No.2 or both of them, as the case may be, shall be at liberty (when such remedy is open under the terms of their respective mortgages and is not barred by any law for the time being in force) to apply for a personal decree against defendant No.1 for the amounts remaining due to them respectively.

Paragraph 5. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed

(a) that if defendant No.2 pays into Court to the credit of this suit the amount adjudged due to the plaintiff, but defendant No.1 makes default in the payment of the said amount, defendant No.2 shall be at liberty to apply to the Court to keep the plaintiff‟s mortgage, alive for his benefit and to apply for a final decree (in the same manner as the plaintiff might have done under clause 4 above)– 2 [(i) that defendant No.1 shall thenceforth stand absolutely debarred and foreclosed of and from all right to redeem the mortgaged property described in the Schedule annexed hereto and shall, if so required, deliver up to defendant No.2 quiet and peaceable possession of the said property;] or 3 [(ii) that the mortgaged property or a sufficient part thereof be sold and that for the purposes of such sale defendant No. 2 shall produce before the Court or such officer as it appoints, all documents in his possession or power relating to the mortgaged property;] and (b) (if on the application of defendant No. 2 such a final decree for foreclosure is passed), that the whole of the liability of defendant No.1 arising from the plaintiff‟s mortgage or from the mortgage of defendant No. 2 or from this suit shall be deemed to have been discharged and extinguished.

1Words not required to be deleted. 2Words not required to be deleted. 3Words not required to be deleted.

Paragraph 6. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed 1 [in the case where a sale is ordered under clause 5 above]

(i) that the money realised by such sale shall be paid into Court and be duly applied (after deduction therefrom of the expenses of the sale) first in payment of the amount paid by defendant No. 2 in respect of the plaintiff's mortgage and the costs of the suit in connection therewith and in payment of the amount which the Court may adjudge due in respect of subsequent interest on the said amount; and that the balance, if any, shall then be applied in payment of the amount adjudged due to defendant No. 2 in respect of his own mortgage under this decree and any further orders that may be passed and in payment of the amount which the Court may adjudge, due in respect of such costs of this suit and such costs, charges and expenses as may be payable to defendant No. 2 under rule 10, together with such subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, and that the balance, if any, shall be paid to defendant No. 1 or other persons entitled to receive the same; and

(ii) that, if the money realised by such sale shall not be sufficient for payment in full of the amount due in respect of the plaintiff‟s mortgage or defendant No. 2‟s mortgage, defendant No. 2 shall be at liberty (where such remedy is open to him under the terms of his mortgage and is not barred by any law for the time being in force) to apply for a personal decree against defendant No. 1 for the amount of the balance.

7. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that the parties are at liberty to apply to the Court from time to time as they may have occasion, and on such application or otherwise the Court may give such directions as it thinks fit.

SCHEDULE.

Description of the mortgaged property.

FORM No. 10. Preliminary decree for redemption of prior mortgage and foreclosure or sale on subsequent mortgage. [Plaintiff………………………..…………………………………………..2nd Mortgagee,

vs. Defendant No.1…………………………………………………… .Mortgagor, Defendant No.2……………………………………………….1 st Mortgagee.]

1Words not required to be deleted.

(Order XXXIV, rules 2, 4 and 7.) (Title.) This suit coming on this day, etc.; It is hereby declared that the amount due to defendant No. 2 on the mortgage mentioned in the plaint

calculated up to this      day of      is the sum of Rs.      for principal, the sum of 
Rs.       for interest on the said principal, the sum of Rs.                        for costs, 

charges and expenses (other than the costs of the suit) properly incurred by defendant No. 2 in respect of the mortgage­security with interest thereon and the sum of Rs. for the costs of this suit awarded to defendant No. 2, making in all the sum of Rs. (Similar declarations to be introduced with regard to the amount due from defendant No.1 to the plaintiff in respect of his mortgage if the mortgage-money due thereunder has become payable at the date of the suit.)

2. It is further declared that defendant No. 2 is entitled to payment of the amount due to him in priority to the plaintiff 1 [or (if there are several subsequent mortgagees) that the several parties hereto are entitled in the following order to the payment of the sums due to them respectively:–]

Paragraph 3. And it is hereby ordered and decreed as follows

(i)(a) that the plaintiff or defendant No. 1 or one of them do pay into Court

on or before the      day of      or any later date up to which time for 
payment has been extended by the Court the said sum of Rs.         due 

to defendant No. 2; and

(b) that defendant No.1 do pay into Court on or before the day of or any later date up to which time for p ayment has been extended by the Court the said sum of Rs. due to the plaintiff; and

(ii) that, on payment of the sum declared due to defendant No. 2 by the plaintiff and defendant No.1 or either of them in the manner prescribed in clause (i) (a) and on payment thereafter before such date as the Court may fix of such amount as the Court may adjudge due in respect of such costs of the suit and such costs, charges and expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with such subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, defendant No. 2 shall bring into Court all documents in his possession or power relating to the mortgaged property in the plaint mentioned, and all such documents shall be delivered over to the plaintiff or defendant No.1 (whoever has made the payment), or to such person as he appoints, and defendant No. 2 shall, if so required, re­convey or re­transfer the said property free from the said mortgage and clear of and from all in­cumbrances created by defendant No. 2 or any person claiming under him or any person under whom he claims, and also free from all liability whatsoever arising from the mortgage or this suit and shall, if so required, deliver

1Words not required to be deleted.

up to the plaintiff or defendant No. 1 (whoever has made the payment) quiet and peaceable possession of the said property. (Similar declarations to be introduced, if defendant No. 1 pays the amount found or declared due to the plaintiff with such variations as may be necessary having regard to the nature of his mortgage.)

4. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, in default of payment as aforesaid, of the amount due to defendant No. 2, defendant No. 2 shall be at liberty to apply to the Court that the suit be dismissed or for a final decree–

(i) 1 [in the case of mortgage by conditional sale or an anomalous mortgage where the only remedy provided for in the mortgage-deed is foreclosure and not sale] that the plaintiff and defendant No. 1 jointly and severally shall thenceforth stand absolutely debarred and foreclosed of and from all right to redeem the mortgaged property described in the Schedule annexed hereto and shall, if so required, deliver to the defendant No. 2 quiet and peaceable possession of the said property; or

(ii) 2 [in the case of any other mortgage] that the mortgaged property or a sufficient part thereof shall be sold; and that for the purposes of such sale defendant No. 2 shall produce before the Court or such officer as it appoints, all documents in his possession or power relating to the mortgaged property; and

(iii) 3 [in the case where a sale is ordered under clause 4(ii) above] that the money realised by such sale shall be paid into Court and be duly applied (after deduction therefrom of the expenses of the sale) in payment of the amount payable to defendant No. 2 under the decree and any further orders that may be passed in this suit and in payment of the amount which the Court may adjudge due to defendant No. 2 in respect of such costs of the suit and such costs, charges and expenses as may be payable to the plaintiff under rule 10, together with such subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908; and that the balance, if any, shall be applied in payment of the amount due to the plaintiff and that, if any balance be left, it shall be paid to defendant No. 1 or other persons entitled to receive the same; and

(iv) that, if the money realized by such sale shall not be sufficient for payment in full of the amounts due to defendant No. 2 and the plaintiff, defendant No. 2 or the plaintiff or both of them, as the case may be, shall be at liberty (when such remedy is open under the terms of their respective mortgages and is not barred by any law for the time being in force) to apply for a personal decree against defendant No. 1 for the amounts remaining due to them respectively.

1Words not required to be deleted. 2Words not required to be deleted. 3Words not required to be deleted.

5. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed,_

(a) that, if the plaintiff pays into Court to the credit of this suit the amount adjudged due to defendant No. 2 but defendant No. 1 makes default in the payment of the said amount, the plaintiff shall be at liberty to apply to the Court to keep defendant No. 2's mortgage alive for his benefit and to apply for a final decree (in the same manner as the defendant No. 2 might have done under clause 4 above)– 1 [(i) that defendant No. 1 shall thenceforth stand absolutely debarred and foreclosed of and from all right to redeem the mortgaged property described in the Schedule annexed hereto and shall, if so required, deliver up to the plaintiff quiet and peacea ble possession of the said property;] or 2 [(ii) that the mortgaged property or a sufficient part thereof be sold and that for the purposes of such sale the plaintiff shall produce before the Court or such officer as it appoints, all documents in his possession or power relating to the mortgaged property;] and (b) (if on the application of defendant No. 2 such a final decree for foreclosure is passed), that the whole of the liability of defendant No. 1 arising from the plaintiff's mortgage or from the mortgage of defendant No. 2 or from this suit shall be deemed to have been discharged and extinguished.

Paragraph 6. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed (in the case where a sale is ordered under clause 5 above)

(i) that the money realised by such sale shall be paid into Court and be duly applied (after deduction therefrom of the expenses of the

sale) first in payment of the amount paid by the plaintiff in respect of defendant No. 2's mortgage and the costs of the suit in connection therewith and in payment of the amount which the Court may adjudge due in respect of subsequent interest on the said amount; and that the balance, if any, shall then be applied in payment of the amount adjudged due to the plaintiff in respect of his own mortgage under this decree and any further orders that may be passed and in payment of the amount which the Court may adjudge due in respect of such costs of the suit and such costs, charges and expenses as may be payable to the plaintiff under rule 10, together with such subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11 of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, and that the balance, if any, shall be paid to defendant No. 1 or other persons entitled to receive the same; and

(ii) that, if the money realised by such sale shall not be sufficient for payment in full of the amount due in respect of defendant No. 2's mortgage or the plaintiff's mortgage, defendant No. 2 shall be at liberty (where such remedy is open to him under the terms of his mortgage

1Words not required to be deleted. 2Words not required to be deleted.

and is not barred by any law for the time being in force) to apply for a personal decree against defendant No. 1 for the amount of the balance.

7. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that the parties are at liberty to apply to the Court from time to time as they may have occasion, and on such application or otherwise the Court may give such directions as it thinks fit.

SCHEDULE.

Description of the mortgaged property.

FORM No. 11. Preliminary decree for sale. [Plaintiff – Sub or derivative mortgagee.

vs. Defendant No. 1. Mortgagor. Defendant No. 2. – Original mortgagee.] (Order XXXIV, rule 4.) (Title.)

This suit coming on this              day, etc.; It is hereby declared that the 
amount due to defendant No. 2 on his mortgage calculated up to this                day 
of               is the sum of Rs.          for principal, the sum of Rs.        for interest on 
the said principal, the sum of Rs.               for costs, charges and expenses (other 

than the costs of the suit) in respect of the mortgage­security together with interest thereon and the sum of Rs. for the costs of the suit awarded to defendant No. 2, making in all the sum of Rs. (Similar declarations to be introduced with regard to the amount due from defendant No. 2 to the plaintiff in respect of his mortgage.)

Paragraph 2. And it is hereby ordered and decreed as follows

(i) that defendant No. 1 do pay into Court on or before the said day of or any later date up to which time for payment may be extended by the Court the said sum of Rs. due to defendant No. 2. (Similar declarations to be introduced with regard to the amount due to the plaintiff, defendant No. 2 being at liberty to pay such amount.)

(ii) that, on payment of the sum declared due to defendant No. 2 by defendant No. 1 in the manner prescribed in clause 2 (i) and on payment thereafter before such date as the Court may fix of such amount as the Court may adjudge due in respect of such costs of the suit and such costs, charges and expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with such subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, the plaintiff and defendant

No. 2 shall bring into Court all documents in their possession or power relating to the mortgaged property in the plaint mentioned,

and all such documents (except such as relate only to the sub­mortgage) shall be delivered over to defendant No. 1, or to such person as he appoints, and defendant No. 2 shall, if so required, re­convey or re­transfer the property to defendant No. 1 free from the said mortgage clear of and from all incumbrances created by defendant No. 2 or any person claiming under him or any person under whom he claims, and free from all liability arising from the mortgage or this suit and shall, if so required, deliver up to defendant No. 1 quiet and peaceable possession of the said property; and

(iii) that, upon payment into the Court by defendant No. 1 of the amount due to defendant No. 2, the plaintiff shall be at liberty to apply for payment to him of the sum declared due to him together with any subsequent costs of the suit and other costs, charges and expenses, as may be payable under rule 10, together with such subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908; and that the balance, if any, shall then be paid to defendant No. 2; and that if the amount paid into the Court be not sufficient to pay in full the sum due to the plaintiff, the plaintiff shall be at liberty (if such remedy is open to him by the terms of the mortgage and is not barred by any law for the time being in force) to apply for a personal decree against defendant No. 2 for the amount of the balance.

3. And it is further ordered and decreed that if defendant No. 2 pays into Court to the credit of this suit the amount adjudged due to the plaintiff, the plaintiff shall bring into the Court all documents, etc. [as in sub­clause (ii) of clause 2].

4. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, in default of payment by defendants Nos. 1 and 2 as aforesaid, the plaintiff may apply to the Court for a final decree for sale, and on such application being made the mortgaged property or a sufficient part thereof shall be directed to be sold; and that for the purposes of such sale the plaintiff and defendant No. 2 shall produce before the Court or such officer as it appoints, all documents in their possession or power relating to the mortgaged property.

5. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that the money realised by such sale shall be paid into Court and be duly applied (after deduction therefrom of the expenses of the sale) first in payment of the amount due to the plaintiff as specified in clause 1 above with such costs of the suit and other costs, charges and expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with such subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, and that the balance, if any, shall be applied in payment of the amount due to defendant No. 2; and that, if any balance be left, it shall be paid to defendant No. 1 or other persons entitled to receive the

same.

6. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, if the money realised by such sale shall not be sufficient for payment in full of the amounts payable to the plaintiff and defendant No. 2, the plaintiff or defendant No. 2 or both of them, as the case may be, shall be at liberty (if such remedy is open under their respective

mortgages and is not barred by any law for the time being in force) to apply for a personal decree against defendant No. 2 or defendant No. 1 (as the case may

be) for the amount of the balance.

7. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, if defendant No. 2 pays into Court to the credit of this suit the amount adjudged due to the plaintiff, but defendant No. 1 makes default in payment of the amount due to defendant No. 2, defendant No. 2 shall be at liberty to apply to the Court for a final decree for foreclosure or sale (as the case may be)­(declarations in the ordinary from to be introduced according to the nature of defendant No. 2’s mortgage and the remedies open to him thereunder).

8. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that the parties are at liberty to apply to the Court as they may have occasion, and on such application or otherwise the Court may give such directions as it thinks fit.]

No. 12. DECREE FOR RECTIFICATION OF INSTRUMENT. (Title.)

It is hereby declared that the      , dated the     d ay of     19         ,  does not 
truly express the intention of the parties to such        . 
And it is decreed that the said         be rectified by                . 

No. 13. DECREE TO SET ASIDE A TRANSFER IN FRAUD OF CREDITORS. (Title.)

It is hereby declared that the     , dated the            day of       19     , and 
made between    and     , is void as against the plaintiff and all other the creditors, 

if any, of the defendant.

No. 14. INJUNCTION AGAINST PRIVATE NUISANCE. (Title.) Let the defendant ,h is agents, servants and workmen, be perpetually restrained from burning, or causing to be burnt, any bricks on the defendant's plot of land marked B in the annexed plan, so as to occasion a nuisance to the plaintiff as the owner or occupier of the dwelling­house and garden mentioned in the plaint as belonging to and being occupied by the plaintiff.

No. 15. INJUNCTION AGAINST BUILDING HIGHER THAN OLD LEVEL. (Title.) Let the defendant ,his contractors, agents and workmen, be perpetually restrained from continuing to erect upon his premises in any house or building of a

greater height than the buildings which formerly stood upon his said premises and which have been recently pulled down, so or in such manner as to darken, injure or obstruct such of the plaintiff‟s windows in his said premises as are ancient lights.

No. 16. INJUNCTION RESTRAINING USE OF PRIVATE ROAD. (Title.)

Let the defendant         ,h is agents, servants and workmen, be perpetually 
restrained from using or permitting to be used any part of the lane at         ,  the 

soil of which belongs to the plaintiff, as a carriage- way for the passage of carts, carriages or other vehicles, either going to or from the land marked B in the annexed plan or for any purpose whatsoever.

No. 17. PRELIMINARY DECREE IN AN ADMINISTRATION­SUIT. (Title.) It is ordered that the following accounts and inquiries be taken and made; that is to say:– In creditor's suit–

Paragraph 1. That an account be taken of what is due to the plaintiff and all other the creditors of the deceased. In suits by legatees

2. That an account be taken of the legacies given by the testator's will. In suit by next­of­kin–

3. That an inquiry be made and account taken of what or of what share, if any, the plaintiff is entitled to as next­of­kin or one of the next­of­kin of the intestate. [After the first paragraph, the decree will, where necessary, order, in a creditor's suit, inquiry and accounts for legatees, heirs­at­law and next­of­kin. In suits by claimants other than creditors, after the first paragraph, in all cases, an order to inquire and take an account of creditors will follow the first paragraph and such of the others as may be necessary will follow, omitting the first formal

words. The form is continued as in a creditor's suit.]

4. An account of the funeral and testamentary expenses.

5. An account of the moveable property of the deceased comes to the hands of the defendant, or to the hands of any other person by his order or for his use.

6. An inquiry what part (if any) of the moveable property of the deceased is outstanding and undisposed of.

7. And it is further ordered that the defendant do, on or before the day of n ext, pay into Court all sums of money which shall be found to have come to his hands, or to the hands of any person by his order or for his use.

8. And that if the 1 shall find it necessary for carrying out the objects of the suit to sell any part of the moveable property of the deceased, that the same be sold accordingly, and the proceeds paid into Court.

9. And that Mr. E. F. be receiver in the suit (or proceeding), and receive and get in all outstanding debts and outstanding moveable property of the deceased, and pay the same into the hands of the 2 (and shall give security by bond for the due performance of his duties to the amount of rup ees).

10. And it is further ordered that if the moveable property of the deceased be found insufficient for carrying out the objects of the suit, then the following further inquiries be made, and accounts taken, that is to say–

(a) an inquiry what immoveable property the deceased was seized of or entitled to at the time of his death;

(b) an inquiry what are the incumbrances (if any) affecting the immoveable property of the deceased or any part thereof;

(c) an account, so far as possible, of what is due to the several incumbrancers, and to include a statement of the priorities of such of the incumbrancers as shall consent to the sale hereinafter directed.

11. And that the immoveable property of the deceased, or so much thereof as shall be necessary to make up the fund in Court sufficient to carry out the object of the suit, be sold with the approbation of the judge, free from incumbrances (if

any) of such incumbrancers as shall consent to the sale and subject to the incumbrances of such of them as shall not consent.

12. And it is ordered that G. H. shall have the conduct of the sale of the immoveable property, and shall prepare the conditions and contracts of sale subject to the approval of the 3 and that in case any doubt or difficulty shall arise the papers shall be submitted to the Judge to settle.

13. And it is further ordered that, for the purpose of the inquiries hereinbefore directed, the 4 shall advertise in the newspapers according to the practice of the Court, or shall make such inquiries in any other way which shall appear to the 5 to give the most useful publicity to such inquiries.

14. And it is ordered that the above inquiries and accounts be made and taken, and that all other acts ordered to be done be completed, before the day of ,and that the 6 do certify the result of the inquiries, and the accounts, and that all other acts ordered are completed, and have his certificate in that behalf ready for the inspection of the parties on the day of .

15. And, lastly, it is ordered that this suit [or proceeding] stand adjourned for making final decree to the day of .

1Here insert name of proper officer. 2Here insert name of proper officer. 3Here insert name of proper officer. 4Here insert name of proper officer. 5Here insert name of proper officer. 6Here insert name of proper officer.

[Such part only of this decree is to be used as is applicable to the particular case.]

No. 18. FINAL DECREE IN AN ADMINISTRATION­SUIT BY A LEGATEE. (Title.)

1. It is ordered that the defendant do, on or before the day of pay

into Court the sum of Rs.              ,  the balance by the said certificate found to be 
due from the said defendant on account of the estate of          , the testator, and 
also the sum of Rs.              for interest, at the rate of Rs.                   per cent per 
annum, from the day of                 to the          day of       , amounting together to the 

sum of Rs.

2. Let the 1 of the said Court tax the costs of the plaintiff and defendant in this suit, and let the amount of the said costs, when so taxed, be paid out of the said sum of Rs. ord ered to be paid into Court as aforesaid, as follows:–

(a) The costs of the plaintiff to Mr. ,h is attorney [or pleader] or, and the costs of the defendant to Mr. h is attorney [or pleader].

(b) And (if any debts are due) with the residue of the said sum of Rs. after payment of the plaintiff's and defendant‟s costs as aforesaid, let the sums, found to be owing to the several creditors mentioned in the schedule to the certificate, of the 2 together with subsequent interest on such of the debts as bear interest, be paid; and, after making such payments, let the amount coming to the several legatees mentioned in the schedule, together with subsequent interest (to be verified as aforesaid), be paid to them

3. And if there should then be any residue, let the same be paid to the residuary legatee.

No. 19. PRELIMINARY DECREE IN AN ADMINISTRATION­SUIT BY A LEGATEE, WHERE AN EXECUTOR IS HELD PERSONALLY LIABLE FOR THE PAYMENT OF LEGACIES. (Title.)

1. It is declared that the defendant is personally liable to pay the legacy of Rs. bequeathed to the plaintiff;

2. And it is ordered that an account be taken of what is due for principal and interest on the said legacy;

1Here insert name of proper officer. 2Here insert name of proper officer.

3. And it is also ordered that the defendant do, within weeks after the date of the certificate of the 1 pay to the plaintiff the amount of what the 2 shall certify to be due for principal and interest;

4. And it is ordered that the defendant do pay the plaintiff his costs of suit, the same to be taxed in case the parties differ.

No. 20. FINAL DECREE IN AN ADMINISTRATION­SUIT BY NEXT­OF­KIN. (Title.)

1. Let the 3 of the said Court tax the costs of the plaintiff and defendant in this suit, and let the amount of the said plaintiff's costs, when so taxed, be paid by the defendant to the plaintiff out of the sum of Rs. , the balance by the said certificate found to be due from the said defendant on account of the personal estate of E. F. the intestate, within one week after the taxation of the said cost by the said 4 and let the defendant retain for her own use out of such sum her costs, when taxed.

2. And it is ordered that the residue of the said sum of Rs. , after payment of the plaintiff's and defendant‟s costs as aforesaid, be paid and applied by defendant as follows:–

(a) Let the defendant, within, one week after the taxation of the said costs by the 5 as aforesaid, pay one­third share of the said residue to the plaintiffs A. B., and C.D., his wife, in her right as the sister and one of the next­of-kin of the said E. F., the intestate.

(b) Let the defendant retain for her own use on other hand share of the said residue, as the mother and one of the next­of­kin of the said

E. F., the intestate.

(c) And let the defendant, within one week after, the, taxation of the said costs by the 6 as aforesaid, pay the remaining one­third share of the said residue to G. H., as the brother and the other next­of­kin of the said E. F., the intestate.

No. 21. PRELIMINARY DECREE IN A SUIT FOR DISSOLUTION OF PARTNERSHIP AND THE TAKING OF PARTNERSHIP ACCOUNTS. (Title.) It is declared that the proportionate shares of the parties in the partnership are as follows:–

1Here insert name of proper officer. 2Here insert name of proper officer. 3Here insert name of proper officer. 4Here insert name of proper officer. 5Here insert name of proper officer. 6Here insert name of proper officer.

It is declared that this partnership shall stand dissolved [or shall be deemed

to have been dissolved] as from the              d ay of         , and it is ordered that the 
dissolution thereof as from that day be advertised in the                 Gazette, etc. 
And it is ordered that         be  the receiver of the partnership-estate and 

effects in this suit and do get in all the outstanding book­debts and claims of the partnership. And it is ordered that the following accounts be taken:–

1. An account of the credits, property and effects now belonging to the said partnership;

2. An account of the debts and liabilities of the said partnership;

3. An account of all dealings and transactions between the plaintiff and defendant, from the foot of the settled account exhibited in this suit and marked (A), and not disturbing any subsequent settled accounts: And it is ordered that the good will of the business heretofore carried on by the plaintiff and defendant as in the plaint mentioned, and the stock­in­trade, be sold on the premises, and that the 1 may, on the application of any of the parties, fix a reserved bidding for all or any of the lots at such sale, and that either of the parties is to be at liberty to bid at the sale. And it is ordered that the above accounts be taken, and all the other acts required to be done be completed, before the day of , and that the 2 do certify the result of the accounts, and that all other acts are completed, and have his certificate in that behalf ready for the inspection of the parties on the day of . And, lastly, it is ordered that this suit stand adjourned for making a final decree to the day of .

No. 22. FINAL DECREE IN A SUIT FOR DISSOLUTION OF PARTNERSHIP AND THE TAKING OF PARTNERSHIP ACCOUNTS. (Title.) It is ordered that the fund now in Court, amounting to the sum of Rs., be applied as follows:–

1. In payment of the debts due by the partnership set forth in the certificate of the 3 amounting in the whole to Rs.

2. In payment of the costs of all parties in this suit, amounting to Rs. [These costs must be ascertained before the decree is drawn up.]

1Here insert name of proper officer. 2Here insert name of proper officer. 3Here insert name of proper officer.

3. In payment of the sum of Rs. to the plaintiff as his share of the

partnership­assets, of the sum of Rs.              ,  being the residue of the said sum of 
Rs.               now in Court, to be defendant as his share of the partnership­assets. 
[Or, And that the remainder of the said sum of Rs.    be paid to the said 
plaintiff (or defendant) in part payment of the sum of Rs.         certified to be due 

to him in respect of the partnership­accounts.]

4. And that the defendant [or plaintiff] do on or before the day of

pay to the plaintiff [or defendant] the sum of Rs.            b eing the balance of the 
said sum Rs.              due to him, which will then remain due. 

No. 23. DECREE FOR RECOVERY OF LAND AND MESNE PROFITS. (Title.) It is hereby decreed as follows:–

1. That the defendant do put the plaintiff in possession of property specified in the schedule hereunto annexed.

2. That the defendant do pay to the plaintiff the sum of Rs. with interest thereon at the rate of p er cent per annum to the date of realization on account of mesne profits which have accrued due prior to the institution of the suit. Or

2. That an inquiry be made as to the amount of mesne profits which have accrued due prior to the institution of the suit.

3. That an inquiry be made as to the amount of mesne profits from the institution of the suit until [the delivery possession to the decree­holder] [the relinquishment of possession by the judgment debtor will notice to the decree­holder through the Court] [the expiration of three years from the date of the decree]. Schedule. APPENDIX E EXECUTION.

No. 1. NOTICE TO SHOW CAUSE WHY A PAYMENT OR ADJUSTMENT SHOULD NOT BE RECORDED AS CERTIFIED. (O. 21, r. 2.) (Title.) To

WHEREAS in execution of the decree in the above­named suit           has 
applied to this Court that the sum of Rs.          r ecoverable under the decree 

has been paid/adjusted and should be recorded as certified, this is to give you notice that you are to appear before this Court on the d ay of 19 ,

to show cause why the payment/adjustment aforesaid should not be recorded as certified. GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this day of 19 .

No. 2. PRECEPT. (Section 46.) (Title.) Upon hearing the decree­holder it is ordered that this precept be sent to the Court of at und er section 46 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, with directions to attach the property specified in the annexed schedule and to hold the same pending any application which may be made by the decree­holder for execution of the decree. Schedule. Dated the d ay of 19 .

Judge.

No. 3. ORDER SENDING DECREE FOR EXECUTION TO ANOTHER COURT. (O. 21, r. 6.) (Title.) WHEREAS the decree­holder in the above suit has applied to this Court for a certificate to be sent to the Court of at for execution of the decree in the above suit by the said Court, alleging that the judgment­debtor resides or has property within the local limits of the jurisdiction of the said Court, and it is deemed necessary and proper to send a certificate to the said Court under Order XXI, rule 6, of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, it is Ordered:

That a copy of this order be sent to with a copy of the decree and of any order which may have been made for execution of the same and a certificate of non­satisfaction. Dated the day of 19 .

Judge.

No. 4. CERTIFICATE OF NON­SATISFACTION OF DECREE. (O. 21, r.6.) (Title.)

Certified that no (1) satisfaction of the decree of this Court in Suit No.     of 
19         ,               a  copy which is hereunto attached, has been obtained by 

execution within the jurisdiction of this Court. Dated the day of 19 .

Judge.

(1) If partial, strike out "no" and state to what extent.

No. 5. CERTIFICATE OF EXECUTION OF DECREE TRANSFERRED TO ANOTHER COURT. (O. 21, r. 6.) (Title.)

Number of suit and the Court by which the decree was passed. Names of parties. Date of application for execution. Number of the execution

case. Processes issued and dates of service thereof. Costs of execution. Amount realized. How the case is disposed

of. Remarks. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Rs. A.P Rs. A.P Signature of Muharrir in charge. Signature of Judge.

No. 6. APPLICATION FOR EXECUTION OF DECREE. (O. 21, r. 11.) In the Court of I , decree­holder, hereby apply for execution of the decree herein below set forth:_

No. of suit. Name of parties. Date of decree. Whether any appeal preferred from decree. Payment or adjustment made, if any. Previous application, if any, with date and result. Amount with interest due upon the decree other relief granted thereby together with particulars of any cross decree Amount of costs, if any, awarded. Against whom to be executed

Mode in which the assistance of the Court is require. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

789 of 1997 A.B.Plaintiff C.D.Defendant October 11th, 1897

No. none

Rs. 72-4-0 recovered on application, dated the 4th March, 1899

Rs. 314 -8-2 principal (interest at 6 per cent per annum, from date of decree till payment).

Rs. A. P.

As awarded in the decree  …          47  10  4 
Subsequent incurred          …           8    2   0 

………… Total: 55 12 4 ..………. Against the defendant C.D. (When attachment and sale of movable property is sought.] I pray that the total amount of Rs. (together with interest on the principal sum up to date of payment] and the costs of taking out this execution, be realized by attachment and sale of defendant‟s movable property as per annexed list and paid to me. (When attachment and sale of immovable property is sought.] I pray that the total amount of Rs. [together with interest on the principal sum up to date of payment] and the costs of taking out this execution be realized by the attachment and sale of defendant‟s immovable property specified at the foot of this application and paid to

me.

I declare that what is stated herein is true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Signed              , Decree­holder. 
Dated the              day of           19                  . 

[When attachment and sale of immoveable property is sought.] Description and Specification of Property. The undivided one­third share of the judgment­debtor in a house situated in the village of value Rs. 40 and bounded as follows:– East by G's house; west by H's house; south by public road; north by private lane and J's house.

I d eclare that what is stated in the above description is true to the best of my knowledge and belief, and so far as I have been able to ascertain the interest of the defendant in the property therein specified.

Signed , Decree­holder.

No. 7. NOTICE TO SHOW CAUSE WHY EXECUTION SHOULD NOT ISSUE. 1 [(O. 21,

r. 16.)] (Title.) To WHEREAS has made application to this Court for execution of decree in Suit No. of 19 on the allegation that the said decree has been transferred to him by assignment,

this is to give you notice that you are to appear before this Court         on the          
day of           19         , to show cause why execution should not be granted. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this day of           19      . 

Judge.

No. 8. WARRANT OF ATTACHMENT OF MOVEABLE PROPERTY IN EXECUTION OF A DECREE FOR MONEY . (O. 21, r. 30.) (Title.) To The Bailiff of the Court.

WHEREAS              was ordered by decree of this Court passed on the           
day of           19         , in Suit No.           

DECREE. Principal Interest Costs Costs of execution Further interest Total

1Substituted for the expression “(O.21, r.22)” by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1914 (X of 1914), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 21 March 1914, pp. 47-59, s. 2 read with the First Schedule.

of              19         ,  to pay to the plaintiff the sum of Rs.           as noted in the 
margin;              and whereas the said sum of          Rs.             has not been paid; 
These are to command you to attach the moveable property of the said              as 

set forth in the schedule hereunto annexed, or which shall be pointed out to you by

the said         , and unless the said          shall pay to you the said sum of Rs.
 together with Rs.         ,  the costs of this attachment, to hold the same until 

further orders from this Court.

You are further commanded to return this warrant on or before the       day of 
               19         ,  with an endorsement certifying the day on which and 

manner in which it has been executed, or why it has not been executed. GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this day of 19 . Schedule.

Judge.

No. 9. WARRANT FOR SEIZURE OF SPECIFIC MOVEABLE PROPERTY ADJUDGED BY DECREE. (O. 21, r. 31.) (Title.) To The Bailiff of the Court.

WHEREAS              was ordered by decree of this Court passed on the          
day  of         19         ,  in Suit No.    of  19         ,  to deliver to the plaintiff the 
moveable property (or a     share in the moveable property) specified in the schedule 

hereunto annexed, and whereas the said property (or share) has not been delivered; These are to command you to seize the said moveable property (or a share of the said moveable property) and to deliver it to the plaintiff or to such person as he may appoint in his behalf. GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this day of 19 . Schedule.

Judge.

No. 10. NOTICE TO STATE OBJECTIONS TO DRAFT OF DOCUMENT. (O. 21, r. 34.) (Title.) To TAKE notice that on the day of 19 , the decree­holder in the above suit presented an application to this Court that the Court may execute on

your behalf a deed of                  ,whereof a draft is hereunto annexed, of the 
immoveable property specified hereunder, and that the                 day of         19          

is appointed for the hearing of the said application; and that you are at liberty to appear on the said day and to state in writing any objections to the said draft. Description of Property GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this day of 19 .

Judge.

No. 11. WARRANT TO THE BAILIFF TO GIVE POSSESSION OF LAND, ETC. (O. 21,

r. 35.) (Title.) To The Bailiff of the Court. WHEREAS the under mentioned property in the occupancy of has been decreed to ,the plaintiff in this suit; You are hereby directed to put the said in possession of the same, and you are hereby authorized to remove any person bound by the decree who may refuse to vacate the same. GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this day of 19 . Schedule.

Judge.

No. 12. NOTICE TO SHOW CAUSE WHY WARRANT OF ARREST SHOULD NOT

ISSUE. (O. 21, r. 37.) (Title.) To

WHEREAS                  has made application to this Court for execution of 
decree in suit No.          of  19         by  arrest and imprisonment of your person, you 
are hereby required to appear before this Court on the         day of           19          ,to 

show cause why you should not be committed to 1 [* *] prison in execution of the said decree. GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this day of 19 .

Judge.

1The words “the civil” were omitted by the Civil Laws (Ref orms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11.

No. 13. WARRANT OF ARREST IN EXECUTION. (O. 21, r. 38.) (Title.) To The Bailiff of the Court.

WHEREAS          was adjudged by a decree of the Court in Suit No.          of 
19         , dated the         day of          19         ,to pay to the decree­holder the sum 
of Rs.            as noted in the margin and whereas the said sum of Rs.          has not 

been paid to the said decree­holder in satisfaction of the said decree, these are to command you to arrest the said judgment­debtor and unless the said judgment­debtor shall pay to you the said sum of Rs. ,together with Rs. for the costs of executing this process, to bring the said defendant before the Court with all convenient speed.

You are further commanded to return this warrant on or before the          day of          
19         , with an endorsement certifying the day on which and manner in which it 

has been executed, or the reason why it has not been executed. GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this day of 19 .

Judge.

Principal Interest Costs Execution Total

No. 14. WARRANT OF COMMITTAL OF JUDGEMENT­DEBTOR TO JAIL. (O. 21, r. 40.) (Title.) To

The Officer in charge of the Jail at         . 
WHEREAS                            who has been brought before this Court this        
day of         19         , under a warrant in execution of a decree which was made 
and pronounced by the said Court on the          day of                       19         , and 
by which decree it was ordered that the said            should pay         ; And whereas 
the said             has not obeyed the decree, nor satisfied the Court that he is entitled 

to be discharged from custody; You are hereby, 1 [* * * * * * * * * ] commanded and required to take and receive the said into 2 [* *] prison and keep him

imprisoned therein for a period not exceeding          or until the said decree shall be 
fully satisfied, or the said          shall be otherwise entitled to be released according 

to the terms and provisions of section 58 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 3 [* * * * * * * * * * *]. GIVEN under my signature' add the seal of the Court, this day of 19 .

Judge.

No. 15. ORDER FOR THE RELEASE OF A PERSON IMPRISONED IN EXECUTION OF A DECREE. (Sections 58, 59.) (Title.) To The Officer in charge of the Jail at UNDER orders passed this day, you are hereby directed to set free judgment­debtor now in your custody. Dated

Judge.

4 [No. 15-A. BOND FOR SAFE CUSTODY OF MOVABLE PROPERTY ATTACHED AND LEFT IN CHARG E OF PERSON INTERESTED AND SURETIES . (O. 21, r. 43 .)

In the Court of                   at          
Civil Suit No.         of                 . 

A. B. of against

C. D. of

1The expression “in the name of the King­Emperor of India,” was omitted by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O.

No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinar y), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 - 163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 2The words “the civil” were omitted by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11. 3The expression “; and the Court does hereby fix annas per diem as the rate of the monthly allowance for the subsistence of the said during his confinement unde r this warrant of committal” was omitted by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11.

4Added by the Notification No. 606-G., dated: 13 December 1928; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 21 December 1928, pp. 1656-1658, r. 2.

Know all men by these presents that we, I. J. of           , etc.,            and K. L  
of          , etc., and M. N. of          , etc., are jointly and severally bound to the Judge 
of the Court of            in Rupees           to be paid to the said Judge , for which 

payment to be made we bind ourselves, and each of us , in the whole, our and each of our heirs, executors and administrators , jointly and severally , by these presents. Dated this day of 19 . AND WHEREAS the movable property sp ecified in the schedule hereunto

annexed has been attached under a warrant from the said Court, dated            day 
of              19     , in execution of a decree in favour of         in suit No.        of                 
19      on the file of             and the said property has been left in the charge of the 

said I. J. Now the condition of this obligation is that, if the above bounden I. J. shall duly account for and produce when required before the said Court all and every the property aforesaid an d shall obey any further order of the Court in respect thereof, then this obligation shall be void : otherwise it shall remain in full force.

I. J.

K. L.

M. N. Signed and delivered by the above bounden in the presence of .]

1 [No. 15-B. BOND FOR SAFE CUSTODY OF MOVABLE PROPERTY ATTACHED AND LEFT IN CHARGE OF ANY PERSON AND SURETIES. (O. 21, r. 43(1)(c).)

In the Court of                        at              
Civil Suit No.            of              

A. B. of against

C. D. of

Know all men by these presents that we, I. J of            , etc., and K. L. of       , 
etc., and M. N. of               , etc., are jointly and              severally bound to the 
Judge of the Court of             in Rupees             to be paid to the said Judge , for 

which payment to be made we bind ourselves, and each of u s, in the whole, our and each of our heirs, executors and administrators , jointly and severally, by these presents. Dated this day of 19 . AND WHEREAS the movable property specifie d in the s chedule hereunto annexed has been attached under a warrant from the said Court, dated the day of 19 , in execution of a decree in favour of in suit No. of

1Added by the Notificat ion No. 606-G., dated: 13 December 1928; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 21 December 1928, pp. 1656-1658, r. 3.

19 , on the file of and the said property has been left in the charge of the said I. J. Now the condition of this obligation is that, if the above bounden I. J, shall duly account for and produce when requ ired before the said Court all and every the property aforesaid and shall obey any further order of the Court in respect thereof, then this obligation shall be void : otherwise it shall remain in full force and be enforcible against the above bounden I. J. in accordance with the procedure laid down in Section 145, Civil Procedure Code, as if the aforesaid I. J. were a surety for the restoration of property taken in execution of a decree.

I. J.

K. L.

M. N. Signed and delivered by the above bounden in the presence of .]

No. 16. ATTACHMENT IN EXECUTION. PROHIBITORY ORDER, WHERE THE PROPERTY TO BE ATTACHED CONSISTS OF MOVEABLE PROPERTY TO WHICH THE DEFENDANT IS ENTITLED SUBJECT TO A LIEN OR RIGHT OF SOME OTHER PERSON TO THE IMMEDIATE POSSESSION THEREOF. (O. 21, r. 46.) (Title.) To WHEREAS

has failed to satisfy a decree passed against        on the      day of         19          
in Suit No.           of 19          , in favour of          for Rs.           ; It is ordered that the 

defendant be, and is hereby, prohibited and restrained, until the further order of

this Court, from receiving from           the following property in the possession of 
the said                    ,that is to say,           ,to which the defendant is entitled, 
subject to any claim of the said          ,and the said          is hereby prohibited and 

restrained, until the further order of this Court, from delivering the said property to any person or persons whomsoever. GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this day of 19 .

Judge.

No. 17. ATTACHMENT IN EXECUTION. PROHIBITORY ORDER, WHERE THE PROPERTY CONSISTS OF DEBTS NOT SECURED BY NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS. (O. 21, r. 46.) (Title.) To

WHEREAS

has failed to satisfy a decree passed against          on the          day of           19          
in Suit No.           of 19           , in favour of          for Rs.          ; It ordered that the 

defendant be, and is hereby, prohibited and restrained, until the further order of this Court, from receiving from you a certain debt alleged now to be due from you to the said defendant, namely, and that you, the said , be, and you are hereby, prohibited and restrained, until the further order of this Court from making payment of the said debt, or any part thereof, to any person whomsoever or otherwise than into this Court. GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this day of 19 .

Judge.

No. 18. ATTACHMENT IN EXECUTION. PROHIBITORY ORDER, WHERE THE PROPERTY CONSISTS OF SHARES IN THE CAPITAL OF A CORPORATION. (O. 21, r. 46.) (Title.) To Defendant, and to , Secretary of Corporation,

WHEREAS       has failed to satisfy a decree passed against       on the      
day of          19          , in Suit No.           of 19         , in favour of          , for Rs.          ; 

It is ordered that you, the defendant, be, and you are hereby, prohibited and restrained, until the further order of this Court, from making any transfer of

shares in the aforesaid Corporation, namely,           , or from receiving payment of 
any dividends thereon; and you,          , the Secretary of the said Corporation, are 

hereby prohibited and restrained from permitting any such transfer or making any such payment. GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this day of 19 .

Judge.

No. 19. ORDER TO ATTACH SALARY OF PUBLIC OFFICER OR SERVANT OF RAILWAY COMPANY OR LOCAL AUTHORITY. (O. 21, r. 48.) (Title.) To

WHEREAS ,judgment­debtor in the above­named case, is a (describe office of judgment­debtor) receiving his salary (or allowances) at your

hands; and whereas          , decree­holder in the said case, has applied in this 
Court for the attachment of the salary (or allowances) of the said          to the 
extent of          due to him under the decree; You are hereby required to withhold 
the said sum of           from the salary of the said          in monthly instalments of                   

and to remit the said sum (or monthly instalments) to this Court. GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this day of 19 .

Judge.

No. 20. ORDER OF ATTACHMENT OF NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENT. (O. 21, r. 51.) (Title.) To The Bailiff of the Court.

WHEREAS an order has been passed by this Court on the           day of    
19          , for the attachment of          ; You are hereby directed to seize the said  

and bring the same into Court. GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this day of 19 .

Judge.

No. 21. ATTACHMENT. PROHIBITORY ORDER, WHERE THE PROPERTY CONSISTS OF MONEY OR OF ANY SECURITY IN THE CUSTODY OF A COURT OF JUSTICE OR 1 [PUBLIC OFFICER]. (O. 21, r. 52.) (Title.) To SIR, The plaintiff having applied, under rule 52 of Order XXI of the Code of Civil Procedure 1908, for an attachment of certain money now in your hands (here state, how the money is supposed to be in the hands of the person addressed, on what account, etc.), I request that you will hold the said money subject to the further order of this Court.

1Substituted for the words “officer of Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

I have the honour to be, SIR, Your most obedient Servant,

Judge. Dated the day of 19 .

No. 22. NOTICE OF ATTACHMENT OF A DECREE TO THE COURT WHICH PASSED IT. (O. 21, r. 53.) (Title.) To The Judge of the Court of SIR, I have the honour to inform you that the decree obtained in your Court on the

    day of          19          , by          in Suit No.           of 19           , in which he 
was                    and          was          has been attached by this Court on the 
application of           the          in the suit specified above. You are therefore 

requested to stay the execution of the decree of your Court until you receive an intimation from this Court that the present notice has been cancelled or until execution of the said decree is applied for by the holder of the decree now sought to be executed or by his judgment­debtor. I have the honour, etc.,

Judge. Dated the day of 19 .

No. 23. NOTICE OF ATTACHMENT OF A DECREE TO THE HOLDER OF THE DECREE. (O. 21, r. 53.) (Title.) To WHEREAS an application has been made in this Court by the decree­holder in the above suit for the attachment of a decree obtained by you on

the          day of          19          ,in the Court of           in Suit No.          of 19          ,in 
which          was          and            was          ; It is ordered that you, the said   , 

be, and you are hereby, prohibited and restrained, until the further order of this Court, from transferring or charging the same in any way. GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this day of 19 .

Judge.

No. 24. ATTACHMENT IN EXECUTION. PROHIBITORY ORDER, WHERE THE PROPERTY CONSISTS OF IMMOVEABLE PROPERTY . (O. 21, r. 54.) (Title.) To Defendant. WHEREAS you have failed to satisfy a decree passed against you on the

day of          19          , in Suit No.          of 19          , in favour of          for Rs.           ; 
It is ordered that you, the said          , be, and you are hereby, prohibited and 

restrained, until the further order of this Court, from transferring or charging the property specified in the schedule hereunto annexed, by sale, gift or otherwise, and that all persons be, and that they are hereby, prohibited from receiving the same by purchase, gift or otherwise. GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this day of 19 . Schedule.

Judge.

No. 25. ORDER FOR PAYMENT TO THE PLAINTIFF, ETC., OF MONEY, ETC., IN THE HANDS OF A THIRD PARTY. (O. 21, r. 56.) (Title.) To

WHEREAS the following property          has been attached in execution of a 
decree in Suit No.           of          19          ,passed on the            day of    19          
, in favour of         , for  Rs.         ; It is ordered that the property so attached, 
consisting of Rs.                          in money and Rs.                in currency­notes, or a 

sufficient part thereof to satisfy the said decree, shall be paid over by you, the said

            , to          . 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this      day of           19      . 

Judge.

No. 26. NOTICE TO ATTACHING CREDITOR. (O. 21, r. 58.) (Title.) To

WHEREAS           has made application to this Court for the r emoval of 
attachment on           placed at your instance in execution of the decree in Suit 
No.           of 19          , this is to give you notice to appear before this Court on  , 
the          day of          19            ,either in person or by a pleader of the Court duly 

instructed to support your claim, as attaching creditor. GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this day of 19 .

Judge.

No. 27. WARRANT OF SALE OF PROPERTY IN EXECUTION OF A DECREE FOR

MONEY. (O. 21, r. 66.) (Title.) To The Bailiff of the Court. THESE are to command you to selI by auction, after giving days previous notice, by affixing the same in this Court­house, and after making due

proclamation, the                    property attached under a warrant from this Court, 
dated the          day of           19            ,in execution of a decree in favour of    in 
   Suit No.           of 19             , or so much of the said property as shall realize 
the sum of Rs.           , being in the            of the said decree and costs still 

remaining unsatisfied. You are further commanded to return this warrant on or before the day of 19 ,with an endorsement certifying the manner in which it has been executed, or the reason why it has not been executed. GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this day of 19 .

Judge.

No. 28. NOTICE OF THE DAY FIXED FOR SETTLING A SALE PROCLAMATION. (O. 21, r. 66.) (Title.) To Judgment­debtor.

WHEREAS in the above­named suit               the decree-holder has applied 
for the sale of                                            ; 
You are hereby informed that the               day of               19                has 

been fixed for settling the terms of the proclamation of sale. GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this day of 19 .

Judge.

No. 29. PROCLAMATION OF SALE. (O. 21, r. 66.) (Title.)

Suit No.               of 19               , decided by the                of                in 
which               was plaintiff and                was defendant .– Notice is hereby given 

that, under rule 64 of Order XXI of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, an order has been passed by this Court for the sale of the attached property mentioned in the annexed schedule, in satisfaction of the claim of the decree-holder in the suit (1) mentioned in the margin, amounting with costs and interest up to date of sale to the sum of . The sale will be by public auction, and the property will be put up for sale in the lots specified in the schedule. The sale will be of the property of the judgment­debtors above­named as mentioned in the schedule below; and the liabilities and claims attaching to the said property, so far as they have been ascertained, are those specified in the schedule against each lot.

In the absence of any order of postponement, the sale will be held by         at 
the monthly sale commencing at o'clock on the               at               . In the event, 

however, of the debt above specified and of the costs of sale being tendered or paid before the knocking down of any lot, the sale will be stopped. At the sale the public generally are invited to bid, either personally or by duly authorised agent. No bid by, or on behalf of, the judgment­creditors above­mentioned, however, will be accepted, nor will any sale to them be valid without the express permission of the Court previously given. The following are the further Conditions of Sale

1. The particulars specified in the schedule below have been stated to the best of the information of the Court, but the Court will not be answerable for any error, mis­statement or omission in this proclamation.

2. The amount by which the biddings are to be increased shall be determined by the officer conducting the sale. In the event of any dispute arising as to the amount bid, or as to the bidder, the lot shall at once be again put up to auction.

3. The highest bidder shall be declared to be the purchaser of any lot, provided always that he is legally qualified to bid, and provided that it shall be in the discretion of the Court or officer holding the sale to decline acceptance of the

highest bid when the price offered appears so clearly inadequate as to make it advisable to do so.

4. For reasons recorded, it shall be in the discretion of the officer conducting the sale to adjourn it subject always to the provisions of rule 69 of Order XXI.

5. In the case of moveable property, the price of each lot shall be paid at the time of sale or as soon after as the officer holding the sale directs, and in default of payment the property shall forthwith be again put up and re­sold.

6. In the case of immoveable property, the person declared to be the purchaser shall pay immediately after such declaration a deposit 25 per cent on the amount of his purchase­money to the officer conducting the sale, and in default of such deposit the property shall forthwith be put up again and re­ sold.

7. The full amount of the purchase­money shall be paid by the purchaser before the Court closes on the fifteenth day after the sale of the property, exclusive of such day, or if the fifteenth day be a Sunday or other holiday, then on the first office day after the fifteenth day.

Paragraph 8. In default of payment of the balance of purchase­money within the period allowed, the property shall be re­sold after the issue of a fresh notification of sale

The deposit, after defraying the expenses of the sale, may, if the Court thinks fit, be forfeited to Government and the defaulting purchaser shall forfeit all claim to the property or to any part of the sum for which it may be subsequently sold. GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this day of 19 .

Judge. Schedule of Property. Number of lot Description of property to be sold, with the name of each owner where there are more judgment debtors than one. The revenue assessed upon the estate or part of the estate if the property to be sold is an interest in an estate or a part of an estate paying revenue to Government. Detail of any incumbrances to which the property is liable. Claims, if any, which have been put forward to the property and any other known particulars bearing on its nature and

value.

No. 30. ORDER ON THE NAZIR FOR CAUSING SERVICE OF PROCLAMATION OF

SALE. (O. 21, r. 66.) (Title.) To The Nazir of the Court. WHEREAS an order has been made for the sale of the property of the judgment­debtor specified in the schedule hereunder annexed, and whereas the day of 19 , has been fixed for the sale of the said property, copies of the proclamation of sale are by this warrant made over to you, and you are hereby ordered to have the proclamation published by beat of drum within each of the properties specified in the said schedule, to affix a copy of the said proclamation on a conspicuous part of each of the said properties and afterwards on the Court­house, and then to submit to this Court a report showing the dates on which and the manner in which the proclamations have been published. Dated the day of 19 . Schedule.

Judge.

No. 31. CERTIFICATE BY OFFICER HOLDING A SALE OF THE DEFICIENCY OF PRICE ON A RE­SALE OF PROPERTY BY REASON OF THE PURCHASER'S DEFAULT. (O. 21, r. 71.) (Title.) Certified that at the re­sale of the property in execution of the decree in the above­named suit, in consequence of default on the part of , purchaser there was a deficiency in the price of the said property amounting to

Rs. and that the expenses attending such re-sale amounted to Rs. ,

making a total of Rs.               , which sum is recoverable from the defaulter. 
Dated the               day of               19               . 

Officer holding the sale.

No. 32. NOTICE TO PERSON IN POSSESSION OF MOVEABLE PROPERTY SOLD IN EXECUTION. (O. 21, r. 79.) (Title.) To WHEREAS

has become the purchaser at a public sale in execution of the decree in the above

suit of                                              now in your possession, you are hereby 
prohibited from delivering possession of the said                              to any 
person except the said                                             . 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this        day of         19      . 

Judge.

No. 33. PROHIBITORY ORDER AGAINST PAYMENT OF DEBTS SOLD IN EXECUTION TO ANY OTHER THAN THE PURCHASER. (O. 21, r. 79.) (Title.)

To                                                            and to 
WHEREAS                                                                           has 

become the purchaser at a public sale in execution of the decree in the above suit

of                                              being debts due from you                             to you     
It is ordered that you                         be, and you are hereby, prohibited from 
receiving, and you                from making payment of, the said debt to any person 

or persons except the said GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this day of 19 .

Judge.

No. 34. PROHIBITORY ORDER AGAINST THE TRANSFER OF SHARES SOLD IN EXECUTION. (O. 21, r. 79.) (Title.) To

               and               , Secretary of               Corporation. 
WHEREAS               has become the purchaser at a public sale in execution 

of the decree, in the above suit, of certain shares in the above Corporation, that is to say, of Standing in the name of you ;It is ordered that you be, and you hereby, prohibited from making any transfer of the said shares to any

person except the said                ,the purchaser aforesaid, or from receiving any 
dividends thereon; and you                Secretary of the said Corporation from 

permitting any such transfer or making any such payment to any person, except the

said               ,the purchaser aforesaid. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 

Judge.

No. 35. CERTIFICATE TO JUDGMENT­DEBTOR AUTHORIZING HIM TO MORTGAGE, LEASE OR SELL PROPERTY. (O. 21, r. 83.) (Title.) WHEREAS in execution of the decree passed in the above suit an order was

made on the               day of               19                for the sale of the under­mentioned 
property of the judgment­debtor                ,and whereas the Court has, on the 

application of the said judgment­debtor, postponed the said sale to enable him to raise the amount of the decree by mortgage, lease or private sale of the said property or of some part thereof:

This is to certify that the Court doth hereby authorize the said judgment­debtor to make the proposed mortgage, lease or sale within a period of from the date of this certificate; provided that all monies payable under such mortgage, lease or sale shall be paid into this Court and not to the said judgment­debtor. Description of property. GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this day of 19 .

Judge.

No. 36. NOTICE TO SHOW CAUSE WHY SALE SHOULD NOT BE SET ASIDE. (O. 21, rr. 90, 92.) (Title.) To

WHEREAS the under­mentioned property was sold on the                day of   
19               in execution of  the decree passed in the above­named suit, and 
whereas                   the decree­holder [or judgment­debtor], has applied to this 

Court to set aside the sale of the said property on the ground of a material irregularity [or fraud] in publishing [or conducting] the sale, namely that Take notice that if you have any cause to show why the said application should not be granted, you should appear with your proofs in this Court on the day of 19 , when the said application will be heard and determined.

GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of               
19               . 

Description of property.

Judge.

No. 37. NOTICE TO SHOW CAUSE WHY SALE SHOULD NOT BE SET ASIDE. (O. 21, rr. 91, 92.) (Title.) To

WHEREAS               , the purchaser of the under­mentioned property sold on 
the               day of               19                , in execution of the decree passed in the 

above­named suit, has applied to this Court to set aside the sale of the said property on the ground that , the judgment­debtor, had no saleable interest therein:

Take notice that if you have any cause to show why the said application should not be granted, you should appear with your proofs in this Court on the

day of               19               when the said application will be heard and determined. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 

Description of property.

Judge.

No. 38. CERTIFICATE OF SALE OF LAND. (O. 21, r. 94.) (Title.)

This is to certify that                has been declared the purchaser at a sale by 
public auction on the               day of               19               of                         in 

execution of decree in this suit, and that the said sale has been­duly confirmed by this Court. GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this day of

Paragraph 19. Judge

No. 39. ORDER FOR DELIVERY TO CERTIFIED PURCHASER OF LAND AT A SALE IN EXECUTION. (O. 21, r. 95.) (Title.) To The Bailiff of the Court.

WHEREAS                has become the certified purchaser of                 at a 
sale in execution of decree in suit No.                of 19               ; You are hereby 
ordered to put the said               , the certified purchaser, as aforesaid, in possession 

of the same.

GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 

Judge.

No. 40. SUMMONS TO APPEAR AND ANSWER CHARGE OF OBSTRUCTING EXECUTION OF DECREE. (O. 21, r. 97.) (Title.) To WHEREAS , the decree­holder in the above suit, has complained to this Court that you have resisted (or obstructed) the officer charged with the execution of the warrant for possession:

You are hereby summoned to appear in this Court on the                day of     
19               at               A.M., to answer the said complaint. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 

Judge.

No. 41. WARRANT OF COMMITTAL. (O. 21, r. 98.) (Title.) To The Officer in charge of the Jail at

WHEREAS the under­mentioned property has been decreed to                 , 
the plaintiff in this suit, and whereas the Court is satisfied that                without 

any just cause resisted [or obstructed] and is still resisting [or obstructing] the

said         in obtaining possession of the property, and whereas the said               has 
made application to this Court that the said               be committed to 

1 [* *] prison;

You are hereby commanded and required to take and receive the said into 2 [*

*] prison and to keep him imprisoned therein for the period of               days. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 

Judge.

1The words “the civil” were o mitted by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 (XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11.

2Ibid.

No. 42. AUTHORITY OF THE COLLECTOR TO STAY PUBLIC SALE OF LAND. (Section 72.) (Title.) To Collector of SIR,

In answer to your communication No.               , dated               , representing 
that the sale in execution of the decree in this suit of                land situate 

within your district is objectionable, I have the honour to inform you that you are authorized to make provision for the satisfaction of the said decree in the manner recommended by you. I have the honour to be, SIR, Your obedient Servant,

Judge.

APPENDIX F SUPPLEMENTAL PROCEEDINGS.

No. 1. WARRANT OF ARREST BEFORE JUDGMENT. (O. 38, r. 1.) (Title.) To The Bailiff of the Court. WHEREAS , the plaintiff in the above suit, claims the sum of Rs. as noted in the margin and has proved to the satisfaction of the Court that there is probable cause for believing that the defendant is about to These are to command you to demand and receive from the said

the sum of Rs.                as sufficient to satisfy the plaintiff's claim, and unless the 
said sum of Rs.               is forth with delivered to you by or on behalf of the said     
to take the said                                             into custody, and to bring him before this 

Court, in order that he may show cause why he should not furnish security to the amount of Rs. for his personal appearance before the Court, until such time as the said suit shall be fully and finally disposed of, and until satisfaction of any decree that may be passed against him in the suit. GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this day of 19 .

Judge.

Principal Interest Costs

Total

No. 2. SECURITY FOR APPEARANCE OF A DEFENDANT ARRESTED BEFORE JUDGMENT. (O. 38, r. 2.) (Title.) WHEREAS at the instance of ,the plaintiff in the above suit, the defendant, has been arrested and brought before the Court; And whereas on the failure of the said defendant to show cause why he should not furnish security for his appearance, the Court has ordered him to furnish such security:

Therefore I have voluntarily become surety and do hereby bind myself, my heirs and executors, to the said Court, that the said defendant shall appear at any time when called upon while the suit is pending and until satisfaction of any decree that may be passed against him in the said suit; and in default of such appearance I bind myself, my heirs and executors, to pay to the said Court, at its order, any some of money that may be adjudged against the said defendant in the said suit. Witness my hand at this day of 19 .

(Signed.) Witnesses.

1.

2.

No. 3. SUMMONS TO DEFENDANT TO APPEAR ON SURETY'S APPLICATION FOR DISCHARGE. (O. 38, r. 3.) (Title.) To

WHEREAS               , who became surety on the                  day of                
19         , for your appearance in the above suit, has applied to this Court to be 

discharged from his obligation:

Your are hereby summoned to appear in this Court in person on the      day 
of               19               ,at               A. M., when the said application will be heard 

and determined. GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this day of 19 .

Judge.

No. 4. ORDER FOR COMMITTAL. (O. 38, r. 4.) (Title.) To

WHEREAS               , plaintiff in this suit, has made application to the Court 
that security be taken for the appearance of               , the defendant, to answer 

any judgment that may be passed against him in the suit; and whereas the Court

has called upon the defendant to furnish such security, or to offer a sufficient deposit in lieu of security, which he has failed to do; It is ordered that the said defendant be committed to 1 [* *] prison until the decision of the suit; or, if judgment be pronounced against him, until satisfaction of the decree.

GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 

Judge.

No. 5. ATTACHMENT BEFORE JUDGMENT, WITH ORDER TO CALL FOR SECURITY FOR FULFILMENT OF DECREE. (O. 38, r. 5.) (Title.) To The Bailiff of the Court. WHEREAS has proved to the satisfaction of the Court that the defendant in the above suit

These are to command you to call upon the said defendant                on or 
before the               day of               19               either to furnish security for the sum 
of rupees               to produce and place at the disposal of this Court when required 

or the value thereof, or such portion of the value as may be sufficient to satisfy any decree that may be passed against him; or to appear and show cause why he should not furnish security; and you are further ordered to attach the said and keep the same under safe and secure custody until the further order of the Court;

and you are further commanded to return this warrant on or before the               day 
of               19                , with an endorsement certifying the date on which and the 

manner in which it has been executed, or the reason why it has not been executed.

GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 

Judge.

No. 6. SECURITY FOR THE PRODUCTION OF PROPERTY. (O. 38, r. 5.) (Title.)

WHEREAS at the instance of                , the plaintiff in the above suit,       the 
defendant, has been directed by the Court to furnish security in the sum of Rs.    to 

1The words “the civil” were omitted by the Civil Laws (Ref orms) Act, 1994 (XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 July 1994 ;and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11.

produce and place at the disposal of the Court the property specified in the schedule hereunto annexed;

Therefore I have voluntarily become surety and do hereby bind myself, my heirs and executors, to the said Court, that the said defendant shall produce and place at the disposal of the Court, when required, the property specified in the said schedule, or the value of the same, or such portion thereof as may be sufficient to satisfy the decree; and in default of his so doing, I bind myself, my heirs and executors, to pay to the said Court, at its order, the said sum of Rs. or such sum not exceeding the said sum as the said Court may adjudge. Schedule. Witness my hand at this day of 19 .

(Signed.) Witnesses

1.

2.

No. 7. ATTACHMENT BEFORE JUDGMENT, ON PROOF OF FAILURE TO FURNISH SECURITY. (O. 38, r. 6.) (Title.) To The Bailiff of the Court.

WHEREAS               , the plaintiff in this suit, has applied to the Court to call 
upon                              , the defendant, to furnish security to fulfill any decree that 

may be passed against him in the suit, and whereas the Court has called upon the

said                to furnish such security, which he has failed to do; These are to 
command you to attach                 the property of the said                and keep the 

same under safe and secure custody until the further order of the Court; and you

are further commanded to return this warrant on or before the                day of     
19               with an endorsement certifying the date on which and the manner in 

which it has been executed, or the reason why it has not been executed.

GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 

Judge.

No. 8. TEMPORARY INJUNCTIONS. (O. 39, r. 1.) (Title.) Upon motion made unto this Court by , Pleader of [or Counsel for] the plaintiff A. B., and upon reading the petition of the said plaintiff in this matter filed

[this day] or the plaint filed in this suit on the                day of               ,or the 
written statement of the said plaintiff filed on the               day of                             ] 
and upon hearing the evidence of                and                in support thereof [if after 
notice and defendant not appearing: add, and also the evidence of               as to 

service of notice of this motion upon the defendant C. D.]. This Court doth order that an injunction be awarded to restrain the defendant C. D., his servants, agents and workmen, from pulling down, or suffering to be pulled down, the house in the plaint in the said suit of the plaintiff mentioned [or in the written statement, or petition, of the plaintiff and evidence at the hearing of this motion mentioned] being

No. 9, Oilmongers Street, Hindupur, in the Taluk of , and from selling the materials whereof the said house is composed, until the hearing of this suit or until the further order of this Court. Dated this day of 19 .

Judge. [Where the injunction is sought to restrain the negotiation of a note or bill, the ordering part of the order may run thus:– ] to restrain the defendants and from parting with out of the custody of them or any of them or endorsing, assigning or negotiating the promissory note [or bill of exchange] in question, dated on or about the , etc., mentioned in the plaintiff's plaint [or petition] and the evidence heard at this motion until the hearing of this suit, or until the further order of this Court. [In Copyright cases] to restrain the defendant C. D., his servants, agents or workmen, from printing, publishing or vending a book, called , or any part thereof, until the, etc. [Where part only of a book is to be restrained] to restrain the defendant C. D., his servants, agents or workmen, from printing, publishing, selling or otherwise disposing of such parts of the book in the plaint [or petition and evidence, etc.] mentioned to have been published by the defendant as hereinafter specified, namely, that part of the said book which is entitled and also that part which is entitled [or which is contained in page to page both inclusive] until , etc. [In Patent cases] to restrain the defendant C. D., his agents, servants and workmen, from making or vending any perforated bricks [or as the case may be] upon the principle of the inventions in the plaintiff's plaint [or petition, etc., or written statement, etc.,] mentioned, belonging to the plaintiffs, or either of them, during the remainder of the respective terms of the patents in the plaintiff's plaint [or as the case may be] mentioned, and from

counterfeiting, imitating or resembling the same inventions, or either of them, or making any addition thereto, or subtraction therefrom, until the hearing, etc. [In cases of Trade marks] to restrain the defendant C. D., h is servants, agents or workmen, from selling, or exposing for sale, or procuring to be sold, any composition or blacking [or as the case may be] described as or purporting to be blacking manufactured by the plaintiff A. B., in bottles having affixed thereto such labels as in the plaintiff's plaint [or petition, etc.] mentioned, or any other labels so contrived or expressed as, by colourable imitation or otherwise, to represent the composition or blacking sold by the defendant to be the same as the composition or blacking manufactured and sold by the plaintiff A. B., and from using trade­cards so contrived or expressed as to represent that any composition or blacking sold or proposed to be sold by the defendant is the same as the composition or blacking manufactured or sold by the plaintiff A. B., until the, etc. [To restrain a partner from in any way interfering in the business] to restrain the defendant C. D., his agents and servants, from entering into any contract, and from accepting, drawing, endorsing or negotiating any bill of exchange, note or written security in the name of the partnership­firm of B., and D., and from contracting any debt, buying and selling any goods, and from making or entering into any verbal or written promise, agreement or undertaking, and from doing, or causing to be done, any act, in the name or on the credit of the said partnership­firm of B. and D., or whereby the said partnership-firm can or may in any manner become or be made liable to or for the payment of any sum of money, or for the performance of any contract, promise or undertaking until the,

etc.

No. 1 [9]. APPOINTMENT OF A RECEIVER. (O. 40, r. 1.) (Title.) To

WHEREAS                 has been attached in execution of a decree passed 
in the above suit on the            day of               19                , in favour of               ; 

You are hereby (subject to your giving security to the satisfaction of the Court) appointed receiver of the said property under Order XL of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, with full powers under the provisions of that Order. You are required to render a due and proper account of your receipts and

disbursements in respect of the said property on                , You will be entitled to 
remuneration at the rate of               per cent upon your receipts under the authority 

of this appointment.

GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 

Judge.

1Renumbered by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1914 (X of 1914), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 21 March 1914,

pp. 47-59, s. 2 read with the First Schedule. misprinted as 6, was corrected

No. 1 [10] BOND TO BE GIVEN BY RECEIVER. (O. 40, r. 3) (Title.)

KNOW all men by these presents, that we                and                 and                  
are jointly and severally bound to                        of the Court of               in Rs.         to 
be paid to the said               or his successor in office for the time being. For which 

payment to be made we bind ourselves, and each of us, in the whole, our and each of our heirs, executors and administrators, jointly and severally, by these presents.

Dated this               day of               19               . 
Whereas a plaint has been filed in this Court by               against                

for the purpose of [here insert the object of suit]: And whereas the said has been appointed, by order of the above­mentioned Court, to receive the rents and profits of the immovable property and to get in the outstanding moveable property of in the said plaint named: Now the condition of this obligation is such, that if the above­bounden shall duly account for all and every the sum and sums of money which he shall so receive on account of the rents and profits of the immovable property, and in respect of the moveable property, of the said at such periods as the said Court shall appoint, and shall duly pay the balances which shall from time to time be certified to be due from him as the said Court hath directed or shall hereafter direct, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise it shall remain in full force. Signed and delivered by the above­bounden in the presence of . Note.­ If deposit of money is made, the memorandum thereof should follow the terms of the condition of the bound.

1Ibid.

APPENDIX G APPEAL, REFERENCE AND REVIEW.

No. 1. MEMORANDUM OF APPEAL. (O. 41, r. 1.) (Title.)

The                                                   above­named appeals to the                
Court at               from the decree of             in Suit No.           of                19               
, dated the               day of               19               ,and sets forth the following grounds 

of objection to the decree appealed from, namely:–

No. 2. SECURITY BOND TO BE GIVEN ON ORDER BEING MADE TO STAY EXECUTION OF DECREE. (O.41, r. 5.) (Title.) To This security bond on stay of execution of decree executed by witnesseth:–

That                          , the plaintiff in Suit No.                of 19                , having 
sued               , the defendant, in this Court and a decree having been passed on the 
   day of                19                in favour of the plaintiff, and the defendant having 
preferred an appeal from the said decree in the               Court, the said appeal is 

still pending. Now the plaintiff decree­holder having applied to execute the decree, the defendant has made an application praying for stay of execution and has been called upon to furnish security. Accordingly I, of my own free will, stand security to the extent of Rs. , mortgaging the properties specified in the schedule hereunto annexed, and covenant that if the decree of the first Court be confirmed or varied by the Appellate Court the said defendant shall duly act in accordance with the decree of the Appellate Court and shall pay whatever may be payable by him thereunder, and if he should fail therein then any amount so payable shall be realized from the properties hereby mortgaged, and if the proceeds of the sale of the said properties are insufficient to pay the amount due, I and my legal representatives will be personally liable to pay the balance. To this effect I execute this security bond, this day of 19 . Schedule. (Signed.) Witnessed by

1.

2.

No. 3. SECURITY BOND TO BE GIVEN DURING THE PENDENCY OF APPEAL. (O. 41, r. 6.) (Title.) To THIS security bond on stay of execution of decree executed by witnesseth:–

That               , the plaintiff in Suit No.                of 19               , having sued  
,the defendant, in this Court and               a decree having been passed on the   
day of               19 in favour of the plaintiff, and the defendant having preferred an 
appeal from the said decree in the Court               , the said appeal is still pending. 

Now the plaintiff decree­holder has applied for execution of the said decree and has been called upon to furnish security. Accordingly I, of my own free will, stand security to the extent of Rs. , mortgaging the properties specified in the schedule hereunto annexed, and covenant that if the decree of the first Court be reversed or varied by the Appellate Court, the plaintiff shall restore any property which may be or has been taken in execution of the said decree and shall duly act in accordance with the decree of the Appellate Court and shall pay whatever may be payable by him thereunder, and if he should fail therein then any amount so payable shall be realized from the properties hereby mortgaged, and if the proceeds of the sale of the said properties are insufficient to pay the amount due, I and my legal representatives will be personally liable to pay the balance. To this effect I execute this security bond this day of 19 . Schedule.

(Signed.) Witnessed by

1.

2.

No. 4. SECURITY FOR COSTS OF APPEAL. (O. 41, r. 10.) (Title.) To This security bond for costs of appeal executed by witnesseth:– This appellant has preferred an appeal from the decree in Suit No. of 19 , against the respondent, and has been called upon to furnish security. Accordingly I, of my own free will, stand security for the costs of the appeal, mortgaging the properties specified in the schedule hereunto annexed. I shall not transfer the said properties or any part thereof, and in the event of any default on

the part of the appellant I shall duly carry out any order that may be made against me with regard to payment of the costs of appeal. Any amount so payable shall be realized from the properties hereby mortgaged, and if the proceeds of the sale of the said properties are insufficient to pay the amount due, I and my legal representatives will be personally liable to pay the balance. To this effect I execute this security bond this day of 19 . Schedule. (Signed.)

Witnessed by

1.

2.

No. 5. INTIMATION OF LOWER COURT OF ADMISSION OF APPEAL. (O. 41, r. 13.) (Title.) To You are hereby directed to take notice that the in the above suit, has preferred an appeal to this Court from the decree passed by you therein on the day of 19 . You are requested to said with all practicable despatch all material papers in the suit. Dated the day of 19 .

Judge.

No. 6. NOTICE TO RESPONDENT OF THE DAY FIXED FOR THE HEARING OF THE APPEAL. (O. 41, r. 14.) (Title.)

APPEAL  from the               of the Court of               dated the                day of      
19               . 

To Respondent.

TAKE notice that an appeal from the decree of                in this case has 
been presented by               and registered in this Court, and that the               day of 
  19               has been fixed by this Court for the hearing of this appeal. 

If no appearance is made on your behalf by yourself, your pleader, or by some one by law authorized to act for you in this appeal, it will be heard and decided in your absence.

GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 

Judge. [Note.­ If a stay of execution has been ordered, intimation should be given of the fact on this notice.]

No. 7. NOTICE TO A PARTY TO A SUIT NOT MADE A PARTY TO THE APPEAL BUT JOINED BY THE COURT AS A RESPONDENT. (O. 41, r. 20.) (Title.) To

WHEREAS you were a party in suit No.                of 19               , in the Court 
of                             , and whereas the                has preferred an appeal to this 

Court from the decree passed against him in the said suit and it appears to this Court that you are interested in the result of the said appeal: This is to give you notice that this Court has directed you to be made a

respondent in the said appeal and has adjourned the hearing thereof till the      day 
of               19               , at               A. M. 

If no appearance is made on your behalf on the said day and at the said hour the appeal will be heard and decided in your absence.

GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 

Judge.

No. 8. MEMORANDUM OF CROSS OBJECTIONS. (O. 41, r. 22.) (Title.)

WHEREAS the               has preferred an appeal to the                Court at   
from the decree of               in Suit No.                of 19                ,dated the            day 
of               19                ,and whereas notice of the day fixed for hearing the appeal 
was served on the                   on the      day of        19               , the               files 

this memorandum of cross objection under rule 22 of Order XLI of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, and sets forth the following grounds of objection to the decree appealed from, namely:–

No. 9. DECREE IN APPEAL. (O. 41, r. 35.) (Title.)

Appeal No.                of 19               from the decree of the Court of                
dated the               day of               19               . 

Memorandum of Appeal. Plaintiff. Defendant.

The                above­named appeals to the               Court at                from 
the decree               in the above suit, dated the               day of                19               

, for the following reasons, namely:–

This appeal coming on for hearing on the            day of            19               , 
before               ,in the presence of               for the appellant and of                for the 

respondent, it is ordered_

The costs of this appeal, as detailed below, amounting to Rs.                      , 
are to be paid by               . The costs of the original suit are to be paid by                . 
GIVEN under my hand this              day of             19            . 

Judge. Costs of Appeal. Appellant. Amount. Respondent. Amount.

1. Stamp for memorandum of appeal

2. Do. for power

3. Service of processes

Paragraph 4. Pleader‟s fee on Rs. Rs

A. P. Stamp for power

Do. for petition Service of processes Pleader‟s fee on Rs.

Rs. A. P. Total…. Total …

No. 10. APPLICATION TO APPEAL IN FORMA PAUPERIS (O. 44, r. 1.) (Title.) I the above­named, present the accompanying memorandum of appeal from the decree in the above suit and apply to be allowed to appeal as a pauper.

Annexed is a full and true schedule of all the moveable and immoveable property belonging to me with the estimated value thereof. Dated the day of 19 . (Signed.) Note.­ Where the application is by the plaintiff he should state whether he applied and was allowed to sue in the Court of first instance as a pauper.

No. 11. NOTICE OF APPEAL IN FORMA PAUPERIS. (O. 44, r. 1.) (Title.)

WHEREAS the above­named               has applied to be allowed to appeal 
as a pauper from the decree in the above suit dated the                       day of           
19               and whereas the                day of                19                has been fixed 

for hearing the application, notice is hereby given to you that if you desire to show cause why the applicant should not be allowed to appeal as a pauper an opportunity will be given to you of doing so on the afore­mentioned date.

GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 

Judge.

No. 12. NOTICE TO SHOW CAUSE WHY A CERTIFICATE OF APPEAL TO THE 1 [SUPREME COURT] SHOULD NOT BE GRANTED. (O. 45, r. 3.) (Title.) To Take notice that has applied to this Court for a certificate that as regards amount or value and nature the above case fulfils the requirements of section 110 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, or that it is otherwise a fit one for appeal to 2 [the Supreme Court]. The day of 19 is fixed for you to show cause why the Court should not grant the certificate asked for.

GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 

Registrar.

1Substituted for the words "KING IN COUNCIL" by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P .O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

2Ibid., for the words "His Majesty in Council".

No. 13. NOTICE TO RESPONDENT OF ADMISSION OF APPEAL TO THE 1 [SUPREME COURT] (O. 45, r. 8.) (Title.) To WHEREAS , the in the above case, has furnished the security and made the deposit required by Order XLV, rule 7, of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908:

Take notice that the appeal of the said to 2 [the Supreme Court]

has been admitted on the               day of           19               . 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 

Registrar.

No. 14. NOTICE TO SHOW CAUSE WHY A REVIEW SHOULD NOT BE GRANTED. (O. 47, r. 4.) (Title.) To

TAKE notice that               has applied to this Court for a review of its decree 
passed on the               day of             19         in the above case. The               day of 
   19               is fixed for you to show cause why the Court should not grant a 

review of its decree in this case.

GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court,                this                day 
of               19               . 

Judge.

1Ibid., for the words " KING IN COUNCIL". 2Ibid., for the words "His Majesty in Council".

APPENDIX H MISCELLANEOUS.

No. 1. AGREEMENT OF PARTIES AS TO ISSUES TO BE TRIED. (O. 14, r. 6.) (Title.) WHEREAS we, the parties, in the above suit, are agreed as to the question of fact [or of law] to be decided between us and the point at issue between us is

whether a claim founded on a bond, dated the           day of        19               and 
filed as Exhibit                in the said suit, is or is not beyond the statute of limitation 

(or state the point at issue whatever it may be): We therefore severally bind ourselves that, upon the finding of the

Court in the negative [or affirmative] of such issue       will pay to the said       the 
sum of Rs.                (or such sum as the Court shall hold to be due thereon), and I, 
the said                               will accept the said sum of Rupees               (or such 

as the Court shall hold to be due) in full satisfaction of my claim on the bond aforesaid [or that upon such finding I, the said will do or abstain from doing, etc., etc.].

Plaintiff. Defendant.

Witnesses.

1.

2. Dated the day of 19 .

No. 2. NOTICE OF APPLICATION FOR THE TRANSFER OF A SUIT TO ANOTHER COURT FOR TRIAL. (Section 24.) In the Court of the District Judge of No. of 19 . To

WHEREAS an application, dated the            day of               19                 has 
been made to this Court by            the            in Suit No.              of 19               now 
pending in the Court of the         at            in which              is plaintiff and                 is 
defendant, for the transfer of the suit for trial to the Court of the              at               :–  

You are hereby informed that the day of 19 has been fixed for the hearing of the application, when you will be heard if you desire to offer any objection to it.

GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 

Judge.

No. 3. NOTICE OF PAYMENT INTO COURT. (O. 24, r. 2.) (Title.) Take notice that the defendant has paid into Court Rs. and says that that sum is sufficient to satisfy the plaintiff`s claim in full.

X. Y., Pleader for the defendant. To Z., Pleader for the plaintiff.

No. 4. NOTICE TO SHOW CAUSE. (GENERAL FORM.) (Title.) To WHEREAS the above­named has made application to this Court that ; You are hereby warned to appear in this Court in person or by a pleader duly instructed on the day of 19 , at o'clock in the forenoon, to show cause against the application, failing wherein, the said application will be heard and determined ex parte.

GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 

Judge.

No. 5. LIST OF DOCUMENTS PRODUCED BY PLAINTIFF/DEFENDANT. (O. 13, r. 1.) (Title.)

No. Description of document Date, if any, which the document bears Signature of party or pleader

1 2 3 4

No. 6. NOTICE TO PARTIES OF THE DAY FIXED FOR EXAMINATION OF A WITNESS ABOUT TO LEAVE THE JURISDICTION. (O. 18, r. 16.) (Title.) To Plaintiff (or defendant). WHEREAS in the above suit application has been made to the Court by

that the examination of              , a witness required by the said               in the said 
suit, may               be taken immediately; and it has been shown to the Court's 

satisfaction that the said witness is about to leave the Court's jurisdiction (or any other good and sufficient cause to be stated):

Take notice that the examination of the said witness              will be taken 
by the Court on the            day of            19           . 
Dated the               day of               19               . 

Judge.

No. 7. COMMISSION TO EXAMINE ABSENT WITNESS. (O. 26, rr. 4, 18.) (Title.) To

WHEREAS the evidence of                                    is required by the                                   
in the above suit; and whereas              you are requested to take the evidence on 
interrogatories [or viva voce] of such witness               and you are hereby 

appointed Commissioner for that purpose. The evidence will be taken in the presence of the parties or their agents if in attendance, who will be at liberty to question the witness on the points specified; and you are further requested to make return of such evidence as soon as it may be taken. Process to compel the attendance of the witness will be issued by any Court having jurisdiction on your application.

A sum of Rs.               , being your fee in the above, is herewith forwarded. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this       day of         19          . 

Judge.

No. 8. LETTER OF REQUEST. (O. 26, r. 5.) (Title.) (Heading:– To the President and Judges of, etc., etc., or as the case may be.) WHEREAS a suit is now pending in the in which A. B. is plaintiff and

C. D. is defendant; And the said suit the plaintiff claims (abstract of claim);

And whereas it has been represented to the said Court that it is necessary for the purposes of justice and for the due determination of the matters in dispute between the parties, that the following persons should be examined as witnesses upon oath touching such matters, that is to say:

E. F., of

G. H., of and

I. J., of And it appearing that such witnesses are resident within the jurisdiction of your honourable Court;

Now I , as the of the said Court, have the honour to request, and do hereby request, that for the reasons aforesaid and for the assistance of the said Court, you, as the President and Judges of the said ,or some one or more of you, will be pleased to summon the said witness (and such other witnesses as the agents of the said plaintiff and defendant shall humbly request you in writing so to summon) to attend at such time and place as you shall appoint before some

one or more of you or such other person as according to the procedure of your Court is competent to take the examination of witnesses, and that you will cause such witnesses to be examined upon the interrogatories which accompany this letter of request (or viva voce) touching the said matters in question in the presence of the agents of the plaintiff and defendant, or such of them as shall, on due notice given, attend such examination. And I further have the honour to request that you will be pleased to cause the answers of the said witnesses to be reduced into writing, and all books, letters, papers and documents produced upon such examination to be duly marked for identification, and that you will be further pleased to authenticate such examination by the seal of your tribunal, or in such other way as is in accordance with your procedure, and to return the same, together with such request in writing, if any, for the examination of other witnesses to the said Court. (Note.­ If the Request is directed to a Foreign Court, the words "through 1 [the 2 [Federal Government] ] for transmission" should be inserted after the words "other witnesses" in the penultimate line of this form.)

No. 9. COMMISSION FOR A LOCAL INVESTIGATION, OR TO EXAMINE ACCOUNTS. (O. 26, rr. 9, 11.) (Title.) To WHEREAS it is deemed requisite, for the purposes of this suit, that a commission for should be issued; You are hereby appointed Commissioner for the purpose of Process to compel the attendance before you of any witnesses or for the production of any documents, whom or which you may desire to examine or inspect, will be issued by any Court having jurisdiction on your application.

A sum of Rs.               , being your fee in the above, is herewith forwarded. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal the Court, this               day of                
19              . 

Judge.

No. 10. COMMISSION TO MAKE A PARTITION. (O. 26, r. 13.) (Title.) To

1Substituted for the expression “His Majesty‟s Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs ” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949,

pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.

2Substituted for the words “Central Government ” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

WHEREAS it is deemed requisite for the purposes of this suit that a commission should be issued to make the partition or separation of the property specified in, and according to the rights as declared in, the decree of this Court, dated the day of 19 ; You are here by appointed Commissioner for the said purpose and are directed to make such inquiry as may be necessary, to divide the said property according to the best of your skill and judgment in the shares set out in the said decree, and to a lot such shares to the several parties. You are hereby authorised to award sums to be paid to any party by any other party for the purpose of equalizing the value of the shares. Process to compel the attendance before you of any witness, or for the production of any documents whom or which you may des ire to examine or inspect, will be issued by any Court having jurisdiction on your application.

A sum of Rs.               , being your fee in the above, is herewith forwarded. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this        day of       19         . 

Judge.

No. 11. NOTICE TO MINOR DEFENDANT AND GUARDIAN. (O. 32, r. 3.) (Title.) To Minor Defendant. Natural Guardian.

WHEREAS an application has been presented on the part of the plaintiff in the above suit for the appointment of a guardian for the suit to the minor defendant, you, the said minor, and you (1)

(1) Here inset the name of the guardian are hereby required to take notice that unless within days from the service upon you of this notice, an application is made to this Court for the appointment of you (1) or of some friend of you, the minor, to act as guardian for the suit, the Court will proceed to appoint some other person to act as a guardian to the minor for the purposes of the said suit. GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this day of 19 .

Judge.

No. 12. NOTICE TO OPPOSITE PARTY OF DAY FIXED FOR HEARING EVIDENCE OF PAUPERISM. (O. 33, r. 6.) (Title.) To

WHEREAS                                                  has applied to this Court for 
permission to institute a suit against              in forma pauperis under Order XXXIII of 

the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908; and whereas the Court sees no reason to reject the application; and whereas the day of 19 has been fixed for receiving such evidence as the applicant may adduce in proof of his pauperism and for hearing any evidence which may be adduced in disproof thereof: Notice is hereby given to you under rule 6 of Order XXXIII that in case you may wish to offer any evidence to disprove the pauperism of the applicant,

you may do so on appearing in this Court on the said          day of          19              . 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this         day of         19      . 

Judge.

No. 13. NOTICE TO SURETY OF HIS LIABILITY UNDER A DECREE. (Section 145.) (Title.) To

WHEREAS you              did on              become liable as surety for the 
performance of any decree which might be passed against the said      defendant 

in the above suit; and whereas a decree was passed on the day of 19 against the said defendant for the payment of , and whereas application has been made for execution of the said decree against you:

Take notice that you are hereby required on or before the               day of    
19              to show cause why the said decree should not be executed against 

you, and if no sufficient cause shall be, within the time specified, shown to the satisfaction of the Court, an order for its execution will be forthwith issued in the terms of the said application. GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this day of 19 .

Judge.

The Code of Civil Procedure 1908. (The First Schedule. Appendix H.Miscellaneous.)

No 14. REGISTER OF CIVIL SUITS. (O. 4, r.2.) ____________________

COURT of the of at REGISTER OF CIVIL SUITS IN THE YEAR 19.

RETURN OF EXECUTION. Minute of other Return than Payment or Arrest, and date of every Return. Note. Where there are numerous plaintiffs or numerous defendants, the name of the first plaintiff only, or the first defendant only, as the case may be, need be entered in the register Arrested. Amount paid into Court.

EXECUTION. Amount of

costs.

For what, and amount if money.

Against

whom.

Date of

order.

Date of application.

APPEAL. Judgement in appeal.

Date of decision of appeal.

JUDGMENT . For what, or amount.

For whom.

Date. APPEARAN

CE. Defendant. Plaintiff. Day for parties to appear.

CLAIM. When the cause of action accrued.

Amount or

value.

Particulars. DEFENDANT. Place of residence.

Description.

Name. PLAINTIFF. Place of residence.

Description.

Name.

No. of suit. Date of presentation of plaint.

The Code of Civil Procedure 1908. (The First Schedule. Appendix H.Miscellaneous.)

No 15. REGISTER OF APPEALS. (O. 41, r.9.) ____________________

COURT (OR HIGH COURT) AT REGISTER OF APPEALS FROM DECREES in the year 19

JUDGEMENT. For what or amount.

Confirmed, reversed or varied.

Date. APPEARANCE. Respondent. Appellant. Day for parties to appear.

DECREE APPEALED

FROM. Amount or

Value.

Particulars

No. of Original

Suit.

Of what Court. RESPONSDENT. Place of residence.

Description.

Name. APPELLANT. Place of residence.

Description.

Name.

No. of appeal. Date of memorandum

1 [THE SECOND SCHEDULE Arbitration * * * ]

THE THIRD SCHEDULE EXECUTION OF DECREES BY COLLECTORS

1. Powers of Collector .– Where the execution of a decree has been transferred to the Collector under section 68, he may–

(a) proceed as the Court would proceed when the sale of immoveable property is postponed in order to enable the judgment­debtor to raise the amount of the decree; or

(b) raise the amount of the decree by letting in perpetuity, or for a term, on payment of a premium, or by mortgaging, the whole or any part of the property ordered to be sold; or

(c) sell the property ordered to be sold or so much thereof as may be necessary.

2. Procedure of Collector in special cases .– Where the execution of a decree, not being a decree ordering the sale of immoveable property in pursuance of a contract specifically affecting the same, but being a decree for the payment of money in satisfaction of which the Court has ordered the sale of immoveable property, has been so transferred, the Collector, if, after such inquiry as he thinks necessary, he has reason to believe that all the liabilities of the judgment­debtor can be discharged without a sale of the whole of his available immoveable property, may proceed as hereinafter provided.

Paragraph 3. Notice to be given to decree -holders and to persons having claims on property

(1) In any such case as is referred to in paragraph 2, the Collector shall publish a notice, allowing a period of sixty days from the date of its publication for compliance and calling upon–

(a) every person holding a decree for the payment of money against the judgment­debtor capable of execution by sale of his immoveable property and which such decree- holder desires to have so executed, and every holder of a decree for the payment of money in execution of which proceedings for the sale of such property are pending, to produce before the Collector a copy of the decree, and a certificate from the Court which passed or is executing the same, declaring the amount recoverable thereunder;

(b) every person having any claim on the said property to submit to the Collector a statement of such claim, and to produce the documents (if

any) by which it is evidenced.

1Repealed by the Arbitration Act, 1940 (X of 1940), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 16 March 1940, pp. 41 -52, s. 49 read with the Third Schedule: it came into force on 1 July 1940.

(2) Such notice shall be published by being affixed on a conspicuous part of the Court­house of the Court which made the original order for sale, and in such other places (if any) as the Collector thinks fit; and where the address of any such decree­holder or claimant is known, a copy of the notice shall be sent to him by post or otherwise.

4. Amount of decrees for payment of money to be ascertained, and immoveable property available for their satisfaction .– (1) Upon the expiration of the said period, the Collector shall appoint a day for hearing any representations which the judgment­debtor and the decree­holders or claimants (if any) may desire to make, and for holding such inquiry as he may deem necessary for informing himself as to the nature and extent of such decrees and claims and of the judgment­debtor's immoveable property, and may, from time to time, adjourn such hearing and inquiry.

(2) Where there is no dispute as to the fact or extent of the liability of the judgment­debtor to any of the decrees or claims of which the Collector is informed, or as to the relative priorities of such decrees or claims, or as to the liability of any such property for the satisfaction of such decrees or claims, the Collector shall draw up a statement, specifying the amount to be recovered for the discharge of such decrees, the order in which such decrees and claims are to be satisfied, and the immoveable property available for that purpose.

(3) Where any such dispute arises, the Collector shall refer the same, with a statement thereof and his own opinion thereon, to the Court which made the original order for sale, and shall, pending the reference, stay proceedings relating to the subject thereof. The Court shall dispose of the dispute if the matter thereof is within its jurisdiction, or transmit the case to a competent Court for disposal, and the final decision shall be communicated to the Collector, who shall then draw up a statement as above provided in accordance with such decision.

Paragraph 5. Where District Court may issue notices and hold inquiry

The Collector may, instead of himself issuing the notices and holding the inquiry required by paragraphs 3 and 4, draw up a statement specifying the circumstances of the judgment­debtor and of his immoveable property so far as they are known to the Collector or appear in the records of his office, and forward such statement to the District Court; and such Court shall thereupon issue the notices, hold the inquiry and draw up the statement required by paragraphs 3 and 4 and transmit such statement to the Collector.

Paragraph 6. Effect of decision of Court as to dispute

The decision by the Court of any dispute arising under paragraph 4 or paragraph 5 shall, as between the parties thereto, have the force of and be appealable as a decree.

Paragraph 7. Scheme for liquidation of decrees for payment of money

(1) Where the amount to be recovered and the property available have been determined as

provided in paragraph 4 or paragraph 5, the Collector may,–

(a) if it appears that the amount cannot be recovered without the sale of the whole of the property available, proceed to sell such property; or

(b) if it appears that the amount with interest (if any) in accordance with the decree, and, when not decreed, with interest (if any) at such rate as he thinks reasonable, may be recovered without such sale, raise such amount and interest (notwithstanding the original order for sale)–

(i) by letting in perpetuity or for a term, on payment of a premium, the whole or any part of the said property; or

(ii) by mortgaging the whole or any part of such property; or

(iii) by selling part of such property; or

(iv) by letting on farm, or managing by himself or another, the whole or any part of such property for any term not exceeding twenty years from the date of the order of sale; or

(v) partly by one of such modes, and partly by another or others of such modes.

(2) For the purpose of managing the whole or any part of such property, the Collector may exercise all the powers of its owner.

(3) For the purpose of improving the saleable value of the property available or any part thereof, or rendering it more suitable for letting or managing, or for preserving the property from sale in satisfaction of an incumbrance, the Collector may discharge the claim of any incumbrancer which has become payable or compound the claim of any incumbrancer whether it has become payable or not, and, for the purpose of providing funds to effect such discharge or composition, may mortgage, let or sell any portion of the property which he deems sufficient. If any dispute arises as to the amount due on any incumbrance with which the Collector proposes to deal under this clause, he may institute a suit in the proper Court, either in his own name or the name of the judgment­debtor, to have an account taken, or he may agree to refer such dispute to the decision of two arbitrators, one to be chosen by each party, or of an umpire to be named by such arbitrators.

(4) In proceeding under this paragraph the Collector shall be subject to such rules consistent with this Act as may, from time to time, be made in this behalf by the 1 [Provincial Government].

8. Recovery of balance (if any) after letting or management .– Where, on the expiration of the letting or management under paragraph 7, the amount to be recovered has not been realized, the Collector shall notify the fact in writing to the judgment­debtor or his representative in interest, stating at the same time that, if the balance necessary to make up the said amount is not paid to the Collector within six weeks from the date of such notice, he will proceed to sell the whole or a sufficient part of the said property; and, if on the expiration of the said six weeks the said balance is not so paid, the Collector shall sell such property or part accordingly.

1Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations.

Paragraph 9. Collector to render accounts to Court

(1) The Collector shall, from time to time, render to the Court which made the original order for sale an account of all monies which come to his hands and of all charges incurred by him in the exercise and performance of the powers and duties conferred and imposed on him under the provisions of this schedule, and shall hold the balance at the disposal of the

Court.

(2) Such charges shall include all debts and liabilities from time to time due to 1 [the 2 [Government] ] in respect of the property or any part thereof, the rent (if any) from time to time due to a superior holder in respect of such property or part, and, if the Collector so directs, the expenses of any witnesses summoned by him.

(3) The balance shall be applied by the Court–

(a) in providing for the maintenance of such members of the judgment­debtor's family (if any) as are entitled to be maintained out of the income of the property, to such amount in the case of each member as the Court thinks fit; and

(b) where the Collector has proceeded under paragraph 1, in satisfaction of the original decree in execution of which the Court ordered the sale of immoveable property, or otherwise as the Court may under section 73 direct; or

(c) where the Collector has proceeded under paragraph 2,–

(i) in keeping down the interest on incumbrances on the property;

(ii) where the judgment­debtor has no other sufficient means of subsistence, in providing for his subsistence to such amount as the Court thinks fit; and

(iii) in discharging rateably the claims of the original decree­holder and any other decree­holders who have complied with the said notice, and whose claims were included in the amount ordered to be recovered.

(4) No other holder of a decree for the payment of money shall be entitled to be paid out of such property or balance until the decree­holders who have obtained such order have been satisfied, and the residue (if any) shall be paid to the judgment­debtor or such other person as the Court directs.

Paragraph 10. Sales how to be conducted

Where the Collector sells any property under this schedule, he shall put it up to public auction in one or more lots, as he thinks fit, and may–

(a) fix a reasonable reserved price for each lot;

1Substituted for the words “the Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

2Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P .O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.

(b) adjourn the sale for a reasonable time whenever, for reasons to be recorded, he deems the adjournment necessary for the purpose of obtaining a fair price for the property;

(c) buy in the property offered for sale, and re­sell the same by public auction or private contract, as he thinks fit.

Paragraph 11. Restrictions as to alienation by judgment -debtor or his representative, and prosecution of remedies by decree­holders

(1) So long as the Collector can exercise or perform in respect of the judgment­debtor's immoveable property, or any part thereof, any of the powers or duties conferred or imposed on him by paragraphs 1 to 10, the judgment­debtor or his representative in interest shall be incompetent to mortgage, charge, lease or alienate such property or part except with the written permission of the Collector, nor shall any Civil Court issue any process against such property or part in execution of a decree for the payment of money.

(2) During the same period no Civil Court shall issue any process of execution either against the judgment­debtor or his property in respect of any decree for the satisfaction whereof provision has been made by the Collector under paragraph 7.

(3) The same period shall be excluded in calculating the period of limitation applicable to the execution of any decree affected by the provisions of this paragraph in respect of any remedy of which the decree­holder has been temporarily deprived.

Paragraph 12. Provision where property is in several districts

Where the property of which the sale has been ordered is situate in more districts than one, the powers and duties conferred and imposed on the Collector by paragraphs 1 to 10 shall be exercised and performed by such one of the Collectors of the said districts as the 1 [Provincial Government] may by general rule or special order direct.

Paragraph 13. Powers of Collector to compel attendance and production

In exercising the powers conferred on him by paragraphs 1 to 10 the Collector shall have the powers of a Civil Court to compel the attendance of parties and witnesses and the production of documents.

1Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.

1 [THE FOURTH SCHEDULE (See section 155) Enactments Amended]

2 [THE FIFTH SCHEDULE (See section 156) Enactments Repealed]

1Omitted by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary) dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345-475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule.

2Omitted by the Second Repealing and Amending Act, 1914 (XVII of 1914), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 19 September 1914, pp. 68-72, s. 2 read with the First Schedule.

Print contents from the source
CONTENTS 
PRELIMINARY 
1. Short title, commencement and extent 
2. Definitions 
3. Subordination of Courts 
4. Savings 
5. Application of the Code to the Revenue Courts 
6. Pecuniary jurisdiction 
7. Omitted 
8. Omitted 
PART I 
SUITS IN GENERAL 
JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS AND RES JUDICATA 
9. Courts to try all civil suits unless barred 
10. Stay of suit 
11. Res judicata 
12. Bar to further suit 
13. When foreign judgment not conclusive 
14. Presumption as to foreign judgment 
PLACE OF SUING 
15. Court in which suits to be instituted 
16. Suits to be instituted where subject­matter situate 
17. Suits for immoveable property situate within jurisdiction of different 
Courts 
18. Place of institution of suit where local limits of jurisdiction, of Courts are 
uncertain 
19. Suits for compensation for wrongs to person or moveables 
20. Other suits to be instituted where defendants reside or cause of action 
arises 
21. Objections to jurisdiction 
22. Power to transfer suits which may be instituted in more than one Court 
23. To what Court application lies 
24. General power of transfer and withdrawal 
24A. Appearance of parties on transfer of suit, etc. 
25. Omitted 
INSTITUTION OF SUITS 
26. Institution of suits through plaint or otherwise 
26A. Written statement and proposed issues by the defendant  
26B. Proposed issues by the plaintiff 
26C. Framing issues and filing of list of witnesses and recording of e vidence 
26D. Hearing of final arguments 
SUMMONS AND DISCOVERY 
27. Summons to defendant 
27A. Process of summons to be simultaneous 
28. Service of summons where defendant resides in another province 
29. Service of foreign summonses 
30. Power to order discovery and the like 
31. Summons to witness 
32. Penalty for default 
JUDGMENT AND DECREE 
33. Judgment and decree 
INTEREST 
34. Interest 
34A. Interest on public dues 
34B. Interest etc., on dues of banking company 
COSTS 
35. Costs 
35A. Compensatory costs in respect of false or vexatious claims or defences 
PART II 
EXECUTION 
GENERAL 
36. Application to orders 
37. Definition of Court which passed a decree 
COURTS BY WHICH DECREES  
MAY BE EXECUTED 
38. Courts by which decree may be executed 
39. Transfer of decree 
40. Transfer of decree to Court in another Province 
41. Result of execution-proceeding to be certified 
42. Powers of Court in executing transferred decree 
43. Execution of decrees passed by British Courts  in places to which this 
Part does not extend or in foreign territory  
44. Omitted 
44-A. Execution of decrees passed by Courts in the reciprocating territory 
45. Omitted 
46. Precepts 
QUESTIONS TO BE DETERMINED BY COURT EXECUTING 
DECREE 
47. Questions to be determined by the Court executing decree 
LIMIT OF TIME FOR EXECUTION 
48. Execution barred in certain cases 
TRANSFEREES AND LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES 
49. Transferee  
50. Legal representative 
PROCEDURE IN EXECUTION 
51. Powers of Court to enforce execution 
52. Enforcement of decree against legal representative 
53. Liability of ancestral property 
54. Partition of estate or separation of share 
ARREST AND DETENTION 
55. Arrest and detention 
56. Prohibition of arrest or detention of women in execution of decree for 
money 
57. Omitted 
58. Release form detention 
59. Omitted 
ATTACHMENT 
60. Property liable to attachment and sale in execution of decree 
61. Partial exemption of agricultural produce 
62. Seizure of property in dwelling-house 
63. Property attached in execution of decrees of several Courts 
64. Private alienation of property after attachment to be void 
SALE 
65. Purchaser‟s title 
66. Suit against purchaser not maintainable on ground of purchase being 
on behalf of plaintiff 
67. Power for Provincial Government to make rules as to sales of land in 
execution of decrees for payment of money 
DELEGATION TO COLLECTOR OF POWER TO EXECUTE 
DECREES AGAINST IMMOVEABLE PROPERTY 
68. Power to prescribe rules for transferring to Collector execution of 
certain decrees 
69. Provisions of Third Schedule to apply 
70. Rules of procedure 
Jurisdiction of Civil Courts barred 
71. Collector deemed to be acting judicially 
72. Where Court may authorize Collector to stay public sale of land 
DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS 
73. Proceeds of execution sale to be rateably distributed among 
decree­holders 
RESISTANCE TO EXECUTION 
74. Resistance to execution 
PART III 
INCIDENTAL PROCEEDINGS COMMISSIONS 
75. Power of Court to issue commissions 
76. Commission to another Court 
77. Letter of request 
78. Commissions issued by foreign Courts 
PART IV 
SUITS IN PARTICULAR CASES 
SUITS BY OR AGAINST THE GOVERNMENT 
OR PUBLIC OFFICERS IN THEIR OFFICIAL CAPACITY 
79. Suits by or against the Government 
80. Notice 
81. Exemption from arrest and personal appearance 
82. Execution of decree 
SUITS BY ALIENS AND BY OR AGAINST  
FOREIGN RULERS, AMBASSADORS 
AND ENVOYS 
83. When aliens may sue 
84. When foreign States may sue 
85. Persons specially appointed by Government to prosecute or defend for 
Rulers 
86. Repealed 
86A. Suits against diplomatic agents 
87. Repealed 
87A. Omitted 
INTERPLEADER 
88. Where interpleader-suit may be instituted 
PART V  
SPECIAL PROCEEDINGS 
ARBITRATION 
89. Repealed 
89-A. Alternate dispute resolution 
SPECIAL CASE 
90. Power to state case for opinion of Court 
SUITS RELATING TO PUBLIC MATTERS 
91. Public nuisances 
92. Public charities 
93. Exercise of powers of Advocate General 
PART VI  
SUPPLEMENTAL PROCEEDINGS 
94. Supplemental proceedings 
95. Compensation for obtaining arrest, attachment or injunction on 
insufficient grounds 
PART VII  
APPEALS 
APPEALS FROM ORIGINAL DECREES 
96. Appeal from final judgment or decree 
97. Appeal from final decree where no appeal from preliminary decree 
98. Decision where appeal heard by two or more Judges 
99. No decree to be reversed or modified for error or irregularity not 
affecting merits or jurisdiction 
APPEALS FROM APPELLATE DECREES 
100. Omitted 
101. Omitted  
102. Omitted  
103. Omitted   
APPEALS FROM ORDERS 
104. Orders from which appeal lies 
105. Other orders 
106. What Courts to hear appeals 
GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING 
TO APPEALS 
107. Powers of Appellate Court 
108. Procedure in appeals from appellate decrees and orders 
APPEALS TO THE SUPREME COURT 
109. When appeals, lie to the Supreme Court 
110. Omitted 
111. Bar of certain appeals 
111A. Omitted 
112. Savings 
PART VIII 
REFERENCE, REVIEW AND REVISION 
113. Reference to High Court 
114. Review 
115. Revision 
 
PART IX 
SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO 
HIGH COURTS 
116. Part to apply only to certain High Courts 
117. Application of Code to High Courts 
118. Execution of decree before ascertainment of costs 
119. Unauthorized persons not to address Court 
120. Provisions not applicable to High Court in original civil jurisdiction 
PART X  
RULES 
121. Effect of rules in First Schedule 
122. Power of certain High Courts to make rules 
123. Constitution of Rule Committees in certain provinces 
124. Committee to report to High Court 
125. Omitted 
126. Rules to be subject to approval 
127. Publication of rules 
128. Matters for which rules may provide 
129. Power of High Courts to make rules as to their original civil procedure 
130. Omitted 
131. Publication of rules 
PART XI  
MISCELLANEOUS 
132. Exemption of certain women from personal appearance 
133. Exemption of other persons 
134. Arrest other than in execution of decree 
135. Exemption from arrest under civil process 
135A. Exemption of members of legislative bodies from arrest and detention 
under civil process 
136. Procedure where person to be arrested or property to be attached is 
outside district 
137. Language of subordinate Courts 
138. Power of High Court to require evidence to be recorded in English 
139. Oath on affidavit by whom to be administered 
140. Assessors in causes of salvage, etc 
141. Proceedings regarding application for injunctions and other 
miscellaneous applications and issues  
142. Orders and notices to be in writing 
143. Postage 
144. Application for restitution 
145. Enforcement of liability of surety 
146. Proceedings by or against representatives 
147. Consent or agreement by person under disability 
148. Enlargement of time 
149. Power to make up deficiency of court­fees 
150. Transfer of business 
151. Saving of inherent powers of Court 
152. Amendment of judgments, decrees or orders 
153. General power to amend 
154. Omitted 
155. Omitted 
156. Repealed 
157. Continuance of orders under repealed enactments 
158. Reference to Code of Civil Procedure and other repealed enactments 
159. Savings of proceedings 
SCHEDULES 
The First Schedule 
ORDER I  
Parties to Suits 
1. Who may be joined as plaintiffs 
2. Power of Court to order separate trials 
3. Who may be joined as defendants 
4. Court may give judgement for or against one or more of joint parties 
5. Defendant need not be interested in all the relief claimed 
6. Joinder of parties liable on same contract 
7. When the plaintiff in doubt from whom redress is to be sought 
8. One person may sue or defend on behalf of all in same interest 
9. Misjoinder and non-joinder 
10. Suit in name of wrong plaintiff 
 Court may strike out or add parties 
 Where defendant added, plaint to be amended 
11. Conduct of suit 
12. Appearance of one of several plaintiffs or defendants for others 
13. Objections as to non-joinder or misjoinder 
ORDER II  
Frame of Suit 
1. Frame of suit 
2. Suit to include the whole claim 
 Relinquishment of part of claim 
 Omission to sue for one of several reliefs 
3. Joinder of causes of action 
4. Only certain claims to be joined for recovery of immoveable property 
5. Claims by or against executor, administrator or heir 
6. Power of Court to order separate trials 
6-A. Consolidation of suits 
7. Objections as to misjoinder 
8. 
ORDER III  
Recognized Agents and Pleaders 
1.  Appearances, etc., may be in person, by recognized agent or by 
pleader 
2. Recognized agents 
3. Service of process on recognized agent 
4. Appointment of pleader 
5. Service of process on pleader 
6.  Agent to accept service 
Appointment to be in writing and to be filed in Court 
ORDER IV  
Institution of Suits 
1. Courts to be numbered  
2. Commencement of proceedings  in suit 
3. Register of suits 
ORDER IV-A 
Administrative Judges 
1. Administrative Judges 
2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 
ORDER V 
Issue and Service of Summons  
Issue of Summons 
1. Summons 
2. Copy or statement annexed to the summons 
3. Court may order defendant or plaintiff to appear in person 
4. No party be ordered to appear in person unless resident within certain 
limits 
5. Summons to be either to settle issues or for final disposal 
6. Fixing day for appearance of defendant 
7. Summons to order defendant to produce documents relied on by him 
8. On issue of summons for final disposal, defendant to be directed 
to produce his witnesses 
Service of Summons 
9. Delivery or transmission of summons  for service 
10. Mode of service 
10-A. Service by post 
11. Service on several defendants 
12. Service to be on defendant in person when practicable or on his agent  
13. Service on agent by whom defendant carries on business 
14. Service on agent in charge in suits for immoveable property 
15. Where service may be on male member of defendant‟s family 
16. Person served to sign acknowledgement 
17. Procedure when defendant refuses to accept service, or cannot be 
found 
18. Endorsement of time and manner of service 
19. Examination of serving officer 
20. Substituted service 
Effect of substituted service 
Where service substituted, time for appearance to be fixed 
21. Service of summons where defendant resides within jurisdiction of 
another Court 
22. Omitted 
23. Duty of Court to which summons is sent 
24. Service on defendant in prison 
25. Service where defendant resides out of Pakistan and has no agent 
26. Service in foreign territory through Political Agent or Court 
26A. Service on civil public officer or on servant of railway company or local 
authority, in India 
27. Service on civil public officer or on servant of railway company or local 
authority 
28. Service on soldiers, sailors or airmen 
29. Duty of person to whom summons is delivered or sent for service 
30. Substitution of letter for summons 
ORDER VI  
Pleadings generally 
1. Pleading 
2. Pleading to state material facts and not evidence 
3. Forms of pleading 
4. Particulars to be given where necessary 
5. Further and better statement, or particulars 
6. Condition precedent 
7. Departure 
8. Denial of contract 
9. Effect of document to be stated 
10. Malice, knowledge, etc. 
11. Notice 
12. Implied contract, or relation 
13. Presumptions of law 
14. Pleading to be signed 
15. Verification of pleadings 
16. Striking out pleadings 
17. Amendment of pleadings 
18. Failure to amend after order 
ORDER VII  
Plaint 
1. Particulars to be contained in plaint 
2. In money suits 
3. Where the subject­matter of the suit is immoveable property 
4. When plaintiff sues as representative 
5. Defendant‟s interest and liability to be shown 
6. Grounds of exemption from limitation law 
7. Relief to be specifically stated 
8. Relief founded on separate grounds 
9. Procedure on admitting plaint 
Concise statements 
10. Return of plaint 
Procedure on returning plaint 
11. Rejection of plaint 
11-A. Separate application barred  
12. Procedure on rejecting plaint 
13. Where rejection of plaint does not preclude presentation of fresh plaint 
Documents relied on in plaint 
14. Production of document on which plaintiff sues 
List of other documents 
15. Statement in case of documents not in his possession or power 
16. Suits on lost negotiable instruments 
17. Production of shop­book 
Original entry to be marked and returned 
18. Inadmissibility of document not produced when plaint filed 
19. Address to be filed with plaint 
20. Nature of address to be filed 
21. Consequences of failure to file address 
21-A. Consequence of failure to annex copy etc. with the plaint 
22. Procedure when party not found at the place of address 
23. Service on pleader 
24. Change of address 
25. Service by other modes 
26. List of legal representatives of plaintiff 
ORDER VIII 
Written Statement and Set­off 
1. Written statement 
1-A. Presumption of admission of contents of plaint 
1-B. Additional copies of written statement and documents 
2. New facts must be specially pleaded 
3. Denial to be specific 
4. Evasive denial 
5. Specific denial 
6. Particulars of set­off to be given in written statement 
Effect of set­off 
7. Defence or set-off founded on separate grounds 
8. New ground of defence 
9. Subsequent pleadings 
10. Procedure when party fails to present written statement called for by 
Court 
11. Address for service 
12. Consequences of failure to file address 
13. List of legal representatives of defendant 
ORDER IX 
Appearance of Parties and Consequence of Non­appearance 
1. Parties to appear on day fixed in summons for defendant to appear and 
answer 
2. Dismissal of suit where summons not served in consequence of 
plaintiff‟s failure to pay costs 
3. Where neither party appears, suit to be dismissed 
4. Plaintiff may bring fresh suit or Court may restore suit to file 
5. Dismissal of suit where plaintiff, after summons returned unserved, 
fails for three months to apply for fresh summons 
6. Procedure when only plaintiff appears 
When summons duly served 
When summons not duly served 
When summons served, but not in due time 
7. Procedure where defendant appears on day of adjourned hearing and 
assigns good cause for previous non­apperance 
8. Procedure where defendant only appears 
9. Decree against plaintiff by default bars fresh suit 
10. Procedure in case of non­attendance of one or more of several 
plaintiffs 
11. Procedure in case of non­attendance of one or more of several 
defendants 
12. Consequence of non­attendance, without sufficient cause shown, of 
party ordered to appear in person 
Setting aside Decrees ex parte 
13. Setting aside decree ex parte against defendant 
14. No decree to be set aside without notice to opposite party 
ORDER IX - A 
Intermediate Dates 
1. Fixation of Intermediate date 
2. Case management questionnaire  
ORDER IX - B 
Alternate Dispute Resolution  
1. Reference to mediation  
2.  Appearance of parties 
3.  Settlement  
4.  Failure of mediation  
ORDER X 
Examination of Parties by the Court 
1. Ascertainment whether allegations in pleadings are admitted or denied 
1A. 
2. Oral examination of party or companion of party 
3. Substance of examination to be written 
4. Consequence of refusal or inability of pleader to answer 
ORDER XI  
Discovery and Inspection  
1. Discoveries by interrogatories 
2. Communication of interrogatories 
3. Costs of interrogatories  
4. Form of interrogatories 
5. Corporations 
6. Objections to interrogatories by answer 
7. Setting aside and striking out interrogatories 
8. Affidavit 
9. Form of affidavit in answer 
10. No exception to be taken 
11. Order to answer or answer further 
12. Application for discovery of documents 
13. Affidavit of documents 
14. Production of documents 
15. Inspection of documents referred to in pleadings or affidavits 
16. Notice to produce 
17. Time for inspection when notice given 
18. Order for inspection 
19. Verified copies 
20. Premature discovery 
21. Non­compliance with order for discovery 
22. Using answers to interrogatories at trial 
23. Order to apply to minors 
ORDER XII  
Admissions  
1. Admission of case 
2. Admission of documents 
3. Form of notice 
4. Notice to admit facts 
4-A. Power of Court to record admission of documents and facts 
5. Form of admissions 
6. Judgment on admissions 
7. Affidavit of signature 
8. Notice to produce documents 
9. Costs 
ORDER XIII 
Production, Impounding and  
Return of Documents  
1. Documentary evidence to be produced at first hearing 
2. Effect of non­production of documents 
3. Rejection of irrelevant or inadmissible documents 
4. Endorsements on documents admitted in evidence 
5. Endorsements on copies of admitted entries in books, accounts and 
records 
6. Endorsements on documents rejected as inadmissible in evidence 
7. Recording of admitted and return of rejected documents 
8. Court may order any document to be impounded 
9. Return of admitted documents 
10. Court may send for papers from its own records or from other Courts 
11. Provisions as to documents applied to material objects 
ORDER XIV 
Settlement of Issues and Determination  
of Suit on Issues of Law or o n 
Issues agreed upon  
1. Framing of issues 
2. Issues of law and of fact 
3. Materials from which issues may be framed 
4. Court may examine witnesses or documents before framing issues 
5. Power to amend, and strike out, issues 
6. Questions of fact or law may by agreement be stated in form of issues 
7. Court, if satisfied that agreement was executed in good faith, may 
pronounce judgment 
ORDER XV 
Disposal of the Suit at the first hearing  
1. Parties not at issue 
2. One of several defendants not at issue 
3. Parties at issue 
4. Failure to produce evidence 
ORDER XVI 
Summoning and Attendance of Witnesses  
1. Summons to attend to give evidence or produce documents 
2. Expenses of witness to be paid into Court on applying for summons 
Experts 
Scale of expenses 
3. Tender of expenses to witness 
4. Procedure where insufficient sum paid in 
Expenses of witnesses detained more than one day 
5. Time, place and purpose of attendance to be specified in summons 
6. Summons to produce document 
7. Power to require persons present in Court to give evidence or produce 
document 
7A. Service of summons by parties 
8. Service of summons by Court 
9. Time for serving summons 
10. Procedure where witness fails to comply with summons 
11. If witness appears, attachment may be withdrawn 
12. Procedure if witness fails to appear 
13. Mode of attachment 
14. Court may of its own accord summon as witnesses  strangers to suit 
14A. Expenses of the witnesses summoned by the Court of its own motion  
15. Duty of persons summoned to give evidence or produce document 
16. When they may depart 
17.  Application of rules 10 to 13 
18. Procedure where witness apprehended cannot give evidence or 
produce document 
19. No witness to be ordered to attend in person unless resident within 
certain limits 
20. Consequence of refusal of party to give evidence when called on by 
Court 
21. Rules as to witnesses to apply to parties summoned 
ORDER XVII  
Adjournments  
1. Court may grant time and adjourn hearing 
Costs of adjournment 
2. Procedure if parties fail to appear on day fixed 
3. Court may  proceed notwithstanding either party fails to produce 
evidence, etc. 
4.  Appearance of parties on the day next after holiday 
5.  Appearance of parties on the day when the presiding officer is absent 
ORDER XVIII 
Hearing of the Suit and Examination of Witnesses  
1. Right to begin 
2. Statement and production of evidence 
3. Evidence where several issues 
4. Witnesses to be examined in open Court 
5. How evidence shall be taken in appealable cases 
6. When deposition to be interpreted 
7. Evidence under section 138 
8. Memorandum  when evidence not taken down by judge 
9. When evidence may be taken in English 
10. Any particular question and answer may be taken down 
11. Questions objected to and allowed by Court 
12. Remarks on demeanour of witnesses 
13. Memorandum of evidence in unappealable cases 
14. Deleted 
15. Power to deal with evidence taken before another Judge 
16. Power to examine witness immediately 
17. Court may recall and examine witness 
18. Power of Court to inspect 
ORDER XIX  
Affidavits 
1. Power to order any point to be proved by affidavit 
2. Power to order attendance of deponent for cross­examination 
3. Matters to which affidavit shall be confined 
ORDER XX  
Judgment and Decree  
1. Judgment when pronounced 
2. Power to pronounce judgment written by judge‟s predecessor 
3. Judgment to be signed 
4. Judgments  of Small Cause Courts 
Judgments of other Courts 
5. Court to state its decision on each issue 
6. Contents of decree 
7. Date of decree 
8. Procedure where Judge has vacated office before signing decree 
9. Decree for recovery of immoveable  property 
10. Decree for delivery of moveable property 
11. Decree may direct payment by instalments  
Order, after decree, for payment by instalments 
12. Decree for possession and mesne profits 
13. Decree in administration -suit 
14. Decree in pre­emption-suit 
15. Decree in suit for dissolution of partnership 
16. Decree in suit for account between principal and agent 
17. Special directions as to accounts 
18. Decree in suit for partition of property or separate possession of a 
share therein 
19. Decree when set­off is allowed 
Appeal from decree relating to set-off 
20. Certified copies of judgment and decree 
ORDER XXI 
Execution of Decrees and Orders  
Payment under Decree  
1. Modes of paying money under decree 
2. Payment out of Court to decree­holder 
Courts executing Decrees 
3. Lands situate in more than one jurisdiction 
4. Omitted 
5. Mode of transfer 
6. Procedure where Court desires that its own decree shall be executed 
by another Court 
7. Court receiving copies of decree, etc., to file same without proof 
8. Execution of decree or order by Court to which it is sent 
9. Execution by High Court of decree transferred by other Court 
Application for execution 
10. Execution of a decree 
11. Attachment  
12. Application for attachment of moveable property not in judgment- 
debtor‟s possession 
13. Application for attachment of immoveable  property to contain certain  
particulars 
14. Power to require certified extract from Collector‟s register in certain 
cases 
15. Application for execution by joint decree­holder 
16. Application for execution by transferee of decree 
17. Omitted  
18. Execution in case of cross­decrees 
19. Execution in case of cross­claims under same decree 
20. Cross­decrees and cross­claims in mortgage suits 
21. Simultaneous execution 
22. Notice to show cause against execution in certain cases 
23. Omitted 
Objection to Execution 
23-A. Deposit of decretal amount, etc 
Process for execution 
24. Process for execution 
25. Endorsement on process 
Stay of execution 
26. When Court may stay execution 
Omitted 
27. Liability of judgment­debtor discharged 
28. Order of Court which passed decree or of appellate Court to be binding 
upon Court applied to 
29. Omitted 
29A. Omitted 
Mode of execution 
30. Decree for payment of money 
31. Decree for specific moveable property 
32. Decree for specific performance, for restitution of conjugal rights, or 
for an injunction 
33. Omitted 
34. Decree for execution of document, or endorsement of negotiable 
instrument 
35. Decree for immoveable property 
36. Decree for delivery of immoveable property when in occupancy of 
tenant 
Arrest and detention in prison 
37. Discretionary power to allow judgment­debtor an opportunity to show 
good cause against detention in prison  
38. Warrant for arrest to direct judgment­debtor to be brought up 
39. Omitted  
40. Proceedings on appearance of judgment­debtor in obedience to notice 
or after arrest 
Attachment of property 
41. Examination of judgment­debtor as to his property 
42. Attachment in case of decree for rent or mesne profits or other 
matter, amount of which to be subsequently determined 
43. Attachment of moveable property, other than agricultural produce, in 
possession of the judgment­debtor 
43-A. 
43-B. 
43-C. 
43-D. 
44. Attachment of agricultural produce 
45. Provisions as to agricultural produce under attachment 
46. Attachment of debt, share and other property not in possession of 
judgment-debtor 
47. Attachment of share in moveables 
48. Attachment of salary or allowances of public officer or servant of 
railway company or local authority 
49. Attachment of partnership property 
50. Execution of decree against firm 
51. Attachment of negotiable instruments 
52. Attachment of property in custody of Court or public officer 
53. Attachment of decrees 
54. Attachment of immoveable property 
55. Removal of attachment after satisfaction of decree 
56. Order for payment of coin or currency notes to party entitled under 
decree 
57. Determination of attachment 
Investigation of claims and objections 
58. Investigation of claims to, and objections to attachment of, attached 
property 
Postponement of sale 
59. Evidence to be adduced by claimant 
60. Release of property from attachment 
61. Continuance of attachment subject to claim of encumbrancer 
62. Questions relating to rights, etc., of claimant in attached property to 
be decided by Court 
63. Omitted 
63-A. Deleted 
Sale generally 
64. Power to order property attached to be sold and proceeds to be paid 
to person entitled 
65. Sales by whom conducted and how made 
66. Proclamation of sales by public auction 
67. Mode of making proclamation 
68. Time of sale 
69. Adjournment or stoppage of sale 
70. Omitted  
71. Defaulting purchaser answerable for loss on re­sale 
72. Decree­holder not to bid for or buy property without permission 
 Where decree­holder purchases, amount of decree may be taken as 
payment  
73. Restrictions on binding or purchase by officers 
Sale of moveable property 
74. Sale of agricultural produce 
75. Special provisions relating to growing crops 
76. Negotiable instruments and shares in corporations 
77. Sale by public auction 
78. Omitted  
79. Delivery of moveable property, debts and shares 
80. Transfer of negotiable instruments and shares 
81. Vesting order in case of other property 
Sale of immoveable property 
82. What Courts may order sales 
83. Postponement of sale to enable judgment-debtor to raise amount of 
decree 
84. Deposit by purchaser and re-sale on default 
85. Time for payment in full of purchase­money 
86. Procedure in default of payment 
87. Notification on re­sale 
88. Bid of co­sharer to have preference 
89. Application to set aside sale on deposit 
90. Application to set aside sale on ground of irregularity or fraud 
91. Application by purchaser to set aside sale on ground of judgment- 
debtor having no saleable interest 
92. Sale when to become absolute or be set aside 
93. Return of purchase­money in certain cases 
94. Certificate to purchaser 
95. Delivery of property in occupancy of judgment­debtor 
96. Delivery of property in occupancy of tenant 
Resistance to delivery of possession to decree­holder or 
purchaser 
97. Resistance or obstruction to possession of immovable property 
98. Resistance or obstruction by judgment-debtor 
99. Resistance or obstruction by bona fide claimant 
100. Dispossession by decree­holder or purchaser 
101. Bona fide claimant to be restored to possession 
102. Rules not applicable to transferee lite pendente 
103. Certain orders conclusive and suit barred 
104. 
ORDER XXII 
Death, Marriage and Insolvency of Parties 
1. No abatement by party‟s death, if right to sue survives 
2. Procedure where one of several plaintiffs or defendants dies and right 
to sue survives 
3. Procedure in case of death of one of several plaintiffs or of sole 
plaintiff 
4. Procedure in case of death of one of several defendants or of sole 
defendant 
5. Determination of question as to legal representative 
6. No abatement by reason of death after hearing 
7. Suit not abated by marriage of female party 
8. When plaintiff‟s insolvency bars suit 
Procedure where assignee fails to continue suit or give security 
9. Effect of dismissal 
10. Procedure in case of assignment before final order in suit 
11. Application of Order to appeals 
12. Application of Order to proceedings 
ORDER XXIII  
Withdrawal and Adjustment of Suits 
1. Withdrawal of suit or abandonment of part of claim 
2. Limitation law not affected by first suit 
3. Compromise of suit 
4. Proceedings in execution of decrees not affected 
ORDER XXIV 
Payment into Court 
1. Deposit by defendant of amount in satisfaction of claim 
2. Notice of deposit 
3. Interest on deposit not allowed to plaintiff after notice 
4. Procedure where plaintiff accepts deposit as satisfaction in part 
Procedure where he accepts it as satisfaction in full 
ORDER XXV  
Security for Costs 
1. When security for costs may be required from plaintiff 
Residence out of Pakistan 
2. Effect of failure to furnish security 
ORDER XXVI  
Commissions 
Commissions to examine witnesses 
1. Cases in which Court may issue commission to examine witness 
2. Order for commission 
3. Where witness resides within Court‟s jurisdiction 
4. Persons for whose examination commission may issue 
5. Commission or request to examine witness not within Pakistan 
6. Court to examine witness pursuant to commission 
7. Return of commission with depositions of witnesses 
8. When depositions may be read in evidence 
Commissions for local investigations 
9. Commission to make local investigations 
10. Procedure of Commissioner 
Report and depositions to be evidence in suit 
Commissioner may be examined in person 
Commission to examine accounts 
11. Commission to examine or adjust accounts 
12. Court to give Commissioner necessary instructions  
Proceedings and report to be evidence. Court may direct further 
inquiry 
Commissions to make partitions 
13. Commission to make partition of immoveable property 
14. Procedure of Commissioner 
General provisions 
15. Expenses of Commission to be paid into Court 
16. Powers of Commissioners 
17. Attendance and examination of witnesses before Commissioner 
18. Parties to appear before Commissioner 
Commissions issued at the instance of Foreign Tribunals 
19. Cases in which High Court may issue commission to examine witness 
20. Application for commission 
21. To whom commissions may be issued 
22. Issue, execution and return of commissions and transmission of 
evidence to foreign Court 
ORDER XXVII  
Suits by or against the Government or Public Officers in their 
official capacity 
1. Suits by or against Government 
2. Persons authorized to act for Government 
3. Plaints in suits by or against Government 
4. Agent for Government to receive process 
5. Fixing of day for appearance on behalf of Government 
6. Attendance of person able to answer questions relating to suit against 
Government 
7. Extension of time to enable public officer to make reference to 
Government 
8. Procedure in suits against public officer 
8A. No security to be required from Government or a public officer in 
certain cases 
8B. Definitions of “Government” and “Government pleader” 
ORDER XXVIIA 
Suits involving any substantial question as to the  
interpretation of Constitutional law 
1. Notice to the Advocate General 
2. Court may add Government as party 
3. Costs when Government added as party 
4. Application of Order to appeals 
ORDER XXVIII  
Suits by or against Military or Naval Men or Airmen  
1. Officers soldiers, sailors or airmen who cannot obtain leave may 
authorize any person to sue or defend for them 
2. Person so authorized may act personally or appoint pleader 
3. Service on person so authorized, or on his pleader, to be good service 
ORDER XXIX 
Suits by or against Corporations 
1. Subscription and verification of pleading 
2. Service on corporation 
3. Power to require personal attendance of officer of corporation 
ORDER XXX 
Suits by or against Firms and Persons  
carrying on business in names 
other than their own 
1. Suing of partners in name of firm 
2. Disclosure of partners‟ names 
3. Service 
4. Right of suit on death of partner 
5. Notice in what capacity served 
6. Appearance of partners 
7. No appearance except by partners 
8. Appearance under protest 
9. Suits between co­partners 
10. Suit against person carrying on business in name other than his own 
ORDER XXXI 
Suits by or against Trustees, Executors and Administrators  
1. Representation of beneficiaries in suits concerning property vested in 
trustees, etc 
2. Joinder of trustees, executors and administrators 
3. Husband of married executrix not to join 
ORDER XXXII  
Suits by or against Minors and Persons 
of Unsound Mind 
1. Minor to sue by next friend 
2. Where suit is instituted without next friend 
3. Guardian for the suit to be appointed by Court for minor defendant 
4. Who may act as next friend or be appointed guardian for the suit 
5. Representation of minor by next friend or guardian for the suit 
6. Receipt by next friend or guardian for the suit of property under decree 
for minor 
7. Agreement or compromise by next friend or guardian for the suit 
8. Retirement of next friend 
9. Removal of next friend 
10. Stay of proceedings on removal, etc., of next friend 
11. Retirement, removal or death of guardian for the suit 
12. Course to be followed by minor plaintiff or applicant on attaining 
majority 
13. Where minor co­plaintiff attaining majority desires to repudiate suit 
14. Unreasonable or improper suit 
15. Application of rules to persons of unsound mind 
16. Certain laws not to be affected 
ORDER XXXIII  
Suits by Paupers 
Omitted 
ORDER XXXIV  
Suits relating to Mortgages of Immoveable Property  
1. Parties to suits for foreclosure, sale and redemption 
2. Preliminary decree in foreclosure-suit 
3. Final decree in foreclosure suit 
4  Preliminary decree in suit for sale 
Power to decree sale in foreclosure suit 
5. Final decree in suit for sale 
6. Recovery of balance due on mortgage in suit for sale 
7. Preliminary decree in redemption suit 
8. Final decree in redemption suit 
8A. Recovery of balance due on mortgage in suit for redemption 
9. Decree where nothing is found due or where mortgagee has been 
overpaid 
10. Costs of mortgagee subsequent to decree 
11. Payment of interest 
12. Sale of property subject to prior mortgage 
13. Application of proceeds 
14. Suit for sale necessary for bringing mortgaged property to sale 
15. Mortgages by the deposit of title­deeds and charges 
ORDER XXXV  
Interpleader 
1. Plaint in interpleader­suit 
2. Payment of thing claimed into Court 
3. Procedure where defendant is suing plaintiff 
4. Procedure at first hearing 
5. Agents and tenants may not institute interpleader­suits 
6. Charge for plaintiff‟s costs 
ORDER XXXVI  
Special Case 
1. Power to state case for Court‟s opinion 
2. Where value of subject­matter must be stated 
3. Agreement to be filed and registered as suit 
4. Parties to be subject to Court‟s jurisdiction 
5. Hearing and disposal of case 
ORDER XXXVII  
Summary Procedure on Negotiable Instruments  
1. Application of Order 
2. Institution of summary suits upon bills of exchange, etc. 
3. Defendant showing defence on merit to have leave to appear 
4. Power to set aside decree 
5. Power to order bill, etc., to be deposited with officer of Court 
6. Recovery of cost of noting non­acceptance of dishonoured bill or note 
7. Procedure in suits 
ORDER XXXVIII  
Arrest and Attachment before Judgment 
Arrest before judgment 
1. Defendant to be called upon to furnish security 
2. Procedure on application  
3. Furnishing of security  
4. Procedure where defendant fails to furnish security or find fresh 
security 
Attachment before Judgment 
5. Where defendant may be called upon to furnish security for production 
of property 
6. Attachment where cause not shown or security not furnished 
7. Mode of making attachment 
8. Investigation of claim to property attached before judgment 
9. Removal of attachment when security furnished or suit dismissed 
10. Attachment before judgment not to affect rights of strangers, nor bar 
decree­holder from applying for sale 
11. Property attached before judgment not to be re­attached in execution 
of decree 
12. Agricultural produce not attachable before judgment 
13. Small Cause Court not to attach immoveable property 
ORDER XXXIX  
Temporary Injunctions and Interlocutory Orders 
Temporary Injunctions 
1. Cases in which temporary injunction may be granted 
2. Injunction to restrain repetition or continuance of breach 
2A. 
2B. Omitted 
2C. Consequences of disobedience or breach of injunction  
3. Before granting injunction Court to direct notice to opposite party 
4. Order for injunction may be discharged, varied or set aside 
4A. Injunction to cease to be in force after certain period 
5. Injunction to corporation binding on its officers 
Interlocutory Orders 
6. Power to order interim sale 
7. Detention, preservation, or inspection, etc., of subject­matter of suit 
8. Application for such orders to be after notice 
9. When party may be put in immediate possession of land the 
subject­matter of suit 
10. Deposit of money, etc., in Court 
ORDER XL  
Appointment of Receivers 
1. Appointment of receivers 
2. Remuneration 
3. Duties 
4. Enforcement of receiver‟s duties 
5. When Collector may be appointed receiver 
ORDER XLI 
Appeals from Original Decrees 
1. Form of appeal. What to accompany memorandum 
Contents of memorandum 
2. Grounds which may be taken in appeal 
3. Rejection or amendment of memorandum 
4. One of several plaintiffs or defendants may obtain reversal of whole 
decree where it proceeds on ground common to all 
Stay of proceedings and of execution 
5. Stay by Appellate Court 
Stay by Court which passed the decree 
6. Security in case of order for execution of decree appealed from 
7. Omitted  
8. Exercise of powers in appeal from order made in execution of decree 
Procedure on admission of appeal  
9. Registry of memorandum of appeal 
Register of Appeals 
10. Appellate Court may require appellant to furnish security for costs 
Where appellant resides out of Pakistan 
11. Power to dismiss appeal without sending notice to Lower Court 
12. Day for hearing appeal 
13. Appellate Court to give notice to Court whose decree appealed from 
Transmission of papers to Appellate Court 
Copies of exhibits in Court whose decree appealed from 
14. Publication and service of notice of day for hearing appeal 
 Appellate Court may itself cause notice to be served 
15. Contents of notice 
Procedure on hearing  
16. Right to begin 
17. Dismissal of appeal for appellant‟s default  
Hearing appeal ex parte 
18. Dismissal of appeal where notice not served in consequence of 
appellant‟s failure to deposit costs 
19. Re­admission of appeal dismissed for default 
20. Power to adjourn hearing and direct person appearing 
interested to be made respondents 
21. Re-hearing on application of respondent against whom ex parte decree 
made 
22. Upon hearing, respondent may be object to decree as if he had 
preferred separate appeal 
Form of objection and provisions applicable thereto 
23. Remand of case by Appellate Court 
23-A. Omitted  
24. Where evidence on record sufficient, Appellate Court may determine 
case finally 
25. Where Appellate Court may frame issues and refer them for trial 
to Court whose decree appealed from 
26. Findings and evidence to be put on record. Objections to findings 
Determination of appeal 
27. Production of additional evidence in Appellate Court 
28. Mode of taking additional evidence 
29. Points to be defined and recorded 
Judgment in appeal 
30. Judgment when and where pronounced 
31. Contents, date and signature of judgment 
32. What judgment may direct 
33. Power of Court of Appeal 
34. Dissent to be recorded 
Decree in appeal  
35. Date and contents of decree 
Judge dissenting from judgment need not sign  decree 
36. Copies of judgment and decree to be furnished to parties 
37. Certified copy of decree to be sent to Court whose decree appealed 
from 
38. 
ORDER XLII 
Appeals from Appellate Decrees  
1. Procedure 
2. 
ORDER XLIII  
Appeals from Orders  
1. Appeals from  orders 
2. Record of the trial Court  
3. Omitted 
4. Omitted 
ORDER XLIV  
Pauper Appeals  
Omitted 
ORDER XLV 
Appeals to the Supreme Court  
1. “Decree” defined 
2. Application to Court whose decree complained of 
3. Certificate as to value or fitness 
4. Consolidation of suits 
5. Remission of dispute to Court of first instance 
6. Omitted 
7. Security and deposit required on grant of certificate 
8. Admission of appeal and procedure thereon 
9. Revocation of acceptance of security 
9A. Omitted 
10. Power to order further security or payment 
11. Effect of failure to comply with order 
12. Refund of balance deposit 
13. Powers of Court pending appeal 
14. Increase of security found inadequate 
15. Procedure to enforce orders of the Supreme Court 
16. Appeal from order relating to execution 
17. Omitted 
ORDER XLV-A 
Execution of Orders of Supreme Court  
1. 
2. 
ORDER XLVI 
Reference 
1. Reference of question to High Court 
2. Court may pass decree contingent upon decision of High Court 
3. Judgment of High Court to be transmitted, and case disposed of 
accordingly 
4. Costs of reference to High Court 
5. Power to alter, etc., decree of Court making reference 
6. Power to refer to High Court questions as to jurisdiction in small 
causes 
7. Power to District Court to submit for revision proceedings had 
under mistake as to jurisdiction in small causes 
ORDER XLVII  
Review 
1. Application for review of judgment 
2. To whom application for review may be made 
3. Form of application for review 
4. Application where rejected 
Application where granted 
5. Application for review in Court consisting of two or more Judges 
6. Application where rejected 
7. Order of rejection not appealable 
Objections to order granting application 
8. Registry of application granted, and order for re­hearing 
9. Bar of certain applications 
ORDER XLVIII  
Miscellaneous  
1. Process to be served at expense of party issuing 
Costs of service 
2. Orders and notices how served 
3. Use of forms in appendices 
ORDER XLIX  
High Courts  
1. Who may serve processes of High Court 
2. Saving in respect of High Courts 
3. Application of rules 
ORDER L 
Provincial Small Cause Courts  
1. Provincial Small Cause Courts 
ORDER LI 
Omitted  
APPENDICES TO THE FIRST SCHEDULE  
FORMS 
A._ PLEADINGS 
1. Titles of suits 
2. Description of parties in particular cases 
3. Plaints 
4. Written statements 
B.__PROCESS 
C.__DISCOVERY, INSPECTION AND ADMISSION
Compare the original stored transcription

Exact source transcription retained, including print layout and extraction artifacts. Text SHA-256: 152523fe5de2bd6d59a5f0e1b2b846405d053653adf3d3a892304312f7d78fc0.

THE CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE, 1908 
(V of 1908) 
CONTENTS 
PRELIMINARY 
1. Short title, commencement and extent 
2. Definitions 
3. Subordination of Courts 
4. Savings 
5. Application of the Code to the Revenue Courts 
6. Pecuniary jurisdiction 
7. Omitted 
8. Omitted 
PART I 
SUITS IN GENERAL 
JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS AND RES JUDICATA 
9. Courts to try all civil suits unless barred 
10. Stay of suit 
11. Res judicata 
12. Bar to further suit 
13. When foreign judgment not conclusive 
14. Presumption as to foreign judgment 
PLACE OF SUING 
15. Court in which suits to be instituted 
16. Suits to be instituted where subject­matter situate 
17. Suits for immoveable property situate within jurisdiction of different 
Courts 
18. Place of institution of suit where local limits of jurisdiction, of Courts are 
uncertain 
19. Suits for compensation for wrongs to person or moveables 
20. Other suits to be instituted where defendants reside or cause of action 
arises 
21. Objections to jurisdiction 
22. Power to transfer suits which may be instituted in more than one Court 
23. To what Court application lies 
24. General power of transfer and withdrawal 
24A. Appearance of parties on transfer of suit, etc. 
25. Omitted 
INSTITUTION OF SUITS 
26. Institution of suits through plaint or otherwise 
26A. Written statement and proposed issues by the defendant  
26B. Proposed issues by the plaintiff 
26C. Framing issues and filing of list of witnesses and recording of e vidence 
26D. Hearing of final arguments 
SUMMONS AND DISCOVERY 
27. Summons to defendant 
27A. Process of summons to be simultaneous 
28. Service of summons where defendant resides in another province 
29. Service of foreign summonses 
30. Power to order discovery and the like 
31. Summons to witness 
32. Penalty for default 
JUDGMENT AND DECREE 
33. Judgment and decree 
INTEREST 
34. Interest 
34A. Interest on public dues 
34B. Interest etc., on dues of banking company 
COSTS 
35. Costs 
35A. Compensatory costs in respect of false or vexatious claims or defences 
PART II 
EXECUTION 
GENERAL 
36. Application to orders 
37. Definition of Court which passed a decree 
COURTS BY WHICH DECREES  
MAY BE EXECUTED 
38. Courts by which decree may be executed 
39. Transfer of decree 
40. Transfer of decree to Court in another Province 
41. Result of execution-proceeding to be certified 
42. Powers of Court in executing transferred decree 
43. Execution of decrees passed by British Courts  in places to which this 
Part does not extend or in foreign territory  
44. Omitted 
44-A. Execution of decrees passed by Courts in the reciprocating territory 
45. Omitted 
46. Precepts 
QUESTIONS TO BE DETERMINED BY COURT EXECUTING 
DECREE 
47. Questions to be determined by the Court executing decree 
LIMIT OF TIME FOR EXECUTION 
48. Execution barred in certain cases 
TRANSFEREES AND LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES 
49. Transferee  
50. Legal representative 
PROCEDURE IN EXECUTION 
51. Powers of Court to enforce execution 
52. Enforcement of decree against legal representative 
53. Liability of ancestral property 
54. Partition of estate or separation of share 
ARREST AND DETENTION 
55. Arrest and detention 
56. Prohibition of arrest or detention of women in execution of decree for 
money 
57. Omitted 
58. Release form detention 
59. Omitted 
ATTACHMENT 
60. Property liable to attachment and sale in execution of decree 
61. Partial exemption of agricultural produce 
62. Seizure of property in dwelling-house 
63. Property attached in execution of decrees of several Courts 
64. Private alienation of property after attachment to be void 
SALE 
65. Purchaser‟s title 
66. Suit against purchaser not maintainable on ground of purchase being 
on behalf of plaintiff 
67. Power for Provincial Government to make rules as to sales of land in 
execution of decrees for payment of money 
DELEGATION TO COLLECTOR OF POWER TO EXECUTE 
DECREES AGAINST IMMOVEABLE PROPERTY 
68. Power to prescribe rules for transferring to Collector execution of 
certain decrees 
69. Provisions of Third Schedule to apply 
70. Rules of procedure 
Jurisdiction of Civil Courts barred 
71. Collector deemed to be acting judicially 
72. Where Court may authorize Collector to stay public sale of land 
DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS 
73. Proceeds of execution sale to be rateably distributed among 
decree­holders 
RESISTANCE TO EXECUTION 
74. Resistance to execution 
PART III 
INCIDENTAL PROCEEDINGS COMMISSIONS 
75. Power of Court to issue commissions 
76. Commission to another Court 
77. Letter of request 
78. Commissions issued by foreign Courts 
PART IV 
SUITS IN PARTICULAR CASES 
SUITS BY OR AGAINST THE GOVERNMENT 
OR PUBLIC OFFICERS IN THEIR OFFICIAL CAPACITY 
79. Suits by or against the Government 
80. Notice 
81. Exemption from arrest and personal appearance 
82. Execution of decree 
SUITS BY ALIENS AND BY OR AGAINST  
FOREIGN RULERS, AMBASSADORS 
AND ENVOYS 
83. When aliens may sue 
84. When foreign States may sue 
85. Persons specially appointed by Government to prosecute or defend for 
Rulers 
86. Repealed 
86A. Suits against diplomatic agents 
87. Repealed 
87A. Omitted 
INTERPLEADER 
88. Where interpleader-suit may be instituted 
PART V  
SPECIAL PROCEEDINGS 
ARBITRATION 
89. Repealed 
89-A. Alternate dispute resolution 
SPECIAL CASE 
90. Power to state case for opinion of Court 
SUITS RELATING TO PUBLIC MATTERS 
91. Public nuisances 
92. Public charities 
93. Exercise of powers of Advocate General 
PART VI  
SUPPLEMENTAL PROCEEDINGS 
94. Supplemental proceedings 
95. Compensation for obtaining arrest, attachment or injunction on 
insufficient grounds 
PART VII  
APPEALS 
APPEALS FROM ORIGINAL DECREES 
96. Appeal from final judgment or decree 
97. Appeal from final decree where no appeal from preliminary decree 
98. Decision where appeal heard by two or more Judges 
99. No decree to be reversed or modified for error or irregularity not 
affecting merits or jurisdiction 
APPEALS FROM APPELLATE DECREES 
100. Omitted 
101. Omitted  
102. Omitted  
103. Omitted   
APPEALS FROM ORDERS 
104. Orders from which appeal lies 
105. Other orders 
106. What Courts to hear appeals 
GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING 
TO APPEALS 
107. Powers of Appellate Court 
108. Procedure in appeals from appellate decrees and orders 
APPEALS TO THE SUPREME COURT 
109. When appeals, lie to the Supreme Court 
110. Omitted 
111. Bar of certain appeals 
111A. Omitted 
112. Savings 
PART VIII 
REFERENCE, REVIEW AND REVISION 
113. Reference to High Court 
114. Review 
115. Revision 
 
PART IX 
SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO 
HIGH COURTS 
116. Part to apply only to certain High Courts 
117. Application of Code to High Courts 
118. Execution of decree before ascertainment of costs 
119. Unauthorized persons not to address Court 
120. Provisions not applicable to High Court in original civil jurisdiction 
PART X  
RULES 
121. Effect of rules in First Schedule 
122. Power of certain High Courts to make rules 
123. Constitution of Rule Committees in certain provinces 
124. Committee to report to High Court 
125. Omitted 
126. Rules to be subject to approval 
127. Publication of rules 
128. Matters for which rules may provide 
129. Power of High Courts to make rules as to their original civil procedure 
130. Omitted 
131. Publication of rules 
PART XI  
MISCELLANEOUS 
132. Exemption of certain women from personal appearance 
133. Exemption of other persons 
134. Arrest other than in execution of decree 
135. Exemption from arrest under civil process 
135A. Exemption of members of legislative bodies from arrest and detention 
under civil process 
136. Procedure where person to be arrested or property to be attached is 
outside district 
137. Language of subordinate Courts 
138. Power of High Court to require evidence to be recorded in English 
139. Oath on affidavit by whom to be administered 
140. Assessors in causes of salvage, etc 
141. Proceedings regarding application for injunctions and other 
miscellaneous applications and issues  
142. Orders and notices to be in writing 
143. Postage 
144. Application for restitution 
145. Enforcement of liability of surety 
146. Proceedings by or against representatives 
147. Consent or agreement by person under disability 
148. Enlargement of time 
149. Power to make up deficiency of court­fees 
150. Transfer of business 
151. Saving of inherent powers of Court 
152. Amendment of judgments, decrees or orders 
153. General power to amend 
154. Omitted 
155. Omitted 
156. Repealed 
157. Continuance of orders under repealed enactments 
158. Reference to Code of Civil Procedure and other repealed enactments 
159. Savings of proceedings 
SCHEDULES 
The First Schedule 
ORDER I  
Parties to Suits 
1. Who may be joined as plaintiffs 
2. Power of Court to order separate trials 
3. Who may be joined as defendants 
4. Court may give judgement for or against one or more of joint parties 
5. Defendant need not be interested in all the relief claimed 
6. Joinder of parties liable on same contract 
7. When the plaintiff in doubt from whom redress is to be sought 
8. One person may sue or defend on behalf of all in same interest 
9. Misjoinder and non-joinder 
10. Suit in name of wrong plaintiff 
 Court may strike out or add parties 
 Where defendant added, plaint to be amended 
11. Conduct of suit 
12. Appearance of one of several plaintiffs or defendants for others 
13. Objections as to non-joinder or misjoinder 
ORDER II  
Frame of Suit 
1. Frame of suit 
2. Suit to include the whole claim 
 Relinquishment of part of claim 
 Omission to sue for one of several reliefs 
3. Joinder of causes of action 
4. Only certain claims to be joined for recovery of immoveable property 
5. Claims by or against executor, administrator or heir 
6. Power of Court to order separate trials 
6-A. Consolidation of suits 
7. Objections as to misjoinder 
8. 
ORDER III  
Recognized Agents and Pleaders 
1.  Appearances, etc., may be in person, by recognized agent or by 
pleader 
2. Recognized agents 
3. Service of process on recognized agent 
4. Appointment of pleader 
5. Service of process on pleader 
6.  Agent to accept service 
Appointment to be in writing and to be filed in Court 
ORDER IV  
Institution of Suits 
1. Courts to be numbered  
2. Commencement of proceedings  in suit 
3. Register of suits 
ORDER IV-A 
Administrative Judges 
1. Administrative Judges 
2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 
ORDER V 
Issue and Service of Summons  
Issue of Summons 
1. Summons 
2. Copy or statement annexed to the summons 
3. Court may order defendant or plaintiff to appear in person 
4. No party be ordered to appear in person unless resident within certain 
limits 
5. Summons to be either to settle issues or for final disposal 
6. Fixing day for appearance of defendant 
7. Summons to order defendant to produce documents relied on by him 
8. On issue of summons for final disposal, defendant to be directed 
to produce his witnesses 
Service of Summons 
9. Delivery or transmission of summons  for service 
10. Mode of service 
10-A. Service by post 
11. Service on several defendants 
12. Service to be on defendant in person when practicable or on his agent  
13. Service on agent by whom defendant carries on business 
14. Service on agent in charge in suits for immoveable property 
15. Where service may be on male member of defendant‟s family 
16. Person served to sign acknowledgement 
17. Procedure when defendant refuses to accept service, or cannot be 
found 
18. Endorsement of time and manner of service 
19. Examination of serving officer 
20. Substituted service 
Effect of substituted service 
Where service substituted, time for appearance to be fixed 
21. Service of summons where defendant resides within jurisdiction of 
another Court 
22. Omitted 
23. Duty of Court to which summons is sent 
24. Service on defendant in prison 
25. Service where defendant resides out of Pakistan and has no agent 
26. Service in foreign territory through Political Agent or Court 
26A. Service on civil public officer or on servant of railway company or local 
authority, in India 
27. Service on civil public officer or on servant of railway company or local 
authority 
28. Service on soldiers, sailors or airmen 
29. Duty of person to whom summons is delivered or sent for service 
30. Substitution of letter for summons 
ORDER VI  
Pleadings generally 
1. Pleading 
2. Pleading to state material facts and not evidence 
3. Forms of pleading 
4. Particulars to be given where necessary 
5. Further and better statement, or particulars 
6. Condition precedent 
7. Departure 
8. Denial of contract 
9. Effect of document to be stated 
10. Malice, knowledge, etc. 
11. Notice 
12. Implied contract, or relation 
13. Presumptions of law 
14. Pleading to be signed 
15. Verification of pleadings 
16. Striking out pleadings 
17. Amendment of pleadings 
18. Failure to amend after order 
ORDER VII  
Plaint 
1. Particulars to be contained in plaint 
2. In money suits 
3. Where the subject­matter of the suit is immoveable property 
4. When plaintiff sues as representative 
5. Defendant‟s interest and liability to be shown 
6. Grounds of exemption from limitation law 
7. Relief to be specifically stated 
8. Relief founded on separate grounds 
9. Procedure on admitting plaint 
Concise statements 
10. Return of plaint 
Procedure on returning plaint 
11. Rejection of plaint 
11-A. Separate application barred  
12. Procedure on rejecting plaint 
13. Where rejection of plaint does not preclude presentation of fresh plaint 
Documents relied on in plaint 
14. Production of document on which plaintiff sues 
List of other documents 
15. Statement in case of documents not in his possession or power 
16. Suits on lost negotiable instruments 
17. Production of shop­book 
Original entry to be marked and returned 
18. Inadmissibility of document not produced when plaint filed 
19. Address to be filed with plaint 
20. Nature of address to be filed 
21. Consequences of failure to file address 
21-A. Consequence of failure to annex copy etc. with the plaint 
22. Procedure when party not found at the place of address 
23. Service on pleader 
24. Change of address 
25. Service by other modes 
26. List of legal representatives of plaintiff 
ORDER VIII 
Written Statement and Set­off 
1. Written statement 
1-A. Presumption of admission of contents of plaint 
1-B. Additional copies of written statement and documents 
2. New facts must be specially pleaded 
3. Denial to be specific 
4. Evasive denial 
5. Specific denial 
6. Particulars of set­off to be given in written statement 
Effect of set­off 
7. Defence or set-off founded on separate grounds 
8. New ground of defence 
9. Subsequent pleadings 
10. Procedure when party fails to present written statement called for by 
Court 
11. Address for service 
12. Consequences of failure to file address 
13. List of legal representatives of defendant 
ORDER IX 
Appearance of Parties and Consequence of Non­appearance 
1. Parties to appear on day fixed in summons for defendant to appear and 
answer 
2. Dismissal of suit where summons not served in consequence of 
plaintiff‟s failure to pay costs 
3. Where neither party appears, suit to be dismissed 
4. Plaintiff may bring fresh suit or Court may restore suit to file 
5. Dismissal of suit where plaintiff, after summons returned unserved, 
fails for three months to apply for fresh summons 
6. Procedure when only plaintiff appears 
When summons duly served 
When summons not duly served 
When summons served, but not in due time 
7. Procedure where defendant appears on day of adjourned hearing and 
assigns good cause for previous non­apperance 
8. Procedure where defendant only appears 
9. Decree against plaintiff by default bars fresh suit 
10. Procedure in case of non­attendance of one or more of several 
plaintiffs 
11. Procedure in case of non­attendance of one or more of several 
defendants 
12. Consequence of non­attendance, without sufficient cause shown, of 
party ordered to appear in person 
Setting aside Decrees ex parte 
13. Setting aside decree ex parte against defendant 
14. No decree to be set aside without notice to opposite party 
ORDER IX - A 
Intermediate Dates 
1. Fixation of Intermediate date 
2. Case management questionnaire  
ORDER IX - B 
Alternate Dispute Resolution  
1. Reference to mediation  
2.  Appearance of parties 
3.  Settlement  
4.  Failure of mediation  
ORDER X 
Examination of Parties by the Court 
1. Ascertainment whether allegations in pleadings are admitted or denied 
1A. 
2. Oral examination of party or companion of party 
3. Substance of examination to be written 
4. Consequence of refusal or inability of pleader to answer 
ORDER XI  
Discovery and Inspection  
1. Discoveries by interrogatories 
2. Communication of interrogatories 
3. Costs of interrogatories  
4. Form of interrogatories 
5. Corporations 
6. Objections to interrogatories by answer 
7. Setting aside and striking out interrogatories 
8. Affidavit 
9. Form of affidavit in answer 
10. No exception to be taken 
11. Order to answer or answer further 
12. Application for discovery of documents 
13. Affidavit of documents 
14. Production of documents 
15. Inspection of documents referred to in pleadings or affidavits 
16. Notice to produce 
17. Time for inspection when notice given 
18. Order for inspection 
19. Verified copies 
20. Premature discovery 
21. Non­compliance with order for discovery 
22. Using answers to interrogatories at trial 
23. Order to apply to minors 
ORDER XII  
Admissions  
1. Admission of case 
2. Admission of documents 
3. Form of notice 
4. Notice to admit facts 
4-A. Power of Court to record admission of documents and facts 
5. Form of admissions 
6. Judgment on admissions 
7. Affidavit of signature 
8. Notice to produce documents 
9. Costs 
ORDER XIII 
Production, Impounding and  
Return of Documents  
1. Documentary evidence to be produced at first hearing 
2. Effect of non­production of documents 
3. Rejection of irrelevant or inadmissible documents 
4. Endorsements on documents admitted in evidence 
5. Endorsements on copies of admitted entries in books, accounts and 
records 
6. Endorsements on documents rejected as inadmissible in evidence 
7. Recording of admitted and return of rejected documents 
8. Court may order any document to be impounded 
9. Return of admitted documents 
10. Court may send for papers from its own records or from other Courts 
11. Provisions as to documents applied to material objects 
ORDER XIV 
Settlement of Issues and Determination  
of Suit on Issues of Law or o n 
Issues agreed upon  
1. Framing of issues 
2. Issues of law and of fact 
3. Materials from which issues may be framed 
4. Court may examine witnesses or documents before framing issues 
5. Power to amend, and strike out, issues 
6. Questions of fact or law may by agreement be stated in form of issues 
7. Court, if satisfied that agreement was executed in good faith, may 
pronounce judgment 
ORDER XV 
Disposal of the Suit at the first hearing  
1. Parties not at issue 
2. One of several defendants not at issue 
3. Parties at issue 
4. Failure to produce evidence 
ORDER XVI 
Summoning and Attendance of Witnesses  
1. Summons to attend to give evidence or produce documents 
2. Expenses of witness to be paid into Court on applying for summons 
Experts 
Scale of expenses 
3. Tender of expenses to witness 
4. Procedure where insufficient sum paid in 
Expenses of witnesses detained more than one day 
5. Time, place and purpose of attendance to be specified in summons 
6. Summons to produce document 
7. Power to require persons present in Court to give evidence or produce 
document 
7A. Service of summons by parties 
8. Service of summons by Court 
9. Time for serving summons 
10. Procedure where witness fails to comply with summons 
11. If witness appears, attachment may be withdrawn 
12. Procedure if witness fails to appear 
13. Mode of attachment 
14. Court may of its own accord summon as witnesses  strangers to suit 
14A. Expenses of the witnesses summoned by the Court of its own motion  
15. Duty of persons summoned to give evidence or produce document 
16. When they may depart 
17.  Application of rules 10 to 13 
18. Procedure where witness apprehended cannot give evidence or 
produce document 
19. No witness to be ordered to attend in person unless resident within 
certain limits 
20. Consequence of refusal of party to give evidence when called on by 
Court 
21. Rules as to witnesses to apply to parties summoned 
ORDER XVII  
Adjournments  
1. Court may grant time and adjourn hearing 
Costs of adjournment 
2. Procedure if parties fail to appear on day fixed 
3. Court may  proceed notwithstanding either party fails to produce 
evidence, etc. 
4.  Appearance of parties on the day next after holiday 
5.  Appearance of parties on the day when the presiding officer is absent 
ORDER XVIII 
Hearing of the Suit and Examination of Witnesses  
1. Right to begin 
2. Statement and production of evidence 
3. Evidence where several issues 
4. Witnesses to be examined in open Court 
5. How evidence shall be taken in appealable cases 
6. When deposition to be interpreted 
7. Evidence under section 138 
8. Memorandum  when evidence not taken down by judge 
9. When evidence may be taken in English 
10. Any particular question and answer may be taken down 
11. Questions objected to and allowed by Court 
12. Remarks on demeanour of witnesses 
13. Memorandum of evidence in unappealable cases 
14. Deleted 
15. Power to deal with evidence taken before another Judge 
16. Power to examine witness immediately 
17. Court may recall and examine witness 
18. Power of Court to inspect 
ORDER XIX  
Affidavits 
1. Power to order any point to be proved by affidavit 
2. Power to order attendance of deponent for cross­examination 
3. Matters to which affidavit shall be confined 
ORDER XX  
Judgment and Decree  
1. Judgment when pronounced 
2. Power to pronounce judgment written by judge‟s predecessor 
3. Judgment to be signed 
4. Judgments  of Small Cause Courts 
Judgments of other Courts 
5. Court to state its decision on each issue 
6. Contents of decree 
7. Date of decree 
8. Procedure where Judge has vacated office before signing decree 
9. Decree for recovery of immoveable  property 
10. Decree for delivery of moveable property 
11. Decree may direct payment by instalments  
Order, after decree, for payment by instalments 
12. Decree for possession and mesne profits 
13. Decree in administration -suit 
14. Decree in pre­emption-suit 
15. Decree in suit for dissolution of partnership 
16. Decree in suit for account between principal and agent 
17. Special directions as to accounts 
18. Decree in suit for partition of property or separate possession of a 
share therein 
19. Decree when set­off is allowed 
Appeal from decree relating to set-off 
20. Certified copies of judgment and decree 
ORDER XXI 
Execution of Decrees and Orders  
Payment under Decree  
1. Modes of paying money under decree 
2. Payment out of Court to decree­holder 
Courts executing Decrees 
3. Lands situate in more than one jurisdiction 
4. Omitted 
5. Mode of transfer 
6. Procedure where Court desires that its own decree shall be executed 
by another Court 
7. Court receiving copies of decree, etc., to file same without proof 
8. Execution of decree or order by Court to which it is sent 
9. Execution by High Court of decree transferred by other Court 
Application for execution 
10. Execution of a decree 
11. Attachment  
12. Application for attachment of moveable property not in judgment- 
debtor‟s possession 
13. Application for attachment of immoveable  property to contain certain  
particulars 
14. Power to require certified extract from Collector‟s register in certain 
cases 
15. Application for execution by joint decree­holder 
16. Application for execution by transferee of decree 
17. Omitted  
18. Execution in case of cross­decrees 
19. Execution in case of cross­claims under same decree 
20. Cross­decrees and cross­claims in mortgage suits 
21. Simultaneous execution 
22. Notice to show cause against execution in certain cases 
23. Omitted 
Objection to Execution 
23-A. Deposit of decretal amount, etc 
Process for execution 
24. Process for execution 
25. Endorsement on process 
Stay of execution 
26. When Court may stay execution 
Omitted 
27. Liability of judgment­debtor discharged 
28. Order of Court which passed decree or of appellate Court to be binding 
upon Court applied to 
29. Omitted 
29A. Omitted 
Mode of execution 
30. Decree for payment of money 
31. Decree for specific moveable property 
32. Decree for specific performance, for restitution of conjugal rights, or 
for an injunction 
33. Omitted 
34. Decree for execution of document, or endorsement of negotiable 
instrument 
35. Decree for immoveable property 
36. Decree for delivery of immoveable property when in occupancy of 
tenant 
Arrest and detention in prison 
37. Discretionary power to allow judgment­debtor an opportunity to show 
good cause against detention in prison  
38. Warrant for arrest to direct judgment­debtor to be brought up 
39. Omitted  
40. Proceedings on appearance of judgment­debtor in obedience to notice 
or after arrest 
Attachment of property 
41. Examination of judgment­debtor as to his property 
42. Attachment in case of decree for rent or mesne profits or other 
matter, amount of which to be subsequently determined 
43. Attachment of moveable property, other than agricultural produce, in 
possession of the judgment­debtor 
43-A. 
43-B. 
43-C. 
43-D. 
44. Attachment of agricultural produce 
45. Provisions as to agricultural produce under attachment 
46. Attachment of debt, share and other property not in possession of 
judgment-debtor 
47. Attachment of share in moveables 
48. Attachment of salary or allowances of public officer or servant of 
railway company or local authority 
49. Attachment of partnership property 
50. Execution of decree against firm 
51. Attachment of negotiable instruments 
52. Attachment of property in custody of Court or public officer 
53. Attachment of decrees 
54. Attachment of immoveable property 
55. Removal of attachment after satisfaction of decree 
56. Order for payment of coin or currency notes to party entitled under 
decree 
57. Determination of attachment 
Investigation of claims and objections 
58. Investigation of claims to, and objections to attachment of, attached 
property 
Postponement of sale 
59. Evidence to be adduced by claimant 
60. Release of property from attachment 
61. Continuance of attachment subject to claim of encumbrancer 
62. Questions relating to rights, etc., of claimant in attached property to 
be decided by Court 
63. Omitted 
63-A. Deleted 
Sale generally 
64. Power to order property attached to be sold and proceeds to be paid 
to person entitled 
65. Sales by whom conducted and how made 
66. Proclamation of sales by public auction 
67. Mode of making proclamation 
68. Time of sale 
69. Adjournment or stoppage of sale 
70. Omitted  
71. Defaulting purchaser answerable for loss on re­sale 
72. Decree­holder not to bid for or buy property without permission 
 Where decree­holder purchases, amount of decree may be taken as 
payment  
73. Restrictions on binding or purchase by officers 
Sale of moveable property 
74. Sale of agricultural produce 
75. Special provisions relating to growing crops 
76. Negotiable instruments and shares in corporations 
77. Sale by public auction 
78. Omitted  
79. Delivery of moveable property, debts and shares 
80. Transfer of negotiable instruments and shares 
81. Vesting order in case of other property 
Sale of immoveable property 
82. What Courts may order sales 
83. Postponement of sale to enable judgment-debtor to raise amount of 
decree 
84. Deposit by purchaser and re-sale on default 
85. Time for payment in full of purchase­money 
86. Procedure in default of payment 
87. Notification on re­sale 
88. Bid of co­sharer to have preference 
89. Application to set aside sale on deposit 
90. Application to set aside sale on ground of irregularity or fraud 
91. Application by purchaser to set aside sale on ground of judgment- 
debtor having no saleable interest 
92. Sale when to become absolute or be set aside 
93. Return of purchase­money in certain cases 
94. Certificate to purchaser 
95. Delivery of property in occupancy of judgment­debtor 
96. Delivery of property in occupancy of tenant 
Resistance to delivery of possession to decree­holder or 
purchaser 
97. Resistance or obstruction to possession of immovable property 
98. Resistance or obstruction by judgment-debtor 
99. Resistance or obstruction by bona fide claimant 
100. Dispossession by decree­holder or purchaser 
101. Bona fide claimant to be restored to possession 
102. Rules not applicable to transferee lite pendente 
103. Certain orders conclusive and suit barred 
104. 
ORDER XXII 
Death, Marriage and Insolvency of Parties 
1. No abatement by party‟s death, if right to sue survives 
2. Procedure where one of several plaintiffs or defendants dies and right 
to sue survives 
3. Procedure in case of death of one of several plaintiffs or of sole 
plaintiff 
4. Procedure in case of death of one of several defendants or of sole 
defendant 
5. Determination of question as to legal representative 
6. No abatement by reason of death after hearing 
7. Suit not abated by marriage of female party 
8. When plaintiff‟s insolvency bars suit 
Procedure where assignee fails to continue suit or give security 
9. Effect of dismissal 
10. Procedure in case of assignment before final order in suit 
11. Application of Order to appeals 
12. Application of Order to proceedings 
ORDER XXIII  
Withdrawal and Adjustment of Suits 
1. Withdrawal of suit or abandonment of part of claim 
2. Limitation law not affected by first suit 
3. Compromise of suit 
4. Proceedings in execution of decrees not affected 
ORDER XXIV 
Payment into Court 
1. Deposit by defendant of amount in satisfaction of claim 
2. Notice of deposit 
3. Interest on deposit not allowed to plaintiff after notice 
4. Procedure where plaintiff accepts deposit as satisfaction in part 
Procedure where he accepts it as satisfaction in full 
ORDER XXV  
Security for Costs 
1. When security for costs may be required from plaintiff 
Residence out of Pakistan 
2. Effect of failure to furnish security 
ORDER XXVI  
Commissions 
Commissions to examine witnesses 
1. Cases in which Court may issue commission to examine witness 
2. Order for commission 
3. Where witness resides within Court‟s jurisdiction 
4. Persons for whose examination commission may issue 
5. Commission or request to examine witness not within Pakistan 
6. Court to examine witness pursuant to commission 
7. Return of commission with depositions of witnesses 
8. When depositions may be read in evidence 
Commissions for local investigations 
9. Commission to make local investigations 
10. Procedure of Commissioner 
Report and depositions to be evidence in suit 
Commissioner may be examined in person 
Commission to examine accounts 
11. Commission to examine or adjust accounts 
12. Court to give Commissioner necessary instructions  
Proceedings and report to be evidence. Court may direct further 
inquiry 
Commissions to make partitions 
13. Commission to make partition of immoveable property 
14. Procedure of Commissioner 
General provisions 
15. Expenses of Commission to be paid into Court 
16. Powers of Commissioners 
17. Attendance and examination of witnesses before Commissioner 
18. Parties to appear before Commissioner 
Commissions issued at the instance of Foreign Tribunals 
19. Cases in which High Court may issue commission to examine witness 
20. Application for commission 
21. To whom commissions may be issued 
22. Issue, execution and return of commissions and transmission of 
evidence to foreign Court 
ORDER XXVII  
Suits by or against the Government or Public Officers in their 
official capacity 
1. Suits by or against Government 
2. Persons authorized to act for Government 
3. Plaints in suits by or against Government 
4. Agent for Government to receive process 
5. Fixing of day for appearance on behalf of Government 
6. Attendance of person able to answer questions relating to suit against 
Government 
7. Extension of time to enable public officer to make reference to 
Government 
8. Procedure in suits against public officer 
8A. No security to be required from Government or a public officer in 
certain cases 
8B. Definitions of “Government” and “Government pleader” 
ORDER XXVIIA 
Suits involving any substantial question as to the  
interpretation of Constitutional law 
1. Notice to the Advocate General 
2. Court may add Government as party 
3. Costs when Government added as party 
4. Application of Order to appeals 
ORDER XXVIII  
Suits by or against Military or Naval Men or Airmen  
1. Officers soldiers, sailors or airmen who cannot obtain leave may 
authorize any person to sue or defend for them 
2. Person so authorized may act personally or appoint pleader 
3. Service on person so authorized, or on his pleader, to be good service 
ORDER XXIX 
Suits by or against Corporations 
1. Subscription and verification of pleading 
2. Service on corporation 
3. Power to require personal attendance of officer of corporation 
ORDER XXX 
Suits by or against Firms and Persons  
carrying on business in names 
other than their own 
1. Suing of partners in name of firm 
2. Disclosure of partners‟ names 
3. Service 
4. Right of suit on death of partner 
5. Notice in what capacity served 
6. Appearance of partners 
7. No appearance except by partners 
8. Appearance under protest 
9. Suits between co­partners 
10. Suit against person carrying on business in name other than his own 
ORDER XXXI 
Suits by or against Trustees, Executors and Administrators  
1. Representation of beneficiaries in suits concerning property vested in 
trustees, etc 
2. Joinder of trustees, executors and administrators 
3. Husband of married executrix not to join 
ORDER XXXII  
Suits by or against Minors and Persons 
of Unsound Mind 
1. Minor to sue by next friend 
2. Where suit is instituted without next friend 
3. Guardian for the suit to be appointed by Court for minor defendant 
4. Who may act as next friend or be appointed guardian for the suit 
5. Representation of minor by next friend or guardian for the suit 
6. Receipt by next friend or guardian for the suit of property under decree 
for minor 
7. Agreement or compromise by next friend or guardian for the suit 
8. Retirement of next friend 
9. Removal of next friend 
10. Stay of proceedings on removal, etc., of next friend 
11. Retirement, removal or death of guardian for the suit 
12. Course to be followed by minor plaintiff or applicant on attaining 
majority 
13. Where minor co­plaintiff attaining majority desires to repudiate suit 
14. Unreasonable or improper suit 
15. Application of rules to persons of unsound mind 
16. Certain laws not to be affected 
ORDER XXXIII  
Suits by Paupers 
Omitted 
ORDER XXXIV  
Suits relating to Mortgages of Immoveable Property  
1. Parties to suits for foreclosure, sale and redemption 
2. Preliminary decree in foreclosure-suit 
3. Final decree in foreclosure suit 
4  Preliminary decree in suit for sale 
Power to decree sale in foreclosure suit 
5. Final decree in suit for sale 
6. Recovery of balance due on mortgage in suit for sale 
7. Preliminary decree in redemption suit 
8. Final decree in redemption suit 
8A. Recovery of balance due on mortgage in suit for redemption 
9. Decree where nothing is found due or where mortgagee has been 
overpaid 
10. Costs of mortgagee subsequent to decree 
11. Payment of interest 
12. Sale of property subject to prior mortgage 
13. Application of proceeds 
14. Suit for sale necessary for bringing mortgaged property to sale 
15. Mortgages by the deposit of title­deeds and charges 
ORDER XXXV  
Interpleader 
1. Plaint in interpleader­suit 
2. Payment of thing claimed into Court 
3. Procedure where defendant is suing plaintiff 
4. Procedure at first hearing 
5. Agents and tenants may not institute interpleader­suits 
6. Charge for plaintiff‟s costs 
ORDER XXXVI  
Special Case 
1. Power to state case for Court‟s opinion 
2. Where value of subject­matter must be stated 
3. Agreement to be filed and registered as suit 
4. Parties to be subject to Court‟s jurisdiction 
5. Hearing and disposal of case 
ORDER XXXVII  
Summary Procedure on Negotiable Instruments  
1. Application of Order 
2. Institution of summary suits upon bills of exchange, etc. 
3. Defendant showing defence on merit to have leave to appear 
4. Power to set aside decree 
5. Power to order bill, etc., to be deposited with officer of Court 
6. Recovery of cost of noting non­acceptance of dishonoured bill or note 
7. Procedure in suits 
ORDER XXXVIII  
Arrest and Attachment before Judgment 
Arrest before judgment 
1. Defendant to be called upon to furnish security 
2. Procedure on application  
3. Furnishing of security  
4. Procedure where defendant fails to furnish security or find fresh 
security 
Attachment before Judgment 
5. Where defendant may be called upon to furnish security for production 
of property 
6. Attachment where cause not shown or security not furnished 
7. Mode of making attachment 
8. Investigation of claim to property attached before judgment 
9. Removal of attachment when security furnished or suit dismissed 
10. Attachment before judgment not to affect rights of strangers, nor bar 
decree­holder from applying for sale 
11. Property attached before judgment not to be re­attached in execution 
of decree 
12. Agricultural produce not attachable before judgment 
13. Small Cause Court not to attach immoveable property 
ORDER XXXIX  
Temporary Injunctions and Interlocutory Orders 
Temporary Injunctions 
1. Cases in which temporary injunction may be granted 
2. Injunction to restrain repetition or continuance of breach 
2A. 
2B. Omitted 
2C. Consequences of disobedience or breach of injunction  
3. Before granting injunction Court to direct notice to opposite party 
4. Order for injunction may be discharged, varied or set aside 
4A. Injunction to cease to be in force after certain period 
5. Injunction to corporation binding on its officers 
Interlocutory Orders 
6. Power to order interim sale 
7. Detention, preservation, or inspection, etc., of subject­matter of suit 
8. Application for such orders to be after notice 
9. When party may be put in immediate possession of land the 
subject­matter of suit 
10. Deposit of money, etc., in Court 
ORDER XL  
Appointment of Receivers 
1. Appointment of receivers 
2. Remuneration 
3. Duties 
4. Enforcement of receiver‟s duties 
5. When Collector may be appointed receiver 
ORDER XLI 
Appeals from Original Decrees 
1. Form of appeal. What to accompany memorandum 
Contents of memorandum 
2. Grounds which may be taken in appeal 
3. Rejection or amendment of memorandum 
4. One of several plaintiffs or defendants may obtain reversal of whole 
decree where it proceeds on ground common to all 
Stay of proceedings and of execution 
5. Stay by Appellate Court 
Stay by Court which passed the decree 
6. Security in case of order for execution of decree appealed from 
7. Omitted  
8. Exercise of powers in appeal from order made in execution of decree 
Procedure on admission of appeal  
9. Registry of memorandum of appeal 
Register of Appeals 
10. Appellate Court may require appellant to furnish security for costs 
Where appellant resides out of Pakistan 
11. Power to dismiss appeal without sending notice to Lower Court 
12. Day for hearing appeal 
13. Appellate Court to give notice to Court whose decree appealed from 
Transmission of papers to Appellate Court 
Copies of exhibits in Court whose decree appealed from 
14. Publication and service of notice of day for hearing appeal 
 Appellate Court may itself cause notice to be served 
15. Contents of notice 
Procedure on hearing  
16. Right to begin 
17. Dismissal of appeal for appellant‟s default  
Hearing appeal ex parte 
18. Dismissal of appeal where notice not served in consequence of 
appellant‟s failure to deposit costs 
19. Re­admission of appeal dismissed for default 
20. Power to adjourn hearing and direct person appearing 
interested to be made respondents 
21. Re-hearing on application of respondent against whom ex parte decree 
made 
22. Upon hearing, respondent may be object to decree as if he had 
preferred separate appeal 
Form of objection and provisions applicable thereto 
23. Remand of case by Appellate Court 
23-A. Omitted  
24. Where evidence on record sufficient, Appellate Court may determine 
case finally 
25. Where Appellate Court may frame issues and refer them for trial 
to Court whose decree appealed from 
26. Findings and evidence to be put on record. Objections to findings 
Determination of appeal 
27. Production of additional evidence in Appellate Court 
28. Mode of taking additional evidence 
29. Points to be defined and recorded 
Judgment in appeal 
30. Judgment when and where pronounced 
31. Contents, date and signature of judgment 
32. What judgment may direct 
33. Power of Court of Appeal 
34. Dissent to be recorded 
Decree in appeal  
35. Date and contents of decree 
Judge dissenting from judgment need not sign  decree 
36. Copies of judgment and decree to be furnished to parties 
37. Certified copy of decree to be sent to Court whose decree appealed 
from 
38. 
ORDER XLII 
Appeals from Appellate Decrees  
1. Procedure 
2. 
ORDER XLIII  
Appeals from Orders  
1. Appeals from  orders 
2. Record of the trial Court  
3. Omitted 
4. Omitted 
ORDER XLIV  
Pauper Appeals  
Omitted 
ORDER XLV 
Appeals to the Supreme Court  
1. “Decree” defined 
2. Application to Court whose decree complained of 
3. Certificate as to value or fitness 
4. Consolidation of suits 
5. Remission of dispute to Court of first instance 
6. Omitted 
7. Security and deposit required on grant of certificate 
8. Admission of appeal and procedure thereon 
9. Revocation of acceptance of security 
9A. Omitted 
10. Power to order further security or payment 
11. Effect of failure to comply with order 
12. Refund of balance deposit 
13. Powers of Court pending appeal 
14. Increase of security found inadequate 
15. Procedure to enforce orders of the Supreme Court 
16. Appeal from order relating to execution 
17. Omitted 
ORDER XLV-A 
Execution of Orders of Supreme Court  
1. 
2. 
ORDER XLVI 
Reference 
1. Reference of question to High Court 
2. Court may pass decree contingent upon decision of High Court 
3. Judgment of High Court to be transmitted, and case disposed of 
accordingly 
4. Costs of reference to High Court 
5. Power to alter, etc., decree of Court making reference 
6. Power to refer to High Court questions as to jurisdiction in small 
causes 
7. Power to District Court to submit for revision proceedings had 
under mistake as to jurisdiction in small causes 
ORDER XLVII  
Review 
1. Application for review of judgment 
2. To whom application for review may be made 
3. Form of application for review 
4. Application where rejected 
Application where granted 
5. Application for review in Court consisting of two or more Judges 
6. Application where rejected 
7. Order of rejection not appealable 
Objections to order granting application 
8. Registry of application granted, and order for re­hearing 
9. Bar of certain applications 
ORDER XLVIII  
Miscellaneous  
1. Process to be served at expense of party issuing 
Costs of service 
2. Orders and notices how served 
3. Use of forms in appendices 
ORDER XLIX  
High Courts  
1. Who may serve processes of High Court 
2. Saving in respect of High Courts 
3. Application of rules 
ORDER L 
Provincial Small Cause Courts  
1. Provincial Small Cause Courts 
ORDER LI 
Omitted  
APPENDICES TO THE FIRST SCHEDULE  
FORMS 
A._ PLEADINGS 
1. Titles of suits 
2. Description of parties in particular cases 
3. Plaints 
4. Written statements 
B.__PROCESS 
C.__DISCOVERY, INSPECTION AND ADMISSION 
D.__DECREES 
E.__EXECUTION 
F.__SUPPLEMENTAL PROCEEDINGS 
G.__APPEAL, REFERENCE AND REVIEW 
H.__MISCELLANEOUS 
THE SECOND SCHE DULE 
Repealed 
 
THE THIRD SCHEDULE  
EXECUTION OF DECREES BY COLLECTORS 
 
THE FOURTH SCHEDULE  
Omitted 
 
THE FIFTH SCHEDULE  
Omitted 
TEXT 
1
THE CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE, 1908 
(V of 1908) 
[21 March 1908] 
An 
Act 
to consolidate and amend the laws relating to the Procedure of the Courts of 
Civil Judicature.  
WHEREAS  it is expedient to consolidate and amend the laws relating to t he 
procedure of the Courts of Civil Judicat ure; It is hereby enacted as follows :– 
PRELIMINARY  
1. Short title, commencement and extent .– (1) This Act may be cited as 
the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908. 
(2) It shall come into force on the first day of January, 1909. 
2
[(3) It extends to the whole of Pakistan.] 
2. Definitions.– In this Act, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or 
context,–  
(1) “Code” includes rules: 
(2) “decree” means the formal expression of an adjudication which, so 
far as regards the Court expressing it, conclusively determines the 
rights of the parties with regard to all or any of the matters in 
controversy in the suit and may be either preliminary or final. It 
shall be deemed to include the rejection of a plaint 
3
[, the 
determination of any question within section 144 and an order under 
rule 60, 98, 99, 101, or 103 of Order XXI], but shall not include– 
(a) any adjudication from which an appeal lies as an appeal from 
an order, or 
(b) any order of dismissal for default. 
Explanation.– A decree is preliminary when further proceedings have to be 
taken before the suit can be completely disposed of. It is final when such 
adjudication completely disposes of the suit. It may be partly preliminary and 
partly final: 
                                                
1This Act was published in the Gazette of India, dated: 21 March 1908, pp. 9 -168. For Statement of Objects and Reasons, see 
the Gazette of India, 1907, Part V, p. 179; for Report of the Select Committee, see ibid., 1908, Part V, p. 35; and, for 
Proceedings in Council, see ibid., 1907, Part VI. p. 135 and ibid., 1908, pp. 8, 12 and 212. 
2Substituted by the Central Laws (Statu te Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 
1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the 
Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.  
3Substituted for the expression “and the determination of any question within section 47 or section 144” by the Law Reforms 
Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583 s. 2 read 
with the Schedule. 
(3) “decree­holder” means any person in whose favour a decree has 
been passed or an order capable of execution has been made: 
(4) “district” means the local limits of the jurisdiction of a principal 
Civil Court of original jurisdiction (hereinafter called a “District 
Court”), and includes the local limits of the ordinary original civil 
jurisdiction of a High Court: 
(5) “foreign Court” means a Court situate beyond the limits of 
1
[Pakistan] 
which has no authority in 
2
[Pakistan] and is not established or 
continued by 
3
[the 
4
[Federal Government] 
5
[* * * *] ]: 
(6) “foreign judgment” means the judgment of a foreign Court: 
(7) “Government Pleader” includes any officer appointed by the 
6
[Provincial Government] to perform all or any of the functions 
expressly imposed by this Code on the Government Pleader and 
also any pleader acting under the directions of the Government 
Pleader: 
(8) “Judge” means the presiding officer of a Civil Court: 
(9) “judgment” means the statement given by the Judge of the grounds of 
a decree or order: 
(10) “judgment­debtor” means any person against whom a decree has 
been passed or an order capable of execution has been made: 
(11) “legal representative” means a person who in law represents the 
estate of a deceased person, and includes any person who 
intermeddles with the estate of the deceased and where a party 
sues or is sued in a representative character the person on whom 
the estate devolves on the death of the party so suing or sued: 
(12) “mesne profits” of property means those profits which the person in 
wrongful possession of such property actually received or might 
with ordinary diligence have received therefrom, together with 
interest on such profits, but shall not include profits due to 
improvements made by the person in wrongful possession: 
(13) “moveable property” includes growing crops: 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federation” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 
1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.  
They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” b y  the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 
(G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read 
with Article 4. 
2Ibid. 
3Substituted for the words “the Governor -General in Council”  by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws)  Order, 
1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
4Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P.O. No. 4 of 1975), published 
in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of General 
Adaptations. 
5The words “or the Crown Representative” were omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. 
No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the 
Schedule. 
6Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 19 37, published 
in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations. 
(14) “order” means the formal expression of any decision of a Civil Court 
which is not a decree: 
(15) “pleader” means any person entitled to appear and plead for another 
in Court, and includes an advocate, a vakil and an attorney of a High 
Court: 
(16) “prescribed” means prescribed by rules: 
(17) “public officer” means a person falling under any of the following 
descriptions, namely:– 
(a) every Judge; 
1
[(b) every person in the service of Pakistan;] 
(c) every commissioned or gazetted officer in the military 
2
[naval 
or air] forces of  
3
[Pakistan while in the service of the State]; 
(d) every officer of a Court of Justice whose duty it is, as such 
officer, to investigate or report on any matter of law or fact, or 
to make, authenticate or keep any document, or to take 
charge or dispose of any property, or to execute any judicial 
process, or to administer any oath, or to interpret, or to 
preserve order, in the Court, and every person especially 
authorized by a Court of Justice to perform any of such duties; 
(e) every person who holds any office by virtue of which he is 
empowered to place or keep any person in confinement; 
(f) every officer of 
4
[the Government] whose duty it is, as such 
officer, to prevent offences, to give information of offences, to 
bring offenders to justice, or to protect the public health, 
safety or convenience;  
(g) every officer whose duty it is, as such officer, to take, receive, 
keep or expend any property on behalf of 
5
[the Government], 
or to make any survey, assessment or contract on behalf of 
6
[the Government], or to execute any revenue­process, or to 
                                                
1Substituted by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gaze tte of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345-475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule.  
2Substituted for the words “or naval” by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 15 
September 1934, pp. 181-183, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
3Substituted for the words “His Majesty while serving under [the Crown]” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 
1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959  
on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, 
Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. The words in crotches were earlier subs tituted for the 
words “the Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India 
(Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. The rest of the original expression, after 
the words “His Majesty” and before the words “while serving”, “including His Majesty‟s Indian Marine Service,” was omitted by  
the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181 -183, s. 2 read 
with the Schedule. 
4Substituted for the words “the Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 Jan uary 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. They were earlier substituted for the words “the Government” by the Govern ment of India 
(Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, 
Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
5Ibid. 
6Ibid. 
investigate, or to report on, any matter affecting the pecuniary 
interests of 
1
[the Government], or to make, authenticate or 
keep any document relating to the pecuniary interests of 
2
[the Government] or to prevent the infraction of any law for 
the protection of the pecuniary interests of 
3
[the 
Government]; and 
(h) every officer in the service or pay of 
4
[the Government], or 
remunerated by fees or commission for the performance of 
any public duty: 
(18) “rules” means rules and forms contained in the First Schedule or 
made under section 122 or section 125: 
(19) “share in a corporation” shall be deemed to include stock, 
debenture stock, debentures or bonds: and 
(20) “signed,” save in the case of a judgment or decree, includes stamped. 
5
[3. Hierarchy of Courts .– For purposes of this Code, the hierarchy of Civil  
Courts shall be the same as provided in the Punjab Civil Courts Ordinance, 1962 (II 
of 1962).] 
4. Savings.– (1) In  the absence of any specific provision to the contrary, 
nothing in this Code shall be deemed to limit or otherwise affect any special or local 
law now in force or any special jurisdiction or power conferred, or any special form 
of procedure prescribed, by or under any other law for the time being in force. 
 (2) In particular and without prejudice to the generality of the proposition 
contained in sub­section (1), nothing in this Code shall be deemed to limit or 
otherwise affect any remedy which a land­holder or landlord may have under any 
law for the time being in force for the recovery of rent of agricultural land from the 
produce of such land. 
5. Application of the Code to the Revenue Courts .– (1) Where any 
Revenue Courts are governed by the provisions of this Code in those 
matters of procedure upon which any special enactment applicable to them is 
silent, the 
6
[Provincial Government], 
7
[* * * *  * * * * * * *],  may, by notification in the 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “the Crown” by the Central Laws (Ada ption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1 961, pp. 102-163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. They were earlier substituted for the words “the Government” by the Government of India 
(Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Ext raordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, 
Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
2Ibid. 
3Ibid. 
4Ibid. 
5Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2020 (XIV of 2020), published in the Punjab Gazette 
(Extraordinary), dated: 11 August 2020, pp. 557-560, s. 2. 
6Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published 
in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations. 
7The words “with the previous sanction of the Governor General in Council” were omitted by the Devolution Act, 1920 (XXXVIII 
of 1920), published in the Government Gazette, Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 24 September 1920, pp. 127-153, s. 2 
read with the First Schedule. 
1
[Official Gazette], declare that any portions of those provisions which are not 
expressly made applicable by this Code shall not apply to those Courts, or 
shall only apply to them with such modifications as the 
2
[Provincial Government], 
3
[* * * * ] , may prescribe. 
(2) “Revenue Court” in sub-section (1) means a Court having 
jurisdiction under any local law to entertain suits or other proceedings relating to 
the rent, revenue or profits of land used for agricultural purposes, but does not 
include a Civil Court having original jurisdiction under this Code to try such suits 
or proceedings as being suits or proceeding of a civil nature. 
[6.  Pecuniary Jurisdiction .– Save in so far as is otherwise expressly provided, 
nothing herein contained shall operate to give any Court jurisdiction over suits the 
amount or value of the subject-matter of which exceeds the pecuniary limits (if any) of its 
ordinary jurisdiction. 
4
[7. Provincial Small Cause Courts.– *  * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
5
[8. Presidency Small Cause Courts.– *  * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
PART I 
SUITS IN GENERAL 
JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS AND RES JUDICATA 
9. Courts to try all civil suits unless barred .– The Courts shall (subject to 
the provisions herein contained) have  jurisdiction to try all suits of a civil nature 
excepting suits of which their cognizance is either expressly or impliedly barred  
6
[or for which a general or a special law is in force].  
Explanation.– A suit in which the right to property or to an office i s contested is 
a suit of a civil nature, notwithstanding that such right may depend entirely on 
the decision of questions as to religious rites or ceremonies.  
10. Stay of suit.– No Court shall proceed with the trial of any suit in which the 
matter in issue is also directly and substantially in issue in a previously instituted 
suit between the same parties, or between parties under whom they or any of 
them claim litigating under the same title where such suit is pending in the same or 
any other Court in 
7
[Pakistan] having jurisdiction to grant the relief claimed, or in 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “local official Gazette”  by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, 
published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 4 read with the Table of General 
Adaptations. 
2Ibid., for the words “Local Government”. 
3The words “with the sanction aforesaid” were omitted by the Devolution Act, 1920 (XXXVIII of 1920), published in the 
Government Gazette, Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 24 September 1920, pp. 127 -153, s. 2 read with the First 
Schedule. 
4Omitted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette 
(Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 3. 
5Omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
6Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punj ab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette 
(Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 4. 
7Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federation” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 
1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
any Court beyond the limits of 
1
[Pakistan] established or continued by 
2
[the 
3
[Federal Government] 
4
[* * * *] ]  and having like jurisdiction, or before 
5
[the 
Supreme Court]. 
Explanation.– The pendency of a suit in a foreign Court does not preclude 
the Courts in 
6
[Pakistan] from trying a suit founded on the same cause of action. 
11. Res judicata.– No Court shall try suit or issue in which the matter directly 
and substantially in issue has been directly and substantially in issue in a former 
suit between the same parties, or between parties under whom they or any of 
them claim, litigating under the same title, in a Court competent to try such 
subsequent suit or the suit in which such issue has been subsequently raised, 
and has been heard and finally decided by such Court. 
Explanation I.– The expression "former suit" shall denote a suit which has been 
decided prior to the suit in question whether or not it was instituted prior thereto. 
Explanation II.– For the purposes of this section, the competence of a Court 
shall be determined irrespective of any provisions as to a right of appeal from the 
decision of such Court. 
Explanation III.– The matter above referred to must in the former suit have 
been alleged by one party and either denied or admitted, expressly or impliedly, by 
the other. 
Explanation IV.– Any matter which might and ought to have been made 
ground of defence or attack in such former suit shall be deemed to have been a 
matter directly and substantially in issue in such suit. 
Explanation V.– Any relief claimed in the plaint, which is not expressly granted 
by the decree, shall, for the purposes of this section, be deemed to have been 
refused. 
Explanation VI.– Where persons litigate bona fide in respect of a public right or of 
a private right claimed in common for themselves and others, all persons 
                                                                                                                                                  
They were earlier sub stituted for the words “British India” by  the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 
(G.G.O. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read 
with Article 4. 
1Ibid. 
2Substituted for the words “the Governor -General in Council” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 
1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
3Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of 
General Adaptations. 
4The words “or the Crown Representative” were omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. 
No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the 
Schedule. 
5Substituted for the words “His Majesty in Council”  by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by 
the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959  on 21 January 1961;  
and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the 
Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 
6Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federation" by the Central  Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 
1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” by  the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 
(G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read 
with Article 4. 
interested in such right shall, for the purposes of this section, be deemed to 
claim under the persons so litigating. 
12. Bar to further suit .– 
1
[(1)] Where a plaintiff is precluded by rules from 
instituting a further suit in respect of any particular cause of action, he shall not be 
entitled to institute a suit in respect of such cause of action in any Court to which 
this Code applies. 
2
[(2) Where a person challenges the validity of a judgment, decree or 
order on the plea of fraud, misrepresentation or want of jurisdiction, he shall 
seek his remedy by making an application to the Court which passed the final 
judgment, decree or order and not by a separate suit.] 
3
[(3) For purposes of the disposal of an application under subsection (2), the 
Court may, in the interest of expeditious disposal, apply such fair procedure as the 
circumstances of the case warrant, and shall, unless, for reasons to be recorded it  
directs otherwise, order any fact to be proved or disproved by affidavit.] 
13. When foreign judgment not conclusive. – A foreign judgment shall be 
conclusive as to any matter thereby directly adjudicated upon between the 
same parties or between parties under whom they or any of them claim litigating 
under the same title except– 
(a) where it has not been pronounced by a Court of competent 
jurisdiction; 
(b) where it has not been given on the merits of the case; 
(c) where it appears on the face of the proceedings to be founded on 
an incorrect view of international law or a refusal to recognise the 
law of 
4
[Pakistan] in cases in which such law is applicable; 
(d) where the proceedings in which the judgment was obtained are 
opposed to natural justice; 
(e) where it has been obtained by fraud; 
(f) where it sustains a claim founded on a breach of any law in force in 
5
[Pakistan]. 
14. Presumption as to foreign judgment .– The Court shall presume, upon 
the production of any document purporting to be a certified copy of a foreign 
Judgment, that such Judgment was pronounced by a Court of competent 
                                                
1Renumbered by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1980 (X of 1980), published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 26 March 1980, s. 2. 
2Added ibid. 
3Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amen dment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette 
(Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 5. 
4Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federation” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 
1960 (XX I of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.  
They were earlier substitute d for the words “British India” b y  the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 
(G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read 
with Article 4. 
5Ibid. 
Jurisdiction, unless the contrary appears on the record; but such presumption may 
be displaced by proving want of jurisdiction. 
PLACE OF SUING 
15. Court in which suits to be instituted .– Every suit shall be instituted in the 
Court of the lowest grade competent to try it. 
16. Suits to be instituted where subject­matter situa te.– Subject to the 
pecuniary or other limitations prescribed by any law, suits– 
(a) for the recovery of immoveable property with or without rent or profits,  
(b) for the partition of immoveable property,  
(c) for foreclosure, sale or redemption in the case of a mortgage of or 
charge upon immoveable property,  
(d) for the determination of any other right to or interest in immoveable 
property, 
(e) for compensation for wrong to immoveable property,  
(f) for the recovery of moveable property actually under distrai nt or 
attachment, 
shall be instituted in the Court within the local limits of whose jurisdiction the 
property is situate  
1
[, or, in the case of suits referred to in clause (c), at the place 
where the cause of action has wholly or partly arisen]: 
Provided that a suit to obtain relief respecting, or compensation for wrong to, 
immoveable property held by or on behalf of the defendant may, where the relief 
sought can be entirely obtained through his personal obedience, be instituted  
either in the Court within the local limits of whose jurisdiction the property is 
situate 
2
[, or, in the case of suits referred to in clause (c), at the place where the 
cause of action has wholly or partly arisen], or in the Court within the local 
limits of whose jurisdiction the defendant actually and voluntarily resides, or 
carries on business, or personally works for gain. 
Explanation.– In this section "property" means property situate in 
3
[Pakistan]. 
17. Suits for immoveable property situate within jurisdiction of different 
Courts.– Where a suit is to obtain relief respecting, or compensation for wrong 
to, immoveable property situate within the jurisdiction of different Courts, the suit 
may be instituted in any Court within the local limits of whose jurisdiction any 
portion of the property is situate: 
                                                
1Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1962 (XLIV of 1962); made by the President on 5 June 
1962; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 7 June 1962, pp. 921-953, s. 6. 
2Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure ( Amendment) Ordinance, 1962 (XLIV of 1962); made by the President on 5 June 
1962; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 7 June 1962, pp. 921-953, s. 6. 
3Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federati on” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 
1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came  into force on 14 October 1955. 
They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” b y  the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 
(G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read 
with Article 4. 
Provided that, in respect of the value of the subject­matter of the suit, the 
entire claim is cognizable by such Court. 
18. Place of institution of suit where local limits of jurisdiction, of Courts 
are uncertain .– (1) Where it is alleged to be uncertain within the local limits of 
the jurisdiction of which of two or more Courts any immoveable property is 
situate, any one of those Courts may, if satisfied that there is ground for the 
alleged uncertainty, record a statement to that effect and thereupon proceed to 
entertain and dispose of any suit relating to that property, and its decree in the suit 
shall have the same effect as if the property were situate within the local limits of 
its Jurisdiction: 
Provided that the suit is one with respect to which the Court is competent as 
regards the nature and value of the suit to exercise Jurisdiction. 
(2) Where a statement has not been recorded under sub­section (1), and 
an objection is taken before an appellate or revisional Court that a decree or 
order in a suit relating to such property was made by a Court not having 
jurisdiction where the property is situate, the appellate or revisional Court shall not 
allow the objection unless in its opinion there was, at the time of the institution of 
the suit, no reasonable ground for uncertainty as to the Court having jurisdiction 
with respect thereto and there has been a consequent failure of justice. 
19. Suits for compensation for wrongs to person or moveables .– Where a 
suit is for compensation for wrong done to the person or to moveable property, if 
the wrong was done within the local limits of the jurisdiction of one Court and the 
defendant resides, or carries on business, or personally works for gain, within the 
local limits of the jurisdiction of another Court, the suit may be instituted at the 
option of the plaintiff in either of the said Courts. 
Illustrations 
(a) A, residing in 
1
[Karachi], beats B in 
2
[Quetta]. B may sue A 
either in 
3
[Quetta] or 
4
[Karachi]. 
(b) A, residing in 
5
[Karachi], publishes in 
6
[Quetta] statements defamatory 
of B. B may sue A either in 
7
[Quetta] or in 
8
[Karachi]. 
20. Other suits to be instituted where defendants reside or cause of action 
arises.– Subject to the limitations aforesaid, every suit shall be instituted in a 
Court within the local limits of whose jurisdiction– 
(a) the defendant, or each of the defendants where there are more than 
one, at the time of the commencement of the suit, actually and 
voluntarily resides, or carries on business, or personally works for 
gain; or 
(b) any of the defendants, where there are more than one, at the time of 
the commencement of the suit, actually and voluntarily resides, or 
carries on business, or personally works for gain, provided that in 
such case either the leave of the Court is given, or the defendants 
who do not reside, or carry on business, or personally work for 
gain, as aforesaid, acquiesce in such institution; or 
(c) the cause of action, wholly or in part, arises. 
Explanation I.– Where a person has permanent dwelling at one place and 
also a temporary residence at another place, he shall be deemed to reside at 
both places in respect of any cause of action arising at the place where he has 
such temporary residence. 
Explanation II.– A corporation shall be deemed to carry on business at its sole or 
principal office in 
1
[Pakistan] or, in respect of any cause of action arising at any 
place where it has also a subordinate office, at such place. 
                                                
1Substituted for the word “Delhi” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the 
President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), date d: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 
3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
2Substituted for the word “Dacca” by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published 
in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345-475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. It was earlier 
substituted for the word “Calcutta” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the 
President on 7 June 1960; and, wa s published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 
3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
3Ibid. 
4Substituted for the word “Delhi” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 196 0 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the 
President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 
3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
5Ibid. 
6Substituted for the word “Dacca” by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published 
in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345 -475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. It was earlier 
substituted for the word “Calcutta” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the 
President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 
3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
7Ibid. 
8Substituted for the word “Delhi” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the 
President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordina ry), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 
3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
Illustrations 
 (a) A is a tradesman in 
2
[Lahore]. B carries on business in 
3
[Karachi]. B, 
by his agent in 
4
[Lahore], buys  goods of A and requests A to deliver them to the 
5
[Pakistan International Airways]. A delivers the goods accordingly in 
6
[Lahore]. A 
may sue B for the price of the goods either in 
7
[Lahore] where the cause of action 
has arisen, or in 
8
[Karachi], where B carries on business. 
 (b) A resides at 
9
[Murree], B at 
10
[Lahore] and C at 
11
[Karachi]. A, B 
and C being together at 
12
[Bahawalpur], B and C make a joint promissory note 
payable on demand, and deliver it to A. A may sue B and C at 
13
[Bahawalpur], 
where the cause of action arose. He may also sue them at 
14
[Lahore], where B 
                                                                                                                                                  
1Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federation” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 
1960 (XXI of 1960) ; assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” by  the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 
(G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read 
with Article 4. 
2Substituted for the word “Dacca” by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published 
in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345 -475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. It was earlier 
substituted for the word “Calcut ta” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the 
President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 
3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
3Substituted for the word “Delhi” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the 
President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725-845, s. 
3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
4Substituted for the word “Dacca” by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published 
in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345 -475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. It was earlier 
substituted for the word “Calcutta” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the 
President on 7 June 1960; and, was publishe d in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 
3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
5Substituted for the words “East India Railway Company” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); 
assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 
1960, pp. 725-845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
6Substituted for the word “Dacca” by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published 
in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345 -475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. It was earlier 
substituted for the wo rd “Calcutta” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the 
President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 
3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
7Ibid. 
8Substituted for the word “Delhi” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the 
President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary ), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 
3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
9Substituted ibid., for the word “Simla”. 
10Substituted for the word “Dacca” by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published 
in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345 -475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. It was earlier 
substituted for the word “Calcutta”  Substituted for the word “Delhi” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI 
of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 
June 1960, pp. 725-845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
11Substituted for the word “Delhi” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the 
President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 
3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
12Substituted ibid., for the word “Benares”. 
13Ibid. 
14Substituted for the word “Dacca” by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published 
in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345-475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. It was earlier 
substituted for the word “Calcutta”  by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the 
President on 7 June 1960; and, w as published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 
3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
resides, or at 
1
[Karachi], where C resides; but in each of these cases, if the 
non­resident defendant objects, the suit cannot proceed without the leave of the 
Court. 
21. Objections to jurisdiction .– No objection as to the place of suing shall 
be allowed by any appellate or revisional Court unless such objection was 
taken in the Court of first instance at the earliest possible opportunity and in all 
cases where issues are settled at or before such settlement, and unless there has 
been a consequent failure of justice. 
22. Power to transfer suits which may be instituted in more than one Court.– 
Where a suit may be instituted in any one of two or more Courts and is instituted 
in one of such Courts, any defendant, after notice to the other parties, may, at 
the earliest possible opportunity and in all cases where issues are settled at or 
before such settlement, apply to have the suit transferred to another Court, and 
the Court to which such application is made, after considering the objections of 
the other parties (if any), shall determine in which of the several Courts having 
jurisdiction the suit shall proceed. 
23. To what Court application lies .– (1) Where the several Courts having 
jurisdiction are subordinate to the same Appellate Court, an application under 
section 22 shall be made to the Appellate Court. 
 (2) Where such Courts are subordinate to different Appellate Courts 
but to the same High Court, the application shall be made to the said High Court. 
 (3) Where such Courts are subordinate to different High Courts, the 
application shall be made to the High Court within the local limits of whose 
jurisdiction the Court in which the suit is brought is situate. 
24. General power of transfer and withdrawal .– (1) On the application of any 
of the parties and after notice to the parties and after hearing such of them as 
desire to be heard, or of its own motion without such notice, the High Court or the 
District Court may at any stage– 
(a) transfer any suit, appeal or other proceeding pending before it for 
trial or disposal to any Court subordinate to it and competent to try or 
dispose of the same, or 
(b) withdraw any suit, appeal or other proceeding pending in any Court 
subordinate to it, and 
(i) try or dispose of the same; or 
(ii) transfer the same for trial or disposal to any Court subordinate 
to it and competent to try or dispose of the same; or 
(iii) retransfer the same for trial or disposal to the Court from which 
it was withdrawn. 
 (2) Where any suit or proceeding has been transferred or withdrawn 
under sub­section (1), the Court which thereafter tries such suit may, subject to 
                                                
1Substituted for the word “Delhi” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI  of 1960); assented to by the 
President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 
3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
any special directions in the case of an order of transfer, either retry it or proceed 
from the point at which it was transferred or withdrawn. 
 (3) For the purposes of this section, Courts of Additional and Assistant 
Judges shall be deemed to be subordinate to the District Court. 
1
[(4) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
2
[24A. Appearance of parties on transfer of suit, etc .– (1) Where any suit is 
transferred under section 22, or any suit, appeal or other proceeding is transferred 
or withdrawn under sub­section (1) of section 24 on the application of a party, the 
Court ordering the transfer or withdrawal shall fix a date for the appearance of 
the parties before itself, if the suit, appeal or other proceeding is to be tried or 
disposed of by itself, or before the Court to which the case is so transferred. 
 (2) Where any suit, appeal or other proceeding is transferred from one 
Court to another, otherwise than on the application of a party, the parties thereto 
shall appear before the Court from which the suit, appeal or other proceeding is to 
be transferred, on the day already fixed for their appearance before that Court, 
and such Court shall then communicate the order of transfer to such parties and 
direct them to appear before the Court to which the suit, appeal or other 
proceeding is to be transferred, either on the same day, or on such earliest day 
as may be reasonable having regard to the distance at which the other Court is 
located.] 
3
[25. Power of 
4
[ Provincial Government] to transfer suit.– *  *  *  *  *  * * *   ] 
INSTITUTION OF SUITS 
5
[26. Institution of suits through plaint .– (1) Every s uit shall be instituted by 
presentation of a plaint in such manner as may be prescribed. 
(2) The plaintiff shall file as many copies of the plaint and accompanying documents with 
the plaint as there are defendants to the suit, to be sent along with the summons. 
(3) It shall be duty of the Court to maintain electronic records of the proceedings in suits 
in such manner as may be prescribed. 
Explanation.– For purposes of this subsection, the word “suits” includes any proceeding in 
applications, appeals, reviews, revisions or anything incidental thereto. 
26A. Written statement.– (1) The defendant shall file written statement not later than thirty 
days from the date of his first appearance in the Court. 
                                                
1Omitted by the Code of Civil  Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette 
(Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 6. 
2Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1962 (XLIV of 1962); made by the President on 5 June 
1962; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 7 June 1962, pp. 921-953, s. 7.  
3Omitted by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; 
and, was published  in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second 
Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
4Substituted for the words “Governor-General in Council” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indi an Laws) Order, 1937, 
published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 4 read with the Table of General 
Adaptations. 
5Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2020 (XIV of 2020), published  in the Punjab Gazette 
(Extraordinary), dated: 11 August 2020, pp. 557-560, s. 3: the provisions for electronic maintenance of records and proceedings 
shall come into force on such date as the Government may by Notification in the official Gazette appoint. 
(2) The defendant shall provide additional copies of written  statement and of the 
documents annexed therewith for each of the parties and for the Court. 
(3) If the defendant fails to file the written statement within the time frame provided under 
subsection (1), the Court shall close the right to defend the case. 
 26B. Framing of issues, filing of list of witnesses, recording of evidence and hearing 
of final arguments.– (1) The Court shall, within seven days of filing of the written statement, 
frame issues. 
(2) The parties may, within seven days of framing of the issues, raise objections on such 
issues, and shall provide a list of witnesses and certificate of readiness for production of 
evidence. 
(3) Upon framing of the issues, filing of the list of witnesses and certificate of readiness 
for production of evidence, t he Court may itself record the evidence or may direct a 
Commission to record the evidence in the prescribed manner. 
(4) For purposes of subsection (3), the Court shall appoint a Commission from a list of 
approved panel, comprising of advocates and retired judges, maintained by the District 
Judge concerned, on payment of such fee and terms and conditions as may be determined 
by the Court. 
(5)  The Court or the Commission, as the case may be, shall complete recording of 
evidence and proceedings in writing and  through audio and video recording within ninety 
days of fulfilment of the requirements contained in subsection (3). 
(6) The Court, upon completion of evidence of the parties, shall complete the hearing of 
final arguments of the parties within twenty days: 
Provided that the parties may file written arguments in the Court within the time frame under 
this subsection.]
SUMMONS AND DISCOVERY 
27. Summons to defendant .– Where a suit has been duly instituted, a 
summons may be issued to the defendant to appear and answer the claim and 
may be served in manner prescribed. 
1
[27A. Process of summons .– (1) The summons shall be issued simultaneously, unless 
otherwise ordered by the Court, to the defendant, by registered post acknowledgment due 
and another copy of the summ ons by courier service signed and sealed in such manner as 
may be prescribed, or as the Court may determine, by urgent mail service of Pakistan Post, 
at the expense of the plaintiff. 
 (2) The Court shall order simultaneous service by– 
(a) affixing a copy o f the summons at some conspicuous part of the house in which the 
defendant is known to have last resided or carried on business or personally worked 
for gain;  
(b) any modern device including electronic device of communication which may include 
mobile, tel ephone, telegram, phonogram, telex, fax, radio, television etc. in the 
prescribed manner; 
(c) urgent mail service or public courier services; 
(d) publication in the press in the prescribed manner; and 
(g) any other manner or mode as it may deem fit.] 
(3) Location of the process server serving the summons shall be monitored by modern 
devices in the prescribed manner, and the process server shall take photograph of the 
defendant or the premises or the person accepting service of summons on behalf of the 
defendant, which shall be made part of the record as a proof of service of the process.] 
28. Service of summons where defendant resides in another province .– (1) 
A summons may be sent for service in another province to such Court and in such 
manner as may be prescribed by rules in force in that province. 
 (2) The Court to which such summons is sent shall, upon receipt 
thereof, proceed as if it had been issued by such Court and shall then return the 
summons to the Court of issue together with the record (if any) of its proceedings 
with regard thereto. 
29. Service of foreign summonses .– Summonses 
2
[and other processes] 
issued by any Civil or Revenue Court situate 
3
[outside 
4
[Pakistan] ] may be sent to 
the Courts 
5
[in 
1
[Pakistan] ]  and served as if they 
2
[were summonses] issued by 
such Courts: 
                                                
1Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2020 (XIV of 2020), published in the Punjab Gazette 
(Extraordinary), dated: 11 August 2020, pp. 557-560, s. 4. 
2Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1940 (XXXIV of 1940), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 30 
November 1940, p. 129, s. 2. 
3Substituted for the words “beyond the limits of British India”  by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 
(G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read 
with the Schedule. 
4Substituted for the words “the Provinces” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by 
the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725-845, 
s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.  
5Substituted for the words “in British India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinance s Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 
1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the 
Schedule. 
3
[Provided that the Courts issuing such summonses 
4
[or processes] 
have been established or continued by the authority of the 
5
[Federal 
Government] 
6
[* * * * * ] or that the Provincial Government 
7
[of the Province in 
which such summonses or processes are] to be served has by notification in the 
Official Gazette declared the provisions of this section to apply to 
8
[such Courts]. ] 
30. Power to order discovery and the like .– Subject to such conditions and 
limitations as may be prescribed, the Court may, at any time, either of its own motion 
or on the application of any party,– 
(a) make such orders as may be necessary or reasonable in all matters 
relating to the delivery and answering of interrogatories, the 
admission of documents and facts, and the discovery, inspection, 
production, impounding and return of documents or other 
material objects producible as evidence; 
(b) issue summonses to persons whose attendance is required either 
to give evidence or to produce documents or such other objects as 
aforesaid; 
9
[(c) order any fact to be proved or disproved by affidavit.] 
31. Summons to witness .– The provisions in sections 27, 28 and 29 shall 
apply to summonses to give evidence or to produce documents or other material 
objects. 
32. Penalty for default.– The Court may compel the attendance of any person 
to whom a summons has been issued under section 30 and for that purpose may– 
(a) issue a warrant for his arrest;  
(b) attach and sell his property; 
(c) impose a fine upon him not exceeding 
1
[two thousand] rupees; 
                                                                                                                                                  
1Substituted for the words “any Province” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by 
the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725-845, 
s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
2Substituted for the words “had been” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1940 (XXXIV of 1940), published in the 
Gazette of India, dated: 30 November 1940, p. 129, s. 2. 
3Substituted by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the G azette of India 
(Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
4Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1940 (XXXIV of 1940), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 30 
November 1940, p. 129, s. 2. 
5Substituted for the words “Central Government”  by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order, 1975 (P O. No. 4 of 1975), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of 
General Adaptations. 
6The words “or of the Crown Representative” were omitted  by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 
(G.G.O. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with 
the Schedule. 
7Substituted for the words “by whose Courts a summons is” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1940 (XXXIV of 
1940), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 30 November 1940, p. 129, s. 2: it came into force on 1 April 1937 except  the 
words “or processes”.  
8Substituted ibid., for the words “Courts of the Province”.  
9Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette 
(Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 7. 
(d) order him to furnish security for his appearance and in default 
commit him to 
2
[* *] prison. 
JUDGMENT AND DECREE 
3
[33. Judgment and decree.– The Court, after the case has been heard, shall pronounce 
judgment maximum within fifteen  days and on such judgment a decree shall follow 
simultaneously.] 
INTEREST 
34. Interest.– (1) Where and in so far as a decree is for the payment of 
money, the Court may, in the decree, order interest at such rate as the Court 
deems reasonable to be paid on the principal sum adjudged, from the date of 
the suit to the date of the decree, in addition to any interest adjudged on such 
principal sum for any period prior to the institution of the suit, with further interest at 
such rate as the Court deems reasonable on the aggregate sum so adjudged, 
from the date of the decree to the date of payment, or to such earlier date as the 
Court thinks fit. 
 (2) Where such a decree is silent with respect to the payment of further 
interest on such aggregate sum as aforesaid from the date of the decree to the 
date of payment or other earlier date, the Court shall be deemed to have refused 
such interest, and a separate suit therefore shall not lie. 
4
[34A. Interest on public dues .– (1) Where the Court is of opinion that a suit was 
instituted with intent to avoid the payment of any public dues payable by the 
plaintiff or on his behalf, the Court may, while dismissing such suit, make an order 
for payment of interest on such public dues at the rate of two per cent, above the 
prevailing bank rate. 
 (2) Where the Court is of opinion that the recovery of any public 
dues from the plaintiff was unjustified, the Court may, while disposing of the suit, 
make an order for payment of interest on the amount recovered at the rate of two 
per cent, above the prevailing bank rate. 
Explanation.– In this section,– 
(a) "bank rate" means the bank rate determined and made public under 
the provisions of the State Bank of Pakistan Act, 1956 (XXXIII of 
1956); and 
(b) "public dues" includes the dues of any bank owned by the Federal 
Government or of any corporation or undertaking owned or controlled 
by the Federal Government or a Provincial Government or of any 
local authority.] 
                                                                                                                                                  
1Substituted for the words “five hundred”  by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 
27 July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 6. 
2The words “the civil” were omitted ibid. 
3Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette 
(Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 8. 
4Inserted by the Code of Civil Pr ocedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1980 (X of 1980), published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 26 March 1980, s. 3. 
1
[34B. Interest, etc., on dues of banking company .– Where and in so far as a 
decree is for payment of money due to a banking company in re-payment of a 
loan advanced by it, the Court shall, in the decree, provide for interest or return, 
as the case may be, on the judgment debt from the date of decree till payment– 
(a) in the case of interest-bearing loans, for interest at the contracted 
rate or at the rate of two per cent above the bank rate, whichever is 
the higher; 
(b) in the case of loans given on the basis of mark­up in price, lease, 
hire­purchase or service charges, for the contracted rate of mark­up, 
rental, hire or service charges, as the case may be, or at the latest 
rate of the banking company for similar loans, whichever is the 
higher; and 
(c) in the case of loans given on the basis of participation in profit and 
loss, for return at such rate, not being less than the annual rate of 
profit for the preceding six months paid by the banking company on 
term deposits of six months accepted by it on the basis of 
participation in profit and loss, as the court may consider just 
and reasonable in the circumstances of the case, keeping in 
view the profit-sharing agreement entered into between the 
banking company and the judgement debtor when the loan was 
contracted. 
Explanation.– In this section in clause (a), “bank rate” has the same meaning as 
in section 34A.] 
COSTS 
35. Costs.– 2
[(1) Subject to such conditions and limitations, as may be 
prescribed, and to the provisions of law for the time being in force, the costs of an 
incident to all suits and other proceedings in the suit including exec ution 
proceedings, shall follow the event, and the Court shall have full power to determine 
by whom or out of which property and to what extent such costs are to be paid, and 
to give all necessary directions for the purpose aforesaid. 
(1a) The fact that the Court has no jurisdiction to try the suit shall be no bar 
to exercising the powers under subsection (1).] 
(2) Where the Court directs that any costs shall not follow the event, 
the Court shall state its reasons in writing. 
(3) The Court may give interest on costs at any rate not exceeding six 
per cent per annum, and such interest shall be added to the costs and shall be 
recoverable as such. 
                                                
1Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1980 (LXIII of 1980), published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 24 December 1980, pp. 557 -558, s. 2. The amending Ordinance provided that the provisions of the 
Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, as amended, shall have effect notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time  
being in force or any agreement, contract, memorandum or article of association or other instrument. See s. 3. 
2Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette 
(Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 9. 
1
[35A. Compensatory costs in respect of false or vexatious claims or 
defences.– (1) If  in any suit or other proceeding 
2
[(including an execution 
proceeding)], not being an appeal, any party objects to the claim or defence on 
the ground that the claim or defence or any part of it is, as against the 
objector, false or vexatious to the knowledge of the party by whom it has been 
put forward, and if thereafter, as against the objector, such claim or defence is 
disallowed, abandoned or withdrawn in whole or in part, the Court, if the 
objection has been taken at the earliest opportunity and if it is satisfied of the 
justice thereof, may, after recording its reasons for holding such claim or defence 
to be false or vexatious, make an order for the payment to the ob jector, by the 
party by whom such claim or defence has been put forward, of costs by way of 
compensation. 
(2) No Court shall make any such order for the payment of an amount 
exceeding 
3
[one hundred  thousand] rupees or exceeding the limits of its pecuniary 
jurisdiction, whichever amount is less: 
4
[* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *  ] 
Provided 
5
[* * *]  that the High Court may limit the amount which any Court 
or class of Courts is empowered to award as costs under this section. 
 (3) No person against whom an order has been made under this section 
shall, by reason thereof, be exempted from any criminal liability in respect of any 
claim or defence made by him. 
 (4) The amount of any compensation awarded under this section in 
respect of a false or vexatious claim or defence shall be taken into account in 
any subsequent suit for damages or compensation in respect of such claim or 
defence.] 
PART II 
EXECUTION 
GENERAL 
36. Application to orders .– The provisions of this Code relating to the 
execution of decrees shall, so far as they are applicable, be deemed to apply to 
the execution of orders. 
                                                
1Inserted by the Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1922 (IX of 1922), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 11 March 1922, 
p. 37, s. 2.  
2Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1963 (III of 1963); assented to by t he President on 3 April 1963; 
and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 3 April 1963, pp. 284b-284d, s. 3.  
3Substituted for the words “twenty-five thousand” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 201 8), 
published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 10. They were earlier substituted for 
the words “five thousand” by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 (XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 July 1994; 
and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683 -688, s. 7. They were earlier 
substituted for the words “one thousand” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1962 (XLIV of 1962); made 
by the President on 5 June 1962; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 7 June 1962, pp. 921 -
953, s. 9.  
4The first proviso was omitted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the 
Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 10. 
5Ibid., for the expression “, further,”. 
37. Definition of Court which passed a decree .– The expression "Court which 
passed a decree," or words to that effect, shall, in relation to the execution of 
decrees, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context, be deemed 
to include,– 
(a) where the decree to be executed has been passed in the exercise 
of appellate jurisdiction, the Court of first instance, and 
(b) where the Court of first instance has ceased to exist or to have 
jurisdiction to execute it, the Court which, if the suit wherein the 
decree was passed was instituted at the time of making the 
application for the execution of the decree, would have jurisdiction to 
try such suit. 
COURTS BY WHICH DECREES MAY BE EXECUTED 
38. Court by which decree may be executed .– A decree may be executed 
either by the Court which passed it, or by the Court to which it is sent for 
execution. 
39. Transfer of decree .– (1) The Court which passed a decree may, on the 
application of the decree­holder, send it for execution to another Court,– 
(a) if the person against whom the decree is passed actually and 
voluntarily resides or carries on business, or personally works for 
gain, within the local limits of the jurisdiction of such other Court, or 
(b) if such person has not property within the local limits of the 
jurisdiction of the Court which passed the decree sufficient to satisfy 
such decree and has property within the local limits of the jurisdiction 
of such other Court, or 
(c) if the decree directs the sale or delivery of immoveable property 
situate outside the local limits of the Jurisdiction of the Court which 
passed it, or 
(d) if the Court which passed the decree considers for any other reason, 
which it shall record in writing, that the decree should be executed by 
such other Court. 
 (2) The Court which passed a decree may of its own motion send 
it for execution to any subordinate Court of competent jurisdiction. 
40. Transfer of decree to Court in another province .– Where a decree is 
sent for execution in another province, it shall be sent to such Court and 
executed in such manner as may be prescribed by rules in force in that province. 
41. Result of execution -proceeding to be certified .– The Court to which a 
decree is sent for execution shall certify to the Court which passed it the fact of 
such execution, or where the former Court fails to execute the same the 
circumstances attending such failure. 
42. Powers of Court in executing transferred decree .– 
1
[(1)] The Court 
executing a decree sent to it shall have the same powers in executing such 
decree as if it had been passed by itself. All persons disobeying or obstructing the 
execution of the decree shall be punishable by such Court in the same manner 
as if it had passed the decree. And its order in executing such decree shall be 
subject to the same rules in respect of appeal as if the decree had been passed 
by itself. 
2
[(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provision, the 
Court executing a decree sent to it shall have the following powers, namely:– 
(a) power under section 39 to transfer the decree to another Court, if 
necessary; 
(b) power under sub­section (1) of  section 50 to permit execution to 
proceed against the legal representatives of a deceased judgment 
debtor; 
(c) power under section 152 to correct clerical or arithmetical errors; 
(d) power under rule 16 of Order XXI to recognise the assignment of a 
decree; 
(e) power under sub- rule (2) of rule 50 of Order XXI to grant leave to 
a decree- holder to proceed against a person not already 
recognised as a partner in a firm in an execution proceeding 
against the firm; 
(f) power under clause (b) of sub­rule (1) of rule 53 of Order XXI to give 
notice of attachment of decree passed by another Court.] 
43. Execution of decrees passed by British Courts in places to which this 
Part does not extend or in foreign territory .– Any decree passed by a Civil 
Court established in any 
3
[area in 
4
[Pakistan] ] to which the provisions relating to 
execution do not extend, 
5
[* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *]  may, if it cannot be 
                                                
1Renumbered by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1962 (XLIV of 1962); made by the President on 5 June 
1962; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 7 June 1962, pp. 921-953, s. 10. 
2Added ibid. 
3Substituted for the words “part of British India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 
1949), published in the Gazette of Pa kistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the 
Schedule. 
4Substituted for the words “the Provinces”  by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to 
by the President on 7 June 1960; and, w as published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -
845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
5The expression “or by any Court established or continued by the authority of the Federal G overnment in any Acceding State,” 
was omitted by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345 -475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule, item 46 . The words “ any 
Acceding State” were earlier substituted for the words “the territories of any foreign Province or State” by  the Adaptation of 
Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary) , dated: 28 
March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the Schedule . Before that for the words  “the Governor-General in Council ”, the 
words  “the Central  Government or Crown Representative” were substituted by the Government of India (Adaptation of India n 
Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the 
First Schedule: the expression “ or Crown Representative” was omitted by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 
(XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), 
dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955; and, for the 
words “Central Government”, the words “Federal Government” were substituted by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 
(IV of 1975), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the 
Table of General Adaptations. 
executed within the jurisdiction of the Court by which it was passed, be executed 
in manner herein provided within the jurisdiction of any Court in 
1
[Pakistan]. 
2
[44. Execution of decrees passed by Courts of Acceding States.–  *  * *   ] 
3
[44-A. Execution of decrees passed by Courts in the reciprocating territory .– 
(1) Whe re a certified copy of a decree of any of the Superior Courts of the 
reciprocating territory has been filed in a District Court, the decree may be executed 
in Pakistan as if it had been passed by the District Court. 
(2) Together with the certified copy of the decree shall be filed a certificate 
from such superior Court stating the extent, if any, to which the decree has been 
satisfied or adjusted and such certificate shall, for the purposes of proceedings 
under this section, be conclusive proof of the exten t of such satisfaction or 
adjustment. 
(3) The provisions of section 47 shall as from the filing of the certified copy 
of the decree apply to the proceedings of a District Court executing a decree under 
this section, and the District Court shall refuse exec ution of any such decree, if it is 
shown to the satisfaction of the Court that the decree falls within any of the 
exceptions specified in clauses (a) to (f) of section 13. 
Explanation 1 .– “Reciprocating territory” means such country or territory as the 
Federal Government may, from time to time, by notification in the official Gazette, 
declare to be reciprocating territory for the purposes of this section; and “superior 
Courts”, with reference to any such territory, means such Courts as may be specified 
in the said notification. 
Explanation 2.– “Decree”, with reference to a superior Court, means any decree or 
judgment of such Court under which a sum of money is payable, not being a sum 
payable in respect of taxes or other charges of a like nature or in respec t of a fine or 
other penalty, and does not include an arbitration award, even if such award is 
enforceable as a decree or judgment.] 
4
[45. Execution of decrees in foreign territory.– * * * * * * * * *  ]  
46. Precepts.– (1) Upon the application of the decree­holder the Court which 
passed the decree may, whenever it thinks fit, issue a precept to any other Court 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federation” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 
1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.  
They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” b y  the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 
(G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read 
with Article 4. 
2Omitted by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345-475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. It was earlier substituted by the 
Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 Apri l 
1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
3Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette 
(Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 11. It was inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 
1937 (VIII of 1937), published in the Gazette of India,  s. 2. 
4Omitted by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345-475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. It was earlier substituted by the 
Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 Apri l 
1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
which would be competent to execute such decree to attach any property 
belonging to the judgment­debtor and specified in the precept. 
 (2) The Court to which a precept is sent shall proceed to attach the 
property in the manner prescribed in regard to the attachment of property in 
execution of a decree: 
Provided that no attachment under a precept shall continue for more 
than two months unless the period of attachment is extended by an order of the 
Court which passed the decree or unless before the determination of such 
attachment the decree has been transferred to the Court by which the 
attachment has been made and the decree­holder has applied for an order for the 
sale of such property. 
QUESTIONS TO BE DETERMINED BY COURT 
EXECUTING DECREE 
47. Questions to be determined by the Court executing decree .– (1) All 
questions arising between the parties to the suit in which the decree was passed, 
or their representatives, and relating to the execution, discharge or satisfaction of 
the decree, shall be determined by the Court executing the decree and not by a 
separate suit. 
 (2) The Court may, subject to any objection as to limitation or jurisdiction, 
treat a proceeding under this section as a suit or a suit as a proceeding and may, 
if necessary, order payment of any additional court­fees. 
 (3) Where a question arises as to whether any person is or is not the 
representative of a party, such question shall, for the purposes of this section, be 
determined by the Court. 
Explanation.– For the purposes of this section, a plaintiff whose suit has been 
dismissed and a defendant against whom a suit has been dismissed, are parties to 
the suit. 
LIMIT OF TIME FOR EXECUTION 
48. Execution barred in certain cases .– (1) Where an application to execute 
a decree not being a decree granting an injunction has been made, no order for 
the execution of the same decree shall be made upon any fresh application 
presented after the expiration of 
1
[six years] from– 
(a) the date of the decree sought to be executed, or, 
(b) where the decree or any subsequent order directs any payment of 
money or the delivery of any property to be made at a certain date 
or at recurring periods, the date of the default in making the 
payment or delivery in respect of which the applicant seeks to 
execute the decree. 
 (2) Nothing in this section shall be deemed– 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “twelve years” by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583 s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
(a) to preclude the Court from ordering the execution of a decree 
upon an application presented after the expiration of the said term 
of 
1
[six years], where the judgment­debtor has, by fraud or force, 
prevented the execution of the decree at some time within 
2
[six 
years] immediately before the date of the application; or 
(b) to limit or otherwise affect the operation of article 
3
[183 of the 
First Schedule to the 
4
[*] Limitation Act, 1908
5
]. 
TRANSFEREES AND LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES 
49. Transferee.– Every transferee of a decree shall hold the same subject 
to the equities (if any) which the Judgment­debtor might have enforced against the 
original decree­holder. 
50. Legal representative .– (1) Where a judgment­debtor dies before the 
decree has been fully satisfied, the holder of the decree may apply to the Court 
which passed it to execute the same against the legal representative of the 
deceased. 
 (2) Where the decree is executed against such legal representative, he 
shall be liable only to the extent of the property of the deceased which has come 
to his hands and has not been duly disposed of; and, for the purpose of 
ascertaining such liability, the Court executing the decree may, of its own 
motion or on the application of the decree­holder, compel such legal 
representative to produce such accounts as it thinks fit. 
PROCEDURE IN EXECUTION 
51. Powers of Court to enforce ex ecution.– Subject to such conditions and 
limitations as may be prescribed, the Court may, on the application of the 
decree­holder, order execution of the decree– 
(a) by delivery of any property specifically decreed; 
(b) by attachment and sale or by sale without attachment of any 
property; 
(c) by arrest and detention in prison; 
(d) by appointing a receiver; or 
(e) in such other manner as the nature of the relief granted may require.  
1
[Provided that 
2
[* * * * * * * * *] execution by detention in prison shall not be 
ordered unless, after giving the judgment­debtor an opportunity of showing cause 
                                                
1Ibid. 
2Ibid. 
3Substituted for the expression “180 of the Second Schedule to the Indian Limitation Act, 1877"  by the Code of Civil Procedure 
(Amendment) Act, 1940 (XXXIV of 1940), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 30 November 1940, p. 129, s. 3. 
4The word “Indian” deemed to be omitted  by virtue of omission of the said word in the “short title”  of the Indian Limitation Act, 
1908 by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
5IX of 1908. 
why he should not be committed to prison, the Court, for reasons recorded in 
writing, is satisfied– 
(a) that the judgment­debtor, with the object or effect of obstructing or 
delaying the execution of the decree,– 
(i) is likely to abscond or leave the local limits of the jurisdiction of 
the Court, or 
(ii) has, after the institution of the suit in which the decree was 
passed, dishonestly transferred, concealed, or removed any part 
of his property, or committed any other act of bad faith in relation 
to his property; or 
(b) that the judgment­debtor has, or has had since the date of the decree, 
the means to pay the amount of the decr ee or some substantial part 
thereof and refuses or neglects or has refused or neglected to pay the 
same, or 
(c) that the decree is for a sum for which the judgment-debtor was bound in 
a fiduciary capacity to account. 
Explanation.– In the calculation of the  means of the judgment­debtor for the 
purposes of clause (b), there shall be left out of account any property which, by or 
under any law or custom having the force of law for the time being in force, is exempt 
from attachment in execution of the decree.] 
52. Enforcement of decree against legal representative .– (1) Where a decree 
is passed against a party as the legal representative of a deceased person, and the 
decree is for the payment of money out of the property of the deceased, it may be 
executed by the attachment and sale of any such property. 
 (2) Where no such property remains in the possession of the 
judgment­debtor and he fails to satisfy the Court that he has duly applied such 
property of the deceased as is proved to have come into his possession, the decree 
may be executed against the judgment­debtor to the extent of the property in respect 
of which he has failed so to satisfy the Court in the same manner as if the decree had 
been against him personally. 
53. Liability of ancestral property .– For the purposes of section 50 and section 
52, property in the hands of a son or other descendant which is liable under Hindu law 
for the payment of the debt of a deceased ancestor, in respect of which a decree has 
been passed, shall be deemed to be property of the deceased which has come to the 
hands of the son or other descendant as his legal representative. 
54. Partition of estate or separation of share .– Where the decree is for the 
partition of an undivided estate assessed to the payment of revenue to  
3
[the 
                                                                                                                                                  
1Added by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1936 (XXI of 1936),  published in the Gazette of India, dated: 7 
November 1936, pp. 63-64, s. 2. 
2The expression “where the decree is for t he payment of money” was omitted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) 
Ordinance, 1980 (X of 1980), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 26 March 1980, s. 4. 
3Substituted for the words “the Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in 
the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
1
[ Government] ], or for the separate possession of a share of such an estate, the 
partition of the estate or the separation of the share shall be made by the Collector or 
any gazetted subordinate of the Collector deputed by him in this behalf, in accordance 
with the law (if any) for the time being in force relating to the partition, or the separate 
possession of shares, of such estates. 
ARREST AND DETENTION 
55. Arrest and detention.– (1) A judgment­debtor may be arrested in execution of 
a decree at any hour and on any day, and shall, as soon as practicable, be brought 
before the Court 2[which may make an order for his detention in prison to suffer simple 
imprisonment for a period not exceeding one year]: 
Provided, firstly, that, for the purpose of making an arrest under this section, no 
dwelling­house shall be entered after sunset and before sunrise: 
Provided, secondly, that no outer door of a dwelling­house shall be broken 
open unless such dwelling­house is in the occupancy of the judgment­debtor and he 
refuses or in any way prevents access thereto, but when the officer authorized to 
make the arrest has duly gained access to any dwelling­house, he may break open 
the door of any room in which he has reason to believe the judgment­debtor is to be 
found: 
Provided, thirdly, that, if the room is in the actual occupancy of a woman who is 
not the judgement­debtor and who according to the customs of the country does not 
appear in public, the officer authorized to make the arrest shall give notice to her that 
she is at liberty to withdraw, and, after allowing a reasonable time for her to withdraw 
and giving her reasonable facility for withdrawing, may enter the room for the purpose 
of making the arrest: 
Provided, fourthly, that, where the decree in execution of which a 
judgment­debtor is arrested, is a decree for the payment of money and the 
judgment­debtor pays the amount of the decree and the costs of the arrest to the 
officer arresting him, such officer shall at once release him. 
(2) The 
3
[Provincial Government] may, b y notification in the 
4
[Official 
Gazette], declare that any person or class of persons whose arrest might be attended 
with danger or inconvenience to the public shall not be liable to arrest in execution of a 
decree otherwise than in accordance with such p rocedure as may be prescribed by 
the 
5
[Provincial Government] in this behalf. 
                                                
1Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P .O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
2Substituted for the expression “, and his detention may be in the civil prison of the district in which the Court ordering th e 
detention is situate, or, where such civil prison does not afford suitable accommodation, in any other place which the Provincial 
Government may appoint for the detention of persons ordered by the Courts of such district to be detained ” by the Code of 
Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1980 (X of 1980), published in the  Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 26 
March 1980,  s. 5.  
3Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published 
in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations. 
4Ibid., for the words “local official Gazette”. 
5Ibid., for the words “Local Government”. 
1
[(3) A judgment­debtor detained in prison under subsection (1) shall not, 
merely by reason of undergoing such imprisonment, be discharged from his liability 
under the decree, bu t he shall not be liable to be re­arrested under the decree in 
execution of which he was so detained in prison.] 
56. Prohibition of arrest or detention of women in execution of decree for 
money.– Notwithstanding anything in this Part, the Court shall not order the arrest or 
detention in the 
2
[*] prison of a woman in execution of a decree for the payment of 
money. 
3
[57. Subsistence-allowance.– * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
4
[58. Release from detention.– Every person detained in prison in execution of a 
decree shall be released from such detention, before the expiry of the period of 
detention, if– 
(a) the amount mentioned in the warrant for the detention is paid to the 
officer in charge of the prison; or 
(b) the decree against him is otherwise fully satisfied; or 
(c) the person on whose application he has been detained so requests: 
Provided that he shall not be released from such detention without the order of 
the Court.] 
5
[59. Release on ground of illness.– * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
ATTACHMENT 
60. Property liable to attachment and sale in execution of decree .– (1) The 
following property is liable to attachment and sale in execution of a decree, namely, 
lands, houses or other  buildings, goods, money, banknotes, cheques, bills of 
exchange, hundis, promissory notes, Government securities, bonds or other securities 
for money, debts, shares in a corporation and, save as hereinafter mentioned, all other 
saleable property, moveable or immoveable, belonging to the judgment­debtor, or 
over which, or the profits of which, he has a disposing power which he may exercise 
for his own benefit, whether the same be held in the name of the judgment­debtor or 
by another person in trust for him or on his behalf:– 
Provided that the following particulars shall not be liable to such attachment or 
sale, namely: 
(a) the necessary wearing­apparel, cooking vessels, beds and bedding of 
the judgment­debtor, his wife and children, and such personal 
ornaments as, in accordance with religious usage, cannot be parted with 
by any woman; 
                                                
1Substituted for subsection (3) and (4) by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1980 (X of 1980), published in 
the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 26 March 1980, s. 5.  
2Omitted ibid., for the word “civil”,  s. 6. 
3Omitted ibid., s. 7. 
4Substituted ibid., s. 8. 
5Omitted ibid., s. 9. 
(b) tools of artisans, and, where the judgment­debtor is an agriculturist, his 
implements of husbandry and such cattle and seed­grain as may, in the 
opinion of the Court, be nece ssary to enable him to earn his livelihood 
as such, and such portion of agricultural produce or of any class of 
agricultural produce as may have been declared to be free from liability 
under the provisions of the next following section; 
(c) houses and other buildings (with the materials and the sites thereof and 
the land immediately appurtenant thereto and necessary for their 
enjoyment) belonging to an agriculturist and occupied by him; 
(d) books of account; 
(e) a mere right to sue for damages; 
(f) any right of personal service; 
(g) stipends  and  gratuities allowed to 
1
[pensioners of  the 
2
[Government] ], 
or payable out of any service family  pension fund notified in the 
3
[Official Gazette] by 
4
[the 
5
[Federal Government] or the Provincial 
Government] in this behalf, and political pensions; 
6
[(h) the wages of labourers and domestic servants, whether payable in 
money or in kind; 
7
[* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *];  
8
[(i) salary to the extent of the first hundred rupees and one­half the 
remainder: 
Provided that where such salary is the salary of a  
9
[servant of the State] or a 
servant of a railway 
10
[*] or local authority, and the whole or any part of the portion of 
such salary liable to attachment has been under attachment, whether continuously or 
intermittently for a total period of twenty­four months, such portion shall be exempt 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “pensioners of the Go vernment” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 
1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
2Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 Janua ry 1961, pp. 102-163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
3Substituted for the words “Gazette of India” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in 
the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations. 
4Ibid., for the words “ the Governor-General in Council”, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
5Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adapta tion of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of 
General Adaptations. 
6Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Second Amendment) Act , 1937 (IX of 1937), published in the Gazette of India, 
dated: 13 March 1937, pp. 21-22, s. 2. It was provided that the amendments effected had no effect on a suit instituted before 1 
June 1937: see ibid., s. 3. 
7The expression “and salary, to the extent o f the first hundred rupees and one -half the remainder of such salary” was omitted 
by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1943 (V of 1943), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 3 April 1943, pp.  
2-3, s. 2. 
8Substituted ibid. It was earlier sub stituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Second Amendment) Act, 1937 (IX of 1937), 
published in the Gazette of India, dated: 13 March 1937, pp. 21-22, s. 2. 
9Substituted for the words “servant of the Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by 
the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959  on 21 January 1961;  
and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the 
Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 
10The word “company” was omitted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1962 (XLIV of 1962); made by the 
President on 5 June 1962; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 7 June 1962, pp. 921 -953, s. 
13. 
from attachment until the expiry of a further period of twelve months and, where such 
attachment has been made in execution of one and the same decree, shall be finally 
exempt from attachment in execution of that decree;] ] 
(j) the pay and allowances of persons to whom the 
1
[ 
2
[Pakistan Army 
Act, 1952
3
],  
4
[* * * * *] ] apply 
5
[or of persons oth er than commissioned 
officers to whom the  
6
[Pakistan Navy Ordinance, 1961 ( XXXV of 
1961)], applies] ]; 
(k) all compulsory deposits and other sums in or derived from any fund to 
which the Provident Funds Act, 
7
[1925], for the time being applies in 
so far as they are declared  by the said Act not to be liable to 
attachment; 
8
[(l) any allowance forming part of the emoluments of any 
9
[servant of 
the State] or of any servant of a railway 
10
[* ] or local authority 
which the 
11
[appropriate Government] may by notification in the 
12
[Official Gazette] declare to be exempt from attachment, and 
any subsistence grant or allowance made to 
13
[any such servant] while 
under suspension;] 
(m) an expectancy of succession by survivorship or other merely 
contingent or possible right or interest; 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “Indian Articles of War” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, 
published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
2Substituted for the expression “Indian Army Act, 1911” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); 
assented to by the President on 7  June 1960; and, was  published  
in the Gazette of Pa kistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into 
force on 14 October 1955. 
3XXXIX of 1952. 
4The words “or the Burma Army Act” were omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 
of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the 
Schedule. 
5Added by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181-183, 
s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
6Substituted for the expression “Naval Discipline Act as modified by the Pakistan Navy (Discipline) Act, 1934” by the Federal 
Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gaze tte of Pakistan (Extraordinary) dated: 
8 July 1981, pp.345-475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule.  
7Substituted for the figure “1897” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Second Amendment) Act, 1937 (IX of 1937), published in the 
Gazette of India, dated: 13 M arch 1937, pp. 21-22, s. 2. It was provided that the amendments effected had no effect on a suit 
instituted before 1 June 1937: see ibid., s. 3. 
8Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Second Amendment) Act, 1937 (IX of 1937), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 
13 March 1937, pp. 21-22, s. 2. 
9Substituted for the words “servant of the Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by 
the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrang ements Order, 1959  on 21 January 1961; 
and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the 
Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. They were earlier substituted for the words “ public officer” by the Code of Civil 
Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1943 (V of 1943), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 3 April 1943, pp. 2-3, s. 2. 
10The word “company“ was omitted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1962 (XLIV of 1962); made by the 
President on 5 June 1962; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 7 June 1962, pp. 921 -953, s. 
13. 
11Substituted for the words “Governor General in Council”  by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws ) 
Supplementary Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 29 July 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 2 read 
with the Schedule: it came into force on 1 April 1937. 
12Substituted for the words “Gazette of India” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in 
the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations. 
13Substituted for the words “any such officer or servant” by the Code of Civil  Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1943 (V of 1943), 
published in the Gazette of India, dated: 3 April 1943, pp. 2-3, s. 2. 
(n) a right to future maintenance; 
(o) any allowance declared by 
1
[any 
2
[Pakistan law] ] to be exempt from 
liability  to attachment or sale in execution of a decree; and, 
(p) where the judgment­debtor is a person liable for the payment of 
land­revenue, any moveable property which, under any law for the 
time being applicable to him, is exempt from sale for the recovery of 
an arrear of such revenue. 
3
[Explanation. 1].– The particulars mentioned in clauses (g), (h), (i), (j), (l) and 
(o) are exempt from attachment or sale whether before or after they are actually 
payable 
4
[and in the case of salary other than salary of a 
5
[servant of the State] 
or a servant of a railway 
6
[*] or local authority the attachable portion thereof is 
exempt from attachment until it is actually payable]. 
7
[Explanation 2.– In clauses (h) and (i), „salary‟ means the total monthly 
emoluments, excluding any allowance declared exempt from attachment under the 
provisions of clause (l), derived by a person from his employment whether on duty 
or on leave.] 
8
[Explanation 3.– In clause (I) “appropriate Government” means– 
(i) as respects any 
9
[person] in the service of the 
10
[Federal 
Government], or any servant 
11
[of railway or] 
12
[* * * * *]  of a 
                                                
1Substituted for the words expression “any law passed under the Indian Councils Acts, 1861 and 1892”  by the Government of 
India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -
344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
2Substituted for  the words “Indian law” by  the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
3Renumbered by the Code of Civil Procedure (Second Amendment) Act, 1937 (IX of 1937), published in the Gaze tte of India, 
dated: 13 March 1937, pp. 21-22, s. 2.  It was provided that the amendments effected had no effect on a suit instituted before 1 
June 1937: see ibid., s. 3. 
4Added ibid. 
5Substituted for the words “servant of the Crown” by the Central Laws (A daption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by 
the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959  on 21 January 1961;  
and, was published in the Gazette of  Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 Januar y 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the 
Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. They were earlier substituted for the words “public officer” by the Code of Ci vil 
Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1943 (V of 1943), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 3 April 1943, pp. 2-3, s. 2. 
6The word “company” was omitted  by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1962 (XLIV of 1962); made by the 
President on 5 June 1962; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 7 June  1962, pp. 921-953, s. 
13. 
7Added by the Code of Civil Procedure (Second Amendment) Act, 1937 (IX of 1937), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 
13 March 1937, pp.21 -22, s. 2. It was provided that the amendments effected had no effect on a suit instit uted before 1 June 
1937: see ibid., s. 3. 
8Inserted by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Supplementary Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India 
(Extraordinary), dated: 29 July 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 1 April 1937. 
9Substituted for the words “public officer” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1943 (V of 1943), published in the  
Gazette of India, dated: 3 April 1943, pp. 2-3, s. 2. 
10Substituted for the words “Central Governm ent” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order, 1975 (P.O. No. 4 of 1975), 
published in Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of General 
Adaptations. 
11Inserted ibid., Article 2 read with the Schedule. 
12The words “of a [Government] Railway or” were omitted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1962 (XLIV 
of 1962); made by the President on 5 June 1962; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 7 June 
1962, pp. 921 -953, s. 13. The word in crotches was earlier substituted for the word “Federal” by the Central Laws Adaption 
Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated 24 January 1961, pp.102 -174, 
Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 
cantonment authority or of the port authority of a major port, the 
1
[Federal Government]; 
2
[(ii) *  * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
(iii) as respects any other 
3
[servant of the State] or a servant of any 
4
[* * * 
* *] local authority, the Provincial Government.] 
(2) Nothing in this section shall be deemed– 
5
[*] to exempt houses and other buildings (with the materials and the sites 
thereof and the lands immediately appurtenant thereto and necessary for their 
enjoyment) from attachment or sale in execution of decrees for rent of any such 
house, building, site or land, 
6
[*] 
7
[ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
61. Partial exemption of agricultural produce .– The 
8
[Provincial 
Government], 
9
[* * * * * * * * * *],  may, by general or special order published in the 
10
[Official Gazette], declare that such portion of agricultural produce, or of any 
class of agricultural produce, as may appear to the 
11
[Provincial Government] to be 
necessary for the purpose of providing until the next harvest for the due cultivation 
of the land and for the support of the judgment­debtor and his family shall, in the 
case of all agriculturists or of any class of agriculturists, be exempted from liability 
to attachment or sale in execution of a decree. 
62. Seizure of property in dwelling­house .– (1) No person executing any 
process under this Code directing or authorizing seizure of moveable property 
shall enter any dwelling­house after sunset and before sunrise. 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “Central Government”  by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of 
General Adaptations. 
2Omitted by  the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
3Substituted for the words “servant of the Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by 
the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959  on 21  January 1961; 
and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the 
Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. They were earlier substituted for the words “public officer”  by the Code of Civil 
Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1943 (V of 1943), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 3 April 1943, pp. 2-3, s. 2. 
4The words “railway or of any other” were omitted by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order, 1975 (P.O. No. 4 of 1975), 
published in Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Schedule. They 
were earlier substituted for the words “other railway or” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1962 (XLIV of 
1962); made by the President on 5 June 1962; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 7 June 
1962, pp. 921-953, s. 13. 
5The expression “(a)” was repealed by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1914 (X of 1914), published in the Gazette of India, 
dated: 21 March 1914, pp. 47-59, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. 
6The word “or” was repealed ibid. 
7Clause (b) repealed ibid.  
8Substituted for the words “Local Government”  by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published 
in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations. 
9The words “with the previous sanction of the Governor General in Council” were omitted  by the Devolution Act, 1920 (XXXVIII 
of 1920), published in the Government Gazette, Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 24 September 1920, pp. 127 -153, s. 2 
read with the First Schedule. 
10Substituted for the words “local official Gazette”  by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, 
published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 4 read with the Table of General 
Adaptations. 
11Ibid., for the words “Local Government”. 
 (2) No outer door of a dwelling­house shall be broken open unless 
such dwelling­house is in the occupancy of the judgment­debtor and he refuses or 
in any way prevents access thereto, but when the person executing any such 
process has duly gained access to any dwelling­house, he may break open the 
door of any room in which he has reason to believe any such property to be. 
 (3) Where a room in a dwelling­house is in the actual occupancy of a 
woman who, according to the customs of the country, does not appear in public, 
the person executing the process shall give notice to such woman that she is at 
liberty to withdraw; and, after allowing reasonable time for her to withdraw and 
giving her reasonable facility for withdrawing, he may enter such room for the 
purpose of seizing the property, using at the same time every precaution, 
consistent with these provisions, to prevent its clandestine removal. 
63. Property attached in execution of decrees of several Courts .– (1) 
Where property not in the custody of any Court is under attachment in execution 
of decrees of more Courts than one, the Court which shall receive or realize 
such property and shall determine any claim thereto and any objection to the 
attachment thereof shall be the Court of highest grade, or, where there is no 
difference in grade between such Courts, the Court under whose decree the 
property was first attached. 
 (2) Nothing in this section shall be deemed to invalidate any proceeding 
taken by a Court executing one of such decrees. 
64. Private alienation of property after attachment to be void .– Where an 
attachment has been made, any private transfer or delivery of the property 
attached or of any interest therein and any payment to the judgment­debtor of 
any debt, dividend or other monies contrary to such attachment, shall be void as 
against all claims enforceable under the attachment. 
Explanation.– For the purposes of this section, claims enforceable under an 
attachment include claims for the rateable distribution of assets. 
SALE 
65. Purchaser‟s title .– Where immoveable property is sold in execution of a 
decree and such sale has become absolute, the property shall be deemed to have 
vested in the purchaser from the time when the property is sold and not from the 
time when the sale becomes absolute. 
66. Suit against purchaser not maintainable on ground of purchase being 
on behalf of plaintiff .– (1) No suit shall be maintained against any person 
claiming title under a purchase certified by the Court in such manner as may be 
prescribed on the ground that the purchase was made on behalf of the plaintiff or 
on behalf of someone through whom the plaintiff claims. 
 (2) Nothing in this section shall bar a suit to obtain a declaration that 
the name of any purchaser certified as aforesaid was inserted in the certificate 
fraudulently or without the consent of the real purchaser, or interfere with the 
right of a third person to proceed against that property, though ostensibly sold to 
the certified purchaser, on the ground that it is liable to satisfy a claim of such third 
person against the real owner. 
67. Power for 
1
[Provincial Government ] to make rules as to sales of land in 
execution of decrees for payment of mo ney.– 
2
[(1)] The 
3
[Provincial 
Government], 
4
[* * * * * * * * * * ], may, by notification in the 
5
[Official Gazette], 
make rules for any local area imposing conditions in respect of the sale of any 
class of interests in land in execution of decrees for the payment of money, 
where such interests are so uncertain or undetermined as, in the opinion of the 
6
[Provincial Government], to make it impossible to fix their value. 
7
[(2) When, on the date on which this Code came into operation in any 
local area, any special rules as to sale of land in execution of decrees were in 
force therein, the 
8
[Provincial Government] may, by notification in the 
9
[Official 
Gazette], declare such rules to be in force, or may, 
10
[ *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  * ], 
by a like notification, modify the same. 
Every notification issued in the exercise of the powers conferred by this 
sub­section shall set out the rules so continued or modified.] 
DELEGATION TO COLLECTOR OF POWER TO EXECUTE 
DECREES AGAINST IMMOVEABLE PROPERTY 
68. Power to prescribe rules for t ransferring to Collector execution of 
certain decrees .– The 
11
[Provincial Government] may, 
12
[* * * * * * * * * *],  declare, 
by notification in the 
13
[Official Gazette], that in any local area the execution of 
decrees in cases in which a Court has ordered any immoveable property to be 
sold, or the execution of any particular kind of such decrees, or the execution of 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published 
in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations. 
2Renumbered  by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1914 ( I of 1914), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 17 
January 1914, p. 1, s. 3. 
3Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published 
in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations. 
4The words “with the previous sanction of the Governor  General in Council”  were  omitted  by  the Devolution Act, 1920 
(XXXVIII of 1920), published in the Government Gazette, Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 24 September 1920, pp. 127 -
153, s. 2 read with the First Schedule. 
5Substituted for the words “local official Gazette” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, 
published in the Gazette of India  (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 4 read with the Table of General 
Adaptations. 
6Ibid., for the words “Local Government”. 
7Added by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1914 (I of 1914), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 17 January 
1914, p. 1, s. 3. 
8Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published 
in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations. 
9Ibid., for the words “local official Gazette”. 
10The words “with the previous sanction of the Governor General in Council” were omitted  by the Devolution Act, 1920 
(XXXVIII of 1920), published in the Government Gazette, Punj ab and its Dependencies, dated: 24 September 1920, pp. 127 -
153, s. 2 read with the First Schedule. 
11Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published 
in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations. 
12The words “with the previous sanction of the Governor General in Council” were omitted by the Devolution Act, 1920 (XXXVIII 
of 1920), published in the Governmen t Gazette, Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 24 September 1920, pp. 127 -153, s. 2 
read with the First Schedule.  
13Substituted for the words “local official Gazette” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, 
published in the Gaze tte of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 4 read with the Table of General 
Adaptations. 
decrees ordering the sale of any particular kind of, or interest in, immoveable 
property, shall be transferred to the Collector. 
69. Provisions of  Third Schedule to apply .– The provisions set forth in the 
Third Schedule shall apply to all cases in which the execution of a decree has 
been transferred under the last preceding section. 
70. Rules of procedure .– (1) The 
1
[Provincial Government] may make rules 
consistent with the aforesaid provisions– 
(a) for the transmission of the decree from the Court to the Collector, 
and for regulating the procedure of the Collector and his 
subordinates in executing the same, and for retransmitting the 
decree from the Collector to the Court; 
(b) conferring upon the Collector or any gazetted subordinate of the 
Collector all or any of the powers which the Court might exercise in 
the execution of the decree if the execution thereof had not been 
transferred to the Collector; 
(c) providing for orders made by the Collector or any gazetted 
subordinate of the Collector, or orders made on appeal with respect 
to such orders, being subject to appeal to, and revision by, superior 
revenue­authorities as nearly as may be as the orders made by the 
Court, or orders made on appeal with respect to such orders, would 
be subject to appeal to, and revision by, appellate or revisional 
Courts under this Code or other law for the time being in force if the 
decree had not been transferred to the Collector. 
(2) Jurisdiction of Civil Courts barred .– A power conferred by rules 
made under sub­section (1) upon the Collector or any gazetted subordinate of 
the Collector, or upon any appellate or revisional authority, shall not be 
exercisable by the Court or by any Court in exercise of any appellate or 
revisional jurisdiction which it has with respect to decrees or orders of the Court. 
71. Collector deemed to be acting judicially .– In executing a decree 
transferred to the Collector under section 68 the Collector and his subordinates 
shall be deemed to be acting judicially. 
72. Where Court may authorize Collector to stay public sale of land .– (1) 
where in any local area in which no declaration under section 68 is in force the 
property attached consists of land or of a share in land, and the Collector 
represents to the Court that the public sale of the land or share is 
objectionable and that satisfaction of the decree may be made within a 
reasonable period by a temporary alienation of the land or share, the Court 
may authorize the Collector to provide for such satisfaction in the manner 
recommended by him instead of proceeding to a sale of the land or share. 
 (2) In every such case the provisions of sections 69 to 71 and of any 
rules made in pursuance thereof shall apply so far as they are applicable. 
                                                
1Ibid., for the words “Local Government”. 
DISTRIBUTION OF ASSESTS 
73. Proceeds of execution sale to be rateably distributed among 
decree­holders.– (1) Where assets are held by a Court and more persons than 
one have, before the receipt of such assets, made application to the Court for 
the execution of decrees for the payment of money passed against the same 
judgment­debtor and have not obtained satisfaction thereof, the assets, after 
deducting the costs of realization, shall be rateably distributed among all such 
persons: 
Provided as follows:– 
(a) where any property is sold subject to a mortgage or charge, the 
mortgagee or incumbrancer shall not be entitled to share in any 
surplus arising from such sale; 
(b) where any property liable to be sold in execution of a decree is 
subject to a mortgage or charge, the Court may, with the consent of 
the mortgagee or incumbrancer, order that the property be sold 
free from the mortgage or charge, giving to the mortgagee 
or incumbrancer the same interest in the proceeds of the sale as he 
had in the property sold; 
(c) where any immoveable property is sold in execution of a decree 
ordering its sale for the discharge of an incumbrance thereon, the 
proceeds of sale shall be applied– 
first, in defraying the expenses of the sale; 
secondly, in discharging the amount due under the decree; 
thirdly, in discharging the interest and principal monies due on subsequent 
incumbrances (if any); and, 
fourthly, rateably among the holders of decrees for the payment of 
money against the judgment- debtor, who have, prior to the sale of the 
property, applied to the Court which passed the decree ordering such sale 
for execution of such decrees, and have not obtained satisfaction thereof. 
 (2) Where all or any of the assets liable to be rateably distributed under 
this section are paid to a person not entitled to receive the same, any person so 
entitled may sue such person to compel him to refund the assets. 
 (3) Nothing in this section affects any right of 
1
[the 
2
[Government] ]. 
RESISTANCE TO EXECUTION 
3
[74. Resistance to execution .– (1) Where the Court is satisfied that the holder 
of a decree for the possession of property or a purchaser of property sold in 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “the Government”  by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in 
the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
2Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minis ter 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
3Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1980 (X of 1980), published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 26 March 1980, s. 10. 
execution of a decree has been resisted or obstructed in obtaining possession of 
the property by the judgment­debtor or any other person on his behalf and that 
such resistance or obstruction was without any just cause, the Court may, at 
the instance of the decree­holder or the purchaser, order the judgment­debtor 
or such other person to undergo simple imprisonment for a term which may 
extend to thirty days and may further direct that the decree­holder or the 
purchaser be put into possession of the property. 
 (2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub­section (1), where a 
judgment­debtor or any other person resists or obstructs the execution of a 
decree, the Court may direct the officer in charge of the police­station within 
whose jurisdiction the judgment­debtor or such other person resides or where the 
property to which the decree relates is situate to provide the necessary 
police assistance for the execution of the decree.] 
PART III 
INCIDENTAL PROCEEDINGS 
COMMISSIONS 
75. Power of Court to issue commissions .– Subject to such conditions and 
limitations as may be prescribed, the Court may issue a commission– 
(a) to examine any person; 
(b) to make a local investigation; 
(c) to examine or adjust accounts; or  
(d) to make a partition. 
76. Commission to another Court .– (1) A commission for the examination of 
any person may be issued to any Court (not being a High Court) situate in a 
province other than the province in which the Court of issue is situate and having 
jurisdiction in the place in which the person to be examined resides. 
 (2) Every Court receiving a commission for the examination of any 
person under sub­section (1) shall examine him or cause him to be examined 
pursuant thereto, and the commission, when it has been duly executed, shall be 
returned together with the evidence taken under it to the Court from which it was 
issued, unless the order for issuing the commission has otherwise directed, in 
which case the commission shall be returned in terms of such order. 
77. Letter of request .– In lieu of issuing a commission the Court may issue a 
letter of request to examine a witness residing at any place not within 
1
[Pakistan]. 
78. Commissions issued by foreign Courts .– 
2
[Subject to such conditions and 
limitations as may be prescribed,] the provisions as to the execution and return 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital  of the Federation” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 
1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second S chedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.  
They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” b y  the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 
(G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read 
with Article 4. 
2Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1932 (X of 1932), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 16 April  
1932, p. 22, s. 2. 
of commissions for the examination of witnesses shall apply to commissions 
issued by 
1
[or at the instance of]– 
(a) Courts situate beyond the limits of 
2
[Pakistan] and established  
or  continued  by the authority of 
3
[* * * *]  
4
[the 
5
[Federal 
Government] 
6
[* * * * *]  ], or 
7
[(b) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *] 
8
[(c) Courts of any State or country outside Pakistan.]  
PART IV 
SUITS IN PARTICULAR CASES 
SUITS BY OR AGAINST 
9
[THE 
10
[GOVERNMENT] ] OR 
PUBLIC OFFICERS IN THEIR OFFICIAL CAPACITY 
11
[79. Suits by or against the Government .– 12
[*  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  * ] In a 
Suit by or against the 
13
[Government] the authority to be named as plaintiff or 
defendant, as the case may be, shall be– 
                                                
1Ibid. 
2Substituted for the words “the Provinces and  the Capital of the Federation” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 
1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” by  the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 
(G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read 
with Article 4. 
3The words “His Majesty or of” were omitted  by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the 
Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959  on 21 January 1961; and, 
was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the 
Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 
4Substituted for the words “the Governor-General in Council”  by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 
1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
5Substituted for the words “Ce ntral Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of 
General Adaptations. 
6The words “or of the Crown  Representative” were omitted by  the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 
(G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read 
with the Schedule. 
7Omitted by the F ederal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary) dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345-475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. It was earlier substituted by  the 
Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule.   
8Substituted by  the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
9Substituted for the words “THE GOVERNMENT” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, 
published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
10Substituted  for the word “CROWN” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959  on 21 January 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
11Substituted by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India 
(Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
12The expression “Subject to the prov isions of sections 179 and 185 of the Government of India Act, 1935,” was repealed  by 
the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Act, 1951 (XXVI of 1951), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), 
dated: 12 May 1951, pp. 340-388, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. 
13Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959  on 21 January 1961;  and, was 
(a) in  the  case  of a suit by or against the 
1
[Federal Government], 
2
[ 
3
[*]  
4
[*  * *] Pakistan]; 
(b) in the case of a suit by or against a Provincial Government, the 
Province; and 
5
[(c) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *] ] 
6
[80. Notice.– (1) A suit may be instituted against the Government or against a 
public officer, in respect of any act purporting to be done by such public officer in 
his official capacity, after the expiration of two months next after notice in writing 
has been delivered to or left at the office of,– 
(a) in the case of a suit against the 
7
[Federal Government], a Secretary to 
that Government; 
(b) (i) in the case of a suit against the Provincial Government other 
than a suit relating to the affairs of a Railway, a Secretary to 
that Government or the Collector of the District; and 
(ii) in the case of a suit against the 
8
[Federal Government] 
relating to the affairs of a Railway, the General Manager of 
the Railway concerned,  
and in the case of a public officer, delivered to him or left at his office 
stating the cause of action, the name, description of place of 
residence of the plaintiff and the relief which he claims; and the 
plaint shall contain a statement that such notice has been so 
delivered or left. 
 (2) Where any such suit is instituted without delivering or leaving 
such notice as aforesaid or before the expiration of the said period of two months 
or where the plaint does not contain a statement that such notice has been so 
delivered or left, the plaintiff shall not be entitled to any costs if settlement as 
regards the subject­matter of the suit is reached or the Government or the public 
                                                                                                                                                  
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
1Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Or der 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of 
General Adaptations. 
2Substituted for the expression “Governor­General in Council before the establish ment of the Federation of India, and 
thereafter, the Federation” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in  
the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
3The word “the” was repealed by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Act, 1951 (XXVI of 1951), published in the 
Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 12 May 1951, pp. 340-388, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. 
4The words “th e Federation of” were omitted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1962 (XLIV of 1962); 
made by the President on 5 June 1962; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 7 June 1962, pp. 
921-953, s. 14. 
5Omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
6Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amen dment) Ordinance, 1962 (XLIV of 1962); made by the President on 5 June 
1962; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 7 June 1962, pp. 921-953, s. 15. 
7Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of  Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of 
General Adaptations. 
8Substituted for the words “Provincial Government” , by the Federal Adapta tion of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435-467, Article 2 read with the Schedule. 
officer concedes the plaintiff‟s claim, within the period of two months from the date 
of the institution of the suit: 
Provided that in a suit instituted without such notice, the Court shall 
allow not less than three months to the Government to submit its written 
statement.] 
81. Exemption from arrest and personal appearance .– In a suit instituted 
against a public officer in respect of any act purporting to be done by him in his 
official capacity– 
(a) the defendant shall not be liable to arrest nor his property to 
attachment otherwise than in execution of a decree, and, 
(b) where the Court is satisfied that the defendant cannot absent himself 
from his duty without detriment to the public service, it shall exempt 
him from appearing in person. 
82. Execution of decree .– (1) Where the decree is against 
1
[the 
2
[Government] 
] or against a public officer in respect of any such act as aforesaid, a time shall 
be specified in the decree within which it shall be satisfied; and, if the decree is 
not satisfied within the time so specified, the Court shall report the case for the 
orders of the 
3
[Provincial Government]. 
 (2) Execution shall not be issued on any such decree unless it remains 
unsatisfied for the period of three months computed from the date of such report. 
4
[SUITS BY ALIENS AND BY OR AGAINST FOREIGN 
RULERS, AMBASSADORS AND ENVOYS] 
83. When aliens may sue .– (1)  Alien enemies residing 
5
[in Pakistan] with the 
permission of the 
6
[Federal Government], and alien friends, may sue in the 
Courts 
7
[in the Provinces], as if they were 
8
[citizens of Pakistan]. 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “the Secretary of State for India in Council”  by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) 
Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the First 
Schedule. 
2Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961  (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959  on 21 January 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
3Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published 
in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations. 
4Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1960 (XXII of 1960), published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 16 June 1960, s. 2: it came into force on 14 October 1955.  
5Substituted the words “in British India”  by the Adaptation of Central  Acts  and  Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 
1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read w ith the 
Schedule. 
6Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of 
General Adaptations. They were earlier substituted  for the words “Governor General in Council” by the Government of India 
(Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, 
Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations. 
7Substituted the words “of British India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949),  
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
8Substituted for the  words  “subjects  of His  Majesty”  by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made 
by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arran gements Order, 1959  on 21 January 
 (2) No alien enemy residing 
1
[in Pakistan] without such permission, 
or residing in a foreign country, shall sue in any of such Courts. 
Explanation.– Every person residing in a foreign country the Government of 
which is at war with 
2
[,or engaged in military operations against,] 
3
[Pakistan], and 
carrying on business in that country without a license in that behalf under the 
hand 
4
[* * * * * * * * *] of  a Secretary to the 
5
[Federal Government] shall, for the 
purpose of sub­section (2), be deemed to be an alien enemy residing in a foreign 
country. 
84. When foreign States may sue .– (1) A foreign State may sue in any Court 
6
[in the Provinces]: 
Provided that such State has been recognized by 
7
[* * * *] the 
8
[Federal 
Government]: 
Provided, also, that the object of the suit is to enforce a private right 
vested in the head of such State or in any officer of such State in his public 
capacity. 
(2) Every Court shall take judicial notice of the fact that a foreign 
State has or has not been recognized by 
9
[* * * *] the 
10
[Federal Government]. 
                                                                                                                                                  
1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with 
the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 
1Substituted the words “in British India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
2Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendmen t) Act, 1965 (XIX of 1965); assented to by the President on 1 December 
1965; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 2 December 1965, p. 1455, s. 2. 
3Substituted for the words "the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland" by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances 
Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, 
Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
4The expression “of one of His Majesty‟s Secretaries of State or” was omitted ibid. 
5Substituted for the words “Central Government”  by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of 
General Adaptations. They were earlier  substituted for the words “Governor General in Council” by the Government of India 
(Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp.  75-344, 
Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
6Substituted the words “of British India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949),  
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
7The words “His majesty or by” were omitted  by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the 
Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959  on 21 January 1961; and, 
was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the 
Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 
8Substituted for the words “Central Government”  by the  Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of 
General Adaptations. They were earlier  substituted for the words “Govern or General in Council” by the Government of India 
(Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, 
Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
9The words “His majesty or by” were omitt ed by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the 
Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and,  
was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraord inary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the 
Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 
10Substituted for the words “Central Government”  by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), 
published in the Gazette  of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of 
General Adaptations. They were earlier  substituted for the words “Governor General in Council” by the Government of India 
(Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1 937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, 
Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
85. Persons specially appointed by Government to prosecute or defend for  
1
[ Rulers].– 2
[(1) Persons specially appointed by order 
3
[of the 
4
[Federal 
Government] ]at the request of the Ruler of any foreign State, or at the request 
of any person competent, in the opinion 
5
[of the 
6
[Federal Government] ], to act 
on behalf of such Ruler, to prosecute or defend any suit on his behalf, shall be 
deemed to be the recognized agents by whom appearances, acts and 
applications under this Code may be made or done on behalf of such Ruler.] 
7
[Explanation.– * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
 (2) An appointment under this section may be made for the purpose of a 
specified suit or of several specified suits, or for the purpose of all such suits as it 
may from time to time be necessary to prosecute or defend on behalf of the 
8
[Ruler]. 
 (3) A person appointed under this section may authorize or appoint 
persons to make appearances and applications and do acts in any such suit or 
suits as if he were himself a party thereto. 
9
[86. Suits against Rulers.– * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
10
[86A. Suits against diplomatic agents .– (1) No proceeding in any Court 
shall lie against a diplomatic agent except in a case relating to– 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “Princes or Chiefs” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1960 (XXII of 1960), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 16 June 1960, s. 3: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
2Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1960 (XXII of 1960), published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 16 June 1960, s. 3: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
3Substituted for the words “of the Government”  by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 
of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), da ted: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the 
Schedule. 
4Substituted for the words “Central Government”  by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 197 5, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of 
General Adaptations. They were earlier  substituted for the words “Governor General in Council” by the Government of India 
(Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordi nary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, 
Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
5Substituted for the words “of the Government”  by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 
of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extra ordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the 
Schedule. 
6Substituted for the  words “Central Government” by the Federal  Adaptation  of  Laws  Order 1975  (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), d ated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of 
General Adaptations. They were earlier substituted for the words “Governor General in Council” by the Government of India 
(Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette o f India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, 
Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
7Omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. It was inserted by the 
Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 Apri l 
1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
8Substituted for the words “Prince or Chief” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1960 (XXII of 1960), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 16 June 1960, s. 3: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
9Repealed by the State Immunity Ordinance, 1981 (VI of 1981), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 11 
March 1981, pp. 25-36, s. 19. It was earlier substituted Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1970 
(VI of 197 0); made by the President on 26 February 1970; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), 
dated: 28 February 1970, pp. 155-156, s. 2. 
10Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1970 (VI of 1970); made by the Preside nt on 26 February 
1970; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 February 1970, pp. 155-156, s. 2. 
(a) any private immoveable property situated in Pakistan held by him in 
his private capacity and not on behalf of the sending State for the 
purpose of the mission; 
(b) a succession in which the diplomatic agent is involved as executor, 
administrator, heir or legatee as a private person and not on behalf of 
the sending State; 
(c) any professional or commercial activity exercised by the 
diplomatic agent in Pakistan outside his official functions. 
 (2) No measures of execution shall be taken in respect of a diplomatic 
agent except in cases which come under clauses (a), (b) and (c) of sub­section (1) 
and in which such measures can be taken without infringing the inviolability of his 
person or of his residence. 
 (3) The initiation of any proceedings in a Court by a diplomatic agent 
shall preclude him from invoking immunity from jurisdiction under this section 
in respect of any counter­claim directly connected with the principal claim. 
 (4) The immunity of a diplomatic agent under sub­section (1) or 
sub­section (2) may be waived by the sending State; and any such waiver shall be 
express. 
 (5) Waiver of immunity in respect of any proceedings shall not be 
held to imply waiver of immunity in respect of any measure of execution for which 
a separate waiver shall be necessary. 
 (6) In this section, „diplomatic agent‟ in relation to a State means the head 
of the mission in Pakistan of that State and includes a member of the staff of that 
mission having diplomatic rank.] 
1
[87. Style of 
2
[Rulers] as Parties to suits.– * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
3
[* * * * *] 
4
[87A. Application of sections 85 and 86 to Rulers of Acceding States, etc.– * *   ] 
INTERPLEADER 
88. Where interpleader -suit may be instituted .– Where two or more persons 
claim adversely to one another the same debt, sum of money or other property, 
moveable or immoveable, from another person, who claims no interest therein 
other than for charges or costs and who is ready to pay or deliver it to the 
rightful claimant, such other person may institute a suit of interpleader against all 
                                                
1Repealed by the State Immunity Ordinance, 1981 (VI of 1981), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 11 
March 1981, pp. 25-36, s. 19. 
2Substituted for the words “Princes or Chiefs” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1960 (XXII of 1960), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 16 June 1960, s. 5: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
3The heading “SUITS AGAINST RULERS OF ACCEDING AND MERGED STATES” was omitted by the Code of Civil 
Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1972 (II of 1972); assented to by the President on 4 September 1972; and, was published in the 
Gazette of Pakista n (Extraordinary), dated: 8 September 1972, p. 125, s. 2. It was inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure 
(Amendment) Ordinance, 1960 (XXII of 1960), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 16 June 1960, s. 6: 
it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
4Omitted ibid. It was inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1960 (XXII of 1960), published in the 
Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 16 June 1960, s. 6: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
the claimants for the purpose of obtaining a decision as to the person to whom 
the payment or delivery shall be made, and of obtaining indemnity for himself: 
Provided that where any suit is pending in which the rights of all parties can 
properly be decided, no such suit of interpleader shall be instituted. 
PART V  
SPECIAL PROCEEDINGS 
ARBITRATION 
1
[89. Arbitration.– * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
2
[89­A. Alternate dispute resolution .– The Court may, where it considers 
necessary, having regard to the facts and circumstances of the case, with the 
object of securing expeditious disposal of a case, in or in relation to a suit, 
adopt with the consent of the parties alternate dispute resolution method, 
including mediation and conciliation.] 
Section 89-A has been repealed by the Punjab Alternate Dispute Resolution 
Act 2019 (XVII of 2019),  published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 11 
October 2019, pp. 1191 - 1195, s.26; however, it shall come into force on such dates 
and in such areas of Punjab as the Government may determine by Notification in the 
official Gazette. 
SPECIAL CASE 
90. Power to state case for opinion of Court .– Where any persons agree in 
writing to state a case for the opinion of the Court, then the Court shall try and 
determine the same in the manner prescribed. 
 
SUITS RELATING TO PUBLIC MATTERS 
91. Public nuisances .– (1) In the case of a public nuisance the Advocate 
General, or two or more persons 
3
[with the leave of the Court ], may institute a suit, 
though no special damage has been caused, for a declaration and injunction or for 
such other relief as may be appropriate to the circumstances of the case. 
 (2) Nothing in this section shall be deemed to limit or otherwise affect 
any right of suit which may exist independently of its provisions. 
92. Public charities .– (1) In the case of any alleged breach of any express or 
constructive trust created for public purposes of a charitable or religious nature, 
or where the direction of the Court is deemed necessary for the administration 
                                                
1Repealed by the Arbitration Act, 1940 (X of 1940), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 16 March 1940, pp. 41 -52, s. 49 
read with the Third Schedule: it came into force on 1 July 1940. 
2Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 2002 (XXXIV of 2002), published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 27 July 2002, pp. 877- 878, s. 2. 
3Substituted for the words “having obtained the consent in writing of the Advocate General” by the Code of Civil Procedure 
(Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV o f 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 
6695-6698, s. 12. 
of any such trust, the Advocate General, or two or more persons having an 
interest in the trust 
1
[ with the leave of the Court ], may institute a suit, whether 
contentious or not, in the principal Civil Court of original jurisdiction or in any other 
Court empowered in that behalf by the 
2
[Provincial Government] within the 
local limits of whose jurisdiction the whole or any part of the subject­matter of 
the trust is situate, to obtain a decree– 
(a) removing any trustee;  
(b) appointing a new trustee; 
(c) vesting any property in a trustee;  
(d) directing accounts and inquiries; 
(e) declaring what proportion of the trust­property or of the interest 
therein shall be allocated to any particular object of the trust; 
(f) authorizing the whole or any part of the trust­property to be let, 
sold, mortgaged or exchanged; 
(g) settling a scheme; or 
(h) granting such further or other relief as the nature of the case may 
require. 
3
[(2) No suit claiming any of the reliefs specified in subsection (1) shall be 
instituted in respect of any such trust as is therein referred to, except in conformity 
with the provisions of that subsection.] 
93. Exercise of powers of Advocate General  
4
[* * * * ].– The powers conferred 
by sections 91 and 92 on the Advocate General may, 
5
[* * * *],  be, with the 
previous sanction of the 
6
[Provincial Government], exercised also by the Collector 
or by such officer as the 
7
[Provincial Government] may appoint in this behalf. 
PART VI 
SUPPLEMENTAL PROCEEDINGS 
94. Supplemental proceedings .– In order to prevent the ends of justice from 
being defeated the Court may, if it is so prescribed,– 
(a) issue a warrant to arrest the defendant and bring him before the 
Court to show cause why he should not give security for his 
                                                
1Ibid., for the words “and having obtained the consent in writing of the Advocate General”, s. 13. 
2Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published 
in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations. 
3Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendme nt) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette 
(Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 13. 
4The words “outside the Presidency­towns” were omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 
(G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read 
with the Schedule. 
5Ibid. 
6Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, publish ed 
in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations. 
7Ibid. 
appearance, and if he fails to comply with any order for security 
commit him to the civil prison; 
(b) direct the defendant to furnish security to produce any property 
belonging to him and to place the same at the disposal of the Court 
or order the attachment of any property; 
(c) grant a temporary injunction and in case of disobedience commit the 
person guilty thereof to the civil prison and order that his property be 
attached and sold; 
(d) appoint a receiver of any property and enforce the performance of 
his duties by attaching and selling his property; 
(e) make such other interlocutory orders as may appear to the Court to 
be just and convenient. 
1
[95. Compensation for obtaining arrest, attachment or injunction on 
insufficient grounds .– (1) Where, in any suit in which an arrest or attachment has 
been effected or a temporary injunction is granted unde r the last preceding section, 
it appears to the Court that: 
(a) such arrest, attachment or injunction was applied for insufficient 
grounds; or 
(b) there was no reasonable or probable ground for making the 
application– 
the Court may, on its own motion or on the application of the aggrieved 
party, award such punitive compensation as it deems reasonable to 
the aggrieved party for the expense and injury caused to him. 
(2) In addition to the compensation awardable under subsection (1), the 
Court may also make an  order directing the party at fault to deposit such amount in 
the public exchequer as the Court deems just, as penalty for abusing the process of 
the law and wasting the time of the Court. 
(3) An order under this section shall bar any suit for compensation  in 
respect of such arrest, attachment or injunction.] 
PART VII 
APPEALS 
APPEALS FROM ORIGINAL DECREES 
96.  Appeal from original decree .– (1) Save where otherwise expressly provided in 
the body of this Code or by any other law for the time being in force, an appeal shall lie 
from every decree passed by any Court exercising original jurisdiction to the Court 
authorized to hear appeals from the decisions of such Court 
2
[, and the Court shall decide 
the appeal within sixty days from the date of first appearance of the respondent in appeal.] 
 (2) An appeal may lie from an original decree passed ex parte. 
 (3) No appeal shall lie from a decree passed by the Court with the consent of parties. 
                                                
1Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette  
(Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 14. 
2Substituted for the “full stop” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2020 (XIV of 2020), published in the 
Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 11 August 2020, pp. 557-560, s. 5. 
97. Appeal from final decree where no appeal from preliminary decree .– 
Where any party aggrieved by a preliminary decree 
1
[* * * * * * * ] does not 
appeal from such decree, he shall be precluded from disputing its correctness in 
any appeal which may be preferred from the final decree. 
98. Decision where appeal heard by two or mo re Judges .– (1) where an 
appeal is heard by a Bench of two or more Judges, the appeal shall be 
decided in accordance with the opinion of such Judges or of the majority (if any) 
of such Judges. 
 (2) Where there is no such majority which concurs in a judgment 
varying or reversing the decree appealed from, such decree shall be confirmed: 
Provided that where the Bench hearing the appeal is composed of two 
judges belonging to a Court consisting of more than two Judges, and the Judges 
composing the Bench differ in opinion on a point of law, they may state the point 
of law upon which they differ, and the appeal shall then be heard upon that point 
only by one or more of the other Judges, and such point shall be decided 
according to the opinion of the majority (if any) of the Judges who have heard 
the appeal, including those who first heard it. 
2
[(3) Nothing in this section shall be deemed to alter or otherwise affect 
any provision of the letters patent of any High Court.] 
99. No decree to be reversed or modified for error or irregularity not 
affecting merits or jurisdiction .– No decree shall be reversed or substantially 
varied, nor shall any case be remanded, in appeal on account of any misjoinder 
of parties or causes of action or any error, defect or irregularity in any proceedings 
in the suit, not affecting the merits of the case or the jurisdiction of the Court. 
APPEALS FROM APPEALATE DECREES 
100.  Second appeal .– (1) Save where otherwise expressly provided in the body of this 
Code or by any other law for the time being in force, an appeal shall lie to the High 
Court from every decree passed in appeal by any Court subordinate to a High Court, on 
any of the following grounds, namely:– 
(a) the decision being contrary to law or to some usage having the force of law; 
(b) the decision having failed to determine some material issue of law or usage having 
the force of law; 
(c) a substantial error or defect in the procedure provided by this Code or by any 
other law for the time being in force, which may possibly have produced error or 
defect in the decision of the case upon the merits. 
3
[(2) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *] 
 
101.  Second appeal on no other grounds .– No second appeal shall lie except on 
the grounds mentioned in section 100. 
                                                
1The words “passed after the commencement of this Code” were omitted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) 
Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 15. 
2Added by the Re pealing and Amending Act, 1928 (XVIII of 1928), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 29 September 
1928, pp. 35-37, s. 2 read with the First Schedule. 
3Omitted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1980 (X of 1980), published in the Gaz ette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 26 March 1980, s. 11. 
1
[102. No second appeal in certai n cases.– No second appeal shall lie in any suit when 
the amount or value of the subject matter of the original suit does not exceed rupees twenty 
five million.] 
103.  Power of High Court to determine issues of fact .– In any second appeal, the 
High Court may, if the evidence on the record is sufficient, d etermine any issue of fact 
necessary for the disposal of the appeal 
2
[which has not been determined by the lower 
appellate Court or which has been wrongly determined by such Court by reason of any 
illegality, omission, error or defect such as is referred to in sub­section (1) of section 100]. 
APPEALS FROM ORDERS 
104. Orders from which appeal lies .– (1) An appeal shall lie from the following 
orders,  and  save  as  otherwise  expressly provided in the body of this Code or 
by any law for the time being in force from no other orders:– 
3
[(a) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 
(b) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 
(c) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 
(d) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 
(e) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *] 
4
[(f) an order under section 35A; 
(ff) an order under section 47;] 
5
[(fff) an order under section 91 or section 92 refusing leave to institute a 
suit;] 
(g) an order under section 95; 
(h) an order under any of the provisions of this Code imposing a fine or 
directing the arrest or detention in the civil prison of any person 
except where such arrest or detention is in execution of a decree; 
(i) any order made under rules from which an appeal is expressly 
allowed by rules. 
6
[Provided that no appeal shall lie against any order specified in clause 
7
[(f)] save on the ground that no order, or an order for the payment of a less 
amount, ought to have been made.] 
                                                
1Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette 
(Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695 -6698, s. 16. It was earlie r substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure 
(Amendment) Act, 2004 (VIII of 2004), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 30 November 2004, p. 179, s. 2. 
It was earlier substituted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), publishe d in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583 s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
2Substituted for the words “but not determined by the lower appellate Court” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 
1926 (VI of 1926), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 6 March 1926, s. 2. 
3Clauses (a) to (f) were repealed by the Arbitration Act, 1940 (X of 1940), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 16 March  
1940, pp. 41-52, s. 49 read with the Third Schedule: it came into force on 1 July 1940. 
4Substituted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 
April 1972, pp. 526-583 s. 2 read with the Schedule.  Clause (ff) was earlier inserted  by the Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 
1922 (IX of 1922), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 11 March 1922, p. 37, s. 3. 
5Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette 
(Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 17. 
6Inserted by the Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1922 (IX of 1922), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 11 March 1922, 
p. 37, s. 3. 
7Substituted for the expression “(ff)” by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordi nance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary) dated: 8 July 1981, pp.345-475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. 
 (2) No appeal shall lie from any order passed in appeal under this 
section. 
105. Other orders .– (1) Save as otherwise expressly provided, no appeal shall 
lie from any order made by a Court in the exercise of its original or appellate 
jurisdiction; but, where a decree is appealed from, any error, defect or irregularity 
in any order, affecting the decision of the case, may be set forth as a ground of 
objection in the memorandum of appeal. 
 (2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub­section (1), where any 
party aggrieved by an order of remand made after the commencement of this 
Code from which an appeal lies does not appeal therefrom, he shall thereafter 
be precluded from disputing its correctness. 
1
[106.  What Courts to hear appeals .– (1) Where an appeal from any order is allowed, it 
shall lie to the Court to which an appeal would lie from the decree in the suit in which such 
order was made, or where such order is made by a Court not being the High Court in 
exercise of appellate jurisdiction, then to the High Court. 
(2) A Court shall decide an appeal under subsection (1) within thirty days of the first 
appearance of the respondent.] 
GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO APPEALS 
107. Powers of Appellate Court .– (1) Subject to such conditions and 
limitations as may be prescribed, an Appellate Court shall have power– 
(a) to determine a case finally; 
(b) to remand a case; 
(c) to frame issues and refer them for trial; 
(d) to take additional evidence or to require such evidence to be taken. 
 (2) Subject as aforesaid, the Appellate Court shall have the same 
powers and shall perform as n early as may be the same duties as are 
conferred and imposed by this Code on Courts of original jurisdiction in respect 
of suits instituted therein. 
108. Procedure in appeals from appellate decrees and orders .– The 
provisions of this Part relating to appeal from original decrees shall, so far as may 
be, apply to appeals– 
(a) from appellate decrees, and 
(b) from orders made under this Code or under any special or local 
law in which a different procedure is not provided. 
APPEALS TO THE 
2
[SUPREME COURT] 
                                                
1Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2020 (XIV of 2020), published in the Pu njab Gazette 
(Extraordinary), dated: 11 August 2020, pp. 557-560, s. 6. 
2Substituted for the words „„King in Council‟‟  by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the 
Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959  on 21 January 1961; and, 
was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the 
Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 
1
[109. When appeals, l ie to the Supreme Court .– An appeal from a judgment, 
decree or final order of a High Court shall lie to the Supreme Court– 
(a) if the amount or value of the subject matter of the dispute in the 
Court of first instance was and also in appeal is (unless varied by 
an Act of Parliament) fifty thousand rupees or upward and the 
judgment, decree or final order appealed from has varied or set 
aside the judgment, decree or final order of the Court immediately 
below; or 
(b) if the judgment, decree or final order involves, directly or indirectly, 
some claim or question respecting property of the like amount or 
value and the judgment, decree or final order appealed from has 
varied or set aside the judgment, decree or final order of the 
Court immediately below; or 
(c) if the High Court certifies that the case involves a substantial 
question of law as to the interpretation of the Constitution.] 
2
[110. Value of subject­matter.– * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
111. Bar of  certain appeals .– Notwithstanding anything contained in section 
109, no appeal shall lie to 
3
[the Supreme Court]– 
(a) from the decree or order of one Judge of a High Court 
4
[* * * * *  * 
*], or of one Judge of a Division Court, or of two or more 
Judges of such High Court, or of a Division Court constituted 
by two or more Judges of such High Court, where such Judges 
are equally divided in opinion, and do not amount in number to a 
majority of the whole of the Judges of the High Court at the time 
being; or 
(b) from any decree from which under section 102 no second appeal lies 
5
[111A. Appeals to Federal Court.–* * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
112. Savings.– 
1
[(1) Nothing contained in this Code shall be deemed– 
                                                
1Substituted by the Fed eral Adaptation of Laws Order, 1975 (P.O. No. 4 of 1975), published in Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435-467, Article 2 read with the Schedule.  
2Omitted by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order, 1975 (P.O. No. 4 of 1975), published in Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), 
dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Schedule . Earlier certain amendments  were made by the Central 
Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of 
the State Arrangements Order, 1959  on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), 
dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102-163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 
3Substituted for the words “His Majesty in Council” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by 
the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959  on 21 Janua ry 1961; 
and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the 
Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 
4The words „„constituted by His Majesty by Letters Patent‟‟ were omitted ibid. They were earlier substituted for the words 
“established under the Indian High Courts Act, 1861, [or the Government of India Act, 1915,]” by the Government of India 
(Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinar y), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, 
Article 3 read with the First Schedule. The words in crotches were inserted by the  Amending Act, 1916 (XIII of 1916), 
published in the Punjab Gazette, dated: 9 February 1917, pp. 6-8, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
5Omitted by the Federal Court Act, 1941 (XXI of 1941), published in the Gazette of  India, dated: 29 November 1941, p. 77, 
s. 2. It was earlier inserted  by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of 
India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
(a) to affect the powers of the Supreme Court under 
2
[Article 191 of the 
Constitution or any other provision thereof]; or 
(b) to interfere with any rules made by the Supreme Court, and for the 
time being in force, for the presentation of appeals to that Court, or 
their conduct before that Court.] 
 (2) Nothing herein contained applies to any matter of criminal or admiralty 
or vice­admiralty jurisdiction, or to appeals from orders and decrees of Prize 
Courts. 
PART VIII 
REFERENCE, REVIEW AND REVISION 
113. Reference to High Court .– Subject to such conditions and limitations as 
may be prescribed, any Court may state a case and refer the same for the 
opinion of the High Court, and the High Court may make such order thereon as it 
thinks fit. 
3
[114. Review.– 
4
[(1) Subject as aforesaid, any person consideri ng himself 
aggrieved: 
(a) by a decree or order from which an appeal is allowed by this Code but 
from which no appeal has been preferred; or  
(b) by a decree or order from which no appeal is allowed by this Code– 
may apply for a review of judgment to the Co urt which passed the 
decree or made the order, and the Court may make such order thereon 
as it thinks fit.] 
 (2) Nothing contained in sub­section (1) shall apply to a review of any 
judgment pronounced or any order made by the Supreme Court.] 
[115. Revision.– 
5
[(1)] The High Court may call for the record of any case which has 
been decided by any Court subordinate to such High Court and in which no appeal 
lies thereto, and if such subordinate Court appears– 
(a) to have exercised a jurisdiction not vested in it by law, or 
(b) to have failed to exercise a jurisdiction so vested, or 
(c) to have acted in the exercise of its jurisdiction illegally or with material irregularity, 
the High Court may make such order in the case as it thinks fit 
1
[:] 
                                                                                                                                                  
1Substituted by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of 
President under Article 2 of the State Arrang ements Order, 1959  on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 
March 1956. 
2Substituted for the expression “58 of the Co nstitution or any other provision of that Constitution” by the Federal Adaptation of 
Laws Order, 1975 (P.O. No. 4 of 1975), published in Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, 
Article 2 read with the Schedule. Before that the expression “Article 158” was substituted for the expression “Article 158” by the 
Central Adaptation of Laws Order, 1964 (P. O. No. 1 of 1964); made by the President on 27 May 1964; and, was published in 
the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 May 1964, pp. 251c-251aap, Article 2 read with the Schedule. 
3Substituted by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order, 1975 (P.O. No. 4 of 1975), published in Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435-467, Article 2 read with the Schedule. 
4Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette 
(Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 18. 
5Renumbered  by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 
14 April 1972, pp. 526-583 s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
2
[Provided that, where a person makes an application under this subsection, he shall, 
in support of such application, furnish copies of the pleadings, documents and order of 
the subordinate Court and the High Court shall, except for reasons to be recorded, 
dispose of such application without calling for the record of the subordinate Court 
3
[:] ] 
4
[Provided further that the subordinate court shall provide copies of the documents to a 
person within three days of the decision, and the High Court shall dispose of such 
application within 
5
[three] months.] 
6
[(2) The District Court may exercise the powers conferred on the High Court by sub-
section (1) in respect of any case decided by a Court subordinate to such District Court 
in which no appeal lies and the amount or value of the subjectmatter where of does 
not exceed the limits of the appellate jurisdiction of the District Court 
7
[, and the District 
Court shall decide the application within two months from the date of first appearance of the 
respondent.] 
 (3) If any application un der subsection (1) in respect of a case within the competence 
of the District Court has been made either to the High Court or the District Court, no further 
such application shall be made to either of them.  
 (4) No proceedings in revision shall be enterta ined by the High Court against an order 
made under subsection (2) by the District Court.]  
8
[(5) No proceedings in revision shall be entertained by the High Court against an order 
passed by the District Court under section 104.] 
PART IX 
SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO 
9
[* *] HIGH COURTS 
116. Part to apply only to certain High Courts .– This Part applies only to High 
Courts 
10
[* * * * * * * * * * * * * * *].  
                                                                                                                                                  
1Substituted for the “full -stop” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1980 (X of 1980), published in the 
Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 26 March 1980, s. 13. 
2Added ibid. 
3Substituted for the “full -stop” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1992 (VI of 1992); assented to by the 
President on 24 May 1992; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordi nary), dated: 30 May 1992, pp. 99 -100, s. 
3. 
4Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette 
(Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695 -6698, s. 19. Substituted by Act VI of 1992, s. 3. It was earlier added by the 
Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1992 (VI of 1992); assented to by the President on 24 May 1992; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 30 May 1992, pp. 99-100, s. 3. 
5Substituted for the word “six” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2020 (XIV of 2020), published in the 
Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 11 August 2020, pp. 557-560, s. 7. 
6Subsections (2), (3) and (4) were added by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 
27 July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683 -688, s. 10.  They 
were earlier omitted by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Ordinance, 1994 (VI of 1994), p ublished in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 13 January 1994, pp. 9-14, s. 10. They were earlier added by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 
1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583 s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
7Substituted for the “full stop” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2020 (XIV of 2020), published in the 
Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 11 August 2020, pp. 557-560, s. 7. 
8Inserted by the Code of Civi l Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette 
(Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 19. 
9The words „„THE CHARTERED‟‟ were omitted by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented 
to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 
725-845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
10The expression „„which are, or may he reafter be, [constituted by His Majesty by Letters Patent]‟‟ was omitted ibid. The words 
in crotches were earlier substituted for the words “established under the Indian High Courts Act, 1861, [or the Government of  
India Act, 1915,]”   by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India 
(Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. The words in crotches were inserted by 
the  Amending Act, 1916 (XIII of 1916), publis hed in the Punjab Gazette, dated: 9 February 1917, pp. 6 -8, s. 2 read with the 
Schedule. 
117. Application of Code to High Courts .– Save as provided in this Part or in 
Part X or in rules, the provisions of this Code shall apply to 
1
[*] High Courts. 
118. Execution of decree before ascertainment of costs .– Where any 
2
[*] 
High Court considers it necessary that a decree passed in the exercise of its 
original civil jurisdiction should be executed befo re the amount of the costs incurred 
in the suit can be ascertained by taxation, the Court may order that the decree shall 
be executed forthwith, except as to so much thereof as relates to the costs;  
and, as to so much thereof as relates to the costs, that the decree may be 
executed as soon as the amount of the costs shall be ascertained by taxation. 
119. Unauthorized persons not to address Court .– Nothing in this Code shall 
be deemed to authorize any person on behalf of another to address the Court 
in the exercise of its original civil jurisdiction, or to examine witnesses, except 
where the Court shall have in the exercise of the power conferred by its charter 
authorized him so to do, or to interfere with the power of the High Court to make 
rules concerning advocates, vakils and attorneys.  
120. Provisions not applicable to High Court in original civil  
3
[* *]  
jurisdiction.– (1) The following provisions shall not apply to the High Court in 
the exercise of its original civil jurisdiction, namely, sections 16, 17  and 20.  
4
[(2) * * * * * * * * *    * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
                                                
1The word „„such‟‟ was omitted by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the 
President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in t he Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 
3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
2The word „„such‟‟ was omitted by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the 
President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 
3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
3The words “or insolvent” were deemed to be repea led by virtue of omission of subsection (2) by the Presidency­towns 
Insolvency Act, 1909 (III of 1909), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 12 March 1909, pp. 5-33, s. 127 read with the Third 
Schedule. 
4Repealed ibid. 
PART X 
RULES 
121. Effect of rules in First Schedule .– The rules in the First Schedule shall 
have effect as if enacted in the body of this Code until annulled or altered in 
accordance with the provisions of this Part. 
122. Power of certain High  Courts to make rules.– 1
[The High Courts] 
2
[* * * * * 
* *], may, from time to time after previous publication, make rules regulating their 
own procedure and the procedure of the Civil Courts subject to their 
superintendence, and may by such rules annul, alter or add to all or any of the 
rules in the First Schedule. 
123. Constitution of Rule Committees in certain provinces .– (1) A 
Committee, to be called the Rule Committee, shall be constituted at 
3
[the town 
which is the usual place of sitting of each of the High Courts 
4
[* * * * *]  referred to 
in section 122.] 
 (2) Each such Committee shall consist of the following persons namely:– 
(a) three Judges of the High Court established at the town at which 
such Committee is constituted, one of whom at least has served 
as a District Judge or 
5
[ * * *] a Divisional Judge for three years, 
6
[(b) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
1
[(c) two advocates practising in that Court, and] 
                                                
1Substituted for the expression „„Courts which are High Courts for the purposes of the Government of India Act, 1935‟‟ by the 
Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordi nary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it 
came into force on 14 October 1955. Earlier, time to time, certain expressions were inserted and deleted by  the Adaptation of 
Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No.  4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 
28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule, by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 
1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), d ated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule, 
by the Oudh Courts (Supplementary) Act, 1925 (XXXII of 1925), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 3 October 1925, p. 
62, s. 2 read with the Schedule  and by the Amending Act, 1916  (XIII of 1916), published in the Punjab Gazette, dated: 9 
February 1917, pp. 6-8, s. 2 read with the Schedule respectively. 
2The words „„and the [Chief Court of Lower Burma]‟‟ were repealed by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1923 (XI of 1923), 
published in the Gazette of India, dated: 10 March 1923, pp. 51-56, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. The words in crotches 
were earlier substituted for the words „„Chief Courts of the Punjab and Lower Burma‟‟ by the Repealing and Amending Act, 
1919 (XVIII of 1919) ,  published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 20 September 1919, pp. 39 -47, s. 2 read with 
the First Schedule. 
3Substituted for expression „„each of the towns of Calcutta, Madras, Bombay, Allahabad, Lahore and Rangoon.‟‟  by the 
Amending Act , 1916 (XIII of 1916), published in the Punjab Gazette, dated: 9 February 1917, pp. 6 -8, s. 2 read with the 
Schedule. 
4The words „„and of the Chief Court‟‟ were omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. 4 of 
1949), publis hed in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the 
Schedule. They were earlier inserted  by the Oudh Courts (Supplementary) Act, 1925 (XXXII of 1925), published in the Gazette 
of India, dated: 3 October 1925, p. 62, s. 2 read with the Schedule. They were earlier repealed by the Repealing and Amending 
Act, 1923 (XI of 1923), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 10 March 1923, pp. 51 -56, s. 3 read with the Second 
Schedule. They were earlier substituted for the words “Chief Courts” by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1919 (XVIII of 1919), 
published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 20 September 1919, pp. 39-47, s. 2 read with the First Schedule. 
5The expression “(in Burma)” was omitted by  the Repealing and Amending Act, 1923 (XI of 1923), published in the Gazette of 
India, dated: 10 March 1923, pp. 51 -56, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. The said expression was earlier substituted for 
the expression “(in the Punjab or Burma)” by the Rep ealing and Amending Act, 1919 (XVIII of 1919),  published in the Gazette 
of India (Extraordinary), dated: 20 September 1919, pp. 39-47, s. 2 read with the First Schedule. 
6Omitted by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 198 1), published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary) dated: 8 July 1981, pp.345-475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. 
(d) a Judge of a Civil Court subordinate to the High Court, 
2
[*] 
3
[(e) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
(3) The members of each such Committee shall be appointed by the 
Chief Justice 
4
[* * *], who shall also nominate one of their member to be 
President: 
Provided that, if the Chief Justice 
5
[* * *] elects to be himself a member 
of a Committee, the number of other Judges appointed to be members shall be 
two, and the Chief Justice 
6
[* * * ] shall be the President of the Committee. 
(4) Each member of any such Committee shall hold office for such period 
as may be prescribed by the Chief Justice 
7
[* * *] in this behalf; and whenever 
any member retires, resigns, dies or ceases to reside in the province in which 
the Committee was constituted, or becomes incapable of acting as a member of 
the Committee, the said Chief Justice 
8
[* * *] may appoint another person to be a 
member in his stead. 
(5) There shall be a Secretary to each such Committee, who shall be 
appointed by the Chief Justice 
9
[* * *] and shall receive such remuneration as 
may be provided in this behalf 
10
[by the Provincial Government]. 
124. Committee to report to High Court .– Every Rule Committee shall make a 
report to the High Court established at the town at which it is constituted on any 
proposal to annul, alter or add to the rules in the First Schedule or to make new 
rules, and before making any rules under section 122 the High Court shall take 
such report into consideration. 
11
[125. Power of other High Courts to make rules.– * * * * * * * * *   ] 
1
[126. Rules to be subje ct to approval .– Rules made under the foregoing 
provisions shall be subject to the previous approval of the Government of the 
                                                                                                                                                  
1Substituted ibid. 
2The word “and” was omitted by  the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published 
in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
3Omitted ibid. 
4The words “or Chief Judge” were omitted by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by 
the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725-845, 
s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
5Ibid. 
6The words “or Chief Judge” were omitted by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by 
the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725-845, 
s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
7Ibid. 
8The words “or Chief Judge” were omitted by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by 
the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725-845, 
s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
9Ibid. 
10Substituted for the expression  “by the Governor-General in Council or by the Local Government, as the case may be” by the 
Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 
1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.  
11Omitted by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to b y the President on 7 June 1960; 
and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second 
Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.  
Province in which the Court whose procedure the rules regulate is situate or, if 
that Court is not situate in any Province, to the previous approval of the 
2
[Federal 
Government].] 
127. Publication of rules .– Rules so made and 
3
[approved] shall be 
published in the 
4
[Official Gazette], and shall from the date of publication or from 
such other date as may be specified have the same force and effect, within the 
local limits of the jurisdiction of the High Court which made them, as if they had 
been contained in the First Schedule. 
128. Matters for which rules may provide .– (1) Such rules shall be not 
inconsistent with the provisions in the body of this Code, but, subject thereto, 
may provide for any matters relating to the procedure of Civil Courts. 
 (2) In particular, and without prejudice to the generality of the powers 
conferred by sub­section (1), such rules may provide for all or any of the following 
matters, namely:– 
(a) the service of summonses, notices and other processes by post 
or in any other manner either generally or in any specified areas, 
and the proof of such service; 
(b) the maintenance and custody, while under attachment, of live­stock 
and other moveable property, the fees payable for such 
maintenance and custody, the sale of such live­stock and property 
and the proceeds of such sale; 
(c) procedure in suits by way of counterclaim, and the valuation of such 
suits for the purposes of jurisdiction; 
(d) procedure in garnishee and charging orders either in addition to, or 
in substitution for, the attachment and sale of debts; 
(e) procedure where the defendant claims to be entitled to 
contribution or indemnity over against any person whether a party to 
the suit or not; 
(f) summary procedure – 
(i) in suits in which the plaintiff seeks only to recover a debt or 
liquidated demand in money payable by the defendant, 
with or without interest, arising on a contract express or 
implied; or 
                                                                                                                                                  
1Substituted by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India 
(Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule.  
2Substituted for the word “President” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order, 1975 (P.O. No. 4 of 1975), published in Gazette 
of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435-467, Article  
2 read with the Schedule. It was earlier substituted for the words “Governor General” by the Government of India (Adaptation of 
Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with 
the Table of General Adaptations. 
3Substituted for the word “sanctioned” by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1917 (XXIV of 1917), assented to by the Governor-
General on 27 September 1917; and, was published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 29 September 1917, pp. 73-
76, s. 2 read with the First Schedule. 
4Substituted for the expression “Gazette of India or in the local official Gazette, as the ca se may be” by the Government of 
India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -
344, Article 4. 
on an enactment where the sum sought to be recovered is a 
fixed sum of money or in the nature of a debt other than a 
penalty; or 
on a guarantee, where the claim against the principal is in 
respect of a debt or a liquidated demand only; or  
on a trust; or 
(ii) in suits for the recovery of immoveable property, with or 
without a claim for rent or mesne profits, by a landlord against 
a tenant whose term has expired or bas been duly determined 
by notice to quit, or has become liable to forfeiture for 
non­payment of rent, or against persons claiming under such 
tenant; 
(g) procedure by way of originating summons; 
(h) consolidation of suits, appeals and other proceedings; 
(i) delegation to any Registrar, Prothonotary or Master or other official 
of the Court of any judicial, quasi­judicial and non­judicial duties; 
1
[*] 
(j) all forms, registers, books, entries and accounts which may be 
necessary or desirable for the transaction of the business of Civil 
Courts 
2
[; and] 
3
[(k) case management.] 
129. Power of  
4
[*] High Courts to make rules as to their original civil 
procedure.– Notwithstanding anything in this Code, any High Court 
5
[* * * * * * *],  
may make such rules not inconsistent with 
6
[its Letters Patent] to regulate its own 
procedure in the exercise of its original civil jurisdiction as it shall think fit, and 
nothing herein contained shall affect the validity of any such rules in force at the 
commencement of this Code. 
7
[130. Power of other High Courts to make rules as to matters other than 
procedure.– * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
                                                
1The word “and” was omitted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2020 (XIV of 2020), published in the 
Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 11 August 2020, pp. 557-560, s. 8. 
2Substituted ibid., for the “full stop”. 
3Added by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2020 (XIV of 2020), published in the Punjab  Gazette 
(Extraordinary), dated: 11 August 2020, pp. 557-560, s. 8. 
4The word “Chartered” was omitted by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary) dated: 8 July 1981, pp.345-475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. 
5The words “constituted by His Majesty by Letters Patent” were omitted by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 
(XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the  Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), 
dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.  They were 
earlier substituted for the words “established under the Indian High Courts Act, 1861 [,or the Gover nment of India Act, 1915]”  
by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 
April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. The words in crotches were earlier in serted by the  Amending 
Act, 1916 (XIII of 1916), published in the Punjab Gazette, dated: 9 February 1917, pp. 6-8, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
6Substituted for the words “the Letters Patent establishing it” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance,  1960 (XXI of 
1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 
June 1960, pp. 725-845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
7Omitted by the Cen tral Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of 
President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959  on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary), date d: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 
March 1956. Certain amendments were made by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 
131. Publication of rules .– Rules made in accordance with section 129 
1
[* * *] 
shall be published in the 
2
[official Gazette] and shall from the date of publication or 
from such other date as may be specified have the force of law. 
PART XI  
MISCELLANEOUS 
132. Exemption of certain women from personal appearance .– (1) Women 
who, according to the customs and manners of the country, ought not to be 
compelled to appear in public shall be exempt from personal appearance in Court. 
 (2) Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to exempt such women 
from arrest in execution of civil process in any case in which the arrest of women is 
not prohibited by this Code. 
133. Exemption of o ther persons .– (1) The 
3
[Provincial Government] may, by 
notification in the 
4
[official Gazette], exempt from personal appearance in Court 
any person whose rank, in the opinion of such Government, entitles him to the 
privilege of exemption. 
 (2) The names and residences of the persons so exempted shall, from 
time to time, be forwarded to the High Court by the 
5
[Provincial Government] and a 
list of such persons shall be kept in such Court, and a list of such persons as 
reside within the local limits of the jurisdiction of each Court subordinate to the 
High Court shall be kept in such subordinate Court. 
 (3) Where any person so exempted claims the privilege of such 
exemption, and it is consequently necessary to examine him by commission, he 
shall pay the costs of that commission, unless the party requiring his evidence 
pays such costs. 
134. Arrest other than in execution of decree .– The provisions of sections 55, 
57 and 59 shall apply, so far as may be, to all persons arrested under this Code. 
135. Exemption fro m arrest under civil process .– (1) No Judge, Magistrate 
or other judicial officer shall be liable to arrest under civil process while going to, 
presiding in, or returning from, his Court. 
 (2) Where any matter is  pending before a tribunal having jurisdiction 
therein, or believing in good faith that it has such jurisdiction, the parties 
                                                                                                                                                  
1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan ( Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the 
Schedule; by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India 
(Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with  the First Schedule ; by the Repealing and Amending Act, 
1917 (XXIV of 1917), assented to by the Governor-General on 27 September 1917; and, was published in the Gazette of India 
(Extraordinary), dated: 29 September 1917, pp. 73 -76, s. 2 read with the First  Schedule; and by the Amending Act, 1916 (XIII 
of 1916), published in the Punjab Gazette, dated: 9 February 1917, pp. 6-8, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
1The expression “or section 130” was omitted ibid. 
2Substituted for the expression “Gazette of India or in the local official Gazette, as the case may be,” by the Government of 
India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -
344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations. 
3Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published 
in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations. 
4Ibid., for the words “local official Gazette”. 
5Ibid., for the words “Local Government”. 
thereto, their pleaders, mukhtars, revenue­agents and recognized agents, and 
their witnesses acting in obedience to a summons, shall be exempt from arrest 
under civil process other than process issued by such tribunal for contempt of 
Court while going to or attending such tribunal for the purpose of such matter, and 
while returning from such tribunal. 
 (3) Nothing in sub­section (2) shall enable a judgment­debtor to claim 
exemption from arrest under an order for immediate execution or where such 
judgment­debtor attends to show cause why he should not be committed to prison 
in execution of a decree. 
1
[135A. Exemption of members of legislative bodies from arrest and detention 
under civil process .– (1) No person shall be liable to arrest or detention in prison 
under civil process– 
2
[(a) if  he  is  member  of  a  
3
[*]  Legislature  
4
[* * * * * * * *]  
5
[* * * * * * * * *], 
during  the continuance  of  any meeting of  such Legislature 
6
[* *];] 
(b) if he is member of any committee of such 
7
[Legislature 
8
[* *] ], during 
the continuance of any meeting of such committee; 
9
[(c) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
and during the fourteen days before and after such meeting or sitting. 
(2) A person released from detention under sub­section (1) shall, 
subject to the provisions of the said sub­section, be liable to re­arrest and to the 
further detention to which he would have been liable if he had not been released 
under the provisions of sub­section (1).] 
136. Procedure where person to be arrested or property to be attached is 
outside district .– (1) Where an application is made that any person shall be 
arrested or that any property shall be attached under any provision of this Code 
not relating to the execution of decrees, and such person resides or such 
property is situate outside the local limits of the jurisdiction of the Court to which 
the application is made, the Court may, in its discretion, issue a warrant of 
                                                
1Inserted by the Legislative Members Exemption Act, 1925 (XXIII of 1925), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 19 
September 1925, p. 47, s. 3. 
2Substituted by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India 
(Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
3The word “unicameral” was omitted by  the Adaptation of Central Acts a nd Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. 4 of 1949), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
4The words “or of either Chamber of a bicameral Legislature” were omitted ibid. 
5The expression “constituted under the Government of India Act, 1935” was omitted  by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 
1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State 
Arrangements Order, 1959  o n 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 
January 1961, pp. 102-163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 
6The words “or Chamber” were omitted by  the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
7Substituted for the words “Chamber or Council”  by the Government of India ( Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, 
published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
8The words “or Chamber” were omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order,  1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
9Omitted ibid. It was earlier substituted by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order,  1937, published in the 
Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
arrest or make an order of attachment, and send to the District Court within the 
local limits of whose jurisdiction such person or property resides or is situate a 
copy of the warrant or order, together with the probable amount of the costs of 
the arrest or attachment. 
 (2) The District Court shall, on receipt of such copy and amount, cause 
the arrest or attachment to be made by its own officers, or by a Court subordinate 
to itself, and shall inform the Court which issued or made such warrant or order of 
the arrest or attachment. 
 (3) The Court making an arrest under this location shall send the 
person arrested to the Court by which the warrant of arrest was issued, unless 
he shows cause to the satisfaction of the former Court why he should not be 
sent to the latter Court, or unless he furnishes sufficient security for his 
appearance before the latter Court or for satisfying any decree that may be 
passed against him by that Court, in either of which cases the Court making the 
arrest shall release him. 
1
[(4) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
137. Language of subordinate Courts .– (1) The language which, on the 
commencement of this Code, is the language of any Court subordinate to a High 
Court shall continue to be the language of such subordinate Court until the 
2
[Provincial Government] otherwise directs. 
 (2) The 
3
[Provincial Government] may declare what shall be the language 
of any such Court and in what character applications to and proceedings in such 
Court shall be written. 
 (3) Where this Code requires or allows anything other than the recording 
of evidence to be done in writing in any such Court, such writing may be in 
English; but if any party or his pleader is unacquainted with English a 
translation into the language of the Court shall, at his request, be supplied to him; 
and the Court shall make such order as it thinks fit in respect of the payment of 
the costs of such translation. 
138. Power of High Court to require evidence to be recorded in English .– (1) 
The 
4
[High Court] may, by notification in the 
5
[Official Gazette], direct with respect 
to any Judge specified in the notification, or falling under a description set forth 
therein, that evidence in cases in which an appeal is allowed shall be taken down 
by him in the English language and in manner prescribed. 
                                                
1Omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. It was earlier amended by the 
Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 Apri l 
1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
2Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published 
in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations. 
3Ibid. 
4Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Decentralization Act, 1914 (IV of 1914), published in the Gazette of India, 
dated: 25 February 1914, pp. 21-32, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
5Substituted for the words “local official Gazette” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, 
published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 4 read with the Table of General 
Adaptations. 
 (2) Where a Judge is prevented by any sufficient reason from 
complying with a direction under sub­section (1), he shall record the reason and 
cause the evidence to be taken down in writing from his dictation in open Court. 
139. Oath on affidavit by whom to be administered .– In the case of any 
affidavit under this Code– 
(a) any Court or Magistrate, or 
(b) any officer or other person whom a High Court may appoint in this 
behalf, or 
(c) any officer appointed by any other Court which the 
1
[Provincial 
Government] has generally or specially empowered in this behalf, 
may administer the oath to the deponent. 
140. Assessors in causes of salvage, etc .– (1) In any Admiralty or Vice-
admiralty cause of salvage, towage or collision, the Court, whether it be 
exercising its original or its appellate jurisdiction, may, if it thinks fit, and shall upon 
request of either party to such cause, summon to its assistance, in such manner 
as it may direct or as may be prescribed, two competent assessors; and such 
assessors shall attend and assist accordingly. 
 (2) Every such assessor shall receive such fees for his attendance, to be 
paid by such of the parties as the Court may direct or as may be prescribed. 
2
[141. Proceedings regarding interlocutory app lications.– (1) The Court hearing a suit 
shall concurrently hear the interlocutory applications filed in the suit according to such 
timelines and in such manner as may be prescribed. 
(2) The filing of any application under subsection (1), including an appl ication for the 
rejection of the plaint or dismissal of a suit, shall be no ground to halt the proceedings in the 
suit or to dispense with or waive the requirement of filing a written statement within the 
timelines as provided in this Code.] 
142. Orders an d notices to be in writing .– All orders and notices served on or 
given to any person under the provisions of this Code shall be in writing. 
143. Postage.– Postage, where chargeable on a notice, summons or letter 
issued under this Code and forwarded by post, and the fee for registering the 
same, shall be paid within a time to be fixed before the communication is made: 
Provided that the 
3
[Provincial Government], 
4
[* * * * * * * * * *],  may remit 
such postage, or fee, or both, or may prescribe a scale of court­fees to be levied in 
lieu thereof. 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published 
in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations. 
2Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2020 (XIV of 2020), published in the Punjab Gazette 
(Extraordinary), dated: 11 August 2020, pp. 557-560, s. 9. 
3Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published 
in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations. 
4The words “with the previous sanction of the Governor  General in Council” were omitted by the Devolution Act, 1920 (XXXVIII 
of 1920), published in the Government Gazette, Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 24 September 1920, pp. 127 -153, s. 2 
read with the First Schedule. 
144. Application for restitution .– (1) Where and in so far as a decree is varied 
or reversed, the Court of first instance shall, on the application of any party 
entitled to any benefit by way of restitution or otherwise, cause such restitution 
to be made as will, so far as may be, place the parties in the position which they 
would have occupied but for such decree or such part thereof as has been 
varied or reversed; and, for this purpose, the Court may make any orders, including 
orders for the refund of costs and for the payment of interest, damages, 
compensation and mesne profits, which are properly consequential on such 
variation or reversal. 
 (2) No suit shall be instituted for the purpose of obtaining any 
restitution or other relief which could be obtained by application under sub­section 
(1). 
145. Enforcement of liability of surety .– Where any person has become liable 
as surety– 
(a) for the performance of any decree or any part thereof, or 
(b) for the restitution of any property taken in execution of a decree, or 
(c) for the payment of any money, or for the fulfillment of any 
condition imposed on any person, under an order of the Court in any 
suit or in any proceeding consequent thereon,  
the decree or order may be executed against him, to the extent to 
which he has rendered himself personally liable, in the manner 
herein provided for the execution of decrees, and such person 
shall, for the purposes of appeal, be deemed a party within the 
meaning of section 47: 
Provided that such notice as the Court in each case thinks sufficient has 
been given to the surety. 
146. Proceedings by or against representatives .– Save as otherwise provided 
by this Code or by any law for the time being in force, where any proceeding 
may be taken or application made by or against any person, then the 
proceeding may be taken or the application may be made by or against any 
person claiming under him. 
147. Consent or agreement by person under  disability.– In all suits to which 
any person under disability is a party, any consent or agreement as to any 
proceeding shall, if given or made with the express leave of the Court by the next 
friend or guardian for the suit, have the same force and effect as if such person 
were under no disability and had given such consent or made such agreement. 
148. Enlargement of time .– Where any period is fixed or granted by the Court 
for the doing of any act prescribed or allowed by this Code, the Court may, in its 
discretion, from time to, enlarge such period, even though the period originally 
fixed or granted may have expired. 
149. Power to make up deficiency of court­fees .– Where the whole or any 
part of any fee prescribed for any document by the law for the time being in 
force relating to court­fees has not been paid, the Court may, in its discretion, at 
any stage, allow the person, by whom such fee is payable, to pay the whole or 
part, as the case may be, of such court­fee; and upon such payment the 
document, in respect of which such fee is payable, shall have the same force and 
effect as if such fee had been paid in the first instance. 
150. Transfer of business .– Save as otherwise provided, where the 
business of any Court is transferred to any other Court, the Court to which the 
business is so transferred shall have the same powers and shall perform the 
same duties as those respectively conferred and imposed by or under this Code 
upon the Court from which the business was so transferred. 
151. Saving of inherent po wers of Court .– Nothing in this Code shall be 
deemed to limit or otherwise affect the inherent power of the Court 
1
[, to be 
exercised after recording reasons in writing, ] to make such orders as may be 
necessary for the ends of justice or to prevent abuse of the process of the Court. 
152. Amendment of judgments, decrees or orders .– Clerical or arithmetical 
mistakes in judgments, decrees or orders or errors arising therein from any 
accidental slip or omission may at any time be corrected by the Court either of its 
own motion or on the application of any of the parties. 
153. General power to amend .– The Court may at any time, and on such 
terms as to costs or otherwise as it may think fit, amend any defect or error in 
any proceeding in a suit; and all necessary amendments shall be made for the 
purpose of determining the real question or issue raised by or depending on 
such proceeding. 
2
[154. Saving of present right of appeal.– * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
3
[155. Amendment of certain Acts.– * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
4
[156. Repeals.– * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
157. Continuance of orders under repealed enactments .– Notifications 
published, declarations and rules made, places appointed, agreements filed, 
scales prescribed, forms framed, appointments made and powers conferred 
under Act VIII of 1859 or under any Code of Civil Procedure or any Act amending 
the same or under any other enactment hereby repealed shall, so far as they 
are consistent with this Code, have the same force and effect as if they had 
been respectively published, made, appointed, filed, prescribed, framed and 
conferred under this Code and by the authority empowered thereby in such 
behalf. 
                                                
1Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XI V of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette 
(Extraordinary), dated: 20 March 2018, pp. 6695-6698, s. 20. 
2Omitted by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary) dated: 8 July 1981, pp.345-475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. 
3Ibid. 
4Repealed by the Second Repealing and Amending Act, 1914 (XVII of 1914), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 19 
September 1914, pp. 68-72, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. 
158. Reference to Code of Civil Procedure and other repealed enactments .– 
In every enactment or notification passed or issued before the commencement of 
this Code in which reference is made to or to any Chapter or section of Act VIII of 
1859 or any Code of Civil Procedure or any Act amending the same or any other 
enactment hereby repealed, such reference shall, so far as may be practicable, be 
taken to be made to this Code or to its corresponding Part, Order, section or rule. 
1
[159.  Savings of proceedings .– All proceedings instituted prior to coming into 
force of the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab A mendment) Act 2020 shall be dealt in 
accordance with the provisions of the Act which existed prior to coming into force of 
the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2020. 
Explanation.– In this section, the expression “proceedings” includes suits, appeals, 
reviews, revisions, execution applications and anything incidental thereto.] 
                                                
1Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2020 (XIV of 2020), published in the Punjab Gazette 
(Extraordinary), dated: 11 August 2020, pp. 557-560, s. 10. 
THE FIRST SCHEDULE 
ORDER I 
Parties to Suits 
1. Who may be joined as plaintiffs .– All persons may be joined in one suit 
as plaintiffs in whom any right to relief in respect of or arising out of the same 
act or transaction or series of acts or transactions is alleged to exist, whether 
jointly, severally or in the alternative, where, if such persons brought separate 
suits, any common question of law or fact would arise. 
2. Power of Court to order separate trials .– Where it appears to the Court 
that any joinder of plaintiffs may embarrass or delay the trial of the suit, the Court 
may put the plaintiffs to their election or order separate trials or make such other 
order as may be expedient. 
3. Who may be joined as defendants .– All persons may be joined as 
defendants against whom any right to relief in respect of or arising out of the same 
act or transaction or series of acts or transactions is alleged to exist, whether 
jointly, severally or in the alternative, where if separate suits were brought against 
such persons any common question of law or fact would arise. 
4. Court may give judgment for or against one or more of joint parties .– 
Judgment may be given without any amendment– 
(a) for such one or more of the plaintiffs as may be found to be entitled 
to relief, for such relief as he or they may be entitled to; 
(b) against such one or more of the defendants as may be found to 
be liable, according to their respective liabilities. 
5. Defendant need not be interested in all the relief claimed .–  It shall not 
be necessary that every defendant shall be interested as to all the relief claimed in 
any suit against him. 
6. Joinder of parties liable on same contract .– The plaintiff may, at his 
option, join as parties to the same suit all or any of the persons severally, or 
jointly and severally, liable on any one contract, including parties to bills of 
exchange, hundis and promissory notes. 
7. When plaintiff in doubt from whom redress is to be sought.–  Where the 
plaintiff is in doubt as to the person from whom he is entitled to obtain redress, he 
may join two or more defendants in order that the question as to which of the 
defendants is liable, and to what extent, may be determined as between all 
parties. 
8. One person may sue or defend on behalf of all in same interest .– (1) 
Where there are nu merous persons having the same interest in one suit, one 
or more of such persons may, with the permission of the Court, sue or be sued, 
or may defend, in such suit, on behalf of or for the benefit of all persons so 
interested. But the Court shall in such case give, at the plaintiff's expense, notice 
of the institution of the suit to all such persons either by personal service or, 
where from the number of persons or any other cause such service is not 
reasonably practicable, by public advertisement, as the Court in each case may 
direct. 
 (2) Any person on whose behalf or for whose benefit a suit is instituted 
or defended under sub­rule (1) may apply to the Court to be made a party to such 
suit. 
9. Misjoinder and non -joinder.– No suit shall be defeated by reason of 
the misjoinder or non­joinder of parties, and the Court may in every suit deal 
with the matter in controversy so far as regards the rights and interests of the 
parties actually before it. 
10. Suit in name of wrong plaintiff .– (1) Where a suit has been instituted in 
the name of the wrong person as plaintiff or where it is doubtful whether it has 
been instituted in the name of the right plaintiff, the Court may at any stage of the 
suit, if satisfied that the suit has been instituted through a bona fide mistake, and 
that it is necessary for the determination of the real matter in dispute so to do, 
order any other person to be substituted or added as plaintiff upon such terms as 
the Court thinks just. 
 (2) Court may strike out or add parties .– The Court may at any stage 
of the proceedings, either upon or without the application of either party, and on 
such terms as may appear to the Court to be just, order that the name of any 
party improperly joined, whether as plaintiff or defendant, be struck out, and that 
the name of any person who ought to have been joined, whether as plaintiff or 
defendant, or whose presence before the Court may be necessary in order to 
enable the Court effectually and completely to adjudicate upon and settle all the 
questions involved in the suit, be added. 
 (3) No person shall be added as a plaintiff suing without a next friend 
or as the next friend of a plaintiff under any disability without his consent. 
 (4) Where defendant added, plaint to be amended .– Where a 
defendant is added, the plaint shall, unless the Court otherwise directs, be 
amended in such manner as may be necessary, and amended copies of the 
summons and of the plaint shall be served on the new defendant and, if the 
Court thinks fit, on the original defendant. 
 (5) Subject to the provisions of the 
1
[Limitation Act, 1908 (IX of 
1908)],  section 22, the proceedings as against any person added as 
defendant shall be deemed to have begun only on the service of the summons. 
2
[11. Conduct of suit.– The Court shall, at the time of framing of the issues, give 
the conduct of the suit to such party as it deems proper for expeditious adjudication 
of the suit.] 
                                                
1Substituted for the expression “Indian Limitation Act, 1877” by the Federal Laws (Revisi on and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 
(XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary) dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345 -475, s. 3 read with the 
Second Schedule. 
2Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018;  issued by the Lahore High Court,  Lahore; and, 
12. Appearance of one of several plaintiffs or defendants for others .– (1) 
Where there are more p laintiffs than one, any one or more of them may be 
authorized by any other of them to appear, plead or act for such other in any 
proceeding; and in like manner, where there are more defendants than one, any 
one or more of them may be authorized by any other of them to appear, plead or 
act for such other in any proceeding. 
 (2) The authority shall be in writing signed by the party giving it and shall 
be filed in Court.  
13. Objections as to non­joinder or misjoinder .– All objections on the ground 
of non­joinder or misjoinder of parties shall be taken at the earliest possible 
opportunity and, in all cases where issues are settled, at or before such 
settlement, unless the ground of objection has subsequently arisen, and any such 
objection not so taken shall be deemed to have been waived. 
ORDER II  
Frame of Suit 
1. Frame of suit .– Every suit shall as far as practicable be framed so as to 
afford ground for final decision upon the subjects in dispute and to prevent further 
litigation concerning them. 
2. Suit to include the whole claim .– (1) Every suit shall include the whole of 
the claim which the plaintiff is entitled to make in respect of the cause of action; 
but a plaintiff may relinquish any portion of his claim in order to bring the suit within 
the jurisdiction of any Court. 
 (2) Relinquishment of part of claim .– Where a plaintiff omits to sue in 
respect of, or intentionally relinquishes, any portion of his claim, he shall not 
afterwards sue in respect of the portion so omitted or relinquished. 
 (3) Omission to sue for one of several reliefs .– A person entitled to 
more than one relief in respect of the same cause of action may sue for all or any 
of such reliefs; but if he omits, except with the leave of the Court, to sue for all such 
reliefs, he shall not afterwards sue for any relief so omitted. 
Explanation.– For the purposes of this rule an obligation and a collateral 
security for its performance and successive claims arising under the same 
obligation shall be deemed respectively to constitute but one cause of action. 
Illustration 
A lets a house to B at a yearly rent of Rs.1,200. The rent for the whole of the 
years 1905, 1906 and 1907 is due and unpaid. A sues B in 1908 only for the rent 
due for 1906. A shall not afterwards sue B for the rent due for 1905 or 1907. 
3. Joinder of causes of action .– (1) Save as otherwise provided, a plaintiff 
may unite in the same suit several causes of action against the same 
defendant, or the same defendants jointly; and any plaintiffs having causes of 
                                                                                                                                                  
was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1: It came into force on 1 
November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, publishe d in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, 
Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
action in which they are jointly interested against the same defendant or the same 
defendants jointly may unite such causes of action in the same suit. 
 (2) Where causes of action are united, the jurisdiction of the Court as 
regards the suit shall depend on the amount or value of the aggregate 
subject­matters at the date of instituting the suit. 
4. Only certain claims to be joined for recovery of immoveable property .– No 
cause of action shall, unless with the leave of the Court, be joined with a suit for 
the recovery of immoveable property, except– 
(a) claims for mesne profits or arrears of rent in respect of the property 
claimed or any part thereof; 
(b) claims for damages for breach of any contract under which the 
property or any part thereof is held; and 
(c) claims in which the relief sought is based on the same cause of 
action: 
Provided that nothing in this rule shall be deemed to prevent any party in a 
suit for foreclosure or redemption from asking to be put into possession of the 
mortgaged property. 
5. Claims by or against executor, administrator or heir. – No claim by or 
against an executor, administrator or heir, as such, shall be joined with claims by 
or against him personally, unless the last mentioned claims are alleged to arise 
with reference to the estate in respect of which the plaintiff or defendant sues or 
is sued as executor, administrator or heir, or are such as he was entitled to, or 
liable for, jointly with the deceased person whom he represents. 
6. Power of Court to order separate trials .– Where it appears to the Court that 
any causes of action joined in one suit cannot be conveniently tried or disposed 
of together, the Court may order separate trials or make such other order as may 
be expedient. 
1
[6-A. Consolidation of suits .– Where two or more suits or proceedings of the 
same nature requiring determination of similar issues between the same parties 
are pending in relation to the sa me subject matter, the Court may, if considers it 
expedient for avoiding multiplicity of litigation or conflict in judgments, direct the 
consolidation of such suits or proceedings as one trial, whereupon all such suits 
or proceedings shall be decided on th e basis of the consolidated trial. ] 
7. Objections as to misjoinder .– All objections on the ground of misjoinder of 
causes of action shall be taken at the earliest possible opportunity and, in all cases 
where issues arc settled, at or before such settlement, unless the ground of 
objection has subsequently arisen, and any such objection not so taken shall be 
deemed to have been waived. 
                                                
1Inserted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was 
published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 2: It came into force on 1 November 
2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, 
dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
1
[8. (1) Where an objection, duly taken, has been allowed by the Court, the plaintiff 
shall be permitted to select the cause of action with which he will proceed and shall, 
within a time to be fixed by the Court, amend the plaint by striking out the remaining 
causes of action.  
(2) When the plaintiff has selected the cause of action with which he will 
proceed, the Court shall pas s an order giving him time within which to submit 
amended plaints for the remaining causes of action and for making up the court -
fees that may be necessary. Should the plaintiff not comply with  the Court‟s order, 
the Court shall proceed as provided in rule 18 of Order VI and as required by the 
provisions of the Court -fees Act.] 
ORDER III 
Recognized Agents and Pleaders 
1. Appearances, etc., may be in person, by recognized agent or by 
pleader.– Any appearance, application or act in or to any Court, required or 
authorized by law to be made or done by a party in such Court, may, except 
where otherwise expressly provided by any law for the time being in force, be 
made or done by the party in person, or by his recognized agent, or by a pleader 
2
[appearing, applying or acting, as the case may be,] on his behalf: 
Provided that any such appearance shall, if the Court so directs, be made by 
the party in person. 
2. Recognized agents .– The recognized agents of parties by whom such 
appearances, applications and acts may be made or done are– 
(a) persons holding powers­of­attorney, authorizing them to make and 
do such appearances, applications and acts on behalf of such 
parties; 
(b) persons carrying on trade or business for and in the names of parties 
not resident within the local limits of the jurisdiction of the Court within 
which limits the appearance, application or act is made or done, in 
matters connected with such trade or business only, where no other 
agent is expressly authorized to make and do such appearances, 
applications and acts.  
3. Service of process on recognized agent .– (1) Processes served on the 
recognized agent of a party shall be as effectual as if the same had been 
served on the party in person, unless the Court otherwise directs. 
 (2) The provisions for the service of process on a party to a suit shall 
apply to the service of process on his recognized agent. 
                                                
1Added by the Notification No. 6  G, dated: 1 January 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the 
Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 1 January 1909, pp. 2 -3. Above said Notification was confirmed by 
the Notification No. 2212 G, dated: 12 May 1909 ; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the Government 
Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 21 May 1909, p. 571. 
2Substituted for the words “duly appointed to act” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Second Amendment) Act, 1926 (XXII of 
1926), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 3 April 1926, p. 34, s. 2. 
1
[4. Appointment of pleader .– (1) No pleader shall act for any person in any 
Court, unless he has been appointed for the purpose by such person by a 
document in writing signed by such person or by his recognised  agent or by some 
other person duly authorised by or under a power of attorney to make such 
appointment. 
 (2) Every such appointment shall be filed in Court and shall be 
deemed to be in force until determined with the leave of the Court by a writing 
signed by the client or the pleader, as the case may be, and filed in Court, or until 
the client or the pleader dies, or until all proceedings in the suit are ended so far 
as regards the client. 
 (3) For the purposes of sub­rule (2) an application for review of 
judgment, an application under section 144 or section 152 of this Code, any 
appeal from any decree or order in the suit and any application or act for the 
purpose of obtaining copies of documents or return of documents produced or filed 
in the suit or of obtaining refund of monies paid into the Court in connection with 
the suit shall be deemed to be proceedings in the suit. 
 (4) The High Court may, by general order, direct that, where the 
person by whom a pleader is appointed is unable to write his name, his mark 
upon the document appointing the pleader shall be attested by such person and 
in such manner as may be specified by the order. 
 (5) No pleader who has been engaged for the purpose of pleading only 
shall plead on behalf of any party, unless he has filed in Court a memorandum of 
appearance signed by himself and stating– 
(a) the names of the parties to the suit, 
(b) the name of the party for whom he appears, and 
(c) the name of the person by whom he is authorised to appear: 
Provided that nothing in this sub­rule shall apply to any pleader engaged to 
plead on behalf of any party by any other pleader who has been duly appointed to 
act in Court on behalf of such party.] 
5. Service of process on  pleader.– Any process served on the pleader of 
any party or left at the office or ordinary residence of such pleader, and whether 
the same is for the personal appearance of the party or not, shall be presumed 
to be duly communicated and made known to the party whom the pleader 
represents, and, unless the Court otherwise directs, shall be as effectual for all 
purposes as if the same had been given to or served on the party in person. 
6. Agent to accept service .– (1) Besides the recognized agents described in 
rule 2 any person residing within the jurisdiction of the Court may be appointed an 
agent to accept service of process. 
(2) Appointment to be in writing and to be filed in Court .– Such 
appointment may be special or general and shall be made by an instrument in 
writing signed by the principal, and such instrument or, if the appointment is general, 
a certified copy thereof shall be filed in Court. 
                                                
1Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Second Amendment) Act, 1926 (XXII of 1926), published in the Gazette of India, 
dated: 3 April 1926, p. 34, s. 2. 
ORDER IV 
Institution of Suits 
1
[1. Courts to be numbered. – For the purposes of this Code, the Courts shall be 
numbered, identified and addressed with reference to the numbers allocated to 
them. 
2. Commencement of proceedings in suit .– (1) Every suit shall be instituted, 
by presenting a plaint to a Court or such officer as it appoints in this behalf, and 
assigned to an Administrative Judge and a Trial Judge under the Code.  
(2) Every plaint shall comply with the rules contained in Order VI and 
Order VII, so far as they are applicable.  
3. Register of suits .– The Administrative Judge shall cause the particulars of 
every suit to be entered in a book to be kept for the purpose and called the register 
of civil suits. Such entry shall be numbered in every year according to the order in 
which the plaints are admitted. ] 
2
[ORDER IV-A 
ADMINISTRATIVE JUDGES 
1. Administrative Judg es.– The District Judge shall designate as many Civil 
Judges in the District as Administrative Judges as are necessary to the disposal of 
load of work with dispatch.  
2. The Administrative Judge shall take and complete pre -trial proceedings in a 
suit, after it has been registered, when he is satisfied that the plaint and the written 
statement complies with the provisions of Orders VI and VII.  
3. The pre -trial proceedings include the proceedings under Orders V, VIII, IX, 
IX-A, IX-B, X, XI, XII, XIII and XIV.  
4. Upon taking and completing his pre -trial proceedings, the Administrative 
Judge shall cause the suit along with the entire record, placed on a specific date, 
before the Trial Judge for its trial under the Code:  
Provided that the Administrative Judge, bef ore sending the suit, shall satisfy 
himself that witnesses of the parties to the suit enter their appearance before the 
Trial Judge on the date when the suit is to be placed before him.  
5. The Trial Judge, before commencement of trial, shall cause registr ation of 
the suit in the register of civil suits in the manner provided in Order IV.]  
                                                
1Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  
was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 3: It came into force on 1 
November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, 
Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
2Inserted ibid., r. 4. 
ORDER V 
Issue and Service of Summons 
Issue of Summons 
1. Summons.– (1) When a suit has been duly instituted a summons may be 
issued to the defendant to appear and answer the claim on a day to be therein 
specified: 
Provided that no such summons shall be issued when the defendant 
has appeared at the presentation of the plaint and admitted the plaintiff‟s claim. 
 (2) A defendant to whom a summons has been issued under sub­rule (1) 
may appear– 
(a) in person, or 
(b) by a pleader duly instructed and able to answer all material questions 
relating to the suit, or 
(c) by a pleader accompanied by some person able to answer all such 
questions. 
 (3) Every such summons shall be signed by the Judge or such officer 
as he appoints, and shall be sealed with the seal of the Court. 
1
[2. Copy or statement annexed to the summons .– Every summons shall be 
accompanied by a copy of the p laint, or if so permitted by a concise statement, 
and copies of  the documents annexed with the plaint and a copy of the list 
under sub -rule (2) of Rule 14 in Order VII. ] 
3. Court may order defendant or plaintiff to appear in person .– (1) Where 
the Court sees reason to require the personal appearance of the defendant, the 
summons shall order him to appear in person in Court on the day therein specified. 
 (2) Where the Court sees reason to require the personal appearance 
of the plaintiff on the same day, it shall make an order for such appearance. 
4. No party be ordered to appear in person unless resident within certain 
limits.– No party shall be ordered to appear in person unless he resides– 
(a) within the local limits of the Court's ordinary original jurisdiction, or 
(b) without such limits but at a place less than fifty or (where there is 
railway or steamer communication or other established public 
conveyance for five­sixths of the distance between the place 
where he resides and the place where the Court is situate), less than 
two hundred miles distance from the court­house. 
                                                
1Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore  High Court, Lahore; and, 
was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 5: It came into force on 1 
November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Week ly Gazette, 
Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
5. Summons to be either to settle issues or for final disposal .– 
1
[(1)] The 
Court shall determine, at the time of issuing the summons, whether it shall be 
for the settlement of issues only, or for the final disposal of the suit; and the 
summons shall contain a direction accordingly: 
Provided that, in every suit heard by a Court of small Causes, the 
summons shall be for the final disposal of the suit. 
2
[(2) When the summons are for the settlement of issues, the summons 
shall state that the defendant may present written statement of his defence before 
the day fixed for his appearance. ] 
6. Fixing day for appearance of defendant .– The day for the appearance of 
the defendant shall be fixed with reference to the current business of the Court, 
the place of residence of the defendant and the time necessary for the service 
of the summons; and the day shall be so fixed as to allow the defendant 
sufficient time to enable him to appear and answer on such day. 
3
[7. Summons to order defendant to produce documents relied on by him .– 
The summons to appear and answer shall order the defendant to produce all 
documents in his possession or power upon which he bases h is defence or any 
claim for set off and shall further order that where he relies on any other documents 
(whether in his possession or power or not) as evidence in support of his defence 
or claim for set  off, he shall enter such documents in a list to be added or annexed 
to the written statement.]  
8. On issue of summons for final disposal, defendant to be directed to 
produce his witnesses .– Where the summons is for the final disposal of the suit, 
it shall also direct the defendant to produce, on the day fixed for his appearance, 
all witnesses upon whose evidence he intends to rely in support of his case. 
Service of Summons 
9. Delivery or transmission of summons for service .– (1) Where the 
defendant resides within the jurisdiction of the Court in which the suit is 
instituted, or has an agent resident within that jurisdiction who is empowered to 
accept the service of the summons, the summons shall, unless the Court 
otherwise directs, be delivered or sent to the proper officer to be served by him 
or one of his subordinates. 
(2) The proper officer may be an officer of a Court other than that in 
which the suit is instituted, and, where he is such an officer, the summons may be 
sent to him by post or in such other manner as the Court may direct. 
                                                
1Numbered by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  
was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp.  270-286, r. 5: It came into force on 1 
November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, 
Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
2Inserted ibid. 
3Substituted by the Notification No.  213-R./XI-Y.-17, dated: 24 July 1936; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; 
and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 31 July 1936, Part-III, p. 450. 
1
[(3) Unless the Court otherwise directs, the proper officer or an officer 
authorised by him in this behalf shall cause the service of summons and return it 
to the Court within fifteen days of issue of summons.] 
10. Mode of service .– Service of the summons shall be made by delivering 
or tendering a copy thereof signed by the Judge or such officer as he appoints in 
this behalf, and sealed with the seal of the Court. 
 
2
[Provided that in any case if the plaintif f so wishes, the Court may  
3
[* *] serve 
the summons in the first instance by registered post 
4
[(acknowledgment due) ] 
instead of in the mode of service laid down in this rule : 
5
[* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 
* * * * * * * * * * *] .] 
6
[10-A. Service by  post.– (1) Simultaneously with the issue of summons under 
rule 9, there shall be sent, unless otherwise ordered by the Court, to the defendant, 
by registered post acknowledgement due and another copy of the summons signed 
and sealed in the manner provided  in rule 10 by courier service, or as the court may 
determine, by urgent mail service of Pakistan Post, at the cost of the plaintiff.   
(2) The acknowledgment, purported to be signed by the defendant, of the 
receipt of the registered communication or an end orsement by a courier messenger 
or postal employee that the defendant refused to take delivery of the summons 
shall be deemed by the Court issuing the summons to be prima facie  proof of the 
service of the summons. ” 
11. Service on several defendants .– Save as otherwise prescribed, where 
there are more defendants than one, service of the summons shall be made on 
each defendant. 
12. Service to be on defendant in person when practicable or on his 
agent.– Wherever it is practicable, service shall be made on the defendant in 
person, unless he has an agent empowered to accept service, in which case 
service on such agent shall be sufficient. 
13. Service on agent by whom defendant carries on business .– (1) In a suit 
relating to any business or work against a person who does not reside within the 
local limits of the jurisdiction of the Court from which the summons is issued, 
                                                
1Added by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 July 1994; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11. 
2Added by the Notification No. 6 G, dated: 1 January 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the 
Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 1 January 1909, pp. 2 -3. Above said Notification was confirmed by 
the Notification No. 2212 G, dated: 12 May 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the Gove rnment 
Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 21 May 1909, p. 571. 
3The words “attempt to” were omitted by the Notification No. 563 -G, dated: 24 November 1927; issued by the High Court of 
Judicature at Lahore; and, was  published in the Government Gaz ette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 9 December 1927, 
Part-III, p. 1587. 
4Added ibid. 
5The expression “and provided always that should the defendant not appear in answer to the summons so issued, the Court 
shall have service effected in accordance with the provisions of this Order” were omitted ibid. 
6Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  
was published in the Pun jab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 5: It came into force on 1 
November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, 
Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. It was earlier inserted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in 
the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583 s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
service on any manager or agent, who, at the time of service, personally carries on 
such business or work for such person within such limits, shall be deemed good 
service. 
 (2) For the purpose of this rule the master of a ship shall be deemed to 
be the agent of the owner or charterer. 
14. Service on agent in charge in suits for immoveable property .– Where in 
a suit to obtain relief respecting, or compensation for wrong to, immoveable 
property, service cannot be made on the defendant in person, and the 
defendant has no agent empowered to accept the service, it may be made on any 
agent of the defendant in charge of the property. 
15. Where service may b e on male member of defendant‟s family .– Where 
in any suit the defendant cannot be found 
1
[ or is absent from his residence ] 
and has no agent empowered to accept service of the summons on his behalf, 
service may be made on any adult male member of the family of the defendant 
who is residing with him. 
Explanation.– A servant is not a member of the family within the meaning of this 
rule. 
16. Person served to sign acknowledgment .– Where the serving officer 
delivers or tenders a copy of the summons to the defendant personally, or to an 
agent or other person on his behalf, he shall require the signature of the person 
to whom the copy is so delivered or tendered to an acknowledgment of service 
endorsed on the original summons. 
17. Procedure when defendant refuses t o accept service, or cannot be 
found.– Where the defendant or his agent or such other person as aforesaid 
refuses to sign the acknowledgment, or where the serving officer, after using all 
due and reasonable diligence, cannot find the defendant, and there is no agent 
empowered to accept service of the summons on his behalf, nor any other 
person on whom service can be made, the serving officer shall affix a copy of the 
summons on the outer door or some other conspicuous part of the house in which 
the defendant ordinarily resides or carries on business or personally works for 
gain, and shall then return the original to the Court from which it was issued, with a 
report endorsed thereon or annexed thereto stating that he has so affixed the 
copy, the circumstances under which he did so, and the name and address of 
the person (if any) by whom the house was identified and in whose presence 
the copy was affixed. 
18. Endorsement of time and manner of service .– The serving officer shall, in 
all cases in which the summons has been served under rule 16, endorse or annex, 
or cause to be endorsed or annexed, on or to the original summons, a return 
stating the time when and the manner in which the summons was served, and the 
name and address of the person (if any) identifying the person served and 
witnessing the delivery or tender of the summons. 
                                                
1Inserted by the Notification No. 563-G, dated: 24 November 1927; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was  
published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 9 December 1927, Part-III, p. 1587. 
19. Examination of serving officer .– Where a summons is returned under rule 
17, the Court shall, if the return under that rule has not been verified by the 
affidavit of the serving officer, and may, if it has been so verified, examine the 
serving officer on oath, or cause him to be so examined by another Court, 
touching his proceedings, and may make such further inquiry in the matter as it 
thinks fit; and shall either declare that the summons has been duly served or order 
such service as it thinks fit. 
20. Substituted service .– 
1
[(1) Where the Court is satisfied that there is reason 
to believe that the defendant is keeping out of the way for the purpose of 
avoiding service, or that for any other reason the summons cannot be served in 
the ordinary way, the Court shall order for service of summons by– 
(a) affixing a copy of the summons at some conspicuous part of the 
house, if any, in which the defendant is known to have last resided 
or carried on business or personally worked for gain; or 
(b) any electronic device of communication which may include 
telegram, telephone, phonogram, telex, fax, radio and television; or 
(c) urgent mail service or public courier services; or 
(d) beat of drum in the locality where the defendant resides; or 
(e) publication in press; or 
(f) any other manner or mode as it may think fit: 
Provided that the Court may order the use of all or any of the aforesaid 
manners and modes of service simultaneously.] 
 (2) Effect of substituted service .– Service substituted by order of the 
Court shall be as effectual as if it had been made on the defendant personally. 
 (3) Where service substituted, time for appearance to be fixed .– 
Where service is substituted by order of the Court, the Court shall fix such time 
for the appearance of the defendant as the case may require 
2
[which shall not 
ordinarily exceed fifteen days]. 
21. Service of summons where defendant resides within jurisdiction of 
another Court .– A summons may be sent by the Court by which it is issued, 
whether within or without the province, either by one of its officers or by post to any 
Court (not being the High Court) having jurisdiction in the place where the 
defendant resides. 
3
[22. Service, within Presidency-towns of summons issued by Courts 
outside.– * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
23. Duty of Court to which summons is sent .– The Court to which a 
summons is sent under rule 21 
4
[* * *] shall, upon receipt thereof, proceed as if it 
                                                
1Substituted by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by t he President on 27 July 1994 and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11. 
2Added ibid. 
3Omitted by the Adaptation of  Central  Acts and  Ordinances Order, 1949  (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in  the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
4The expression “or rule 22” was omitted by the Adaptation of  Central  Acts and  Ordinances Order, 1949  (G.G.O. No. 4 of 
1949), published in th e Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the 
Schedule. 
had been issued by such Court and shall then return the summons to the Court 
of issue, together with the record (if any) of its proceedings with regard thereto. 
24. Service on defendant in prison .– Where the defendant is confined in a 
prison, the summons shall be delivered or sent by post or otherwise to the officer 
in charge of the prison for service on the defendant. 
25. Service where defendant resides out of  
1
[Pakistan] and has no agent .– 
Where the defendant resides out of 
2
[Pakistan] and has no agent in 
3
[Pakistan] 
empowered to accept service, the summons shall 
4
[except in the cases mentioned 
in rule 26A] be addressed to the defendant at the place where he is residing and 
sent to him by post, if there is postal communication between such place and the 
place where the Court is situate. 
26. Service in foreign territory th rough Political Agent or Court .– Where– 
(a) in the exercise of any foreign 
5
[or extra-provincial jurisdiction 
vested in the 
6
[Federal Government] ], a Political Agent has been 
appointed, or a Court has been established or continued, with 
power to serve a summons issued by a Court under this Code in 
any foreign territory in which the defendant resides, or 
7
[(b) 
8
[the Provincial Government] has, by notification in the 
9
[Official 
Gazette], declared, in r espect of any Court situate in any such 
territory and not established or continued in the exercise of any 
such jurisdiction as aforesaid, that service by such Court of any 
summons 
10
[issued under this Code by a Court of the Province] shall 
be deemed to be valid service,] 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federation" by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 
1960 (XXI of 1960); ass ented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.  
They were earlier substituted for the words  “British India” b y  the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 
(G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read 
with Article 4. 
2Ibid. 
3Ibid. 
4Inserted by the Co de of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1950 (LXVIII of 1950), published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 26 October 1950, p. 787, s. 2. 
5Substituted for the words “jurisdiction vested in His Majesty or in [the Central Government or the Cr own Representative]” by 
the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the Schedule . The words in crotchet were earlier  
substituted for the words “the Governor -General  in Council” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 
1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
6Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of 
General Adaptations. 
7Substituted by the Second Repealing and Amending Act, 1914 (XVII of 1914), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 19 
September 1914, pp. 68-72, s. 2 read with the First Schedule. 
8Substituted for the words “the Governor -General in Council”  by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 
1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
9Substituted ibid., for the words “Gazette of India”, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations. 
10Substituted for the words “issued by a Court under this Code” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 
1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
the summons may be sent to such Political Agent or Court, by post or 
otherwise, for the purpose of being served upon the defendant; and, if the 
Political Agent or Court returns the summons with an endorsement signed by 
such Political Agent or by the Judge or other officer of the Court that the 
summons has been served on the defendant in manner hereinbefore directed, 
such endorsement shall be deemed to be evidence of service. 
1
[26A. Service on civil public officer or on servant of railway company or local 
authority, in India .– Where the defendant is a servant (not belonging to the 
military, naval or air forces) of any Government in India, or a servant of a 
railway company or local authority in India, the summons together with a copy 
of it to be retained by the defendant shall be sent, with a request that it may be 
served on the defendant,– 
(a) in the case of a defendant serving in connection with the affairs of the 
Government of India or a servant of a Railway in India, to the 
Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry of Home 
Affairs, and 
(b) in the case of a defendant serving in connection with the affairs of 
any other Government in India, or in the case of a servant of a 
local authority in India, to the Home Secretary to that 
Government or, as the case may be, to the Home Secretary to the 
Government in whose territories the local authority has its jurisdiction.] 
27. Service on civil public officer or on servant of railway company or local 
authority.– Where the defendant is a public officer (not belonging to 
2
[the armed 
forces of Pakistan] 
3
[* * * * * *]), or is the servant of a railway company or local 
authority, the Court may, if it appears to it that the summons may be most 
conveniently so served, send it for service on the defendant to the head of the 
office in which he is employed, together with a copy to be retained by the 
defendant. 
28. Service on soldiers  4
[, sailors] 
5
[ or airmen].– Where the defendant is a 
soldier 
6
[, sailor] 
7
[or airman], the Court shall send the summons for service to his 
commanding officer together with a copy to be retained by the defendant. 
                                                
1Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1950 (LXVIII of 1950), published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 26 October 1950, p. 787, s. 3. 
2Substituted for the expression “His Majes ty‟s military, [naval or air] forces” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. 
No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 
1959  on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -
163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.  The words in crotchets were earlier substituted by 
“or naval” by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1927 (X  of 1927), published in the Gazette of India, s. 2 read with the First 
Schedule. 
3The expression “or His Majesty‟s Indian Marine Service” was omitted by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in 
the Gazette of India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181-183, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
4Inserted ibid. 
5Inserted by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1927 (X of 1927),  published in the Gazette of India, s. 2 read with the First 
Schedule. 
6Inserted by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in th e Gazette of India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181 -
183, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
7Inserted by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1927 (X of 1927),  published in the Gazette of India, s. 2 read with the First 
Schedule. 
29. Duty of person to whom summons is delivered or sent for service .– (1) 
Where a summons is delivered or sent to any person for service under rule 24, 
rule 27 or rule 28, such person shall be bound to serve it, if possible, and to 
return it under his signature, with the written acknowledgement of the defendant, 
and such signature shall be deemed to be evidence of service. 
 (2) Where from any cause service is impossible, the summons shall be 
returned to the Court with a full statement of such cause and of the steps taken 
to procure service, and such statement shall be deemed to be evidence of 
non­service. 
30. Substitution of letter for summons .– (1) The Court may, notwithstanding 
anything herein before contained, substitute for a summons a letter signed by 
the Judge or such officer as he may appoint in this behalf, where the defendant 
is, in the opinion of the Court, of a rank entitling him to such mark of 
consideration. 
 (2) A letter substituted under sub­rule (1) shall contain all the particulars 
required to be stated in a summons, and, subject to the provisions of sub­rule (3), 
shall be treated in all respects as a summons. 
 (3) A letter so substituted may be sent to the defendant by post or by a 
special messenger selected by the Court, or in any other manner which the Court 
thinks fit; and, where the defendant has an agent empowered to accept service, 
the letter may be delivered or sent to such agent. 
ORDER VI  
Pleadings generally 
1. Pleading.– “Pleading” shall mean plaint or wr itten statement . 
2. Pleading to state material facts and not evidence .– Every pleading shall 
contain, and contain only, a statement in a concise form of the material facts on 
which the party pleading relies for his claim or defence, as the case may be, but 
not the evidence by which they are to be proved, and shall, when necessary, be 
divided into paragraphs, numbered consecutively. Dates, sums and numbers 
shall be expressed in figures. 
3. Forms of pleading .– The forms in Appendix A when applicable, and 
where they are not applicable forms of the like character, as nearly as may be, 
shall be used for all pleadings. 
4. Particulars to be given where necessary .– In all cases in which the party 
pleading relies on any misrepresentation, fraud, breach of trust, willful default, or 
undue influence, and in all other cases in which particulars may be necessary 
beyond such as are exemplified in the forms aforesaid, particulars (with dates and 
items if necessary) shall be stated in the pleading. 
5. Further and better stat ement, or particulars .– A further and better 
statement of the nature of the claim or defence, or further and better particulars 
of any matter stated in any pleading, may in all cases be ordered, upon such 
terms, as to costs and otherwise, as may be just. 
6. Condition precedent .– Any condition precedent, the performance or 
occurrence of which is intended to be contested, shall be distinctly specified in 
his pleading by the plaintiff or defendant, as the case may be; and, subject 
thereto, an averment of the performance or occurrence of all conditions precedent 
necessary for the case of the plaintiff or defendant shall be implied in his pleading. 
7. Departure.– No pleading shall, except by way of amendment, raise any 
new ground of claim or contain any allegation of fact inconsistent with the previous 
pleadings of the party pleading the same. 
8. Denial of contract .– Where a contract is alleged in any pleading, a bare 
denial of the same by the opposite party shall be construed only as a denial in 
fact of the express contract alleged or of the matters of fact from which the 
same may be implied, and not as a denial of the legality or sufficiency in law of such 
contract. 
9. Effect of document to be stated .– Wherever the contents of any 
document are material, it shall be sufficient in any pleading to state the effect 
thereof as briefly as possible, without setting out the whole or any part thereof, 
unless the precise words of the document or any part thereof are material. 
10. Malice, knowledge, etc .– Wherever it is material to allege malice, 
fraudulent intention, knowledge or other condition of the mind of any person, it 
shall be sufficient to allege the same as a fact without setting out the 
circumstances from which the same is to be inferred. 
11. Notice.– Wherever it is material to allege notice to any person of any 
fact, matter or thing, it shall be sufficient to allege such notice as a fact, unless the 
form or the precise terms of such notice, or the circumstances from which such 
notice is to be inferred, are material. 
12. Implied contract, or relation .– Whenever any contract or any relation 
between any persons is to be implied from a series of letters or conversations or 
otherwise from a number of circumstances, it shall be sufficient to allege such 
contract or relation as a fact, and to refer generally to such letters, 
conversations or circumstances without setting them out in detail. And if in such 
case the person so pleading desires to rely in the alternative upon more 
contracts or relations than one as to be implied from such circumstances, he may 
state the same in the alternative. 
13. Presumptions of law .– Neither party need in any pleading allege any 
matter of fact which the law presumes in his favour or as to which the burden of 
proof lies upon the other side unless the same has first been specifically denied 
(e.g., consideration for a bill of exchange where the plaintiff sues only on the bill 
and not for the consideration as a substantive ground of claim). 
14. Pleading to be signed .– Every pleading shall be signed by the party and 
his pleader (if any): 
Provided that where a party pleading is, by reason of absence or for other 
good cause, unable to sign the pleading, it may be signed by any person duly 
authorized by him to sign the same or to sue or defend on his behalf. 
15. Verification of pleadings .– (1) Save as otherwise provided by any law 
for the time being in force, every pleading shall be verified 
1
[on oath or solemn 
affirmation] at the foot by the party or by one of the parties pleading or by some 
other person proved to the satisfaction of the Court to be acquainted with the 
facts of the case. 
 (2) The person verifying shall specify, by reference to the numbered 
paragraphs of the pleading, what he verifies of his own knowledge and what he 
verifies upon information received and believed to be true. 
 (3) The verification shall be signed by the person making it and shall 
state the date on which and the place at which it was signed. 
16. Striking out pleadings .– The Court may at any stage of the proceedings 
order to be struck out or amended any matter in any pleading which may be 
unnecessary or scandalous or which may tend to prejudice, embarrass or delay the 
fair trial of the suit. 
17. Amendment of pleadings .– The Court may at any stage of the 
proceedings allow either party to alter or amend his pleadings in such manner 
and on such terms as may be just, and all such amendments shall be made 
as may be necessary for the purpose of determining the real questions in 
controversy between the parties. 
18. Failure to amend after order .– If a party who has obtained an order for 
leave to amend does not amend accordingly within the time limited for that 
purpose by the order, or if no time is thereby limited then within fourteen days 
from the date of the order, he shall not be permitted to amend after the expiration 
of such limited time as aforesaid or of such fourteen days, as the case may be, 
unless the time is extended by the Court. 
ORDER VII 
Plaint 
1. Particulars to be contained in plaint.– The plaint shall contain the following 
particulars:– 
(a) the name of the Court in which the suit is brought; 
(b) the name, description and place of residence of the plaintiff; 
(c) the name, description and place of residence of the defendant, 
so far as they can be ascertained; 
(d) where the plaintiff or the defendant is a minor or a person of 
unsound mind, a statement to that effect; 
(e) the facts constituting the cause of action and when it arose; 
(f) the facts showing that the Court has jurisdiction; 
(g) the relief which the plaintiff claims; 
                                                
1Inserted by the Law Reforms Ordin ance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 
April 1972, pp. 526-583 s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
(h) where the plaintiff has allowed a set­off or relinquished a portion of his 
claim, the amount so allowed or relinquished; and 
(i) a statement of the value of the subject­matter of the suit for the 
purposes of jurisdiction and of court­fees, so far as the case admits. 
2. In money suits .– Where the plaintiff seeks the recovery of money, the 
plaint shall state the precise amount claimed: 
But where the plaintiff sues for mesne profits, or for an amount which will be 
found due to him on taking unsettled accounts between him and the defendant 
1
[or for moveables in the possessi on of the defendant , or for debts of which the 
value he cannot, after the exercise of reasonable diligence, estimate]  the plaint 
shall state approximately the amount 
2
[or value] sued for. 
3. Where the subject­matter of the suit is immoveable property .– Where 
the subject­matter of the suit is immoveable property, the plaint shall contain a 
description of the property sufficient to identify it, and, in case such property 
can be identified by boundaries or numbers in a record of settlement of survey, 
the plaint shall specify such boundaries or numbers. 
4. When plaintiff sues as representative .– Where the plaintiff sues in a 
representative character, the plaint shall show not only that he has an actual 
existing interest in the subject­matter, but that he has taken the steps (if any) 
necessary to enable him to institute a suit concerning it. 
5. Defendant‟s interest and liability to be shown .– The plaint shall show 
that the defendant is or claims to be interested in the subject­matter, and that 
he is liable to be called upon to answer the plaintiff‟s demand. 
6. Grounds of exemption from limitation law .– Where the suit is instituted 
after the expiration of the period prescribed by the law of limitation, the plaint shall 
show the ground upon which exemption from such law is claimed. 
7. Relief to be specifically stated .– Every plaint shall state specifically the 
relief which the plaintiff claims either simply or in the alternative, and it shall not be 
necessary to ask for general or other relief which may always be given as the 
Court may think just to the same extent as if it had been asked for. And the same 
rule shall apply to any relief claimed by the defendant in his written statement. 
8. Relief founded on separate grounds .– Where the plaintiff seeks relief in 
respect of several distinct claims or causes of action founded upon separate and 
distinct grounds, they shall be stated as far as may be separately and distinctly. 
                                                
1Inserted by the Notification No. 6 G, dated: 1 January 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was publish ed in the 
Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 1 January 1909, pp. 2 -3. Above said Notification was confirmed by 
the Notification No. 2212 G, dated: 12 May 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the Government 
Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 21 May 1909, p. 571. 
2Ibid. 
9. Procedure on admitting plaint .– 
1
[(1)The plaintiff shall endorse on the 
plaint, or annex thereto, a list of the documents (if any) which he has produced 
along with it. 
 (1A) The plaintiff shall present with his plaint– 
2
[(a) copies of the plaint and documents under rule 14 for each defendant 
and two extra copies; ] 
(b) draft forms of summons and fees for the service thereof.] 
(2) Concise statements .– Where the plaintiff sues, or the defendant or 
any of the defendants is sued, in a representative capacity, such statements shall 
show in what capacity the plaintiff or defendant sues or is sued. 
(3) The plaintiff may, by leave of the Court, amend such statements so 
as to make them correspond with the plaint. 
(4) The chief ministerial officer of the Court shall sign such list and 
copies or statements if, on examination, he finds them to be correct. 
10. Return of plaint.– (1) The plaint shall at any stage of the suit be returned to 
be presented to the Court in which the suit should have been instituted. 
 (2) Procedure on returning plaint .– On returning a plaint the Judge 
shall endorse thereon the date of its presentation and return, the name of the 
party presenting it, and a brief statement of the reasons for returning it. 
11. Rejection of plaint .– The plaint shall be rejected in the following cases:– 
(a) where it does not disclose a cause of action: 
(b) where the relief claimed is undervalued, and the plaintiff, on being 
required by the Court to correct the valuation within a time to be fixed 
by the Court, fails to do so: 
(c) where the relief claimed is properly valued, but the plaint is written 
upon paper insufficiently stamped, and the plaintiff, on being 
required by the Court to supply the requisite stamp paper within a 
time to be fixed by the Court, fails to do so: 
3
[(d) where the suit appears, from the record available with the court, to be 
barred by any la w.] 
4
[11-A. Separate application barred .– A plea for rejection of plaint under rule 11 
may be raised by the defendant in his written statement and not by a separate 
application. ] 
                                                
1Substituted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 
April 1972, pp. 526-583 s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
2Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  
was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 6: It came into force on 1 
November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, 
Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
3Ibid. 
4Inserted ibid. 
12. Procedure on rejecting plaint .– Where a plaint is rejected the Judge shall 
record an order to that effect with the reasons for such order. 
1
[13. Where rejection of plaint does not preclude presentation of fresh 
plaint.– The rejection of the plaint, on any of the grounds mentioned in clause (a), 
clause (b) or clause (c) of rule 11, shall not, of its own force, preclude the plaintiff 
from presenting a fresh plaint in respect of the same cause of action. ] 
Documents relied on in plaint 
14. Production of document on which plaintiff sues .– (1) Where a plaintiff 
sues upon a document in his possession or power, he shall produce it in Court 
when the plaint is presented, and shall at the same time deliver the document or a 
copy thereof to be filed with the plaint. 
 (2) List of other documents .– Where he relies on any other documents 
(whether in his possession or power or not) as evidence in support of his claim, he 
shall enter such documents in a list to be added or annexed to the plaint. 
15. Statement in case of documents not in his possession or power .– 
Where any such document is not in the possession or power of the plaintiff, 
he shall, if possible, state in whose possession or power it is. 
16. Suits on lost negotiable instruments .– Where the suit is founded upon a 
negotiable instrument, and it is proved that the instrument is lost, and an indemnity 
is given by the plaintiff, to the satisfaction of the Court, against the claims of any 
other person upon such instrument, the Court may pass such decree as it would 
have passed if the plaintiff had produced the instrument in Court when the plaint 
was presented, and had at the same time delivered a copy of the instrument to be 
filed with the plaint. 
17. Production of shop­book .– (1) Save in so far as is otherwise provided by 
the Bankers' Books Evidence Act, 1891
2
, where the document on which the 
plaintiff sues is an entry in a shop­book or other account, in his possession or 
power, the plaintiff shall produce the book or account at the time of filing the plaint, 
together with a copy of the entry on which he relies. 
 (2) Original entry to be marked  and returned .– The Court, or such 
officer as it appoints in this behalf, shall forthwith mark the document for the 
purpose of identification; and, after examining and comparing the copy with the 
original, shall, if it is found correct, certify it to be so and return the book to the 
plaintiff and cause the copy to be filed. 
3
[Explanation.– When a shop  book or other account written in a langua ge other 
than English or the language of the Court is produced with a translation or 
                                                
1Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by  the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  
was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 6: It came into force on 1 
November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, 
Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
2XVIII of 1891. 
3Added by the Notification No. 88 -Gaz./XI-Y.-7, dated: 9 March 1935; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, 
was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 15 March 1935, p. 152. 
transliteration of the relevant entry, the party producing it shall not be required to 
present a separate affidavit as to the correctness of the translation or 
transliteration, but shall add a certificate on the document itself, that it is a full and 
true translation or transliteration of the original entry, and no examination or 
comparison by the ministerial officer shall be required except by a special order of 
the Court.] 
18. Inadmissibility of document not produced when plaint filed .– (1) A 
document which ought to be produced in Court by the plaintiff when the plaint is 
presented, or to be entered in the list to be added or annexed to the pliant, and 
which is not produced or entered accordingly, shall not, without the leave of the 
Court, be received in evidence on his behalf at the hearing of the suit. 
 (2) Nothing in this rule applies to documents produced for 
cross­examination of the defendant's witnesses, or in answer to any case set up 
by the defendant or handed to a witness merely to refresh his memory. 
1
[19. Address to be filed with plaint .– (1) Every plaint or original petition shall 
be accompanied by a proceeding giving an address at which service of notice, 
summons or other process may be made on the plaintiff or petitioner. 
 (2) Plaintiffs or petitioners subsequently added shall immediately on 
being so added file a proceeding of this nature. 
 (3) The address filed under this rule shall be entered in the Register of 
suits maintained under Order IV, rule 2. 
20. Nature of address to be filed .– An address for service filed under the 
preceding rule shall be within the local limits of the District Court within which the 
suit or petition is filed, or of the District Court within which the party ordinarily 
resides.  
21. Consequences of failure to file address .– Where a plaintiff or petitioner 
fails to file an address for service, he shall be liable to have his suit dismissed or his 
petition rejected by the Court suo moto or any party may apply for an order to that 
effect, and the Court may make such order as it thinks just. 
2
[21-A.Consequence of failure to annex copy etc. with the plaint .– When the 
plaintiff fails to annex a copy of the plaint or concise statement or copies of 
documents mentioned in rule 2, the Court may make such order as it thinks just 
and fit.] 
22. Procedure when party not found at the place of address .– (1) Where a 
party is not found at the address given by him for service and no agent or adult 
male member of his family on whom a notice, summons or other process can 
be served is present, a copy of the notice, summons or other process shall be 
fixed to the outer door of the house. 
                                                
1Rules 19 to 26 were added  by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583 s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
2Inserted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was 
published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 6: It came into force on 1 November 
2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, 
dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
 (2) If, on the date fixed, such party is not present, another date shall 
be fixed and a copy of the notice, summons or other process shall be sent to the 
said address by registered post, and such service shall be deemed to be as 
effectual as if the notice, summons or other process had been personally served. 
23. Service on pleader .– Where a party engages a pleader, notices, summons 
or other processes for service on him shall be served in the manner prescribed 
by Order III, rule 5, unless the Court directs service at the address for service 
given by the party. 
24. Change of address .– A party who desires to change the address for 
service given by him as aforesaid shall file a verified petition, and the Court 
may direct the amendment of the record accordingly. Notice of such petition 
shall be given to such other parties to the suit as the Court may deem it 
necessary to inform, and may be either served upon the pleaders for such parties 
or be sent to them by registered post, as the Court thinks fit. 
25. Service by other modes .– Nothing in these rules shall prevent the Court 
from directing the service of a notice, summons or other process in any other 
manner, if, for any reasons, it thinks fit to do so. 
26. List of legal representatives of plaintiff .– (1) In every suit of the nature 
referred to in rule 3, Order XXII, the plaint shall be accompanied by a statement 
giving– 
(a) the names and addresses of the persons whom, in the event of the 
death of the plaintiff, may be made a party as his legal 
representatives; 
(b) the name and address of the person who, in the event of the 
death of the plaintiff, shall intimate such fact to the Court, furnish the 
Court with the names, particulars and addresses of the legal 
representatives of the plaintiff and make an application for the 
legal representatives to be made a party. 
(2) A plaintiff may at any time– 
(a) file in the Court an amended list, of his presumptive legal 
representatives; 
(b) nominate another person, in the place of the person nominated 
under clause (b) of sub­rule (1), for the purposes of that clause. 
(3) A nomination made under clause (b) of sub­rule (1) shall, unless 
varied under clause (b) of sub­rule (2) remain in force throughout the pendency 
of the suit and any proceedings arising therefrom, including appeal, revision and 
review.]  
1
[(4) Failure of the plaintiff to file the list of legal representatives, as 
aforesaid, shall render the suit liable to be dismissed. ]  
                                                
1Inserted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was 
published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 6: It came into force on 1 November 
2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, P art-III, 
dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
ORDER VIII 
Written Statement and Set­off  
1
[1. Written statement .– (1) The defendant 
2
[* * * * * * * *  *], shall at or before 
the first hearing or within such time as the Court may permit present a written 
statement of his defence, and with such written sta tement, o r if there is no written 
statement, at the first hearing , shall  produce in Court all documents in his 
possession or power on which he basis his defence or any claim for set  off. 
 (2) Where he relies on any other documents as evidence in support o f his 
defence or claim for set  off, he shall enter such documents in a list to be added or 
annexed to the written statement , or where there is no written statement, to be 
presented at the first hearing. If no such list is so annexed or presented, the 
defendant shall be allowed a further period of ten days to file this list of documents.  
 (3) A document which ought to be entered in the list referred to in sub -
clause (2) but which has not been so entered, shall not, without the leave of the 
Court, be received  in evidence on the defendant‟s behalf at the hearing of the suit.  
 (4) Nothing in this rule shall apply to documents produced for cross -
examination of plaintiff‟s witnesses or handed to a witness merely to refresh his 
memory 
3
[:] ]  
4
[Provided that the period allowed for filing the written statement shall 
not ordinarily exceed 
5
[thirty] days.]  
6
[Provided further that not more than two adjournments shall be granted for 
presenting the written statement.] 
7
[1-A. Presumption of admission of contents of plaint .– When the defendant 
fails to present written statement of his defence before the day fixed for his hearing, 
the Court shall presume that he admits the contents of the plaint as true:  
Provided that nothing shall preclude the Court from permitting the defe ndant 
to present written statement, upon showing a just and sufficient cause in an 
application in writing supported by an affidavit:  
Provided further that the permission to present written statement shall not 
extend beyond the period fixed in rule 1.  
                                                
1Substituted by the Notification No. 191-R./XI-Y.-8, dated: 19 June 1939; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, 
was  published in the Government Gazette, Punjab, dated: 23 June 1939, Part-III, pp. 491-492. 
2The expression “may, and, if so required by Court” was omitted by the Notification No. 300 Rules/XI­Y­26, dated: 2 October 
2001; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), Part -III, dated: 
18 October 2001. 
3Substituted for the “full­stop” by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583 s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
4Added ibid.  
5Substituted for the word “ninety” by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 July 
1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11. 
6Added by the Notification No. 300 Rule s/XI­Y­26, dated: 2 October 2001; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), Part-III, dated: 18 October 2001. 
7Inserted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was 
published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 7: It came into force on 1 November 
2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the  Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, 
dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
1-B. Additional copies of written statement and documents .– The defendant 
shall furnish additional copies of written statement and of the documents annexed 
therewith for their supply to the plaintiff. ] 
2. New facts must be specially pleaded .– The defendant must raise by his 
pleading all matters which show the suit not to be maintainable, or that the 
transaction is either void or voidable in point of law, and all such grounds of 
defence as, if not raised, would be likely to take the opposite party by surprise, 
or would raise issues of fact not arising out of the plaint, as, for instance, fraud, 
limitation, release, payment, performance, or facts showing illegality. 
3. Denial to be specific .– It shall not be sufficient for a defendant in his 
written statement to deny generally the grounds alleged by the plaintiff, but the 
defendant must deal specifically with each allegation of fact of which he does not 
admit the truth, except damages. 
4. Evasive denial .– Where a defendant denies an allegation of fact in the 
plaint, he must not do so evasively, but answer the point of substance. Thus, if it 
is alleged that he received a certain sum of money, it shall not be sufficient to 
deny that he received that particular amount, but he must deny that he received 
that sum or any part thereof, or else set out how much he received. And if an 
allegation is made with diverse circumstances, it shall not be sufficient to deny it 
along with those circumstances. 
5. Specific denial .– Every allegation of fact in the plaint, if not denied 
specifically or by necessary implication, or stated to be not admitted in the 
pleading of the defendant, shall be taken to be admitted except as against a 
person under disability: 
Provided that the Court may in its discretion require any fact so admitted 
to be proved otherwise than by such admission. 
6. Particulars of set­off to be given in written statement .– (1) Where in a 
suit for the recovery of money the defendant claims to set­off against the 
plaintiff's demand any ascertained sum of money legally recoverable by him from 
the plaintiff, not exceeding the pecuniary limits of the jurisdiction of the Court, and 
both parties fill the same character as they fill in the plaintiff's suit, the defendant 
may, at the first hearing of the suit, but not afterwards unless permitted by the 
Court, present a written statement containing the particulars of the debt sought to 
be set­off. 
 (2) Effect of Set­off .– The written statement shall have the same effect 
as a plaint in a cross­suit so as to enable the Court to pronounce a final judgement 
in respect both of the original claim and of the set­off: but this shall not affect the 
lien, upon the amount decreed, of any pleader in respect of the costs payable to 
him under the decree. 
 (3) The rules relating to a written statement by a defendant apply to a 
written statement in answer to a claim of set­off. 
 
 
Illustrations 
 (a) A bequeaths Rs.2,000 to B and appoints C his executor and 
residuary legatee. B dies and D takes out administration to B's effect. C pays 
Rs.1,000 as surety for D; then D sues C for the legacy. C cannot set­off the debt 
of Rs.1,000 against the legacy, for neither C nor D fills the same character with 
respect to the legacy as they fill with respect to the payment of the Rs.1,000. 
 (b) A dies intestate and in debt to B. C  takes out administration to A's 
effects and B buys part of the effects from C. In a suit for the purchase­money by 
C against B, the latter cannot set­off the debt against the price, for C fills two 
different characters, one as the vendor to B, in which he sues B, and the other as 
representative to A. 
 (c) A sues B on a bill of exchange. B alleges that A has wrongfully 
neglected to insure B's goods and is liable to him in compensation which he 
claims to set­off. The amount not being ascertained cannot be set­off. 
 (d) A sues B on a bill of exchange for Rs.500. B holds a judgment 
against A for Rs.1,000. The two claims being both definite pecuniary demands may 
be set­off. 
 (e) A sues B for compensation on account of trespass. B holds a 
promissory note for Rs.1,000 from A and claims to set­off that amount against any 
sum that A may recover in the suit. B may do so, for, as soon as A recovers, both 
sums as definite pecuniary demands. 
 (f) A and B sue C for Rs.1,000, C cannot set­off a debt due to him by A 
alone. 
 (g) A sues B and C for Rs.1,000. B cannot set­off a debt due to him alone 
by A. 
 (h) A owes the partnership firm of B and C Rs.1,000. B dies, leaving C 
surviving. A sues C for a debt of Rs.1,500 due in his separate character. C may 
set­off the debt of Rs.1,000. 
7. Defence or set­off founded on separate grounds .– Where the defendant 
relies upon several distinct grounds of defence or set­off founded upon separate 
and distinct facts, they shall be stated, as far as may be, separately and distinctly. 
8. New ground of defence .– Any ground of defence which has arisen after 
the institution of the suit or the presentation of a written statement claiming a set­off 
may be raised by the defendant or plaintiff, as the case may be, in his written 
statement. 
9. Subsequent pleadings .– No pleading subsequent to the written statement 
of a defendant other than by way of defence to a set­off shall be presented 
except by the leave of the Court and upon such terms as the Court thinks fit, but 
the Court may at any time require a written statement or additional written 
statement from any of the parties and fix a time for presenting the same. 
10. Procedure when party fails to present written statement called for by 
Court.– Where any party from whom a written statement is so required fails to 
present the same within the time fixed by the Court, the Court may pronounce 
judgment against him, or make such order in relation to the suit as it thinks fit. 
1
[11. Address for service .– (1) Every party, whether original, added or 
substituted, who appears in any suit or other proceeding, shall, on or before the 
date fixed in the summons, notice or other process served on him, file in Court a 
proceeding stating his address for service.  
 (2) Such address shall be entered in the Register of suits to be 
maintained under Order IV, rule 2. 
 (3) Rules 20, 23, 24 and 25 of Order VII shall apply, so far as may be, to 
addresses for service filed under this rule. 
12. Consequences of failure to file address .– (1) Where a party fails to file 
an address for service as provided in the preceding rule, he shall be liable to have 
his defence, if any, struck out and to be placed in the same position as if he had 
not defended. 
 (2) The Court may pass an order under sub­rule (1) suo moto or on the 
application of any party. 
13. List of legal representatives of defendant .– (1) In every suit of the nature 
referred to in rule 4, Order XXII, the written statement shall be accompanied by a 
statement giving– 
(a) the names and addresses of the persons who, in the event of the 
death of the defendant, may be made a party as his legal 
representatives; 
(b) the name and address of the person, who in the event of the death 
of the defendant, shall intimate such fact to the Court, furnish the 
Court with the names, particulars and addresses of the legal 
representatives of the defendant and make an application for 
the legal representatives to be made a party. 
 (2) A defendant may at any time_ 
(a) file in the Court an amended list of his presumptive representatives; 
(b) nominate another person, in the place of the person nominated 
under clause (b) of sub­rule (1), for the purposes of that clause. 
 (3) A nomination made under clause (b) of sub­rule (1) shall, unless 
varied under clause (b) of sub­rule (2), remain in force throughout the pendency 
of the suit and any proceedings arising therefrom, including appeal, revision or 
review.] 
2
[(4) Failure of the defendant to file the list of legal representatives, as 
aforesaid, shall render his defence liable to be struck out.  
                                                
1Rule 11 to 13 were added by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
2Inserted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was 
published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 7: It came into force on 1 November 
2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, 
dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
(5) The Court  may, on an application made by the defendant when 
accompanied with the list of legal representatives and disclosing a sufficient cause 
for non-filing of the list, recall the order passed under sub -rule (4) and allow him to 
continue with his defence of the  suit.]  
ORDER IX 
Appearance of Parties and Consequence of Non­appearance 
1. Parties to appear on day fixed in summons for defendant to appear and 
answer.– On the day fixed in the summons for the defendant to appear and 
answer, the parties shall be in attendance at the Court­house in person or by 
their respective pleaders, and the suit shall then be heard unless the hearing 
is adjourned to a future day fixed by the Court. 
2. Dismissal of suit where summons not served in consequence of 
plaintiff‟s failure to  pay costs .– Where on the day so fixed it is found that the 
summons has not been served upon the defendant in consequence of the failure 
of the plaintiff to pay the court­fee or postal charges (if any) chargeable for such 
service, the Court may make an order that the suit be dismissed: 
Provided that no such order shall be made although the summons has 
not been served upon the defendant, if on the day fixed for him to appear and 
answer he attends in person or by agent when he is allowed to appear by agent. 
3. Where neither party appears, suit to be dismissed .– Where neither party 
appears when the suit is called on for hearing, the Court may make an order that 
the suit be dismissed. 
4. Plaintiff may bring fresh suit or Court may restore suit to file .– 
1
[(1)] 
Where a suit is dismissed under rule 2 or rule 3, the plaintiff may (subject to the 
law of limitation) bring a fresh suit, or he may apply for an order to set the 
dismissal aside, and if he satisfies the Court that there was sufficient cause for his 
not paying the court­fee and postal charges (if any) required within the time fixed 
before the issue of the summons, or for his non­appearance, as the case may 
be, the Court shall make an order setting aside the dismissal and shall appoint a 
day for proceeding with the suit. 
2
[(2) The provision of section 5 of the Limitation Act, 1908 (IX of 1908) 
shall apply to applications under sub­rule (1).] 
5. Dismissal of suit where plaintiff, after summons returned unserved, 
fails for  
3
[three months ] to apply for fresh summ ons.– 
4
[(1) Where, after a 
summons has been issued to the defendant, or to one of several defendants, and 
returned unserved, the plaintiff fails, for a period of three months from the date of 
                                                
1Renumbered by the Notification No. 300 Rules/XI­Y­26, dated: 2 October 2001; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, 
was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), Part-III, dated: 18 October 2001. 
2Added ibid. 
3Substituted for the words “a year” by virtue of substitution of subsection (1) by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 
1920 (XXIV of 1920), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 4 September 1940, p. 73, s. 2. 
4Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1920 (XXIV of 1920), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 4 
September 1940, p. 75, s. 2. 
the return made to the Court by the officer ordinarily certifying to the Court 
returns made by the serving officers, to apply for the issue of a fresh summons the 
Court shall make an order that the suit be dismissed as against such defendant, 
unless the plaintiff has within the said period satisfied the Court that– 
(a) he has failed after using his best endeavours to discover the 
residence of the defendant who has not been served, or 
(b) such defendant is avoiding service of process, or 
(c) there is any other sufficient cause for extending the time, in which 
case the Court may extend the time for making such application for 
such period as it thinks fit.] 
 (2) In such case the plaintiff may (subject to the law of limitation) bring a 
fresh suit. 
6. Procedure when only plaintiff appears .– (1) Where the plaintiff appears 
and the defendant does not appear when the suit is called on for hearing, then– 
(a) When summons duly served .– if it is proved that the summons was 
duly served, the Court may proceed ex parte 
1
[and pass decree 
without recording evidence]; 
(b) When summons not  duly served .– if it is not proved that the 
summons was duly served, the Court shall direct a second summons 
to be issued and served on the defendant; 
(c) When summons served, but not in due time .– if it is proved that 
the summons was served on the defendant, but not in sufficient time 
to enable him to appear and answer on the day fixed in the 
summons, the Court shall postpone the hearing of the suit to a future 
day to be fixed by the Court, and shall direct notice of such day to be 
given to the defendant. 
 (2) Where it is owing to the plaintiff's default that the summons was not 
duly served or was not served in sufficient time, the Court shall order the 
plaintiff to pay the costs occasioned by the postponement. 
7. Procedure where defendant appears on day of adjourned hearing and 
assigns good cause for previous non­appearance .– Where the Court has 
adjourned the hearing of the suit ex parte, and the defendant, at or before such 
hearing, appears and assigns good cause for his previous non­appearance, he 
may, upon such terms as the Court directs as to costs or otherwise, be heard in 
answer to the suit as if he had appeared on the day fixed for his appearance. 
8. Procedure where defendant only appears .– Where the defendant 
appears and the plaintiff does not appear when the suit is called on for hearing, 
the Court shall make an order that the suit be dismissed, unless the defendant 
admits the claim, or part thereof, in which case the Court shall pass a decree 
against the defendant upon such admission, and, where part only of the 
claim has been admitted, shall dismiss the suit so far as it relates to the remainder. 
                                                
1Inserted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 
April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
9. Decree against plaintiff by default bars fres h suit.– (1) Where a suit is 
wholly or partly dismissed under rule 8, the plaintiff shall be precluded from 
bringing a fresh suit in respect of the same cause of action. But he may apply for 
an order to set the dismissal aside, and if he satisfies the Court that there was 
sufficient cause for his non­appearance when the suit was called on for hearing, 
the Court shall make an order setting aside the dismissal upon such terms as to 
costs or otherwise as it thinks fit, and shall appoint a day for proceeding with the 
suit. 
1
[Provided that the plaintiff shall not be precluded from bringing another suit 
for redemption of a mortgage, although a former suit may have been dismissed for 
default.] 
(2) No order shall be made under this rule unless notice of the 
application has been served on the opposite party. 
2
[(3) The provisions of section 5 of the Limitation Act, 1908 (IX of 
1908), shall apply to applications under sub­rule (1).] 
10. Procedure in case of non­attendance of one or more of several 
plaintiffs.– Where there are more plaintiffs than one, and one or more of them 
appear, and the others do not appear, the Court may, at the instance of the 
plaintiff or plaintiffs appearing, permit the suit to proceed in the same way as if all 
the plaintiffs had appeared, or make such order as it thinks fit. 
11. Procedure in case of non­attendance of one or more of several 
defendants.– Where there are more defendants than one, and one or more of 
them appear and the others do not appear, the suit shall proceed, and the Court 
shall, at the time of pronouncing judgment, make such order as it thinks fit with 
respect to the defendants who do not appear. 
12. Consequence of non -attendance, without sufficient cause shown, of 
party ordered to appear in person .– Where a plaintiff or defendant, who has 
been ordered to appear in person, does not appear in person, or show sufficient 
cause to the satisfaction of the Court for failing so to appear, he shall be subject 
to all the provisions of the foregoing rules applicable to plaintiffs and 
defendants, respectively, who do not appear. 
Setting aside Decrees ex parte 
13. Setting aside decree ex­parte against defendant .– 
3
[(1)] In any case in 
which a decree is passed ex parte against a defendant, he may apply to the 
Court by which the decree was passed for an order to set it aside; and if he 
satisfies the Court that the summons was not duly served, or that he was 
prevented by any sufficient cause from appearing when the suit was called on 
                                                
1Added by the Notification No. 6 G, dated: 1 January 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the 
Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 1 January 1909, pp. 2 -3. Above said Notification was confirmed by 
the Notification No. 2212 G, dated: 12 May 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was publishe d in the Government 
Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 21 May 1909, p. 571. 
2Added by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1980 (X of 1980), published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 26 March 1980, s. 14. 
3Renumbered ibid. 
for hearing, the Court shall make an order setting aside the decree as against 
him upon such terms as to costs, payment into Court or otherwise as it thinks fit, 
and shall appoint a day for proceeding with the suit: 
Provided that where the decree is of such a nature that it cannot be 
set aside as against such defendant only it may be set aside as against all or any 
of the other defendants also 
1
[:] 
2
[Provided further that no decree passed ex parte shall be set aside 
merely on the ground of any irregularity in the service of summons, if the Court 
is satisfied, for reason to be recorded, that the defendant had knowledge of the 
date of hearing in sufficient time to appear on that date and answer the claim.] 
3
[(2) The provisions of section 5 of the Limitation Act, 1908 (IX of 
1908), shall apply to applications under sub­rule (1).] 
14. No decree to be set aside  without notice to opposite party .– No decree 
shall be set aside on any such application as aforesaid unless notice thereof has 
been served on the opposite party. 
 
4
[ORDER IX-A 
INTERMEDIATE DATES 
5
[1. Fixation of interm ediate date .– (1) After the close of the pleadings, the 
Court shall fix –  
(a) a day for examination of parties under Order X;  
(b) a day for discovery and inspection under Order XI; and  
(c) a day for its proceedings under Order XII.  
(2) The Court may grant a maximum adjournment of three days for 
completion of each proceedings mentioned in sub -rule (1) and shall keep a full and 
complete record of these proceedings in Form 13 in Appendix C.  
(3) It shall be the duty of the Court to take proceedings under Orders  X, 
XI and XII and to satisfy itself that the parties go to trial for precise and exact 
issues of law and facts they are at variance with each other.  
(4) While taking proceedings under Orders X, XI and XII, the Court, 
having regard to the facts and circums tances of the case, shall carefully determine 
                                                
1Substituted for the “full -stop” by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
2Added ibid. 
3Added by the Code of Civil Proce dure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1980 (X of 1980), published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 26 March 1980, s. 14. 
4Added by the Notification No. 300 Rules/XI­Y­26, dated: 2 October 2001; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), Part-III, dated: 18 October 2001. 
5Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  
was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Par t-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 8: It came into force on 1 
November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, 
Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. It was earlier added by the Notification No. 300 Rules/XI­Y­26, dated: 2 October 2001; 
issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), Part -III, dated: 18 
October 2001. 
the possibility of the alternate dispute resolution method and when so warranted 
adopt such a method in accordance with section 89 -A. 
(5) The Court shall stay the proceedings of the suit for a period which is 
not more than thirty days when it requires the parties to adopt any of the alternate 
dispute resolution method.  
2. Case management questionnaire .– (1) The plaintiff shall file along with 
the plaint a duly filled in case management questionnaire in Form 14 i n Appendix 
C.  
(2) The defendant shall, at the time of presenting his written statement, 
file a duly filled in case management questionnaire in Form 15 in Appendix C. ] ] 
1
[ORDER IX-B 
ALTERNATE DISPUTE RESOLUTION  
1. Reference to mediation .– (1) Except where  the Court is satisfied that 
there is no possibility of mediation or an intricate question of law or facts is 
involved, the Court shall refer the case for mediation.  
(2)  While referring the matter for mediation, the Court may indicate the 
material issues  for determination through mediation.  
2. Appearance of parties .– Where a case is referred for mediation, the 
Court shall stay the proceedings for a period not exceeding thirty days and direct 
the parties to appear before the Mediation Centre, set up by Lah ore High Court, 
on such date and time as the  Court may specify.  
3. Settlement.– (1) Where the mediation proceedings are successful and the 
parties have arrived at an agreement, the Mediator shall cause the same to be 
recorded in writing, signed by the par ties or their recognized agents or their 
pleaders and attested by two independent witnesses.  
(2) The agreement shall be certified by the Mediator and transmitted 
forthwith, through the Administrator of the Mediation Centre, to the Court.  
(3) The Court shal l, on receipt of the agreement, pass a decree in 
terms thereof unless the Court, for reasons to be recorded in writing, finds that 
the agreement between the parties is not enforceable at law.   
(4)  Where the settlement relates only to a part of the dispute , the Court 
shall pass decree or an order in terms of such settlement and proceed to adjudicate 
the remaining issues.  
4. Failure of mediation .– Where the meditation fails and no settlement is made 
between the parties, the Mediator shall submit a report to the Court and the Court 
shall proceed with the case from the stag e it was referred to Mediation. ] 
                                                
1Inserted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was 
published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 9: It came into force on 1 November 
2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, 
dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
ORDER X 
Examination of Parties by the Court 
1. Ascertainment whether  allegations in pleadings are admitted or 
denied.– At the first hearing of the suit the Court shall ascertain from each party 
or his pleader whether he admits or denies such allegations of fact as are made 
in the plaint or written statement (if any) of the opposite party, and as are not 
expressly or by necessary implication admitted or denied by the party against 
whom they are made. The Court shall record such admissions and denials. 
1
[1A. The Court may adopt any lawful procedure not inconsistent with the 
provisions of this Code to– 
(i) conduct preliminary proceedings and issue orders for expediting 
processing of the case; 
(ii) issue, with the consent of parties, commission to examine witnesses, 
admit documents and take other steps for the purpose of trial; 
(iii) adopt, with the consent of parties, any alternative method of dispute 
resolution including mediation, conciliation or any such other means.] 
Clause (iii) of rule 1A of Order X has been repealed by the Punjab 
Alternate Dispute Resolution Act 2019 published in the Punjab 
Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 11 October 2019, pp. 1191 - 1195, 
s.26; however, it shall come into force on such dates and in such areas 
of Punjab as the Government may determine by Notification in the 
official Gazette. 
2. Oral examination of party or companion of party .– At the first hearing of 
the suit, or at any subsequent hearing, any party appear ing in person or present in 
Court, or any person able to answer any material questions relating to the suit by 
whom such party or his pleader is accompanied,  
2
[shall] be examined orally by the 
Court; and the Court may, if it thinks fit, put in the course o f such examination 
questions suggested by either party.  
3. Substance of examination to be written .– The substance of the 
examination shall be reduced to writing by the Judge, and shall form part of the 
record. 
4. Consequence of refusal or inability of plea der to answer .– (1) Where 
the pleader of any party who appears by a pleader or any such person 
accompanying a pleader as is referred to in rule 2, refuses or is unable to answer 
any material question relating to the suit which the Court is of  opinion that the 
party whom he represents ought to answer, and is likely to be able to answer if 
interrogated in person, the Court may postpone the hearing of the suit to a future 
day and direct that such party shall appear in person on such day. 
                                                
1Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 2002 (XXXIV of 2002), published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan(Extraordinary), dated: 27 July 2002, pp. 877- 878, s. 3. 
2Substituted for the word “may” by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 July 
1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11. 
 (2) If such party fails without lawful excuse to appear in person on the 
day so appointed, the Court may pronounce judgment against him, or make such 
order in relation to the suit as it thinks fit. 
ORDER XI 
Discovery and Inspection 
1
[1. Discoveries by interrogatories .– The Cou rt shall direct the parties to 
deliver interrogatories in writing for the examination of the opposite parties or any 
one or more of such parties stating clearly which of such interrogatories each of 
such person is required to answer, provided that the Cour t may reject an 
interrogatory or  part thereof which, in its opinion, is not relevant to the case.  
2. Communication of interrogatories .– On receipt of the interrogatories under 
rule 1, the Court shall deliver the interrogatories to the concerned person for  
submitting the answer within such time as the Court may specify. ] 
3. Costs of interrogatories .– In adjusting the costs of the suit inquiry shall at 
the instance of any party be made into the propriety of exhibiting such 
interrogatories, and if it is the o pinion of the taxing officer or of the Court, either with 
or without an application for inquiry that such interrogatories have been exhibited 
unreasonably, vexatiously, or at improper length, the costs occasioned by the said 
interrogatories and the answers  thereto shall be paid in any event by the party in 
fault. 
4. Form of interrogatories .– Interrogatories shall be in Form No. 2 in 
Appendix C, with such variations as circumstances may require.  
5. Corporations.– Where any party to a suit is a corporation or  a body of 
persons, whether incorporated or not, empowered by law to sue or be sued, 
whether in its own name or in the name of any officer or other person, any opposite 
party may apply for an order allowing him to deliver interrogatories to any member 
or officer of such corporation or body, and an order may be made accordingly.  
6. Objections to interrogatories by answer .– Any objection to answering any 
interrogatory on the ground that it is scandalous or irrelevant or not exhibited bona 
fide for the purpose  of the suit, or that the matters inquired into are not sufficiently 
material at that stage, or on any other ground, may be taken in the affidavit in 
answer. 
7. Setting aside and striking out interrogatories .– Any interrogatories may 
be set aside on the gr ound that they have been exhibited unreasonably or 
vexatiously, or struck out on the ground that they are prolix, oppressive, 
unnecessary or scandalous; and any application for this purpose may be made 
within seven days after service of the interrogatories . 
                                                
1Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  
was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 0: It came into force on 1 
November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, 
Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
1
[8. Affidavit.– The interrogatories shall be answered by an affidavit to be filed 
within the time specified by the Court. ] 
9. Form of affidavit in answer .– An affidavit in answer to interrogatories shall 
be in Form No. 3 in Appendix C, with such variati ons as circumstances may 
require. 
10. No exception to be taken .– No exceptions shall be taken to any affidavit in 
answer, but the sufficiency or otherwise of any such affidavit objected to as 
insufficient shall be determined by the Court.  
2
[11. Order to an swer or answer further .– Where any person interrogated 
submits an insufficient or an evasive answer, the Court may require him to submit 
the proper answer within the time specified by the Court.] 
3
[12. Application for discovery of documents .– (1) Any party  may apply to the 
Court for an order directing any other party to a suit to make discovery on oath of the 
documents which are or have been in his possession or power, relating to a matter in 
issue in the suit.  
(2) On hearing such application, the Court ma y either refuse or adjourn the 
same, if it is satisfied that such discovery is not necessary or not necessary at that 
stage of the suit, or may, after being satisfied as to the validity of the prayer made, 
direct the other party to make the discovery: 
 Provided that the discovery shall not be ordered when and so far as the Court 
is of opinion that it is not necessary either for disposing the suit or for saving costs.] 
13. Affidavit of documents .– The affidavit to be made by a party against 
whom such order as is mentioned in the last preceding rule has been made, 
shall specify which (if any) of the documents therein mentioned he objects to 
produce, and it shall be in Form No. 5 in Appendix C, with such variations as 
circumstances may require. 
14. Production o f documents .– It shall be lawful for the Court, at any time 
during the pendency of any suit, to order the production by any party thereto, 
upon oath, of such of the documents in his possession or power, relating to any 
matter in question in such suit, as the Court shall think right; and the Court may 
deal with such documents, when produced, in such manner as shall appear just. 
15. Inspection of documents referred to in pleadings or affidavits .– Every 
party to a suit shall be entitled at any time to give notice to any other party, in 
whose pleadings or affidavits reference is made to any document, to produce such 
document for the inspection of the party giving such notice, or of his pleader, and 
to permit him or them to take copies thereof; and any party not complying with 
                                                
1Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahor e High Court, Lahore; and,  
was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 0: It came into force on 1 
November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab We ekly Gazette, 
Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
2Ibid. 
3Ibid. 
such notice shall not afterwards be at liberty to put any such document in evidence 
on his behalf in such suit unless he shall satisfy the Court that such document 
relates only to his own title, he being a defendant to the suit, or that he had some 
other cause or excuse which the Court shall deem sufficient for not complying 
with such notice, in which case the Court may allow the same to be put in evidence 
on such terms as to costs and otherwise as the Court shall think fit. 
16. Notice to produce.– Notice to any party to produce any documents referred 
to in his pleading or affidavits shall be in Form No. 7  in Appendix C, with such 
variations as circumstances may require. 
17. Time for inspection when notice given .– The party to whom such notice is 
given shall, within ten days from the receipt of such notice, deliver to the party 
giving the same a notice stating a time within three days from the delivery 
thereof at which the documents, or such of them as he does not object to 
produce, may be inspected at the office of his pleader, or in the case of 
bankers' books or other books of account or books in constant use for the 
purposes of any trade or business, at their usual place of custody, and stating 
which (if any) of the documents he objects to produce, and on what ground. 
Such notice shall be in Form No. 8  in Appendix C, with such variations as 
circumstances may require. 
18. Order for inspection .– (1) Where the party served with notice under rule 
15 omits to give such notice of a time for inspection or objects to give inspection, 
or offers inspection elsewhere than at the office of his pleader, the Court may, on 
the application of the party desiring it, make an order for inspection in such place 
and in such manner as it may think fit: Provided that the order shall not be made 
when and so far as the Court shall be of opinion that it is not necessary either for 
disposing fairly of the suit or for saving costs. 
 (2) Any application to inspect documents, except such as are 
referred to in the pleadings, particulars or affidavits of the party against whom 
the application is made or disclosed in his affidavit of documents, shall be founded 
upon an affidavit showing of what documents inspection is sought, that the party 
applying is entitled to inspect them, and that they are in the possession or power 
of the other party. The Court shall not make such order for inspection of such 
documents when and so far as the Court shall be of opinion that it is not 
necessary either for disposing fairly of the suit or for saving costs. 
19 Verified copies.– (1) Where inspection of any business books is applied for 
the Court may, if it thinks fit, instead of ordering inspection of the original books, 
order a copy of any entries therein to be furnished and verified by the affidavit of 
some person who has examined the copy with the original entries, and such 
affidavit shall state whether or not there are in the original book any and what 
erasures, interlineations or alterations: Provided that, notwithstanding that 
such copy has been supplied, the Court may order inspection of the book from 
which the copy was made. 
(2) Where on an application for an order for inspection privilege is 
claimed for any document, it shall be lawful for the Court to inspect the document 
for the purpose of deciding as to the validity of the claim of privilege. 
(3) The Court may, on the application of any party to a suit at any time, 
and whether an affidavit of documents shall or shall not have already been 
ordered or made, make an order requiring any other party to state by affidavit 
whether any one or more specific documents, to be specified in the 
application, is or are, or has or have at any time been, in his possession or power; 
and, if not then in his possession, when he parted with the same and what has 
become thereof. Such application shall be made on an affidavit stating that in the 
belief of the deponent the party against whom the application is made has, or has 
at some time had, in his possession or power the document or documents 
specified in the application, and that they relate to the matters in question in the 
suit, or to some of them. 
20. Premature discovery .– Where the party from whom discovery of any 
kind or inspection is sought objects to the same, or any part thereof, the 
Court may, if satisfied that the right to the discovery or inspection sought 
depends on the determination of any issue or question in dispute in the suit, or 
that for any other reason it is desirable that any issue or question in dispute in the 
suit should be determined before deciding upon the right to the discovery or 
inspection, order that such issue or question be determined first, and reserve the 
question as to the discovery or inspection. 
21. Non­compliance with order for discovery .– Where any party fails to 
comply with any order to answer interrogatories, or for discovery or inspection of 
documents, he shall, if a plaintiff, be liable to have his suit dismissed for want of 
prosecution, and, if a defendant, to have his defence, if any, struck out, and to be 
placed in the same position as if he had not defended, and the party 
interrogating or seeking discovery or inspection may apply to the Court for an order 
to that effect, and an order may be made accordingly. 
22. Using answers to interrogatories at trial .– Any party may, at the trial of a 
suit, use in evidence any one or more of the answers or any part of an answer 
of the opposite party to interrogatories without putting in the others or the whole 
of such answer: Provided always that in such case the Court may look at the 
whole of the answers, and if it shall be of opinion that any others of them are 
so connected with those put in that the last­mentioned answers ought not to be 
used without them, it may direct them to be put in. 
23. Order to apply to minors. – This Order shall apply to minor plaintiffs and 
defendants, and to the next friends and guardians for the suit of persons under 
disability. 
ORDER XII 
Admissions 
1
[1. Admission of case .– The Court shall enquire from a party whether or not 
it admits the truth of the wh ole or part of the case set up by the other party in the 
pleadings. ] 
2
[2. Admission of documents .– (1) The Court shall also require the parties to 
admit or deny the documents annexed with the plaint or, as the case may be, the 
written statement.  
(2) If a party fails to comply with the direction under sub -rule (2), the 
Court may proceed against such party under rule 21 of Order XI.  
(3) If a party denies a document which is proved at the trial, the Court 
shall burden such party with such heavy costs as it ma y deem fit. ] 
3. Form of notice .– A notice to admit documents shall be in Form No. 9  in 
Appendix C, with such variations as circumstances may require. 
4. Notice to admit facts .– Any party may, by notice in writing, at any time not 
later than nine days before the day fixed for the hearing, call on any other party to 
admit, for the purposes of the suit only, any specific fact or facts mentioned in such 
notice. And in case of refusal or neglect to admit the same within six days after 
service of such notice, or within such further time as may be allowed by the 
Court, the costs of proving such fact or facts shall be paid by the party so 
neglecting or refusing, whatever the result of the suit may be, unless the Court 
otherwise directs: Provided that any admission made in pursuance of such notice 
is to be deemed to be made only for the purposes of the particular suit, and not 
as an admission to be used against the party on any other occasion or in favour 
of any person other than the party giving the notice: Provided also that the Court 
may at any time allow any party to amend or withdraw any admission so made on 
such terms as may be just. 
3
[4-A. Power of Court to record admission of documents and fact s.– 
Notwithstanding that no notice to admit documents or facts has been given under 
Rules 2 and 4 respectively, the Court may, at any stage of the proceedings before 
it, of its own motion, call upon any party to admit any document or fact and shall in 
such a case, record whether the party admits or refuses or neglects to admit 
such document or fact.] 
                                                
1Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  
was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 1: It came into force on 1 
November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, 
Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
2Ibid. 
3Added by the Notification No. 300 Rules/XI­Y­26, dated: 2 October 2001; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), Part-III, dated: 18 October 2001. 
5. Form of admissions .– A notice to admit facts shall be in Form No. 10 
in Appendix C, and admissions of facts shall be in Form No. 11 in Appendix C, 
with such variations as circumstances may require. 
6. Judgment on admissions .– Any party may at any stage of a suit, where 
admissions of fact have been made, either on the pleadings, or otherwise, apply 
to the Court for such judgment or order as upon such admissions he may be 
entitled to, without waiting for the determination of any other question between 
the parties: and the Court may upon such application make such order, or give 
such judgment, as the Court may think just. 
7. Affidavit of signature .– An affidavit of the pleader or his clerk, of the 
due signature of any admissions made in pursuance of any notice to admit 
documents or facts, shall be sufficient evidence of such admissions, if evidence 
thereof is required. 
8. Notice to produce documents .– Notice to produce documents shall be 
in Form No. 12  in Appendix C, with such variations as circumstances may 
require. An affidavit of the pleader, or his clerk, of the service of any notice to 
produce, and of the time when it was served, with a copy of the notice to 
produce, shall in all cases be sufficient evidence of the service of the notice, and 
of the time when it was served. 
9. Costs.– If a notice to admit or produce specifies documents which are not 
necessary, the costs occasioned thereby shall be borne by the party giving such 
notice. 
ORDER XIII 
Production, Impounding and Return of Documents 
1. Documentary evidence to be produced at first hearing .– (1) The parties 
or their pleaders shall produce, at the first hearing of the suit, all the documentary 
evidence of every description in their possession or power, on which they intend to 
rely, and which has not already been filed in Court, and all documents which the 
Court has ordered to be produced. 
(2) The Court shall receive the documents so produced: Provided that 
they are accompanied by an accurate list thereof prepared in such form as the 
High Court directs. 
1
[(3) On production of documents under this rule, the Court may call upon 
the parties to admit or deny the documents produced in the Court and record their 
admission or, as the case may be, denial.] 
2. Effect of non­production  of documents .– No documentary evidence in 
the possession or power of any party which should have been but has not been 
produced in accordance with the requirements of rule 1 shall be received at any 
subsequent stage of the proceedings unless good cause is shown to the 
                                                
1Added by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 July 1994; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11. 
satisfaction of the Court for the non­production thereof; and the Court receiving 
any such evidence shall record the reasons for so doing. 
3. Rejection of irrelevant or inadmissible documents .– The Court may at 
any stage of the suit reject any document which it considers irrelevant or 
otherwise inadmissible, recording the grounds of such rejection. 
4. Endorsements on documents admitted in evidence .– (1) Subject to the 
provisions of the next following sub­rule, there shall be endorsed on every 
document which has been admitted in evidence in the suit the following particulars, 
namely:– 
(a) the number and title of the suit, 
(b) the name of the person producing the document, 
(c) the date on which it was produced, and 
(d) a statement of its having been so admitted; 
and the endorsement shall be signed or initiated by the Judge. 
(2) Where a document so admitted is an entry in a book, account or 
record, and a copy thereof has been substituted for the original under the next 
following rule, the particulars aforesaid shall be endorsed on the copy and the 
endorsement thereon shall be signed or initialled by the Judge. 
5. Endorsements on copies of admitted entries in books, accounts and 
records.– (1) Save in so far as is otherwise provided by the Bankers' Books 
Evidence Act, 1891
1
, where a document admitted in evidence in the suit is an 
entry in a letter­book or a shop­book or other account in current use, the party on 
whose behalf the book or account is produced may furnish a copy of the entry. 
 (2) Where such a document is an entry in a public record produced 
from a public office or by a public officer, or an entry in a book or account 
belonging to a person other than a party on whose behalf the book or account is 
produced, the Court may require a copy of the entry to be furnished– 
(a) where the record, book or account is produced on behalf of a party, 
then by that party, or 
(b) where the record, book or account is produced in obedience to an 
order of the Court acting of  its own motion, then by either or any 
party. 
(3) Where a copy of an entry is furnished under the foregoing 
provisions of this rule, the Court shall, after causing the copy to be examined, 
compared and certified in manner mentioned in rule 17 of Order VII, mark the entry 
and cause the book, account or record in which it occurs to be returned to the 
person producing it. 
6. Endorsements on documents rejected as inadmissible in evidence .– 
Where a document relied on as evidence by either party is considered by the 
Court to be inadmissible in evidence, there shall be endorsed thereon the 
                                                
1VIII of 1891. 
particulars mentioned in clauses (a), (b)  and (c) of rule 4, sub­rule (1) together 
with a statement of its having been rejected, and the endorsement shall be 
signed or initialled by the Judge. 
7. Recording of admitted and return of  rejected documents .– (1) Every 
document which has been admitted in evidence, or a copy thereof where a copy 
has been substituted for the original under rule 5, shall form part of the record of 
the suit. 
 (2) Documents not admitted in evidence shall not form part of the record 
and shall be returned to the persons respectively producing them. 
8. Court may order any document to be impounded .– Notwithstanding 
anything contained in rule 5 or rule 7 of this Order or in rule 17 of Order VII, the 
Court may, if it sees sufficient cause, direct any document or book produced 
before it in any suit to be impounded and kept in the custody of an officer of the 
Court, for such period and subject to such conditions as the Court thinks fit. 
9. Return of admitted documents .– (1) Any person, whether a party to the 
suit or not, desirous of receiving back any document produced by him in the suit 
and placed on the record shall, unless the document is impounded under rule 8, be 
entitled to receive back the same,– 
(a) where the suit is one in which an appeal is not allowed, when the suit 
has been disposed of, and 
(b) where the suit is one in which an appeal is allowed, when the Court is 
satisfied that the time for preferring an appeal has elapsed and that 
no appeal has been preferred or, if an appeal has been preferred, 
when the appeal has been disposed of: 
Provided that a document may be returned at any time earlier than that 
prescribed by this rule if the person applying therefor delivers to the proper 
officer a certified copy to the substituted for the original and undertakes to 
produce the original if required to do so: 
Provided also that no document shall be returned which, by force of 
the decree, has become wholly void or useless. 
1
[Provided further that the costs of such certifi ed copy shall be recoverable 
as a fine from the party at whose instance the original document has been 
produced.] 
 (2) On the return of a document admitted in evidence a receipt shall 
be given by the person receiving it. 
10. Court may send for papers from its own records or from other Courts .– 
(1) The Court may of its own motion, and may in its discretion upon the application 
of any of the parties to a suit, send for, either from its own records or from any other 
Court, the record of any other suit or proce eding, and inspect the same.  
                                                
1Added by the N otification No. 563-G, dated: 24 November 1927; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was  
published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 9 December 1927, Part-III, p. 1587.  
 (2) Every application made under this rule shall (un less the Court 
otherwise directs) be supported by an affidavit showing how the record is material 
to the suit in which the application is made, and that the applicant cannot without 
unreasonable delay or expense obtain a duly authenticated copy of the record 
or of such portion thereof as the applicant requires, or that the production of 
the original is necessary for the purposes of justice. 
 (3) Nothing contained in this rule shall be deemed to enable the 
Court to use in evidence any document which under the law of evidence would 
be inadmissible in the suit. 
11. Provisions as to documents applied to material objects .– The provisions 
herein contained as to documents shall, so far as may be, apply to all other 
material objects producible as evidence. 
ORDER XIV 
Settlement of Issues and Determination of Suit on Issues of Law 
or on Issues agreed upon 
1. Framing of issues .– (1) Issues arise when a material proposition of fact or 
law is affirmed by the one party and denied by the other. 
 (2) Material propositions are those propositions of law or fact which a 
plaintiff must allege in order to show a right to sue or a defendant must allege in 
order to constitute his defence. 
 (3) Each material proposition affirmed by one party and denied by the 
other shall form the subject of a distinct issue. 
 (4) Issues are of two kinds: (a) issues of fact, (b) issues of law. 
 
1
[(5) At the first hearing of the suit after the proceedings under Orders X, 
XI and XII, the Court shall, after reading the plaint, the written statement and 
such examination of the parties as may be necessary, determine the material 
propositions of facts or of law in dispute between the parties and shall proceed 
to frame and record  the issues on which the decision is likely to depend. ] 
 (6) Nothing in this rule requires the Court to frame and record issues 
where the defendant at the first hearing of the suit makes no defence. 
2. Issues of law and of fact .– Where issues both of law and of fact arise in 
the same suit, and the Court is of opinion that the case or any part thereof may be 
disposed of on the issues of law only, it shall try those issues first, and for that 
purpose may, if it thinks fit, postpone the settlement of the issues of fact until after 
the issues of law have been determined. 
3. Materials from which issues may be framed .– The Court may frame the 
issues from all or any of the following materials:– 
                                                
1Substituted by the Notification No. 23 7/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  
was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 2: It came into force on 1 
November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, 
Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
(a)  allegations made on oath by the parties, or by any persons present 
on their behalf, or made by the pleaders of such parties; 
(b)  allegations made in the pleadings or in answers to interrogatories 
delivered in the suit; 
(c)  the contents of documents produced by either party. 
4. Court may examine witnesses or documents befo re framing issues .– 
Where the Court is of opinion that the issues cannot be correctly framed without 
the examination of some person not before the Court or without the inspection of 
some document not produced in the suit, it may adjourn the framing of the 
issues to a future day, and may (subject to any law for the time being in force) 
compel the attendance of any person or the production of any document by the 
person in whose possession or power it is by summons or other process. 
5. Power to amend, and stri ke out, issues .– (1) The Court may at any time 
before passing a decree amend the issues or frame additional issues on such 
terms as it thinks fit, and all such amendments or additional issues as may 
be necessary for determining the matters in controversy between the parties 
shall be so made or framed. 
 (2) The Court may also, at any time before passing a decree, strike out 
any issues that appear to it to be wrongly framed or introduced. 
6. Questions of fact or law may by agreement be stated in form of 
issues.– Where the parties to a suit are agreed as to the question of fact or of 
law to be decided between them, they may state the same in the form of an 
issue, and enter into an agreement in writing that, upon the finding of the Court in 
the affirmative or the negative of such issue,– 
(a) a sum of money specified in the agreement or to be ascertained by 
the Court, or in such manner as the Court may direct, shall be paid 
by one of the parties to the other of them, or that one of them be 
declared entitled to some right or subject to some liability specified in 
the agreement; 
(b) some property specified in the agreement and in dispute in the suit 
shall be delivered by one of the parties to the other of them, or as that 
other may direct; or 
(c) One or more of the parties shall do or abstain from doing some 
particular act specified in the agreement and relating to the matter in 
dispute. 
7. Court, if satisfied that agreement was executed in good faith, may 
pronounce judgment. – Where the Court is satisfied, after making such inquiry as 
it deems proper,– 
(a) that the agreement was duly executed by the parties, 
(b) that they have a substantial interest in the decision of such question 
as aforesaid, and 
(c) that the same is fit to be tried and decided, 
it shall proceed to record and try the issue and state its finding or 
decision thereon in the same manner as if the issue had been framed by the 
Court; 
and shall, upon the finding or decision on such issue, pronounce judgment 
according to the terms of the agreement; and, upon the judgment so pronounced, 
a decree shall follow. 
ORDER XV 
Disposal of the Suit at the first hearing 
1. Parties not at issue. – Where at the first hearing of a suit it appears that 
the parties are not at issue on any question of law or of fact, the Court may at 
once pronounce judgment. 
2. One of several defendants not at issue .– Where there are more 
defendants than one, and any one of the defendants is not at issue with the 
plaintiff on any question of law or of fact, the Court may at once pronounce 
judgment for or against such defendant and the suit shall proceed only against 
the other defendants. 
3. Parties at issue .– (1) Where the parties are at issue on some question of 
law or of fact, and issues have been framed by the Court as hereinbefore 
provided, if the Court is satisfied that no further argument or evidence than the 
parties can at once adduce is required upon such of the issues as may be sufficient 
for the decision of the suit, and that no injustice will result from proceeding with 
the suit forthwith, the Court may proceed to determine such issues, and, if the 
finding thereon is sufficient for the decision, may pronounce judgment 
accordingly, whether the summons has been issued for the settlement of issues 
only or for the final disposal of the suit: 
Provided that, where the summons has been issued for the settlement of 
issues only, the parties or their pleaders are present and none of them objects. 
(2) Where the finding is not sufficient for the decision, the Court shall 
postpone the further hearing of the suit, and shall fix a day for the production of 
such further evidence, or for such further argument as the case requires. 
4. Failure to produce evidence .– Where the summons has been issued for 
the final disposal of the suit and either party fails without sufficient cause to 
produce the evidence on which he relies, the Court may at once pronounce 
judgment, or may, if it thinks fit, after framing and recording issues, adjourn the 
suit for the production of such evidence as may be necessary for its decision 
upon such issues. 
ORDER XVI 
Summoning and Attendance of Witnesses 
1
[1. Summons to attend to give evidence or produce documents .–
 2
[(1) The 
Court shall, immediately after framing of the issues, require the parties to file a list of 
witnesses in the Court withi n such period, not later than seven days, as the Court 
may fix.]  
3
[(2) A party shall not be permitted to call witnesses other than those 
contained in the list, except with the permission of the Court and after showing good 
cause for the omission of the sa id witnesses from the list and the Court shall record 
reasons for granting permission.] 
(3) On application to the Court or such officer as it appoints in this 
behalf, the parties may obtain summons for persons whose attendance is required 
in Court: 
Provided that no summons shall be issued for service on a person under rule 
8 unless an application in that behalf is made not later than fourteen days prior to 
the date fixed for the hearing of the suit and the necessary expenses for the 
summoning of such person are deposited.] 
2. Expenses of witness to be paid into Court on applying for summons .– 
(1) The party applying for a summons shall, before the summons is granted and 
within a period to be fixed, pay into Court such a sum of money as appears to 
the Court to be sufficient to defray the travelling and other expenses of the 
person summoned in passing to and from the Court in which he is required to 
attend, and for one day‟s attendance. 
4
[Exception.– When applying for a summons for any of its own officers, 
Government will be exempt from the operation of clause (1).]  
(2) Experts.– In determining the amount payable under this rule, the 
Court may, in the case of any person summoned to give evidence as an expert, 
allow reasonable remuneration for the time occupied both in giving evidence and in 
performing any work of an expert character necessary for the case. 
(3) Scale of expenses .– Where the Court is subordinate to a High 
Court, regard shall be had, in fixing the scale of such expenses, to any rules 
made in that behalf. 
                                                
1Substituted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 
April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
2Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  
was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r . 1 3: It came into force on 1 
November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, 
Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
3Ibid. 
4Added by the Notification No.156 -G, dated: 9 January 1 919; issued by the Chief Court of the Punjab; and, was published in 
the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 17 January 1919, Part-III, pp. 43-44. 
1
[3. Tender of expenses to witness .– (1) The sum so paid into Court shall, 
except in the case of a Government servant, be tendered to the person 
summoned , at the time of serving the summons , if it can be served personally.  
 (2) When the person summone d is a Government servant the sum so 
paid into Court shall be credited to Government.  
Exception  (1).– In cases in which Government servants have to give 
evidence at a Court situate not more than 5 miles from their headquarters, actual 
travelling expenses i ncurred by them may, when the Court considers it 
necessary , be paid to them.  
Exception  2.– A Government servant, whose salary does not exceed Rs. 
10 per men  sem may receive his expenses from the Court.]  
4. Procedure where insufficient sum paid in .– (1) Where it appears to the 
Court or to such officer as it appoints in this behalf that the sum paid into Court is 
not sufficient to cover such expenses or reasonable remuneration, the Court may 
direct such further sum to be paid to the person summoned 
2
[or, when such person 
is a Government servant, to be paid into Court]  as appears to be necessary on 
that account, and, in case of default in payment, may order such sum to be levied 
by attachment and sale of the moveable property of the party obtaining the 
summons; or the Court may discharge the person summoned without requiring him 
to give evidence; or may both order such levy and discharge such person as 
aforesaid. 
 (2) Expenses of witnesses detained more than one day. – Where it is 
necessary to detain the person summoned for a longer period than one day, the 
Court may, from time to time, order the party at whose instance he was summoned 
to pay into Court such sum as is sufficient to defray the expenses of his 
detention for such further period, and, in default of such deposit being made, may 
order such sum to be levied by attachment and sale of the movable property of 
such party; or the Court may discharge the person summoned without requiring 
him to give evidence; or may both order such levy and discharge such person as 
aforesaid. 
5. Time, place and purpose of attendance to be specified in summons .– 
Every summons for the attendance of a person to give evidence or to produce a 
document shall specify the time and place at which he is required to attend, and 
also whether his attendance is required for the purpose of giving evidence or to 
produce a document, or for both purposes; and any particular document, which 
the person summoned is called on to produce, shall be described in the 
summons with reasonable accuracy. 
6. Summons to produce document .– Any person may be summoned to 
produce a document, without being summoned to give evidence; and any person 
summoned merely to produce a document shall be deemed to have complied 
with the summons if he causes such document to be produced instead of 
attending personally to produce the same. 
                                                
1Substituted by the Notification No.156-G, dated: 9 January 1919; issued by the Chief Court of the Punjab; and, was published 
in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 17 January 1919, Part-III, pp. 43-44. 
2Inserted ibid. 
7. Power to require persons present in Court to give evi dence or produce 
document.– Any person present in Court may be required by the Court to give 
evidence or to produce any document then and there in his possession or power. 
1
[7A. Service of summons by parties .– (1) Except where it appears to the 
Court that a summons under this Order should be served by the Court in the 
same manner as a summons to a defendant, the Court shall make over for service 
all summons under this Order to the party applying therefor. 
 (2) The service shall be effected by or on behalf of such party by 
delivering or tendering to the witness in person a copy thereof signed by the 
Judge or such officer as he appoints in this behalf and sealed with the seal of the 
Court. 
 (3) Rules 16 and 18 of Order V shall apply to summons personally served 
under this rule, as though the person effecting service were a serving officer.] 
2
[8. Service of summons by Court .– Every summons under this Order, not 
being a summons made over to a party for service under rule 7A of this Order, 
shall be served as nearly as may be in the same manner as a summons to a 
defendant, and the rules in Order V as to proof of service shall apply thereto.] 
9. Time for serving summons .– Service shall in all cases be made a 
sufficient time before the time specified in the summons for the attendance of the 
person summoned, to allow him a reasonable time for preparation and for 
travelling to the place at which his attendance is required. 
10. Procedure where witness fails to comply with summons .– (1) Where a 
person to whom a summons has been issued either to attend to give evidence or 
to produce a document fails to attend or to produce the document in compliance 
with such summons, the Court shall, if the certificate of the serving­officer has 
not been verified by affidavit, and may, if it has been so verified, examine the 
serving­officer on oath, or cause him to be so examined by another Court, touching 
the service or non-service of the summons. 
 (2) Where the Court sees reason to believe that such evidence or 
production is material, and that such person has, without lawful excuse, failed to 
attend or to produce the document in compliance with such summons or has 
intentionally avoided service, it may issue a proclamation requiring him to attend to 
give evidence or to produce the document at a time and place to be named 
therein; and a copy of such proclamation shall be affixed on the outer door or other 
conspicuous part of the house in which he ordinarily resides. 
 (3) In lieu of or at the time of issuing such proclamation, or at any time 
afterwards, the Court may, in its discretion, issue a warrant, either with or without 
bail, for the arrest of such person, and may make an order for the attachment 
of his property to such amount as it thinks fit, not exceeding the amount of the 
costs of attachment and of any fine which may be imposed under rule 12: 
                                                
1Inserted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraor dinary), dated: 14 
April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
2Substituted ibid. 
Provided that no Court of Small Causes shall make an order for the 
attachment of immovable property. 
11. If witness appears, attachment may be withdrawn .– Where, at any time 
after the attachment of his property, such person appears and satisfies the Court,– 
(a) that he did not, without lawful excuse, fail to comply with the 
summons or intentionally avoid service, and, 
(b) where he has failed to attend at the time and place named in a 
proclamation issued under the last preceding rule, that he had no 
notice of such proclamation in time to attend,  
the Court shall direct that the property be released from attachment, and 
shall make such order as to the costs of the attachment as it thinks fit. 
12. Procedure if witness fails to appear .– The Court may, where such person 
does not appear, or appears but fails so to satisfy the Court, impose upon him 
such fine not exceeding 
1
[two thousand] rupees as it thinks fit, having regard to 
his condition in life and all the circumstances of the case, and may order his 
property, or any part thereof, to be attached and sold or, if already attached 
under rule 10, to be sold for the purpose of satisfying all costs of such attachment, 
together with the amount of the said fine, if any: 
Provided that, if the person whose attendance is required pays into 
Court the costs and fine aforesaid, the Court shall order the property to be 
released from attachment. 
13. Mode of attachment .– The provisions with regard to the attachment and 
sale of property in the execution of a decree shall, so far as they are applicable, 
be deemed to apply to any attachment and sale under this Order as if the person 
whose property is so attached were a judgment­debtor. 
14. Court may of its own accord summon as witnesses strangers to suit .– 
Subject to the provisions of this Code as to attendance and appearance and to 
any law for the time being in force, where the Court at any time thinks it necessary 
to examine any person other than a party to the suit and not called as a witness 
by a party to the suit, the Court may, of its own motion, cause such person to 
be summoned as a witness to give evidence, or to produce any document in 
his possession, on a day to be appointed, and may examine him as a witness or 
require him to produce such document. 
2
[14-A. Expenses of the witnesses summoned by the Court of its own 
motion.– When a witness is summoned by the Court of its own motion, under 
Order XVI, Rule 14, his diet money, etc., shall be paid by such party or parties as 
the Court may in its discretion, d irect. 
When diet money, etc., are not deposited payment shall be made out of 
contingencies and an order passed for recovery from any property of the party 
concerned and executed under section 36 of the Code.]  
                                                
1Substituted for the words “five hundred” by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 
27 July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11. 
2Added by the Notification issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore, dated: 3 June 1955. 
15. Duty of persons summoned to give evidence o r produce document .– 
Subject as last aforesaid, whoever is summoned to appear and give evidence in a 
suit shall attend at the time and place named in the summons for that purpose, 
and whoever is summoned to produce a document shall either attend to produce 
it, or cause it to be produced, at such time and place. 
16. When they may depart .– (1) A person so summoned and attending shall, 
unless the Court otherwise directs, attend at each hearing until the suit has been 
disposed of. 
(2) On the application of either party and the payment through the Court 
of all necessary expenses (if any), the Court may require any person so 
summoned and attending to furnish security to attend at the next or any other 
hearing or until the suit is disposed of and, in default of his furnishing such 
security, may order him to be detained in the civil prison. 
1
[(3) In the absence of the presiding officer the power s conferred by sub -
rule (2) may be exercised by the Senior Subordinate Judge of the first class 
exercising jurisdiction at t he head -quarters of the dis trict, or by any Judge or court  
official nominated by him for the purpose.]  
2
[Provided that a Court official nominated for the purpose , shall not order a 
person, who fails to furnish such security as may be required under sub -rule (2),  to 
be detained in prison, but shall refer the case immediately to the Presiding Officer 
on his return.] 
17. Application of rules 10 to 13 .– The provisions of rules 10 to 13 shall, so 
far as they are applicable, be deemed to apply to any person who having 
attended in compliance with a summons departs, without lawful excuse, in 
contravention of rule 16. 
18. Procedure where witness apprehended cannot give evidence or 
produce document .– Where any person arrested under a warrant is brought 
before the Court in custody and cannot, owing to the absence of the parties or 
any of them, give the evidence or produce the document which he has been 
summoned to give or produce, the Court may require him to give reasonable bail 
or other security for his appearance at such time and place as it thinks fit, and, 
on such bail or security being given, may release him, and, in default of his giving 
such bail or security, may order him to be detained in the civil prison. 
3
[19. No witness to be ordered to attend in person unl ess resident within 
certain limits .– A person shall not be asked by a Court to attend in person to give 
evidence unless he resides at any place in Pakistan.] 
20. Consequence of refusal of party to give evidence when called on by 
Court.– Where any party to a suit present in Court refuses, without lawful 
                                                
1Added by the Notification No. 209-R./XI-Y-11, dated: 25 July 1938; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was  
published in the Government Gazette, Punjab, dated: 29 July 1938, Part-III, p. 448. 
2Inserted by the Notification No. 24-R./XI-Y-11, dated: 23 January 1940; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, 
was published in the Government Gazette, Punjab, dated: 26 January 1940, pp. 86-87. 
3Substituted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 
April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
excuse, when required by the Court, to give evidence or to produce any 
document then and there in his possession or power, the Court may 
pronounce judgment against him or make such order in relation to the suit as it 
thinks fit. 
21. Rules as to witnesses to apply to parties summoned .– Where any party 
to a suit is required to give evidence or to produce a document, the provisions as 
to witnesses shall apply to him so far as they are applicable. 
ORDER XVII 
Adjournments 
1. Court may grant time and adjourn hearing .– (1) 
1
[Subject to the 
provisions of Order 23, Rule 3] t he  Court  may, if sufficient cause is shown, at 
any stage of the suit grant time to the parties or to any of them, and may from 
time to time adjourn the hearing of the suit. 
(2) Costs of adjournment .– In every such case the Court shall fix a day 
for the further hearing of the suit, and may make such order as it thinks fit with 
respect to the costs occasioned by the adjournment: 
Provided that, when the hearing of evidence has once begun, the 
hearing of the suit shall be continued from day to day until all the witnesses in 
attendance have been examined, unless the Court finds the adjournment of the 
hearing beyond the following day to be necessary for reasons to be recorded. 
2
[(3) Where sufficient cause is not shown for the grant of an adjournment 
under sub-rule (1) the Court shall proceed with the suit forthwith.]  
2. Procedure if parties fail to appear on day fixed .– Where, on any day to 
which the hearing of the suit is adjourned, the parties or any of them fail to appear, 
the Court may proceed to dispose of the suit in one of the modes directed in that 
behalf by Order IX or make such other order as it thinks fit. 
3. Court may proceed notwithstanding eith er party fails to produce 
evidence, etc .– Where any party to a suit to whom time has been granted fails to 
produce his evidence, or to cause the attendance of his witnesses, or to perform 
any other act necessary to the further progress of the suit, for which time has 
been allowed, the Court may, notwithstanding such default, proceed to 
decide the suit forthwith. 
3
[4. Appearance of parties on the day next after holiday. – Where a suit or 
proceeding is set down for a day which is a holiday, the parties thereto shall 
appear in the Court on the day next following that day, or, when two or more 
successive days are holidays, on the day next following the last of such 
successive days, and the Court may then either proceed with the suit on such 
day, or fix some other day thereafter. 
                                                
1Added by the Notification issued by the High Court Lahore vide Notification No. 211-R/XI-Y-22, dated: 21 July 1937. 
2Added by the Notification No. 95 -G, dated: 26 February 1925; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was 
published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 6 March 1925, Part-III, p. 155. 
3Rule 4 and 5 were added by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
5. Appearance of parties on the day when the presiding officer is absent .– 
When on any day the presiding officer of the Court is absent by reason of illness or 
any other cause, the parties to the suit or proceeding set down for that day 
(notwithstanding the knowledge that the presiding officer would be absent) shall 
appear in the Court in the Court­house on that day and the ministerial officer of the 
Court authorized in that behalf shall hand over to the parties slips of paper 
specifying the other date fixed for proceeding with the suit or proceeding and 
signed by him.] 
ORDER XVIII 
Hearing of the Suit and Examination of Witnesses 
1. Right to begin .– The plaintiff has the right to begin unless the defendant 
admits the facts alleged by the pla intiff and contends that either in point of law or on 
some additional facts alleged by the defendant the plaintiff is not entitled to any part 
of the relief which he seeks, in which case the defendant has the right to begin.  
2. Statement and production of evidence.– (1) On the day fixed for the 
hearing of the suit or on  any other day to which the hearing is adjourned, the 
party having the right to begin shall state his case and produce his evidence in 
support of the issues which he is bound to prove. 
 (2) The other party shall then state his case and produce his evidence (if 
any) and may then address the Court generally on the whole case. 
 (3) The party beginning may then reply generally on the whole case. 
1
[Explanation I .– Nothing in this rule shall affect  the jurisdiction of the Court , of its 
own accord or on the application of any party , for reasons to be recorded in writing , 
to direct any party to examine any witness at any stage.  
Explanation II .– The expre ssion “witness” in Explanation I shall include a ny party 
as his own witness.]  
3. Evidence where several issues .– Where there are several issues, the 
burden of proving some of which lies on the other party, the party beginning may, 
at his option, either produce his evidence on those issues or reserve it by way of 
answer to the evidence produced by the other party; and, in the latter case, the 
party beginning may produce evidence on those issues after the other party 
has produced all his evidence, and the other party may then reply specially on the 
evidence so produced by the party beginning; but the party beginning will then be 
entitled to reply generally on the whole case. 
4. Witnesses to be examined in open Court .– The evidence of the witnesses 
in attendance shall be taken orally in open Court in the presence and under the 
personal direction and superintendence of the Judge. 
5. How evidence shall be taken in appealable cases .– In cases in which an 
appeal is allowed the evidence of each witness shall be taken down in writing, in 
the language of the Court, by or in the presence and under the personal 
                                                
1Inserted by the Notification No. 175 -R/XI-Y-13, dated: 9 June 1942; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, 
was published in the Government Gazette, Punjab, Part-III, dated: 12 June 1942, p. 599. 
direction and superintendence of the Judge, not ordinarily in the form of question 
and answer, but in that of a narrative, and, when completed, shall be read 
over in the presence of the Judge and of the witness, and the Judge shall, if 
necessary, correct the same, and shall sign it. 
6. When deposition to be interpreted .– Where the evidence is taken down 
in a language different from that in which it is given, and the witness does not 
understand the language in which it is taken down, the evidence as taken down 
in writing shall be interpreted to him in the language in which it is given. 
7. Evidence under section 138 .– Evidence taken down under section 138 
shall be in the form prescribed by rule 5 and shall be read over and signed and, 
as occasion may require, interpreted and corrected as if it were evidence taken 
down under that rule. 
8. Memorandum when evidence not taken down by judge .– Where the 
evidence is not taken do wn in writing by the Judge, he shall be bound, as the 
examination of each witness proceeds, to make a memorandum of the substance 
of what each witness deposes 
1
[in his own hand or from his dictation in open Court] , 
and such memorandum shall be 
2
[* *] signed by the Judge and shall form part of the 
record. 
9. When evidence may be taken in English .– Where English is not the 
language of the Court, but all the parties to the suit who appear in person, and the 
pleaders of such as appear by pleaders, do not object to have such evidence as 
is given in English taken down in English, the Judge may so take it down. 
10. Any particular question and answer may be taken down .– The Court 
may, of its own motion or on the application of any party or his pleader, take down 
any particular question and answer, or any objection to any question, if there 
appears to be any special reason for so doing. 
11. Questions objected to and allowed by Court .– Where any question put to 
a witness is objected to by a party or his pleader, and the Court allows the same 
to be put, the Judge shall take down the question, the answer, the objection and 
the name of the person making it, together with the decision of the Court thereon. 
12. Remarks on demeanour of witnesses .– The Court may record such 
remarks as it thinks material respecting the demeanour of any witness while 
under examination. 
13. Memorandum of evidence in unappealable cases .– In cases in which 
an appeal is not allowed, it shall not be necessary to take down the evidence of 
the witnesses in writing at length; but the Judge, as the examination of each 
witness proceeds, shall make a memorandum of the substance of what he 
                                                
1Inserted by the Notification issued by the High Court Lahore vide notification No. 5-Genl./XI-Y-13, dated: 11 January 1951. 
2The words “written and” were omitted ibid. 
deposes 
1
[in his own hand or from his dictation in open Court] , and such 
memorandum shall be 
2
[* *] signed by the Judge and shall form part of the record. 
3
[14. Judge unable to make such memorandum to record reasons of his inability .–
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
15. Power to deal with evidence taken before another Judge .– (1) Where a 
Judge is prevented by death, transfer or other cause from concluding the trial of 
a suit, his successor may deal with any evidence or memorandum taken down 
or made under the foregoing rules as if such evidence or memorandum had 
been taken down or made by him or under his direction under the said rules and 
may proceed with the suit from the stage at which his predecessor left it. 
 (2) The provisions of sub­rule (1) shall, so far as they are applicable, 
be deemed to apply to evidence taken in a suit transferred under section 24. 
16. Power to examine witness immediately .– (1) Where a witness is about 
to leave the jurisdiction of the Court, or other sufficient cause is shown to the 
satisfaction of the Court why his evidence should be taken immediately, the 
Court may upon the application of any party or of the witness, at any time after 
the institution of the suit, take the evidence of such witness in manner 
hereinbefore provided. 
 (2) Where such evidence is not taken forthwith and in the presence of 
the parties, such notice as the Court thinks sufficient, of the day fixed for the 
examination, shall be given to the parties. 
 (3) The evidence so taken shall be read over to the witness, and, if he 
admits it to be correct, shall be signed by him, and the Judge shall, if necessary, 
correct the same, and shall sign it, and it may then be read at any hearing of the 
suit. 
17. Court may recall and examine witness .– The Court may at any stage of 
a suit recall any witness who has been examined and may (subject to the law of 
evidence for the time being in force) put such questions to him as the Court thinks 
fit. 
18. Power of Court to inspect .– The Court may at any stage of a suit inspect 
any property or thing concerning which any question may arise. 
ORDER XIX 
Affidavits 
1. Power to order any point to be proved by affidavit .– Any Court may at 
any time for sufficient reason order that any particular fact or facts may be 
proved by affidavit, or that the affidavit of any witness may be read at the hearing, 
on such conditions as the Court thinks reasonable: 
                                                
1Inserted by the Notification issued by the High Court Lahore vide notification No. 5-Genl./XI-Y-13, dated: 11 January 1951. 
2The words “written and” were omitted ibid. 
3Deleted ibid. 
Provided that where it appears to the Court that either party bona fide 
desires the production of a witness for cross-examination, and that such witness 
can be produced, and order shall not be made authorizing the evidence of such 
witness to be given by affidavit. 
2. Power to order attendance  of deponent for cross -examination.– (1) 
Upon any application evidence may be given by affidavit, but the Court may, at 
the instance of either party, order the attendance for cross-examination of the 
deponent. 
 (2) Such attendance shall be in Court, unless the deponent is 
exempted from personal appearance in Court, or the Court otherwise directs. 
3. Matters to which affidavit shall be confined .– (1) Affidavits shall be 
confined to such facts as the deponent is able of his own knowledge to prove, 
except on interlocutory applications, on which statements of his belief may be 
admitted: Provided that the grounds thereof are stated. 
 (2) The costs of every affidavit which shall unnecessarily set forth 
matters of hearsay or argumentative matter, or copies of or extracts from 
documents, shall (unless the Court otherwise directs) be paid by the party filing 
the same. 
ORDER XX 
Judgment and Decree 
1
[1. Judgment when pronounced .– (1) On completion of evidence, the Court 
shall fix a date, not exceeding fifteen days, for submission of the precise written 
arguments along with the relevant case-law by the parties. 
(2) The Court, after submission of the written arguments under sub -rule 
(1) and after hearing the oral submissions, if so required, pronounce judgment in 
open cour t either at once or on some future date, not exceeding fifteen days, for 
which due notice shall be given to the parties or their advocates .] 
2. Power to pronounce judgment written by judge ‟s predecessor .– A 
Judge may pronounce a judgment written but not pronounced by his predecessor. 
3. Judgment to be signed .– The judgment shall be dated and signed by the 
Judge in open Court at the time of pronouncing it and, when once signed, shall 
not afterwards be altered or added to, save as provided by section 152 or on 
review. 
4. Judgments of Small Cause Courts .– (1) Judgments of a Court of Small 
Causes need not contain more than the points for determination and the decision 
thereon. 
                                                
1Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  
was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 4: It came into force on 1 
November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, 
Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225 . It was earlier substituted by the C ivil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); 
assented to by the President on 27 July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 
1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11. 
 (2) Judgments of other Courts .– Judgments of other Courts shall 
contain a concise statement of the case, the points for determination, the decision 
thereon, and the reasons for such decision. 
5. Court to state its decision on each issue .– In suits in which issues have 
been framed, the Court shall state its finding or decision, with the reasons 
therefor, upon each separate issue, unless the finding upon any one or more of 
the issues is sufficient for the decision of the suit. 
6. Contents of decree .– (1) The decree shall agree with the judgment; it shall 
contain the number of the suit, the names and descriptions of the parties, and 
particulars of the claim, and shall specify clearly the relief granted or other 
determination of the suit. 
1
[(1-A) In addition to the particulars mentioned in clause (1) , the decree shall 
contain the addresses of th e plaintiff and the defendant as given in Order VII, rule 
19, and Order VIII, rule 11, or as subsequently altered under Order VII, rule 24, and 
Order VIII, rule 12, respectively.] 
(2) The decree shall also state the amount of costs incurred in the suit, 
and by whom or out of what property and in what proportions such costs are to be 
paid. 
(3) The Court may direct that the costs payable to one party by the 
other shall be set off against any sum which is admitted or found to be due from 
the former to the latter. 
7. Date of decree .– The decree shall bear date the day on which the judgment 
was pronounced, and, when the Judge has satisfied himself that the decree 
has been drawn up in accordance with the judgment, he shall sign the decree. 
8. Procedure where Judge  has vacated office before signing decree .– 
Where a Judge has vacated office after pronouncing judgment but without signing 
the decree, a decree drawn up in accordance with such judgment may be signed 
by his successor or, if the Court has ceased to exist, by the Judge of any Court to 
which such Court was subordinate. 
9. Decree for recovery of immovable property .– Where the subject­matter 
of the suit is immovable property, the decree shall contain a description of such 
property sufficient to identify the same, and where such property can be identified 
by boundaries or by numbers in a record of settlement or survey, the decree shall 
specify such boundaries or numbers. 
10. Decree for delivery of movable property .– Where the suit is for 
moveable property, and the decree is for the delivery of such property, the decree 
shall also state the amount of money to be paid as an alternative if delivery cannot 
be had. 
11. Decree may direct payment by installments .– (1) Where and in so far as 
a decree is for the payment of money, the Court may for any sufficient reason at 
                                                
1Added by the Notification No. 22 -R./XI-Y-23, dated: 30 January 1937; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, 
was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 5 February 1937, p. 78. 
the time of passing the decree order that payment of the amount decreed shall be 
postponed or shall be made by instalments, with or without interest, 
notwithstanding anything contained in the contract under which the money is 
payable. 
 (2) Order, after decree, for payment by instalments .– After the 
passing of any such decree the Court may, on the application of the 
judgment­debtor and with the consent of the decree­holder, order that payment of 
the amount decreed shall be postponed or shall be made by instalments on such 
terms as to the payment of interest, the attachment of the property of the 
judgment­debtor, or the taking of security from him, or otherwise, as it thinks fit. 
12. Decree for possession and mesne profits .– (1) Where a suit is for the 
recovery of possession of immovable property and for rent or mesne profits, the 
Court may pass a decree– 
(a) for the possession of the property; 
(b) for the rent or mesne profits which have accrued on the property 
during a period prior to the institution of the suit or directing an inquiry 
as to such rent or mesne profits; 
(c) directing an inquiry as to rent or mesne profits from the institution of 
the suit until– 
(i) the delivery of possession to the decree­holder, 
(ii) the relinquishment of possession by the judgment­debtor 
with notice to the decree­holder through the Court, or 
(iii) the expiration of three years from the date of the decree,  
whichever event first occurs. 
 (2) Where an inquiry is directed under clause (b) or clause (c) a final 
decree in respect of the rent or mesne profits shall be passed in accordance with 
the result of such inquiry. 
13. Decree in administration -suit.– (1) Where a suit is for an account of any 
property and for its due administration under the decree of the Court, the Court 
shall, before passing the final decree, pass a preliminary decree ordering such 
accounts and inquiries to be taken and made, and giving such other directions as it 
thinks fit. 
 (2) In the administration by the Court of the property of any deceased 
person, if such property proves to be insufficient for the payment in full of his 
debts and liabilities, the same rules shall be observed as to the respective rights 
of secured and unsecured creditors and as to debts and liabilities provable, and 
as to the valuation of annuities and future and contingent liabilities respectively, as 
may be in force for the time being within the local limits of the Court in which the 
administration-suit is pending with respect to the estates of persons adjudged or 
declared insolvent; and all persons, who in any such case would be entitled to be 
paid out of such property, may come in under the preliminary decree, and make 
such claims against the same as they may respectively be entitled to by virtue of 
this Code. 
14. Decree in pre­emp tion-suit.– (1) Where the Court decrees a claim to 
pre­emption in respect of a particular sale of property and the purchase­money has 
not been paid into Court, the decree shall– 
(a) specify a day on or before which the purchase­money shall be so 
paid, and 
(b) direct that on payment into Court of such purchase­money, together 
with the costs (if any) decreed against the plaintiff, on or before the 
day referred to in clause (a), the defendant shall deliver possession 
of the property to the plaintiff, whose title thereto shall be deemed to 
have accrued from the date of such payment, but that, if the 
purchase­money and the costs (if any) are not so paid, the suit shall 
be dismissed with costs. 
(2) Where the Court has adjudicated upon rival claims to pre­emption, the 
decree shall direct,– 
(a) if and in so far as the claims decreed are equal in degree, that the 
claim of each pre­emptor complying with the provisions of sub­rule (1) 
shall take effect in respect of a proportionate share of the property 
including any proportionate share in respect of which the claim of 
any pre­emptor failing to comply with the said provisions would, but 
for such default, have taken effect; and, 
(b) if and in so far as the claims decreed are different in degree, that 
the claim of the inferior pre­emptor shall not take effect unless and 
until the superior pre­emptor has failed to comply with the said 
provisions. 
15. Decree in suit for dissolution of partnership .– Where a suit is for the 
dissolution of a p artnership, or the taking of partnership accounts, the Court, 
before passing a final decree, may pass a preliminary decree declaring the 
proportionate shares of the parties, fixing the day on which the partnership 
shall stand dissolved or be deemed to have been dissolved, and directing such 
accounts to be taken, and other acts to be done, as it thinks fit. 
16. Decree in suit for account between principal and agent .– In a suit for 
an account of pecuniary transactions between a principal and an agent, and 
in any other suit not hereinbefore provided for, where it is necessary, in order to 
ascertain the amount of money due to or from any party, that an account should 
be taken, the Court shall, before passing its final decree, pass a preliminary 
decree directing such accounts to be taken as it thinks fit. 
17. Special directions as to accounts .– The Court may either by the decree 
directing an account to be taken or by any subsequent order give special 
directions with regard to the mode in which the account is to be taken or 
vouched and in particular may direct that in taking the account the books of 
account in which the accounts in question have been kept shall be taken as prima 
facie evidence of the truth of the matters therein contained with liberty to the 
parties interested to take such objection thereto as they may be advised. 
18. Decree in suit for partition of property or separate possession of a 
share therein .– Where the Court passes a decree for the partition of property or 
for the separate possession of a share therein, then,– 
(1) if and in so far as the decree relates to an estate assessed to the 
payment of revenue to the Government, the decree shall declare 
the rights of the several parties interested in the property, but shall 
direct such partition or separation to be made by the Collector, or any 
gazetted subordinate of the Collector deputed by him in this behalf, in 
accordance with such declaration and with the provisions of section 
54; 
(2) if and in so far as such decree relates to any other immoveable 
property or to moveable property, the Court may, if the partition or 
separation cannot be conveniently made without further inquiry, pass 
a preliminary decree declaring the rights of the several parties 
interested in the property and giving such further directions as may be 
required. 
19. Decree when set­off is allowed .– (1) Where the defendant has been 
allowed a set­off against the claim of the plaintiff, the decree shall state what 
amount is due to the plaintiff and what amount is due to the defendant, and shall 
be for the recovery of any sum which appears to be due to either party. 
 (2) Appeal from decree relating to set­off .– Any decree passed in a 
suit in which a set­off is claimed shall be subject to the same provisions in 
respect of appeal to which it would have been subject if no set­off had been 
claimed. 
 (3) The provisions of this rule shall apply whether the set­off is 
admissible under rule 6 of Order VIII or otherwise. 
1
[20. Certified copies of judgment and decree .– The Court shall, at the time of 
pronouncement of the judgment, provid e to the parties, at their expense, certified 
copies of the judgment and the decree. ] 
ORDER XXI 
Execution of Decrees and Orders 
Payment under Decree 
1. Modes of paying money under decree .– (1) All money payable under a 
decree shall be paid as follows, namely:– 
(a) into the Court whose duty it is to execute the decree; or 
(b) out of Court to the decree­holder 
1
[through a bank or by postal money 
order or evidence by writing signed by the decree­ holder or his 
authorized agent]; or 
                                                
1Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  
was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 4: It came into force on 1 
November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, 
Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
(c) otherwise as the Court which made the decree directs. 
2
[Explanation.– The judgment -debtor, may if he so desires, pay the decretal 
amount, or any part thereof, into the Court under clause (a) by postal money order 
on a form specially approved by the High Court for the purpose.]  
 (2) Where any payment is made under clause (a) of sub­rule (1) notice 
of such payment shall be given to the decree­holder. 
2. Payment out of Court to decree -holder.– (1) Where any money payable 
under a decree of any kind is paid out of Court, or the decree is otherwise 
adjusted in whole or in part to the satisfaction of the decree­holder, the 
decree­holder shall certify such payment or adjustment to the Court whose duty it 
is to execute the decree, and the Court shall record the same accordingly. 
(2) The judgment­debtor also may inform the Court of such payment or 
adjustment, and apply to the Court to issue a notice to the decree­holder to show 
cause, on a day to be fixed by the Court, why such payment or adjustment should 
not be recorded as certified; and if, after service of such notice, the 
decree­holder fails to show cause why the payment or adjustment should not 
be recorded as certified, the Court shall record the same accordingly. 
3
[(3) Any payment not made in the manner provided in rule 1 or any 
adjustment not made in writing shall not be recognized by the Court executing the 
decree.] 
Courts executing Decrees  
3. Lands situate in more than one jurisdiction .– Where immoveable 
property forms one estate or tenure situate within the local limits of the jurisdiction 
of two or more Courts, any one of such Courts may attach and sell the entire 
estate or tenure. 
4
[4. Transfer to Court of Small Causes.–  * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
5. Mode of transfer .– Where the Court to which a decree is to be sent for 
execution is situate within the same district as the Court which passed such 
decree, such Court shall send the same directly to the former Courts. But, where 
the Court to which the decree is to be sent for execution is situate in a 
different district, the Court which passed it shall send it to the District Court 
5
[Or the 
Court of any Judge having jurisdiction in the place where the decree is to be 
executed to whom power to receive plaints has been delegated by the District 
Judge] of the district in which the decree is to be executed. 
                                                                                                                                                  
1Inserted  by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 
April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
2Added by the Notification No. 193 -Gaz./XI-Y-14, dated: 11 July 1933; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, 
was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 14 July 1933, p. 900. 
3Substituted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 
April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
4Omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
5Added by the Notification No. 72/2774 -R./XI-Y.-14, dated: 23 March 1938; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; 
and, was published in the Government Gazette, Punjab, Part-III, dated: 1 April 1938, p. 184.  
6. Procedure where Court desires that its own decree shall be executed 
by another Court .– The Court sending a decree for execution shall send– 
(a) a copy of the decree; 
(b) a certificate setting forth that satisfaction of the decree has not been 
obtained by execution within the jurisdiction of the Court by which it 
was passed, or, where the decree has been executed in part, the 
extent to which satisfaction has been obtained and what part of the 
decree remains unsatisfied; and 
(c) a copy of any order for the execution of the decree, or, if no such 
order has been made, a certificate to that effect. 
7. Court receiving copies of decree, etc., to file same without proof .– The 
Court to which a decree is so sent shall cause such copies and certificates to be 
filed, without any further proof of the decree or order for execution, or of the 
copies thereof, unless the Court, for any special reasons to be recorded under the 
hand of the Judge, requires such proof. 
8. Execution of decree or order b y Court to which it is sent .– Where such 
copies are so filed, the decree or order may, if the Court to which it is sent is the 
District Court, be executed by such Court or be transferred for execution to any 
subordinate Court of competent jurisdiction. 
9. Execution by High Court of decree transferred by other Court .– Where 
the Court to which the decree is sent for execution is a High Court, the decree 
shall be executed by such Court in the same manner as if it had been passed by 
such Court in the exercise of its ordinary original civil jurisdiction. 
Application for execution 
1
[10. Execution of a decree .– On passing of an executable decree by a Court, 
the suit shall stand converted into execution proceedings and no separate 
application for the purpose and no fresh notice to the judgment debtor shall be 
necessary. ] 
2
[11. Attachment.– At the time of the initiation of execution proceedings, the 
Court shall order the attachment of the property of the judgment debtor, if it has 
not already been attached under Order  XXXVIII. ] 
12. Application for attachment of moveable property not in 
judgment­debtor ‟s possession .– Where an application is made for the 
attachment of any movable property belonging to a judgment­debtor but not in his 
possession, the decree­holder shall annex to the application an inventory of the 
property to be attached, containing a reasonably accurate description of the same. 
                                                
1Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  
was published in the Punjab Weekly Gaze tte, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 5: It came into force on 1 
November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, 
Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
2Ibid. 
13. Application for attachment of immoveable property to contain certain 
particulars.– Where an application is made for the attachment of any 
immoveable property belonging to a judgment­debtor, it shall contain at the foot.– 
(a) a description of such property sufficient to identify the same and, in 
case such property can be identified by boundaries or numbers in a 
record of settlement or survey, a specification of such boundaries or 
numbers; and 
(b) a specification of the judgment­debtor's share or interest in such 
property to the best of the b elief of the applicant, and so far as he 
has been able to ascertain the same. 
14. Power to require certified extract from Collector ‟s register in ce rtain 
cases.– Where an application is made for the attachment of any land which is 
registered in the office of the Collector, the Court may require the applicant to 
produce a certified extract from the register of such office, specifying the 
persons registered as proprietors of, or as possessing, any transferable interest in, 
the land or its revenue, or as liable to pay revenue for the land, and the shares of 
the registered proprietors. 
15. Application for execution by joint decree -holder.– (1) Where a decree 
has been passed jointly in favour of more persons than one, any one or more of 
such persons may, unless the decree imposes any condition to the contrary, 
apply for the execution of the whole decree for the benefit of them all, or, where 
any of them has died, for the benefit of the survivors and the legal 
representatives of the deceased. 
 (2) Where the Court sees sufficient cause for allowing the decree to be 
executed on an application made under this rule, it shall make such order as it 
deems necessary for protecting the interests of the persons who have not joined in 
the application. 
16. Application for execution by transferee of decree .– Where a decree or, 
if a decree has been passed jointly in favour of two or more persons, the 
interest of any decree­holder in the decree is transferred by assignment in 
writing or by operation of law, the transferee may apply for execution of the 
decree to the Court which passed it; and the decree may be executed in the 
same manner and subject to the same conditions as if the application were made 
by such decree­holder: 
1
[Provided that, where the decree, or such interest as aforesaid, has been 
transferred by assignment, notice of such application shall be given to the 
transferor and the judgment debtors and the decree shall not be executed until the 
Court has heard their objections (if any) to its execution.] 
Provided also that, where a decree for the payment of money against two or 
more persons has been transferred to one of them, it shall not be executed against 
the others. 
                                                
1Substituted by the Notification No. 26 -R./XI-Y.-14, dated: 24 January 1940; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; 
and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab, Part-III, dated: 2 February 1940, p. 97.  
1
[17. Procedure on receiving application for execution of decree .– * * * * * * * * *  ]  
18. Execution in case of cross­decrees .– (1) Where applications are made 
to a Court for the execution of cross­decrees in separate suits for the payment of 
two sums of money passed between the same parties and capable of execution at 
the same time by such Court, then– 
(a) if the two sums are equal, satisfaction shall be entered upon both 
decrees; and 
(b) if the two sums are unequal, execution may be taken out only by the 
holder of the decree for the larger sum and for so much only as 
remains after deducting the smaller sum, and satisfaction for the 
smaller sum shall be entered on the decree for the larger sum as well 
as satisfaction on the decree for the smaller sum. 
 (2) This rule shall be deemed to apply where either party is an assignee 
of one of the decrees and as well in respect of judgment­debts due by the original 
assignor as in respect of judgment­debts due by the assignee himself. 
 (3) This rule shall not be deemed to apply unless­ 
(a) the decree­holder in one of the suits in which the decrees have been 
made is the judgment­debtor in the other and each party fills the 
same character in both suits; and 
(b) the sums due under the decrees are definite. 
 (4) The holder of a decree passed against several persons jointly and 
severally may treat it as a cross­decree in relation to a decree passed against him 
singly in favour of one or more of such persons. 
Illustrations 
(a) A holds a decree against B for Rs. 1,000. B holds a decree against 
A for the payment of Rs. 1,000 in case A fails to deliver certain goods at a future 
day. B cannot treat his decree as a cross­decree under this rule. 
(b) A and B, co­plaintiffs, obtain a decree for Rs. 1,000  against C, and 
C obtains a decree for Rs. 1,000  against B. C cannot treat his decree as a 
cross­decree under this rule. 
(c) A obtains a decree against B for Rs. 1,000. C, who is a trustee for 
B, obtains a decree on b ehalf of B against A for Rs. 1,000.  B cannot treat C's 
decree as a cross­decree under this rule. 
(d) A, B, C, D, and E are jointly and severally liable for Rs. 1,000 under a 
decree obtained by F. A obtains a decree for Rs. 100  against F singly and 
applies for execution to the Court in which the joint­decree is being executed. F 
may treat his joint­decree as a cross­decree under this rule. 
                                                
1Omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  was 
published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 15: It came into force on 1 November 
2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, 
dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
19. Execution in case of cross­claims under same decree .– Where 
application is made to a Court for the execution of a decree under which two 
parties are entitled to recover sums of money from each other, then,– 
(a) if the two sums are equal, satisfaction for both shall be entered upon 
the decree; and 
(b) if the two sums are unequal, execution may be taken out only by 
the party entitled to the larger sum and for so much only as 
remains after deducting the smaller sum, and satisfaction for the 
smaller sum shall be entered upon the decree. 
20. Cross­decrees and cross­claims in mortgage suits .– The provisions 
contained in rules 18 and 19 shall apply to decrees for sale in enforcement of a 
mortgage or charge. 
21. Simultaneous execution .– The Court may, in its discretion, refuse 
execution at the same time against the person and property of the 
judgment­debtor. 
22. Notice to show cause against execution in certain cases .– (1) Where 
an application for execution is made– 
(a) more than 
1
[two years] after the date of the decree, or 
(b) against the legal representative of a party to the decree 
2
[or where 
an application is made for execution of a decree filed under the 
provisions of section 44A], 
the Court executing the decree shall issue a notice to the person against 
whom execution is applied for requiring him to show cause, on a date to be fixed, 
why the decree should not be executed against him: 
Provided that no such notice shall be necessary in consequence of 
more than 
3
[two years] having elapsed between the date of the decree and the 
application for execution if the application is made within 
4
[two years] from  the 
date of the last order against the party against whom execution is applied for, 
made on any previous application for execution, or in consequence of the 
application being made against the legal representative of the judgment­debtor, if 
upon a previous application for execution against the same person the Court has 
ordered execution to issue against him. 
(2) Nothing in the foregoing sub­rule shall be deemed to preclude the 
Court from issuing any pro cess in execution of a decree without issuing the 
notice thereby prescribed, if, for reasons to be recorded, it considers that the 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “one year” by the Notification No. 125 -Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, dated: 7 April 1932; issued by the High Court 
of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part -III, dated: 15 April 
1932, pp. 532-533. 
2Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1937 (VIII of 1937), published in the Gazette of India,  s. 3. 
3Substituted  for  the words “one year” by the Notification No. 125 -Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14,  dated: 7 April 1932; issued by the High 
Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 15 
April 1932, pp. 532-533. 
4Ibid. 
issue of such notice would cause unreasonable delay or would defeat the ends of 
justice. 
1
[Failure to record such reasons shall be considered an irregularity not 
amounting to defect in jurisdiction.]  
2
[23. Procedure after issue of notice .– * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
3
[Objection to Execution 
4
[23-A. Deposit of decretal amount, etc .– An objection by the judgment -debtor to 
the execution of a decree shall not be considered by the Court unless: 
(a) in c ase of a decree for the payment of money, he either deposits 
the decretal amount in the Court or furnishes security to the 
satisfaction of the Court for its payment; and  
(b) in case of any other decree, he furnishes security to the satisfaction 
of the Cour t for the due performance of the decree. ]] 
Process for execution 
24. Process for execution.– (1) When the preliminary measures (if any) 
required by the foregoing rules have been taken, the Court shall, unless it sees 
cause to the contrary, issue its process for the execution of the decree. 
 (2) Every such process shall bear date the day on which it is issued, 
and shall be signed by the Judge or such officer as the Court may appoint in this 
behalf, and shall be sealed with the seal of the Court and delivered to the proper 
officer to be executed. 
 (3) In every such process a day shall be specified on or before which it 
shall be executed. 
25. Endorsement on process .– (1) The officer entrusted with the execution 
of the process shall endorse thereon the day on, and the manner in, which it was 
executed, and, if the latest day specified in the process for the return thereof 
has been exceeded, the reason of the delay, or, if it was not executed, the 
reason why it was not executed, and shall return the process with such 
endorsement to the Court. 
 (2) Where the endorsement is to the effect that such officer is unable 
to execute the process, the Court shall examine him touching his alleged inability, 
                                                
1Added by the Notification No. 125-Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14,  dated: 7 April 1932; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, 
was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 15 April 1932, pp. 532-533. 
2Omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  was 
published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 15: It came into force on 1 November  
2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, 
dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
3Inserted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Ex traordinary), dated: 14 
April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
4Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  
was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 5: It came into force on 1 
November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, 
Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
and may, if it thinks fit, summon and examine witnesses as to such inability and 
shall record the result. 
Stay of execution  
26. When Court may  stay execution .– (1) The  Court to which a decree 
has been sent for execution shall, upon sufficient cause being shown, stay the 
execution of such decree for a reasonable time, to enable the judgment­debtor to 
apply to the Court by which the decree was passed, or to any Court having 
appellate jurisdiction in respect of the decree or the execution thereof, for an 
order to stay execution, or for any other order relating to the decree or execution 
which might have been made by such Court of first instance or appellate Court if 
execution had been issued thereby, or if application for execution had been made 
thereto. 
 (2) Where the property or person of the judgment­debtor has been 
seized under an execution, the Court which issued the execution may order the 
restitution of such property or the discharge of such person pending the result of 
the application. 
1
[(3) Power to require security from, or impose conditions upon, 
judgement-debtor.–* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
27. Liability of judgment -debtor discharged .– No order of restitution or 
discharge under rule 26 shall prevent the property or person of a 
judgment­debtor from being retaken in execution of the decree sent for execution. 
28. Order of Court which passed decree or of appellate Court to be binding 
upon Court applied to .– Any order of the Court by which the decree was 
passed, or of such Court of appeal as aforesaid, in relation to the execution of 
such decree, shall be binding upon the Court to which the decree was sent for 
execution. 
2
[29. Stay of execution pending suit between decree­holder and 
judgment­debtor.– *  * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
3
[29-A.  * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
Mode of execution 
30. Decree for payment of money .– Every decree for the payment of money, 
including a decree for the payment of money as the alternative to some other 
                                                
1Omitted by the Law Refo rms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 
April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
2Omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Co urt, Lahore; and, was 
published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 15: It came into force on 1 November 
2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gaze tte, Part-III, 
dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
3Omitted by the Notification No. 563-G, dated: 24 November 1927; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was  
published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 9 December 1 927, Part-III, p. 1587. It was earlier 
inserted by the Notification No. 6 G, dated: 1 January 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the 
Government Gazette  Punjab and its  Dependencies,  dated: 1 January 1909,  pp. 2 -3. Above  said Notification was confirmed 
by the Notification No. 2212 G, dated: 12 May 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the Government 
Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 21 May 1909, p. 571. 
relief, may be executed by the detention in 
1
[* *] prison of the judgment­debtor or by 
the attachment and sale of his property, or by both. 
31. Decree for specific moveable property .– (1) Where the decree is for any 
specific moveable, or for any share in a specific moveable, it may be executed 
by the seizure, if practicable, of the moveable or share, and by the delivery 
thereof to the party to whom it has been adjudged, or to such person as he 
appoints to receive delivery on his behalf, or by the detention in 
2
[* *] prison of 
the judgment­debtor, or by the attachment of his property, or by both. 
 (2) Where any attachment under sub­rule (1) has remained in force 
for 
3
[three months], if the judgment-debtor has not obeyed the decree and the 
decree-holder has applied to have the attached property sold, such property may 
be sold, and out of the proceeds the Court may award to the decree­holder, in 
cases where any amount has been fixed by the decree to be paid as an 
alternative to delivery of moveable property, such amount, and, in other cases, 
such compensation as it thinks fit, and shall pay the balance (if any) to the 
judgment-debtor on his application. 
 
4
[Provided that the court may in any special case, according to the special 
circumstances thereof, extend the period beyond three months; but it shall in no 
case exceed six months in all.]  
 (3) Where the judgment­debtor has obeyed the decree and paid all 
costs of executing the same which he is bound to pay, or where, at the end of 
5
[three months or such other period as may have been prescribed by the court] 
from the date of the attachment, no application to have the property sold has 
been made, or, if made, has been refused, the attachment shall cease. 
32. Decree for specific performance, for restitution of conjugal rights, or 
for an injunction .– (1) Where the party against whom a decree for the specific 
performance of a contract, 
6
[* * * * * * *] or for an injunction, has been passed, has 
had an opportunity of obeying the decree and has willfully failed to obey it, the 
decree may be enforced 
7
[ 
8
[* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ] in the case of a decree 
                                                
1The words “the civil” were omitted by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 
July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11. 
2Ibid. 
3Substituted for the words “six months” by the N otification No. 125 -Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, dated: 7 April 1932; issued by the High 
Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 15 
April 1932, pp. 532-533. 
4Added ibid. 
5Substituted ibid., for the words “six months”. 
6The expression “or for restitution of conjugal rights,” was omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 
2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 
2018, pp. 270-286, r. 15: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 
2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225.  
7Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1923 (XXIX  of 1923), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 4 
August 1923, p. 189, s. 2. 
8The expression “in the case of a decree for restitution of conjugal rights by the attachment of his property or,” was omitted by 
the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in 
the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 15: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through 
Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 28 
October 2020, p. 225. 
for the specific performance of a contract or for an injunction] by his detention in 
1
[* *] prison, or by the attachment of his property, or by both. 
 (2) Where the party against whom a decree for specific performance or 
for an injunction has been passed is a corporation, the decree may be 
enforced by the attachment of the property of the corporation or, with the 
leave of the Court, by the detention in 
2
[* *] prison of the directors or other 
principal officers thereof, or by both attachment and detention. 
 (3) Where any attachment under sub­rule (1) or sub­rule (2) has 
remained in force for 
3
[three months],  if the judgment­debtor has not obeyed the 
decree and the decree­holder has applied to have the attached property sold, 
such property may be sold; and out of the proceeds the Court may award to the 
decree­holder such compensation as it thinks fit, and shall pay the balance (if 
any) to the judgment­debtor on his application. 
 
4
[Provided that the court may for sufficient reasons, on the application of the 
judgment-debtor, extend the period beyond three months; but it shall in no case 
exceed one year in all.]  
 (4) Where the judgment- debtor has obeyed the decree and paid all 
costs of executing the same which he is bound to pay, or where, at the end of 
5
[the three months or such other period as may have been prescribed by the court] 
from the date of the attachment, no application to have the property sold has 
been made, or if made has been refused, the attachment shall cease. 
 (5) Where a decree for the specific performance of a contract or for 
an injunction has not been obeyed, the Court may, in lieu of or in addition to all or 
any of the processes aforesaid, direct that the act required to be done may be 
done so far as practicable by the decree­holder or some other person appointed 
by the Court, at the cost of the judgment­debtor, and upon the act being done 
the expenses incurred may be ascertained in such manner as the Court may 
direct and may be recovered as if they were included in the decree. 
Illustration 
A, a person of little substance, erects a building which renders 
uninhabitable a family mansion belonging to B. A, in spite of his detention in 
prison and the attachment of his property, declines to obey a decree obtained 
against him by B and directing him to remove the building. The Court is of 
opinion that no sum realizable by the sale of A's property would adequately 
compensate B for the depreciation in the value of his mansion. B may apply to 
the Court to remove the building and may recover the cost of such removal from 
A in the execution­proceedings. 
                                                
1The words “the civil” were omitted by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by th e President on 27 
July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11. 
2Ibid. 
3Substituted for the words “one year” by the Notification No. 125 -Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, dated: 7 April 1932; issued by the  High Court 
of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part -III, dated: 15 April 
1932, pp. 532-533. 
4Added ibid. 
5Substituted ibid., for the words “the one year”. 
1
[33. Discretion of Court in executing decrees for restitution of conjugal rights .– * ] 
34. Decree for execution of document, or endorsement of negotiable 
instrument.– (1) Where a decree is for the execution of a document or for the 
endorsement of a negotiable instrument and the judgment­debtor neglects or 
refuses to obey the decree, the decree­holder may prepare a draft of the 
document or endorsement in accordance with the terms of the decree and 
deliver the same to the Court. 
 (2) The Court shall thereupon cause the draft to be served on the 
judgment­debtor together with a notice requiring his objections (if any) to be made 
within such time as the Court fixes in this behalf. 
 (3) Where the judgment­debtor objects to the draft, his objections shall 
be stated in writing within such time, and the Court shall make such order 
approving or altering the draft, as it thinks fit. 
 (4) The decree­holder shall deliver to the Court a copy of the draft with 
such alterations (if any) as the Court may have directed upon the proper 
stamp­paper if a stamp is required by the law for the time being in force; and the 
Judge or such officer as may be appointed in this behalf shall execute the 
documents so delivered. 
 (5) The execution of a document or the endorsement of a negotiable 
instrument under this rule may be in the following form, namely:– 
“C.D., Judge of the Court of  
(or as the case may be), for A. B., in a suit by E.F. against A.B.”,  
and shall have the same effect as the execution of the document or the 
endorsement of the negotiable instrument by the party ordered to execute or 
endorse the same. 
 (6) The Court, or such officer as it may appoint in this behalf, shall 
cause the document to be registered if its registration is required by the law for 
the time being in force or the decree­holder desires to have it registered, and 
may make such order as it thinks fit as to the payment of the expenses of the 
registration. 
35. Decree for immoveable property .– (1) Where a decree is for the delivery 
of any immoveable property, possession thereof shall be delivered to the party to 
whom it has been adjudged, or to such person as he may appoint to receive 
delivery on his behalf, and, if necessary, by removing any person bound by the 
decree who refuses to vacate the property. 
 (2) Where a decree is for the joint possession of immoveable property 
such possession shall be delivered by affixing a copy of the warrant in some 
conspicuous place on the property and proclaiming by beat of drum, or other 
customary mode, at some convenient place, the substance of the decree. 
                                                
1Omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  was 
published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 15: It came into force on 1 November 
2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, 
dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
 (3) Where possession of any building or enclosure is to be delivered and 
the person in possession, being bound by the decree, does no afford free access, 
the Court, through its officers, may, after giving reasonable warning and facility to 
any woman not appearing in public according to the customs of the country to 
withdraw, remove or open any lock or bolt or break open any door or do any 
other act necessary for putting the decree­holder in possession. 
36. Decree for delivery of immoveable property when in occupancy of 
tenant.– Where a decree is for the delivery of any immoveable property in the 
occupancy of a tenant or other person entitled to occupy the same and not 
bound by the decree to relinquish such occupancy, the Court shall order 
delivery to be made by affixing a copy of the warrant in some conspicuous place 
on the property, and proclaiming to the occupant by beat of drum or other 
customary mode, at some convenient place, the substance of the decree in regard 
to the property 
1
[:] 
 
2
[Provided that no such right of a tenant or other person shall be protected 
in a case where the tenant or the other person entered into possession of the 
immovable property during the pe ndency of the suit wherein the decree has 
been passed .] 
Arrest and detention in 
3
[* *] prison 
4
[37. Discretionary power to allow judgment -debtor an opportunity to show 
good cause against detention in prison .– (1) Notwithstanding anything in the 
rules, wher e a decree for the payment of money is sought to be executed through 
arrest and detention in prison of the judgment -debtor, the Court may, before issuing 
a warrant of arrest, provide one opportunity to the judgment -debtor to show good 
cause as to why he sh ould not be detained in prison:  
Provided that such opportunity shall not be necessary if the Court is satisfied, 
by affidavit or otherwise, that, with the object of delaying the execution of the 
decree, the judgment -debtor is likely to abscond or leave the  local limits of the 
jurisdiction of the Court.  
 (2) Where the judgment -debtor fails to avail himself the opportunity or is 
unable to show a good cause, the Court shall, if the decree holder so requires, 
issue a warrant for the arrest of the judgment -debtor.] 
38. Warrant for arrest to direct judgment­debtor to be brought up .– Every 
warrant for the arrest of a judgment­debtor shall direct the officer entrusted with 
                                                
1Substituted for the “full -stop” by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High 
Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 15: It came 
into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab 
Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
2Added ibid. 
3The words “the civil” were omitted by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 
July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11. 
4Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  
was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 5: It cam e into force on 1 
November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, 
Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
its execution to bring him before the Court with all convenient speed, unless the 
amount which he has been ordered to pay, together with the interest thereon and 
the costs (if any) to which he is liable, be sooner paid. 
1
[39. Subsistence-allowance.–  * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
2
[40. Proceedings on appearance of judgment­debtor in obedience t o notice 
or after arrest .– 
3
[(1) Where a judgment -debtor avails himself the opportunity 
provided under rule 37 or is brought before the Court after being arrested in 
execution of the decree for the payment of money, the Court shall give the judgment -
debtor an opportunity of showing good cause why he should not be detained in 
prison.] 
4
[(2)  * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *  ]  
 
5
[(3) Where the judgment -debtor fails to show any good cause und er 
sub-rule (1), the Court may, subject to the provisions o f section 51 and to the 
other provisions of the Code, make an order for the detention of the judgment -
debtor in prison and shall, in that event, cause him to be arrested if he is not 
already under arrest. ] 
(4) A judgment­debtor released under this rule may be re­arrested. 
(5) When the Court does not make an order of detention under 
sub­rule (3), it shall disallow the application and, if the judgment­debtor is under 
arrest, direct his release.] 
Attachment of property 
41. Examination of judgment­debtor as to his property.– Where a decree is 
for the payment of money the decree­holder may apply to the Court for an order 
that– 
 (a) the judgment­debtor, or 
 (b) in the case of a corporation, any officer thereof, or 
 (c) any other person, 
be orally examined as to whether any or what debts are owing to the 
judgment­debtor and whether the judgment­debtor has any and what other 
property or means of satisfying the decree; and the Court may make an order for 
the attendance and examination of such judgment­debtor, or officer or other 
person, and for the production of any books or documents. 
                                                
1Omitted by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to  by the President on 27 July 1994; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11. 
2Substituted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1936 (XXI of 1936),  published in the Gazette of India, dated: 7 
November 1936, pp. 63-64, s. 3. 
3Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  
was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 5: It came into force on 1 
November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, 
Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
4Omitted ibid. 
5Substituted ibid. 
42. Attachment in case of decree for rent or mesne profits or other matter, 
amount of which to be subsequently determined .– Where a decree directs an 
inquiry as to rent or mesne profits or any other matter, the property of the 
judgment­debtor may, before the amount due from him has been ascertained, 
be attached, as in the case of an ordinary decree for the payment of money. 
1
[43. Attachment of moveable property, other than agricultural produce, in 
possession of judgment­debtor .–  (1) Where the property to be attached is 
movable property, other than agricultural produce, in the possession of the 
judgment­debtor, the attachment shall be made by actual seizure, and the 
attaching officer shall keep the property in his own custody or in the custody 
of one of his subordinates, and shall be responsible for the due custody thereof: 
Provided that, when the property seized is subject to speedy and 
natural decay or when the expense of keeping it in custody is likely to exceed its 
value, the attaching officer may sell it at once, and 
Provided also that, when the property attached consists of live -stock, 
agricultural implements or other articles which cannot conveniently be removed and 
the attaching officer does not act under the first proviso to this rule, he may at the 
instance of the judgment -debtor or of the decree -holder or of any person claiming 
to be interested in such property leave it in the village or place where it has been 
attached– 
(a) in the charge of the person at whose instance the property is retained 
in such village or place, if such person enters into a bond in Form No. 
15-A of Appendix  E to this schedule with one or more sufficient 
sureties for its production when called for, or  
(b) in the charge of an officer of the Court, if a suitable place for its safe 
custody be provided and the remuneration of the officer for a period of 
15 days a t such rate as may from time to time be fixed by the High 
Court be paid in advance, or  
(c) in the charge of a village lambardar or such other respectable person 
as will undertake to keep such property, subject to the orders of the 
Court, if such person en ters into a bond in Form No. 15 -B of Appendix 
E with one or more sureties for its production.  
(2) Whenever an attachment made under the provisions of this rule 
ceases for any of the reasons specified in rules 55, 57 or 60 of this Order, the Court 
may order the restitution of the attached property to the person in whose 
possession it was before attachment.  
(3) When property is made over to a custodian under sub -clause (a) or 
(c) of clause (1), the schedule of property annexed to the bond shall be drawn up 
by the attaching officer in triplicate and dated and signed by : 
(a) the custodian and his sureties , 
(b) the officer of the Court who made the attachment , 
                                                
1Substituted by the Notification No. 606-G., dated: 13 December 1928; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, 
was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part -III, dated: 21 December 1928, pp. 1656 -1658, r. 
1. 
(c) the person whose property is attached and made over , 
(d) two respectable witnesses.  
One copy will be transmitted to the Court by the attaching officer and placed 
on the record of the proceedings under which the attachment has been ordered, 
one copy will be made over to the person whose property is attached and one copy 
will be made over  to the custodian.] 
1
[43-A. (1) Whenever attached property is kept in the village or place where it is 
attached, the attaching officer shall forthwith report the fact to the Court and shall 
with his report forward a list of the property seized.  
(2) If attached property is no t sold under the first proviso to rule 43 or 
retained in the village or place where it is attached under the second proviso to that 
rule it shall be brought to the Court -house and delivered to the proper officer of the 
Court. 
(3) A custodian appointed unde r the second proviso to rule 43 may at any 
time terminate his responsibility by giving notice to the Court of his desire to be 
relieved of his trust and delivering to proper officer of the Court the property made 
over to him. 
(4) When any property is taken  back from a custodian he shall be granted 
a receipt for the same.  
43-B. (1) Whenever attached property kept in the village or place where it is 
attached is live -stock, the person at whose instance it is retained shall provide for 
its maintenance, and, if he fails to do so  and if it is in charge of an officer of the 
Court, it shall be removed to the Court -house. 
Nothing in this rule shall prevent the judgment -debtor, or any person 
claiming to be interested in such stock, from making such arrangements for fe eding 
the same as may not be inconsistent with its safe custody.  
(2) The Court may direct that any sums which have been expended by 
the attaching officer or are payable to him, if not duly deposited or paid, be 
recovered from the proceeds of property, if s old, or be paid by the person declared 
entitled to delivery before he received the same. The Court may also order that any 
sums deposited or paid under these rules be recovered as costs of the attachment 
from any party to the proceedings.  
43-C. When an app lication is made for the attachment of live -stock or other 
movable property , the decree -holder shall pay into Court in cash such sum as will 
cover the costs of the maintenance and custody of the property for 15 days. If 
within three clear days , before the expiry of any such period of 15 days the amount 
of such costs for such further period as the Court may direct be not paid into Court, 
the Court, on receiving a report thereof from the proper officer, may issue an order 
for the withdrawal of the attachment and direct by whom the costs of the 
attachment are to be paid.  
                                                
1Inserted by the Notification No. 606-G., dated: 13 December 1928; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was 
published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 21 December 1928, pp. 1656-1658, r. 1. 
43-D. Any person who has undertaken to keep attached property under rule 43 (1) 
(c) shall be liable to be proceeded against as a surety under section 145 of the 
Code and shall be liable to pay in execution proceedings the value of any such 
property willfully lost by him.]  
44. Attachment of agricultural produce .– Where the property to be 
attached is agricultural produce, the attachment shall be made by affixing a copy 
of the warrant of attachment,– 
(a) where such produce is a growing crop, on the land on which such 
crop has grown, or 
(b) where such produce has been cut or gathered, on the 
threshing­floor or place for treading out  grain or the like or 
fodder­stack on or in which it is deposited,  
and another copy on the outer door or on some other conspicuous part 
of the house in which the judgment­debtor ordinarily resides or, with the 
leave of the Court, on the outer door or on some other conspicuous part of 
the house in which he carries on business or personally works for gain or in 
which he is known to have last resided or carried on business or personally 
worked for gain; and the produce shall thereupon be deemed to have 
passed into the possession of the Court. 
45. Provisions as to agricultural produce under attachment .– (1) Where 
agricultural produce is attached, the Court shall make such arrangements for the 
custody thereof as it may deem sufficient and, for the purpose of enabling the 
Court to make such arrangements, every application for the attachment of a 
growing crop shall specify the time at which it is likely to be fit to be cut or gathered 
1
[and with every such application such charges as may be necessary for the 
custody of the crop up to the time at which it is likely to be fit to be cut or gathered 
shall be paid to the court]. 
 (2) Subject to such conditions as may be imposed by the Court in this 
behalf either in the order of attachment or in any subsequent order, the 
judgment­debtor may tend, cut, gather and store the produce and to any other 
act necessary for maturing or preserving it; and if the judgment­debtor fails to do all 
or any of such acts, the decree­holder may, with the permission of the Court and 
subject to the like conditions, do all or any of them either by himself or by any 
person appointed by him in this behalf, and the costs incurred by the 
decree­holder shall be recoverable from the judgment­debtor as if they were 
included in, or formed part of, the decree. 
 (3) Agricultural produce attached as a growing crop shall not be 
deemed to have ceased to be under attachment or to require re­attachment 
merely because it has been severed from the soil. 
 (4) Where an order for the attachment of a growing crop has been 
made at a considerable time before the crop is likely to be fit to be cut or 
gathered, the Court may suspend the execution of the order for such time as it 
                                                
1Added by the Notification No. 125 -Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, dated: 7 April 1932; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, 
was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 15 April 1932, pp. 532-533. 
thinks fit, and may, in its discretion, make a further order prohibiting the 
removal of the crop pending the execution of the order of attachment. 
 (5) A growing crop which from its nature does not admit of being 
stored shall not be attached under this rule at any time less than twenty days 
before the time at which it is likely to be fit to be cut or gathered. 
46. Attachment of debt, share and other property not in possession of 
judgment-debtor.– (1) In the case of– 
(a) a debt not secured by a negotiable instrument, 
(b) a share in the capital of a corporation, 
(c) other moveable property not in the possession of the 
judgment­debtor, except property deposited in, or in the custody of, 
any Court, the attachment shall be made by a written order 
prohibiting– 
(i) in the case of the debt, the creditor from recovering the debt 
and the debtor from making p ayment thereof until the further 
order of the Court; 
(ii) in the case of the share, the person in whose name the 
share may be standing from transferring the same or 
receiving any dividend thereon; 
(iii) in the case of the other moveable property except as 
aforesaid, the person in possession of the same from giving it 
over to the judgment­debtor. 
 (2) A copy of such order shall be affixed on some conspicuous part of 
the court­house, and another copy shall be sent, in the case of the debt, to the 
debtor, in the case of the share, to the proper officer of the corporation, and, in the 
case of the other movable property (except as aforesaid), to the person in 
possession of the same. 
 (3) A debtor prohibited under clause (i) of sub­rule (1) may pay the 
amount of his debt into Court, and such payment shall discharge him as 
effectually as payment to the party entitled to receive the same. 
47. Attachment of share in moveables .– Where the property to be attached 
consists of the share or interest of the judgment­debtor in moveable property 
belonging to him and another as co­owners, the attachment shall be made by a 
notice to the judgment­debtor prohibiting him from transferring the share or 
interest or charging it in any way. 
48.  Attachment of salary or allowances of public officer or servant of 
railway company or local authority .– (1) Where the property to be attached is 
the salary or allowances of a 
1
[servant of the 
2
[State] ]or of a servant of a railway 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “public officer” by the Code o f Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1943 (V of 1943), published in the 
Gazette of India, dated: 3 April 1943, pp. 2-3, s. 3. 
2Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
company or local authority, the Court, whether the judgment­debtor or the 
disbursing officer is or is not within the local limits of the Court's jurisdiction, 
may order that the amount shall, subject to the provisions of section 60, be 
withheld from such salary or allowances either in one payment or by monthly 
instalments as the Court may direct; and, upon notice of the order to such officer 
instalments as the Court may direct; and, upon notice of the order to such officer as 
1
[the appropriate Government may by notification in the official Gazette] appoint 
2
[in this behalf,– 
(a) where such salary or allowances are to be disbursed within the 
local limits to which this Code for the time being extends, the officer 
or other person whose duty it is to disburse the same shall withhold 
and remit to the Court the amount due under the order, or the 
monthly installments, as the case may be; 
(b) where such salary or allowances are to be disbursed beyond the 
said limits, the officer or other person within those limits whose 
duty it is to instruct the disbursing authority regarding the amount 
of the salary or allowances to be disbursed shall remit to the Court 
the amount due under the order, or the monthly installments, as the 
case may be, and shall direct the disbursing authority to reduce the 
aggregate of the amounts from time to time to be disbursed by the 
aggregate of the amounts from time to time remitted to the Court.] 
 (2) Where the attachable proportion of such salary or allowances is 
already being withheld and r emitted to a Court in pursuance of a previous 
and unsatisfied order of attachment, the officer appointed by 
3
[the appropriate 
Government] in this behalf shall forthwith return the subsequent order to the Court 
issuing it with a full statement of all the particulars of the existing attachment. 
 (3) Every order made under this rule, unless it is returned in accordance 
with the provisions of sub­rule (2), shall, without further notice or other process, 
bind 
4
[the appropriate Government] or the railway company or local authority, as 
the case may be, while the judgment-debtor is within the local limits to which this 
Code for the time being extends and while he is beyond those limits if he is in 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “the Central Government or the Provincial Government may by notification in their official Gazette”  
by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1942 (XXV of 1942), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 10 October 1942, pp. 45-51, 
s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. They were earlier substituted for the expression “the Government may by notification in 
the Gazette of India or in the Local Official Gazette, as the case may be,” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Ind ian 
Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the 
First Schedule. 
2Substituted for the expression “in this behalf, the officer or other person whose duty it is to disburse suc h salary or allowances 
shall withhold and remit to the Court the amount due‟ under the order, or the monthly installments, as the case may be.” by t he 
Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1939 (XXVI of 1939), published in the Government Gazette, Punjab , dated: 6 
October 1939, p. 312, s. 2. 
3Substituted for the words “the Central Government or the Provincial Government, as the case may be” by the Repealing and 
Amending Act, 1942 (XXV of 1942), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 10 October 1942, pp . 45-51, s. 3 read with the 
Second Schedule. They were earlier substituted for  the words “the Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of 
Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with 
the First Schedule. 
4Ibid. 
receipt of any salary or allowances payable out of 
1
[the revenues of the 
2
[Federal 
Government] or a Provincial Government] or the funds of a railway company 
carrying on business in any part of 
3
[Pakistan] or local authority in 
4
[Pakistan]; and 
5
[the appropriate Government] or the railway company or local 
authority, as the case may be, shall be liable for any sum paid in contravention of 
this rule. 
6
[Explanation.– In this rule “appropriate Government ” means_ 
(i) as respects  any 
7
[person] in the service of the  
8
[Federal Government], 
or any servant 
9
[* * 
10
[*] *] of a cantonment authority or of the port 
authority of a major port, the 
11
[Federal Government];  
12
[(ii) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
(iii) as  respects  any other 
13
[Servant of the 
14
[ State] ] or a servant of  
                                                
1Substituted for the expression “His Majesty‟s [Pakistan Revenues]” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 
1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 
January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 
read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. The words in crotchets we re earlier substituted for the words 
“Indian revenues” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the 
Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
2Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of 
General Adaptations. 
3Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federation” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 
1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955.  
They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” b y  the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 
(G.G.O. 4 of 1949),  published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read 
with Article 4. 
4Ibid. 
5Substituted for the words “the Central Government or the Provincial Government” by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1942 
(XXV of 1942), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 10 October 1942, pp. 45 -51, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule.  
They were earlier substituted for  the words “the Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 
1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
6Added by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1942 (XXV of 1942), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 10 October 1942, 
pp. 45-51, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. 
7Substituted for the words “public officer” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1943 (V of 1943), published in the  
Gazette of India, dated: 3 April 1943, pp. 2-3, s. 3. 
8Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of 
General Adaptations. 
9The words “of a Railway or” were omitted by th e Central Adaptation of Laws Order, 1964 (P. O. No. 1 of 1964); made by the 
President on 27 May 1964; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 May 1964, pp. 251c -
251aap, Article 2 read with the Schedule.  
10The word “Federal”   was omitted  by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order,  1959  on 21 January  1961; and,  was 
published in the  Gazette of  Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102-163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956.  
11Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of 
General Adaptations. 
12Omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette  of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
13Substituted for the words “public officer” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1943 (V of 1943), published in the  
Gazette of India, dated: 3 April 1943, pp. 2-3, s. 3. 
14Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was 
any 
1
[ *] railway or local authority, the Provincial Government.] 
49. Attachment of partnership property .– (1) Save as otherwise provided by 
this rule, property b elonging to a partnership shall not be attached or sold in 
execution of a decree other than a decree passed against the firm or against the 
partners in the firm as such. 
 (2) The Court may, on the application of the holder of a decree against 
a partner make an order charging the interest of such partner in the 
partnership property and profits with payment of the amount due under the 
decree, and may, by the same or a subsequent order, appoint a receiver of the 
share of such partner in the profits (whether already declared or accruing) and 
of any other money which may be coming to him in respect of the partnership, 
and direct accounts and inquiries and make an order for the sale of such interest 
or other orders as might have been directed or made if a charge had been made 
in favour of the decree­holder by such partner, or as the circumstances of the case 
may require. 
 (3) The other partner or partners shall be at liberty at any time to redeem 
the interest charged or, in the case of a sale being directed, to purchase the same. 
 (4) Every application for an order u nder sub­rule (2) shall be served on 
the judgment­debtor and on his partners or such of them as are within  
2
[Pakistan]. 
 (5) Every application made by any partner of the judgment­debtor under 
sub­rule (3) shall be served on the decree­holder and on the jud gment­debtor, 
and on such of the other partners as do not join in the application and as are 
within 
3
[Pakistan]. 
 (6) Service under sub­rule (4) or sub­rule (5) shall be deemed to be 
service on all the partners, and all orders made on such applications sha ll be 
similarly served.  
50. Execution of decree against firm .– (1) Where a decree has been 
passed against a firm, execution may be granted– 
(a) against any property of the partnership; 
(b) against any person who has appeared in his own name under rule 6 
or rule 7 of Order XXX or who has admitted on the pleadings that he 
is, or who has been adjudged to be, a partner; 
                                                                                                                                                  
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956.  
1The word “other” was omitted by the Central Adaptation of Laws Order, 1964 (P. O. N o. 1 of 1964); made by the President on 
27 May 1964; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 May 1964, pp. 251c -251aap, Article 2 
read with the Schedule. 
2Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Fede ration" by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 
1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” b y  the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 
(G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read 
with Article 4. 
3Ibid. 
(c) against any person who has been individually served as a partner 
with a summons and has failed to appear: 
Provided that nothing in this sub­rule shall be deemed to limit or otherwise 
affect the provisions of section 247 of the 
1
[*] Contract Act, 1872
2 . 
 (2) Where the decree­holder claims to be entitled to cause the decree 
to be executed against any person other than such a person as is referred to in 
sub­rule (1), clauses (b) and (c), as being a partner in the firm, he may apply to the 
Court which passed the decree for leave, and where the liability is not disputed, 
such Court may grant such leave, or, where such liability is disputed, may order 
that the liability of such person be tried and determined in any manner in which 
any issue in a suit may be tried and determined. 
 (3) Where the liability of any person has been tried and determined 
under sub­rule (2), the order made thereon shall have the same force and be 
subject to the same conditions as to appeal or otherwise as if it were a decree. 
 (4) Save as against any property of the partnership, a decree against 
a firm shall not release, render liable or otherwise affect any partner therein 
unless he has been served with a summons to appear and answer. 
51. Attachment of negotiable instruments .– Where the property is a 
negotiable instrument not deposited in a Court, nor in the custody of a public 
officer, the attachment shall be made by actual seizure, and the instrument shall 
be brought into Court and held subject to further orders of the Court. 
52. Attachment of property in custody of Court or public officer .– Where 
the property to be attached is in the custody of any Court or public officer, the 
attachment shall be made by a notice to such Court or officer, requesting that 
such property, and any interest or dividend becoming payable thereon, may be 
held subject to the further orders of the Court from which the notice is issued: 
Provided that, where such property is in the custody of a Court, any 
question of title or priority arising between the decree­holder and any other 
person, not being the judgment­debtor, claiming to be interested in such property 
by virtue of any assignment, attachment or otherwise, shall be determined by 
such Court. 
53. Attachment of decrees .– (1) Where the property to be attached is a 
decree, either for the payment of money or for sale in enforcement of a mortgage 
or charge, the attachment shall be made– 
(a) if the decrees were passed by the same Court, then by order of such 
Court, and 
(b) if the decree sought to be attached was passed by another Court, 
then by the issue to such other Court 
3
[and to  the Court to which it 
                                                
1The word “Indian” deemed to be omitted by virtue of omission of the said word in the “short title”  of the Indian Limitation Act, 
1908 by  the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O . No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
2IX of 1872. 
3Added by the Notification No. 125 -Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, dated: 7 April 1932; issued by the High Court of Ju dicature at Lahore; and, 
was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 15 April 1932, pp. 532-533. 
has been transferred for execution]  of a notice by the Court which 
passed the decree sought to be executed, requesting such other 
Court to stay the execution of its decree unless and until– 
(i) the Court which passed the decree sought to be executed 
cancels the notice, or 
(ii) the holder of the decree sought to be executed or 
1
[with the 
consent of the said decree -holder expressed in writing or with 
the permission of the attaching court] his judgment­debtor 
applies to the Court receiving such notice to execute 
2
[the 
attached] decree.  
 (2) Where a Court makes an order under clause (a) of sub­rule (1), or 
receives an application under sub­head (ii) of clause (b) of the said sub­rule, it 
shall, on the application of the creditor who has attached the decree or his 
judgment­debtor, proceed to execute the attached d ecree and apply the net 
proceeds in satisfaction of the decree sought to be executed. 
 (3) The holder of a decree sought to be executed by the attachment of 
another decree of the nature specified in sub­rule (1) shall be deemed to be the 
representative of the holder of the attached decree and to be entitled to execute 
such attached decree in any manner lawful for the holder thereof. 
 (4) Where the property to be attached in the execution of a decree is a 
decree other than a decree of the nature referred to in sub­rule (1), the 
attachment shall be made, by a notice by the Court which passed the decree 
sought to be executed, to the holder of the decree sought to be attached, 
prohibiting him from transferring or charging the same in any way; and, where such 
decree has been passed by any other Court, also by sending to such other Court 
a notice to abstain from executing the decree sought to be attached until such 
notice is cancelled by the Court from which it was sent. 
 (5) The holder of a decree attached under this rule shall give the Court 
executing the decree such information and aid as may reasonably be required. 
 (6) On the application of the holder of a decree sought to be executed by 
the attachment of another decree, the Court making an order of attachment under 
this rule shall give notice of such order to the judgment­debtor bound by the 
decree attached; and no payment or adjustment of the attached decree made by 
the judgment­debtor in contravention of such order 
3
[ with the knowledge 
thereof], either through the Court or otherwise, shall be recognized by any Court 
so long as the attachment remains in force. 
                                                
1Inserted by removing the same words at the end of the clause by the Notification No. 225 -R-XI-Y-14, dated: 5 August 1937; 
issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette, Punjab and its 
Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 13 August 1937, p. 783. They were earlier added at the end of the clause by the Notification No. 
125-Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, dated: 7 April 1932; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the 
Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 15 April 1932, pp. 532-533. 
2Substituted for the words “its own” by the Notification No. 125-Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, dated: 7 April 1932; issued by the High Court of 
Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part -III, dated: 15 April 
1932, pp. 532-533. 
3Substituted ibid., for the words “after the receipt of notice thereof”.  
1
[54. Attachment of immoveable property .– (1) Where the property is 
immovable property, the attachment shall be made by an order prohibiting the 
judgment -debtor from transferring or charging the property in any way, and all 
other persons from taking a ny benefit from such transfer or charge and any such 
transfer, charge, alienation, encumbrance or other disposition in violation of this 
rule shall be void and of no legal effect.  
 (2) A copy of the order under sub -rule (1) shall be conveyed to the 
concern ed authority maintaining the record of the property under attachment, in 
addition to a proclamation of the order at some place adjacent to such property 
by beat of drum or any other customary mode, and a copy of the order shall be 
affixed on a conspicuous part of the property and the Court -house, and also, 
where the property is subject to land revenue to the Government, in the office of 
the Collector of the district in which the land is situate. ] 
55. Removal of attachment after satisfaction of decree. – Where– 
(a) the amount decreed with costs and all charges and expenses 
resulting from the attachment of any property are paid into Court, or 
(b) satisfaction of the decree is otherwise made through the Court or 
certified to the Court, or  
(c) the decree is set aside or reversed, 
the attachment shall be deemed to be withdrawn, and, in the case of 
immovable property, the withdrawal shall, if the judgment­debtor so desires, be 
proclaimed at his expense, and a copy of the proclamation shall be affixed in the 
manner prescribed by the last preceding rule. 
56. Order for payment of coin or currency notes to party entitled under 
decree.– Where the property attached is current coin or currency notes, the 
Court may, at any time during the continuance of the attachment, direct that such 
coin or notes, or a part thereof sufficient to satisfy the decree, be paid over to the 
party entitled under the decree to receive the same. 
57. Determination of attachment .– Where any property has been attached in 
execution of a decree but by reason of the decree­holder ‟s default the Court is 
unable to proceed further with the application for execution, it shall either dismiss 
the application or for any sufficient reason adjourn the proceedings to a future 
date. Upon the dismissal of such appli cation the attachment shall cease.  
Investigation of claims and objections  
58.  Investigation of claims to, and objections to attachment of, attached 
property.– (1) Where any claim is preferred to, or any objection is made to the 
attachment of, any property  attached in execution of a decree on the ground that 
such property is not liable to such attachment, the Court shall proceed to 
investigate the claim or objection with the like power as regards the examination 
                                                
1Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  
was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 5: It  came into force on 1 
November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, 
Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225 
of the claimant or objector, and in all other  respects, as if he was a party to the 
suit: 
1
[Provided that no such investigation shall be made where it appears to the 
Court that the claim or objection (whether made before or after the sale) has 
been designedly or unnecessarily delayed, or was not made  within a reasonable 
time or within 
2
[thirty days]  of the date of the first attachment of the said property 
in the execution of the said decree, whichever is earlier, unless the claimant or 
objector – 
(a) proves title acquired in good faith and for consider ation subsequent 
to the date of the first attachment;  
(b) proves that his predecessors­in­interest, whether their interest 
existed at the time of such attachment or was acquired thereafter, 
fraudulently omitted to make a claim or objection; and 
(c) he impleads all such predecessors­in­interest, as parties.] 
 (2) Postponement of sale .– Where the property to which the claim or 
objection applies has been advertised for sale, the Court ordering the sale may 
postpone it pending the investigation of the claim or objection. 
3
[59. Evidence to be adduced by claimant .– The claimant or objector must 
adduce evidence to show that at the date of the attachment he had a title to, or 
right or interest in, the property attached. 
60. Release of property from attachment .– Where upon the said investigation 
the Court is satisfied that the claimant or objector had a title to, or right or interest 
in, the said property and the said property was not, by reason of such title, right or 
interest, wholly or partly liable to attachment, the Court shall make an order 
releasing the property, wholly, or, as the case may be, to such extent as it is not so 
liable, from attachment. 
61. Continuance of attachment subject to claim of encumbrancer .– Where 
the Court is satisfied that the property is subject to mortgage or charge in favour 
of some person, and thinks fit to continue the attachment, it may do so subject to 
such mortgage or charge. 
62. Questions relating to rights, etc., of claimant in attached property to be 
decided by Court .– All questions relating to the right, title or interest of the 
claimant or objector in the attached property shall be adjudicated upon and 
determined by the Court and no separate suit shall lie to establish such title, 
right or interest.] 
4
[63. Saving of suits to establish right to attached property.–* * * * *   ] 
                                                
1Substituted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 
April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
2Substituted for the words “one year” by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore 
High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 15: It 
came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the 
Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
3Ibid. 
4Omitted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 
April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
1
[63-A. * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
Sale generally 
64. Power to order property attached to be sold and proceeds to be paid to 
person entitled .– Any Court executing a decree may order that any property 
attached by it and liable to sale, or such portion thereof as may seem necessary 
to satisfy the decree, shall be sold, and that the proceeds of such sale, or a 
sufficient portion thereof, shall be paid to the party entitled under the decree to 
receive the same. 
65. Sales by whom conducted and how made .– Save as otherwise 
prescribed, every sale in execution of a decree shall be conducted by an 
officer of the Court or by such other person as the Court may appoint in this 
behalf, and shall be made by public auction in manner prescribed. 
66. Proclamation of sales by public auction .– (1) Where any property is 
ordered to be sold by public auction in execution of a decree, the Court shall 
cause a proclamation of the intended sale to be made in the language of such 
Court. 
2
[(2)(i) such proclamation shall be drawn up by the Co urt Auctioneer and shall 
state the time and place of sale and specify as fairly and accurately as possible:   
(a) the property to be sold;  
(b) the revenue assessed upon the estate or part  of the estate, where the 
property to be sold is an interest in an estate or in part of an estate 
paying revenue to the Government;  
(c) any encumbrance to which the property is liable;  
(d) the amount for the recovery of which the sale is ordered; and  
(e) every other t hing which the Court Auctioneer considers material for a 
purchaser to know in order to judge  of the nature and value of the 
property. 
 (ii) the Court Auctioneer shall submit the proclamation drawn up by him 
to the Court for its approval which shall add to it the reserve price of 
the property under sale, based upon the evaluation report submitted 
by any evaluator appointed by the Court from amongst the evaluators 
approved by the  Pakistan Banker‟s Association. ] 
3
[(3) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
                                                
1Deleted by the Notification No. 106 -R-XI-Y-14, dated: 27 April 1937. It was added by the Notification No. 125 -Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, 
dated: 7 April 1932; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab 
and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 15 April 1932, pp. 532-533.  
2Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, 
was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 15: It came int o force on 1 
November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, 
Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
3Omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was 
published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 15: It came into force on 1 November 
2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published i n the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, 
dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. It was earlier added by the Notification No. 150-R./XI-Y.-14, dated: 16 May 1939; issued by the 
High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette, Punjab,  dated: 19 May 1939, Part -III, p. 
414. 
1
[(4)] Every application for an order for sale under this rule shall be 
accompanied by a statement signed and verified in the manner hereinbefore 
prescribed for the signing and verification of pleadings and containing, so far as 
they are known to or can be ascertained by the person making the 
verification, the matters required by sub­rule (2) to be specified in the proclamation. 
2
[(5)] For the purpose of ascertaining the matters to be specified in the 
proclamation, the Court may summon any person whom it thinks necessary to 
summon and may examine him in respect to any such matters and require him to 
produce any document in his possession or power relating thereto. 
67. Mode of making proclamation .– (1) Every proclamation shall be made 
and published, as ne arly as may be, in the manner prescribed by rule 54, 
sub­rule (2).  
3
[(2)(i) Where the reserve price determined by the Court exceeds rupees 
two million, the proclamation shall also be published in at least one widely 
circulated national daily newspaper and the costs of such publication shall be 
deemed to be costs of the sale; and  
 (ii) The Court Auctioneer shall cause video recording of the auction  
proceedings while  ensuring transparent  and fair bidding process of 
the p ublic auction and the costs of such vid eo recording shall be 
deemed to be costs of the sale. ] 
 (3) Where property is divided into lots for the purpose of being sold 
separately, it shall not be necessary to make a separate proclamation for each 
lot, unless proper notice of the sale cannot, in the opinion of the Court, otherwise 
be given. 
68. Time of sale .– Save in the case of property of the kind described in the 
proviso to rule 43, no sale hereunder shall, without the consent in writing of the 
judgment­debtor, take place until after the expiration of at least 
4
[fifteen ] days in 
the case of immoveable property, and of at least 
5
[one week]  in the case of 
moveable property, calculated from the date on which the copy of the 
proclamation has been affixed on the court­house of the Judge ordering the sale. 
69. Adjournment or stoppage of sale .– (1) The Court may, in its discretion, 
adjourn any sale hereunder to a specified day and hour, and the officer 
conducting any such sale may in his discretion adjourn the sale, recording his 
reasons for such adjournment: 
                                                
1Renumbered by the Notification No. 150 -R./XI-Y.-14, dated: 16 May 1939; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; 
and, was published in the Government Gazette, Punjab, Part-III, dated: 19 May 1939, p. 414. 
2Ibid. 
3Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  
was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 5: It came into force on 1 
November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, 
Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
4Substituted for the word “thirty” by the Notification No. 125 -Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, dated: 7 April 193 2; issued by the High Court of 
Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part -III, dated: 15 April 
1932, pp. 532-533. 
5Ibid., for the words “fifteen days”. 
Provided that, where the sale is made in, or within the precincts of, the 
court­house, no such adjournment shall be made without the leave of the Court. 
(2) Where a sale is adjourned under sub­rule (1) for a longer period 
than 
1
[thirty days],  a fresh proclamation under rule 67 shall be made, unless the 
judgment­debtor consents to waive it. 
(3) Every sale shall be stopped if, before the lot is knocked down, the 
debt and costs (including the costs of the sale) are tendered to the officer 
conducting the sale, or proof is given to his satisfaction that the amount of such 
debt and costs has been paid into the Court which ordered the sale. 
2
[70. Saving of certain sales .–  * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
71. Defaulting purchaser answerable for loss on re­sal e.– Any deficiency of 
price which may happen on a re­sale by reason of the purchaser's default, and all 
expenses attending such re­sale, shall be certified to the Court or to the Collector 
or subordinate of the Collector, as the case may be, by the officer or other person 
holding the sale, and shall, at the instance of either the decree-holder or the 
judgment­debtor, be recoverable from the defaulting purchaser under the 
provisions relating to the execution of a decree for the payment of money. 
72. Decree-holder not to bid for or buy property without permission .– 
3
[(1)
 The holder of a decree in execution of which the property is sold may 
participate in the auction of the property and for that purpose make a bid for the 
purchase of the property.  
(2) Where a d ecree-holder purchases the property, the purchase -
money and the amount due on the decree may, subject to the provisions of 
section 73, be set -off against one another, and the Court executing the decree 
shall enter up satisfaction of the decree in whole or in part accordingly .] 
4
[(3) *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *]  
73. Restriction on bidding or purchase by officers .– No officer or other person 
having any duty to perform in connection with any sale shall, either directly or 
indirectly, bid for, acquire or attempt to acquire any interest in the property sold. 
Sale of moveable property 
74. Sale of agricultural produce .– (1) Where the property to be sold is 
agricultural produce, the sale shall be held,– 
                                                
1Substituted for the word “seven days” by the Notification No. 125-Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, dated: 7 April 1932; issued by the High Court 
of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part -III, dated: 15 April 
1932, pp. 532-533. 
2Omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  was 
published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 15: It came into force on 1 November 
2020 through Notification No. 250/ Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, 
dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
3Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  
was publis hed in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 5: It came into force on 1 
November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, 
Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
4Omitted ibid. 
(a) if such produce is a growing crop, on or near the land on which such 
crop has grown, or 
(b) if such produce has been cut or gathered, at or near the 
threshing­floor or place for treading out  grain or the like or 
fodder­stack on or in which it is deposited: 
Provided that the Court may direct the sale to be held at the nearest place 
of public resort, if it is of opinion that the produce is thereby likely to sell to greater 
advantage. 
 (2) Where, on the produce being put up for sale,_ 
(a) a fair price, in the estimation of the person holding the sale, is not 
offered for it, and 
(b) the owner of the produce or a person authorized to act in his behalf 
applies to have the sale postponed till the next day or, if a market is 
held at the place of sale, the next market­day, 
the sale shall be postponed accordingly and shall be then completed, 
whatever price may be offered for the produce. 
75. Special provisions relating to growing crops .– (1) Where the property 
to be sold is a growing crop and the crop from its nature admits of being stored 
but has not yet been stored, the day of the sale shall be so fixed as to admit of its 
being made ready for storing before the arrival of such day, and the sale shall not 
be held until the crop has been cut or gathered and is ready for storing. 
 (2) Where the crop from its nature does not admit of being stored 
1
[or 
can be sold to greater advantage  in an unripe state , 
2
[* * * *  * *] ], it may be sold 
before it is cut and gathered, and the purchaser shall be entitled to enter on the 
land, and to do all that is necessary for the purpose of tending and cutting or 
gathering it. 
76. Negotiable instruments and shares in corporations .– Where the 
property to be sold is a negotiable instrument or a share in a corporation, the 
Court may, instead of directing the sale to be made by public auction, authorize 
the sale of such instrument or share through a broker. 
77. Sale by public auction .– (1) Where moveable property is sold by public 
auction the price of each lot shall be paid at the time of sale or as soon after as 
the officer or other person holding the sale directs, and in default of payment the 
property shall forthwith be re­sold. 
 (2) On payment of the purchase­money, the officer or other person 
holding the sale shall grant a receipt for the same, and the sale shall become 
absolute. 
                                                
1Added by the Notification No. 6 G, dated: 1 January 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the 
Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 1 January 1909, pp. 2 -3. Above said Notification was confirmed by 
the Notification No. 2212 G, dated: 12 May 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the Government 
Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 21 May 1909, p. 571. 
2The words “such as green wheat or gram” were delet ed by the Notification No. 123 -R./XI.-Y.-14, dated: 28 April 1938; issued 
by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab, dated: 6 May 1938, p. 267. 
 (3) Where the moveable property to be sold is a share in goods 
belonging to the judgment­debtor and a co­owner, and two or more persons, of 
whom one is such co­owner, respectively bid the same sum for such property or 
for any lot, the bidding shall be deemed to be the bidding of the co­owner. 
1
[78. Irregularity not to vitiate sale, but any person injured may sue .– * * * *   ] 
79. Delivery of moveable property, debts and shares .– (1) Where the 
property sold is moveable property of which actual seizure has been made, it shall 
be delivered to the purchaser. 
 (2) Where the property sold is moveable property in the possession of 
some person other than the judgment­debtor, the delivery thereof to the 
purchaser shall be made by giving notice to the person in possession prohibiting 
him from delivering possession of the property to any person except the 
purchaser. 
 (3) Where the property sold is a debt not secured by a negotiable 
instrument, or is a share in a corporation, the delivery thereof shall be made by a 
written order of the Court prohibiting the creditor from receiving the debt or any 
interest thereon, and the debtor from making payment thereof to any person 
except the purchaser, or prohibiting the person in whose name the share may be 
standing from making any transfer of the share to any person except the 
purchaser, or receiving payment of any dividend or interest thereon, and the 
manager, secretary or other proper officer of the corporation from permitting any 
such transfer or making any such payment to any person except the purchaser. 
80. Transfer of negotiable instruments and shares .– (1) Where the 
execution of a document or the endorsement of the party in whose name a 
negotiable instrument or a share in a corporation is standing is required to 
transfer such negotiable instrument or share, the Judge or such officer as he may 
appoint in this behalf may execute such document or make such endorsement as 
may be necessary, and such execution or endorsement shall have the same effect 
as an execution or endorsement by the party. 
 (2) Such execution or endorsement may be in the following form, 
namely:_ 
A.B. by C.D., Judge of the Court of (or as the case may be), in a suit by E.F. 
against A.B. 
 (3) Until the transfer of such negotiable instrument or share, the Court 
may, by order, appoint some person to receive any interest or dividend due thereon 
and to sign a receipt for the same; and any receipt so signed shall be as valid and 
effectual for all purposes as if the same had been signed by the party himself. 
81. Vesting ord er in case of other property .– In the case of any moveable 
property not hereinbefore provided for, the Court may make an order vesting such 
                                                
1Omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was 
published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 15: It came into force on 1 November 
2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 Octob er 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, 
dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
property in the purchaser or as he may direct; and such property shall vest 
accordingly. 
Sale of immoveable property 
82. What Courts may order sales .– Sales of immovable property in execution 
of decrees may be ordered by any Court other than a Court of Small Causes. 
83. Postponement of sale to enable judgment -debtor to raise amount of 
decree.– (1) Where an order for the sale of immoveable property has been made, 
if the judgment­debtor can satisfy the Court that there is reason to believe that the 
amount of the decree may be raised by the mortgage or lease or private sale of 
such property, or some part thereof, or of any other immoveable property of 
the judgement­debtor, the Court may, on his application, postpone the sale of the 
property comprised in the order for sale on such terms and for such period as it 
thinks proper, to enable him to raise the amount. 
 (2) In such case the Court shall grant a certificate to the 
judgment­debtor authorizing him within a period to be mentioned therein, and 
notwithstanding anything contained in section 64, to make the proposed 
mortgage, lease or sale: 
Provided that all monies payable under such mortgage, lease or sale 
shall be paid, not to the judgment­debtor, but, save in so far as a 
decree­holder is entitled to set off such money under the provisions of rule 72, 
into Court: 
Provided also that no mortgage, leases or sale under this rule shall 
become absolute until it has been confirmed by the Court. 
 (3) Nothing in this rule shall be deemed to apply to a sale of 
property directed to be sold in execution of a decree for sale in enforcement of a 
mortgage of, or charge on, such property. 
 
1
[(4) A notice of the sale of the property shall be given to the judgment -
debtor with an option to match the highest bid within fifteen days of the auction of 
the property and the judgment debtor, in that case, shall have the first right of 
refusal to purcha se the property at the highest bid offered by a bidder. ] 
84. Deposit by purchaser and re­sale on default .–
 2
[(1) On every sale of 
immovable property, the person declared to be the purchaser shall pay to the 
officer or other person conducting the sale the a mount equal to the reserve price of 
the property through pay order or bank draft or banker‟s cheque immediately after 
such declaration and in case such payment is not so made, the property shall 
forthwith be resold in the manner provided under this Order. ] 
                                                
1Inserted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was 
published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 15: It came into force on 1 November 
2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, 
dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
2Substituted ibid. 
(2) Where the decree­holder is the purchaser and is entitled to set off 
the purchase­money under rule 72, the Court may dispense with the requirements 
of this rule. 
85. Time for payment in full of purchase -money.– The full amount of 
purchase­money payable shall be paid by the purchaser into Court before the 
Court closes on the fifteenth day from the sale of the property: 
Provided that, in calculating the amount to be so paid into Court, the 
purchaser shall have the advantage of any set­off to which he may be entitled 
under rule 72. 
86. Procedure in default of payment .– In default of payment within the period 
mentioned in the last preceding rule, the deposit may, if the Court thinks fit, after 
defraying the expenses of the sale, be forfeited to the Government, and the 
property shall be re­sold, and the defaulting purchaser shall forfeit all claim to the 
property or to any part of the sum for which it may subsequently be sold. 
87. Notification on re­sale .– Every re­sale of immoveable property, in default 
of payment of the purchase­money within the period allowed for such payment, 
shall be made after the issue of a fresh proclamation in the manner and for the 
period hereinbefore prescribed for the sale. 
88. Bid of co­sharer to have preference .– Where the property sold is a 
share of undivided immoveable property and two or more persons, of whom one 
is a co­sharer, respectively bid the same sum for such property or for any lot, the 
bid shall be deemed to be the bid of the co­sharer. 
89. Application to set aside sal e on deposit .– (1) Where immoveable 
property has been sold in execution of a decree, 
1
[any person claiming any 
interest in the property sold at the time of the sale or at the time of making the 
application under this rule or acting  for or  in the interest o f such  a person], may 
apply to have the sale set aside on his depositing in Court,– 
(a) for payment to the purchaser, a sum equal to five per cent of the 
purchase­money, and 
(b) for payment to the decree­holder, the amount specified in the 
proclamation of sale as that for the recovery of which the sale was 
ordered, less any amount which may, since the date of such 
proclamation of sale, have been received by the decree­holder. 
 (2) Where a person applies under rule 90 to set aside the sale of his 
immoveable property, he shall not, unless he withdraws his application, be 
entitled to make or prosecute an application under this rule. 
                                                
1Substituted for the expression “any person, either owning such property or holding an interest therein by virtue of a title 
acquired before such sale” by the Notification No. 125 -Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, dated: 7 April 1932; issued by the High Court of 
Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part -III, dated: 15 April 
1932, pp. 532-533. 
 (3) Nothing in this rule shall relieve the judgement­debtor from any 
liability he may be under in respect of costs and interest not covered by the 
proclamation of sale 
1
[:] 
 
2
[Provided that no application under this rule shall be entertained unless the 
applicant deposits in the Court the amount specified in the proclamation of sale along 
with a sum equal to five per cent of the purchase money.] 
 
3
[(4) The Court shall decide the application under this rule within thirty days 
of the filing of the application.] 
90. Application to set aside sale on ground of irregularity or fraud .– (1) 
Where any immoveable property has been sold in execution of a decree, the 
decree­holder, or any person entitled to share in a rateable distribution of assets, 
or whose interests are affected by the sale, may apply to the Court to set aside the 
sale on the ground of a material irregularity or fraud in publishing or conducting it: 
Provided that no sale shall be set aside on the ground of irregularity or 
fraud unless upon the facts proved the Court is satisfied that the applicant has 
sustained substantial injury by reason of such irregularity or fraud. 
4
[Provided further that no such sale be set aside on any ground which the 
applicant could have put forward before the sale was conducted  
5
[:] ] 
6
[Provided further that no such application shall be entertained unless the 
applicant deposits such amount, not exceeding  
7
[fifty] per cent of the sum realised 
at the sale, or furnishes such security, as the Court may direct.] 
91. Application by purchaser to set aside sale on ground of  judgment-
debtor having no saleable interest .– The purchaser at any such sale in 
execution of a decree may apply to the Court to set aside the sale, on the ground 
that the judgment­debtor had no saleable interest in the property sold. 
92. Sale when to become absolute or be set aside .– (1) Where no application 
is made under rule 89, rule 90 or rule 91, or where such application is made and 
disallowed, the Court shall make an order confirming the sale, and thereupon the 
sale shall become absolute. 
                                                
1Substituted for the “full -stop” by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore H igh 
Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 15: It came 
into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab 
Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
2Inserted ibid. 
3Ibid. 
4Added by the Notification No. 125 -Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, dated: 7 April 1932; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, 
was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 15 April 1932, pp. 532-533. 
5Substituted for the “full­stop” by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
6Added ibid. 
7Substituted for the word “twenty-five” by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore 
High Court, Lahore; and,  was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 5: It 
came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the 
Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
 (2) Where such application is made and allowed, and where, in the 
case of an application under rule 89, the deposit required by that rule is made 
within thirty days from the date of sale, the Court shall make an order setting 
aside the sale: 
Provided that no order shall be made unless notice of the application has 
been given to all persons affected thereby. 
 (3) No suit to set aside an order made under this rule shall be brought by 
any person against whom such order is made. 
93. Return of purchase­money in certain cases .– Where a sale of 
immoveable property is set aside under rule 92, the purchaser shall be entitled to 
an order for repayment of his purchase­money, with or without interest as the 
Court may direct, against any person to whom it has been paid. 
94. Certificate to purchaser .– Where a sale of immoveable property has 
become absolute, the Court shall grant a certificate specifying the property sold 
and the name of the person who at the time of sale is declared to be the 
purchaser. Such certificate shall bear date the day on which the sale became 
absolute. 
95. Delivery of property in occupancy of j udgment­debtor .– Where the 
immoveable property sold is in the occupancy of the judgment­debtor or of some 
person on his behalf or of some person claiming under a title created by the 
judgment debtor subsequently to the attachment of such property and a 
certificate in respect thereof has been granted under rule 94, the Court shall, on 
the application of the purchaser, order delivery to be made by putting such 
purchaser or any person whom he may appoint to receive delivery on his behalf in 
possession of the property, and, if need be, by removing any person who refuses 
to vacate the same. 
96. Delivery of property in occupancy of tenant.– Where the property sold is 
in the occupancy of a tenant or other person entitled to occupy the same and a 
certificate in respect thereof has been granted under rule 94, the Court shall, on 
the application of the purchaser, order delivery to be made by affixing a copy 
of the certificate of sale in some conspicuous place on the property, and 
proclaiming to the occupant by beat of drum or other customary mode, at some 
convenient place, that the interest of the judgment­debtor has been transferred to 
the purchaser. 
Resistance to delivery of possession to decree­holder or purchaser  
97. Resistance or obstruction to possession of immove able property .– (1) 
Where the holder of a decree for the possession of immoveable property or the 
purchaser of any such property sold in execution of a decree is resisted or 
obstructed by any person in obtaining possession of the property, he may make an 
application to the Court complaining of such resistance or obstruction. 
(2) The Court shall fix a day for investigating the matter and shall 
summon the party against whom the application is made to appear and answer the 
same. 
98. Resistance or obstruction b y judgment -debtor.– Where the Court is 
satisfied that the resistance or obstruction was occasioned without any just 
cause by the judgment­debtor or by some other person at his instigation 
1
[or on 
his behalf], it shall direct that the applicant be put into possession of the property, 
and where the applicant is still resisted or obstructed in obtaining possession, the 
Court may also, at the instance of the applicant, order the judgment­debtor, or 
any person acting at his instigation 
2
[or on his behalf],  to be detained in 
3
[* *] 
prison for a term which may extend to thirty days. 
 
4
[Such detention shall be at the public expense and the person at whose 
instance the detention is ordered shall not be required to pay subsistence 
allowance.] 
99. Resistance or obstruc tion by bona fide claimant .– Where the Court is 
satisfied that the resistance or obstruction was occasioned by any person (other 
than the judgment­debtor) claiming in good faith to be in possession of the 
property on his own account or on account of some person other than the 
judgment­debtor, the Court shall make an order dismissing the application. 
100. Dispossession by decree­holder or purchaser .– (1) Where any person 
other than the judgment­debtor is dispossessed of immovable property by the 
holder of a decree for the possession of such property or, where such property has 
been sold in execution of a decree, by the purchaser thereof, he may make an 
application to the Court complaining of such dispossession. 
 (2) The Court shall fix a day for investigating the matter and shall 
summon the party against whom the application is made to appear and answer the 
same. 
101. Bona fide  claimant to be restored to pos session.– Where the Court is 
satisfied that the applicant was in possession of the property on his own 
account or on account of some person other than the judgement­debtor, it shall 
direct that the applicant be put into possession of the property. 
102. Rules not applicable to transferee lite pendente.– Nothing in rules 99 and 
101 shall apply to resistance or obstruction in execution of a decree for the 
possession of immoveable property by a person to whom the judgment­debtor 
has transferred the property after the institution of the suit in which the decree 
was passed or to the dispossession of any such person. 
5
[103. Certain orders conclusive and suit barred .– All questions arising as to title, 
right or interest in, or possession of, immoveable property between an applicant 
                                                
1Added by the Notification No. 125 -Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, dated: 7 April 1932; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, 
was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 15 April 1932, pp. 532-533. 
2Ibid. 
3The words “the civil” were omitted by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 
July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11. 
4Added by the Notification No. 125 -Gaz.-XI.-Y.-14, dated: 7 April 1932; issued b y the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, 
was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 15 April 1932, pp. 532-533. 
5Substituted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 
April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
under rule 97 and the opposite party, or between an applicant under rule 100 and 
the opposite party, shall be adjudicated upon and determined by the Court, and 
no separate suit shall lie for the determination of any such matter.] 
1
[104. For the purpose of all proceedings under this order service on any party shall 
be deemed to be sufficient if effected at the address for service referred to in Order 
VIII, Rule 11,  subject to the provisions of Order VII, Rule 2 1 24 provided that this 
rule shall not apply to the notice prescribed by Rule 22 of this order.] 
ORDER XXII 
Death, Marriage and Insolvency of Parties 
1. No abatement by party ‟s death, if right to sue survives .– The death of a 
plaintiff or defendant shall not cause the suit to abate if the right to sue survives. 
2. Procedure where one of several plaintiffs or defendants dies and right 
to sue survives .– Where there are more plaintiffs or defendants than one, and 
any of them dies, and where the right to sue survives to the surviving plaintiff or 
plaintiffs alone, or against the surviving defendant or defendants alone, the Court 
shall cause an entry to that effect to be made on the record, and the suit shall 
proceed at the instance of the surviving plaintiff or plaintiffs, or against the 
surviving defendant or defendants. 
3. Procedure in case of death of one of several plaintiffs or of sole 
plaintiff.– (1) Where one of two or more plaintiffs dies and the right to sue does 
not survive to the surviving plaintiff or  plaintiffs alone 
2
[, or on receipt of an 
intimation of the death of such plaintiff from the person nominated by him for 
that purpose under rule 26, Order VII], or a sole plaintiff or sole surviving plaintiff 
dies and the right to sue survives, the Court, on an application made in that 
behalf, shall cause the legal representative of the deceased plaintiff to be made a 
party and shall proceed with the suit. 
3
[(2) Where within the time allowed by law no application is made or 
intimation is given under sub­rule (1), the Court may proceed with the suit, and 
any order made or judgment pronounced in such suit shall, notwithstanding the 
death of such plaintiff, have the same force and effect as if it had been made or 
pronounced before the death took place.]  
4. Procedure in case of death of one of several defendants or of sole 
defendant.– (1) Where one of two or more defendants dies and the right to 
sue does not survive against the surviving defendant or defendants alone 
4
[, or 
on receipt of an intimation of the death of such defendant from the person 
nominated by him for that purpose under rule 13, Order VIII], or a sole 
defendant or sole surviving defendant dies and the right to sue survives, the 
                                                
1Inserted by the Notification No. 567-G, dated: 24 November 1927; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was 
published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 9 December 1927, Part-III, pp. 1588-1589. 
2Inserted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 
April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
3Substituted ibid. 
4Inserted ibid. 
Court, on an application made in that behalf, shall cause the legal representative 
of the deceased defendant to be made a party and shall proceed with the suit. 
(2) Any person so made a party may make any defence appropriate 
to his character as legal representative of the deceased defendant. 
1
[(3) When within the time limited by law no application is made or 
intimation is given under sub­rule (1), the Court may proceed with the suit, and any 
order made or judgment pronounced in such suit shall, notwithstanding the death 
of such defendant, have the same force and effect as if it had been pronounced 
before the death took place.] 
2
[(4) It shall not be necessary to substitute the legal representatives of any 
such defendant who has failed to file a written statement or has failed to 
appear and contest the suit at the hearing; and judgment may in such case be 
pronounced against the said defendant notwithstanding his death, and such 
judgment shall have the same force and effect as if had been pronounced before 
his death took place.] 
5. Determination of question as to legal repr esentative.– Where a question 
arises as to whether any person is or is not the legal representative of a 
deceased plaintiff or a deceased defendant, such question shall be determined by 
the Court. 
6. No abatement by reason of death after hearing .– Notwithstanding 
anything contained in the foregoing rules, whether the cause of action survives or 
not, there shall be no abatement by reason of the death of either party between 
the conclusion of the hearing and the pronouncing of the judgment, but judgment 
may in such case be pronounced notwithstanding the death and shall have the 
same force and effect as if it had been pronounced before the death took place. 
7. Suit not abated by marriage of female party .– (1) The marriage of a 
female plaintiff or defendant shall not cause the suit to abate, but the suit may 
notwithstanding be proceeded with to judgment, and, where the decree is against 
a female defendant, it may be executed against her alone. 
 (2) Where the husband is by law liable for the debts of his wife the 
decree may, with the permission of the Court, be executed against the husband 
also; and, in case of judgment for the wife, execution of the decree may, with 
such permission, be issued upon the application of the husband, where the 
husband is by law entitled to the subject­matter of the decree. 
8. When plaintiff ‟s insolvency bars suit .– (1) The insolvency of a plaintiff in 
any suit which the assignee or receiver might maintain for the benefit of his 
creditors, shall not cause the suit to abate, unless such assignee or receiver 
declines to continue the suit or (unless for any special reason the Court otherwise 
directs) to give security for the costs thereof within such time as the Court may 
direct. 
                                                
1Substituted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 
April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
2Added ibid. 
 (2) Procedure where assignee fails to continue suit or give 
security.– Where the assignee or receiver neglects or refuses to continue the 
suit and to give such security within the time so ordered, the defendant may apply 
for the dismissal of the suit on the ground of the plaintiff's insolvency, and the Court 
may make an order dismissing the suit and awarding to the defendant the costs 
which he has incurred in defending the same to be proved as a debt against the 
plaintiff's estate. 
1
[9. Effect of dismissal .– (1) When a suit is dismissed under rule 8, no fresh 
suit shall be brought on the same cause of action. 
 (2) Any person claiming to be the legal representative of a deceased 
plaintiff or defendant or the assignee or the receiver in the case of an insolvent 
plaintiff may apply to the Court for setting aside any order made or judgment 
pronounced by it in his absence; and if it is proved that he was prevented by any 
sufficient cause from continuing the suit or defending the suit, as the case may be, 
the Court shall set aside the order or the judgment, upon such terms as to costs or 
otherwise as it thinks fit.] 
2
[(3) The provisions of section 5 of the Limitation Act, 1908 (IX of 
1908), shall apply to applications under sub­rule (2).] 
10. Procedure in case of assignment before final order in suit. – (1) In other 
cases of an assignment, creation or devolution of any interest during the 
pendency of a suit, the suit may, by leave of the Court, be continued by or 
against the person to or upon whom such interest has come or devolved. 
 (2) The attachment of a decree pending an appeal therefrom shall be 
deemed to be an interest entitling the person who procured such attachment to 
the benefit of sub­rule (1). 
11. Application of Order to appeals .– In the application of this Order to 
appeals, so far as may be, the word “plaintiff” shall be held to include an 
appellant, the word “defendant” a respondent, and the word “suit” an appeal. 
12. Application of Order to proceedings .– Nothing in rules 3, 4 and 8 shall 
apply to proceedings in execution of a decree or order. 
ORDER XXIII 
Withdrawal and Adjustment of Suits 
1. Withdrawal of suit or abandonment of part of claim .– (1) At any time 
after the institution of a suit the plaintiff may, as against all or any of the 
defendants, withdraw his suit or abandon part of his claim. 
 (2) Where the Court is satisfied 
3
[after recording reasons ]– 
                                                
1Substituted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 
April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
2Added by the Code of  Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1989 (IV of 1990); assented to by the President on 4 Ja nuary 1990; 
and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 8 January 1990, pp. 5-6,  s. 2. 
3Inserted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was 
published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 16: It came into force on 1 November 
(a) that a suit must fail by reason of some formal defect, or 
(b) that there are other sufficient grounds for allowing the plaintiff to 
institute a fresh suit for the subject­matter of a suit or part of a claim, 
it may, on such terms as it thinks fit, grant the plaintiff permission to 
withdraw from such suit or abandon such part of a claim with liberty to institute a 
fresh suit in respect of the subject­matter of such suit or such part of a claim. 
 (3) Where the plaintiff withdraws from a suit, or abandons part of a 
claim, without the permission referred to in sub­rule (2), he shall be liable for 
such costs as the Court may award and shall be precluded from instituting any 
fresh suit in respect of such subject­matter or such part of the claim. 
 (4) Nothing in this rule shall be deemed to authorize the Court to permit 
one of several plaintiffs to withdraw without the consent of the others. 
2. Limitation law not affected by first suit .– In any fresh suit instituted on 
permission granted under the last preceding rule, the plaintiff shall be bound by the 
law of limitation in the same manner as if the first suit had not been instituted. 
3. Compromise of suit .– Where it is proved to the satisfaction of the Court 
that a suit has been adjusted wholly or in part by any lawful agreement or 
compromise, or where the defendant satisfies the plaintiff in respect of the whole or 
any part of the subject­matter of the suit, the Court shall order such agreement, 
compromise or satisfaction to be recorded, and shall pass a decree in accordance 
therewith so far as it relates to the suit. 
1
[Provided that the hearing of a suit shall proceed and no adjournment shall 
be granted in it for the purpose s of deciding whether there has been any 
adjustment or satisfaction, unless the Court for reason s to be recorded in writing 
thinks fit to grant such adjournment, and provided further that the judgment in the 
suit shall not be announced until the question of adjustment or satisfaction has 
been decided: 
Provided further that when an application is made  by all the parties to the 
suit, either in writing or in open Court through their counsel that they wish to 
compromise the suit, the Court may fix a date on which the parties or their counsel 
should appear and the compromise be recorded but shall proceed t o hear those 
witnesses in the suit who are already in attendance, unless for any other reason to 
be recorded in writing, it considers it impossible or undesirable to do so. If upon the 
date fixed no compromise has been recorded, no further adjournment shal l be 
granted for this purpose, unless the Court, for reasons to be recorded in writing, 
considers it highly probable that the suit will be compromised on or before the date 
to which the Court proposes to adjourn the hearing.]  
4. Proceedings in execution of  decrees not affected .– Nothing in this Order 
shall apply to any proceedings in execution of a decree or order. 
                                                                                                                                                  
2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, 
dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
1Added by the Notification issued by the High Court Lahore vide Notification No. 211-R/XI-Y-22, dated: 21 July 1937. 
ORDER XXIV 
Payment into Court 
1. Deposit by defendant of amount in satisfaction of claim .– The 
defendant in any suit to recover a debt or damages may, at any stage of the suit, 
deposit in Court such sum of money as he considers a satisfaction in full of the 
claim. 
2. Notice of deposit .– Notice of the deposit shall be given through the Court 
by the defendant to the plaintiff, and the amount of the deposit shall (unless the 
Court otherwise directs) be paid to the plaintiff on his application. 
3. Interest on deposit not allowed to plaintiff after notice .– No interest shall 
be allowed to the plaintiff on any sum deposited by the defendant from the date 
of the receipt of such notice, whether the sum deposited is in full of the claim or 
falls short thereof. 
4. Procedure where plaintiff accepts deposit as satisfaction in part .– (1) 
Where the plaintiff accepts such amount as satisfaction in part only of his claim, he 
may prosecute his suit for the balance; and, if the Court decides that the deposit by 
the defendant was a full satisfaction of the plaintiff's claim, the plaintiff shall pay the 
costs of the suit incurred after the deposit and the costs incurred previous thereto, 
so far as they were caused by excess in the plaintiff's claim. 
 (2) Procedure where he accepts it as satisfaction in full. – Where the 
plaintiff accepts such amount as satisfaction in full of his claim, he shall present 
to the Court a statement to that effect, and such statement shall be filed and the 
Court shall pronounce judgment accordingly; and, in directing by whom the costs 
of each party are to be paid, the Court shall consider which of the parties is 
most to blame for the litigation. 
Illustrations 
(a) A owes B Rs.100. B sues A for the amount, having made no 
demand for payment and having no reason to believe that the delay caused by 
making a demand would place him at a disadvantage. On the plaint being filed, A 
pays the money into Court. B accepts it in full satisfaction of his claim, but the 
Court should not allow him any costs, the litigation being presumably groundless 
on his part. 
(b) B sues A under the circumstances mentioned in illustration (a). On 
the plaint being filed, A disputes the claim. Afterwards A pays the money into Court. 
B accepts it in full satisfaction of his claim. The Court should also give B his costs 
of suit, A's conduct having shown that the litigation was necessary. 
(c) A owes B Rs. 100, and is willing to pay him that sum without suit. B 
claims Rs.150 and sues A for that amount. On the plaint being filed A pays Rs.100 
into Court and disputes only his liability to pay the remaining Rs. 50. B accepts the 
Rs. 100 in full satisfaction of his claim. The Court should order him to pay A's costs. 
ORDER XXV 
Security for Costs 
1. When security for costs may be required from p laintiff.– (1) Where, at 
any stage of a suit, it appears to the Court that a sole plaintiff is, or (when there 
are more plaintiffs than one) that all the plaintiffs are residing out of 
1
[Pakistan], 
and that such plaintiff does not, or that no one of such plaintiff does, possess any 
sufficient immoveable property within 
2
[Pakistan] other than the property in suit, 
the Court may, either of its own motion or on the application of any defendant, 
order the plaintiff or plaintiffs, within a time fixed by it, to give security for the 
payment of all costs incurred and likely to be incurred by any defendant. 
 (2) Residence out of  
3
[Pakistan].– Whoever leaves 
4
[Pakistan] under 
such circumstances as to afford reasonable probability that he will not be 
forthcoming whenever he may be called upon to pay costs shall be deemed to be 
residing out of 
5
[Pakistan] within the meaning of sub­rule (1). 
 (3) On the application of any defendant in a suit for the payment of 
money, in which the plaintiff is a woman, the Court may at any stage of the suit 
make a like order if it is satisfied that such plaintiff does not possess any sufficient 
immoveable property within 
6
[Pakistan]. 
2. Effect of failure to furnish security .– (1) In the event of such security 
not being furnished within the time fixed, the Court shall make an order dismissing 
the suit unless the plaintiff or plaintiffs are permitted to withdraw therefrom. 
 (2) Where a suit is dismissed under this rule, the plaintiff may apply 
for an order to set the dismissal aside, and, if it is proved to the satisfaction 
of the Court that he was prevented by any sufficient cause from furnishing the 
security within the time allowed, the Court shall set aside the dismissal upon 
such terms as to security, costs or otherwise as it thinks fit, and shall appoint a 
day for proceeding with the suit. 
 (3) The dismissal shall not be set aside unless notice of such 
application has been served on the defendant. 
ORDER XXVI 
Commissions 
Commissions to examine witnesses 
1. Cases in which Court may issue com mission to examine witness .– Any 
Court may in any suit issue a commission for the examination on interrogatories 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federation” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 
1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
They were earlier substit uted for the words “British India” by  the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 
(G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read 
with Article 4. 
2Ibid. 
3Ibid. 
4Ibid.  
5Ibid. 
6Ibid. 
or otherwise of any person resident within the local limits of its jurisdiction who is 
exempted under this Code from attending the Court or who is from sickness or 
infirmity unable to attend it. 
2. Order for commission .– An order for the issue of a commission for the 
examination of a witness may be made by the Court either of its own motion or 
on the application, supported by affidavit or otherwise, of any party to the suit or 
of the witness to be examined. 
3. Where witness resides within Court ‟s jurisdiction .– A commission for 
the examination of a person who resides within the local limits of the jurisdiction 
of the Court issuing the same may be issued to any person whom the Court 
thinks fit to execute it. 
4. Persons for whose examination commission may issue .– (1) Any Court 
may in any suit issue a commission for the examination of– 
(a) any person resident beyond the local limits of its jurisdiction; 
(b) any person who is about to leave such limits before the date on 
which he is required to be examined in Court; and 
(c) 
1
[any person in the service of the 
2
[State] ] who cannot, in the opinion 
of the Court, attend without detriment to the public service. 
 (2) Such commission may be issued to any Court, not being a High 
Court, within the local limits of whose jurisdiction such person resides, or to any 
pleader or other person whom the Court issuing the commission may appoint. 
 (3) The Court on issuing any commission under this rule shall direct 
whether the commission shall be returned to itself or to any subordinate Court. 
5. Commission or request to examine witness not within  
3
[Pakistan].– 
Where any Court to which application is made for the issue of a commission for 
the examination of a person residing at any place not within 
4
[Pakistan] is satisfied 
that the evidence of such person is necessary, the Court may issue such 
commission or a letter of request. 
6. Court to examine witness pursuant to commiss ion.– Every Court 
receiving a commission for the examination of any person shall examine him or 
cause him to be examined pursuant thereto. 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “any civil or military officer of the Government”  by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian 
Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the 
First Schedule. 
2Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 Jan uary 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
3Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federatio n" by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 
1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” by  the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 
(G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read 
with Article 4. 
4Ibid. 
7. Return of commission with depositions of witnesses .– Where a 
commission has been duly executed, it shall be returned, together with the 
evidence taken under it, to the Court from which it was issued, unless the order 
for issuing the commission has otherwise directed, in which case the 
commission shall be returned in terms of such order; and the commission and the 
return thereto and the evidence taken under it shall (subject to the provisions of 
the next following rule) form part of the record of the suit. 
8. When depositions may be read in evidence .– Evidence taken under a 
commission shall not be read as evidence in the suit without the consent of 
the party against whom the same is offered, unless– 
(a) the person who gave the evidence is beyond the jurisdiction of the 
Court, or dead or unable from sickness or infirmity to attend to be 
personally examined, or exempted from personal appearance in 
Court, or is a 
1
[any person in the service of the 
2
[State] ] who cannot, 
in the opinion of the Court, attend without detriment to the public 
service, or 
(b) the Court in its discretion dispenses with the proof of any of the 
circumstances mentioned in clause (a), and authorizes the evidence 
of any person being read as evidence in the suit, notwithstanding 
proof that the cause for taking such evidence by commission has 
ceased at the time of reading the same. 
Commissions for local investigations 
9. Commissions to make local investigations .– In any suit in which the 
Court deems a local investigation to be requisite or proper for the purpose of 
elucidating any matter in dispute, or of ascertaining the market- value of any 
property, or the amount of any mesne profits or damages or annual net profits, 
the Court may issue a commission to such person as it thinks fit directing him to 
make such investigation and to report thereon to the Court: 
Provided that, where the 
3
[Provincial Government] has made rules as to 
the persons to whom such commission shall be issued, the Court shall be bound 
by such rules. 
10. Procedure of Commissioner .– (1) The Commissioner, after such local 
inspection as he deems necessary and after reducing to writing the evidence taken 
by him, shall return such evidence, together with his report in writing signed by him 
to the Court. 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “any civil or military officer of the Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian 
Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 Apr il 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the 
First Schedule.  
2Substituted  for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrang ements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
3Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published 
in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
 (2) Report and depositions to be evidence in suit. –Commissioner 
may be examined in person .– The report of the Commissioner and the evidence 
taken by him (but not the evidence without the report) shall be evidence in the suit 
and shall form part of the record; but the Court or, with the permission of the Court, 
any of the parties to the suit, may examine the Commissioner personally in open 
Court touching any of the matters referred to him or mentioned in his report, or as 
to his report, or as to the manner in which he has made the investigation. 
 (3) Where the Court is for any reason dissatisfied with the proceedings of 
the Commissioner, it may direct such further inquiry to be made as it shall think fit. 
Commissions to examine accounts 
11. Commission to examine or adjust accounts .– In any suit in which an 
examination or adjustment of accounts is necessary, the Court may issue a 
commission to such person as it thinks fit directing him to make such examination 
or adjustment. 
12. Court to give Commissioner necessary instructions .– (1) The Court 
shall furnish the Commissioner with such part of the proceedings and such 
instructions as appear necessary, and the instructions shall distinctly specify 
whether the Commissioner is merely to transmit the proceedings which he may 
hold on the inquiry, or also to report his own opinion on the point referred for 
his examination. 
 (2) Proceedings and report to be evide nce. Court may direct further 
inquiry.– The proceedings and report (if any) of the Commissioner shall be 
evidence in the suit, but where the Court has reason to be dissatisfied with them, it 
may direct such further inquiry as it shall think fit. 
Commissions to make partitions 
13. Commission to make partition of immoveable property .– Where a 
preliminary decree for partition has been passed, the Court may, in any case 
not provided for by section 54, issue a commission to such person as it thinks 
fit to make the partition or separation according to the rights as declared in such 
decree. 
14. Procedure of Commissioner .– (1) The Commissioner shall, after such 
inquiry as may be necessary, divide the property into as many shares as may 
be directed by the order under which the commission was issued, and shall allot 
such shares to the parties, and may, if authorized thereto by the said order, award 
sum to be paid for the purpose of equalizing the value of the shares. 
 (2) The Commissioner shall then prepare and sign a report or the 
Commissioners (where the commission was issued to more than one person and 
they cannot agree) shall prepare and sign separate reports appointing the share 
of each party and distinguishing each share (if so directed by the said order) by 
metes and bounds. Such report or reports shall be annexed to the commission and 
transmitted to the Court; and the Court, after hearing any objections which the 
parties may make to the report or reports, shall confirm, vary or set aside the 
same. 
 (3) Where the Court confirms or varies the report or reports it shall 
pass a decree in accordance with the same as confirmed or varied; but where the 
Court sets aside the report or reports it shall either issue a new commission or 
make such other order as it shall think fit. 
General provisions 
15. Expenses of Commission to be paid into Court .– Before issuing any 
commission under this Order, the Court may order such sum (if any) as it 
thinks reasonable for the expenses of the commission to be, within a time to 
be fixed, paid into Court by the party at whose instance or for whose benefit the 
commission is issued. 
16. Powers of Commissioners .– Any commissioner appointed under this 
Order may, unless otherwise directed by the order of appointment,– 
(a) examine the parties themselves and any witness whom they or any 
of them may produce, and any other person whom the 
Commissioner thinks proper to call upon to give evidence in the 
matter referred to him; 
(b) call for and examine documents and other things relevant to the 
subject of inquiry; 
(c) at any reasonable time enter upon or into any land or building 
mentioned in the order. 
17. Attendance and examination of witnesses before Commissioner .– (1) 
The provisions of this Code  relating to the summoning, attendance and 
examination of witnesses, and to the remuneration of, and penalties to be 
imposed upon, witnesses, shall apply to persons required to give evidence or to 
produce documents under this Order whether the commission in execution of 
which they are so required has been issued by a Court situate within or by a 
Court situate beyond the limits of 
1
[Pakistan], and for the purposes of this rule the 
Commissioner shall be deemed to be a Civil Court. 
 (2) A Commissioner may apply to any Court (not being a High Court) 
within the local limits of whose jurisdiction a witness resides for the issue of any 
process which he may find it necessary to issue to or against such witness, and 
such Court may, in its discretion, issue such process as it considers reasonable 
and proper. 
18. Parties to appear before Commissioner. – (1) Where a commission is 
issued under this Order, the Court shall direct that the parties to the suit shall 
appear before the Commissioner in person or by their agents or pleaders. 
 (2) Where all or any of the parties do not so appear, the 
Commissioner may proceed in their absence. 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the  Federation” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 
1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule : it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” by  the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 
(G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read 
with Article 4. 
1
[Commissions issued at the instance of Foreign Tribunals] 
19. Cases in which High Court may issue commission to examine 
witness.– (1) If a High Court is a satisfied– 
(a) that a foreign court situated in a foreign country wishes to obtain the 
evidence of a witness in any proceeding before it, 
(b) that the proceeding is of a civil nature, and 
(c) that the witness is residing within the limits of the High Court's 
appellate jurisdiction,  
it may, subject to the provisions of rule 20, issue a commission for the 
examination of such witness. 
 (2) Evidence may be given of the matters specified in clauses (a), (b) and 
(c) of sub­rule (1)– 
(a) by a certificate signed by the consular officer of the foreign country 
of the highest rank in 
2
[Pakistan] and transmitted to the High Court 
through the 
3
[Federal Government], or 
(b) by a letter of request issued by the foreign court and transmitted to 
the High Court through the 
4
[Federal Government], or 
(c) by a letter of request issued by the foreign court and produced 
before the High Court by a party to the proceeding. 
20. Application for commission .– The High Court may issue a commission 
under rule 19– 
(a) upon application by a party to the proceeding before the foreign court, 
or 
(b) upon an application by a law officer of the 
5
[Provincial 
Government] acting under instructions from the 
6
[Provincial 
Government]. 
21. To whom commissions may be issued .– A commission under rule 19 
may be issued to any court within the local limits of whose jurisdiction the 
witness resides, or, where 
7
[ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ] the witness 
                                                
1The Heading and the Rules 19 to 22 were inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1932 (X of 1932), 
published in the Gazette of India, dated: 16 April 1932, p. 22, s. 3. 
2Substituted for th e word “India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
3Substituted for the words “Centr al Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of 
General Adaptations. They were earlier substituted for the words  “Governor General  in Council” by the Government of India 
(Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, 
Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations. 
4Ibid. 
5Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published 
in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations. 
6Ibid. 
7The expression “the High Court is established under the Indian High Courts Act, 1861, or the Government of India Act, 1915, 
and” was omitted ibid. 
resides within the local limits of 
1
[the ordinary original civil jurisdiction of the High 
Court], to any person whom the Court thinks fit to execute the commission. 
22. Issue, execution and return of commissions and transmission of 
evidence to foreign Court .– The provisions of rules 6, 15, 16, 17 and 18 of this 
Order in so far as they are applicable shall apply to the issue, execution and 
return of such commissions, and when any such commission has been duly 
executed it shall be returned, together with the evidence taken under it, to the 
High Court, which shall forward it to the 
2
[Federal Government] along with the letter 
of request for transmission to the foreign court.] 
ORDER XXVII 
Suits by or against 
3
[the 
4
[Government] ] or Public Officers in 
their official capacity 
1. Suits by or against Government .– In any suit by or against 5
[the 
6
[Government] ], the plaint or written statement shall be signed by such person 
as 
7
[the 
8
[Government] ] may, by general or special order, appoint in this behalf, 
and shall be verified by any person whom 
9
[the 
10
[Government] ] may so appoint 
and who is acquainted with the facts of the case. 
                                                
1Substituted for the words  “its ordinary original civil jurisdiction” by the Government of India (Ada ptation of Indian Laws) Order, 
1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General 
Adaptations. 
2Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws  Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of 
General Adaptations. They were earlier substituted for the words “Governor General in Council” by t he Government of India 
(Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, 
Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations. 
3Substituted for the words “the Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in 
the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
4Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 19 61 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
5The words “the Secretary of State for India in Council” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, 
published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
6Substituted  for  the  word “Crown”  by  the  Central  Laws  (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Ministe r 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the Stat e Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
7Substituted for the words “the Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in 
the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
8Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adapti on) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961 , pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
9Substituted for the words “the Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in 
the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
10Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrang ements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
2. Persons authorized to act for Government .– Persons being ex officio or 
otherwise authorized to act for 
1
[the 
2
[Government] ]  in respect of any judicial 
proceeding shall be deemed to be the recognized agents by whom appearances, 
acts and applications under this Code may be made or done on behalf of 
3
[the 
4
[Government] ]. 
3. Plaints in suits by or against Government .– In suits by or 
5
[against the 
6
[Government] ],  instead of inserting in the plaint the name and description and 
place of residence of the plaintiff or defendant, it shall be sufficient to insert 
7
[the 
appropriate name as provided in section 79, 
8
[* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *] ]  
9
[4. Agent  for  Government to receive process .– The 
10
[Government] pleader 
in any court shall be the agent of the 
11
[Government] for the purpose of 
receiving processes against the 
12
[Government] issued by such Court.] 
5. Fixing of day for appearance on behalf of Government .– The Court, in 
fixing the day for 
13
[the 
14
[Government] ]  to answer to the plaint, shall allow a 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “the Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in 
the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
2Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Orde r, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 10 2-163, Article 2 read with the Table: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
3Substituted for the words “the Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in 
the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
4Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements O rder, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
5Substituted for the words “against the Secretary of State for India in Council” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian 
Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the 
First Schedule. 
6Substituted for the word “Crown” by the  Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), d ated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
7Substituted for the words “The Secretary of State for India in Council” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) 
Order, 1937, published i n the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the First 
Schedule. 
8The expression “or, if the suit is against the Secretary of State, the words „the Secretary of State‟ ” was omitted by the 
Adaptation of Centr al Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
9Substituted by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order,  1937, published in the Gazette of India 
(Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
10Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
11Ibid. 
12Ibid. 
13Substituted for the words “the Secretary of State for India in Council” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) 
Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the First 
Schedule. 
14Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on  21 January 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
reasonable time for the necessary communication 
1
[with the 
2
[Government] ]  
through the proper channel, and for the issue of instructions to the 
3
[ 
4
[ 
Government] pleader] to appear and answer on behalf of 
5
[the 
6
[Government] ] 
7
[ * * *], and may extend the time at its discretion. 
6. Attendance of person able to answer questions relating to suit against 
Government.– The Court may also, in any case in which the 
8
[ 
9
[ Government] 
pleader] is not accompanied by any person on the part of 
10
[the 
11
[Government] ], 
who may be able to answer any material questions relating to the suit, direct the 
attendance of such a person. 
7. Extension of time to enable public officer to make reference to 
Government.– (1) Where the defendant is a public officer and, on receiving 
the summons, considers it proper to make a reference to 
12
[the 
13
[Government] 
] before answering the plaint, he may apply to the Court to grant such extension 
of the time fixed in the summons as may be necessary to enable him to make 
such reference and to receive orders thereon through the proper channel. 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “with the Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, 
published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
2Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No . 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2  read with the Table: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
3Substituted for the words “Government pleader” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, 
published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
4Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 o n 21 January 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
5Substituted for the words “the said Secretary of State for India in Council" by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian 
Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the 
First Schedule. 
6Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws ( Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 Januar y 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
7The words “or the Government” were omitted  by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 
1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the 
Schedule. 
8Substituted for the words “Government pleader” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, 
published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
9Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State  Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
10Substituted for the words “the Secretary of State for India in Council" by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) 
Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the First 
Schedule. 
11Substituted for the word “Crown”  by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordin ary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
12Substituted for the words “the Government" by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in 
the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
13Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under A rticle 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
 (2) Upon such application the Court shall extend the time for so long 
as appears to it to be necessary. 
8. Procedure in suits against public officer .– (1) Where 
1
[the 
2
[Government] ] undertakes the defence of a suit against a public officer, 
3
[the 
4
[Government] pleader], upon being furnished with authority to appear and 
answer the plaint, shall apply to the Court, and upon such application the Court 
shall cause a note of his authority to be entered in the register of civil suits. 
 (2) Where no application under sub­rule (1) is made by 
5
[the 
6
[Government] pleader] on or before the day fixed in the notice for the defendant 
to appear and answer, the case shall proceed as in a suit between private 
parties: 
Provided that the defendant shall not be liable to arrest, nor his property to 
attachment, otherwise than in execution of a decree. 
7
[8A. No security to be required from Government or a public officer in 
certain cases.– No such security as is mentioned in rules 5 and  6  of  Order  XLI  
shall  be  required  from  the 
8
[Government] or, where the 
9
[Government] has 
undertaken the defence of the suit, from any public officer sued in respect of an 
act alleged to be done by him in his official capacity. 
8B. Definitions of “Government” and “Government pleader ”.– In this Order 
“
10
[Government]” and “
11
[Government] pleader” means respectively– 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “the Government" by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in 
the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
2Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), da ted: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
3Substituted for the words “the Government pleader” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, 
published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
4Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under A rticle 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
5Substituted for the words “the Government pleader” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, 
published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
6Substituted for the word “Crown”  by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordin ary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
7Inserted by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India 
(Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
8Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order,  1959  on  21 January  1961;  and,  was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
9Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
10Ibid. 
11Ibid. 
(a) in relation to any suit by or against 
1
[* * * * * ] the 
2
[Federal 
Government], or against a public officer in the service of that 
Government, the 
3
[Federal Government] and such pleader as that 
Government may appoint whether generally or specially for the 
purposes of this Order; 
4
[(b) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
(c) in relation to any suit by, or against a Provincial Government or 
against a public officer in the service of a Province, the Provincial 
Government and the Government pleader, or such other pleader as 
the Provincial Government may appoint, whether generally or 
specially, for the purposes of this Order.] 
5
[ORDER XXVIIA 
SUITS INVOLVING 
6
[ANY SUBSTANTIAL QUESTION AS TO THE 
INTERPRETATION OF CONSTITIONAL LAW] 
1. Notice to the A dvocate General .– In any suit in which it appears to the 
Court that 
7
[any substantial question as to the interpretation of constitutional 
law] is involved, the Court shall not proceed to determine that question until after 
notice has been given to the 
8
[Attorney General for Pakistan] if the question of law 
                                                
1The words “the Secretary of State or” were omitted  by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. 
No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the 
Schedule. 
2Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), 
published in the Gazette o f Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of 
General Adaptations.  
3Ibid. 
4Omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
5Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1942 (XXIII of 1942), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 1 
October 1942, s. 2. 
6Substituted for the words  “ANY SUCH QUESTION AS IS REFERRED TO IN SUB­SECTION (1) OF SECTION 205 OF THE 
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA ACT, 1935” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the  State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. It was earlier substituted for the words “A SUBSTANTIAL QUESTION OF LAW AS TO THE 
INTERPRETATION OF THE GOVERNMENT OF INDIA ACT, 1935, OR ANY ORDER IN COUNCIL MADE THEREUNDER” by 
the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
7Substituted for the words “any such question as is referred to in sub­section (1) of section 205 of the Government of India Act, 
1935” by the Central Laws (Adap tion) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of 
President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 19 61, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 
March 1956. It was earlier substituted for the words “a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Government of 
India Act, 1935, or any Order in Council made ther eunder” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 
(G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read 
with the Schedule. 
8Substituted for the words “Advocate -General of Pakistan” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); 
made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 
January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pak istan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 
read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956.  It was earlier substituted for the words “Advocate­General of 
India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
concerns the 
1
[Federal Government] and to the Advocate­General of the Province 
if the question of law concerns a Provincial Government. 
2. Court may add Government as party .– The Court may at any stage of 
the proceedings order that the 
2
[Federal Government] or a Provincial Government 
shall be added as a defendant in any suit involving 
3
[any substantial question 
as to the interpretation of constitutional law] if the 
4
[Attorney General for 
Pakistan] or the Advocate­General of the Province as the case may be, whether 
upon receipt of notice under rule 1, or otherwise, applies for such addition and 
the Court is satisfied that such addition is necessary or desirable for the 
satisfactory determination of the question of law involved. 
3. Costs when Government added as party .– Where under rule 2 
Government is added as a defendant in a suit 
5
[the Attorney General,] or  the 
Government shall not be entitled to or liable for costs in the Court which ordered 
the addition unless the Court having regard to all the circumstances of the case for 
any special reason otherwise orders. 
4. Application of Order to appeals .– In the application of this Order to 
appeals the word „defendant‟ shall be held to include a respondent and the word 
„suit‟ an appeal.] 
ORDER XXVIII 
Suits by or against Military 
6
[or Naval] Men 
7
[or Airmen] 
1. Officers 
8
[soldiers 
9
[, sailors] or airmen] who cannot obtain leave may 
authorize   any   person  to  sue  or  defend  for  them.– (1)  Where  any   officer 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “Central Government” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (IV of 1975 ), published in the 
Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435-467, Article 2 read with the Table of General Adaptations.  
2Ibid. 
3Substituted for the words “any such question as is referred to in sub­section (1) of section 205 of t he Government of India Act, 
1935” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of 
President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in th e Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 
March 1956. It was earlier substituted for the words “a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Gover nment of 
India Act, 1935, or any Order in Council made thereunder” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 
(G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read 
with the Schedule. 
4Substituted for the words “Advocate -General of Pakistan” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); 
made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 o n 21 
January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 
read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. It was earlier  substituted for the words “Advocate­General of  
India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
5Inserted by the Central Laws (Adaption) Or der, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of 
President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102-163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 
March 1956. 
6Inserted by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181 -
183, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
7Inserted by the Repe aling and Amending Act, 1927 (X of 1927),  published in the Gazette of India, s. 2 read with the First 
Schedule. 
8Substituted ibid., for the  words “or soldier” . 
9Inserted by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated:  15 September 1934, pp. 181 -
183, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
1
[soldier 
2
[, sailor] or airman] actually 
3
[in the service of the State] in 
4
[such] 
capacity is a party to a suit, and cannot obtain leave of absence for the purpose 
of prosecuting or defending the suit in person, he may authorize any person to sue 
or defend in his stead. 
 (2) The authority shall be in writing and shall be signed by the officer 
5
[soldier 
6
[, sailor] or airman], in the presence of (a) his commanding officer, or 
the next subordinate officer, if the party is himself the commanding officer, or (b) 
where the officer 
7
[soldier 
8
[, sailor] or airman] is serving in military 
9
[,naval] 
10
[or 
air- force] staff employment, the head or other superior officer of the office in 
which he is employed. Such commanding or other officer shall countersign the 
authority, which shall be filed in Court. 
 (3) When so filed the countersignature shall be sufficient proof that 
the authority was duly executed, and that the officer 
11
[soldier 
12
[, sailor] or 
airman] by whom it was granted could not obtain leave of absence for the 
purpose of prosecuting or defending the suit in person. 
Explanation.– In this Order the expression “commanding officer” means the 
officer in actual command for the time being of any regiment, corps, 
13
[ship,] 
detachment or depot to which the officer 
14
[soldier 
15
[, sailor] or airman] belongs. 
                                                
1Substituted for the  words “or soldier” by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1927 (X of 1927),  published in the Gazette of 
India, s. 2 read with the First Schedule. 
2Inserted by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181 -
183, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
3Substituted for the words “serving under the Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made 
by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 
1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with 
the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956 . They were earlier substituted for the words “serving the Government”   by 
the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 
April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
4Substituted for the words “a military [or air -force]” by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of 
India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181 -183, s. 2 read with the Schedule. The words in crotches were inserted  by the 
Repealing and Amending Act, 1927 (X of 1927),  published in the Gazette of India, s. 2 read with the First Schedule. 
5Substituted for the  words “or soldier” by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1927 (X of 1927),  published in the Gazette of 
India, s. 2 read with the First Schedule. 
6Inserted by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181 -
183, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
7Substituted for the  words “or soldier” by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1927 (X of 1927),  published in the Gazette of 
India, s. 2 read with the First Schedule. 
8Inserted by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181 -
183, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
9Ibid. 
10Inserted by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1927 (X of 1927),  published in the Gazette of India, s. 2 read with the First 
Schedule. 
11Substituted ibid.,  for the  words “or soldier”. 
12Inserted by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181 -
183, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
13Ibid. 
14Substituted for the  words “or soldier” by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1927 (X of 1927),  published in the Gazette of 
India, s. 2 read with the First Schedule. 
15Inserted by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181 -
183, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
2. Person so authorized may act  personally or appoint pleader .– Any 
person authorized by an officer 
1
[soldier 
2
[, sailor] or airman] to prosecute or 
defend a suit in his stead may prosecute or defend it in person in the same 
manner as the officer 
3
[soldier 
4
[, sailor] or airman] could do if present; or he 
may appoint a pleader to prosecute or defend the suit on behalf of such officer 
5
[soldier 
6
[, sailor] or airman]. 
3. Service on person so authorized, or on his pleade r, to be good 
service.– Processes served upon any person authorized by an officer 
7
[soldier 
8
[, sailors] or airman] under rule 1 or upon any pleader appointed as aforesaid 
by such person shall be as effectual as if they had been served on the party in 
person. 
ORDER XXIX 
Suits by or against Corporations 
1. Subscription and verification of pleading .– In suits by or against a 
corporation, any pleading may be signed and verified on behalf of the 
corporation by the secretary or by any director or other principal officer of the 
corporation who is able to depose to the facts of the case. 
2. Service on corporation .– Subject to any statutory provision regulating 
service of process, where the suit is against a corporation, the summons may be 
served– 
(a) on the secretary, or on any director, or other principal officer of the 
corporation, or 
(b) by leaving it or sending it by post addressed to the corporation at the 
registered office, or if there is no registered office then at the place 
where the corporation carries on business. 
3. Power to require personal attendance of officer of corporation .– The 
Court may, at any stage of the suit, require the personal appearance of the 
secretary or of any director, or other principal officer of the corporation who may be 
able to answer material questions relating to the suit. 
                                                
1Substituted for the  words “or a soldier” by the Repealing and Amending Ac t, 1927 (X of 1927),  published in the Gazette of 
India, s. 2 read with the First Schedule. 
2Inserted by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181 -
183, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
3Substituted for the  words “or soldier” by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1927 (X of 1927),  published in the Gazette of 
India, s. 2 read with the First Schedule. 
4Inserted by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 15 Sep tember 1934, pp. 181 -
183, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
5Substituted for the  words “or soldier” by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1927 (X of 1927),  published in the Gazette of 
India, s. 2 read with the First Schedule. 
6Inserted by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181 -
183, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
7Substituted for the  words “or a soldier” by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1927 (X of 1927),  published in the Gazette of 
India, s. 2 read with the First Schedule. 
8Inserted by the Amending Act, 1934 (XXXV of 1934), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 15 September 1934, pp. 181 -
183, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
ORDER XXX 
Suits by or against Firms and Persons carrying on business in names 
other than their own 
1. Suing of partners in name of firm .– (1) Any two or more persons claiming 
or being liable as partners and carrying on business in 
1
[Pakistan] may sue or be 
sued in the name of the firm (if any) of which such persons were partners at the 
time of the accruing of the cause of action, and any party to a suit may in such 
case apply to the Court for a statement of the names and addresses of the 
persons who were, at the time of the accruing of the cause of action, partners 
in such firm, to be furnished and verified in such manner as the Court may direct. 
 (2) Where persons sue or are sued as partners in the name of their firm 
under sub­rule (1), it shall, in the case of any pleading or other document required 
by or under this Code to be signed, verified or certified by the plaintiff or the 
defendant, suffice if such pleading or other document is signed, verified or certified 
by any one of such persons. 
2
[Explanation.– This rule applies to a joint Hindu family trading partnership.] 
2. Disclosure of partners ‟ names.– (1) Where a suit is instituted by partners 
in the name of their firm, the plaintiffs or their pleader shall, on demand in 
writing by or on behalf of any defendant, forthwith declare in writing the names 
and places of residence of all the persons constituting the firm on whose behalf 
the suit is instituted. 
 (2) Where the plaintiffs or their pleader fail to Comply with any demand 
made under sub­rule (1), all proceedings in the suit may, upon an application for 
that purpose, be stayed upon such terms as the Court may direct. 
 (3) Where the names of the partners are declared in the manner 
referred to in sub­rule (1), the suit shall proceed in the same manner, and the 
same consequences in all respects shall follow, as if they had been named as 
plaintiffs in the plaint: 
Provided that all the proceedings shall nevertheless continue in the name of 
the firm. 
3. Service.– Where persons are sued as partners in the name of their firm, 
the summons shall be served either– 
(a) upon any one or more of the partners, or 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federa tion” by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 
1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it ca me into force on 14 October 1955. 
They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” by  the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 
(G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read 
with Article 4. 
2Added by the Notification No. 6 G, dated: 1 January 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the 
Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 1 January 1909, pp. 2 -3. Above said Notification was confirmed by 
the Notification No. 2212 G, dated: 12 May 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the Government 
Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 21 May 1909, p. 571. 
(b) at the principal place at which the partnership business is carried on 
within 
1
[Pakistan] upon any person having, at the time of service, 
the control or management of the partnership business there,  
as the Court may direct; and such service shall be deemed good service 
upon the firm so sued, whether all or any of the partners are within or without 
2
[Pakistan]: 
Provided that, in the case of a partnership which has been dissolved to 
the knowledge of the plaintiff before the institution of the suit, the summons 
shall be served upon every person within 
3
[Pakistan] whom it is sought to make 
liable. 
4. Right of suit on d eath of partner ._ (1) Notwithstanding anything contained 
in section 45 of the 
4
[*] Contract Act, 1872
5
, where two or more persons may sue or 
be sued in the name of a firm under the foregoing provisions and any of such 
persons dies, whether before the institution or during the pendency of any suit, it 
shall not be necessary to join the legal representative of the deceased as a party 
to the suit. 
 (2) Nothing in sub­rule (1) shall limit or otherwise affect any right which 
the legal representative of the deceased may have– 
(a) to apply to be made a party to the suit, or 
(b) to enforce any claim against the survivor or survivors. 
5. Notice in what capacity served .– Where a summons is issued to a firm 
and is served in the manner provided by rule 3, every person upon whom it is 
served shall be informed by notice in writing given at the time of such service, 
whether he is served as a partner or as a person having the control or 
management of the partnership business, or in both characters, and, in default 
of such notice, the person served shall be deemed to be served as a partner. 
6. Appearance of partners .– Where persons are sued as partners in the 
name of their firm, they shall appear individually in their own names, but all 
subsequent proceedings shall, nevertheless, continue in the name of the firm. 
7. No appearance except by partners .– Where a summons is served in the 
manner provided by rule 3 upon a person having the control or management of 
the partnership business, no appearance by him shall be necessary unless he is a 
partner of the firm sued. 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “the Provinces  and the Capital of the Federation" by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 
1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” by  the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 
(G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read 
with Article 4.  
2Ibid. 
3Ibid.  
4The word “Indian” deemed to be omitted by virtue of omission of the said word in the “short title”  of the Indian Contract Ac t, 
1872 by the Adaptation of Central Act s and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
5IX of 1872. 
8. Appearance under protest .– Any person served with summons as a 
partner under rule 3 may appear under protest, denying that he is a partner, but 
such appearance shall not preclude the plaintiff from otherwise serving a 
summons on the firm and obtaining a decree against the firm in default of 
appearance where no partner has appeared. 
9. Suits between co­partners .– This Order shall apply to suits between a 
firm and one or more of the partners therein and to suits between firms having 
one or more partners in common; but no execution shall be issued in such suits 
except by leave of the Court, and, on an application for leave to issue such 
execution, all such accounts and inquiries may be directed to be taken and 
made and directions given as may be just. 
10. Suit against person carrying on business in name other than his own .– 
Any person carrying on business in a name or style other than his own name may 
be sued in such name or style as if it were a firm name; and, so far as the nature of 
the case will permit, all rules under this Order shall apply. 
ORDER XXXI 
Suits by or against Trustees, Executors and Administrators 
1. Representation of beneficiaries in suits concerning property vested in 
trustees, etc.– In all suits concerning property vested in a trustee, executor or 
administrator, where the contention is between the persons beneficially 
interested in such property and a third person, the trustee, executor or 
administrator shall represent the persons so interested, and it shall not ordinarily 
be necessary to make them parties to the suit. But the Court may, if it thinks fit, 
order them or any of them to be made parties. 
2. Joinder of trustees, executors and administrators .– Where there are 
several trustees, executors or administrators, they shall all be made parties to a 
suit against one or more of them: 
Provided that the executors who have not proved their testator's will, and 
trustees, executors and administrators outside 
1
[Pakistan], need not be made 
parties. 
3. Husband of married executrix not to join .– Unless the Court directs 
otherwise, the husband of a married trustee, administratrix or executrix shall not as 
such be a party to a suit by or against her. 
ORDER XXXII 
Suits by or against Minors and Persons of Unsound Mind 
1. Minor to sue by next friend.– Every suit by a minor shall be instituted in his 
name by a person who in such suit shall be called the next friend of the minor.  
                                                
1Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Fe deration" by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 
1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: i t came into force on 14 October 1955. 
They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” by  the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 
(G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read 
with Article 4.   
 
1
[Such person may be ordered to pay any costs in the suit as if he were the 
plaintiff.] 
2
[2. Where suit is instituted without next fri end.– (1) Where a suit is instituted 
by or on behalf of a minor without a next friend, the Court may on such fact coming to 
its notice allow an opportunity to remedy the defect. 
(2) Where the defect is not removed, the Court may, on an application of 
the defendant, or of its own motion, order that the plaint should be taken off the file 
with costs to be paid by the pleader or other person by whom it was presented.  
(3) Notice of the application submitted under sub -rule (2) shall be given to 
the pleader or s uch other person, and the Court may, after hearing his objections, if 
any, make appropriate order.] 
3
[3. Guardian for the suit to be appointed by Court for minor defendant .– (1) 
Where the defendant is a minor, the Court, on being satisfied of the fact of his 
minority, shall appoint a proper person to be guardian for the suit for such minor. 
(2) An order for the appointment of a guardian for the suit may be 
obtained upon application in the name and on behalf of the minor or by the plaintiff. 
(3) The plaintif f shall file with his plaint a list of relatives of the minor and 
other persons with their addresses, who prima facie are most likely to be capable of 
acting as guardian for the suit for a minor defendant. The list shall constitute an 
application by the pl aintiff under sub -rule (2) above.  
(4) The Court may at any time after the institution of the suit call upon the 
plaintiff to furnish such a list, and, in default of compliance, may reject the plaint.  
(5) Any application for the appointment of a guardian fo r the suit and any 
list furnished under this rule shall be supported by an affidavit verifying the fact that 
the proposed guardian has no interest in the matters in controversy in the suit 
adverse to that of the minor and that each person proposed is a fit  person to be so 
appointed. 
(6) No order shall be made on any application under this rule except upon 
notice to any guardian of the minor appointed or declared by an authority 
competent in that behalf , or, where there is no such guardian, upon notice to th e 
father or other natural guardian of the minor, or, where there is no father or other 
natural guardian, to the person , in whose care the minor is, and after hearing any 
objections which may be urged on behalf of any person served with notice under 
this sub-rule: 
Provided that the Court may, if it sees fit, issue notice to the minor also. ] 
                                                
1Added by the Notification No. 6 G, dated: 1 January 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the 
Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 1 January 1909, pp. 2 -3. Above said Notification was confirmed by 
the Notification No. 2212 G, dated: 12 May 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the Government 
Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 21 May 1909, p. 571. 
2Substituted by the Notification No . 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  
was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 1 7: It came into force on 1 
November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Le gis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, 
Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
3Substituted by the Notification No. 566 -G, dated: 24 November 1927; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, 
was  published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 9 December 1927, Part-III, p. 1588.  
1
[(5) A person appointed under sub­rule (1) to be guardian for the suit for 
a minor shall, unless his appointment is terminated by retirement, removal or death, 
continue as such throughout all proceedings arising out of the suit including 
proceedings in any appellate or revisional Court and any proceedings in the 
execution of a decree.] 
2
[4. Who may act as next friend or be appointed guardian for the suit .– (1) 
Any person who is of sound mind and has attained majority may act as next 
friend of a minor or as his guardian for the suit: 
Provided that the interest of such person is not adverse to that of the 
minor and that he is not, in the case of a next friend, a defendant, or, in the case 
of a guardian for the suit, a plaintiff. 
 (2) Where a minor has guardian appointed or declared by competent 
authority, no person other than such guardian shall act as the next friend of the 
minor or be appointed his guardian for the suit unless the Court considers for 
reasons to be recorded, that it is for the minor‟s welfare that another person be 
permitted to act or be appointed, as the case may be. 
 (2)(A) Where a minor defendant has no guardian appointed or declared by 
competent authority  the Court may, subject to the proviso to sub -rule (1) , appoint 
as his guardian for the suit a relative of the minor.  
If no proper person be available who is a relative of the minor, the Court 
shall appoint one of the other defendants, if any, and failing such other defendant 
shall ordinarily proceed under sub -rule (4) of this rule to appoint one of its officers 
3
[or a pleader]. 
 (3) No person shall without his consent be appointed guardian for the 
suit, but the Court  may presume such consent to have been given, unless it is 
expressly refused . 
 (4) Where there is no other person fit and willing to act as guardian for 
the suit, the Court may appoint any of its officers 
4
[or a pleader ] to be such 
guardian, and may direct that the costs to be incurred by such 
5
[person] in the 
performance of his duties as such guardian shall be borne either by the parties or 
by any one or more of the parties to the suit, or out of any fund in Court in which 
the minor is interested, and may give directions for the repayment or allowance of 
such costs as justice and the circumstances of the case may require.] 
5. Representation of minor by next friend or guardian for the suit. – (1) 
Every application to the Court on behalf of a minor, other than an application 
under rule 10, sub­rule (2), shall be made by his next friend or by his guardian for 
the suit. 
                                                
1Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Third Amendment) Act, 1937 (XVI of 1937),  published in the Gazette of India, dated: 
10 April 1937, p. 34, s. 2. 
2Substituted by the Notification No. 566 -G, dated: 24 November 1927; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, 
was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 9 December 1927, Part-III, p. 1588. 
3Added by the Notification No. 209-R./XI-Y.-3, dated: 22 July 1936; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was  
published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 31 July 1936, Part-III, p. 449. 
4Ibid. 
5Substituted ibid. for the word “officer”. 
 (2) Every order made in a suit or on any application, before the Court in 
or by which a minor is in any way concerned or affected, without such minor being 
represented by a next friend or guardian for the suit, as the case may be, may be 
discharged, and, where the pleader of the party at whose instance such order 
was obtained knew, or might reasonably have known, the f act of such minority, 
with costs to be paid by such pleader. 
6. Receipt by next friend or guardian for the suit of property under decree 
for minor.– (1) A next friend or guardian for the suit shall not, without the leave 
of the Court, receive any money or other movable property on behalf of a minor 
either– 
(a) by way of compromise before decree or order, or 
(b) under a decree or order in favour of the minor. 
 (2) Where the next friend or guardian for the suit has not been appointed 
or declared by competent authority to be guardian of the property of the minor, 
or, having been so appointed or declared, is under any disability known to the 
Court to receive the money or other moveable property, the Court shall, if it 
grants him leave to receive the property, require such security and give such 
directions as will, in its opinion, sufficiently protect the property from waste and 
ensure its proper application. 
7. Agreement or compromise by next friend or guardian for the suit .– (1) 
No next friend or guardian for the suit shall, without the leave of the Court, 
expressly recorded in the proceedings, enter into any agreement or compromise 
on behalf of a minor with reference to the suit in which he acts as next friend or 
guardian. 
 (2) Any such agreement or compromise entered into without the leave 
of the Court so recorded shall be voidable against all parties other than the minor. 
8. Retirement of next friend .– (1) Unless otherwise ordered by the Court, a 
next friend shall not retire without first procuring a fit person to be put in his place 
and giving security for the costs already incurred. 
 (2) The application for the appointment of a new next friend shall be 
supported by an affidavit showing the fitness of the person proposed, and also 
that he has no interest adverse to that of the minor. 
9. Removal of next friend .– (1) Where the interest of the next friend of a 
minor is adverse to that of the minor or where he is so connected with a 
defendant whose interest is adverse to that of the minor as to make it unlikely 
that the minor's interest will be properly protected by him, or where he does not 
do his duty, or, during the pendency of the suit, ceases to reside within 
1
[Pakistan], or for any other sufficient cause, application may be made on 
behalf of the minor or by a defendant for his removal; and the Court, if satisfied 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federation" by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 
1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” by  the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 
(G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read 
with Article 4. 
of the sufficiency of the cause assigned, may order the next friend to be removed 
accordingly, and make such other order as to costs as it thinks fit. 
 (2) Where the next friend is not a guardian appointed or declared by an 
authority competent in this behalf, and an application is made by a guardian so 
appointed or declared, who d esires to be himself appointed in the place of the 
next friend, the Court shall remove the next fr iend unless it considers, for 
reasons to be recorded by it, that the guardian ought not to be appointed the next 
friend of the minor, and shall thereupon appoint the applicant to be next friend in 
his place upon such terms as to the costs already incurred in the suit as it thinks fit. 
10. Stay of proceeding s on removal, etc., of next friend .– (1) On the 
retirement, removal or death of the next friend of a minor, further proceedings 
shall be stayed until the appointment of a next friend in his place. 
 (2) Where the pleader of such minor omits, within a reasonable time, to 
take steps to get a new next friend appointed, any person interested in the 
minor or in the matter in issue may apply to the Court for the appointment of one, 
and the Court may appoint such person as it thinks fit. 
11. Retirement, removal or death of guardian for the suit .– (1) Where the 
guardian for the suit desires to retire or does not do his duty, or where other 
sufficient ground is made to appear, the Court may permit such guardian to retire 
or may remove him, and may make such order as to costs as it thinks fit. 
 (2) Where the guardian for the suit retires, dies or is removed by the 
Court during the pendency of the suit, the Court shall appoint a new guardian in his 
place. 
12. Course to be followed by minor plaintiff or applicant on attai ning 
majority.– (1) A minor plaintiff or a minor not a party to a suit on whose behalf 
an application is pending shall, on attaining majority, elect whether he will proceed 
with the suit or application. 
 (2) Where he elects to proceed with the suit or application, he shall 
apply for an order discharging the next friend and for leave to proceed in his own 
name. 
 (3) The title of the suit or application shall in such case be corrected so 
as to read thenceforth thus:– 
"A. B., late a minor, by C. D., his next friend, but now having attained 
majority." 
 (4) Where he elects to abandon the suit or application, he shall, if a sole 
plaintiff or sole applicant, apply for an order to dismiss the suit or application 
on repayment of the costs incurred by the defendant or opposite party or which 
may have been paid by his next friend. 
 (5) Any application under this rule may be made ex parte: but no order 
discharging a next friend and permitting a minor plaintiff to proceed in his own 
name shall be made without notice to the next friend. 
13. Where minor co­plaintiff attaining majority desires to repudiate suit .– 
(1) Where a minor co­plaintiff on attaining majority desires to repudiate the suit, 
he shall apply to have his name struck out as co­plaintiff; and the Court, if it finds 
that he is not a necessary party, shall dismiss him from the suit on such terms as 
to costs or otherwise as it thinks fit. 
 (2) Notice of the application shall be served on the next friend, on 
any co­plaintiff and on the defendant. 
 (3) The costs of all parties of such application, and of all or any 
proceedings theretofore had in the suit, shall be paid by such persons as the Court 
directs. 
 (4) Where the applicant is a necessary party to the suit, the Court may 
direct him to be made a defendant. 
14. Unreasonable or improper suit .– (1) A minor on attaining majority may, if 
a sole plaintiff, apply that a suit instituted in his name by a next friend be 
dismissed on the ground that it was unreasonable or improper. 
 (2) Notice of the application shall be served on all the parties concerned; 
and the Court, upon being satisfied of such unreasonableness or impropriety, may 
grant the application and order the next friend to pay the costs of all parties in 
respect of the application and of anything done in the suit, or make such other 
order as it thinks fit. 
15. Application of rules to persons of unsound mind. – The provisions 
contained in rules 1 to 14, so far as they are applicable, shall extend to persons 
adjudged to be of unsound mind and to persons who though not so adjudged are 
found by the Court on inquiry, by reason of unsoundness of mind or mental 
infirmity, to be incapable of protecting their interests when suing or being sued. 
1
[16. Certain laws not to be affected .– Nothing in this Order shall be construed 
to affect or in any way derogate from the provisions of any local law for the time 
being in force relating to suits by or against minors or by or against lunatics or 
other persons of unsound mind.] 
2
[ORDER XXXIII 
Suits by Paupers] 
ORDER XXXIV 
Suits relating to Mortgages of Immoveable Property 
1. Parties to suits for foreclosure, sale and redemption .– Subject to the 
provisions of this Code, all persons having an interest either in the 
mortgage­security or in the right of redemption shall be joined as parties to any 
suit relating to the mortgage. 
                                                
1Substituted by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary) dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345-475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. 
2Omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  was 
published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 18: It came into force on 1 November 
2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, 
dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
Explanation.– A puisne mortgagee may sue for foreclosure or for sale without 
making the prior mortgagee a party to the suit; and a prior mortgagee need 
not be joined in a suit to redeem a subsequent mortgage. 
1
[2. Preliminary decree in foreclosure  suit.– (1) In a suit for foreclosure, if the 
plaintiff succeeds, the Court shall pass a preliminary decree:– 
(a) ordering that an account be taken of what was due to the plaintiff 
at the date of such decree for– 
i. principal and interest on the mortgage, 
ii. the costs of suit, if any, awarded to him, and 
iii. other costs, charges and expenses properly incurred by him 
up to that date in respect of his mortgage­security, together 
with interest thereon; or 
(b) declaring the amount so due at that date; and 
(c) directing– 
(i) that, if the defendant pays into Court the amount so found or 
declared due on or before such date as the Court may fix 
within six months from the date on which the Court confirms 
and countersigns the account taken under clause (a), or from 
the date on which such amount is declared in Court under 
clause (b), as the case may be, and thereafter pays such 
mount as may be adjudged due in respect of subsequent 
costs, charges and expenses as provided in rule 10, together 
with subsequent interest on such sums respectively as 
provided in rule 11, the plaintiff shall deliver up to the 
defendant, or to such person as the defendant appoints, all 
documents in his possession or power relating to the 
mortgaged property, and shall, if so required, re­transfer the 
property to the defendant at his cost free from the mortgage 
and from all encumbrances created by the plaintiff or any 
person claiming under him, or, where the plaintiff claims by 
derived title, by those under whom he claims, and shall 
also, if necessary, put the defendant in possession of the 
property; and 
(ii) that, if payment of the amount found or declared due under or 
by the preliminary decree is not  made on or before the date 
so fixed, or the defendant fails to pay, within such time as the 
Court may fix, the amount adjudged due in respect of 
subsequent costs, charges, expenses and interest, the 
plaintiff shall be entitled to apply for a final decree debarring 
the defendant from all right to redeem the property. 
(2) The Court may, on good cause shown and upon terms to be fixed 
by the Court, from time to time, at any time before a final decree is passed, 
                                                
1Rules 2 to 8 were substit uted by the Transfer of Property (Amendment) Supplementary Act, 1929 (XXI of 1929), published in 
the Punjab Gazette, dated: 25 October 1929, pp. 133-153, s. 4. 
extend the time fixed for the payment of the amount found or declared due under 
sub­rule (1) or of the amount adjudged due in respect of subsequent costs, 
charges, expenses and interest. 
(3) Where, in a suit for foreclosure, subsequent mortgagees or 
persons deriving title from, or subrogated to the rights of, any such mortgagees 
are joined as parties, the preliminary decree shall provide for the adjudication 
of the respective rights and liabilities of the parties to the suit in the manner 
and form set forth in Form No. 9 or Form No. 10, as the case may be, of Appendix 
D with such variations as the circumstances of the case may require. 
3. Final decree in foreclosure suit .– (1) Where, before a final decree 
debarring the defendant from all right to redeem the mortgaged property has 
been passed, the defendant makes payment into Court of all amounts due from 
him under sub­rule (1) of rule 2, the Court shall, on application made by the 
defendant in this behalf, pass a final decree– 
(a) ordering the plaintiff to deliver up the documents referred to in the 
preliminary decree,  
and, if necessary,– 
(b) ordering him to re­transfer at the cost of the defendant the 
mortgaged property as directed in the said decree,  
and, also, if necessary,– 
(c) ordering him to put the defendant in possession of the property. 
(2) where payment in accordance with sub­rule (1) has not been 
made, the Court shall, on application made by the plaintiff in this behalf, pass a 
final decree declaring that the defendant and all persons claiming through or 
under him are debarred from all right to redeem the mortgaged property and 
also, if necessary, ordering the defendant to put the plaintiff in possession of the 
property. 
(3) On the passing of a final decree under sub­rule (2), all liabilities  to 
which the defendant is subject in respect of the mortgage or on account of the suit 
shall be deemed to have been discharged. 
4. Preliminary decree in suit for sale .– (1) In a suit for sale, if the plaintiff 
succeeds, the Court shall pass a preliminary decree to the effect mentioned in 
clauses (a), (b) and (c) (i) of sub rule (1) of rule 2, and further directing that, in 
default of the defendant paying as therein mentioned, the plaintiff shall be entitled 
to apply for final decree directing that the mortgaged property or a sufficient part 
thereof be sold, and the proceeds of the sale (after deduction therefrom of the 
expenses of the sale) be paid into Court and applied in payment of what has been 
found or declared under or by the preliminary decree due to the plaintiff, together 
with such amount as may have been adjudged due in respect of subsequent 
costs, charges, expenses and interest, and the balance, if any, be paid to the 
defendant or other persons entitled to receive the same. 
(2) The Court may, on good cause shown and upon terms to be fixed 
by the Court, from time to time, at any time before a final decree for sale is 
passed, extend the time fixed for the payment of the amount found or declared 
due under sub­rule (1) or of the amount adjudged due in respect of 
subsequent costs, charges, expenses and interest. 
(3) Power to decree sale in foreclosure suit .– In a suit for foreclosure 
in the case of an anomalous mortgage, if the plaintiff succeeds, the Court may, at 
the instance of any party to the suit or of any other person interested in the 
mortgage security or the right of redemption, pass a like decree (in lieu of a decree 
for foreclosure) on such terms as it thinks fit, including the deposit in Court of a 
reasonable sum fixed by the Court to meet the expenses of the sale and to secure 
the performance of the terms. 
(4) Where, in a suit for sale or a suit for foreclosure in which sale 
is ordered, subsequent mortgagees or persons deriving title from, or subrogated 
to the rights of, any such mortgagees are joined as parties, the preliminary 
decree referred to in sub­rule (1) shall provide for the adjudication of the 
respective rights and liabilities of the parties to the suit in the manner and form 
set forth in Form No. 9, Form No. 10 or Form No. 11, as the case may be, of 
Appendix D with such variations as the circumstances of the case may require. 
5. Final decree in suit for sale .– (1) Where, on or before the day fixed or at 
any time before the confirmation of a sale made in pursuance of a final decree 
passed under sub­rule (3) of this rule, the defendant makes payment into Court 
of all amounts due from him under sub­rule (1) of rule 4, the Court shall, on 
application made by the defendant in this behalf, pass a final decree or, if such 
decree has been passed, an order– 
(a) ordering the plaintiff to deliver up the documents referred to in the 
preliminary decree,  
and, if necessary,– 
(b) ordering him to transfer the mortgaged property as directed in the said 
decree,  
and, also, if necessary,– 
(c) ordering him to put the defendant in possession of the property. 
(2) Where the mortgaged property or part thereof has been sold in 
pursuance of a decree passed under sub­rule (3) of this rule, the Court shall not 
pass an order under sub­rule (1) of this rule, unless the defendant, in addition to 
the amount mentioned in sub­rule (1), deposit in Court for payment to the 
purchaser a sum equal to five per cent. of the amount of the purchase­money paid 
into Court by the purchaser. 
Where such deposit has been made, the purchaser shall be entitled to an 
order for repayment of the amount of the purchase­money paid into Court by him, 
together with a sum equal to five per cent. thereof. 
(3) Where payment in accordance with sub­rule (1) has not been 
made, the Court shall, on application made by the plaintiff in this behalf, pass 
a final decree directing that the mortgaged property or a sufficient part thereof 
be sold, and that the proceeds of the sale be dealt with in the manner provided 
in sub­rule (1) of rule 4. 
6. Recovery of balance due on mortgage in suit for sale. – Where the net 
proceeds of any sale held under the last preceding rule are found insufficient to 
pay the amount due to the plaintiff, the court, on application by him may, if the 
balance is legally recoverable from the defendant otherwise than out of the 
property sold, pass a decree for such balance. 
7. Preliminary decree in redemption suit .– (1) In a suit for redemption, if the 
plaintiff succeeds, the Court shall pass a preliminary decree– 
(a) ordering that an account be taken of what was due to the 
defendant at the date of such decree for– 
(i) principal and interest on the mortgage, 
(ii) the costs of suit, if any, awarded to him, and 
(iii) other costs, charges and expenses properly incurred by him up 
to that date, in respect of his mortgage-security, together with 
interest thereon; or 
(b) declaring the amount so due at that date; and 
(c) directing– 
(i) that, if the plaintiff pays into Court the amount so found or 
declared due on or before such date as the Court may fix 
within six months from the date on which the Court confirms 
and countersigns the account taken under clause (a), or 
from the date on which such amount is declared in Court 
under clause (b), as the case may be, and thereafter pays 
such amount as may be adjudged due in respect of 
subsequent costs, charges and expenses as provided in rule 
10, together with subsequent interest on such sums 
respectively as provides in rule 11, the defendant shall 
deliver up the plaintiff, or to such p erson as the plaintiff 
appoints, all documents in his possession or power relating 
to the mortgaged property, and shall, if so required, 
re­transfer the property to the plaintiff at his cost free from 
the mortgage and from all encumbrances created by the 
defendant or any person claiming under him, or, where the 
defendant claims by derived title, by those under whom 
he claims, and shall also, if necessary, put the plaintiff in 
possession of the property; and 
(ii) that, if payment of the amount found or declared due under 
or by the preliminary decree is not made on or before the 
date so fixed, or the plaintiff fails to pay, within such time as 
the Court may fix, the amount adjudged due in respect of 
subsequent costs, charges, expenses and interest, the 
defendant shall be entitled to apply for a final decree– 
(a) in the case of a mortgage other than a usufructuary mortgage, a 
mortgage by conditional sale, or an anomalous mortgage the terms of 
which provide for foreclosure only and not for sale, that the mortgaged 
property be sold, or 
(b) in the case of a mortgage by conditional sale or such an anomalous 
mortgage as aforesaid, that the plaintiff be debarred from all right to 
redeem the property. 
(2) The Court may, on good cause shown and upon terms to be fixed 
by the Court, from time to time, at any time before the passing of a final decree for 
foreclosure or sale, as the case may be, extend the time fixed for the payment of 
the amount found or declared due under sub­rule (1) or of the amount 
adjudged due in respect of subsequent costs, charges, expenses and interest. 
8. Final decree in redemption suit .– (1) Where, before a final decree 
debarring the plaintiff from all right to redeem the mortgaged property has been 
passed or before the confirmation of a sale held in pursuance of a final decree 
passed under sub­rule (3) of this rule, the plaintiff makes payment into Court of 
all amounts due from him under sub­rule (1) of rule 7, the Court shall, on 
application made by the plaintiff in this behalf, pass a final decree or, if such decree 
has been passed, an order– 
(a) ordering the defendant to deliver up the documents referred to in the 
preliminary decree,  
and, if necessary,– 
(b) ordering him to re­transfer at the cost of the plaintiff the mortgaged 
property as directed in the said decree,  
and, if also necessary,– 
(c) ordering him to put the plaintiff in possession of the property. 
(2) Where the mortgaged property or a part thereof has been sold in 
pursuance of a decree passed under sub­rule (3) of this rule, the Court shall not 
pass an order under sub­rule (1) of this rule, unless the plaintiff, in addition to the 
amount mentioned in sub­rule (1), deposits in Court for payment to the purchaser 
a sum equal to five per cent. of the amount of the purchase­money paid into 
Court by the purchaser. 
Where such deposit has been made, the purchaser shall be entitled to an 
order for repayment of the amount of the purchase­money paid into Court by 
him, together with a sum equal to five per cent. thereof. 
(3) Where payment in accordance with sub­rule (1) has not been 
made, the Court shall, on application made by the defendant in this behalf,– 
(a) in the case of a mortgage by conditional sale or of such an 
anomalous mortgage as is hereinbefore referred to in rule 7, pass 
a final decree declaring that the plaintiff and all persons claiming 
under him are debarred from all right to redeem the mortgaged 
property and, also, if necessary, ordering the plaintiff to put the 
defendant in possession of the mortgaged property; or 
(b) in the case of any other mortgage, not being a usufructuary 
mortgage, pass a final decree that the mortgaged property or a 
sufficient part thereof be sold, and the proceeds of the sale (after 
deduction therefrom of the expenses of the sale) be paid into Court 
and applied in payment of what is found due to the defendant, and 
the balance, if any, be paid to the plaintiff or other persons entitled to 
receive the same.] 
1
[8A. Recovery of balance due on mortgage in suit for redemption .– Where 
the net proceeds of any sale held under the last preceding rule are found 
insufficient to pay the amount due to the defendant, the Court, on application 
by him, may, if the balance is legally recoverable from the plaintiff otherwise than 
out of the property sold, pass a decree for such balance.] 
9. Decree where nothing is found due or where mortgagee has been 
overpaid.– Notwithstanding anything hereinbefore contained, if it appears, upon 
taking the account referred to in rule 7, that nothing is due to the defendant or 
that he has been overpaid, the Court shall pass a decree directing the defendant, 
if so required, to re­transfer the property and to pay to the plaintiff the amount 
which may be found due to him; and the plaintiff shall, if necessary, be put in 
possession of the mortgaged property. 
2
[10. Costs of mortgagee subsequent to decree .– In finally adjusting the 
amount to be  paid to  a mortgagee in case of a foreclosure, sale or redemption, 
the Court shall, unless in the case of costs of the suit the conduct of the mortgagee 
has been such as to disentitle him thereto, add to the mortgage­money such costs 
of the suit and other costs, charges and expenses as have been properly 
incurred by him since the date of the preliminary decree for foreclosure, sale or 
redemption up to the time of actual payment. 
11. Payment of interest .– In any decree passed in a suit for foreclosure, sale or 
redemption, where interest is legally recoverable, the Court may order payment 
of interest to the mortgagee as follows, namely:– 
(a) interest upto the date on or before which payment of the amount 
found or declared due is under the preliminary decree to be made 
by the mortgagor or other person redeeming the mortgage– 
(i) on the principal amount found or declared due on the 
mortgage,–  
at the rate payable on the principal, or, where no such rate is 
fixed, at such rate as the Court deems reasonable, 
(ii) on the amount of the costs of the suit awarded to the 
mortgagee,–  
at such rate as the Court deems reasonable from the date of 
the preliminary decree, and 
(iii) on the amount adjudged due to the mortgagee for costs, 
charges and expenses properly incurred by the mortgagee in 
respect of the mortgage­security up to the date of the 
preliminary decree and added to the mortgage- money,–  
                                                
1Inserted by the Transfer of Property (Amendment) Supplementary Act, 1929 (XXI of 1929), publish ed in the Punjab Gazette, 
dated: 25 October 1929, pp. 133-153, s. 5. 
2Substituted ibid., s. 6. 
at the rate agreed between the parties, or, failing such rate, at the 
same rate as is payable on the principal, or failing both such rates, at nine 
per cent. per annum, and 
(b) subsequent interest up to the date of realization or actual payment at 
such rate as the Court deems reasonable– 
(i) on the aggregate of the principal sums specified in clause (a) 
and of the interest thereon as calculated in accordance with 
that clause, and 
(ii) on the amount adjudged due to the mortgagee in respect of 
such further costs, charges and expenses as may be payable 
under rule 10.] 
12. Sale of property subject to prior mortgage .– Where any property the sale 
of which is directed under this Order is subject to a prior mortgage, the Court may, 
with the consent of the prior mortgagee, direct that the property be sold free from 
the same, giving to such prior mortgagee the same interest in the proceeds of the 
sale as he had in the property sold. 
13. Application of proceeds .– (1) Such proceeds shall be brought into 
Court and applied as follows:– 
first, in payment of all expenses incident to the sale or properly incurred in 
any attempted sale; 
secondly, in payment of whatever is due to the prior mortgagee on account 
of the prior mortgage, and of costs, properly incurred in connection therewith; 
thirdly, in payment of all interest due on account of the mortgage in 
consequence whereof the sale was directed, and of the costs of the suit in which 
the decree directing the sale was made; 
fourthly, in payment of the principal money due on account of that mortgage; 
and 
lastly, the residue (if any) shall be paid to the person proving himself to 
the interested in the property sold, or if there are more such persons than 
one, then to such persons according to their respective interests therein or upon 
their joint receipt. 
(2) Nothing in this rule or in rule 12 shall be deemed to affect the powers 
conferred by section 57 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882
1
. 
14. Suit for sale necessary for bringing mortgaged property to sale .– (1) 
Where a mortgagee has obtained a decree for the payment of money in 
satisfaction of a claim arising under the mortgage, he shall not be entitled to bring 
the mortgaged property to sale otherwise than by instituting a suit for sale in 
enforcement of the mortgage, and he may institute such suit notwithstanding 
anything contained in Order II, rule 2. 
(2) Nothing in sub­rule (1) shall apply to any territories to which the 
Transfer of Property Act, 1882
2
, has not been extended. 
                                                
1IV of 1882. 
2Ibid. 
1
[15. Mortgages by the deposit of title­deeds and charges .– All the provisions 
contained in this Order which apply to a simple mortgage shall so far as may be, 
apply to a mortgage by deposit of title­deeds within the meaning of section 58, 
and to a charge within the meaning of section 100 of the Transfer of Property 
Act, 1882
2
.] 
ORDER XXXV 
Interpleader 
1. Plaint in interpleader­suit .– In every suit of interpleader the plaint shall, in 
addition to the other statements necessary for plaints, state– 
(a) that the plaintiff claims no interest in the subject­matter in dispute 
other than for charges or costs; 
(b) the claims made by the defendants severally; and 
(c) that there is no collusion between the plaintiff and any of the 
defendants. 
2. Payment of thing claimed into Court .– Where the thing claimed is 
capable of being paid into Court or placed in the custody of the Court, the 
Plaintiff may be required to so pay or place it before he can be entitled to any 
order in the suit. 
3. Procedure where defendant is suing plaintiff .– Where any of the 
defendants in an interpleader­suit is actually suing the plaintiff in respect of the 
subject­matter of such suit, the Court in which the suit against the plaintiff is 
pending shall, on being informed by the Court in which the interpleader-suit has 
been instituted, stay the proceedings as against him; and his costs in the suit 
so stayed may be provided for in such suit; but if, and in so far as, they are not 
provided for in that suit, they may be added to his costs incurred in the 
interpleader­suit. 
4. Procedure at first hearing .– (1) At the first hearing the Court may– 
(a) declare that the plaintiff is discharged from all liability to the 
defendants in respect of the thing claimed, award him his costs, and 
dismiss him from the suit; or 
(b) if it thinks that justice or convenience so require, retain all parties until 
the final disposal of the suit. 
(2) Where the Court finds that the admissions of the parties or other 
evidence enable it to do so, it may adjudicate the title to the thing claimed. 
(3) Where the admissions of the parties do not enable the Court so to 
adjudicate, it may direct– 
(a) that an issue or issues between the parties be framed and tried, and 
                                                
1Substituted by the Transfer of Property (Amendment) Supplementary Act, 1929 (XXI of 1929), published in the Punjab 
Gazette, dated: 25 October 1929, pp. 133-153, s. 7. 
2IV of 1882. 
(b) that any claimant be made a plaintiff in lieu of or in addition to the 
original plaintiff,  
and shall proceed to try the suit in the ordinary manner. 
5. Agents and tenants may not institute interpleader -suits.– Nothing in this 
Order shall be deemed to enable agents to sue their principals, or tenants to sue 
their landlords, for the purpo se of compelling them to interplead with any 
persons other than persons making claim through such principals or the 
landlords. 
Illustrations 
(a) A deposits a box of jewels with B as his agent. C alleges that the 
jewels were wrongfully obtained from him by A, and claims them from B. B 
cannot institute an interpleader­suit against A and C. 
(b) A deposits a box of jewels with B as his agent. He then writes to 
C for the purpose of making the jewels a security for a debt due from himself to C. 
A afterwards alleges that C's debt is satisfied, and C alleges the contrary. Both 
claim the jewels from B. B may institute an interpleader­suit against A and C. 
6. Charge for plaintiff‟s costs .– Where the suit is properly instituted the Court 
may provide for the costs of the original plaintiff by giving him a charge on the 
thing claimed or in some other effectual way. 
ORDER XXXVI 
Special Case 
1. Power to state case for Court‟s opinion .– (1) Parties claiming to be 
interested in the decision of any question of fact or law may enter into an 
agreement in writing stating such question in the form of a case for the opinion of 
the Court, and providing that, upon the finding of the Court with respect to such 
question,– 
a) a sum of money fixed by the parties or to be determined by the Court 
shall be paid by one of the parties to the other of them; or 
b) some property, movable or immovable, specified in the agreement, 
shall be delivered by one of the parties to the other of them; or 
c) one or more of the parties shall do, or refrain from doing, some other 
particular act specified in the agreement. 
(2) Every case stated under this rule shall be divided into consecutively 
numbered paragraphs, and shall concisely state such facts and specify such 
documents as may be necessary to enable the Court to decide the question raised 
thereby. 
2. Where valu e of subject­matter must be stated .– Where the agreement is 
for the delivery of any property, or for the doing, or the refraining from doing, any 
particular act, the estimated value of the property to be delivered, or to which the 
act specified has reference, shall be stated in the agreement. 
3. Agreement to be filed and registered as suit .– (1) The agreement, if 
framed in accordance with the rules hereinbefore contained, may be filed in the 
Court which would have jurisdiction to entertain a suit, the amount or value of the 
subject­matter of which is the same as the amount or value of the 
subject­matter of the agreement. 
(2) The agreement, when so filed, shall be numbered and registered as 
a suit between one or more of the parties claiming to be interested as plaintiff or 
plaintiffs, and the other or the others of them as defendant or defendants; and 
notice shall be given to all the parties to the agreement, other than the party or 
parties by whom it was presented. 
4. Parties to be subject to Court‟s jurisdic tion.– Where the agreement has 
been filed, the parties to it shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the Court and 
shall be bound by the statements contained therein. 
5. Hearing and disposal of case .– (1) The case shall be set down for hearing 
as a suit instituted in the ordinary manner, and the provisions of this Code shall 
apply to such suit so far as the same are applicable. 
(2) Where the Court is satisfied, after examination of the parties, or after 
taking such evidence as it thinks fit,– 
a) that the agreement was duly executed by them, 
b) that they have a bona fide interest in the question stated therein, and 
c) that the same is fit to be decided, 
it shall proceed to pronounce judgment thereon, in the same way as in an 
ordinary suit, and upon the judgment so pronounced a decree shall follow. 
ORDER XXXVII 
Summary Procedure on Negotiable Instruments 
1
[1. Application of Order .– This Order shall apply only to the High Court 
2
[, to 
the District Court, and to any other Civil Court notified in this behalf by the High 
Court]. ] 
2. Institution of summary suits upon bills of exchange, etc. – 
3
[(1) Subject 
to the provisions of rule 1, this Order applies to the following classes of suits, 
namely:– 
(a) suits upon bills of exchange, hundies and promissory notes.  
(b) suits in which the plaintiff seeks only to recover a debt or liquidated 
demand in money payable by the defendant, with or without interest, 
arising; 
                                                
1Substituted by the Civil Procedure and Limitation (Amendment) Ordinance, 1961 (IX of 1961); made by the President on 4 
March 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 6 March 1961, pp. 700-701, s. 2.  
2Substituted for the words “and to the District Court” by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the 
Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
3Added by the  Notification No. 65/Legislation/XI -Y-26, dated: 26 March 2007; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore, 
published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 4 July 2007, pp. 16-18, r. 2. 
(i) out of an express contract; or  
(ii) upon an enactment where the sum sought to be recovered is a 
fixed sum of money or in the nature of debt other than a 
penalty; or 
(iii) upon a guarantee, where the claim against the principal is in 
respect of debt or a liquidated demand only; or  
(iv) upon a trust. 
(c) suits for the recovery of immovable property, with or with out a claim 
for rent or mesne profit by a landlord against a tenant whose term has 
expired or has been duly determined by notice to quit, or has become 
liable to forfeiture for non -payment of rent, or against persons claiming 
under such tenant.]  
1
[(2)] All suits 
2
[under this Order ] may, in case the plaintiff desires to 
proceed hereunder, be instituted by presenting a plaint in the form prescribed; 
but the summons shall be in Form No. 4 in Appendix B or in such other form as 
may be from time to time prescribed. 
3
[(3)] In any case in which the plaint and summons are in such forms, 
respectively, the defendant shall not appear or defend the suit unless he obtains 
leave from a Judge as hereinafter provided so to appear and defend; and, in 
default of his obtaining such leave or of his appearance and defence in 
pursuance thereof, the allegations in the plaint shall be deemed to be admitted, 
and the plaintiff shall be entitled to a decree 
4
[(a) for the principal sum due on the instrument and for interest 
calculated in accordance  with   the provisions of section 79 or 
section 80, as the case may be, of the Negotiable Instruments 
Act, 1881
5
, up to the date of the institution of the suit, or for the sum 
mentioned in the summons, whichever is less, and for interest up to 
the date of the decree at the same rate or at such other rate as the 
Court thinks fit; and 
(b) for such subsequent interest, if any, as the Court may order under 
section 34 of this Code; and 
(c) for such sum for costs as may be prescribed: 
Provided that, if the plaintiff claims more than such fixed sum for 
costs, the costs shall be ascertained in the ordinary way. 
                                                
1Renumbered by the Notification No. 65/Legislation/XI -Y-26, dated: 26 March 2007; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore, 
published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 4 July 2007, pp. 16-18, r. 2. 
2Substituted ibid., for the expression “upon bills of exchange, hundis or promissory notes”. 
3Renumbered ibid. 
4Substituted for the expression “for any sum not exceeding the sum mentioned in the summons, together with interest at the 
rate specified (if any) to the date of the decree, and such sum for costs as may be prescribed,  unless  the  plaintiff  clai ms  
more  than  such fixed sum, in which case the costs shall be ascertained in the ordinary way, and such decree may be  
executed forthwith” by the Negotiable Instruments (Interest) Act, 1926 (XXX of 1926), published in the Gazette of India, date d: 
11 September 1926, p. 51 ,s. 4. 
5XXVI of  1881. 
1
[(4)] A decree passed under this rule may be executed forthwith.] 
3. Defendant showing defence on merits to have leave to appear .– (1) The 
Court shall, upon application by the defendant, give leave to appear and to 
defend the suit, upon affidavits which disclose such facts as would make it 
incumbent on the holder to prove consideration, or such other facts as the Court 
may deem sufficient to support the application. 
(2) Leave to defend may be given unconditionally or subject to such 
terms as to payment into Court, giving security, framing and recording issues or 
otherwise as the Court thinks fit. 
2
[(3) The provisions of section 5 of the Limitation Act, 1908 (IX of 
1908), shall apply to applications under sub­rule (1).] 
4. Power to set aside decree .– After decree the Court may, under special 
circumstances, set aside the decree, and if necessary stay or set aside execution, 
and may give leave to the defendant to appear to the summons and to defend the 
suit, if it seems reasonable to the Court so to do, and on such terms as the Court 
thinks fit. 
5. Power to order bill, etc., to be deposited with officer of Court .– In any 
proceeding under this Order the Court may order the bill, hundi or note on which 
the suit is founded to be forthwith deposited with an officer of the Court, and 
may further order that all proceedings shall be stayed until the plaintiff gives 
security for the costs thereof. 
6. Recovery of  cost of noting non­acceptance of dishonoured bill or 
note.– The holder of every dishonoured bill of exchange or promissory note shall 
have the same remedies for the recovery of the expenses incurred in noting the 
same for non­acceptance or non­payment, or otherwise, by reason of such 
dishonour, as he has under this Order for the recovery of the amount of such bill or 
note. 
7. Procedure in suits .– Save as provided by this Order, the procedure in 
suits hereunder shall be the same as the procedure in suits instituted in the 
ordinary manner. 
ORDER XXXVIII 
Arrest and Attachment before Judgment 
Arrest before judgment 
3
[1. Defendant to be called upon to furnish security .– (1) The Court, on the 
first date of hearing, after examination of the plaint and on being sat isfied as to the 
                                                
1Renumbered by the Notification No. 65/Legislation/XI -Y-26, dated: 26 March 2007; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore, 
published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 4 July 2007, pp. 16-18, r. 2. 
2Added by t he Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1980 (X of 1980), published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 26 March 1980, s. 14.  It was earlier added b y the Notification No. 606 -G., dated: 13 December 1928; 
issued by the High Court of  Judicature at Lahore; and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its 
Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 21 December 1928, pp. 1656-1658, r. 2. 
3Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore Hig h Court, Lahore; and, 
was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 19: It came into force on 1 
November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, 
Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
existence of a prima facie case, direct the defendant to furnish adequate security for 
the due satisfaction of the decree, if passed against him.  
(2) Where the defendant fails to furnish security within the time fixed by the 
Court, the Co urt may, after considering the available record and for reasons to be 
recorded, prohibit the defendant from transferring or charging his property in any way, 
except with the prior permission of the Court. 
2. Procedure on application .– (1) Where an order un der rule 1 is made, the 
defendant may apply, along with an affidavit, to the Court for permission to transfer or 
charge his property.  
(2) On receipt of such application, the Court, if satisfied, that the intended 
disposal by the defendant is not likely to affect the due satisfaction of the decree, may 
proceed to grant such permission. 
3.  Furnishing of security .– The defendant may apply to the Court for the 
vacation of the order issued under rule 1, by furnishing independent security to the 
satisfaction of the Court for the due satisfaction of the decree, if passed against him.] 
4. Procedure where defendant fails to furnish security or find fresh 
security.– Where the defendant fails to comply with any order under rule 2 or 
rule 3, the Court may commit him to 
1
[* *] prison until the decision of the suit or, 
where a decree is passed against the defendant, until the decree has been 
satisfied: 
Provided that no person shall be detained in prison under this rule in any 
case for a longer period than six months, nor for a longer period than six weeks 
when the amount or value of the subject­matter of the suit does not exceed fifty 
rupees: 
Provided also that no person shall be detained in prison under this rule 
after he has complied with such order. 
Attachment before Judgment 
5. Where defendant may be called upon to furnish security for production 
of property .– (1) Where, at any stage of a suit, the Court is satisfied, by affidavit 
or otherwise, that the defendant, with intent to obstruct or delay the execution of 
any decree that may be passed against him,– 
(a) is about to dispose of the whole or any part of his property, or 
(b) is about to remove the whole or any part of his property from 
the local limits of the jurisdiction of the Court,  
the Court may direct the defendant, within a time to be fixed by it, either to furnish 
security, in such sum as may be specified in the order, to produce and place at the 
disposal of the Court, when required, the said property or the value of the same, or 
such portion thereof as may be  sufficient to satisfy the decree, or to appear and 
show cause why he should not furnish security. 
                                                
1The words “the civil” were omitted by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 
July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11. 
(2) The plaintiff shall, unless the Court otherwise directs, specify the 
property required to be attached and the estimated value thereof. 
(3) The Court may also in the order direct the conditional attachment of 
the whole or any portion of the property so specified. 
6. Attachment where cause not shown or security not furnished .– (1) 
Where the defendant fails to show cause why he should not furnish security, or 
fails to furnish the security required, within the time fixed by the Court, the Court 
may order that the property specified, or such portion thereof as appears 
sufficient to satisfy any decree which may be passed in the suit, be attached. 
(2) Where the defendant shows such cause or furnishes the required 
security, and the property specified or any portion of it has been attached, the 
Court shall order the attachment to be withdrawn, or make such other order as it 
thinks fit. 
7. Mode of making attachment .– Save as otherwise expressly provided, the 
attachment shall be made in the manner provided for the attachment of property in 
execution of a decree. 
8. Investigation of claim to property attached before judgment .– Where 
any claim is preferred to property attached before judgment, such claim shall 
be investigated in the manner hereinbefore provided for the investigation of 
claims to property attached in execution of a decree for the payment of money. 
9. Removal of attachment when security furnished or suit dis missed.– 
Where an order is made for attachment before judgment, the Court shall order 
the attachment to be withdrawn when the defendant furnishes the security 
required, together with security for the costs of the attachment, or when the suit 
is dismissed. 
10. Attachment before judgment not to affect rights of strangers , nor bar 
decree­holder from applying for sale .– Attachment before judgment shall not 
affect the rights, existing prior to the attachment, of persons not parties to 
the suit, nor bar any person holding a decree against the defendant from 
applying for the sale of the property under attachment in execution of such decree. 
11. Property attached before judgment not to be re­attached in execution 
of decree .– Where property is under attachment by virtue of the provisions of 
this Order and a decree is subsequently passed in favour of the plaintiff, it shall 
not be necessary upon an application for execution of such decree to apply for a 
re­attachment of the property. 
12. Agricultural produce not attach able before judgment .– Nothing in this 
Order shall be deemed to authorize the plaintiff to apply for the attachment of any 
agricultural produce in the possession of an agriculturist, or to empower the Court 
to order the attachment or production of such produce. 
1
[13. Small Cause Court not to attach immoveable property .– Nothing in this 
order shall be deemed to empower any Court of Small Causes to make an 
order for the attachment of immovable property.] 
ORDER XXXIX 
Temporary Injunctions and Interlocutory Orders 
Temporary Injunctions 
1. Cases in which temporary injunction may be granted .– Where in any 
suit it is proved by affidavit or otherwise– 
(a) that any property in dispute in a suit is in danger of being wasted, 
damaged or alienated by any party to the suit, or wrongfully sold in 
execution of a decree, or 
(b) that the defendant threatens, or intends, to remove or dispose of his 
property with a view to defraud his creditors, 
the Court may by order grant a temporary injunction to restrain such act, or make 
such other order for the purpose of staying and preventing the wasting, 
damaging, alienation, sale, removal or disposition of the property as the Court 
thinks fit, until the disposal of the suit or until further orders. 
2. Injunction to restrain repetition or continuance of breach .– (1) In any 
suit for restraining the defendant from committing a breach of contract or other 
injury of any kind, whether compensation is claimed in the suit or not, the plaintiff 
may, at any time after the commencement of the suit, and either before or after 
judgment, apply to the Court for a temporary injunction to restrain the defendant 
from committing the breach of contract or injury complained of, or any breach of 
contract or injury of a like kind arising out of the same contract or relating to the 
same property or right. 
(2) The Court may by order grant such injunction, on such terms as 
to the duration of the injunction, keeping an account, giving security, or 
otherwise, as the Court thinks fit. 
2
[(3) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
(4) No attachment under this rule shall remain in force for more than one 
year, at the end of which time, if the disobedience or breach continues, the 
property attached may be sold, and out of the proceeds the Court may award 
such compensation as it thinks fit, and shall pay the balance, if any, to the party 
entitled thereto. 
3
[2A. An interim injunction passed under rules 1 or 2 in the absence of 
defendant shall not ordinarily exceed fifteen days: 
                                                
1Inserted by the Small Cause Courts (Attachment of Immovable Property) Act, 1926 (I of 1926), published in the Gazette of 
India, dated: 27 February 1926, p. 1, s. 4. 
2Omitted by the Notification No. 65/Legislation/XI -Y-26, dated: 26 March 2007; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore, 
published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 4 July 2007, pp. 16-18, r. 3. 
3Inserted by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 July 1994; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11. 
Provided that such injunction may be extended for failure of its service 
on the defendant when such failure is not attributable to the plaintiff or when 
the defendant seeks time for defence of application for injunction. 
1
[2B. * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *  ]] 
2
[2C. Consequence o f disobedience or breach of injunction .– (1) In case of 
disobedience of any injunction granted or other order made under rule 1 or 2 or 
breach of any of the terms on which the injunction was granted or the order made, 
the Court granting the injunction or m aking the order, or any Court to which the suit 
or proceeding is transferred, may order the property of the person guilty of such 
disobedience or breach to be attached, and may also order such person to be 
detained in the prison for a term not exceeding th ree months, unless in the 
meantime the Court directs his release.  
 (2) No attachment made under this rule shall remain in force for more 
than one year, at the end of which time, if the disobedience or breach continues, 
the property attached may be sold and  out of th is proceeds, the Court may award 
such compensation as it thinks fit to the injured party and shall pay the balance, if 
any, to the party entitled thereto.]  
3
[3. Before granting injunction Court to direct notice to opposite party .– 
The Court shall in all cases, before granting an injunction, direct notice of the 
application for the same to be given to the opposite party: 
4
[Provided that, except in the case of sale of goods for default in payment, at 
the stipulated time, of a debt in respect of which the goods were pledged with 
any bank, or where the injunction is to be granted against Government or a 
Government servant as such or any statutory authority, board or corporation set 
up or established by Government in any case not involving the ejectment of any 
person from, or the demolition of, any premises, the Court may, where it appears 
that the object of granting injunction would be defeated by the delay, dispense with 
such notice: 
Provided further that the period of notice under this rule to Government or 
a Government servant as such or any statutory authority, board or corporation set 
up or established by Government shall not be less than two days nor exceed 
seven days.] ] 
4. Order for injunction may be discharged, varied or set aside .– Any order 
for an injunction may be discharged, or varied, or set aside by the Court, on 
application made thereto by any party dissatisfied with such order. 
                                                
1Omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  was 
published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 20: It came into force on 1 November 
2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, 
dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
2Added by the Notification No. 65/Legislation/XI -Y-26, dated: 26 March 2007; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore, 
published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 4 July 2007, pp. 16-18, r. 3. 
3Substituted  by the Civil Procedure and Limita tion (Amendment) Ordinance, 1961 (IX of 1961); made by the President on 4 
March 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 6 March 1961, pp. 700-701, s. 2. 
4Substituted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 
April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
1
[4A. Injunction to cease to be in force after certain period .– An injunction 
granted by a Court in a suit which seeks to question the validity or legal effect of 
any order made, proceeding taken or act done by any authority or person, which 
has been made, taken or done, or purports to have been made, taken or done, 
under any law which is specified in Part I of the First Schedule to the 
Constitution or relates to, or is connected with, assessment or collection of public 
revenues shall cease to have effect on the expiration of a period of 
2
[one year]  
following the day on which it is made, unless the case is finally decided, or the 
injunction is discharged or set aside, by the Court earlier. 
Explanation.– In this rule, „public revenues‟ includes the dues of any bank 
owned by the Federal Government or of any corporation or undertaking owned or 
controlled by the Federal Government or a Provincial Government.] 
5. Injunction to corporation binding on its officers .– An injunction directed 
to a corporation is binding not only on the corporation itself, but also on all 
members and officers of the corporation whose personal action it seeks to 
restrain. 
Interlocutory Orders  
6. Power to order interim sale .– The Court may, on the application of any 
party to a suit, order the sale, by any person named in such order, and in such 
manner and on such terms as it thinks fit, of any movable property, being the 
subject­matter of such suit, or attached before judgment in such suit, which is 
subject to speedy and natural decay, or which for any other just and sufficient 
cause it may be desirable to have sold at once. 
7. Detention, preservation , inspection, etc., of subject­matter of suit .– (1) 
The Court may, on the application of any party to a suit, and on such terms as it 
thinks fit,– 
(a ) make an order for the detention, preservation or inspection of any 
property which is the subject­matter of such suit, or as to which any 
question may arise therein; 
(b ) for all or any of the purposes aforesaid authorize any person to 
enter upon or into any land or building in the possession of any other 
party to such suit; and 
(c) for all or any of the purposes aforesaid authorize any samples 
to be taken, or any observation to be made or experiment to be 
tried, which may seem necessary or expedient for the purpose of 
obtaining full information or evidence. 
(2) The provisions as to execution of process shall apply, mutatis 
mutandis, to persons authorized to enter under this rule. 
                                                
1Inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1976 (XV of 1976); assented to by the President on 15 April 1976; 
and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 19 April 1976, p. 229, s. 2. 
2Substituted for the words “six months” by the Notification No. 65/Legislation/XI -Y-26, dated: 26 March 2007; issued by the 
Lahore High Court, Lahore, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 4 July 2007, pp. 16 -18, r. 3. They were 
earlier substituted for the words “sixty days” by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1977 (XXV of 1977), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 13 July 1977, pp. 427-428, s. 2. 
8. Application for such orders to be after notice .– (1) An application by the 
plaintiff for an order under rule 6 or rule 7 may be made after notice to the 
defendant at any time after institution of the suit. 
(2) An application by the defendant for a like order may be made after 
notice to the plaintiff at any time after appearance. 
9. When party may be put in immediate possession of land the 
subject­matter of suit .– Where land paying revenue to Government, or a tenure 
liable to sale, is the subject­matter of a suit, if the party in possession of such 
land or tenure neglects to pay the Government revenue, or the rent due to the 
proprietor of the tenure, as the case may be, and such land or tenure is 
consequently ordered to be sold, any other party to the suit claiming to have an 
interest in such land or tenure may, upon payment of the revenue or rent due 
previously to the sale (and with or without security at the discretion of the Court), 
be put in immediate possession of the land or tenure;  
and the Court in its decree may award against the defaulter the amount 
so paid, with interest thereon at such rate as the Court thinks fit, or may charge 
the amount so paid, with interest thereon at such rate as the Court orders, in 
any adjustment of accounts which may be directed in the decree passed in the 
suit. 
10. Deposit of money, etc., in Court .– Where the subject­matter of a suit is 
money or some other thing capable of delivery and any party thereto admits that 
he holds such money or other thing as a trustee for another party, or that it 
belongs or is due to another party, the Court may order the same to be deposited 
in Court or delivered to such last­named party, with or without security, subject 
to the further direction of the Court. 
ORDER XL 
Appointment of Receivers 
1. Appointment of receivers .– (1) Where it appears to the Court to be just 
and convenient, the Court may by order– 
(a) appoint a receiver of any property, whether before or after decree; 
(b) remove any person from the possession or custody of the property; 
(c) commit the same to the possession, custody or management of the 
receiver; and 
(d) confer upon the receiver all such powers as to bringing and 
defending suits and for the realisation, management, protection, 
preservation and improvement of the property, the collection of the 
rents and profits thereof, the application and disposal of such rents 
and profits, and the execution of documents as the owner himself 
has, or such of those powers as the Court thinks fit. 
(2) Nothing in this rule shall authorize the Court to remove from the 
possession or custody of property any person whom any party to the suit has not 
a present right so to remove. 
2. Remuneration.– The Court may by general or special order fix the 
amount to be paid as remuneration for the services of the receiver. 
3. Duties.– Every receiver so appointed shall– 
(a) furnish such security (if any) as the Court thinks fit, duly to 
account for what he shall receive in respect of the property; 
(b) submit his accounts at such periods and in such form as the Court 
directs; 
(c) pay the amount due from him as the Court directs; and 
(d) be responsible for any loss occasioned to the property by his 
wilful default or gross negligence. 
4. Enforcement of receiver‟s duties .– Where a receiver– 
(a) fails to submit his accounts at such periods and in such form as the 
Court directs, or 
(b) fails to pay the amount due from him as the Court directs, or 
(c) occasions loss to the property by his wilful default or gross negligence,  
the Court may direct his property to be attached and may sell such property, 
and may apply the proceeds to make good any amount found to be due from him 
or any loss occasioned by him, and shall pay the balance (if any) to the receiver. 
5. When Collector may be appointed receiv er.– Where the property is land 
paying revenue to the Government, or land of which the revenue has been 
assigned or redeemed, and the Court considers that the interests of those 
concerned will be promoted by the management of the Collector, the Court may, 
with the consent of the Collector, appoint him to be receiver of such property. 
ORDER XLI 
Appeals from Original Decrees 
1. Form of appeal. What to accompany memorandum .– (1) Every appeal 
shall be preferred in the form of a memorandum signed by the appellant or his 
pleader and presented to the Court or to such officer as it appoints in this behalf. 
The memorandum shall be accompanied by a copy of the decree appealed from 
and (unless the Appellate Court dispenses therewith) of the judgment on which 
it is founded. 
1
[Provided that when two or more cases are tried together and decided by 
the same judgment, and two or more appeals are filed against the decree s, 
whether by the same or different appellants, the officer appointed in this behalf 
may, if satisfied that  the questions for decision are analogous in each appeal, 
dispense with the production of more than one copy of the judgment.]  
                                                
1Added by the Notification No. 631 -Gaz./XI.-Y.-1, dated: 7 December 1932; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; 
and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part -III, dated: 16 Decemb er 1932, pp. 2125 -
2126. 
(2) Contents of memorandum .– The memorandum shall set forth, 
concisely and under distinct heads, the grounds of objection to the decree 
appealed from without any argument or narrative; and such grounds shall be 
numbered consecutively. 
2. Grounds which may be taken in appeal .– The appellant shall not, except 
by leave of the Court, urge or be heard in support of any ground of objection not 
set forth in the memorandum of appeal; but the Appellate Court, in deciding the 
appeal, shall not be confined to the grounds of objection set forth in the 
memorandum of appeal or taken by leave of the Court under this rule: 
Provided that the Court shall not rest its decision on any other ground 
unless the party who may be affected thereby has had a sufficient opportunity of 
contesting the case on that ground. 
3. Rejection or amendment of memorandum .– (1) Where the memorandum 
of appeal is not drawn up in the manner hereinbefore prescribed, it may be 
rejected, or be returned to the appellant for the purpose of being amended within a 
time to be fixed by the Court or be amended then and there. 
(2) Where the Court rejects any memorandum, it shall record the reasons 
for such rejection. 
(3) Where a memorandum of appeal is amended, the Judge, or such 
officer as he appoints in this behalf, shall sign or initial the amendment. 
4. One of several plaintiffs or defendants may obtain reversal of whole 
decree where it proceeds on ground common to all .– Where there are more 
plaintiffs or more defendants than one in a suit, and the decree appealed from 
proceeds on any ground common to all the plaintiffs or to all the defendants, any 
one of the plaintiffs or of the defendants may appeal from the whole decree, 
and thereupon the Appellate Court may reverse or vary the decree in favour 
of all the plaintiffs or defendants, as the case may be. 
Stay of proceedings and of execution 
5. Stay by Appellate Court .– (1) An appeal shall not operate as a stay of 
proceedings under a decree or order appealed from except so far as the 
Appellate Court may order, nor shall execution of a decree be stayed by reason 
only of an appeal having been preferred from the decree; but the Appellate Court 
may for sufficient cause order stay of execution of such decree. 
(2) Stay by Court which passed the decree .– Where an application is 
made for stay of execution of an appealable decree before the expiration of the 
time allowed for appealing therefrom, the Court which passed the decree may on 
sufficient cause being shown order the execution to be stayed. 
(3) No order for stay of execution shall be made under sub­rule (1) or 
sub­rule (2) unless the Court making it is satisfied– 
(a) that substantial loss may result to the party applying for stay of 
execution unless the order is made; 
(b) that the application has been made without unreasonable delay; and 
(c) that security has been given by the applicant for the due 
performance of such decree or order as may ultimately be binding 
upon him. 
(4) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub­rule (3), the Court may 
make an ex parte order for stay of execution pending the hearing of the 
application. 
6. Security in case of order for execution of decree appealed from .– (1) 
Where an order is made for the execution of a decree from which an appeal is 
pending, the Court which passed the decree shall, on sufficient cause being 
shown by the appellant, require security to be taken for the restitution of any 
property which may be or has been taken in execution of the decree or for the 
payment of the value of such property and for the due performance of the decree 
or order of the Appellate Court, or the Appellate Court may for like cause direct 
the Court which passed the decree to take such security. 
(2) Where an order has been made for the sale of immovable property 
in execution of a decree, and an appeal is pending from such decree, the sale 
shall, on the application of the judgment­debtor to the Court which made the 
order, be stayed on such terms as to giving security or otherwise as the Court 
thinks fit until the appeal is dispose of. 
1
[7. No security to be required from the Government or a public officer in 
certain cases.– * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
8. Exercise of powers in appeal from order made in execution of decr ee.– 
The powers conferred by Rules 5 and 6 shall be exercisable where an appeal 
may be or has been preferred not from the decree but from an order made in 
execution of such decree[:]
2 
3
[Provided that, where such appeal has been preferred by the 
judgment­debtor, he shall be required, unless the Court is of opinion that prima 
facie the appeal is one which must succeed owing to an error apparent on the face 
of the record,– 
(a) in the case of a decree for the payment of money, to deposit the 
decretal amount or to furnish security for its payment; and 
(b) in the case of any other decree, to furnish security for the due 
performance of the decree.] 
Procedure on admission of appeal 
9. Registry of memorandum of appeal .– (1) Where a memorandum of 
appeal is admitted, the Appellate Court or the proper officer of that Court shall 
endorse thereon the date of presentation, and shall register the appeal in a book 
to be kept for the purpose. 
                                                
1Omitted by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India 
(Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
2Substituted for the “full stop ” by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
3Added ibid. 
(2) Register of Appeals .– Such book shall be called the Register of 
Appeals. 
10. Appellate Court may require appellant t o furnish security for costs .– (1) 
The Appellate Court may in its discretion, either before the respondent is called 
upon to appear and answer or afterwards on the application of the respondent, 
demand from the appellant security for the costs of the appeal, or of the original 
suit, or of both: 
Where appellant resides out of  
1
[Pakistan].– Provided that the Court shall 
demand such security in all cases in which the appellant is residing out of 
2
[ Pakistan] and is not possessed of any sufficient immovable property within 
3
[ Pakistan] other than the property (if any) to which the appeal relates. 
(2) Where such security is not furnished within such time as the Court 
orders, the Court shall reject the appeal. 
11. Power to dismiss appeal without sending notice to Lo wer Court .– (1) 
The Appellate Court, after sending for the record if it thinks fit so to do, and after 
fixing a day for hearing the appellant or his pleader and hearing him accordingly if 
he appears on that day, may dismiss the appeal without sending notice to the 
Court from whose decree the appeal is preferred and without serving notice 
on the respondent or his pleader. 
(2) If on the day fixed or any other day to which the hearing may be 
adjourned the appellant does not appear when the appeal is called on for 
hearing, the Court may make an order that the appeal be dismissed. 
(3) The dismissal of an appeal under this rule shall be notified to the 
Court from whose decree the appeal is preferred. 
12. Day for hearing appeal .– (1) Unless the Appellate Court dismisses the 
appeal under rule 11, it shall fix a day for hearing the appeal. 
(2) Such day shall be fixed with reference to the current business of 
the Court, the place of residence of the respondent, and the time necessary for 
the service of the notice of appeal, so as to allow the respondent sufficient time 
to appear and answer the appeal on such day. 
13. Appellate Court to give notice to Court whose decree appealed from .– 
(1) Where the appeal is not dismissed under rule 11, the Appellate Court shall 
send notice of the appeal to the Court from whose decree the appeal is 
preferred. 
(2) Transmission of papers to Appellate Court .– Where the appeal is 
from the decree of a Court, the records of which are not deposited in the 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “the Provinces and the Capital of the Federati on" by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 
1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came  into force on 14 October 1955. 
They were earlier substituted for the words “British India” by  the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 
(G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read 
with Article 4. 
2Ibid. 
3Ibid.  
Appellate Court, the Court receiving such notice shall send with all practicable 
despatch all material papers in the suit, or such papers as may be specially 
called for by the Appellate Court. 
(3) Copies of exhibits in Court whose decree appealed from. – Either 
party may apply in writing to the Court from whose decree the appeal is preferred, 
specifying any of the papers in such Court of which he requires copies to be 
made; and copies of such papers shall be made at the expense of, and given to, 
the applicant. 
14. Publication and service of notice of day for hearing appeal. – (1) Notice 
of the day fixed und er rule 12 shall be affixed in the Appellate Court­house; 
and a like notice shall be sent by the Appellate Court to the Court from whose 
decree the appeal is preferred, and shall be served on the respondent or on his 
pleader in the Appellate Court in the manner provided for the service on a 
defendant of a summons to appear and answer; and all the provisions applicable 
to such summons, and to proceedings with reference to the service thereof, shall 
apply to the service of such notice. 
(2) Appellate Court may itself cause notice to be served .– Instead of 
sending the notice to the Court from whose decree the appeal is preferred, the 
Appellate court may itself cause the notice to be served on the respondent or his 
pleader under the provisions above referred to. 
1
[(3) It shall be in the discretion of the Appellate Court to make an order, a t 
any stage of the appeal whether on the application of any party or on its own 
motion, dispensing with service of such notice on any respondent who did not 
appear, either at the hearing in the Court whose decree is complained of, or at any 
proceedings sub sequent to the decree of that Court, or on the legal representatives 
of any such respondent:  
Provided that– 
(a) the Court may require notice of the appeal to be published in any  
newspaper or newspapers or in such other manner as it may direct;  
(b) no such order shall preclude any such respondent or legal 
representative from appearing to contest the appeal.]  
15. Contents of notice .– The notice to the respondent shall declare that, if he 
does not appear in the Appellate Court on the day so fixed, the appeal will be 
heard ex parte. 
Procedure on hearing 
16. Right to begin .– (1) On the day fixed, or on any other day to which the 
hearing may be adjourned, the appellant shall be heard in support of the appeal. 
(2) The Court shall then, if it does not dismiss the appeal at once, hear 
the respondent against the appeal, and in such case the appellant shall be entitled 
to reply. 
                                                
1Inserted by the Notification No.319 -R-XI-Y-1,  dated: 13 November 1943; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; 
and, was published in the Punjab Gazette, Part-III, dated: 19 November 1943, p. 627. 
17. Dismissal of appeal for appellant‟s default .– (1) Where on the day fixed, 
or on any other day to which the hearing may be adjourned, the appellant does 
not appear when the appeal is called on for hearing, the Court may make an order 
that the appeal be dismissed. 
(2) Hearing appeal ex parte .– Where the appellant appears and the 
respondent does not appear, the appeal shall be heard ex parte. 
18. Dismissal of appeal where notice not served in consequence of 
appellant‟s failure to deposit costs .– Where on the day fixed, or on any other 
day to which the hearing may be adjourned, it is found that the notice to the 
respondent has not been served in consequence of the failure of the appellant 
to deposit, within the period fixed, the sum required to defray the cost of serving 
the notice, the Court may make an order that the appeal be dismissed: 
Provided that no such order shall be made although the notice has not 
been served upon the respondent, if on any such day the respondent appears 
when the appeal is called on for hearing. 
19. Re-admission of appeal dismissed for default .– 
1
[(1)] Where an appeal is 
dismissed under rule 11, sub­rule (2), or rule 17 or rule 18, the appellant may 
apply to the Appellate Court for the re­admission of the appeal; and where it is 
proved that he was prevented by any sufficient cause from appearing when the 
appeal was called on for hearing or from depositing the sum so required, the Court 
shall re­admit the appeal on such terms as to costs or otherwise as it thinks fit. 
2
[(2) The provisions of section 5 of the Limitation Act 1908 (IX of 
1908), shall apply to an application for re­admission of an appeal dismissed 
under sub­rule (2) of rule 11 or sub­rule (1) of rule 17.] 
20. Power to adjourn hearing and direct persons appearing interested to 
be made respondents .– Where it appears to the Court at the hearing that any 
person who was a party to the suit in the Court from whose decree the appeal is 
preferred, but who has not been made a party to the appeal, is interested in the 
result of the appeal, the Court may adjourn the hearing to a future day to be 
fixed by the Court and direct that such person be made a respondent. 
21. Re-hearing on application of respondent against whom ex parte decree 
made.– 
3
[(1)] Where an appeal is heard ex parte and judgment is pronounced 
against the respondent, he may apply to the Appellate Court to re­hear the 
appeal; and, if he satisfies the Court that the notice was not duly served or that he 
was prevented by sufficient cause from appearing when the appeal was called on 
for hearing, the Court shall re­hear the appeal on such terms as to costs or 
otherwise as it thinks fit to impose upon him. 
4
[(2) The provisions of section of 5 of the Limitation Act, 1908 (IX of 
1908), shall apply to applications under sub­rule (1).] 
                                                
1Renumbered  by the Code of  Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1989 (IV of 1990); assented to by the President on 4 January 
1990; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 8 January 1990, pp. 5-6,  s. 2. 
2Added ibid. 
3Re­numbered ibid. 
4Added ibid. 
22. Upon hearing, respondent may be object to decree as if he had 
preferred separate appeal .– (1) Any respondent, though he may not have 
appealed from any part of the decree, may not only support the decree on any 
of the grounds decided against him in the Court below, but take any cross­ 
objection to the decree which he could have taken by way of appeal, 
provided he has filed such objection in the Appellate Court within one month 
from the date of service on him or his pleader of notice of the day fixed for 
hearing the appeal, or within such further time as the Appellate Court may see fit 
to allow. 
(2) Form of objection and provisions applicable thereto .– Such 
cross­objection shall be in the form of a memorandum, and the provisions of rule 
1, so far as they relate to the form and contents of the memorandum of appeal, 
shall apply thereto. 
(3) Unless the respondent files with the objection a written 
acknowledgment from the party who may be affected by such objection or his 
pleader of having received a copy thereof, the Appellate Court shall cause a 
copy to be served, as soon as may be after the filing of the objection, on such 
party or his pleader at the expense of the respondent. 
(4) Where, in any case in which any respondent has under this rule 
filed a memorandum of objection, the original appeal is withdrawn or is 
dismissed for default, the objection so filed may nevertheless be heard and 
determined after such notice to the other parties as the Court thinks fit. 
(5) The provisions relating to pauper appeals shall, so far as they can be 
made applicable, apply to an objection under this rule. 
23. Remand of case by Appellate Court .– Where the Court from whose 
decree an appeal is preferred has disposed of the suit upon a preliminary point 
and the decree is reversed in appeal, the Appellate Court may, if it thinks fit, by 
order remand the case, and may further direct what issue or issues shall be tried 
in the case so remanded, and shall send a copy of its judgment and order to the 
Court from whose decree the appeal is preferred, with directions to re­admit the 
suit under its original number in the register of civil suits, and proceed to 
determine the suit; and the evidence (if any) recorded during the original trial 
shall, subject to all just exceptions, be evidence during the trial after remand. 
1
[23-A.  * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
24. Where evidence on record sufficient, Appellate Cou rt may determine 
case finally .– Where the evidence upon the record is sufficient to enable the 
Appellate Court to pronounce judgment, the Appellate Court may, after resettling 
the issues, if necessary, finally determine the suit, notwithstanding that the 
judgment of the court from whose decree the appeal is preferred has proceeded 
wholly upon some ground other than that on which the Appellate Court proceeds. 
                                                
1Omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  was 
published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 21: It came into force on 1 November 
2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, 
dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225 . It was earlier a dded by the Notification No. 216 -R-XI-Y.-I/XI-Y.-25, dated: 4  August 1938; 
issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was  published in the Government Gazette, Punjab, dated: 12 August 
1938, Part-III, p. 477. 
25. Where Appellate Court may frame issues and refer them for trial to 
Court whose decree appealed f rom.– Where the Court from whose decree the 
appeal is preferred has omitted to frame or try any issue, or to determine any 
question of fact, which appears to the Appellate Court essential to the right 
decision of the suit upon the merits, the Appellate Court may, if necessary, frame 
issues, and refer the same for trial to the Court from whose decree the appeal is 
preferred, and in such case shall direct such Court to take the additional evidence 
required; 
and such Court shall proceed to try such issues, and shall return the 
evidence to the Appellate Court together with its findings thereon and the reasons 
therefor. 
26. Findings and evidence to be put on record. – Objections to findings .– 
(1) Such evidence and findings shall form part of the record in the suit; and either 
party may, within a time to be fixed by the Appellate Court, present a 
memorandum of objections to any findings. 
(2) Determination of appeal .– After the expiration of the period so 
fixed for presenting such memorandum the Appellate Court shall proceed to 
determine the appeal. 
1
[27. Production of additional evidence in Appellate Court .– The Appellate 
Court, after recording reasons, allow the parties to an appeal to produce additional 
evidence, whether oral or documentary:  
(a) if the Court from whose decree the appeal has been preferred, has 
refused to admit evidence which ought to have been admitted; 
(b) the Appellate Court, on being satisfied that the additional evidence has 
been available but could not be produced before the trial Court for 
reasons beyond the control of the party seeking its production; or 
(c) the Appellate Court itself requires any such evidence so as to enable it 
to pronounce a judgment.] 
28. Mode of taking additional evi dence.– Wherever additional evidence is 
allowed to be produced, the Appellate Court may either take such evidence, or 
direct the Court from whose decree the appeal is preferred, or any other 
subordinate Court, to take such evidence and to send it when taken to the 
Appellate Court. 
29. Points to be defined and recorded .– Where additional evidence is 
directed or allowed to be taken, the Appellate Court shall specify the points to 
which the evidence is to be confined, and record on its proceedings the points so 
specified. 
Judgment in appeal  
30. Judgment when and where pronounced .– The Appellate Court, after 
hearing the parties or their pleaders and referring to any part of the 
                                                
1Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lah ore High Court, Lahore; and,  
was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 21: It came into force on 1 
November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, 
Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
proceedings, whether on appeal or in the Court from whose decree the appeal is 
preferred, to which reference may be  considered necessary, shall pronounce 
judgment in open Court, either at once or on some future day, of which notice 
shall be given to the parties or their pleaders. 
31. Contents, date and signature of judgment .– The judgment of the 
Appellate Court shall be in writing and shall state– 
(a) the points for determination; 
(b) the decision thereon; 
(c) the reasons for the decision; and 
(d) where the decree appealed from is reversed or varied, the relief to 
which the appellant is entitled; 
and shall at the time that it is pronounced be signed and dated by the Judge 
or by the Judges concurring therein. 
32. What judgment may direct .– The judgment may be for confirming, varying 
or reversing the decree from which the appeal is preferred, or, if the parties to the 
appeal agree as to the form which the decree in appeal shall take, or as to the 
order to be made in appeal, the Appellate Court may pass a decree or make an 
order accordingly. 
33. Power of Court of Appeal .– The Appellate Court shall have power to 
pass any decree and make any order which ought to have been passed or 
made and to pass or make such further or other decree or order as the case may 
require, and this power may be exercised by the Court no twithstanding that the 
appeal is as to part only of the decree and may be exercised in favour of all or 
any of the respondents or parties, although such respondents or parties may not 
have filed any appeal or objection. 
1
[Provided that the Appellate Court shall not make any order under section 
35A, in pursuance of any objection on which the Court from whose decree the 
appeal is preferred has omitted or refused to make such order.] 
Illustration 
A claims a sum of money as due to him form X or Y, and in a suit against 
both obtains a decree against X. X appeals and A and Y are respondents. The 
Appellate Court decides in favour of X. It has power to pass a decree against Y. 
34. Dissent to be recorded .– Where the appeal is heard by more Judges 
that one, any Judge dissenting from the judgment of the Court shall state in 
writing the decision or order which he thinks should be passed on the appeal, and 
he may state his reasons for the same. 
Decree in appeal 
35. Date and contents of decree .– (1) The decree of the Appellate Court shall 
bear date the day on which the judgment was pronounced. 
                                                
1Inserted by the Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1922 (IX of 1922), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 11 March 1922, 
p. 37, s. 4.  
(2) The decree shall contain the number of the appeal, the names and 
descriptions of the appellant and respondent, and a clear specification of the relief 
granted or other adjudication made. 
(3) The decree shall also state the amount of costs incurred in the 
appeal, and by whom, or out of what property, and in what proportions such costs 
and the costs in the suit are to be paid. 
(4) The decree shall be signed and dated by the Judge or Judges who 
passed it: 
Judge dissenting from judgment need not sign decree .– Provided that 
where there are more Judges than one and there is a difference of opinion 
among them, it shall not be necessary for any Judge dissenting from the 
judgment of the Court to sign the decree. 
1
[Provided also in the case of the High Court, that the Registrar, or such 
other officer as may be in charge of the Judicial Department from time to time, shall 
sign the decree on behalf of the Judge or Judge s who passed it , but that such 
Registrar, or such officer , shall not sign such decree on behalf of a dissenting 
Judge.] 
36. Copies of judgment and dec ree to be furnished to parties .– Certified 
copies of the judgment and decree in appeal shall be furnished to the parties on 
application to the Appellate Court and at their expense. 
37. Certified copy of decree to be sent to Court whose decree appealed 
from.– A copy of the judgment and of the decree, certified by the Appellate 
Court or such officer as it appoints in this behalf, shall be sent to the Court 
which passed the decree appealed from and shall be filed with the original 
proceedings in the suit, and an entry of the judgment of the Appellate Court shall 
be made in the register of civil suits. 
2
[38.(1) An ad dress for service filed under Order VII, Rule 19 , or Order VIII, Rule 
11, or subsequently altered under Order VII , Rule 24, or Order VIII , Rule 12, shall 
hold good during all appellate proceedings arising out of the original suit or petition.  
 
3
[(2) The notice of appeal and other processes connected with proceedings 
therein shall issue to the addresses mentioned in clause (1) above , and service 
effected at such addresses shall be as effective as if it had been made personally 
on the appellant or respondent, as the case may be. ] 
 (3) Rules 21, 22, 23, 24 and 25 of Order VII  shall apply, so far as may be, 
to appellate proceedings.]  
                                                
1Substituted by the Notification No. 20 -R/XI-Y-1, dated: 2 9 January 1937; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; 
and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 5 February 1937, Part -III, pp. 77 -78. It 
was earlier inserted by the Notification No. 135 -G, dated: 9 April 1 921; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, 
was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 15 April 1921, Part-III, p. 458. 
2Added by the Notification No. 567 -G, dated: 24 November 1927; issued by the High Court  of Judicature at Lahore; and, was 
published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 9 December 1927, Part-III, pp. 1588-1589. 
3Substituted by the Notification No. 20 -R/XI-Y-1, dated: 29 January 1937; issued by the High Court of Judic ature at Lahore; 
and, was published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 5 February 1937, Part-III, pp. 77-78. 
ORDER XLII 
Appeals from Appellate Decrees 
1. Procedure.– The rules of Order XLI shall apply, so far as may be, to 
appeals from Appellate decrees. 
1
[2. In addition to the copies specified in Order XLI, Rule 1, the memorandum of 
appeal shall be accompanied by a copy of the judgme nt of the Court of first 
instance, unless the appellate Court dispenses therewith.]   
ORDER XLIII 
Appeals from Orders 
1. Appeals from orders .– An appeal shall lie from the following orders under 
the provisions of section 104, namely:– 
2
[(a) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
(b) an order under rule 10 of Order VIII pronouncing judgment against a 
party; 
3
[(c) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
(d) an order under rule 13 of Order IX rejecting an application (in a case 
open to appeal) for an order to set aside a decree passed ex parte; 
4
[(e) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *    
(f) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *    
(g) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *    
(h) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *    
(i) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
5
[(ii) an order under rule 62 or rule 103 of Order XXI relating to the right, 
title or interest of the claimant or objector in attached property;] 
(j) an order under 
6
[* * *]  rule 92 of Order XXI setting aside or refusing to 
set aside a sale; 
                                                
1Substituted by the Notification No. 138 -G, dated: 19 March 1926; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and,  was 
published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 26 March 1926, Part-III, p. 264. It was earlier added 
by the Notification No. 4685-G, dated: 17 October 1919; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was published 
in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 24 October 1919, Part-III, p. 1426. 
2Omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  was 
published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 22: It came into force on 1 November 
2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, 
dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
3Ibid. 
4Ibid. 
5Added by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 
April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
6The expression “ rule 72 or ” was omitted  by the Notification No. 237/Legis/ XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the 
Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, r. 
22: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in 
the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
1
[(k) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *    
(l) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *    
(m) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *    
(n) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *    
(o) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
(p) orders in interpleader­suits under rule 3, rule 4 or rule 6 of Order 
XXXV; 
(q) an order under rule 2, rule 3 or rule 6 of Order XXXVIII; 
(r) an order under rule 1, rule 2, rule 4 or rule 10 of Order XXXIX; 
(s) an order under rule 1 or rule 4 of Order XL; 
(t) an order of refusal under rule 19 of Order XLI to re-admit, or under 
rule 21 of Order XLI to re­hear, an appeal; 
(u) an order under rule 23 
2
[or rule 23-A] of Order XLI remanding a case, 
where an appeal would lie from the decree of the Appellate Court; 
3
[(v) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
(w) an order under rule 4 of Order XLVII granting an application for review 
4
[:] 
5
[Provided that the appellant, while filing an appeal under this Order shall 
along with the memorand um of appeal, furnish copies of the pleadings, order sheet 
of the subordinate Court and all necessary documents. ] 
6
[2. Record of the trial Court .– It shall not be necessary for the Appellate 
Court to call for the record of the trial Court, unless it, for r easons to be 
recorded, requires the record for decision of the appeal. ] 
7
[3. Notice before presentation of appeal .–  * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
8
[4. Application of Rule 3 .– * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *  ] 
                                                
1Omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  was 
published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 22: It came into force on 1 November 
2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, 
dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
2Inserted by the Notification No. 216 -R-XI-Y.-I/XI-Y.-25, dated: 4 August 1938; issued by the High Court of Judicature at 
Lahore; and, was  published in the Government Gazette, Punjab, dated: 12 August 1938, Part-III, p. 477. 
3Omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and,  was 
published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 22: It came into force on 1 November 
2020 through Notification No. 250/ Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, 
dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
4Substituted for the “full-stop” ibid. 
5Inserted ibid. 
6Substituted ibid. 
7Omitted ibid. It was earlier added by the Code of Civil Proc edure (Amendment) Ordinance, 1980 (X of 1980), published in the 
Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 26 March 1980, s. 14. 
8Omitted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore; and, was 
published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270-286, r. 22: It came into force on 1 November 
1
[ORDER XLIV 
Pauper Appeals]  
ORDER XLV 
Appeals to the 
2
[SUPREME COURT] 
3
[1. “Decree” defined .– In this Order, unless there is something repugnant in 
the subject or context, the expression “decree” shall include a judgment or a final 
Order.] 
2. Application to Court whose decree complained of. – Whoever desires to 
appeal to 
4
[the Supreme Court] shall apply by petition to the Court whose decree is 
complained of. 
3. Certificate as to value or fitness .– 
5
[(1) A petition made under rule 2 
shall briefly state the grounds of appeal and pray for a certificate.] 
(2) Upon receipt of such petition, the Court shall direct notice to be 
served on the opposite party to show cause why the said certificate should not be 
granted 
6
[:] 
7
[Provided that no notice shall be directed to be served on or given to the 
opposite party or to the legal representative of a deceased opposite party in a 
case where such opposite party did not appear either at the hearing in the Court 
whose decree is complained of or at any proceedings subsequent to the decree 
of that Court.] 
8
[(3) The court may, if the opposite party in response to the notice 
issued under sub­rule (2) appears, after hearing both the parties, or if the 
opposite party does not appear in response to such notice, then after hearing the 
party making the petition, grant or refuse the certificate. 
                                                                                                                                                  
2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, 
dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
1Ibid., r.23. 
2Substituted for the words “King in Council” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the 
Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, 
was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the 
Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 
3Substituted by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order, 1975 ( P.O. No. 4 of 1975), published in Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435-467, Article 2 read with the Schedule. 
4Substituted for the words “His Majesty in Council” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961);  made by 
the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; 
and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with th e 
Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 
5Substituted by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order, 1975 (P.O. No. 4 of 1975), published in Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435-467, Article 2 read with the Schedule. 
6Substituted ibid., for the “full stop”. 
7Added ibid. 
8Ibid. 
(4) If on the date fixed for the hearing, the party making the petition 
does not appear and the opposite party appears in response to such notice or if 
both the parties do not appear on such date, the petition shall be dismissed.] 
4. Consolidation of suits .– For the purposes of pecuniary valuation, suits 
involving substantially the same questions for determination and decided by the 
same judgment may be consolidated: but suits decided by separate judgments 
shall not be consolidated, notwithstanding that they involve substantially the 
same questions for determination. 
5. Remission of dispute to Court of first instance .– In the event of any 
dispute arising between the parties as to the amount or value of the subject­matter 
of the suit in the Court of first instance, or as to the amount or value of the 
subject-matter in dispute on appeal to 
1
[the Supreme Court], the Court to which a 
petition for a certificate is made under rule 2 may, if it thinks fit, refer such dispute 
for report to the Court of first instance, which last­mentioned Court shall proceed 
to determine such amount or value and shall return its report together with the 
evidence to the Court by which the reference was made. 
2
[6. Effect of refusal of certificate.–  * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
7. Security and deposit required on grant of certificate .– (1) Where the 
certificate is granted, the applicant shall, within 
3
[ninety days or such further 
period, not exceeding sixty days, as the Court may upon cause shown allow] from 
the date of the decree complained of, or within six weeks from the date of the grant 
of the certificate, whichever is the later date– 
(a) furnish security 
4
[in cash or in Government securities] for the costs of 
the respondent, and 
(b) deposit the amount required to defray the expense of translating, 
transcribing, indexing 
5
[, printing] and transmitting to 
6
[the Supreme 
Court] a correct copy of the whole record of the suit, except– 
(1) formal documents directed to be excluded by any 
7
[Rule of the 
Supreme Court] in force for the time being; 
(2) papers which the parties agree to exclude; 
                                                
1Substituted  for  the words “His Majesty in Council” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by 
the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the S tate Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; 
and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the 
Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 
2Omitted by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order, 1975 (P.O. No. 4 of 1975), published in Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), 
dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435-467, Article 2 read with the Schedule. 
3Substituted for the words “six months” by the Indian Limitation and Code of Civil Procedure (A mendment) Act, 1920 (XXVI of 
1920), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 2 September 1920, s. 3. 
4Inserted ibid. 
5Inserted by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of 
President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 
March 1956. 
6Substituted ibid., for the words “His Majesty in Council”. 
7Substituted ibid., for the words “Order of His Majesty in Council” . 
(3) accounts, or portions of accounts, which the officer 
empowered by the Court for that purpose considers 
unnecessary, and which the parties have not specifically asked 
to be included; and 
(4) such other documents as the High Court may direct to be 
excluded. 
1
[Provided that the Court at the time of granting the certificate may, after 
hearing any opposite party who appears, order on the ground of special hardship 
that some other form of security may be furnished: 
Provided, further, that no adjournment shall be granted to an opposite party 
to contest the nature of such security.] 
2
[(2) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
8. Admission of appeal and procedure thereon .– Where such security has 
been furnished and deposit made to the satisfaction of the Court, the Court shall– 
(a) declare the appeal admitted, 
(b) give notice thereof to the respondent, 
(c) transmit to 
3
[the Supreme Court] under the seal of the Court a 
correct copy of the said record, except as aforesaid, and 
(d) give to either party one or more authenticated copies of any of the 
papers in the suit on his applying therefor and paying the reasonable 
expenses incurred in preparing them. 
9. Revocation of acceptance of security .– At any time before the admission 
of the appeal, the Court may, upon cause shown, revoke the acceptance of any 
such security, and make further directions thereon. 
4
[9A. Power to dispense with notices in case of deceased parties.–* * * *   ] 
10. Power to order further securi ty or payment .– Where at any time after 
the admission of an appeal but before the transmission of the copy of the 
record, except as aforesaid, to 
5
[the Supreme Court], such security appears 
inadequate,  
                                                
1Added by the Indian Limitation and Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1920 (XXVI of 1920), published in the Gazette 
of India, dated: 2 September 1920, s. 3. 
2Omitted by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of 
President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 
March 1956. 
3Substituted ibid., for the words “His Majesty in Council”. 
4Omitted by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order, 1975 (P.O. No. 4 of 1975), published in Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), 
dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Schedule. It was earlier inserted by the Indian Limitation and Code 
of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1920 (XXVI of 1920), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 2 September 1920, s. 4. 
5Substituted for the words “His Majesty in Council” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by 
the Minister exercising the functions of President under Arti cle 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; 
and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the 
Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 
or further payment is required for the purpose of translating, transcribing, 
printing, indexing or transmitting the copy of the record, except as aforesaid,  
the Court may order the appellant to furnish, within a time to be fixed by 
the Court, other and sufficient security, or to make, within like time, the required 
payment. 
11. Effect of failure to comply with order .– Where the appellant fails to 
comply with such order, the proceedings shall be stayed,   
and the appeal shall not proceed without an order in this behalf of 
1
[the 
Supreme Court],  
and in the meantime execution of the decree appealed from shall not be 
stayed. 
12. Refund of balance deposit .– When the copy of the record, except as 
aforesaid, has been transmitted to 
2
[the Supreme Court], the appellant may 
obtain a refund of the balance (if any) of the amount which he has deposited 
under rule 7. 
13. Powers of Court pending appeal .– (1) Notwithstanding the grant of a 
certificate for the admission of any appeal, the decree appealed from shall be 
unconditionally executed, unless the Court otherwise directs. 
(2) The Court may, if it thinks fit, on special cause shown by any party 
interested in the suit, or otherwise appearing to the Court,– 
(a) impound any moveable property in dispute or any part thereof, or 
(b) allow the decree appealed from to be executed, taking such security 
from the respondent as the Court thinks fit for the due performance 
of any order which 
3
[the Supreme Court] may make on the appeal, or 
(c) stay the execution of the decree appealed from, taking such 
security from the appellant as the Court thinks fit for the due 
performance of the decree appealed from, or of any order which 
4
[the Supreme Court] may make on the appeal, or 
(d) place any party seeking the assistance of the Court under such 
conditions or give such other direction respecting the subject­matter 
of the appeal, as it thinks fit, by the appointment of a receiver or 
otherwise. 
14. Increase of security found inadequate .– (1) Where at any time during 
the pendency of the appeal the security furnished by either party appears 
inadequate, the Court may, on the application of the other party, require further 
security. 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “His Majesty in Council” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by 
the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; 
and, was published in the G azette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the 
Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 
2Ibid. 
3Ibid. 
4Substituted ibid., for the words “King in Council”. 
(2) In default of such further security being furnished as required by the 
Court,– 
(a) if the original security was furnished by the appellant, the Court may, 
on the application of the respondent, execute the decree appealed 
from as if the appellant had furnished no such security; 
(b) if the original security was furnished by the respondent, the Court 
shall, so far as may be practicable, stay the further execution of the 
decree, and restore the parties to the position in which they 
respectively were when the security which appears inadequate 
was furnished, or give such direction respecting the subject­matter of 
the appeal as it thinks fit. 
15. Procedure to enforce orders of  
1
[the Supreme Court ].– (1) Whoever 
desires to obtain execution of any order of 
2
[the Supreme Court] shall apply by 
petition, accompanied by a certified copy of the decree passed or order made in 
appeal and sought to be executed, to the Court from which the appeal to 
3
[the 
Supreme Court] was preferred. 
(2) Such Court shall transmit the order of 
4
[the Supreme Court] to the 
Court which passed the first decree appealed from, or to such other Court as 
5
[the Supreme Court] by such order may direct, and shall (upon the application of 
either party) give such directions as may be required for the execution of the 
same; and the Court to which the said order is so transmitted shall execute it 
accordingly, in the manner and according to the provisions applicable to the 
execution of its original decrees. 
6
[(3) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
7
[(4) Unless 
8
[the Supreme Court] is pleased otherwise to direct, no order 
of 
9
[the Supreme Court] shall be inoperative on the ground that no notice has been 
served on or given to the legal representative of any deceased opposite party or 
deceased respondent in a case, where such opposite party or respondent did 
not appear either at the hearing in the Court whose decree was complained of or 
at any proceedings subsequent to the decree of that Court, but such order shall 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “King in Council” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the 
Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and,  
was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordina ry), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the 
Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 
2Ibid., for the words “His Majesty in Council”. 
3Ibid., for the words “His Majesty”. 
4Ibid., for the words “His Majesty in Council”. 
5Ibid. 
6Omitted by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary) dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345-475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. 
7Added by the Indian Limitation and Code of Civi l Procedure (Amendment) Act, 1920 (XXVI of 1920), published in the Gazette 
of India, dated: 2 September 1920, s. 5. 
8Substituted for the words  “His Majesty in Council” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by 
the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; 
and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the 
Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 
9Ibid. 
have the same force and effect as if it had been made before the death took 
place.] 
16. Appeal from order relating to execution .– The orders made by the Court 
which executes the order of 
1
[the Supreme Court], relating to such execution, shall 
be appealable in the same manner and subject to the same rules as the orders of 
such Court relating to the execution of its own decrees. 
2
[17. Appeals to Federal Court.–  * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
3
[ORDER XLV-A 
Execution of Orders of Supreme Court Federal Court 
1. (1) Whoever desires to obtain execution of an order of th e Supreme Court  
Federal Court made under subsection (2) of section 209 of the Government of India 
Act, 1935 , shall apply by petition, accompanied by a certified Copy of the Order 
sought to be executed, to the High Court from which the appeal to the  Supreme 
Court Federal Court was preferred. 
(2) The High Court shall transmit the order of the  Supreme Court  Federal 
Court to the Court which passed the first decree appealed from or to such other 
Court as the High Court may deem fit, and may give such directions as may be 
required for the execution of the same. The Court to which the said order is 
transmitted shall execute it accordingly , in the manner and according to the 
provisions applicable to the execution of its original decrees.  
2. The provisions of Rule 16  of Order XLV shall apply , mutatis mutandis , to the 
execution of decrees or orders for costs passed by the  Supreme Court  Federal 
Court in appeals from the High Court.]  
ORDER XLVI 
Reference 
1. Reference of question to High Court .– Where, before or on the hearing of 
a suit or an appeal in which the decree is not subject to appeal, or where, in the 
execution of any such decree, any question of law or usage having the force of 
law arises, on which the Court trying the suit or appeal, or executing the 
decree, entertains reasonable doubt, the Court may, either of its own motion or 
on the application of any of the parties, draw up a statement of the facts of the 
case and the point on which doubt is entertained, and refer such statement with 
its own opinion on the point for the decision of the High Court. 
                                                
1Substituted for the words  “His Majesty in Council” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by 
the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Orde r, 1959 on 21 January 1961; 
and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the 
Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 
2Omitted by the Federal Court Act, 1941 (XXI of 1941), pu blished in the Gazette of  India, dated: 29 November 1941, p. 
77, s. 2. It was earlier inserted by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette 
of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
3Inserted by the Notification No. 254 -R/XI-Y-26, dated: 13 December 1946; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; 
and, was published in the Punjab Gazette, Part -III, dated: 20 December 1946, p. 1011. and the Notifi cation dated:1 November 
1947. 
2. Court may pass decree contingent upon decision of High Court .– The 
Court may either stay the proceedings or proceed in the case notwithstanding 
such reference, and may pass a decree or make an order contingent upon the 
decision of the High Court on the point referred; 
but no decree or order shall be executed in any case in which such 
reference is made until the receipt of a copy of the judgment of the High Court 
upon the reference. 
3. Judgment of High Court to be transmitted, and case disposed of 
accordingly.– The High Court, after hearing the parties if they appear and desire 
to be heard, shall decide the point so referred, and shall transmit a copy of its 
judgment, under the signature of the Registrar, to the Court by which the 
reference was made; and such Court shall, on the receipt thereof, proceed to 
dispose of the case in conformity with the decision of the High Court. 
4. Costs of reference to High Court .– The costs (if any) consequent on a 
reference for the decision of the High Court shall be costs in the case. 
5. Power to alter, etc., decree of Court making reference .– Where a case is 
referred to the High Court under rule 1, the High Court may return the case for 
amendment, and may alter, cancel or set aside any decree or order which the 
Court making the reference has passed or made in the case out of which the 
reference arose, and make such order as it thinks fit. 
6. Power to refer to High Court questions as to jurisdiction in small 
causes.– (1) Where at any time before judgment a Court in which a suit has been 
instituted doubts whether the suit is cognizable by a Court of Small Causes or is 
not so cognizable, it may submit the record to the High Court with a statement of 
its reasons for the doubt as to the nature of the suit. 
(2) On receiving the record and statement, the High Court may order 
the Court either to proceed with the suit or to return the plaint for presentation to 
such other Court as it may in its order declare to be competent to take cognizance 
of the suit. 
7. Power to District C ourt to submit for revision proceedings had under 
mistake as to jurisdiction in small causes .– (1) Where it appears to a District 
Court that a Court subordinate thereto has, by reason of erroneously holding a 
suit to be cognizable by a Court of Small Causes or not to be so cognizable, failed 
to exercise a jurisdiction vested in it by law, or exercised a jurisdiction not so 
vested, the District Court may, and if required by a party shall, submit the record 
to the High Court with a statement of its reasons for considering the opinion of the 
subordinate Court with respect to the nature of the suit to be erroneous. 
(2) On receiving the record and statement the High Court may make 
such order in the case as it thinks fit. 
(3) With respect to any proceedings subsequent to decree in any case 
submitted to the High Court under this rule, the High Court may make such order 
as in the circumstance appears to it to be just and proper. 
(4) A Court subordinate to a District Court shall comply with any 
requisition which the District Court may make for any record or information for the 
purpose of this rule. 
ORDER XLVII  
Review 
1. Application for review of judgment .– (1) Any person considering himself 
aggrieved– 
(a) by a decree or order from which an appeal is allowed, but from 
which no appeal has been preferred, 
(b) by a decree or order from which no appeal is allowed, or 
(c) by a decision on a reference from a Court of Small Causes, 
and who, from the discovery of new and important matter or evidence 
which, after the exercise of due diligence, was not within his knowledge or could 
not be produced by him at the time when the decree was passed or order made, 
or on account of some mistake or error apparent on the face of the record, or for 
any other sufficient reason, desires to obtain a review of the decree passed or 
order made against him, may apply for a review of judgment to the Court which 
passed the decree or made the order. 
(2) A party who is not appealing from a decree or order may apply 
for a review of judgment notwithstanding the pendency of an appeal by some 
other party except where the ground of such appeal is common to the applicant 
and the appellant, or when, being respondent, he can present to the Appellate 
Court the case on which he applies for the review. 
1
[(3) No appl ication for review shall be entertained unless the person 
seeking review furnishes cash security of rupees five thousand. The security shall 
stand forfeited if the review petition is dismissed at the initial stage without notice to 
the opposite party. The amount deposited as security shall be paid to the opposite 
party if the review petition is dismissed after being contested. The provisions of this 
rule shall not apply where the applicant seeking review is a person who has been 
declared by a competent Cour t to be an undischarged insolvent or a pauper.]  
2. To whom applications for review may be made .– An application for 
review of a decree or order of a Court, not being a High Court, upon some 
ground other than the discovery of such new and important matter or evidence 
as is referred to in rule 1 or the existence of a clerical or arithmetical mistake or 
error apparent on the face of the decree, shall be made only to the Judge who 
passed the decree or made the order sought to be reviewed; but any such 
application may, if the Judge who passed the decree or made the order has 
ordered notice to issue under rule 4, sub­rule (2), proviso, (a) be disposed of by 
his successor. 
3. Form of applications for review .– The provisions as to the form of 
preferring appeals shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to applications for review. 
                                                
1Added by the Notification No. 49/Legis./XI-Y-26, dated: 28 February 2011; issued by the Lahore High Court, Lahore, published 
in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 22 February 2012, p. 532. 
4. Application where rejected .– (1) Where it appears to the Court that 
there is not sufficient ground for a review, it shall reject the application. 
(2) Application where granted .– Where the Court is of opinion that 
the application for review should be granted, it shall grant the same: 
Provided that– 
(a) no such application shall be granted without previous notice to the 
opposite party, to enable him to appear and be heard in support of 
the decree or order, a review of which is applied for: and 
(b) no such application shall be granted on the ground of discovery of 
new matter or evidence which the applicant alleges was not within his 
knowledge, or could not be adduced by him when the decree or 
order was passed or made, without strict proof of such allegation. 
5. Application for review in Court consisting of two or more Judges .– 
Where the Judge or Judges, or any one of the Judges, who passed the 
decree or made the order, a review of which is applied for, continues or 
continue attached to the Court at the time when the application for a review is 
presented, and is not or are not precluded by absence or other cause for a 
period of six months next after the application from considering the decree or order 
to which the application refers, such Judge or Judges or any of them shall hear 
the application, and no other Judge or Judges of the Court shall hear the same. 
6. Application where rejected .– (1) Where the application for a review is 
heard by more than one Judg e and the Court is equally divided, the application 
shall be rejected.  
(2) Where there is a majority, the decision shall be according to the 
opinion of the majority. 
7. Oder of rejection not appealable. – Objections to order granting 
application.– (1) An order of the Court rejecting the application shall not be 
appealable; but an order granting an application may be objected to on the ground 
that the application was– 
(a) in contravention of the provisions of rule 2, 
(b) in contravention of the provisions of rule 4, or 
(c) after the expiration of the period of limitation prescribed therefor 
and without sufficient cause. 
Such objection may be taken at once by an appeal from the order granting the 
application or in any appeal from the final decree or order passed or made in the 
suit. 
(2) Where the application has been rejected in consequence of the 
failure of the applicant to appear, he may apply for an order to have the rejected 
application restored to the file, and, where it is proved to the satisfaction of the  
Court that he was prevented by any sufficient cause from appearing when such 
application was called on for hearing, the Court shall order it to be restored to the 
file upon such terms as to costs or otherwise as it thinks fit, and shall appoint a 
day for hearing the same.  
(3) No order shall be made under sub­rule (2) unless notice of the 
application has been served on the opposite party. 
8. Registry of application granted, and order for re­hearing .– When an 
application for review is granted, a note thereof shall be made in the register and 
the Court may at once re­hear the case or make such order in regard to the 
re­hearing as it thinks fit. 
1
[9. Bar of certain applications .– (1) No application to review an order made 
on an application for  a review or a decree or order passed or made on a review 
shall be entertained. 
(2) Nothing in this Order shall apply to any judgment pronounced or 
order made by the Supreme Court.] 
ORDER XLVIII 
Miscellaneous 
1. Process to be served at expense of party issuing .– (1) Every process 
issued under this Code shall be served at the expense of the party on whose 
behalf it is issued, unless the Court otherwise directs. 
(2) Costs of service .– The court­fee chargeable for such service shall 
be paid within a time to be fixed before the process is issued. 
2. Orders and notices how served .– All orders, notices and other documents 
required by this Code to be given to or served on any person shall be served 
in the manner provided for the service of summons. 
3. Use of forms in appendices .– The forms given in the appendices, with 
such variation as the circumstances of each case may require, shall be used for 
the purposes therein mentioned. 
ORDER XLIX  
2
[*] High Courts 
1. Who may serve  processes of High Court .– Notice to produce 
documents, summonses to witnesses, and every other judicial process, issued in 
the exercise of the original civil jurisdiction of the High Court, and of its 
matrimonial, testamentary and intestate jurisdictions, except summonses to 
defendants, writs of execution and notices to respondents may be served by the 
attorneys in the suits, or by persons employed by them, or by such other 
persons as the High Court, by any rule or order, directs. 
2. Saving in respect of  
3
[*] High Courts.– Nothing in this schedule shall be 
deemed to limit or otherwise affect any rules in force at the commencement of 
                                                
1Substituted by the Federal  Adaptation of Laws Order, 1975 (P.O. No. 4 of 1975), published in Gazette of Pakistan 
(Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435-467, Article 2 read with the Schedule. 
2The word “CHARTERED” was omitted  by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by 
the President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725-845, 
s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
3The word “Chartered” omitted ibid. 
this Code for the taking of evidence or the recording of judgments and orders by a 
1
[*] High Court. 
3. Application of rules .– The following rules shall not apply to any 
2
[*] High 
Courts in the exercise of  its ordinary or extraordinary original civil jurisdiction, 
namely:– 
(1) rule 10 and rule 11, clauses (b) and (c), of Order VII; 
(2) rule 3 of Order X; 
(3) rule 2 of Order XVI; 
(4) rules 5,6,8,9,10,11,13,14,15 and 16 (so far as relates to the manner 
of taking evidence) of Order XVIII; 
(5) rules 1 to 8 of Order XX; and 
(6) rule 7 of Order XXXIII (so far as relates to the making of a 
memorandum); 
and rule 35 of Order XLI shall not apply to any such High Court in the exercise 
of its appellate jurisdiction. 
ORDER L 
Provincial Small Cause Courts 
1. Provincial Small Cause Courts .– The provisions hereinafter specified shall 
not extend to Courts constituted under the Provincial Small Causes Courts Act, 
1887
3
 
4
[ * * *  *  * * * * *],  or to Courts exercising the jurisdiction of a Court of 
Small Causes 
5
[under the said Act 
6
[* *] ], that is to say– 
(a) so much of this schedule as relates to– 
(i) suits excepted from the cognizance of a Court of Small 
Causes or the execution of decrees in such suits; 
(ii) the execution of decrees against immoveable property or the 
interest of a partner in partnership property; 
(iii) the settlement of issues; and 
(b) the following rules and Orders,– 
Order II, rule 1 (frame of suit); 
                                                
1The word “Chartered” was omitted  by the Central Laws (Statute Reform) Ordinance, 1960 (XXI of 1960); assented to by the 
President on 7 June 1960; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 9 June 1960, pp. 725 -845, s. 
3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 
2Ibid. 
3(IX of 1887). 
4The expression “or under the Berar Small Cause Courts Law, 1905” was omitted by the Adaptation of Central Acts and 
Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of  1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, 
pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. They were earlier inserted by the Berar Laws Act, 1941 (IV of 1941), published 
in the Gazette of India, dated: 22 March 1941, pp. 12-17, s. 2 read with the Third Schedule. 
5Substituted for the words “under that Act” by the Berar Laws Act, 1941 (IV of 1941), published in the Gazette of India, dated : 
22 March 1941, pp. 12-17, s. 2 read with the Third Schedule. 
6The words “ or Law ” were omitted by the by  the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order,  1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 
1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, Article 3 read with the 
Schedule. 
Order X, rule 3 (record of examination of parties); 
Order XV, except so much of rule 4 as provides for the 
pronouncement at once of judgment; 
Order XVIII, rules 5 to 12 (evidence); 
Order XLI to XLV (appeals); 
Order XLVII, rules 2,3,5,6,7 (review); 
Order LI. 
1
[ORDER LI 
Presidency Small Cause Courts] 
                                                
1Omitted by the by  the Adapt ation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the 
Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
 
APPENDIX A 
PLEADINGS. 
(1) TITLES OF SUITS. 
IN THE COURT OF 
A.B. (add description and residence) . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . Plaintiff, 
against 
C. D. (add description and residence)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Defendant. 
_________ 
 
(2) DESCRIPTION OF PARTIES IN PARTICULAR CASES. 
_________ 
 
1
[ 
2
[ 
3
[* * *] Pakistan ] or the Province of. . . . . . . ., as the case may be] 
_________ 
 
The Advocate General of 
_________ 
The Collector of 
_________ 
The State of 
_________ 
 
The A. B. Company, Limited, having its registered office at 
_________ 
 
A. B., a public officer of the C. D. Company. 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “The Secretary of State for India in Council”  by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) 
Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75 -344, Article 3 read with the First 
Schedule. 
2Substituted for the words “the Secretary of State or the Federation of India” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances 
Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223 -283, 
Article 3 read with the Schedule. same were substitut ed by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Act, 1951 (XXVI of 
1951), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 12 May 1951, pp. 340 -388, s. 4 read with the Third 
Schedule. 
3The words “the Federation of” were omitted by the Central  Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the 
Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and,  
was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24  January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the 
Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 
_________ 
A. B.  (add description and residence), on behalf of himself and all other 
creditors of C. D., late of (add description and residence). 
_________ 
 
A. B.  (add description and residence), on behalf of himself and all other 
holders of debentures issued by the Company, Limited. 
_________ 
 
The Official Receiver. 
_________ 
 
A. B., a  minor (add description and residence), by C. D. [or by the Court of 
Wards], his next friend. 
_________ 
 
A. B.  (add description and residence), a person of unsound mind [or of 
weak mind], by C. D., his next friend. 
_________ 
 
A. B., a firm carrying on business in partnership at 
_________ 
 
A. B. (add description and residence), by his constituted attorney C. D. 
(add description and residence). 
_________ 
 
A. B. (add description and residence), Shebait of Thakur 
_________ 
 
A. B. (add description and residence), executor of C. D., deceased. 
_________ 
 
A. B. (add description and residence), heir of C. D., deceased. 
 
 
 
(3) PLAINTS. 
No.  1. 
MONEY LENT. 
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. On the day of 19 , he lent the defendant rupees repayable on 
the day of . 
2. The defendant has not paid the same, except   rupees paid on the day 
of   19. 
[If the plaintiff claims exemption from any law of limitation, say:–] 
3. The plaintiff was a minor [or insane] from the  day of   till the  day 
of 
4. [Facts showing when the cause of action arose and that the Court has 
jurisdiction.] 
5. The value of the subject­matter of the suit for the purpose of jurisdiction is 
rupees and for the purpose of court­fee is rupees  . 
6. The plaintiff claims  rupees, with interest at  per cent from the           day 
of           19          . 
No. 2. 
MONEY OVERPAID. 
(Title.) 
A. B., the above-named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. On the          day of            19      , the plaintiff agreed to buy and the 
defendant agreed to sell bars of silver at annas per tola of fine silver. 
2. The plaintiff procured the said bars to be assayed by E. F., who was paid 
by the defendant for such assay, and E. F. declared each of the bars to contain 
1,500 tolas of fine silver, and the plaintiff accordingly paid the defendant     rupees. 
3. Each of the said bars contained only 1,200 tolas of fine silver, of which fact 
the plaintiff was ignorant when he made the payment. 
4. The defendant has not repaid the sum so overpaid. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1 and Relief claimed.] 
 
No. 3. 
GOODS SOLD AT A FIXED PRICE AND DELIVERED. 
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. On the          day of          19          ,E. F. sold and delivered to the defendant 
[one hundred barrels of flour, or the goods mentioned in the schedule hereto 
annexed, or sundry goods]. 
2. The defendant promised to pay           rupees for the said goods on delivery 
[or on the          ,day of          ,some day before the plaint was filed]. 
3. He has not paid the same. 
4. E. F. died on the          day of          19          .By his last will he appointed his 
brother, the plaintiff, his executor. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.] 
7. The plaintiff as executor of E. F. claims [Relief claimed]. 
 
No. 4. 
GOODS SOLD AT A REASONABLE PRICE AND DELIVERED.  
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. On the          day of          19          ,plaintiff sold and delivered to the 
defendant [sundry articles of house­furniture], but no express agreement was made 
as to the price. 
2. The goods were reasonably worth           rupees. 
3. The defendant has not paid the money. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1 and Relief claimed.] 
 
No. 5. 
GOODS MADE AT DEFENDANT'S REQUEST, AND NOT ACCEPTED.  
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. On the          day of          19          ,E. F. agreed with the plaintiff that the 
plaintiff should make for him [six tables and fifty chairs], and that E. F. should pay 
for the goods on delivery          rupees. 
2. The plaintiff made the goods, and on the          day of          19           offered 
to deliver them to E. F., and has ever since been ready and willing so to do. 
3. E. F. has not accepted the goods or paid for them. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.] 
 
No. 6. 
DEFICIENCY UPON A RE­SALE [GOODS AT AUCTION].  
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. On the          day of          19          ,the plaintiff put up at auction sundry 
[goods], subject to the condition that all goods not paid for and removed by the 
purchaser within [ten days] after the sale should be re­sold by auction on his 
account, of which condition the defendant had notice. 
2. The defendant purchased [one crate of crockery] at the auction at the price 
of          rupees. 
3. The plaintiff was ready and willing to deliver the goods to the defendant on 
the date of the sale and for [ten days] after. 
4. The defendant did not take away the goods purchased by him, nor pay 
for them within [ten days] after the sale, nor afterwards. 
5. On the           day of           19          ,the plaintiff re­sold the [crate of 
crockery], on account of the defendant, by public auction, for           rupees. 
6. The expenses attendant upon such re­sale amounted to           rupees. 
7. The defendant has not paid the deficiency thus arising amounting to  rupees. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.] 
 
No. 7. 
SERVICES AT A REASONABLE RATE.  
(Title.) 
A. B., the above-named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. Between the          day of          19          ,and the           day of           19          
, at          ,plaintiff [executed sundry drawings, designs and diagrams] for the 
defendant, at his request: but no express agreement was made as to the sum to 
be paid for such services. 
2. The services were reasonably worth rupees. 
3. The defendant has not paid the money. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.] 
 
No. 8. 
SERVICES AND MATERIALS AT A REASONABLE COST. 
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. On the          day of           19          , at          , the plaintiff built a house [known 
as No.           , in          ], and furnished, the materials therefor, for the defendant, at 
his request, but no express agreement was made as to the amount to be paid for 
such work and materials. 
2. The work done and materials supplied were reasonably worth            
rupees. 
3. The defendant has not paid the money. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.] 
 
No. 9. 
USE AND OCCUPATION.  
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, executor of the will of X. Y. deceased, states as 
follows:– 
1. That the defendant occupied the [house No.           ,           Street], by 
permission of the said X. Y. from theday of          19          , until the        day of        
19          , and no agreement was made as to payment for the use of the said 
premises. 
2. That the use of the said premises for the said period was reasonably worth
 rupees. 
3. The defendant has not paid the money. 
[As in paras. 4 & 5 of Form No. 1.] 
4. The plaintiff as executor of X. Y. claims [Relief claimed]. 
 
No. 10. 
ON AN AWARD.  
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. On the           day of          19          ,the plaintiff and defendant, having a 
difference between them concerning [a demand of the plaintiff for the price of ten 
barrels of oil, which the defendant refused to pay], agreed in writing to submit the 
difference to the arbitration of E. F. and G.H., and the original document is annexed 
hereto. 
2. On the           day of           19          ,the arbitrators awarded that the 
defendant should [pay the plaintiff          rupees]. 
3. The defendant has not paid the money. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1 and Relief claimed.] 
 
No. 11. 
ON A FOREIGN JUDGMENT.  
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. On the           day of           19          , at                    in          the State [or 
Kingdom], of           ,the                    Court of that State [or Kingdom], in a suit 
therein pending between the plaintiff and defendant, duly adjudged that the 
defendant should pay to the plaintiff         rupees, with interest from the said date. 
2. The defendant has not paid the money. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No 1, and Relief claimed.] 
 
No. 12. 
AGAINST SURETY FOR PAYMENT OF RENT.  
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. On the          day of          19          ,E. F. hired from the plaintiff for the term 
of                 years, the [house No.                    ,                   Street], at the annual 
rent of           rupees, payable [monthly]. 
2. The defendant agreed, in consideration of the letting of the premises to 
E. F., to guarantee the punctual payment of the rent. 
3. The rent for the month of          19          , amounting to         rupees, has 
not been paid. 
[If, by the terms of the agreement, notice is required to be given to the surety,
 add:–] 
4. On the           day of           19          , the plaintiff gave notice to the 
defendant of the non­payment of the rent, and demanded payment thereof. 
5. The defendant has not paid the same. 
[As in paras. 4 & 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.] 
 
No. 13. 
BREACH OF AGREEMENT TO PURCHASE LAND. 
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. On the           day of           19          , the plaintiff and defendant entered 
into an agreement, and the original document is hereto annexed. 
[Or, On the                day of                19                 , the plaintiff and 
defendant mutually agreed that the plaintiff should sell to the defendant and that 
the defendant should purchase from the plaintiff forty bighas of land in the village 
of                   for        rupees]. 
2. On the          day of          19          , the plaintiff, being then the absolute 
owner of the property [and the same being free from incumbrances as was 
made to appear to the defendant], tendered to the defendant a sufficient 
instrument of transfer of the same [or, was ready and willing, and is still ready 
and willing, and offered, to transfer the same to the defendant by a sufficient 
instrument] on the payment by the defendant of the sum agreed upon. 
3. The defendant has not paid the money. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.] 
 
 
No. 14. 
NOT DELIVERING GOODS SOLD.  
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:_ 
1. On the          day of          19          , the plaintiff and defendant mutually 
agreed that the defendant should deliver [one hundred barrels of flour] to the 
plaintiff on the          day of          19          , and that the plaintiff  should  pay 
therefor           rupees on delivery. 
2. On the [said] day the plaintiff was ready and willing, and offered, to pay the 
defendant the said sum upon delivery of the goods. 
3. The defendant has not delivered the goods, and the plaintiff has been 
deprived of the profits which would have accrued to him from such delivery. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.] 
 
No. 15. 
WRONGFUL DISMISSAL.  
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. On the          day of         19          , the plaintiff and defendant mutually 
agreed that the plaintiff should serve the defendant as [an accountant, or in the 
capacity of foreman, or as the case may be], and that the defendant should 
employ the plaintiff as such for the term of [one year] and pay him for his 
services          rupees (monthly). 
2. On the         day of          19          , the plaintiff entered upon the service of 
the defendant and has ever since been, and still is, ready and willing to continue 
in such service during the remainder of the said year whereof the defendant 
always has had notice. 
3. On the        day of         19          , the defendant wrongfully discharged the 
plaintiff, and refused to permit him to serve as aforesaid, or to pay him for his 
services. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.] 
 
No. 16. 
BREACH OF CONTRACT TO SERVE.  
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. On the                  day of                19          , the plaintiff and defendant 
mutually agreed that the plaintiff should employ the defendant at an [annual] 
salary of          rupees, and that the defendant should serve the plaintiff as [an 
artist] for the term of [one year]. 
2. The plaintiff has always been ready and willing to perform his part of the 
agreement [and on the         day of         19          , offered so to do]. 
3. The defendant [entered upon] the service of the plaintiff on the above-
mentioned day, but afterwards, on the         day of          19           , he refused to 
serve the plaintiff as aforesaid. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.] 
 
No. 17. 
AGAINST A BUILDER FOR DEFECTIVE WORKMANSHIP. 
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. On the         day of         19          , the plaintiff and defendant entered into 
an agreement, and the original document is hereto annexed. [Or state the tenor of 
the contract.] 
[2. The plaintiff duly performed all the conditions of the agreement on his part.] 
3. The defendant [built the house referred to in the agreement in a bad 
and unworkmanlike manner]. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.] 
 
No. 18. 
ON A BOND FOR THE FIDELITY OF A CLERK.  
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. On the         day of         19          , the plaintiff took E. F. into his employment 
as a clerk. 
2. In consideration thereof, on the         day of          19          , the 
defendant agreed with the plaintiff that if E. F. should not faithfully perform his 
duties as a clerk to the plaintiff, or should fail to account to the plaintiff for all 
monies, evidences of debt or other property received by him for the use of the 
plaintiff, the defendant would pay to the plaintiff whatever loss he might sustain 
by reason thereof, not exceeding          rupees. 
[Or, 2. In consideration thereof, the defendant by his bond of the same date 
bound himself to pay the plaintiff the penal sum of          rupees, subject to the 
condition that if E. F. should faithfully perform his duties as clerk and cashier to 
the plaintiff and should justly account to the plaintiff for all monies, evidences of 
debt or other property which should be at any time held by him in trust for the 
plaintiff, the bond should be void.] 
[Or, 2. In consideration thereof, on the same date the defendant executed a 
bond in favour of the plaintiff, and the original document is hereto annexed.] 
3. Between the          day of         19          and the          day of          19          E. 
F. received money and other property, amounting to the value of          rupees, for 
the use of the plaintiff, for which sum he has not accounted to him, and the same 
still remains due and unpaid. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.] 
 
No. 19. 
BY TENANT AGAINST LANDLORD, WITH SPECIAL DAMAGE.  
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. On the         day of         19          , the defendant, by a registered 
instrument, let to the plaintiff [the house No.         ,           Street] for the term of         
years, contracting with the plaintiff, that he, the plaintiff, and his legal 
representatives should quietly enjoy possession thereof for the said term. 
2. All conditions were fulfilled and all things happened necessary to entitle the 
plaintiff to maintain his suit. 
3. On the         day of          during the said term, E. F., who was the lawful 
owner of the said house, lawfully evicted the plaintiff therefrom, and still withholds 
the possession thereof from him. 
4. The plaintiff was thereby [prevented from continuing the business of a 
tailor at the said place, was compelled to expend           rupees in moving, and 
lost the custom of G. H. and I. J. by such removal]. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.] 
 
No. 20. 
ON AN AGREEMENT OF INDEMNITY. 
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as fellows:– 
1. On the         day of         19          , the plaintiff and defendant, being partners 
in trade under the style of A. B. and C. D., dissolved the partnership, and mutually 
agreed that the defendant should take and keep all the partnership property, pay 
all debts of the firm and indemnify the plaintiff against all claims that might be 
made upon him on account of any indebtedness of the firm. 
2. The plaintiff duly performed all the conditions of the agreement on his part. 
3. On the         day of         19          , [a judgment was recovered against the 
plaintiff and defendant by E. F., in the High Court of Judicature at         , upon a 
debt due from the firm to E. F., and on the         day of         19          ,] the 
plaintiff paid         rupees [in satisfaction of the same]. 
4. The defendant has not paid the same to the plaintiff. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.] 
 
 
No. 21. 
PROCURING PROPERTY BY FRAUD.  
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. On the         day of         19          , the defendant, for the purpose of 
inducing the plaintiff to sell him certain goods, represented to the plaintiff that [he 
the defendant, was solvent, and worth           rupees over all his liabilities.] 
2. The plaintiff was thereby induced to sell [and deliver] to the defendant, [dry 
goods] of the value of          rupees. 
3. The said representations were false [or, state the particular falsehoods] and 
were then known by the defendant to be so. 
4. The defendant has not paid for the goods. [Or, if the goods were not 
delivered]. The plaintiff, in preparing and shipping the goods and procuring their 
restoration, expended          rupees. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.] 
 
No. 22. 
FRAUDULENTLY PROCURING CREDIT TO BE GIVEN TO ANOTHER 
PERSON. 
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. On the         day of         19           , the defendant represented to the plaintiff 
that E. F. was solvent and in good credit, and worth          rupees over all his 
liabilities [or, that E. F. then held a responsible situation and was in good 
circumstances, and might safely be trusted with goods on credit]. 
2. The plaintiff was thereby induced to sell to E. F. [rice] of the value of    
rupees [on          months credit]. 
3. The said representations were false and were then known by the 
defendant to be so, and were made by him with intent to deceive and defraud the 
plaintiff [or, to deceive and injure the plaintiff]. 
4. E. F. [did not pay for the said goods at the expiration of the credit aforesaid, 
or] has not paid for the said rice, and the plaintiff has wholly lost the same. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.] 
 
No.  23. 
POLLUTING THE WATER UNDER THE PLAINTIFF'S LAND  
(Title.) 
A. B., the above-named plaintiff, states as follows:_ 
1. The plaintiff is, and at all the times hereinafter mentioned was, possessed 
of certain land called                   and situate in         , and of a well therein, and of 
water in the well, and was entitled to the use and benefit of the well and of the 
water therein, and to have certain springs and streams of water which flowed and 
ran into the well to supply the same to flow or run without being fouled or polluted. 
2. On the           day of         19           , the defendant wrongfully fouled and 
polluted the well and the water therein and the springs and streams of water 
which flowed into the well. 
3. In consequence the water in the well became impure and unfit for domestic 
and other necessary purposes, and the plaintiff and his family are deprived of the 
use and benefit of the well and water. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.] 
 
No.  24. 
CARRYING ON A NOXIOUS MANUFACTURE.  
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. The plaintiff is, and at all the times hereinafter mentioned was, possessed of 
certain lands called          , situate in          . 
2. Ever since the         day of          19           , the defendant has wrongfully 
caused to issue from certain smelting works carried on by the defendant large 
quantities of offensive and unwholesome smoke and other vapours and noxious 
matter, which spread themselves over and upon the said lands, and 
corrupted the air, and settled on the surface of the lands. 
3. Thereby the trees, hedges, herbage and crops of the plaintiff growing on the 
lands were damaged and deteriorated in value, and the cattle and live­stock of 
the plaintiff on the lands became unhealthy, and many of them were poisoned and 
died. 
4. The plaintiff was unable to graze the lands with cattle and sheep as he 
otherwise might have done, and was obliged to remove his cattle, sheep and 
farming­stock therefrom, and has been prevented from having so beneficial 
and healthy a use and occupation of the lands as he otherwise would have had. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.] 
 
No.  25. 
OBSTRUCTING A RIGHT OF WAY. 
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. The plaintiff is, and at the time hereinafter mentioned was, possessed of [a 
house in the village of                           ].  
2. He was entitled to a right of way from the [house] over a certain field to a 
public highway and back again from the highway over the field to the house, for 
himself and his servants [with vehicles, or on foot] at all times of the year. 
3. On the           day of          19         , defendant wrongfully obstructed the 
said way, so that the plaintiff could not pass [with vehicles, or on foot, or in 
any manner] along the way [and has ever since wrongfully obstructed the 
same]. 
4. (State special damage if any.) 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.] 
                            
No.  26. 
OBSTRUCTING A HIGHWAY. 
(Title.) 
1. The defendant wrongfully dug a trench and heaped up earth and stones 
in the public highway leading from                   to                   so as to obstruct it. 
2. Thereby the plaintiff, while lawfully passing along the said highway, fell over 
the said earth and stones [or into the said trench] and broke his arm, and 
suffered great pain, and was prevented from attending to his business for a long 
time, and incurred expense for medical attendance. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.] 
                            
No.  27. 
DIVERTING A WATER­COURSE.  
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. The plaintiff is, and at the time hereinafter mentioned was, possessed of 
a mill situated on a [stream] known as the                   , in the village of                   , 
district of                  . 
2. By reason of such possession the plaintiff was entitled to the flow of the 
stream for working the mill. 
3. On the           day of           19         , the defendant, by cutting the bank 
of the stream, wrongfully diverted the water thereof, so that less water ran into the 
plaintiff's mill. 
4. By reason thereof the plaintiff has been unable to grind more than           
sacks per day, whereas, before the said diversion of water, he was able to grind  
sacks per day. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.] 
 
No.  28. 
OBSTRUCTING A RIGHT TO USE WATER FOR IRRIGATION.  
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. Plaintiff is, and was at the time hereinafter mentioned, possessed of 
certain lands situate, etc., and entitled to take and use a portion of the water of a 
certain stream for irrigating the said lands. 
2. On the          day of       19         , the defendant prevented the plaintiff 
from taking and using the said portion of the said water as aforesaid, by wrongfully 
obstructing and diverting the said stream. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.] 
                   
No.  29. 
INJURIES CAUSED BY NEGLIGENCE ON A RAILROAD. 
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. On the        day of         19       ,the defendants were common carriers of 
passengers by railway between              and                  . 
2. On that day the plaintiff was a passenger in one of the carriages of the 
defendants on the said railway. 
3. While he was such passenger, at           [or near the station of           or 
between the stations of                   and                    ], a collision occurred on 
the said railway, caused by the negligence and unskilfulness of the 
defendants' servants, whereby the plaintiff was much injured [having his leg 
broken, his head cut, etc., and state the special damage, if any, as], and 
incurred expense for medical attendance, and is permanently disabled from 
carrying on his former business as [a salesman]. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.] 
[Or thus:– 2. On that day the defendants by their servants so negligently 
and unskillfully drove and managed an engine and a train of carriages attached 
thereto upon and along the defendants' railway which the plaintiff was then 
lawfully crossing, that the said engine and train were driven and struck against 
the plaintiff, whereby, etc., as in para. 3.] 
 
No.  30. 
INJURIES CAUSED BY NEGLIGENT DRIVING. 
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:_ 
1. The plaintiff is a shoemaker, carrying on business at         . The 
defendant is a merchant of               . 
2. On the          day of         , 19          , the plaintiff was walking 
1
[westward] 
along 
2
[Bunder Road], in the City of 
3
[Karachi], at about 3 o'clock in the afternoon. 
He was obliged to cross 
4
[Wood Street], which is a street running into 
5
[Bunder 
Road] at right angles. While he was crossing this street, and just before he could 
reach the foot­pavement on the further side thereof, a carriage of the 
defendant's, drawn by two horses under the charge and control of the 
defendant's servants, was negligently, suddenly and without any warning turned 
at a rapid and dangerous pace out of 
6
[Wood Street] into 
7
[Bunder Road]. The pole 
of the carriage struck the plaintiff and knocked him down, and he was much 
trampled by the horses. 
3. By the blow and fall and trampling the plaintiff's left arm was broken and 
he was bruised and injured on the side and back, as well as internally, and in 
consequence thereof the plaintiff was for four months ill and in suffering, and 
unable to attend to his business, and incurred heavy medical and other expenses, 
and sustained great loss of business and profits. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.] 
No. 31. 
FOR MALICIOUS PROSECUTION.  
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. On the         d ay of         19         ,  the defendant obtained a warrant of 
arrest from                  [a Magistrate of the said city, or as the case may be] on a 
charge of                   , and the plaintiff was arrested thereon, and imprisoned for    
[days, or hours, and gave bail in the sum of                  rupees to obtain his release]. 
2. In so doing the defendant acted maliciously and without reasonable or 
probable cause. 
3. On the         day of         19         ,  the Magistrate dismissed the complaint 
of the defendant and acquitted the plaintiff. 
4. Many persons, whose names are unknown to the plaintiff, hearing of the 
arrest, and supposing the plaintiff to be a criminal, have ceased to do business 
with him; or, in consequence of the said arrest, the plaintiff lost his situation as 
clerk to one E. F.; or in consequence the plaintiff suffered pain of body and mind, 
and was prevented from transacting his business, and was injured in his credit, 
and incurred expense in obtaining his release from the said imprisonment and in 
defending himself against the said complaint. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1, and Relief claimed.] 
                                                
1Substituted for the word “southward” by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Act, 1951 (XXVI of 1951), published in 
the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 12 May 1951, pp. 340-388, s. 4 read with the Third Schedule. 
2Ibid., for the word “Chowringhee”. 
3Ibid., for the word “Calcutta”. 
4Ibid., for the words “Middleton Street”. 
5Ibid., for the word “Chowringhee”. 
6Ibid., for the words Middleton Street”. 
7Ibid., for the word “Chowringhee”. 
No. 32. 
MOVEABLES WRONGFULLY DETAINED. 
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:_ 
1. On the         day of           19         , plaintiff owned [or state facts showing a 
right to the possession] the goods mentioned in the schedule hereto annexed [or 
describe the goods], the estimated value of which is          rupees. 
2. From that day until the commencement of this suit the defendant has 
detained the same from the plaintiff. 
3. Before the commencement of the suit, to wit on the         day of          19         
the plaintiff demanded the same from the defendant, but he refused to deliver them. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.] 
6. The plaintiff claims– 
(1) delivery of the said goods, or          rupees, in case delivery cannot be 
had; 
(2) rupees compensation for the detention thereof. 
 
The Schedule. 
 
No. 33. 
AGAINST A FRAUDULENT PURCHASER AND HIS TRANSFEREE WITH 
NOTICE.  
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. On the         day of          19         , the defendant C. D., for the purpose of 
inducing the plaintiff to sell him certain goods, represented to the plaintiff that [he 
was solvent, and worth          rupees over all his liabilities]. 
2. The plaintiff was hereby induced to sell and deliver to C. D., [one hundred 
boxes of tea], the estimated value of which is         rupees. 
3. The said representations were false, and were then known by C. D. to be 
so, [or, at the time of making the said representations, C. D. was insolvent, and 
knew himself to be so]. 
4. C. D. afterwards transferred the said goods to the defendant E. F. without 
consideration [or who had notice of the falsity of the representation]. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.] 
7. The plaintiff claims–          
(1) delivery of the said goods, or                   rupees, in case delivery 
cannot be had; 
(2) rupees compensation for the detention thereof. 
No. 34. 
RESCISSION OF A CONTRACT ON THE GROUND OF MISTAKE.  
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. On the          day of          19          , the defendant represented to the 
plaintiff that a certain piece of ground belonging to the defendant, situated at         ,  
contained [ten bighas]. 
2. The plaintiff was thereby induced to purchase the same at the price of  
rupees in the belief that the said representation was true, and signed an 
agreement, of which the original is hereto annexed. But the land has not been 
transferred to him. 
3. On the         day of           19           the plaintiff paid the defendant  
rupees as part of the purchase­money. 
4. That the said piece of ground contained in fact only [five bighas]. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.] 
7. The plaintiff claims–          
(1) rupees, with interest from the       day of      19          ; 
(2) that the said agreement be delivered up and cancelled. 
 
No. 35. 
AN INJUNCTION RESTRAINING WASTE. 
(Title.) 
A. B., the above-named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. The plaintiff is the absolute owner of [describe the property]. 
2. The defendant is in possession of the same under a lease from the plaintiff. 
3. The defendant has [cut down a number of valuable trees, and threatens to 
cut down many more for the purpose of sale] without the consent of the plaintiff. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.] 
6. The plaintiff claims that the defendant be restrained by injunction from 
committing or permitting any further waste on the said premises. 
[Pecuniary compensation may also be claimed.] 
 
No. 36. 
INJUNCTION RESTRAINING NUISANCE.  
(Title.) 
A. B., the above-named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. Plaintiff is, and at all the times hereinafter mentioned was, the absolute 
owner of [the house No.         ,          Street, 
1
[Karachi] ]. 
2. The defendant is, and at all the said times was, the absolute owner of [a 
plot of ground in the same street         ]. 
3. On the         d ay of         19         ,  the defendant erected upon his said 
plot a slaughter­house, and still maintains the same; and from that day until 
the present time has continually caused cattle to be brought and killed there 
[and has caused the blood and offal to be thrown into the street opposite the said 
house of the plaintiff]. 
[4. In consequence the plaintiff has been compelled to abandon the said 
house, and has been unable to rent the same.] 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.] 
 The plaintiff claims that the defendant be restrained by injunction from 
committing or permitting any further nuisance. 
 
No. 37. 
PUBLIC NUISANCE. 
(Title.) 
A. B., the above-named plaintiff, states as follows:_ 
1. The defendant has wrongly heaped up earth and stones on a public road 
known as          street at         so as to obstruct the passage of the public along 
the same and threatens and intends, unless restrained from so doing, to continue 
and repeat the said wrongful act. 
2. The plaintiff have obtained the consent in writing of the Advocate General 
[or of the Collector or other officer appointed in this behalf] to the institution of this 
suit. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.] 
 The plaintiff claims– 
(1) a declaration that the defendant is not entitled to obstruct the passage 
of the public along the said public road; 
(2) an injunction restraining the defendant from obstructing the passage 
of the public along the said public road and directing the defendant to 
remove the earth and stones wrongfully heaped up as aforesaid. 
 
No. 38. 
INJUNCTION AGAINST THE DIVERSION OF A WATER­COURSE. 
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
                                                
1Substituted for the word "Calcutta" by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Act, 1951 (XXVI of 1951), published in the 
Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 12 May 1951, pp. 340-388, s. 4 read with the Third Schedule. 
[As in Form No. 27.] 
The plaintiff claims that the defendant be restrained by injunction from 
diverting the water as aforesaid. 
No.  39. 
RESTORATION OF MOVEABLE PROPERTY THREATENED WITH 
DESTRUCTION, AND FOR AN INJUNCTION. 
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. Plaintiff is, and at all times hereinafter mentioned was, the owner of [a 
portrait of his grand­father which was executed by an eminent painter] and of 
which no duplicate exists [or, state any facts showing that the property is of a kind 
that cannot be replaced by money]. 
2. On the         day of          19          , he deposited the same for safe­keeping 
with the defendant. 
3. On the           day of           19         , he  demanded the same from the 
defendant and offered to pay all reasonable charges for the storage of the same. 
4. The defendant refuses to deliver the same to the plaintiff and threatens to 
conceal, dispose of, cut or injure the same if required to deliver it up. 
5. No pecuniary compensation would be an adequate compensation to the 
plaintiff for the loss of the [painting]. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.] 
8. The plaintiff claims– 
(1) that the defendant be restrained by injunction from disposing of, 
injuring or concealing the said [painting]; 
(2) that he be compelled to deliver the same to the plaintiff. 
 
No.  40. 
INTERPLEADER. 
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. Before the date of the claims hereinafter mentioned G. H. deposited with 
the plaintiff [describe the property] for [safe­keeping]. 
2. The defendant C. D. claims the same [under an alleged assignment thereof 
to him from G. H.]. 
3. The defendant E. F. also claims the same [under an order of G. H. 
transferring the same to him]. 
4. The plaintiff is ignorant of the respective rights of the defendants. 
5. He has no claim upon the said property other than for charges and 
costs, and is ready and willing to deliver it to such persons as the Court shall 
direct. 
6. The suit is not brought by collusion with either of the defendants. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.] 
9. The plaintiff claims_ 
(1) that the defendants be restrained, by injunction, from taking any 
proceedings against the plaintiff in relation thereto; 
(2) that they be required to interplead together concerning their claims to 
the said property; 
[(3) that some person be authorized to receive the said property pending 
such litigation;] 
(4) that upon delivering the same to such [person] the plaintiff be 
discharged from all liability to either of the defendants in relation 
thereto. 
 
No.  41. 
ADMINISTRATION BY CREDITOR ON BEHALF OF HIMSELF AND ALL 
OTHER CREDITORS. 
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. E. F., late of         , was at the time of his death, and his estate still is, 
indebted to the plaintiff in the sum of          [here insert nature of debt and security, 
if any]. 
2. E. F. died on or about the         day of         . By his last will, dated the  
day of           , he appointed C. D. his executor [or devised his estate in trust etc., or 
died intestate, as the case may be]. 
3. The will was proved by C. D. [or letters of administration were granted, etc.]. 
4. The defendant has possessed himself of the movable [and immovable or 
the proceeds of the immovable] property of E. F., and has not paid the plaintiff his 
debt. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.] 
7. The plaintiff claims that an account may be taken of the movable [and 
immovable] property of E. F., deceased, and that the same may be administered 
under the decree of the Court. 
                   
No.  42. 
ADMINISTRATION BY SPECIFIC LEGATEE. 
(Title.) 
[Alter Form No. 41 thus]– 
[Omit paragraph 1 and commence paragraph 2] E. F., late of         , d ied on 
or about the          day of         . By his last will, dated the           day of         he 
appointed C. D. his executor, and bequeathed to the plaintiff [here state the 
specific legacy]. 
For paragraph 4 substitute_ 
The defendant is in possession of the movable property of E. F., and, 
amongst other things, of the said [here name the subject of the specific bequest]. 
For the commencement of paragraph 7 substitute_ 
The plaintiff claims that the defendant may be ordered to deliver to him 
the said [here name the subject of the specific bequest], or that, etc. 
 
No. 43. 
ADMINISTRATION BY PECUNIARY LEGATEE. 
(Title.) 
[Alter Form No. 41 thus]- 
[Omit paragraph 1 and substitute for paragraph 2] E. F., late of          
, died on or about the            day of               . By his last will, dated the          day 
of           he appointed C. D. his executor , and bequeathed to the plaintiff a 
legacy of          rupees. 
In paragraph 4 substitute "legacy" for "debt." 
 
Another form. 
(Title.) 
E. F., the above-named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. A. B. of K. in the          died on the         day of         .  By his last will, 
dated the        day of          , he appointed the defendant and M. N. [who died in 
the testator's lifetime] his executors, and bequeathed his property, whether 
movable or immovable, to his executors in trust, to pay the rents and income 
thereof to the plaintiff for his life; and after his decease, and in default of his having 
a son who should attain twenty­one, or a daughter who should attain that age 
or marry, upon trust as to his immovable property for the person who would be 
the testator's heir­at­law, and as to his movable property for the persons who 
would be the testator's next­of­kin if he had died intestate at the time of the death 
of the plaintiff, and such failure of his issue as aforesaid. 
2. The will was proved by the defendant on the         day of         . The 
plaintiff has not been married. 
3. The testator was at his death entitled to movable and immovable property; 
the defendant entered into the receipt of the rents of the immovable property and 
got in the movable property; he has sold some part of the immovable property. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.] 
6. The plaintiff claims–          
(1) to have the movable and immovable property of A. B. administered 
in this court and for that purpose to have all proper directions given 
and accounts taken; 
(2) Such further or other relief as the nature of the case may require.                  
 
No.  44. 
EXECUTION OF TRUSTS. 
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. He is one of the trustees under an instrument of settlement bearing date on or 
about the         day of         made upon the marriage of E. F. and G. H., the father and 
mother of the defendant [or an instrument of transfer of the estate and effects of E. F. 
for the benefit of C. D., the defendant, and the other creditors of E. F.]. 
2. A. B. has taken upon himself the burden of the said trust, and is in 
possession of [or of the proceeds of] the movable and immovable property 
transferred by the said instrument. 
3. C. D. claims to be entitled to a beneficial interest under the instruments. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.] 
6. The plaintiff is desirous to account for all the rents and profits of the said 
immovable property [and the proceeds of the sale of the said, or of part of the said, 
immovable  property, or movable, or the proceeds of the sale of, or of part of, the 
said movable property, or the profits accruing to the plaintiff as such trustee in the 
execution of the said trust]; and he prays that the Court will take the accounts of the 
said trust, and also that the whole of the said trust estate may be administered in the 
Court for the benefit of C. D., the defendant, and all other persons who may be 
interested in such administration, in the presence of C. D., and such other 
persons so interested as the Court may direct, or that C. D. may show good 
cause to the contrary. 
[N. B.– Where the suit is by a beneficiary, the plaint may be modelled, mutatis 
mutandis on the plaint by a legatee.] 
                   
No.  45. 
FORECLOSURE OR SALE. 
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. The plaintiff is mortgagee of lands belonging to the defendant. 
2. The following are the particulars of the mortgage:–  
(a) (date); 
(b) (names of mortgagor and mortgagee); 
(c) (sum secured); 
(d) (rate of interest); 
(e) (property subject to mortgage); 
(f) (amount now due); 
(g) if (the plaintiff's title is derivative, state shortly the transfers or 
devolution under which he claims). 
(If the plaintiff is mortgagee in possession, add) 
3. The plaintiff took possession of the mortgaged property on the                day 
of          and is ready to account as mortgagee in possession from that time. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.] 
6. The plaintiff claims­ 
(1) payment, or in default [sale or] foreclosure [and possession]; 
[Where Order 34, rule 6, applies.] 
(2) in case the proceeds of the sale are found to be insufficient to pay the 
amount due to the plaintiff, then that liberty be reserved to the plaintiff 
to apply for a decree for the balance. 
 
No.  46. 
REDEMPTION. 
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. The plaintiff is mortgagor of lands of which the defendant is mortgagee. 
2. The following are the particulars of the mortgage:– 
(a) (date); 
(b) (names of mortgagor and mortgagee); 
(c) (sum secured); 
(d) (rate of interest); 
(e) (property subject to mortgage); 
(f) (If the plaintiff's title is derivative, state shortly the transfers or, 
devolution under which he claims). 
(If the defendant is mortgagee in possession, add) 
3. The defendant has taken possession [or has received the rents] of the 
mortgaged property. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.] 
6. The plaintiff claims to redeem the said property and to have the same 
reconveyed to him [and to have possession thereof].                   
 
 
No. 47. 
SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE (No. 1). 
(Title.) 
A. B., the above-named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. By an agreement dated the         day of        and signed by the defendant, 
he contracted to buy of  [or sell to] the plaintiff certain immovable property 
therein described and referred to, for the sum of                  rupees. 
2. The plaintiff has applied to the defendant specifically to perform the 
agreement on his part, but the defendant has not done so. 
3. The plaintiff has been and still is ready and willing specifically to perform the 
agreement on his part of which the defendant has had notice. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.] 
6. The plaintiff claims that the Court will order the defendant specifically to 
perform the agreement and to do all acts necessary to put the plaintiff in full 
possession of the said property [or to accept a transfer and possession of the said 
property] and to pay the costs of the suit. 
         
No. 48. 
SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE (No. 2). 
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. On the          day of         19          , the plaintiff and defendant 
entered into an agreement in writing, and the original document is hereto 
annexed. 
The defendant was absolutely entitled to the immovable property described 
in the agreement. 
2. On the          day of         19          , the plaintiff tendered           rupees to the 
defendant, and demanded a transfer of the said property by a sufficient instrument. 
3. On the         day          19          , the plaintiff again demanded such transfer 
[or the defendant refused to transfer the same to the plaintiff]. 
4. The defendant has not executed any instrument of transfer. 
5. The plaintiff is still ready and willing to pay the purchase­money of the 
said property to the defendant. 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.] 
8. The plaintiff claims_ 
(1) that the defendant transfers the said property to the plaintiff by 
a sufficient instrument [following the terms of the agreement]; 
(2) rupees compensation for withholding the same. 
                   
No. 49. 
PARTNERSHIP. 
(Title.) 
A. B., the above­named plaintiff, states as follows:– 
1. He and C. D., the defendant, have been for                    years [or months] 
past carrying on business together under articles of partnership in writing, [or under 
a deed, or under a verbal agreement]. 
2. Several disputes and differences have arisen between the plaintiff and 
defendant as such partners whereby it has become impossible to carry on the 
business in partnership with advantage to the partners . [Or the defendant has 
committed the following breaches of the partnership articles:– 
(1) 
(2) 
(3)    ] 
 
[As in paras. 4 and 5 of Form No. 1.] 
5. The plaintiff claims– 
(1) dissolution of the partnership; 
(2) that accounts be taken; 
(3) that a receiver be appointed. 
(N. B.– In suits for the winding­up of any partnership, omit the claim for 
dissolution; and instead insert a paragraph stating the facts of the partnership 
having been dissolved.) 
 
(4) WRITTEN STATEMENTS. 
General defenses. 
Denial.  The defendant denies that (set out facts). 
The defendant does not admit that (set out facts).  
The defendant admits that          but says that          
Protest. The defendant denies that he is a partner in the defendant firm  of         . 
The defendant denies that he made the contract alleged or any contract 
with the plaintiff. 
The defendant denies that he contracted with the plaintiff as alleged or 
at all. 
The defendant admits assets but not the plaintiff's claim. 
The defendant denies that the plaintiff sold to him the goods mentioned 
in the plaint or any of them. 
Limitation. The suit is barred by article         or         article of the Second 
Schedule to the 
1
[Limitation Act, 1908 (IX of 1908)]. 
Jurisdiction. The Court has no jurisdiction to hear the suit on the ground that (set 
forth the grounds). 
 On the           day of         a diamond ring was delivered by the 
defendant to and accepted by the plaintiff in discharge of the alleged 
cause of action. 
Insolvency. The defendant has been adjudged an insolvent. 
The plaintiff before the institution of the suit was adjudged an insolvent 
and the right to sue vested in the receiver. 
Minority.  The defendant was a minor at the time of making the alleged contract. 
Payment  The defendant as to the whole claim (or as to Rs.          part of  
into Court. the money claimed, or as case may be) has paid into Court Rs.  and 
says that this sum is enough to satisfy the plaintiff's claim (or the part 
aforesaid). 
Performance  The performance of the promise alleged was remitted on the 
remitted. (date). 
Rescission.  The contract was rescinded by agreement between the plaintiff and 
defendant.  
Res Judicata. The plaintiff's claim is barred by the decree in suit (give the 
reference). 
Estoppel. The plaintiff is estopped from denying the truth of (insert 
statements as to which estoppel is claimed) because (here state 
the facts relied on as creating the estoppel). 
Ground of  Since the institution of the suit, that is to say, on the           
defense day of          (set out facts). 
subsequent  
to institution  
of suit. 
 
No. 1. 
DEFENCE IN SUITS FOR GOODS SOLD AND DELIVERED. 
1. The defendant did not order the goods. 
2. The goods were not delivered to the defendant.  
3. The price was not Rs. 
[or] 
                                                
1Substituted for the expression “Indian Limitation Act, 1877” by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 
(XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary) dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345 -475, s. 3 rea d with the 
Second Schedule. 
4.  1. 
5. Except as to Rs.  , same as  2. 
6. 3. 
7. The defendant [or A. B., the defendant‟s agent] satisfied the claim by 
payment before suit to the plaintiff [or to C. D., the plaintiff's agent] on the          day 
of         19   . 
8. The defendant satisfied the claim by payment after suit to the plaintiff on the  
day of           19  . 
 
No.  2. 
DEFENCE IN SUITS ON BONDS. 
1. The bond is not the defendant's bond. 
2. The defendant made payment to the plaintiff on the day according to the 
condition of the bond. 
3. The defendant made payment to the plaintiff after the day named and before 
suit of the principal and interest mentioned in the bond. 
 
No.  3. 
DEFENCE IN SUITS ON GUARANTEES. 
1. The principal satisfied the claim by payment before suit. 
2. The defendant was released by the plaintiff giving time to the principal debtor 
in pursuance of a binding agreement. 
                   
No.  4. 
DEFENCE IN ANY SUIT FOR DEBT. 
1. As to Rs. 200 of the money claimed, the defendant is entitled to set off for 
goods sold and delivered by the defendant to the plaintiff. 
Particulars are as follows:– 
  Rs. 
1907, January 25th  .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..    150 
" February, 1st      .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..      ..   50 
 ____ 
 Total  200 
____ 
2. As to the whole [or as to Rs.         , part of the money claimed] the defendant 
made tender before suit of Rs.          , and has paid the same into Court. 
 
 
No.  5. 
DEFENCE IN SUITS FOR INJURIES CAUSED BY NEGLIGENT DRIVING. 
1. The defendant denies that the carriage mentioned in the plaint was the 
defendant's carriage, and that it was under the charge or control of the defendant's 
servants. The carriage belonged to       of                            Street, 
1
[Karachi], livery 
stable keepers employed by the defendant to supply him with carriages and horses; 
and the person under whose charge and control the said carriage was, was the 
servant of the said     . 
2. The defendant does not admit that the said carriage was turned out of 
2
[Wood Street], either negligently, suddenly or without warning, or at a rapid or 
dangerous pace. 
3. The defendant says the plaintiff might and could, by the exercise of 
reasonable care and diligence, have seen the said carriage approaching him, and 
avoided any collision with it. 
4. The defendant does not admit the statements contained in the third paragraph 
of the plaint. 
 
No.  6. 
DEFENCE IN ALL SUITS FOR WRONGS. 
1. Denial of the several acts [or matters] complained of. 
 
No.  7. 
DEFENCE IN SUITS FOR DETENTION OF GOODS. 
1. The goods were not the property of the plaintiff. 
2. The goods were detained for a lien to which the defendant was entitled.  
Particulars are as follows:– 
1907, May 3rd.   To carriage of the goods claimed from 
3
[Lahore] to 
4
[Karachi]:–  
45 maunds at Rs. 2 per maund ..  ..  ..  Rs. 90.00 
                   
No.  8. 
DEFENCE IN SUITS FOR INFRINGEMENT OF COPYRIGHT. 
1. The plaintiff is not the author [assignee, etc.]. 
2. The book was not registered. 
                                                
1Substituted for the word “Calcutta” by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Act, 1951 (XXVI of 1951), published in the  
Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 12 May 1951, pp. 340-388, s. 4 read with the Third Schedule. 
2Ibid., for the words “Middleton Street”. 
3Substituted for the word “Dehli” by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Act, 1951 (XXVI of 1951), published in the 
Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 12 May 1951, pp. 340-388, s. 4 read with the Third Schedule. 
4Ibid., for the word  “Calcutta”. 
3. The defendant did not infringe. 
 
No. 9. 
DEFENCE IN SUITS FOR INFRINGEMENT OF TRADE MARK. 
1. The trade mark is not the plaintiff's. 
2. The alleged trade mark is not a trade mark. 
3. The defendant did not infringe. 
 
No. 10. 
DEFENCES IN SUITS RELATING TO NUISANCES. 
1. The plaintiff's lights are not ancient [or deny his other alleged prescriptive 
rights]. 
2. The plaintiff's lights will not be materially interfered with by the defendant's 
buildings. 
3. The defendant denies that he or his servants pollute the water [or do what is 
complained of]. 
[If the defendant claims the right by prescription or otherwise to do what is 
complained of, he must say so, and must state the grounds of the claim, i.e. 
whether by prescription, grant or what.] 
4. The plaintiff has been guilty of laches of which the following are particulars:–  
1870. Plaintiff's mill began to work. 
1871. Plaintiff came into possession.  
1883. First complaint. 
5. As to the plaintiff's claim for damages the defendant will rely on the above 
grounds of defence, and says that the acts complained of have not produced any 
damage to the plaintiff. [If other grounds are relied on, they must be stated, e.g., 
limitation as to past damage.] 
 
No.  11. 
DEFENCE TO SUIT FOR FORECLOSURE. 
1. The defendant did not execute the mortgage. 
2. The mortgage was not transferred to the plaintiff (if more than one 
transfer is alleged, say which is denied). 
3. The suit is barred by article          of the second schedule to the 
1
[Limitation 
Act, 1908 (IX of 1908)]. 
4. The following payments have been made, viz.:– 
                                                
1Substituted for the expression “Indian Limitation Act, 1877” by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 
(XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary) dated: 8  July 1981, pp. 345 -475, s. 3 read with the 
Second Schedule. 
 
Rs. 
(Insert date.)   ___________,   ..    .. ..  ..    1,000  
(Insert date.)   _______________,      .. .. .. ..            500 
5. The plaintiff took possession on the          of          , and has received the rents 
ever since. 
6. That plaintiff released the debt on the          of . 
7. The defendant transferred all his interest to A. B. by a document dated          . 
 
No. 12. 
DEFENCE TO SUIT FOR REDEMPTION. 
1. The plaintiff's right to redeem is barred by article          of the Second 
Schedule to the 
1
[Limitation Act, 1908 (IX of 1908)]. 
2. The plaintiff transferred all interest in the property to A. B. 
3. The defendant, by a document dated the         day of           transferred all his 
interest in the mortgaged debt and property comprised in the mortgage to A. B. 
4. The defendant never took possession of the mortgaged property, or received 
the rents thereof. 
(If the defendant admits possession for a time only, he should state the 
time and deny possession beyond what he admits). 
 
No.  13. 
DEFENCE TO SUIT FOR SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE. 
1. The defendant did not enter into the agreement. 
2. A. B. was not the agent of the defendant (if alleged by plaintiff). 
3. The plaintiff has not performed the following conditions­(Conditions). 
4. The defendant did not­(alleged acts of part performance). 
5. The plaintiff's title to the property agreed to be sold is not such as the 
defendant is bound to accept by reason of the following matter­(State why). 
6. The agreement is uncertain in the following respects­(State them). 
7. (or) The plaintiff has been guilty of delay; 
8. (or) The plaintiff has been guilty of fraud (or misrepresentation). 
9. (or) The agreement is unfair; 
10. (or) The agreement was entered into by mistake. 
11. The following are particulars of (7), (8), (9), (10), (or as the case may be). 
                                                
1Ibid. 
12. The agreement was rescinded under Conditions of Sale No. 11 (or by mutual 
agreement). 
(In cases where damages are claimed and the defendant disputes his 
liability to damages, he must deny the agreement or the alleged breaches, or 
show whatever other ground of defence he intends to rely on, e.g., the 
1
[*] 
Limitation Act, accord and satisfaction, release, fraud, etc.) 
 
No. 14. 
DEFENCES IN ADMINISTRATION SUIT BY PECUNIARY LEGATEE. 
1. A. B.'s will contain a charge  of debts; he  died  insolvent; he was entitled at 
his death to some immovable property which the defendant sold and which 
produced the net sum of Rs.          , and the testator had some movable property 
which the defendant got in, and which produced the net sum of Rs.          . 
2. The defendant applied the whole of the said sums and the sum of Rs.   
which the defendant received from rents of the immovable property in the payment 
of the funeral and testamentary expenses and some of the debts of the testator. 
3. The defendant made up his accounts and sent a copy thereof to the plaintiff on 
the          day of         19          , and offered the plaintiff free access to the vouchers 
to verify such accounts, but he declined to avail himself of the defendant's offer.  
4. The defendant submits that the plaintiff ought to pay the costs of this suit. 
 
No.  15. 
PROBATE OF  WILL IN SOLEMN FORM. 
1. The said will and codicil of the deceased were not duly executed 
according to the provisions of the 
2
Indian Succession Act, 1865
3
 [or of the Hindu 
Wills Act, 1870
4
]. 
2. The deceased at the time the said will and codicil respectively purport to 
have been executed, was not of sound mind, memory and understanding. 
3. The execution of the said will and codicil was obtained by the undue 
influence of the plaintiff [and others acting with him whose names are at present 
unknown to the defendant]. 
4. The execution of the said will and codicil was obtained by the fraud of the 
plaintiff, such fraud, so far as is within the defendant's present knowledge, being 
[state the nature of the fraud]. 
                                                
1The word “Indian” deemed to be omitted by virtue of omission of the said word in the “short title”  of the Indian Limitation Act, 
1908 by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Ord er, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
2See now the Succession Act, 1925 (XXXIX of 1925), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 10 October 1925, pp. 69-147. 
3X of 1865. 
4XXI of 1870. 
5. The deceased at the time of the execution of the said will and codicil did 
not know and approve of the contents thereof, [or of the contents of the residuary 
clause in the said will, as the case may be]. 
6. The deceased made his true last will, dated the 1st January, 1873, and 
there by appointed the defendant sole executor thereof. 
The defendant claim– 
(1) that the Court will pronounce against the said will and codicil 
propounded by the plaintiff; 
(2) that the Court will decree probate of the will of the deceased, dated the 
1st January, 1873, in solemn form of law. 
                   
No.  16. 
PARTICULARS.   (O. 6 , r. 5.) 
(Title of suit.) 
Particulars. The following are the particulars of (here state the matters in 
respect of which particulars have been ordered) delivered pursuant 
to the order of the         of          
(Here set out the particulars ordered in paragraphs if necessary.) 
APPENDIX B 
PROCESS. 
 
No. 1. 
SUMMONS FOR DISPOSAL OF SUIT.   (O. 5, rr. 1, 5.) 
(Title.) 
To 
[Name, description and place of residence.] 
WHEREAS 
has instituted a suit against you for                                                       
you are hereby summoned to appear in this Court in person or by a pleader duly 
instructed, and able to answer all material questions relating to the suit, or who 
shall be accompanied by some person able to answer all such questions, on the    
day of            19            , at           o 'clock in the           noon,  to answer the claim; 
and as the day fixed for your appearance is appointed for the final disposal of the 
suit, you must be prepared to produce on that day all the witnesses upon whose 
evidence and all the documents upon which you intend to rely in support of your 
defence. 
Take notice that, in default of your appearance on the day before 
mentioned, the suit will be heard and determined in your absence. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this             day of          
19           . 
 
 
Judge. 
 
NOTICE.–1. Should you apprehend your witnesses will not attend of their own 
accord, you can have a summons from this Court to compel the attendance of 
any witness, and the production of any document that you have a right to call 
upon the witness to produce, on applying to the Court and on depositing the 
necessary expenses. 
2. If you admit the claim, you should pay the money into Court together with 
the costs of the suit, to avoid execution of the decree, which may be against your 
person or property, or both. 
 
1
[No. 1A. * * * * * * * * * * *  * * * * * * * * * *   ] 
 
                                                
1Omitted by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 
April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
No. 2. 
SUMMONS FOR SETTLEMENT OF ISSUES. (O. 5, rr. 1, 5.) 
(Title.) 
To 
[Name, description and place of residence.] 
WHEREAS 
has instituted a suit against you for          
you are hereby summoned to appear in this Court in person, or by a pleader duly 
instructed, and able to answer all material questions relating to the suit, or 
who shall be accompanied by some person able to answer all such questions, on 
the         d ay of         19           , at         o'  clock in the         noon, to answer the 
claim; 
and you are directed to produce on that day all the documents upon which you 
intend to rely in support of your defence 
1
[and to file on or before that date your 
written statement]. 
Take notice that, in default of your appearance on the day before 
mentioned, the suit will be heard and determined in your absence. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this             day of          
19         . 
 
Judge. 
 
NOTICE.– 1. Should you apprehend your witnesses will not attend of their own 
accord, you can have a summons from this Court to compel the attendance of any 
witness, and the production of any document that you have a right to call on the 
witness to produce, on applying to the Court and on depositing the necessary 
expenses. 
2. If you admit the claim, you should pay the money into Court together with the 
costs of the suit, to avoid execution of the decree, which may be against your 
person or property, or both. 
 
No. 3. 
SUMMONS TO APPEAR IN PERSON.    (O. 5, r. 3.) 
(Title.) 
To 
[Name, description and place of residence.] 
WHEREAS 
                                                
1Inserted by the Law Reforms Or dinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 
April 1972, pp. 526-583, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 
has instituted a suit against you for 
you are hereby summoned to appear in this Court in person on the            day of
   19          , at          o'clock in the           noon, to answer the claim; and you are 
directed to produce on that day all the documents upon which you intend to rely in 
support of your defence. 
Take notice that, in default of your appearance on the day before 
mentioned, the suit will be heard and determined in your absence. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court this             day of            
19          . 
 
 
Judge. 
 
No.  4. 
SUMMONS IN SUMMARY SUIT ON NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENT.   (O. 37, r. 
2.)  
(Title.) 
 
To 
[Name, description and place of residence.] 
WHEREAS        has instituted a suit against you under Order XXXVII of the 
Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, for Rs.          , balance of principal and interest due 
to him as the          of a           of which a copy is hereto annexed, you are hereby 
summoned to obtain leave from the Court within ten days from the service hereof 
to appear and defend the suit, and within such time to cause an appearance to be 
entered for you. In default whereof the plaintiff will be entitled at any time after the 
expiration of such ten days to obtain a decree for any sum not exceeding the sum 
of Rs.          and the sum of  Rs.         for costs 
1
[together with such interest, if any, 
from the date of the institution of the suit as the Court may order]. 
Leave to appear may be obtained on an application to the Court supported 
by affidavit or declaration showing that there is a defence to the suit on the merits, or 
that it is reasonable that you should be allowed to appear in the suit. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of          
19          . 
 
 
Judge. 
          
                                                
1Inserted by the Negotiable Instruments (Interest) Act, 1926 (XXX of 1926), published in the Gazette of India , dated: 11 
September 1926, p. 51 ,s. 4. 
No.  5. 
NOTICE TO PERSON WHO, THE COURT CONSIDERS, SHOULD BE ADDED 
AS CO­PLAINTIF.  (O. 1, r. 10.) 
(Title.) 
To 
[Name, description and place of residence.] 
WHEREAS                                                                has instituted the above 
suit against                                 for                                 and whereas it appears 
necessary that you should be added as a plaintiff in the said suit in order to enable 
the Court effectually and completely to adjudicate upon and settle all the questions 
involved: 
Take notice that you should on or before            day of             19          
signify to this Court whether you consent to be so added. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this                day of          
19        . 
  
Judge. 
 
No.  6. 
SUMMONS TO LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE OF A DECEASED DEFENDANT. 
(O. 22, r. 4.) 
(Title.) 
To 
WHEREAS the plaintiff                                                      instituted a suit in 
this Court on the               day of             19             against the defendant who has 
since deceased, and whereas the said plaintiff has made an application to this Court 
alleging that you are the legal representative of the said            de ceased, and 
desiring that you be made the defendant in his stead: 
You are hereby summoned to attend in this Court on the        day of    19         
at         A.M. to defend the said suit, and, in default of your appearance on the day 
specified, the said suit will be heard and determined in your absence. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this             day of           
19         . 
  
Judge. 
 
No.  7. 
ORDER FOR TRANSMISSION OF SUMMONS FOR SERVICE IN THE 
JURISDICTION OF ANOTHER COURT. (O. 5, r. 21.) 
(Title.) 
WHEREAS it is stated that                    
defendant/witness in the above suit is at present residing in          : It is ordered that 
a summons returnable on the                day of                19            , be 
 forwarded to the        Court of          for service on the said defendant/witness 
with a duplicate of this proceeding. 
 The court­fee of        cha rgeable in respect to the summons has been 
realized in this Court in stamps.  
Dated  19 . 
 
 Judge. 
 
No.  8. 
ORDERED FOR TRANSMISSION OF SUMMONS TO BE SERVED ON A 
PRISONER.  (O. 5, r. 24.)  
(Title.) 
To 
The Superintendent of the Jail at          
UNDER the provisions of Order V, rule 24, of the Code of Civil Procedure, 
1908, a summons in duplicate is herewith forwarded for service on the defendant 
 who is a prisoner in jail. You are requested to 
cause a copy of the said summons to be served upon the said defendant and to 
return the original to this Court signed by the said defendant, with a statement of 
service endorsed thereon by you. 
  
 
  Judge. 
 
No.  9. 
ORDER FOR TRANSMISSION OF SUMMONS TO BE SERVED ON A PUBLIC 
SERVANT OR SOLDIER. (O. 5, rr. 27, 28.) 
(Title.) 
To 
UNDER the provisions of Order V, rule 27 (or 28, as the case may be), of 
the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1908, a summons in duplicate is herewith 
forwarded for service on the defendant          who is stated to be serving under you. 
You are requested to cause a copy of the said summons to be served upon the 
said defendant and to return the original to this Court signed by the said 
defendant, with a statement of service endorsed thereon, by you. 
  
  Judge. 
No.  10. 
TO ACCOMPANY RETURNS OF SUMMONS OF ANOTHER COURT.   (O. 5, 
r. 23.) 
(Title.) 
Read proceeding from the          forwarding                 for 
service on          in Suit No.         of 19          of that Court. 
Read Serving officer's endorsement stating that the        and proof of the above 
having been duly taken by me on the oath of           and              it is ordered that 
the              be returned to the         with a copy of this proceeding. 
 
 
 Judge. 
Note.– This form will be applicable to process other than summons, the service of 
which may have to be effected in the same manner. 
                   
No.  11. 
AFFIDAVIT OF PROCESS-SERVER TO ACCOMPANY RETURN OF A 
SUMMONS OR NOTICE. (O. 5, r. 18.) 
(Title.) 
The Affidavit of                               son of          
I                            make oath/affirm  
and say as follows:– 
(1) I am a process­server of this Court. 
(2) On the           day of          19        I received a summons/notice issued 
by the Court of                     in Suit No.                     of 19          in the 
said Court, dated the                     day of                    19          for 
service on           
(3) The said          was at the time personally known to me, and I served 
the said summons/notice on him/her on the    day of           19          at 
about          o‟clock in the         noon at      by tendering a copy thereof 
to him/her and requiring his/her signature to the original 
summons/notice. 
(a)  
(b) 
(a) Here state whether the person served signed or refused to sign the 
process, and in whose presence.  
(b) Signature of process­server. 
or, 
(3) The said not being personally known to me           accompanied             
to and pointed out to me a person whom he stated to be the said   , 
and I served the said summons/notice on him/her on the              day 
of         19          , at about          o‟clock in the          noon at            by 
tendering a copy thereof to him /her and requiring his/her signature to 
the original summons/notice. 
(a)  
(b) 
(a) Here state whether the person served signed or refused to sign the 
process and in whose presence.  
(b) Signature of process­server. 
or, 
1
[(3) The said          and his house in which he ordinarily resides being 
personally known to me / pointed out to me by     .  
I went to said house in              and thereon the day of                   19          , 
at         o‟clock in the          fore/after noon, I did not find the said           
 
I enquired  
from 
  (a) 
   
  (b)  
 
 
 
neighbours 
 
I was told that                                       had gone to 
    and would not be back till             
 
 
(Signature of process -server. )] 
 
or, 
If substituted service has been ordered, state fully and exactly the manner 
in which the summons was served with special reference to the terms of the order 
for substituted service. 
Sworn/Affirmed by the said          before me this          day of           19       . 
 
Empowered under section 139 of the Code of Civil 
Procedure to administer the oath to deponents. 
 
                                                
1Substituted by the Notification No. 6 G, dated: 1 January 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the 
Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 1 January 1909, pp. 2 -3. Above said Notification was confirmed by 
the Notification No. 2212 G, dated: 12 May 1909; issued by the Chief Court, Punjab; and, was published in the Government 
Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, dated: 21 May 1909, p. 571. 
 
No.  12. 
NOTICE TO DEFENDANT. (O. 9, r. 6.) 
(Title.) 
To 
[Name, description and place of residence.] 
WHEREAS this day was fixed for the hearing of the above suit and a 
summons was issued to you and the plaintiff has appeared in this Court and you 
did not so appear, but from the return of the Nazir it has been proved to the 
satisfaction of the Court that the said summons was served on you but not in 
sufficient time to enable you to appear and answer on the day fixed in the said 
summons; 
Notice is hereby given to you that the hearing of the suit is adjourned this day 
and that the        day of          19          is now fixed for the hearing of the same; in 
default of your appearance on the day last mentioned the suit will be heard and 
determined in your absence. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this                day of           
19          . 
 
 Judge. 
          
No.  13. 
SUMMONS TO WITNESS. (O. 16, rr. 1, 5.) 
(Title.) 
To 
WHEREAS your attendance is required to                  on behalf of the      
in the above suit, you are hereby required [personally] to appear before this Court 
on the          day          of          19          ,at           o'clock in the forenoon, and to 
bring with you [or to send to this Court] 
A sum of Rs.         ,  being your traveling and other expenses and 
subsistence allowance for one day, is herewith sent. If you fail to comply with this 
order without lawful excuse, you will be subject to the consequences of 
non­attendance laid down in rule 12 of Order XVI of the Code of Civil 
Procedure. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this              day of           
19          . 
 
Judge. 
 
NOTICE.- (1) If you are summoned only to produce a document and not to give 
evidence, you shall be deemed to have complied with the summons if you cause 
such document to be produced in this Court on the day and hour aforesaid. 
(2) If you are detained beyond the day aforesaid, a sum of Rs.          will 
be tendered to you for each day's attendance beyond the day specified. 
                   
No.  14. 
PROCLAMATION REQUIRING ATTENDANCE OF WITNESS. (O. 16, r. 10.)  
(Title.) 
To 
WHEREAS it appears from the examination on oath of the serving officer 
that the summons could not be served upon the witness in the manner 
prescribed by law: and whereas it appears that the evidence of the witness is 
material, and he absconds and keeps out of the way for the purpose of 
evading the service of the summons: This proclamation is therefore, under rule 10 
of Order XVI of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, issued requiring the attendance 
of the witness in this Court on the          day of         19          at          o'clock in the 
forenoon, and from day to day until he shall have leave to depart; and if the 
witness fails to attend on the day and hour aforesaid he will be dealt with according 
to law. 
GIVEN Under my hand and the seal of the Court, this             day of            
19          . 
 
Judge. 
 
No.  15. 
PROCLAMATION REQUIRING ATTENDANCE OF WITNESS. (O. 16, r. 10.)  
(Title.) 
To 
WHEREAS it appears from the examination on oath of the serving officer that 
the summons has been duly served upon the witness, and whereas it appears that 
the evidence of the witness is material and he has failed to attend in compliance 
with such summons: This proclamation is therefore, under rule 10 of Order XVI of 
the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, issued, requiring the attendance of the witness 
in this Court on the          day of          19          at         o'clock in the forenoon, and 
from day to day until he shall have leave to depart; and if the witness fails to attend 
on the day and hour aforesaid he will be dealt with according to law. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court this          day of           19       . 
 
 
 
Judge. 
No.  16. 
WARRANT OF ATTACHMENT OF PROPERTY OF WITNESS. (O.16, r.10.) 
(Title.) 
To 
The Bailiff of the Court. 
WHEREAS the witness           cited by          has not, after the expiration of 
the period limited in the proclamation issued for his attendance, appeared in Court; 
you are hereby directed to hold under attachment          property belonging to the 
said witness to the value of           and to submit a return, accompanied with an 
inventory thereof, within           days. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this         day of         19        . 
 
 
 Judge. 
 
No.  17. 
WARRANT OF ARREST OF WITNESS. (O. 16, r. 10.) 
(Title.) 
To 
The Bailiff of the Court. 
WHEREAS           has been duly served with a summons but has failed to 
attend [absconds and keeps out of the way for the purpose of avoiding service of a 
summons]; You are hereby ordered to arrest and bring the said          before the 
Court. 
You are further ordered to return this warrant on or before the             day of
     19          with an endorsement certifying the day on and the manner in which 
it has been executed, or the reason why it has not been executed. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of           
19          . 
  
Judge. 
 
No.  18. 
WARRANT OF COMMITTAL. (O. 16, r. 16.) 
(Title.) 
To 
The Officer in charge of the Jail at 
WHEREAS the plaintiff (or defendant) in the above-named suit has made 
application to his Court that security be taken for the appearance of          to give 
evidence (or to produce a document), on the          day of           19          ; and 
whereas the Court has called upon the said to furnish such security, which he 
has failed to do; This is to require you to receive the said          into your custody 
in the civil prison and to produce him before this Court at         on the said day and 
on such other day or days as may be hereafter ordered. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this             day of            
19          . 
  
Judge. 
 
No.  19. 
WARRANT OF COMMITTAL. (O. 16, r. 18.) 
(Title.) 
To 
The Officer in charge of the Jail at 
WHEREAS           , whose attendance is required before this Court in the 
above-named case to give evidence (or to produce a document), h as been 
arrested and brought before the Court in custody; and whereas owing to the 
absence of the plaintiff (or defendant), the said          cannot give such evidence 
(or produce such document); and whereas the Court has called upon the said
 to give security for his appearance on the                                day 
of                 19              , at   which he has failed to do; This is to require you to 
receive the said         into your custody in the civil prison and to produce him 
before this Court at          on the day of               19          . 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this        day of       19     . 
 
Judge. 
 
APPENDIX C 
DISCOVERY, INSPECTION AND ADMISSION. 
 
No.  1. 
ORDER FOR DELIVERY OF INTERROGATORIES. (O. 11, r. 1.) 
In the Court of 
Civil Suit No.           of            19           . 
A. B.  …  … … … … … Plaintiff,  against 
C. D., E. F. and G. H.  … … …     Defendants, 
Upon hearing          and upon reading the affidavit          of          filed the day 
of           19           ; It is ordered that the          be at liberty to deliver to the 
interrogatories in writing, and that the said           do answer the interrogatories as 
prescribed by Order XI, rule 8, and that the costs of this application be . 
 
No.  2. 
INTERROGATORIES. (O. 11, r. 4.) 
(Title as in No. 1, supra.) 
Interrogatories on behalf of the above­named [plaintiff or defendant C. D.] 
for the examination of the above­named [defendants E. F. and G. H. or plaintiff]. 
1. Did not, etc. 
2. Has not, etc. 
 etc.,  etc.,  etc. 
[The defendant E. F. is required to answer the interrogatories numbered     .] 
[The defendant G. H. is required to answer the interrogatories numbered    .] 
 
No.  3. 
ANSWER TO INTERROGATORIES. (O. 11, r. 9.) 
(Title as in No. 1, supra.) 
The answer of the above­named defendant E. F. to the interrogatories for his 
examination by the above­named plaintiff. 
In answer to the said interrogatories, I, the above-named E. F., make oath and 
say as follows:– 
1.  
Enter answers to interrogatories in paragraphs numbered consecutively. 
2.  
3. I object to answer the interrogatories number           on the ground that [ state 
grounds of objection ]. 
 
No.  4. 
ORDER FOR AFFIDAVIT AS TO DOCUMENTS. (O. 11, r. 12.) 
(Title as in No. 1, supra.) 
Upon hearing  
It is ordered that the           do within           days from the date of this order, 
answer on affidavit stating which documents are or have been in his possession or 
power relating to the matter in question in this suit, and that the costs of this 
application be 
 
No.  5. 
AFFIDAVIT AS TO DOCUMENTS. (O. 11, r. 13.) 
(Title as in No. 1, supra.) 
I, the above­named defendant C. D., make oath and say as follows:– 
1. I have in my possession or power the documents relating to the matters in 
question in this suit set forth in the first and second parts of the first schedule hereto. 
2. I object to produce the said documents set forth in the second part of the 
first schedule hereto [state grounds of objection]. 
3. I have had but have not now, in my possession or power the documents 
relating to the matters in question in this suit set forth in the second schedule hereto. 
4. The last­mentioned documents were last in my possession or power on 
[state when  and what has become of them, and in whose possession they now 
are]. 
5. According to the best of my knowledge, information and belief I have not 
now, and never had, in my possession, custody or power, or in the possession, 
custody or power of my pleader or agent, or in the possession, custody or power of 
any other person on my behalf, any account, book of account, voucher, receipt, letter, 
memorandum, paper or writing, or any copy of or extract from any such document, 
or any other document whatsoever, relating to the matters in question in this suit 
or any of them, or wherein any entry has been made relative to such matters or 
any of them, other than and except the documents set forth in the said first 
and second schedules hereto. 
 
No.  6. 
ORDER TO PRODUCE DOCUMENTS FOR INSPECTION. (O. 11, r. 14.) 
(Title as in No. 1, supra.) 
Upon hearing           and upon reading the affidavit of filed the day of         
19          ; It is ordered that the           do , at all reasonable times, on reasonable 
notice, produce at          situate at, the following documents, namely,           , and 
that the          be at liberty to inspect and peruse the documents so produced, and 
to make notes of their contents. In the meantime, it is ordered that all further 
proceedings be stayed and that the costs of this application be 
No.  7. 
NOTICE TO PRODUCE DOCUMENTS. (O. 11, r. 16.) 
(Title as in No. 1, supra.) 
Take notice that the [plaintiff or defendant] requires you to produce 
for his inspection the following documents referred to in your [plaint or written 
statement or affidavit, dated the day of            19          ]. 
[Describe documents required.] 
X.Y., Pleader for the 
To Z., Pleader for the 
 
No.  8. 
NOTICE TO INSPECT DOCUMENTS. (O. 11, r. 17.) 
(Title as in No. 1, supra.) 
Take notice that you can inspect the documents mentioned in your notice 
of the          day of          19          [except the documents numbered          in that 
notice] at [insert place of inspection] on Thursday next, the          instant, between 
the hours of 12 and 4 o'clock. 
Or, that the [plaintiff or defendant] objects to giving you inspection of 
documents mentioned in your notice of the           day of 19          , on the ground 
that [state the ground]:– 
 
No.  9. 
NOTICE TO ADMIT DOCUMENTS. (O. 12, r. 3.) 
(Title as in No. 1, supra.) 
Take notice that the plaintiff [or defendant] in this suit proposes to adduce 
in evidence the several documents hereunder specified, and that the same may 
be inspected by the defendant [or plaintiff], his pleader or agent, at           on     
between the hours of                ; and the defendant [or plaintiff], is hereby 
required, within forty­eight hours from the last­mentioned hour, to admit that 
such of the said documents as are specified to be originals were respectively 
written, signed or executed, as they purport respectively to have been; that 
such as are specified as copies are true copies; and such documents as are 
stated to have been served, sent or delivered were so served, sent or 
delivered, respectively, saving all just exceptions to the admissibility of all such 
documents as evidence in this suit. 
G. H. pleader [or agent] for plaintiff [or defendant]. 
To E. F., pleader [or agent] for defendant, [or plaintiff]. 
[Here describe the documents and specify as to each document whether it 
is original or a copy.] 
 
No.  10. 
NOTICE TO ADMIT FACTS. (O. 12, r. 5.) 
(Title as in No. 1, supra.) 
Take notice that the plaintiff [or defendant] in this suit requires the 
defendant [or plaintiff] to admit for the purposes of this suit only, the several 
facts respectively hereunder specified; and the defendant [or plaintiff] is hereby 
required, within six days from the service of this notice, to admit the said several 
facts, saying all just exceptions to the admissibility of such facts as evidence in this 
suit. 
G. H., pleader [or agent] for plaintiff [or defendant]. 
To E. F., pleader [or agent] for defendant [or plaintiff]. 
The facts, the admission of which is required, are– 
1. That M. died on the 1st January, 1890. 
2. That he died intestate. 
3. That N. was his only lawful son. 
4. That O. died on the 1st April, 1896. 
5. That O. was never married. 
 
No.  11. 
ADMISSON OF FACTS PURSUANT TO NOTICE. (O. 12, r. 5.) 
(Title as in No. 1, supra.) 
The defendant [or plaintiff] in this suit, for the purposes of this suit only, 
hereby admits the several facts respectively hereunder specified, subject to the 
qualifications or limitations, if any, hereunder specified, saving all just exceptions 
to the admissibility of any such facts, or any of them, as evidence in this suit: 
Provided that this admission is made for the purposes of this suit only, and is 
not an admission to be used against the defendant [or plaintiff] on any other 
occasion or by any one other than the plaintiff [or defendant, or party requiring 
the admission]. 
E. F., pleader [or agent] for defendant [or plaintiff]. 
To G. H., pleader [or agent] for plaintiff [or defendant]. 
Facts admitted. Qualifications or limitations, if any, subject to 
which they are admitted. 
1. That M. died on the 1st January, 
1890. 
2. That he died intestate 
3. That N. was his lawful son 
4. That O. died 
5. That O. was never married  
1. 
2. 
3. But not that he was his only lawful son. 
4. But  not that he died on the 1st April, 
1896. 
5. 
No.  12. 
NOTICE TO PRODUCE (GENERAL FORM). (O. 12, r. 8.) 
(Title as in No. 1, supra.) 
Take notice that you are hereby required to produce and show to the 
Court at the first hearing of this suit all books, papers, letters, copies of letters 
and other writings and documents in your custody, possession or power, 
containing any entry, memorandum or minute relating to the matters in question in 
this suit, and particularly 
G. H., pleader [or agent] for plaintiff [or defendant]. 
To E. F., pleader [or agent] for defendant [or plaintiff]. 
 
 
1
[Form No. 13 (Order IX-A) 
CASE MANAGEMENT STATEMENT  
 
In the Court of ____________________________________________ 
Civil Suit No. _________________________ 
________________________________________________________ 
 (Plaintiff) 
Versus 
________________________________________________________ 
(Defendant) 
By Plaintiff(s)______________________________________________ 
By Defendant(s)____________________________________________ 
Date of Filing______________________________________________ 
Pursuant to Order IX -A CPC, Plaintiff(s)/ Defendant (s) as the case may be , shall 
submit Case Management Statement as under: 
1. Whether the Plaintiff or the Defendant requires inspection and discovery of 
documents in terms of Order XI,CPC? If so, please specify. 
2. Whether the Plaintiff or Defendant will require the other side (Specify) to 
admit or deny certain facts in terms of Order XII, CPC? If so, details 
should be given. 
3. The Plaintiff and the Defendant should answer the following interrogatories 
in terms of Order XI. 
4. Plaintiff or Defendant undertakes to attend joint Case Management 
conference with th e Advocates of the other side and submit Case 
Management Statement in Form No. 14 or 15 Appendix-C, CPC. 
____________________ ________________________ 
____________________ ________________________ 
Signature of Plaintiff(s)/ Signatures of the party 
Defendant(s) Advocate  Plaintiff(s)/Defendant(s) 
Certification by Advocate 
I,________________________, Advocate for the Plaintiff/ Defendant certify that I 
have explained to the Plaintiff/ Defendant the procedures for the Case Management 
and CDR and he has understood the same. 
                                                
1Substituted by the Notification No. 237/Legis/XI-Y-26, dated: 15 August 2018;  issued by the Lahore High Court,  Lahore; and, 
was published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part -III, dated: 22 August 2018, pp. 270 -286, read with addendum No. 
18860/CPC-04/Legis./2018, dated: 24 October 2018, published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 31 October 2018, 
pp. 645 -652: It came into force on 1 November 2020 through Notification No. 250/Legis/XI -Y-26, dated: 23 October 2020, 
published in the Punjab Weekly Gazette, Part-III, dated: 28 October 2020, p. 225. 
____________________________ 
Signature of the Advocate for Plaintiff / Defendant 
Certification by the Parties 
I,__________________  ,Plaintiff(s)/ Defendant(s) certify that the Advocate has 
explained to me, and I have understood, the case man agement and CDR 
procedures. 
____________________ 
____________________ 
Signature of the Plaintiff(s)/ Defendant(s) 
 
 
Form No. 14 (Order IX-A)  
Case Management Statement of Plaintiff(s)  
In the Court of _____________________________________________ 
Civil Suit No._______________________________________________ 
Case Management Conference. 
Date ___________________ Time_____________ 
Pursuant to Order IX -A, the parties (through their advocates) submit Case 
Management Statement under the order. Each party(s) certi fies that his advocate 
(who will try this case) met and conferred for the preparation of this Statement as 
required by Order IX-A. 
(1) Statement of admitted facts. 
_________________________________________________________ 
_________________________________________________________ 
_________________________________________________________ 
_________________________________________________________ 
_________________________________________________________ 
_________________________________________________________ 
(2) Statement of disputed facts. 
_________________________________________________________ 
_________________________________________________________ 
_________________________________________________________ 
_________________________________________________________ 
(3) Issues arising for determination including preliminary issues, if any. (In 
case of disagreement on issues, enumerate issues which are agreed a nd those 
which are not agreed for court‟s consideration.) 
_________________________________________________________ 
_________________________________________________________ 
_________________________________________________________ 
(4) Plaintiff(s) elect the following from the list of consensual dispute 
resolution mechanisms. 
_________________________________________________________ 
(a) Mediation. ___________________________ 
(b) Arbitration. ___________________________ 
(c) Conciliation. ___________________________ 
 
(5) Deadline for disclosure of witnesses: 
Party Deadline 
___________________ ______________________ 
 
(6) Trial Schedule 
(a) Trial Date ___________________________ 
(b) Anticipate length of ___________________________ 
(7) Name of Trial Advocate: ___________________________ 
Address: ___________________________ 
Telephone Number ___________________________ 
Advocate for: ___________________________ 
Signature (Advocate): ___________________________ 
(8) Name of the Plaintiff(s) ___________________________ 
Signatures (Plaintiff(s)) ___________________________ 
 The court finds that each party was represented by an advocate  responsible 
for trial of this matter and was given an opportunity to be heard as to all matte rs 
encompassed by the Case Management Statements by each party and the Joint 
Case Management Statement by all the parties. The Court adopts this Statement as 
modified and enters if as the order of this court under Order IX-A. 
IT IS SO ORDERED 
 
Form No. 15 (Order IX-A) 
Case Management System of Defendant(s)  
In the Court of __________________________________________ 
Civil Suit No.____________________________________________ 
Case Management Conference. 
Date ______________________Time ______________________ 
Pursuant to Order IX -A, the parties (through their advocates) submit Case 
Management Statement under the order. Each party(s) certifies that his advocate 
(who will try  this ca se) met and conferred for the preparation of this Statement as 
required by Order IX-A. 
(1) Statement of admitted facts. 
_________________________________________________________ 
_________________________________________________________ 
_________________________________________________________ 
_________________________________________________________ 
_________________________________________________________ 
_________________________________________________________ 
(2) Statement of disputed facts. 
_________________________________________________________ 
_________________________________________________________ 
_________________________________________________________ 
_________________________________________________________ 
 
(3) Issues arising for det ermination including preliminary issues, if any. (In 
case of disagreement on issues, enumerate issues which are agreed and those 
which are not agreed for court‟s consideration.) 
_________________________________________________________ 
_________________________________________________________ 
_________________________________________________________ 
_________________________________________________________ 
 
(4) Defendant(s) elect the following from the list of consensual dispute 
resolution mechanisms. 
_________________________________________________________ 
(a) Mediation. __________________ 
(b) Arbitration. __________________ 
(c) Conciliation.  __________________ 
(5) Deadline for disclosure of witnesses: 
Party Deadline 
______________________ ______________________ 
(6) Trial Schedule 
(c) Trial Date  ______________________________ 
(d) Anticipate length of ______________________________ 
(7) Name of Trial Advocate: ______________________________ 
Address: ______________________________ 
Telephone Number: ______________________________ 
Advocate for: ______________________________ 
Signature (Advocate) 
(8) Name of the Defendant(s) ____________________________ 
Signatures (Defendant(s)) ____________________________ 
The court finds that each party was represented by an advocate resp onsible for 
trial of this matter and was given an opportunity to be heard as to all matters 
encompassed by the Case Management Statements by each party and the Joint 
Case Management Statement by all the parties. The  Court adopts this Statement as 
modified and enters if as the order of this court under Order IX-A. 
IT IS SO ORDERED] 
 
APPENDIX D 
DECREES. 
 
No. 1. 
DECREE IN ORIGINAL SUIT. (O. 20, rr. 6, 7.)  
(Title.) 
Claim for 
This suit coming on this day for final disposal before           in the presence of
       for the plaintiff and of           for the defendant, it is ordered and decreed 
that                     and that the sum of Rs.           be paid by the           to the        on 
account of the costs of this suit, with interest thereon at the rate of           per cent 
per annum from this date to date of realization.  
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this          day of              
19         . 
 
Judge. 
Costs of Suit. 
Plaintiff.  Defendant. 
 Rs. A. P.   Rs. A. P. 
1.Stamp for plaint     Stamp for power     
2.Do. for power     Do. for petition     
3.Do. for exhibits     Pleader's fee     
4.Pleader's fee 
on Rs. 
    Subsistence for witnesses    
5.Subsistence for 
witnesses. 
    Service of process    
6.Commissioner's 
fee 
    Commissioner's fee    
7.Service of 
process 
        
Total     Total    
 
No.  2. 
SIMPLE MONEY DECREE. (Section 34.) 
(Title.) 
Claim for 
This suit coming on this day for final disposal before              in the presence 
of                  for the plaintiff and of                for the defendant, it is ordered that 
the           do pay to the             the sum of Rs.            with interest thereon at 
the rate of           per cent per annum from            to the date of realization of the 
said sum and do also pay Rs.         , the costs of this suit with interest thereon at the 
rate of           per cent per annum from this date to the date of realization. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this         day of    19    . 
 
 
 Judge. 
 
Costs of Suit. 
Plaintiff. Defendant. 
 Rs. A. P.  Rs. A. P. 
1.Stamp for plaint     Stamp for power     
2.Do. for power     Do. for petition    
3.Do. for exhibits    Pleader's fee     
Pleader's fee on Rs.    Subsistence for witnesses    
Subsistence for 
witnesses. 
   Service of process    
Commissioner's fee    Commissioner's fee    
Service of process     
 
   
Total    Total    
 
1
[FORM NO. 3. 
Preliminary decree for foreclosure. 
(Order XXXIV, rule 2.− Where accounts are directed to be taken.) 
(Title.) 
 This suit coming on this…………day, etc.; It is hereby ordered and decreed 
that it be referred to ……………… as the Commissioner to take the accounts 
following:− 
(i) an account of what is due on this date to the plaintiff for principal and 
interest on his mortgage mentioned in the plaint such interest to be 
computed at the rate payable on the principal, or, where no such 
                                                
1Forms 3 to 11 were substituted by the Transfer of Property (Amendment) Supplementary Act, 1929 (XXI of 1929), published in 
the Punjab Gazette, dated: 25 October 1929, pp. 133-153, s. 8. 
rate is fixed, at six per cent. per annum or at such rate as the 
Court deems reasonable; 
(ii) an account of the income of the mortgaged property received up to 
this date by the plaintiff or by any other person by the order or for 
the use of the plaintiff or which without the willful default of the 
plaintiff or such person might have been so received; 
(iii) an account of all sums of money properly incurred by the plaintiff up 
to this date for costs, charges and expenses (other than the costs 
of the suit) in respect of the mortgage­security, together with 
interest thereon (such interest to be computed at the rate agreed 
between the parties, or, failing such rate, at the same rate as is 
payable on the principal, or, failing both such rates, at nine per cent. 
per annum); 
(iv) an account of any loss or damage caused to the mortgaged property 
before this date by any act or omission of the plaintiff which is 
destructive of, or permanently injurious to, the property or by his 
failure to perform any of the duties imposed upon him by any law 
for the time being in force or by the terms of the mortgage­deed. 
2. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that any amount received 
under clause (ii) or adjudged due under clause (iv) above, together with interest 
thereon, shall first be adjusted against any sums paid by the plaintiff under clause 
(iii), together with interest thereon, and the balance, if any, shall be added to the 
mortgage­money or, as the case may be, be debited in reduction of the amount 
due to the plaintiff on account of interest on the principal sum adjudged due 
and thereafter in reduction or discharge of the principal. 
3. And it is hereby further ordered that the said Commissioner shall present 
the account to this Court with all convenient despatch after making all just 
allowances on or before the          day of          , and that upon such report of the 
Commissioner being received, it shall be confirmed and countersigned, subject to 
such modification as may be necessary after consideration of such objections as 
the parties to the suit may make. 
4. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed− 
(i) that the defendant do pay into Court on or before the            day of
    , or any later date up to which time for payment may be 
extended by the Court, such sum as the Court shall find due, and the 
sum of Rs.           for the costs of the suit awarded to the plaintiff; 
(ii) that, on such payment and on payment thereafter before such date 
as the Court may fix of such amount as the Court may adjudge due 
in respect of such costs of the suit and such costs, charges and 
expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with such 
subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11 of Order 
XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, the 
plaintiff shall bring into Court all documents in his possession or 
power relating to the mortgaged property in the plaint mentioned, and 
all such documents shall be delivered over to the defendant, or to 
such person as he appoints, and the plaintiff shall, if so required, 
reconvey or retransfer the said property free from the said mortgage 
and clear of and from all incumbrances created by the plaintiff or any 
person claiming under him or any person under whom he claims 
and free from all liability whatsoever arising from the mortgage or 
this suit and shall, if so required, deliver up to the defendant quiet 
and peacea ble possession of the said property. 
5. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, in default of 
payment as aforesaid, the plaintiff shall be at liberty to apply to the Court for a 
final decree that the defendant shall thenceforth stand absolutely debarred and 
foreclosed of and from all right to redeem the mortgaged property described in 
the Schedule annexed hereto and shall, if so required, deliver up to the plaintiff 
quiet and peaceable possession of the said property; and that the parties shall be 
at liberty to apply to the Court from time to time as they may have occasion, and 
on such application or otherwise the Court may give such directions as it thinks fit. 
 
SCHEDULE. 
Description of the mortgaged property. 
 
FORM NO. 3A. 
Preliminary decree for foreclosure.  
(Order XXXIV, rule 2.− Where the Court declares the amount due.) 
(Title.) 
 This suit coming on this           day, etc.; It is hereby declared that the 
amount due to the plaintiff on his mortgage mentioned in the plaint calculated up to 
this            day of           is the sum of Rs.            for principal, the sum of Rs.        for 
interest on the said principal, the sum of Rs.          for costs, charges and 
expenses (other than the costs of the suit) properly incurred by the plaintiff in 
respect of the mortgage- security, together with interest thereon, and the sum of 
Rs.             for the costs of the suit awarded to the plaintiff, making in all the sum 
of Rs.             . 
2.  And it is hereby ordered and decreed as follows:− 
(i) that the defendant do pay into Court on or before the                 day 
of           or any later date up to which time for payment may be 
extended by the Court of the said sum of Rs.            . 
(ii) that, on such payment and on payment thereafter before such date 
as the Court may fix of such amount as the Court may adjudge due 
in respect of such costs of the suit and such costs, charges and 
expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with 
such subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order 
XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, 
the plaintiff shall bring into Court all documents in his possession or 
power relating to the mortgaged property in the plaint mentioned, and 
all such documents shall be delivered over the defendant, or to 
such person as he appoints, and the plaintiff shall, if so required, 
reconvey or retransfer the said property free from the said mortgage 
and clear of and from all incumbrances created by the plaintiff or 
any person claiming under him or any person under whom he claims 
and free from all liability whatsoever arising from the mortgage or this 
suit and shall, if so required, deliver up to the defendant quiet and 
peacea ble possession of the said property. 
3. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, in default of 
payment as aforesaid, the plaintiff may apply to the Court for a final decree that 
the defendant shall thenceforth stand absolutely debarred and foreclosed of and 
from all right to redeem the mortgaged property described in the Schedule 
annexed hereto and shall, if so required, deliver up to the plaintiff quiet and 
peaceable possession of the said property; and that the parties shall be at liberty 
to apply to the Court from time to time as they may have occasion, and on 
such application or otherwise the Court may give such directions as it thinks fit. 
 
SCHEDULE. 
Description of the mortgaged property. 
FORM No. 4. 
Final decree for foreclosure.  
(Order XXXIV, rule 3.)  
(Title.) 
 Upon reading the preliminary decree passed in this suit on the             
day of             and further orders (if any) dated the             day of              and the 
application of the plaintiff dated the             day of             or a final decree and 
after hearing the parties and it appearing that the payment directed by the said 
decree and orders has not been made by the defendant or any person on his 
behalf or any other person entitled to redeem the said mortgage: 
It is hereby ordered and decreed that the defendant and all persons 
claiming through or under him be and they are hereby absolutely debarred and 
foreclosed of and from all right of redemption of and in the property in the aforesaid 
preliminary decree mentioned; 
1
[and (if the defendant be in possession of the 
said mortgaged property) that the defendant shall deliver to the plaintiff quite 
and peacea ble possession of the said mortgaged property]. 
2. And it is hereby further declared that the whole of the liability whatsoever of 
the defendant upto this day arising from the said mortgage mentioned in the 
plaint or from this suit is hereby discharged and extinguished. 
 
FORM No. 5 
Preliminary decree for sale. 
(Order XXXIV, rule 4.– Where accounts are directed to be taken.) 
(Title.) 
This suit coming on this             day, etc.; It is hereby ordered and decreed 
that it be referred to             as the Commissioner to take the accounts following:– 
                                                
1Words not required to be deleted. 
(i) an account of what is due on this date to the plaintiff for principal 
and interest on his mortgage mentioned in the plaint (such interest 
t o  be computed at the rate payable on the principal or where no 
such rate is fixed, at six per cent. per annum or at such rate as the 
Court deems reasonable); 
(ii) an account of the income of the mortgaged property received up to 
this date by the plaintiff or by any other person by the order or for 
the use of the plaintiff or which without the willful default of the 
plaintiff or such person might have been so received; 
(iii) an account of all sums of money properly incurred by the plaintiff up 
to this date for costs, charges and expenses (other than the costs of 
the suit) in respect of the mortgage­security, together with interest 
thereon (such interest to be computed at the rate agreed between 
the parties, or, failing such rate, at the same rate as is payable on 
the principal, or, failing both such rates, at nine per cent. per annum); 
(iv) an account of any loss or damage caused to the mortgaged property 
before this date by any act or omission of the plaintiff which is 
destructive of, or permanently injurious to, the property or by his 
failure to perform any of the duties imposed upon him by any law for 
the time being in force or by the terms of the mortgage-deed. 
2. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that any amount received 
under clause (ii) or adjudged due under clause (iv) above, together with interest 
thereon, shall first be adjusted against any sums paid by the plaintiff under clause 
(iii), together with interest thereon, and the balance, if any, shall be added to the 
mortgage money or, as the case may be, be debited in reduction of the amount 
due to the plaintiff on account of interest on the principal sum adjudged due and 
thereafter in reduction or discharge of the principal. 
3. And it is hereby further ordered that the said Commissioner shall present 
the account to this Court with all convenient despatch after making all just 
allowances on or before the            day of            , and that upon such report of 
the Commissioner being received, it shall be confirmed and countersigned, 
subject to such modification as may be necessary after consideration of such 
objections as the parties to the suit may make. 
4. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed– 
(i)  that the defendant do pay into Court on or before the day of             
or any later date up to which time for payment may be extended by 
the Court, such sum as the Court shall find due and the sum of Rs.      
for the costs of the suit awarded to the plaintiff; 
(ii)  that, on such payment and on payment thereafter before such date 
as the Court may fix of such amount as the Court may adjudge due 
in respect of such costs of the suit, and such costs, charges and 
expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with such 
subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order 
XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, 
the plaintiff shall bring into Court all documents in his possession or 
power relating to the mortgaged property in the plaint mentioned, 
and all such documents shall be delivered over to the defendant, or 
to such person as he appoints, and the plaintiff shall, if so required, 
reconvey or retransfer the said property free from the mortgage and 
clear of and from all incumbrances created by the plaintiff or any 
person claiming under him or any person under whom he claims and 
shall, if so required, deliver up to the defendant quiet and peaceable 
possession of the said property. 
5. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, in default of 
payment as aforesaid, the plaintiff may apply to the Court for a final decree for 
the sale of the mortgaged property; and on such application being made the 
mortgaged property or a sufficient part thereof shall be directed to be sold; and for 
the purposes of such sale the plaintiff shall produce before the Court, or such 
officer as it appoints, all documents in his possession or power relating to the 
mortgaged property. 
6. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that the money realised by 
such sale shall be paid into Court and shall be duly applied (after deduction 
therefrom of the expenses of the sale) in payment of the amount payable to the 
plaintiff under this decree and under any further orders that may be passed in 
this suit and in payment of any amount which the Court may adjudge due to the 
plaintiff in respect of such costs of the suit, and such costs, charges and 
expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with such subsequent 
interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule 
to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, and that the balance, if any, shall be paid 
to the defendant or other persons entitled to receive the same. 
7. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, if the money realised by 
such sale shall not be sufficient for payment in full of the amount payable to the 
plaintiff as aforesaid, the plaintiff shall be at liberty (where such remedy is open to 
him under the terms of his mortgage and is not barred by any law for the time being 
in force) to apply for a personal decree against the defendant for the amount of 
the balance; and that the parties are at liberty to apply to the Court from time to 
time as they may have occasion, and on such application or otherwise the Court 
may give such directions at it thinks fit. 
 
SCHEDULE. 
Description of the mortgaged property. 
 
Form No. 5A. 
Preliminary decree for sale. 
(Order XXXIV, rule 4.– When the Court declares the amount due.) 
(Title.) 
This suit coming on this            day, etc.; It is hereby declared that the 
amount due to the plaintiff on the mortgage mentioned in the plaint calculated up to 
this            day of                        is the sum of Rs.              for principal, the sum of 
Rs.             for interest on the said principal, the sum of Rs.             for costs, 
charges and expenses (other than the costs of the suit) properly incurred by the 
plaintiff in respect of the mortgage­security, together with interest thereon, and the 
sum of Rs.  for the costs of the suit awarded to the plaintiff, making in all the 
sum of Rs.            . 
2. And it is hereby ordered and decreed as follows:_ 
(i)  that the defendant do pay into Court on or before the                 day 
of             or any later date up to which time for payment may be 
extended by the Court, the said sum of Rs.             ; 
(ii)  that, on such payment and on payment thereafter before such date 
as the Court may fix of such amount as the Court may adjudge due 
in respect of such costs of the suit and such costs, charges and 
expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with such 
subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order 
XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, 
the plaintiff shall bring into Court all documents in his possession or 
power relating to the mortgaged property in the plaint mentioned 
and all such documents shall be delivered over to the defendant, or 
to such person as he appoints, and the plaintiff shall, if so required, 
reconvey or retransfer the said property free from the said mortgage 
and clear of and from all incumbrances created by the plaintiff or 
any person claiming under him or any person under whom he claims 
and shall if so required, deliver up to the defendant quiet and 
peacea ble possession of the said property. 
3. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, in default of 
payment as aforesaid, the plaintiff may apply to the Court for the final decree for 
the sale of the mortgaged property; and on such application being made, the 
mortgaged property or a sufficient part thereof shall be directed to be sold; and for 
the purposes of such sale the plaintiff shall produce before the Court or such 
officer as it appoints all documents in his possession or power relating to the 
mortgaged property. 
4. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that the money realised by 
such sale shall be paid into Court and shall be duly applied ( after deduction 
therefrom of the expenses of the sale) in payment of the amount payable to the 
plaintiff under this decree and under any further orders that may be passed in 
this suit and in payment of any amount which the Court may adjudge due to the 
plaintiff in respect of such costs of the suit, and such costs, charges and 
expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with such subsequent 
interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule 
to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, and that the balance, if any, shall be paid 
to the defendant or other persons entitled to receive the same. 
5. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, if the money realised by 
such sale shall not be sufficient for payment in full of the amount payable to the 
plaintiff as aforesaid, the plaintiff shall be at liberty (where such remedy is open to 
him under the terms of his mortgage and is not barred by any law for the time being 
in force) to apply for the personal decree against the defendant for the amount of 
the balance; and that the parties are at liberty to apply to the Court from time to 
time as they may have occasion, and on such application or otherwise the Court 
may give such directions as it thinks fit. 
 
SCHEDULE. 
Description of the mortgaged property. 
 
FORM No. 6. 
Final decree for sale. 
(Order XXXIV, rule 5.) 
(Title.) 
Upon reading the preliminary decree passed in this suit on the              day of
    and further orders (if any) dated the            day of                     and the 
application of the plaintiff dated the             day of            for a final decree and 
after hearing the parties and it appearing that the payment directed by the said 
decree and orders has not been made by the defendant or any person on his 
behalf or any other person entitled to redeem the mortgage; 
It is hereby ordered and decreed that the mortgaged property in the 
aforesaid preliminary decree mentioned or a sufficient part thereof be sold, and 
that for the purposes of such sale the plaintiff shall produce before the Court or 
such officer as it appoints all documents in his possession or power relating to 
the mortgaged property. 
2. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that the money realised by 
such sale shall be paid into the Court and shall be duly applied (after deduction 
therefrom of the expenses of the sale) in payment of the amount payable to the 
plaintiff under the aforesaid preliminary decree and under any further orders that 
may have been passed in this suit and in payment of any amount which the 
Court may have adjudged due to the plaintiff for such costs of the suit including 
the costs of this application and such costs, charges and expenses as may be 
payable under rule 10, together with such subsequent interest as may be payable 
under rule 11, of, Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil 
Procedure, 1908, and that the balance, if any, shall be paid to the defendant or 
other persons entitled to receive the same. 
 
FORM No. 7. 
Preliminary decree for redemption where on default of payment by 
mortgagor a decree for foreclosure is passed. 
(Order XXXIV, rule 7.– Where accounts are directed to be taken.) 
(Title.) 
This suit coming on this            day, etc.; It is hereby ordered and decreed 
that it be referred to            as the Commissioner to take the accounts following:– 
(i)  an account of what is due on this date to the defendant for 
principal and interest on the mortgage mentioned in the plaint (such 
interest to be computed at the rate payable on the principal or 
where no such rate is fixed, at six per cent. per annum or at such 
rate as the Court deems reasonable); 
(ii) an account of the income of the mortgaged property received up 
to this date by the defendant or by any other person by order or for 
the use of the defendant or which without the wilful default of the 
defendant or such person might have been so received; 
(iii) an account of all sums of money properly incurred by the defendant 
up to this date for costs, charges and expenses (other than the 
costs of the suit) in respect of the mortgage­ security, together with 
interest thereon (such interest to be computed at the rate agreed 
between the parties, or, failing such rate, at the same rate as is 
payable on the principal, or, failing both such rates, at nine per cent. 
per annum); 
(iv) an account of any loss or damage caused to the mortgaged property 
before this             date             by any act or omission of the 
defendant which is destructive of, or permanently injurious to, the 
property or by his failure to perform any of the duties imposed upon 
him by any law for the time being in force or by the terms of the 
mortgage­deed. 
2. It is hereby further ordered and decreed that any amount received under 
clause (ii) or adjudged due under clause (iv) above, together with interest thereon, 
shall be adjusted against any sums paid by the defendant under clause (iii), 
together with interest thereon, and the balance, if any, shall be added to the 
mortgage­money or, as the case may be, be debited in reduction of the 
amount due to the defendant on account of interest on the principal sum 
adjudged due and thereafter in reduction or discharge of the principal. 
3. And it is hereby further ordered that the said Commissioner shall present 
the account to this Court with all convenient despatch after making all just 
allowances on or before the            day of  , and that upon such report of 
the Commissioner being received, it shall be confirmed and countersigned, 
subject to such modification as may be necessary after consideration of such 
objections as the parties to the suit may make. 
4. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed_ 
(i)  that the plaintiff do pay into Court on or before the  day of        , 
or any later date up to which time for payment may be extended by 
the Court such sum as the Court shall find due and the sum of Rs.   
for the costs of the suit awarded to the defendant; 
(ii)  that, on such payment, and on payment thereafter before such date 
as the Court may fix of such amount as the Court may adjudge due 
in respect of such costs of the suit and such costs, charges and 
expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with such 
subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order 
XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil procedure, 1908, the 
defendant shall bring into Court all documents in his possession or 
power relating to the mortgaged property in the plaint mentioned, 
and all such documents shall be delivered over to the plaintiff, or to 
such person as he appoints, and the defendant shall, if so required, 
reconvey or retransfer the said property free from the said mortgage 
and clear of and from all incumbrances created by the defendant or 
any person claiming under him or any person under whom he claims 
and free from all liability whatsoever arising from the mortgage or this 
suit and shall, if so required, deliver up to the plaintiff quiet and 
peacea ble possession of the said property. 
5. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, in default of 
payment as aforesaid, the defendant shall be at liberty to apply to the Court for a 
final decree that the plaintiff shall thenceforth stand absolutely debarred and 
foreclosed of and from all right to redeem the mortgaged property described in 
the Schedule annexed hereto and shall, if so required, deliver up to the 
defendant quiet and peacea ble possession of the said property; and that the 
parties shall be at liberty to apply to the Court from time to time as they may 
have occasion, and on such application or otherwise the Court may give such 
directions as it thinks fit. 
 
SCHEDULE. 
Description of the mortgaged property. 
 
FORM No. 7A. 
Preliminary decree for redemption where on default of payment by 
mortgagor a decree for sale is passed. 
(Order XXXIV, rule 7.– Where accounts are directed to be taken.)  
(Title.) 
This suit coming on this            day, etc.; It is hereby ordered and decreed 
that it be referred to            as the Commissioner to take the accounts following:– 
(i) an account of what is due on this date to the defendant for 
principal and interest on the mortgage mentioned in the plaint (such 
interest to be computed at the rate payable on the principal or 
where no such rate is fixed, at six per cent. per annum or at such 
rate as the Court deems reasonable); 
(ii) an account of the income of the mortgaged property received up 
to this date by the defendant or by any other person by the order 
or for the use of the defendant or which without the wilful default of 
the defendant or such person might have been so received; 
(iii) an account of all sums of money properly incurred by the 
defendant up to this date for costs, charges and expenses (other 
than the costs of the suit) in respect of the mortgage­ security, 
together with interest thereon (such interest to be computed at the 
rate agreed between the parties, or, failing such rate, at the same 
rate as is payable on the principal, or, failing both such rates, at nine 
per cent. per annum); 
(iv) an account of any loss or damage caused to the mortgaged property 
before this date by any act or omission of the defendant which is 
destructive of, or permanently injurious to, the property or by his 
failure to perform any of the duties imposed upon him by any law for 
the time being in force or by the terms of the mortgage­deed. 
2. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that any amount received 
under clause (ii) or adjudged due under clause (iv) above, together with interest 
thereon, shall first be adjusted against any sums paid by the defendant under 
clause (iii), together with interest thereon, and the balance, if any, shall be added 
to the mortgage­money, or, as the case may be, be debited in reduction of the 
amount due to the defendant on account of interest on the principal sum 
adjudged due and thereafter in reduction or discharge of the principal. 
3. And it is hereby further ordered that the said Commissioner shall present 
the account to this Court with all convenient despatch after making all just 
allowances on or before the            day of  and that, upon such report of 
the Commissioner being received, it shall be confirmed and countersigned, 
subject to such modification as may be necessary after consideration of such 
objections as the parties to the suit may make. 
4. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed– 
(i) that the plaintiff do pay into Court on or before the                       day 
of                        or any later date up to which time for payment may 
be extended by the Court, such sum as the Court shall find due and 
the sum of Rs.             for the costs of the suit awarded to the 
defendant; 
(ii) that, on such payment and on payment thereafter before such date 
as the Court may fix of such amount as the Court may adjudge due 
in respect of such costs of the suit and such costs, charges and 
expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with 
such subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of 
Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 
1908, the defendant shall bring into Court all documents in his 
possession or power relating to the mortgaged property in the plaint 
mentioned, and all such documents shall be delivered over to the 
plaintiff, or to such person as he appoints, and the defendant shall, 
if so required, reconvey or retransfer the said property free from the 
said mortgage and clear of and from all incumbrances created by the 
defendant or any person claiming under him or any person under 
whom he claims and shall, if so required, deliver up to the plaintiff 
quiet and peacea ble possession of the said property. 
5. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, in default of 
payment as aforesaid, the defendant may apply to the court for a final decree for 
the sale of the mortgaged property; and on such application being made, the 
mortgaged property or a sufficient part thereof shall be directed to be sold; and for 
the purposes of such sale the defendant shall produce before the Court or such 
officer as it appoints, all documents in his possession or power relating to the 
mortgaged property. 
6. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that the money realised by 
such sale shall be paid into Court and shall be duly applied (after deduction 
therefrom of the expenses of the sale) in payment of the amount payable to the 
defendant under this decree and under any further orders that may be passed in 
this suit and in payment of any amount which the Court may adjudge due to the 
defendant in respect of such costs of the suit and such costs, charges and 
expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with such subsequent 
interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to 
the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, and that the balance, if any, shall be paid 
to the plaintiff or other persons entitled to receive the same. 
7. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, if the money realised by 
such sale shall not be sufficient for payment in full of the amount payable to the 
defendant as aforesaid, the defendant shall be at liberty (where such remedy is 
open to him under the terms of his mortgage and is not barred by any law for the 
time being in force) to apply for a personal decree against the plaintiff for the 
amount of the balance; and that the parties are at liberty to apply to the Court from 
time to time as they may have occasion, and on such application or otherwise the 
Court may give such directions as it thinks fit. 
 
SCHEDULE. 
Description of the mortgaged property 
 
FORM  No. 7B. 
Preliminary decree for redemption where on default of payment by 
mortgagor a decree for foreclosure is passed. 
(Order XXXIV, rule 7.– Where the Court declares the amount due.)  
(Title.) 
This suit coming on this  day, etc.; It is hereby declared that the 
amount due to the defendant on the mortgage mentioned in the plaint calculated 
up to this             day of    is the sum of Rs.   for principal, the sum of 
Rs.                                             for interest on the said principal, the sum of Rs.                
for costs, charges and expenses (other than the costs of the suit) properly incurred 
by the defendant in respect of the mortgage­security, together with interest 
thereon, and the sum of Rs.   for the costs of the suit awarded to the defendant, 
making in all the sum of Rs.   . 
2. And it is hereby ordered and decreed as follows:– 
(i) that the plaintiff do pay into Court on or before the                        day 
of                or any later date up to which time for payment may be 
extended by the Court the said sum of Rs.                ; 
(ii) that, on such payment and on payment thereafter before such date 
as the Court may fix of such amount as the Court may adjudge due 
in respect of such costs of the suit and such costs, charges and 
expenses as maybe payable under rule 10, together with 
such subsequent interest as maybe payable under rule 11, of Order 
XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, the 
defendant shall bring into Court all documents in his possession or 
power relating to the mortgaged property in the plaint mentioned, and 
all such documents shall be delivered over to the plaintiff, or to such 
person as he appoints, and the defendant shall, if so required, 
reconvey or retransfer the said property free from the said mortgage 
and clear of and from all incumbrances created by the defendant or 
any person claiming under him or any person under whom he claims, 
and free from all liability whatsoever arising from the mortgage or this 
suit and shall, if so required, deliver up to the plaintiff quiet and 
peacea ble possession of the said property. 
3. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, in default of 
payment as aforesaid, the defendant may apply to the Court for a final decree 
that the plaintiff shall thenceforth stand absolutely debarred and foreclosed of 
and from all right to redeem the mortgaged property described in the Schedule 
annexed hereto and shall, if so required, deliver up to the defendant quiet and 
peacea ble possession of the said property; and that the parties shall be at liberty 
to apply to the Court from time to time as they may have occasion, and on such 
application or otherwise the Court may give such directions as it thinks fit. 
 
SCHEDULE. 
Description of the mortgaged property. 
 
FORM No. 7C. 
Preliminary decree for redemption where on default of payment  by 
mortgagor a decree for sale is passed. 
(Order XXXIV, rule 7.– Where the Court declares the amount due.) 
(Title.) 
This suit coming on this  day, etc.; It is hereby declared that the 
amount due to the defendant on the mortgage mentioned in the plaint calculated 
up to this                day of                is the sum of Rs.                 for principal, the 
sum of Rs.                for interest on the said principal, the sum of Rs.                for 
costs, charges and expenses (other than the costs of the suit) properly incurred 
by the defendant in respect of the mortgage­security together with interest 
thereon, and the sum of Rs.                for the cost of this suit awarded to the 
defendant, making in all the sum of Rs.                . 
2. And it is hereby ordered and decreed as follows:– 
(i)  that the plaintiff do pay into Court on or before the                      day 
of                or any later date up to which time the payment may be 
extended by the Court the said sum of Rs.                ; 
(ii)  that, on such payment and on payment thereafter before such date 
as the Court may fix of such amount as the Court may adjudge due 
in respect of such costs of the suit and such costs, charges and 
expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with 
such subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of 
Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 
1908, the defendant shall bring into Court all documents in his 
possession or power relating to the mortgaged property in the plaint 
mentioned, and all such documents shall be delivered over to the 
plaintiff, or such person as he appoints, and the defendant shall, if 
so required, reconvey or retransfer the said property to the plaintiff 
free from the said mortgage and clear of and from all 
incumbrances created by the defendant or any person claiming 
under him or any person under whom he claims and shall, if so 
required, deliver up to the plaintiff quiet and peaceable 
possession of the said property. 
3. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, in default of 
payment as aforesaid, the defendant may apply to the Court for a final decree for 
the sale of the mortgaged property; and on such application being made, the 
mortgaged property or a sufficient part thereof shall be directed to be sold; and for 
the purposes of such sale the defendant shall produce before the Court or such 
officer as it appoints all documents in his possession or power relating to the 
mortgaged property. 
4. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that the money realised by 
such sale shall be paid into Court and shall be duly applied (after deduction 
therefrom of the expenses of the sale) in payment of the amount payable to the 
defendant under this decree and under any further orders that may be passed in 
this suit and in payment of any amount which the Court may adjudge due to the 
defendant in respect of such costs of the suit and such costs, charges and 
expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with such subsequent 
interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to 
the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, and that the balance, if any, shaIl be paid 
to the plaintiff or other persons entitled to the same. 
5. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that if the money realised by 
such sale shall not be sufficient for the payment in full of the amount payable to 
the defendant as aforesaid, the defendant shall be at liberty (where such 
remedy is open to him under the terms of the mortgage and is not barred by 
any law for the time being in force) to apply for a personal decree against the 
plaintiff for the amount of the balance; and that the parties are at liberty to apply to 
the Court from time to time as they may have occasion, and on such application 
or otherwise the Court may give such directions as it thinks fit. 
 
SCEHDULE. 
Description of the mortgaged property.  
 
FORM No. 7D. 
Final decree for foreclosure in a redemption suit on default of payment by 
mortgagor . 
(O. XXXIV, r. 8. ) 
(Title.) 
Upon reading the preliminary decree in this suit on the                          , day 
of         and further orders (if any) dated the        day of           and the application of 
the defendant dated the               day of                for a final decree and after 
hearing the parties, and it appearing that the payment as directed by the said 
decree and orders has not been made by the plaintiff or any person on his behalf 
or any other person entitled to redeem the mortgage: 
It is hereby ordered and decreed that the plaintiff and all persons claiming 
through or under him be and they are hereby absolutely debarred and foreclosed 
of and from all right of redemption of and in the property in the aforesaid 
preliminary decree mentioned 
1
[and (if the plaintiff be in possession of that said 
mortgaged property) that the plaintiff shall deliver to the defendant quiet and 
peacea ble possession of the said mortgaged property]. 
2. And it is hereby further declared that the whole of the liability whatsoever of 
the plaintiff up to this day arising from the said mortgage mentioned in the plaint 
or from this suit is hereby discharged and extinguished. 
 
FORM No. 7E. 
Final decree for sale in a redemption suit on default of payment by 
mortgagor. 
(Order  XXXIV, rule 8.) 
(Title.) 
Upon reading the preliminary decree passed in this suit on the                , 
day of                and further orders (if any) dated the  day of                  and the 
application of the defendant dated the                day of                 for a final 
decree and after hearing the parties, and it appearing that the payment directed 
by the said decree and orders has not been made by the plaintiff or any person 
on his behalf or any other person entitled to redeem the mortgage: 
It is hereby ordered and decreed that the mortgaged property in the 
aforesaid preliminary decree mentioned or a sufficient part thereof be sold and that 
for the purposes of such sale the defendant shall produce before the Court, or 
such officer as it appoints, all documents in his possession or power relating to 
the mortgaged property. 
2. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that the money realised by 
such sale shall be paid into Court and shall be duly applied (after deduction 
therefrom of the expenses of the sale) in payment of the amount payable to the 
defendant under the aforesaid preliminary decree and under any further orders that 
may have been passed in this suit and in payment of any amount which the Court 
may have adjudged due to the defendant for such costs of this suit including the 
costs of this application and such costs, charges and expenses as may be 
payable under rule 10, together with the subsequent interest as may be payable 
under rule 11, of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil 
Procedure, 1908, and that the balance, if any, shall be paid to the plaintiff or 
other persons entitled to receive the same. 
 
 
                                                
1Words not required to be deleted. 
FORM No. 7F. 
Final decree in a suit for foreclosure, sale or redemption where the 
mortgagor pays the amount of the decree. 
(Order XXXIV, rules 3, 5 and 8. ) 
(Title.) 
This suit coming on this             day for further consideration and it appearing 
that on the           day of                the mortgagor                or, the same being a 
person entitled to redeem, has paid into Court all amounts due to the mortgagee 
under the preliminary decree dated the                 day of                ; It is hereby 
ordered and decreed that:– 
(i) the mortgagee do execute a deed of reconveyance of the 
property in the aforesaid preliminary decree mentioned in favour of 
the mortgagor 
1
[or, as the case may be,   ] who has redeemed 
the property or an acknowledgment of the payment of the amount due 
in his favour; 
(ii) the mortgagee do bring into Court all documents in his 
possession and power relating to the mortgaged property in the suit. 
And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, upon the mortgagee 
executing the deed of reconveyance or acknowledgment in the manner aforesaid,– 
(i) the said sum of Rs.   be paid out of Court to the mortgagee; 
(ii) the said deeds and documents brought into the Court be delivered out 
of Court to the mortgagor 
2
[or the person making the payment] and 
the mortgagee do, when so required, concur in registering, at the 
cost of the mortgagor 
3
[or other person making the payment], the said 
deed of reconveyance or the acknowledgment in the office of the 
Sub­Registrar of   ;and 
(iii) 
4
[if the mortgagee, plaintiff or defendant, as the case may be, is in 
possession of the mortgaged property] that the mortgagee do 
forthwith deliver possession of the mortgaged property in the 
aforesaid preliminary decree mentioned to the mortgagor 
5
[or such 
person as aforesaid who has made the payment]. 
 
FORM No. 8. 
Decree against mortgagor personally for balance after the sale of the 
mortgaged property. 
(Order  XXXIV, rules  6 and 8A.) 
(Title.) 
Upon reading the application of the mortgagee (the plaintiff or defendant, as 
the case may be) and reading the final decree passed in the suit on the                                    
                                                
1Words not required to be deleted. 
2Words not required to be deleted. 
3Words not required to be deleted. 
4Words not required to be deleted. 
5Words not required to be deleted. 
day of                   and the Court being satisfied that the net proceeds of the sale 
held under the aforesaid final decree amounted to Rs.           and have been paid 
to the applicant out of the Court on the          day of           and that the balance 
now due to him under the aforesaid decree is Rs.         ; 
And whereas it appears to the Court that the said sum is legally 
recoverable from the mortgagor (plaintiff or defendant, as the case may be) 
personally; 
It is hereby ordered and decreed as follows:– 
That the mortgagor (plaintiff or defendant, as the case may be) do pay to 
the mortgagee (defendant or plaintiff, as the case may be) the said sum of Rs.
 with further interest at the rate of six per cent. per annum from the day of
 (the date of payment out of Court referred to above) up to the date of 
realization of the said sum, and the costs of this application. 
 
FORM No. 9. 
Preliminary decree for foreclosure or sale. 
[Plaintiff…………………………………………………………… 1st Mortgagee, 
vs. 
Defendant No. 1……………………………………………… Mortgagor. 
Defendant No. 2………………………………………………..2 nd Mortgagee.] 
(Order  XXXIV, rules  2 and 4.) 
(Title.) 
The suit coming on this      day, etc.; It is hereby declared that the amount 
due to the plaintiff on the mortgage mentioned in the plaint calculated up to this    
day of is the sum of Rs.     for principal, the sum of Rs.       for interest on the said 
principal, the sum of Rs.         for costs, charges and expenses (other than the 
costs of the suit) incurred by the plaintiff in respect of the mortgage security 
with interest thereon and the sum of Rs.          for the costs of this suit awarded to 
the plaintiff, making in all the sum of Rs.               . 
(Similarly declarations to be introduced with regard to the amount due 
to defendant No. 2  in respect of his mortgage if the mortgage­money due 
thereunder has become payable at the date of the suit). 
2. It is further declared that the plaintiff is entitled to payment of the amount 
due to him in priority to defendant No. 2 
1
[or (if there are several subsequent 
mortgagees) that the several parties hereto are entitled in the following order to the 
payment of the sums due to them respectively.] 
3. And it is hereby ordered and decreed as follows:– 
(i)(a) that defendants or one of them do pay into Court on or before the
 day of    or any later date up to which time for payment has 
                                                
1Words not required to be deleted. 
been extended by the Court the said sum of Rs.       due to the 
plaintiff; and 
(b) that defendant No.1 do pay into Court on or before the       
day of             or any later date up to which time for payment 
has been extended by the Court the said sum of Rs.          due 
to defendant No. 2; and 
(ii) that, on payment of the sum declared to be due to the plaintiff by 
defendants or either of them in the manner prescribed in clause (i) 
(a) and on payment thereafter before such date as the Court may fix 
of such amount as the Court may adjudge due in respect of such 
costs of the suit and such costs, charges and expenses as may be 
payable under rule 10, together with such subsequent interest as 
may be payable under rule 11, of Order XXXIV of the First 
Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, the plaintiff shall 
bring into Court all documents in his possession or power relating 
to the mortgaged property in the plaint mentioned, and all such 
documents shall be delivered over to the defendant No.          
(who has made the payment), or to such person as he appoints, and 
the plaintiff shall, if so required, re­convey or re­transfer the said 
property free from the said mortgage and clear of and from all 
incumbrances created by the plaintiff or any person claiming under 
him or any person under whom he claims, and also free from all 
liability whatsoever arising from the mortgage or this suit and shall, if 
so required, deliver up to the defendant No. (who has made the 
payment) quiet and peacea ble possession of the said property. 
(Similar declarations to be introduced, if defendant No.1 pays the amount 
found or declared to be due to defendant No.2 with such variations as may be 
necessary having regard to the nature of his mortgage.) 
4. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, in default of payment 
as aforesaid of the amount due to the plaintiff, the plaintiff shall be at liberty to 
apply to the Court for a final decree– 
(i)  
1
[in the case of a mortgage by conditional sale or an anomalous 
mortgage where the only remedy provided for the mortgage­deed is 
foreclosure and not sale] that the defendants jointly and severally 
shall thenceforth stand absolutely debarred and foreclosed of and 
from all right to redeem the mortgaged property described in the 
Schedule annexed hereto and shall, if so required, deliver to the 
plaintiff quiet and peaceable possession of the said property; or 
(ii) 
2
[in the case of any other mortgage] that the mortgaged property 
or a sufficient part thereof shall be sold; and that for the purposes 
of such sale the plaintiff shall produce before the Court or such 
officer as it appoints, all documents in his possession or power 
relating to the mortgaged property; and 
                                                
1Words not required to be deleted. 
2Words not required to be deleted. 
(iii) 
1
[in the case where a sale is ordered under clause 4 (ii) above] that 
the money realised by such sale shall be paid into Court and be duly 
applied (after deduction therefrom of the expenses of the sale) in 
payment of the amount payable to the plaintiff under this decree and 
under any further orders that may have been passed in this suit and in 
payment of the amount which the Court may adjudge due to the plaintiff 
in respect of such costs of this suit and such costs, charges and 
expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with such 
subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order XXXIV 
of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, and that 
the balance, if any, shall be applied in payment of the amount due to 
defendant No. 2; and that if any balance be left, it shall be paid to the 
defendant No.1 or other persons entitled to receive the same; and 
(iv) That, if the money realised by such sale shall not be sufficient for 
payment in full of the amounts due to the plaintiff and defendant No. 
2, the plaintiff or defendant No.2 or both of them, as the case may be, 
shall be at liberty (when such remedy is open under the terms of their 
respective mortgages and is not barred by any law for the time being 
in force) to apply for a personal decree against defendant No.1 for 
the amounts remaining due to them  respectively. 
5. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed– 
(a) that if defendant No.2 pays into Court to the credit of this suit the 
amount adjudged due to the plaintiff, but defendant No.1 makes 
default in the payment of the said amount, defendant No.2 shall be at 
liberty to apply to the Court to keep the plaintiff‟s mortgage, alive for 
his benefit and to apply for a final decree (in the same manner as 
the plaintiff might have done under clause 4 above)– 
2
[(i) that defendant No.1 shall thenceforth stand absolutely debarred 
and foreclosed of and from all right to redeem  the mortgaged 
property described in the Schedule annexed hereto and shall, if 
so required, deliver up to defendant No.2 quiet and peaceable 
possession of the said property;] or 
3
[(ii) that the mortgaged property or a sufficient part thereof be sold 
and that for the purposes of such sale defendant No. 2  shall 
produce before the Court or such officer as it appoints, all 
documents in his possession or power relating to the 
mortgaged property;] 
and (b) (if on the application of defendant No. 2 such a final decree for 
foreclosure is passed), that the whole of the liability of defendant No.1 arising from 
the plaintiff‟s mortgage or from the mortgage of defendant No. 2  or from this suit 
shall be deemed to have been discharged and extinguished. 
                                                
1Words not required to be deleted. 
2Words not required to be deleted. 
3Words not required to be deleted. 
6. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed 
1
[in the case where a sale is 
ordered under clause 5 above]– 
(i) that the money realised by such sale shall be paid into Court and be 
duly applied (after deduction therefrom of the expenses of the sale) 
first in payment of the amount paid by defendant No. 2 in respect of 
the plaintiff's mortgage and the costs of the suit in connection 
therewith and in payment of the amount which the Court may adjudge 
due in respect of subsequent interest on the said amount; and that 
the balance, if any, shall then be applied in payment of the amount 
adjudged due to defendant No. 2 in respect of his own mortgage 
under this decree and any further orders that may be passed and in 
payment of the amount which the Court may adjudge, due in respect of 
such costs of this suit and such costs, charges and expenses as 
may be payable to defendant No. 2 under rule 10, together with 
such subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of 
Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 
1908, and that the balance, if any, shall be paid to defendant No. 1 
or other persons entitled to receive the same; and 
(ii) that, if the money realised by such sale shall not be sufficient for 
payment in full of the amount due in respect of the plaintiff‟s 
mortgage or defendant No. 2‟s mortgage, defendant No. 2 shall be at 
liberty (where such remedy is open to him under the terms of his 
mortgage and is not barred by any law for the time being in force) 
to apply for a personal decree against defendant No. 1  for the 
amount of the balance. 
7. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that the parties are at liberty 
to apply to the Court from time to time as they may have occasion, and on such 
application or otherwise the Court may give such directions as it thinks fit. 
 
SCHEDULE. 
Description of the mortgaged property.  
 
FORM No. 10. 
Preliminary decree for redemption of prior mortgage and foreclosure or sale on 
subsequent mortgage. 
[Plaintiff………………………..…………………………………………..2nd  Mortgagee, 
vs. 
Defendant No.1…………………………………………………… .Mortgagor, 
Defendant No.2……………………………………………….1 st Mortgagee.] 
 
 
                                                
1Words not required to be deleted. 
(Order XXXIV, rules 2, 4 and 7.) 
(Title.) 
This suit coming on this      day, etc.; It is hereby declared that the 
amount due to defendant No. 2  on the mortgage mentioned in the plaint 
calculated up to this      day of      is the sum of Rs.      for principal, the sum of 
Rs.       for interest on the said principal, the sum of Rs.                        for costs, 
charges and expenses (other than the costs of the suit) properly incurred by 
defendant No. 2 in respect of the mortgage­security with interest thereon and the 
sum of Rs.  for the costs of this suit awarded to defendant No. 2, making in all 
the sum of Rs.        
(Similar declarations to be introduced with regard to the amount due from 
defendant No.1 to the plaintiff in respect of his mortgage if the mortgage-money 
due thereunder has become payable at the date of the suit.) 
2. It is further declared that defendant No. 2 is entitled to payment of the 
amount due to him in priority to the plaintiff
1 [or (if there are several subsequent 
mortgagees) that the several parties hereto are entitled in the following order to the 
payment of the sums due to them respectively:–] 
3. And it is hereby ordered and decreed as follows:– 
(i)(a) that the plaintiff or defendant No. 1 or one of them do pay into Court 
on or before the      day of      or any later date up to which time for 
payment has been extended by the Court the said sum of Rs.         due 
to defendant No. 2; and 
(b) that defendant No.1 do pay into Court on or before the      day 
of or any later date up to which time for p ayment has been 
extended by the Court the said sum  of Rs.       due to the 
plaintiff; and 
(ii) that, on payment of the sum declared due to defendant No. 2 by the 
plaintiff and defendant No.1 or either of them in the manner prescribed 
in clause (i) (a) and on payment thereafter before such date as the 
Court may fix of such amount  as  the Court may adjudge due in 
respect of such costs of the suit and such costs, charges and 
expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with such 
subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order 
XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, 
defendant No. 2 shall bring into Court all documents in his 
possession or power relating to the mortgaged property in the plaint 
mentioned, and all such documents shall be delivered over to the 
plaintiff or defendant No.1 (whoever has made the payment), or to 
such person as he appoints, and defendant No. 2 shall, if so 
required, re­convey or re­transfer the said property free from the 
said mortgage and clear of and from all in­cumbrances created by 
defendant No. 2  or any person claiming under him or any person 
under whom he claims, and also free from all liability whatsoever 
arising from the mortgage or this suit and shall, if so required, deliver 
                                                
1Words not required to be deleted. 
up to the plaintiff or defendant No. 1 (whoever has made the payment) 
quiet and peaceable possession of the said property. 
(Similar declarations to be introduced, if defendant No. 1 pays the amount 
found or declared due to the plaintiff with such variations as may be necessary 
having regard to the nature of his mortgage.) 
4. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, in default of payment as 
aforesaid, of the amount due to defendant No. 2, defendant No. 2 shall be at liberty 
to apply to the Court that the suit be dismissed or for a final decree– 
(i) 
1
[in the case of mortgage by conditional sale or an anomalous 
mortgage where the only remedy provided for in the mortgage-deed 
is foreclosure and not sale] that the plaintiff and defendant No. 1  
jointly and severally shall thenceforth stand absolutely debarred and 
foreclosed of and from all right to redeem the mortgaged property 
described in the Schedule annexed hereto and shall, if so required, 
deliver to the defendant No. 2 quiet and peaceable possession of the 
said property; or 
(ii) 
2
[in the case of any other mortgage] that the mortgaged property or a 
sufficient part thereof shall be sold; and that for the purposes of such 
sale defendant No. 2 shall produce before the Court or such officer as 
it appoints, all documents in his possession or power relating to the 
mortgaged property; and 
(iii) 
3
[in the case where a sale is ordered under clause 4(ii) above] that 
the money realised by such sale shall be paid into Court and be duly 
applied (after deduction therefrom of the expenses of the sale) in 
payment of the amount payable to defendant No. 2 under the decree 
and any further orders that may be passed in this suit and in payment of 
the amount which the Court may adjudge due to defendant No. 2  in 
respect of such costs of the suit and such costs, charges and 
expenses as may be payable to the plaintiff under rule 10, 
together with such subsequent interest as may be payable under 
rule 11, of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of 
Civil Procedure, 1908; and that the balance, if any, shall be 
applied in payment of the amount due to the plaintiff and that, if 
any balance be left, it shall be paid to defendant No. 1  or other 
persons entitled to receive the same; and 
(iv) that, if the money realized by such sale shall not be sufficient for 
payment in full of the amounts due to defendant No. 2  and the 
plaintiff, defendant No. 2 or the plaintiff or both of them, as the case 
may be, shall be at liberty (when such remedy is open under the 
terms of their respective mortgages and is not barred by any law for 
the time being in force) to apply for a personal decree against 
defendant No. 1 for the amounts remaining due to them 
respectively. 
                                                
1Words not required to be deleted. 
2Words not required to be deleted. 
3Words not required to be deleted. 
5. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed,_        
(a) that, if the plaintiff pays into Court to the credit of this suit the 
amount adjudged due to defendant No. 2  but defendant No. 1  
makes default in the payment of the said amount, the plaintiff shall 
be at liberty to apply to the Court to keep defendant No. 2's 
mortgage alive for his benefit and to apply for a final decree (in the 
same manner as the defendant No. 2 might have done under clause 
4 above)– 
1
[(i) that defendant No. 1  shall thenceforth stand absolutely 
debarred and foreclosed of and from all right to redeem the 
mortgaged property described in the Schedule annexed hereto 
and shall, if so required, deliver up to the plaintiff quiet and 
peacea ble possession of the said property;] or 
2
[(ii) that the mortgaged property or a sufficient part thereof be sold 
and that for the purposes of such sale the plaintiff shall 
produce before the Court or such officer as it appoints, all 
documents in his possession or power relating to the 
mortgaged property;] 
and (b) (if on the application of defendant No. 2  such a final decree for 
foreclosure is passed), that the whole of the liability of defendant No. 1  arising 
from the plaintiff's mortgage or from the mortgage of defendant No. 2 or from this 
suit shall be deemed to have been discharged and extinguished. 
6. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed (in the case where a sale is 
ordered under clause 5 above)– 
(i) that the money realised by such sale shall be paid into Court and 
be duly applied (after deduction therefrom of the expenses of the 
sale) first in payment of the amount paid by the plaintiff in respect of 
defendant No. 2's mortgage and the costs of the suit in connection 
therewith and in payment of the amount which the Court may 
adjudge due in respect of subsequent interest on the said amount; 
and that the balance, if any, shall then be applied in payment of the 
amount adjudged due to the plaintiff in respect of his own mortgage 
under this decree and any further orders that may be passed and in 
payment of the amount which the Court may adjudge due in respect 
of such costs of the suit and such costs, charges and expenses as 
may be payable to the plaintiff under rule 10, together with such 
subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11 of Order XXXIV 
of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, and that 
the balance, if any, shall be paid to defendant No. 1 or other persons 
entitled to receive the same; and 
(ii) that, if the money realised by such sale shall not be sufficient for 
payment in full of the amount due in respect of defendant No. 2's 
mortgage or the plaintiff's mortgage, defendant No. 2 shall be at liberty 
(where such remedy is open to him under the terms of his mortgage 
                                                
1Words not required to be deleted. 
2Words not required to be deleted. 
and is not barred by any law for the time being in force) to apply for a 
personal decree against defendant No. 1 for the amount of the balance. 
7. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that the parties are at liberty to 
apply to the Court from time to time as they may have occasion, and on such 
application or otherwise the Court may give such directions as it thinks fit. 
 
SCHEDULE. 
Description of the mortgaged property. 
 
FORM No. 11. 
Preliminary decree for sale. 
[Plaintiff – Sub or derivative mortgagee. 
vs. 
     Defendant No. 1.  Mortgagor. 
Defendant No. 2. – Original mortgagee.] 
(Order  XXXIV, rule 4.) 
(Title.) 
This suit coming on this              day, etc.; It is hereby declared that the 
amount due to defendant No. 2 on his mortgage calculated up to this                day 
of               is the sum of Rs.          for principal, the sum of Rs.        for interest on 
the said principal, the sum of Rs.               for costs, charges and expenses (other 
than the costs of the suit) in respect of the mortgage­security together with interest 
thereon and the sum of Rs.            for the costs of the suit awarded to defendant No. 
2, making in all the sum of Rs.          
(Similar declarations to be introduced with regard to the amount due from 
defendant No. 2 to the plaintiff in respect of his mortgage.) 
2. And it is hereby ordered and decreed as follows:– 
(i) that defendant No. 1 do pay into Court on or before the said              
day of or any later date up to which time for payment may be extended 
by the Court the said sum of Rs.    due to defendant No. 2. 
(Similar declarations to be introduced with regard to the amount due to the 
plaintiff, defendant No. 2 being at liberty to pay such amount.) 
(ii) that, on payment of the sum declared due to defendant No. 2 by 
defendant No. 1  in the manner prescribed in clause 2 (i) and on 
payment thereafter before such date as the Court may fix of such 
amount as the Court may adjudge due in respect of such costs of 
the suit and such costs, charges and expenses as may be payable 
under rule 10,          together with such subsequent interest as may 
be payable under rule 11, of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to 
the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908,          the plaintiff and defendant 
No. 2 shall bring into Court all documents in their possession or 
power relating to the mortgaged property in the plaint mentioned, 
and all such documents (except such as relate only to the 
sub­mortgage) shall be delivered over to defendant No. 1, or to such 
person as he appoints, and defendant No. 2 shall, if so required, 
re­convey or re­transfer the property to defendant No. 1 free from the 
said mortgage clear of and from all incumbrances created by 
defendant No. 2  or any person claiming under him or any person 
under whom he claims, and free from all liability arising from the 
mortgage or this suit and shall, if so required, deliver up to 
defendant No. 1 quiet and peaceable possession of the said property; 
and 
(iii) that, upon payment into the Court by defendant No. 1  of the 
amount due to defendant No. 2,  the plaintiff shall be at liberty to 
apply for payment to him of the sum declared due to him together with 
any subsequent costs of the suit and other costs, charges and 
expenses, as may be payable under rule 10, together with such 
subsequent interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order 
XXXIV of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908; 
and that the balance, if any, shall then be paid to defendant         No. 
2; and that if the amount paid into the Court be not sufficient to pay 
in full the sum due to the plaintiff, the plaintiff shall be at liberty (if 
such remedy is open to him by the terms of the mortgage and is not 
barred by any law for the time being in force) to apply for a 
personal decree against defendant No. 2  for the amount of the 
balance. 
3. And it is further ordered and decreed that if defendant No. 2 pays into Court 
to the credit of this suit the amount adjudged due to the plaintiff, the plaintiff  shall 
bring into the Court all documents, etc. [as in sub­clause (ii) of clause 2]. 
4. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, in default of payment by 
defendants Nos. 1 and 2 as aforesaid, the plaintiff may apply to the Court for 
a final decree for sale, and on such application being made the mortgaged 
property or a sufficient part thereof shall be directed to be sold; and that for the 
purposes of such sale the plaintiff and defendant No. 2 shall produce before the 
Court or such officer as it appoints, all documents in their possession or power 
relating to the mortgaged property. 
5. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that the money realised by 
such sale shall be paid into Court and be duly applied (after deduction therefrom 
of the expenses of the sale) first in payment of the amount due to the plaintiff as 
specified in clause 1 above with such costs of the suit and other costs, charges 
and expenses as may be payable under rule 10, together with such subsequent 
interest as may be payable under rule 11, of Order XXXIV of the First Schedule to 
the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, and that the balance, if any, shall be applied 
in payment of the amount due to defendant No. 2;  and that, if any balance be 
left, it shall be paid to defendant No. 1  or other persons entitled to receive the 
same. 
6. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, if the money realised by 
such sale shall not be sufficient for payment in full of the amounts payable to the 
plaintiff and defendant No. 2, the plaintiff or defendant No. 2 or both of them, as 
the case may be, shall be at liberty (if such remedy is open under their respective 
mortgages and is not barred by any law for the time being in force) to apply for 
a personal decree against defendant No. 2 or defendant No. 1 (as the case may 
be) for the amount of the balance. 
7. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that, if defendant No. 2  pays 
into Court to the credit of this suit the amount adjudged due to the plaintiff, but 
defendant No. 1 makes default in payment of the amount due to defendant No. 2, 
defendant No. 2  shall be at liberty to apply to the Court for a final decree for 
foreclosure or sale (as the case may be)­(declarations in the ordinary from 
to be introduced according to the nature of defendant No. 2’s mortgage and 
the remedies open to him thereunder). 
8. And it is hereby further ordered and decreed that the parties are at liberty 
to apply to the Court as they may have occasion, and on such application or 
otherwise the Court may give such directions as it thinks fit.] 
 
No.  12. 
DECREE FOR RECTIFICATION OF INSTRUMENT. 
(Title.) 
It is hereby declared that the      , dated the     d ay of     19         ,  does not 
truly express the intention of the parties to such        . 
And it is decreed that the said         be rectified by                . 
 
No.  13. 
DECREE TO SET ASIDE A TRANSFER IN FRAUD OF CREDITORS.  
(Title.) 
It is hereby declared that the     , dated the            day of       19     , and 
made between    and     , is void as against the plaintiff and all other the creditors, 
if any, of the defendant. 
No.  14. 
INJUNCTION AGAINST PRIVATE NUISANCE. 
(Title.) 
Let the defendant         ,h is agents, servants and workmen, be perpetually 
restrained from burning, or causing to be burnt, any bricks on the defendant's 
plot of land marked B in the annexed plan, so as to occasion a nuisance to the 
plaintiff as the owner or occupier of the dwelling­house and garden mentioned in 
the plaint as belonging to and being occupied by the plaintiff. 
 
No.  15. 
INJUNCTION AGAINST BUILDING HIGHER THAN OLD LEVEL. 
(Title.) 
Let the defendant         ,his contractors, agents and workmen, be perpetually 
restrained from continuing to erect upon his premises in any house or building of a 
greater height than the buildings which formerly stood upon his said premises 
and which have been recently pulled down, so or in such manner as to darken, 
injure or obstruct such of the plaintiff‟s windows in his said premises as are ancient 
lights. 
 
No.  16. 
INJUNCTION RESTRAINING USE OF PRIVATE ROAD. 
(Title.) 
Let the defendant         ,h is agents, servants and workmen, be perpetually 
restrained from using or permitting to be used any part of the lane at         ,  the 
soil of which belongs to the plaintiff, as a carriage- way for the passage of carts, 
carriages or other vehicles, either going to or from the land marked B in the 
annexed plan or for any purpose whatsoever. 
 
No.  17. 
PRELIMINARY DECREE IN AN ADMINISTRATION­SUIT. 
(Title.) 
It is ordered that the following accounts and inquiries be taken and made; 
that is to say:– 
In creditor's suit– 
1. That an account be taken of what is due to the plaintiff and all other the 
creditors of the deceased. 
In suits by legatees– 
2. That an account be taken of the legacies given by the testator's will.  
In suit by next­of­kin– 
3. That an inquiry be made and account taken of what or of what share, if any, 
the plaintiff is entitled to as next­of­kin or one of the next­of­kin of the intestate. 
[After the first paragraph, the decree will, where necessary, order, in a 
creditor's suit, inquiry and accounts for legatees, heirs­at­law and next­of­kin. In 
suits by claimants other than creditors, after the first paragraph, in all cases, an 
order to inquire and take an account of creditors will follow the first paragraph 
and such of the others as may be necessary will follow, omitting the first formal 
words. The form is continued as in a creditor's suit.] 
4. An account of the funeral and testamentary expenses. 
5. An account of the moveable property of the deceased comes to the hands 
of the defendant, or to the hands of any other person by his order or for his use. 
6. An inquiry what part (if any) of the moveable property of the deceased is 
outstanding and undisposed of. 
7. And it is further ordered that the defendant do, on or before the          day 
of          n ext, pay into Court all sums of money which shall be found to have 
come to his hands, or to the hands of any person by his order or for his use. 
8. And that if the          
1
shall find it necessary for carrying out the objects of the 
suit to sell any part of the moveable property of the deceased, that the same be 
sold accordingly, and the proceeds paid into Court. 
9. And that Mr. E. F. be receiver in the suit (or proceeding), and receive and 
get in all outstanding debts and outstanding moveable property of the deceased, 
and pay the same into the hands of the 
2
(and shall give security by bond for the 
due performance of his duties to the amount of                                        rup ees). 
10. And it is further ordered that if the moveable property of the deceased be 
found insufficient for carrying out the objects of the suit, then the following further 
inquiries be made, and accounts taken, that is to say– 
(a) an inquiry what immoveable property the deceased was seized of or 
entitled to at the time of his death; 
(b) an inquiry what are the incumbrances (if any) affecting the 
immoveable property of the deceased or any part thereof; 
(c) an account, so far as possible, of what is due to the several 
incumbrancers, and to include a statement of the priorities of such 
of the incumbrancers as shall consent to the sale hereinafter 
directed. 
11. And that the immoveable property of the deceased, or so much thereof as 
shall be necessary to make up the fund in Court sufficient to carry out the object of 
the suit, be sold with the approbation of the judge, free from incumbrances (if 
any) of such incumbrancers as shall consent to the sale and subject to the 
incumbrances of such of them as shall not consent. 
12. And it is ordered that G. H. shall have the conduct of the sale of the 
immoveable property, and shall prepare the conditions and contracts of sale 
subject to the approval of the                  
3
and that in case any doubt or difficulty 
shall arise the papers shall be submitted to the Judge to settle. 
13. And it is further ordered that, for the purpose of the inquiries hereinbefore 
directed, the              
4
shall advertise in the newspapers according to the practice 
of the Court, or shall make such inquiries in any other way which shall appear to 
the                 
5
to give the most useful publicity to such inquiries. 
14. And it is ordered that the above inquiries and accounts be made and 
taken, and that all other acts ordered to be done be completed,  before the     
day of                 ,and that the 
6
do certify the result of the inquiries, and the 
accounts, and that all other acts ordered are completed, and have his 
certificate in that behalf ready for the inspection of the parties on the   day of          . 
15. And, lastly, it is ordered that this suit [or proceeding] stand adjourned for 
making final decree to the                 day of                 . 
                                                
1Here insert name of proper officer. 
2Here insert name of proper officer. 
3Here insert name of proper officer. 
4Here insert name of proper officer. 
5Here insert name of proper officer. 
6Here insert name of proper officer. 
[Such part only of this decree is to be used as is applicable to the 
particular case.] 
                           
No.  18. 
FINAL DECREE IN AN ADMINISTRATION­SUIT BY A LEGATEE.  
(Title.) 
1. It is ordered that the defendant        do, on or before the       day of  pay 
into Court the sum of Rs.              ,  the balance by the said certificate found to be 
due from the said defendant on account of the estate of          , the testator, and 
also the sum of Rs.              for interest, at the rate of Rs.                   per cent per 
annum, from the day of                 to the          day of       , amounting together to the 
sum of Rs.    
2. Let the                 
1
of the said Court tax the costs of the plaintiff and 
defendant in this suit, and let the amount of the said costs, when so taxed, be paid 
out of the said sum of Rs.                  ord ered to be paid into Court as aforesaid, as 
follows:– 
(a) The costs of the plaintiff to Mr.                                  ,h is attorney [or 
pleader] or, and                 the costs of the defendant to Mr.        h is 
attorney [or pleader].  
(b) And (if any debts are due) with the residue of the said sum of Rs.    
after payment of the plaintiff's and defendant‟s costs as aforesaid, 
let the sums, found to be owing to the several creditors mentioned 
in        the          schedule          to the certificate, of the         
2
together 
with subsequent interest on such of the debts as bear interest, be 
paid; and, after making such payments, let the amount coming to 
the several legatees mentioned in      the         schedule, together with 
subsequent interest (to be verified as aforesaid), be paid to them 
3. And if there should then be any residue, let the same be paid to the 
residuary legatee. 
 
No.  19. 
PRELIMINARY DECREE IN AN ADMINISTRATION­SUIT BY A LEGATEE, 
WHERE AN EXECUTOR IS HELD PERSONALLY LIABLE FOR THE 
PAYMENT OF LEGACIES.  
(Title.) 
1. It is declared that the defendant is personally liable to pay the legacy of Rs.   
bequeathed to the plaintiff;  
2. And it is ordered that an account be taken of what is due for principal and 
interest on the said legacy; 
                                                
1Here insert name of proper officer. 
2Here insert name of proper officer. 
3. And it is also ordered that the defendant do, within              weeks after the 
date of the certificate of the    
1
pay to the plaintiff the amount of what the     
2
shall certify to be due for principal and interest; 
4. And it is ordered that the defendant do pay the plaintiff his costs of suit, the 
same to be taxed in case the parties differ.                              
 
No.   20. 
FINAL DECREE IN AN ADMINISTRATION­SUIT BY NEXT­OF­KIN. 
(Title.) 
1. Let         the              
3
of the said Court tax the costs of the plaintiff and 
defendant in this suit, and let the amount of the said plaintiff's costs, when so 
taxed, be paid by the defendant to the plaintiff out of the sum of Rs.                    , 
the balance by the said certificate found to be due from the said defendant on 
account of the personal estate of E. F. the intestate, within one week after 
the taxation of the said cost by the said              
4
and let the defendant retain for 
her own use out of such sum her costs, when taxed. 
2. And it is ordered that the residue of the said sum of Rs.     , after payment of 
the plaintiff's and defendant‟s costs as aforesaid, be paid and applied by defendant 
as follows:– 
(a) Let the defendant, within, one week after the taxation of the said 
costs by the              
5
as aforesaid, pay one­third share of the said 
residue to the plaintiffs A. B., and C.D., his wife, in her right as the 
sister and one of the next­of-kin of the said E. F., the intestate. 
(b) Let the defendant retain for her own use on other hand share of 
the said residue, as the mother and one of the next­of­kin of the said 
E. F., the intestate. 
(c) And let the defendant, within one week after, the, taxation of the said 
costs by the         
6
as aforesaid, pay the remaining one­third share of 
the said residue to G. H., as the brother and the other next­of­kin of 
the said E. F., the intestate. 
 
No.  21. 
PRELIMINARY DECREE IN A SUIT FOR DISSOLUTION OF PARTNERSHIP 
AND THE TAKING OF PARTNERSHIP ACCOUNTS.  
(Title.) 
It is declared that the proportionate shares of the parties in the partnership 
are as follows:– 
                                                
1Here insert name of proper officer. 
2Here insert name of proper officer. 
3Here insert name of proper officer. 
4Here insert name of proper officer. 
5Here insert name of proper officer. 
6Here insert name of proper officer. 
It is declared that this partnership shall stand dissolved [or shall be deemed 
to have been dissolved] as from the              d ay of         , and it is ordered that the 
dissolution thereof as from that day be advertised in the                 Gazette, etc. 
And it is ordered that         be  the receiver of the partnership-estate and 
effects in this suit and do get in all the outstanding book­debts and claims of the 
partnership. 
And it is ordered that the following accounts be taken:– 
1. An account of the credits, property and effects now belonging to the said 
partnership; 
2. An account of the debts and liabilities of the said partnership; 
3. An account of all dealings and transactions between the plaintiff and 
defendant, from the foot of the settled account exhibited in this suit and marked 
(A), and not disturbing any subsequent settled accounts: 
And it is ordered that the good will of the business heretofore carried 
on by the plaintiff and defendant as in the plaint mentioned, and the 
stock­in­trade, be sold on the premises, and that the 
1
may, on the application of any of the parties, fix a reserved bidding for all or 
any of the lots at such sale, and that either of the parties is to be at liberty to bid at 
the sale. 
And it is ordered that the above accounts be taken, and all the other acts 
required to be done be completed, before the                 day of              ,  and that 
the         
2
do certify the result of the accounts, and that all other acts are 
completed, and have his certificate in that behalf ready for the inspection of the 
parties on the         day of           . 
And, lastly, it is ordered that this suit stand adjourned for making a final 
decree to the              day of          . 
 
No.  22. 
FINAL DECREE IN A SUIT FOR DISSOLUTION OF PARTNERSHIP AND 
THE TAKING OF PARTNERSHIP ACCOUNTS. 
(Title.) 
It is ordered that the fund now in Court, amounting to the sum of Rs., be 
applied as follows:–  
1. In payment of the debts due by the partnership set forth in the 
certificate of the         
3
amounting in the whole to Rs.          
2. In payment of the costs of all parties in this suit, amounting to Rs.          
[These costs must be ascertained before the decree is drawn up.] 
                                                
1Here insert name of proper officer. 
2Here insert name of proper officer. 
3Here insert name of proper officer. 
3. In payment of the sum of Rs.           to the plaintiff as his share of the 
partnership­assets, of the sum of Rs.              ,  being the residue of the said sum of 
Rs.               now in Court, to be defendant as his share of the partnership­assets. 
[Or, And that the remainder of the said sum of Rs.    be paid to the said 
plaintiff (or defendant) in part payment of the sum of Rs.         certified to be due 
to him in respect of the partnership­accounts.] 
4. And that the defendant [or plaintiff] do on or before the         day of         
pay to the plaintiff [or defendant] the sum of Rs.            b eing the balance of the 
said sum Rs.              due to him, which will then remain due. 
 
No.  23. 
DECREE FOR RECOVERY OF LAND AND MESNE PROFITS.  
(Title.) 
It is hereby decreed as follows:– 
1. That the defendant do put the plaintiff in possession of property 
specified in the schedule hereunto annexed. 
2. That the defendant do pay to the plaintiff the sum of Rs.                      with 
interest thereon at the rate of              p er cent per annum to the date of 
realization on account of mesne profits which have accrued due prior to the 
institution of the suit. 
Or 
2. That an inquiry be made as to the amount of mesne profits which have 
accrued due prior to the institution of the suit. 
3. That an inquiry be made as to the amount of mesne profits from the 
institution of the suit until [the delivery possession to the decree­holder] [the 
relinquishment of possession by the judgment debtor will notice to the 
decree­holder through the Court] [the expiration of three years from the date of the 
decree]. 
Schedule. 
APPENDIX E 
EXECUTION. 
 
No.  1. 
NOTICE TO SHOW CAUSE WHY A PAYMENT OR ADJUSTMENT SHOULD 
NOT BE RECORDED AS CERTIFIED. (O. 21, r. 2.)   
(Title.) 
To 
WHEREAS in execution of the decree in the above­named suit           has 
applied to this Court that the sum of Rs.          r ecoverable under the decree 
has been paid/adjusted and should be recorded as certified, this is to give you 
notice that you are to appear before this Court on the         d ay of         19         ,  
to show cause why the payment/adjustment aforesaid should not be recorded as 
certified. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this      day of     19           . 
 
No.  2. 
PRECEPT. (Section 46.) 
(Title.) 
Upon hearing the decree­holder it is ordered that this precept be sent to the 
Court of          at              und er section 46 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, 
with directions to attach the property specified in the annexed schedule and to hold 
the same pending any application which may be made by the decree­holder for 
execution of the decree. 
Schedule. 
Dated the                  d ay of           19          . 
 
 
Judge. 
 
No.   3. 
ORDER SENDING DECREE FOR EXECUTION TO ANOTHER COURT. (O. 
21, r. 6.) 
(Title.) 
WHEREAS the decree­holder in the above suit has applied to this Court for 
a certificate to be sent to the Court of         at              for execution of the decree 
in the above suit by the said Court, alleging that the judgment­debtor resides or 
has property within the local limits of the jurisdiction of the said Court, and it is 
deemed necessary and proper to send a certificate to the said Court under Order 
XXI, rule 6, of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, it is 
Ordered: 
That a copy of this order be sent to         with a copy of the decree and of 
any order which may have been made for execution of the same and a certificate 
of non­satisfaction. 
Dated the day of           19                   . 
 
 
 
Judge. 
 
No.  4. 
CERTIFICATE OF NON­SATISFACTION OF DECREE. (O. 21, r.6.)  
(Title.) 
Certified that no (1) satisfaction of the decree of this Court in Suit No.     of 
19         ,               a  copy which is hereunto attached, has been obtained by 
execution within the jurisdiction of this Court. 
Dated the day of          19                  . 
  
 
 
Judge. 
(1) If partial, strike out "no" and state to what extent. 
 
No.  5. 
CERTIFICATE OF EXECUTION OF DECREE TRANSFERRED TO 
ANOTHER COURT. (O. 21, r. 6.) 
(Title.) 
 
Number 
of suit 
and the 
Court 
by 
which 
the 
decree 
was 
passed. 
Names 
of 
parties. 
Date of 
application 
for 
execution. 
Number of 
the 
execution 
case. 
Processes 
issued 
and dates 
of service 
thereof. 
Costs of 
execution. 
Amount 
realized. 
How the 
case is 
disposed 
of. 
Remarks. 
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
     Rs. A.P Rs. A.P   
Signature of Muharrir in charge. Signature of Judge. 
 
No.  6. 
APPLICATION FOR EXECUTION OF DECREE. (O. 21, r. 11.) 
In the Court of 
I             ,  decree­holder, hereby apply for execution of the decree herein 
below set forth:_ 
 
No. of suit. 
Name of parties. 
Date of decree. 
Whether any appeal preferred from decree. 
Payment or adjustment made, if any. 
Previous application, if any, with date and result. 
Amount with interest due upon the decree other relief granted thereby together with particulars of any cross 
decree 
Amount of costs, if any, awarded. 
Against whom to be executed 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mode in which the assistance of the 
Court is require. 
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 
 
 
 
789 of 1997 
A.B.Plaintiff 
C.D.Defendant 
October 11th, 1897 
No. 
none 
Rs. 72-4-0 recovered on application, dated the 4th March, 1899 
Rs. 314 -8-2 principal (interest at 6 per cent per annum, from date of decree till 
payment). 
                                                         Rs. A.  P. 
As awarded in the decree  …          47  10  4 
Subsequent incurred          …           8    2   0 
                                                         ………… 
Total:                                                 55  12  4 
                                                          ..………. 
Against the defendant C.D. 
(When attachment and 
sale of movable 
property is sought.] 
I pray that the total 
amount of Rs. 
(together with interest 
on the principal sum up 
to date of payment] 
and the costs of taking 
out this execution, be 
realized by attachment 
and sale of defendant‟s 
movable property as 
per annexed list and 
paid to me. 
(When attachment and 
sale of immovable 
property is sought.] 
I pray that the total 
amount of Rs. 
[together with interest 
on the principal sum up 
to date of payment] 
and the costs of taking 
out this execution be 
realized by the 
attachment and sale of 
defendant‟s immovable 
property specified at 
the foot of this 
application and paid to 
me. 
 
I           declare that what is stated herein is true to the best of my knowledge 
and belief. 
 
Signed              , Decree­holder. 
Dated the              day of           19                  . 
[When attachment and sale of immoveable property is sought.] 
Description and Specification of Property. 
The undivided one­third share of the judgment­debtor in a house situated in 
the village of               value Rs. 40 and bounded as follows:– 
East by G's house; west by H's house; south by public road; north by private 
lane and J's house. 
I         d eclare that what is stated in the above description is true to the best 
of my knowledge and belief, and so far as I have been able to ascertain the interest 
of the defendant in the property therein specified. 
 
Signed              , Decree­holder. 
 
No.  7. 
NOTICE TO SHOW CAUSE WHY EXECUTION SHOULD NOT ISSUE. 
1
[(O. 21, 
r. 16.)] 
(Title.) 
To 
WHEREAS 
has made application to this Court for execution of decree in Suit No.    of 19           
on the allegation that the said decree has been transferred to him by assignment, 
this is to give you notice that you are to appear before this Court         on the          
day of           19         , to show cause why execution should not be granted. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this day of           19      . 
  
Judge. 
 
No.  8. 
WARRANT OF ATTACHMENT OF MOVEABLE PROPERTY IN EXECUTION 
OF A DECREE FOR MONEY .  (O. 21, r. 30.) 
(Title.) 
To 
The Bailiff of the Court. 
WHEREAS              was ordered by decree of this Court passed on the           
day of           19         , in Suit No.           
DECREE.    
Principal    
Interest    
Costs    
Costs of execution    
Further interest    
Total    
                                                
1Substituted for the expression “(O.21, r.22)” by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1914 (X of 1914), published in the Gazette of 
India, dated: 21 March 1914, pp. 47-59, s. 2 read with the First Schedule. 
of              19         ,  to pay to the plaintiff the sum of Rs.           as noted in the 
margin;              and whereas the said sum of          Rs.             has not been paid; 
These are to command you to attach the moveable property of the said              as 
set forth in the schedule hereunto annexed, or which shall be pointed out to you by 
the said         , and unless the said          shall pay to you the said sum of Rs.
 together with Rs.         ,  the costs of this attachment, to hold the same until 
further orders from this Court.  
You are further commanded to return this warrant on or before the       day of 
               19         ,  with an endorsement certifying the day on which and 
manner in which it has been executed, or why it has not been executed. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this         day of  19         . 
Schedule.  
 
Judge. 
 
No.  9. 
WARRANT FOR SEIZURE OF SPECIFIC MOVEABLE PROPERTY 
ADJUDGED BY DECREE. (O. 21, r. 31.)  
(Title.) 
To 
The Bailiff of the Court. 
WHEREAS              was ordered by decree of this Court passed on the          
day  of         19         ,  in Suit No.    of  19         ,  to deliver to the plaintiff the 
moveable property (or a     share in the moveable property) specified in the schedule 
hereunto annexed, and whereas the said property (or share) has not been delivered; 
These are to command you to seize the said moveable property (or a          
share of the said moveable property) and to deliver it to the plaintiff or to such 
person as he may appoint in his behalf. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this        day of        19         . 
Schedule. 
  
 
Judge. 
 
No.  10. 
NOTICE TO STATE OBJECTIONS TO DRAFT OF DOCUMENT. (O. 21, r. 34.) 
(Title.) 
To 
TAKE notice that on the         day of         19         ,          the decree­holder in 
the above suit presented an application to this Court that the Court may execute on 
your behalf a deed of                  ,whereof a draft is hereunto annexed, of the 
immoveable property specified hereunder, and that the                 day of         19          
is appointed for the hearing of the said application; and that you are at liberty to 
appear on the said day and to state in writing any objections to the said draft. 
Description of Property 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this         day of          19      . 
 
Judge. 
 
No.  11. 
WARRANT TO THE BAILIFF TO GIVE POSSESSION OF LAND, ETC. (O. 21, 
r. 35.) 
(Title.) 
To 
The Bailiff of the Court. 
WHEREAS the under mentioned property in the occupancy of has been 
decreed to         ,the plaintiff in this suit; You are hereby directed to put the said          
in possession of the same, and you are hereby authorized to remove any person 
bound by the decree who may refuse to vacate the same. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this         day of           19     . 
Schedule. 
 
Judge. 
 
No.  12. 
NOTICE TO SHOW CAUSE WHY WARRANT OF ARREST SHOULD NOT 
ISSUE. (O. 21, r. 37.) 
(Title.) 
To 
WHEREAS                  has made application to this Court for execution of 
decree in suit No.          of  19         by  arrest and imprisonment of your person, you 
are hereby required to appear before this Court on the         day of           19          ,to 
show cause why you should not be committed to 
1
[* *] prison in execution of the said 
decree. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this         day of          19      . 
 
Judge. 
                                                
1The words “the civil” were omitted by the Civil Laws (Ref orms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 
July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11. 
No.  13. 
WARRANT OF ARREST IN EXECUTION. (O. 21, r. 38.) 
(Title.) 
To 
The Bailiff of the Court. 
WHEREAS          was adjudged by a decree of the Court in Suit No.          of 
19         , dated the         day of          19         ,to pay to the decree­holder the sum 
of Rs.            as noted in the margin and whereas the said sum of Rs.          has not 
been paid to the said decree­holder in satisfaction of the said decree, these are to 
command you to arrest the said judgment­debtor and unless the said 
judgment­debtor shall pay to you the said sum of Rs.          ,together with Rs.           
for the costs of executing this process, to bring the said defendant before the Court 
with all convenient speed. 
You are further commanded to return this warrant on or before the          day of          
19         , with an endorsement certifying the day on which and manner in which it 
has been executed, or the reason why it has not been executed. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this         day of          19      . 
 
Judge. 
    
Principal 
Interest 
Costs 
Execution  
Total 
   
   
 
No.  14. 
WARRANT OF COMMITTAL OF JUDGEMENT­DEBTOR TO JAIL. (O. 21, r. 
40.)  
(Title.) 
To 
The Officer in charge of the Jail at         . 
WHEREAS                            who has been brought before this Court this        
day of         19         , under a warrant in execution of a decree which was made 
and pronounced by the said Court on the          day of                       19         , and 
by which decree it was ordered that the said            should pay         ; And whereas 
the said             has not obeyed the decree, nor satisfied the Court that he is entitled 
to be discharged from custody; You are hereby, 
1
[* * * * * * * * * ] commanded and 
required to take and receive the said          into 
2
[* *] prison and keep him 
imprisoned therein for a period not exceeding          or until the said decree shall be 
fully satisfied, or the said          shall be otherwise entitled to be released according 
to the terms and provisions of section 58 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 
3
[* * 
* * * * * * * * *]. 
GIVEN under my signature' add the seal of the Court, this      day of     19      . 
 
 Judge. 
 
No.  15. 
ORDER FOR THE RELEASE OF A PERSON IMPRISONED IN EXECUTION 
OF A DECREE. (Sections 58, 59.) 
(Title.) 
To 
The Officer in charge of the Jail at           
UNDER orders passed this day, you are hereby directed to set free           
judgment­debtor now in your custody. 
Dated           
  
Judge. 
 
4
[No.  15-A. 
BOND FOR SAFE CUSTODY OF MOVABLE PROPERTY ATTACHED 
AND LEFT IN CHARG E OF PERSON INTERESTED AND SURETIES . (O. 
21, r. 43 .)  
In the Court of                   at          
Civil Suit No.         of                 . 
A. B. of          
against 
C. D. of                                                              
                                                
1The expression “in the name of the King­Emperor of India,” was omitted  by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. 
No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 
1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinar y), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -
163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 
2The words “the civil” were omitted by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 
July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11. 
3The expression “; and the Court does hereby fix annas per diem as the rate of the monthly allowance for the subsistence of 
the said during his confinement unde r this warrant of committal” was omitted by the Civil Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 ( XIV of 
1994); assented to by the President on 27 July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31  
July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11. 
4Added by the Notification No. 606-G., dated: 13 December 1928; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was 
published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 21 December 1928, pp. 1656-1658, r. 2. 
Know all men by these presents that we, I. J. of           , etc.,            and K. L  
of          , etc., and M. N. of          , etc., are jointly and severally bound to the Judge 
of the Court of            in Rupees           to be paid to the said Judge , for which 
payment to be made we bind ourselves, and each of us , in the whole, our and each 
of our heirs, executors and administrators , jointly and severally , by these presents.  
Dated this            day of               19        .   
AND WHEREAS  the movable property sp ecified in the schedule hereunto 
annexed has been attached under a warrant from the said Court, dated            day 
of              19     , in execution of a decree in favour of         in suit No.        of                 
19      on the file of             and the said property has been left in the charge of the 
said I. J. 
Now the condition of this obligation is that, if the above bounden I.  J. shall 
duly account for and produce when required before the said Court all and every the 
property aforesaid an d shall obey any further order of the Court in respect thereof, 
then this obligation shall be void : otherwise it shall remain in full force.  
I. J. 
K. L. 
M. N. 
Signed and delivered by the above bounden              in the presence of           .] 
 
1
[No. 15-B. 
BOND FOR SAFE CUSTODY OF MOVABLE PROPERTY ATTACHED AND 
LEFT IN CHARGE OF ANY PERSON AND SURETIES.  
(O. 21, r. 43(1)(c).) 
In the Court of                        at              
Civil Suit No.            of              
A. B. of              
against 
C. D. of                                      
Know all men by these presents that we, I. J of            , etc., and K. L. of       , 
etc., and M. N. of               , etc., are jointly and              severally bound to the 
Judge of the Court of             in Rupees             to be paid to the said Judge , for 
which payment to be made we bind ourselves, and each of u s, in the whole, our 
and each of  our heirs, executors and administrators , jointly and severally, by these 
presents. 
Dated this              day of            19          . 
AND WHEREAS  the movable property specifie d in the s chedule hereunto 
annexed has been attached under a warrant from the said Court, dated the               
day of            19        , in execution of a decree in favour of         in suit No.        of              
                                                
1Added by the Notificat ion No. 606-G., dated: 13 December 1928; issued by the High Court of Judicature at Lahore; and, was 
published in the Government Gazette Punjab and its Dependencies, Part-III, dated: 21 December 1928, pp. 1656-1658, r. 3. 
19       , on the file of         and the said property has been left in the charge of the 
said I. J. 
Now the condition of this obligation is that, if the above bounden I. J,  shall 
duly account for and produce when requ ired before the said Court all and every the 
property aforesaid and shall obey any  further order  of the Court in respect thereof, 
then this obligation shall be void : otherwise it shall remain in full force and be 
enforcible against the above bounden I. J. in accordance with the procedure laid 
down in Section 145, Civil Procedure Code, as if the aforesaid I. J. were a surety 
for the restoration of property taken in execution of a decree.  
I. J. 
K. L. 
M. N. 
Signed and delivered by the above bounden              in the presence of           .] 
 
No.  16. 
ATTACHMENT IN EXECUTION. 
PROHIBITORY ORDER, WHERE THE PROPERTY TO BE ATTACHED 
CONSISTS OF MOVEABLE PROPERTY TO WHICH THE DEFENDANT IS 
ENTITLED SUBJECT TO A LIEN OR RIGHT OF SOME OTHER PERSON TO 
THE IMMEDIATE POSSESSION THEREOF. (O. 21, r. 46.) 
(Title.) 
To 
WHEREAS 
has failed to satisfy a decree passed against        on the      day of         19          
in Suit No.           of 19          , in favour of          for Rs.           ; It is ordered that the 
defendant be, and is hereby, prohibited and restrained, until the further order of 
this Court, from receiving from           the following property in the possession of 
the said                    ,that is to say,           ,to which the defendant is entitled, 
subject to any claim of the said          ,and the said          is hereby prohibited and 
restrained, until the further order of this Court, from delivering the said property to 
any person or persons whomsoever. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this      day of        19    . 
  
 
Judge. 
No.  17. 
ATTACHMENT IN EXECUTION. 
PROHIBITORY ORDER, WHERE THE PROPERTY CONSISTS OF DEBTS 
NOT SECURED BY NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS. (O. 21, r. 46.) 
(Title.) 
To 
WHEREAS 
has failed to satisfy a decree passed against          on the          day of           19          
in Suit No.           of 19           , in favour of          for Rs.          ; It ordered that the 
defendant be, and is hereby, prohibited and restrained, until the further order of this 
Court, from receiving from you a certain debt alleged now to be due from you to 
the said defendant, namely,           and that you, the said          , be, and you are 
hereby, prohibited and restrained, until the further order of this Court from making 
payment of the said debt, or any part thereof, to any person whomsoever or 
otherwise than into this Court. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this        day of           19      . 
  
Judge. 
 
No.  18. 
ATTACHMENT IN EXECUTION. 
PROHIBITORY ORDER, WHERE THE PROPERTY CONSISTS OF 
SHARES IN THE CAPITAL OF A CORPORATION. (O. 21, r. 46.) 
(Title.) 
To 
Defendant, and to  
          , Secretary of  Corporation, 
WHEREAS       has failed to satisfy a decree passed against       on the      
day of          19          , in Suit No.           of 19         , in favour of          , for Rs.          ; 
It is ordered that you, the defendant, be, and you are hereby, prohibited and 
restrained, until the further order of this Court, from making any transfer of    
shares in the aforesaid Corporation, namely,           , or from receiving payment of 
any dividends thereon; and you,          , the Secretary of the said Corporation, are 
hereby prohibited and restrained from permitting any such transfer or making any 
such payment. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this          day of       19     . 
  
 
Judge. 
 
No.  19. 
ORDER TO ATTACH SALARY OF PUBLIC OFFICER OR SERVANT OF 
RAILWAY COMPANY OR LOCAL AUTHORITY. (O. 21, r. 48.)  
(Title.) 
To 
WHEREAS                    ,judgment­debtor in the above­named case, is a 
(describe office of judgment­debtor) receiving his salary (or allowances) at your 
hands; and whereas          , decree­holder in the said case, has applied in this 
Court for the attachment of the salary (or allowances) of the said          to the 
extent of          due to him under the decree; You are hereby required to withhold 
the said sum of           from the salary of the said          in monthly instalments of                   
and to remit the said sum (or monthly instalments) to this Court. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this        day of        19    . 
  
 
Judge. 
 
No.  20. 
ORDER OF ATTACHMENT OF NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENT. (O. 21, r. 51.) 
(Title.) 
To 
The Bailiff of the Court. 
WHEREAS an order has been passed by this Court on the           day of    
19          , for the attachment of          ; You are hereby directed to seize the said  
and bring the same into Court. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this      day of           19  . 
  
 
Judge. 
No.  21. 
ATTACHMENT. 
PROHIBITORY ORDER, WHERE THE PROPERTY CONSISTS OF MONEY 
OR OF ANY SECURITY IN THE CUSTODY OF A COURT OF JUSTICE OR 
1
[PUBLIC OFFICER]. (O. 21, r. 52.) 
(Title.) 
To 
SIR, 
The plaintiff having applied, under rule 52 of Order XXI of the Code of 
Civil Procedure 1908, for an attachment of certain money now in your hands (here 
state, how the money is supposed to be in the hands of the person addressed, on 
what account, etc.), I request that you will hold the said money subject to the further 
order of this Court. 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “officer  of Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, 
published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
I have the honour to be, 
SIR, 
Your most obedient Servant, 
 
 
 
Judge. 
Dated the              day of                19          . 
 
No.  22. 
NOTICE OF ATTACHMENT OF A DECREE TO THE COURT WHICH 
PASSED IT. (O. 21, r. 53.) 
(Title.) 
To 
The Judge of the Court of 
SIR, 
I have the honour to inform you that the decree obtained in your Court on the  
    day of          19          , by          in Suit No.           of 19           , in which he 
was                    and          was          has been attached by this Court on the 
application of           the          in the suit specified above. You are therefore 
requested to stay the execution of the decree of your Court until you receive an 
intimation from this Court that the present notice has been cancelled or until 
execution of the said decree is applied for by the holder of the decree now sought to 
be executed or by his judgment­debtor. 
I have the honour, etc., 
  
 
Judge. 
Dated the                 day of                  19          . 
 
No.  23. 
NOTICE OF ATTACHMENT OF A DECREE TO THE HOLDER OF THE 
DECREE. (O. 21, r. 53.) 
(Title.) 
To 
WHEREAS an application has been made in this Court by the 
decree­holder in the above suit for the attachment of a decree obtained by you on   
the          day of          19          ,in the Court of           in Suit No.          of 19          ,in 
which          was          and            was          ; It is ordered that you, the said   , 
be, and               you are hereby, prohibited and restrained, until the further order 
of this Court, from transferring or charging the same in any way. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this       day of        19         . 
 
Judge. 
No.  24. 
ATTACHMENT IN EXECUTION. 
PROHIBITORY ORDER, WHERE THE PROPERTY CONSISTS OF 
IMMOVEABLE PROPERTY .  (O. 21, r. 54.) 
(Title.) 
To 
Defendant. 
WHEREAS you have failed to satisfy a decree passed against you on the   
day of          19          , in Suit No.          of 19          , in favour of          for Rs.           ; 
It is ordered that you, the said          , be, and you are hereby, prohibited and 
restrained, until the further order of this Court, from transferring or charging the 
property specified in the schedule hereunto annexed, by sale, gift or otherwise, and 
that all persons be, and that they are hereby, prohibited from receiving the same by 
purchase, gift or otherwise. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this       day of           19       . 
Schedule. 
 
Judge. 
 
No.  25. 
ORDER FOR PAYMENT TO THE PLAINTIFF, ETC., OF MONEY, ETC., IN 
THE HANDS OF A THIRD PARTY. (O. 21, r. 56.) 
(Title.) 
To 
WHEREAS the following property          has been attached in execution of a 
decree in Suit No.           of          19          ,passed on the            day of    19          
, in favour of         , for  Rs.         ; It is ordered that the property so attached, 
consisting of Rs.                          in money and Rs.                in currency­notes, or a 
sufficient part thereof to satisfy the said decree, shall be paid over by you, the said 
            , to          . 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this      day of           19      . 
 
Judge. 
 
No.  26. 
NOTICE TO ATTACHING CREDITOR. (O. 21, r. 58.) 
(Title.) 
To 
WHEREAS           has made application to this Court for the r emoval of 
attachment on           placed at your instance in execution of the decree in Suit 
No.           of 19          , this is to give you notice to appear before this Court on  , 
the          day of          19            ,either in person or by a pleader of the Court duly 
instructed to support your claim, as attaching creditor. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this      day of           19      . 
 
 
Judge. 
 
No.  27. 
WARRANT OF SALE OF PROPERTY IN EXECUTION OF A DECREE FOR 
MONEY. (O. 21, r. 66.) 
(Title.) 
To 
The Bailiff of the Court. 
THESE are to command you to selI by auction, after giving                    days 
previous notice, by affixing the same in this Court­house, and after making due 
proclamation, the                    property attached under a warrant from this Court, 
dated the          day of           19            ,in execution of a decree in favour of    in 
   Suit No.           of 19             , or so much of the said property as shall realize 
the sum of Rs.           , being in the            of the said decree and costs still 
remaining unsatisfied. 
You are further commanded to return this warrant on or before the            
day of           19           ,with an endorsement certifying the manner in which it has 
been executed, or the reason why it has not been executed. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this       day of         19   . 
 
 
Judge. 
No.  28. 
NOTICE OF THE DAY FIXED FOR SETTLING A SALE PROCLAMATION. (O. 
21, r. 66.) 
(Title.) 
To 
Judgment­debtor. 
WHEREAS in the above­named suit               the decree-holder has applied 
for the sale of                                            ; 
You are hereby informed that the               day of               19                has 
been fixed for settling the terms of the proclamation of sale. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this        day of       19        . 
 
 
Judge. 
 
No.  29. 
PROCLAMATION OF SALE. (O. 21, r. 66.) 
(Title.) 
Suit No.               of 19               , decided by the                of                in 
which               was plaintiff and                was defendant .– Notice is hereby given 
that, under rule 64 of Order XXI of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, an order has 
been passed by this Court for the sale of the attached property mentioned in the 
annexed schedule, in satisfaction of the claim of the decree-holder in the suit (1) 
mentioned in the margin, amounting with costs and interest up to date of sale to the 
sum of                . 
The sale will be by public auction, and the property will be put up for sale in 
the lots specified in the schedule. The sale will be of the property of the 
judgment­debtors above­named as mentioned in the schedule below; and the 
liabilities and claims attaching to the said property, so far as they have been 
ascertained, are those specified in the schedule against each lot. 
In the absence of any order of postponement, the sale will be held by         at 
the monthly sale commencing at o'clock on the               at               . In the event, 
however, of the debt above specified and of the costs of sale being tendered or paid 
before the knocking down of any lot, the sale will be stopped. 
At the sale the public generally are invited to bid, either personally or by duly 
authorised agent. No bid by, or on behalf of, the judgment­creditors 
above­mentioned, however, will be accepted, nor will any sale to them be valid 
without the express permission of the Court previously given. The following are the 
further 
Conditions of Sale 
1. The particulars specified in the schedule below have been stated to the best 
of the information of the Court, but the Court will not be answerable for any error, 
mis­statement or omission in this proclamation. 
2. The amount by which the biddings are to be increased shall be determined 
by the officer conducting the sale. In the event of any dispute arising as to the 
amount bid, or as to the bidder, the lot shall at once be again put up to auction. 
3. The highest bidder shall be declared to be the purchaser of any lot, provided 
always that he is legally qualified to bid, and provided that it shall be in the 
discretion of the Court or officer holding the sale to decline acceptance of the 
highest bid when the price offered appears so clearly inadequate as to make it 
advisable to do so. 
4. For reasons recorded, it shall be in the discretion of the officer conducting the 
sale to adjourn it subject always to the provisions of rule 69 of Order XXI. 
5. In the case of moveable property, the price of each lot shall be paid at the 
time of sale or as soon after as the officer holding the sale directs, and in default of 
payment the property shall forthwith be again put up and re­sold. 
6. In the case of immoveable property, the person declared to be the purchaser 
shall pay immediately after such declaration a deposit 25 per cent on the 
amount of his purchase­money to the officer conducting the sale, and in default 
of such deposit the property shall forthwith be put up again and re­ sold. 
7. The full amount of the purchase­money shall be paid by the purchaser 
before the Court closes on the fifteenth day after the sale of the property, 
exclusive of such day, or if the fifteenth day be a Sunday or other holiday, then 
on the first office day after the fifteenth day. 
8. In default of payment of the balance of purchase­money within the 
period allowed, the property shall be re­sold after the issue of a fresh notification 
of sale. The deposit, after defraying the expenses of the sale, may, if the Court 
thinks fit, be forfeited to Government and the defaulting purchaser shall forfeit 
all claim to the property or to any part of the sum for which it may be 
subsequently sold. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this        day of        19       . 
 
Judge. 
Schedule of Property. 
Number 
of lot 
Description of 
property to be 
sold, with the 
name of each 
owner where there 
are more judgment 
debtors than one. 
The revenue 
assessed upon 
the estate or 
part of the 
estate if the 
property to  be 
sold is an 
interest in an 
estate or a part 
of an estate 
paying revenue 
to Government. 
Detail of any 
incumbrances 
to which the 
property is 
liable. 
Claims, if any, 
which have 
been put 
forward to the 
property and 
any other 
known 
particulars 
bearing on its 
nature and 
value. 
     
     
 
No.  30. 
ORDER ON THE NAZIR FOR CAUSING SERVICE OF PROCLAMATION OF 
SALE. (O. 21, r. 66.) 
(Title.) 
To 
The Nazir of the Court. 
WHEREAS an order has been made for the sale of the property of the 
judgment­debtor specified in the schedule hereunder annexed, and whereas the   
day of                19               , has been fixed for the sale of the said property,  
copies of the proclamation of sale are by this warrant made over to you, and you 
are hereby ordered to have the proclamation published by beat of drum within 
each of the properties specified in the said schedule, to affix a copy of the said 
proclamation on a conspicuous part of each of the said properties and 
afterwards on the Court­house, and then to submit to this Court a report showing 
the dates on which and the manner in which the proclamations have been 
published. 
Dated the               day of               19               . 
Schedule. 
 
 
Judge. 
 
No.  31. 
CERTIFICATE BY OFFICER HOLDING A SALE OF THE DEFICIENCY OF 
PRICE ON A RE­SALE OF PROPERTY BY REASON OF THE 
PURCHASER'S DEFAULT. (O. 21, r. 71.)  
(Title.) 
Certified that at the re­sale of the property in execution of the decree in the 
above­named suit, in consequence of default on the part of                , 
purchaser there was a deficiency in the price of the said property amounting to 
Rs.                and that the expenses attending such re-sale amounted to Rs.           , 
making a total of Rs.               , which sum is recoverable from the defaulter. 
Dated the               day of               19               . 
 
Officer holding the sale. 
 
No.  32. 
NOTICE TO PERSON IN POSSESSION OF MOVEABLE PROPERTY SOLD 
IN EXECUTION. (O. 21, r. 79.) 
(Title.) 
To 
WHEREAS 
has become the purchaser at a public sale in execution of the decree in the above 
suit of                                              now in your possession, you are hereby 
prohibited from delivering possession of the said                              to any 
person except the said                                             . 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this        day of         19      . 
 
Judge. 
 
No.  33. 
PROHIBITORY ORDER AGAINST PAYMENT OF DEBTS SOLD IN  
EXECUTION  TO ANY  OTHER  THAN  THE  PURCHASER. (O. 21, r. 79.)  
(Title.) 
To                                                            and to 
WHEREAS                                                                           has 
become the purchaser at a public sale in execution of the decree in the above suit 
of                                              being debts due from you                             to you     
It is ordered that you                         be, and you are hereby, prohibited from 
receiving, and you                from making payment of, the said debt to any person 
or persons except the said                                              
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this         day of       19       . 
 
Judge. 
No.  34. 
PROHIBITORY ORDER AGAINST THE TRANSFER OF SHARES SOLD IN 
EXECUTION. (O. 21, r. 79.) 
(Title.) 
To 
               and               , Secretary of               Corporation. 
WHEREAS               has become the purchaser at a public sale in execution 
of the decree, in the above suit, of certain shares in the above Corporation, that is to 
say, of               Standing in the name of you                             ;It is ordered that you    
be, and you hereby, prohibited from making any transfer of the said shares to any 
person except the said                ,the purchaser aforesaid, or from receiving any 
dividends thereon; and you                Secretary of the said Corporation from 
permitting any such transfer or making any such payment to any person, except the 
said               ,the purchaser aforesaid. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 
 
 
Judge. 
No.  35. 
CERTIFICATE TO JUDGMENT­DEBTOR AUTHORIZING HIM TO 
MORTGAGE, LEASE OR SELL PROPERTY. (O. 21, r. 83.) 
(Title.) 
WHEREAS in execution of the decree passed in the above suit an order was 
made on the               day of               19                for the sale of the under­mentioned 
property of the judgment­debtor                ,and whereas the Court has, on the 
application of the said judgment­debtor, postponed the said sale to enable him to 
raise the amount of the decree by mortgage, lease or private sale of the said 
property or of some part thereof: 
This is to certify that the Court doth hereby authorize the said 
judgment­debtor to make the proposed mortgage, lease or sale within a period of   
from the date of this certificate; provided that all monies payable under such 
mortgage, lease or sale shall be paid into this Court and not to the said 
judgment­debtor. 
Description of property. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this         day of          19        . 
 
 
Judge. 
 
No.  36. 
NOTICE TO SHOW CAUSE WHY SALE SHOULD NOT BE SET ASIDE. (O. 
21, rr. 90, 92.) 
(Title.) 
To 
WHEREAS the under­mentioned property was sold on the                day of   
19               in execution of  the decree passed in the above­named suit, and 
whereas                   the decree­holder [or judgment­debtor], has applied to this 
Court to set aside the sale of the said property on the ground of a material 
irregularity [or fraud] in publishing [or conducting] the sale, namely that                                 
Take notice that if you have any cause to show why the said application 
should not be granted, you should appear with your proofs in this Court on the      
day of               19               , when the said application will be heard and 
determined. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of               
19               . 
Description of property. 
 
 
Judge. 
 
No.  37. 
NOTICE TO SHOW CAUSE WHY SALE SHOULD NOT BE SET ASIDE. (O. 
21, rr. 91, 92.) 
(Title.) 
To 
WHEREAS               , the purchaser of the under­mentioned property sold on 
the               day of               19                , in execution of the decree passed in the 
above­named suit, has applied to this Court to set aside the sale of the said 
property on the ground that                                          , the judgment­debtor, had no 
saleable interest therein: 
Take notice that if you have any cause to show why the said application 
should not be granted, you should appear with your proofs in this Court on the  
day of               19               when the said application will be heard and determined. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 
Description of property. 
 
Judge. 
No.  38. 
CERTIFICATE OF SALE OF LAND. (O. 21, r. 94.) 
(Title.) 
This is to certify that                has been declared the purchaser at a sale by 
public auction on the               day of               19               of                         in 
execution of decree in this suit, and that the said sale has been­duly confirmed by 
this Court. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 
 
Judge. 
No.  39. 
ORDER FOR DELIVERY TO CERTIFIED PURCHASER OF LAND AT A 
SALE IN EXECUTION. (O. 21, r. 95.) 
(Title.) 
To 
The Bailiff of the Court. 
WHEREAS                has become the certified purchaser of                 at a 
sale in execution of decree in suit No.                of 19               ; You are hereby 
ordered to put the said               , the certified purchaser, as aforesaid, in possession 
of the same. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 
 
Judge. 
No.  40. 
SUMMONS TO APPEAR AND ANSWER CHARGE OF OBSTRUCTING 
EXECUTION OF DECREE. (O. 21, r. 97.) 
(Title.) 
To 
WHEREAS                              , the decree­holder in the above suit, has 
complained to this Court that you have resisted (or obstructed) the officer charged 
with the execution of the warrant for possession: 
You are hereby summoned to appear in this Court on the                day of     
19               at               A.M., to answer the said complaint. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 
 
Judge. 
 
No.  41. 
WARRANT OF COMMITTAL. (O. 21, r. 98.)  
(Title.) 
To 
The Officer in charge of the Jail at                               
WHEREAS the under­mentioned property has been decreed to                 , 
the plaintiff in this suit, and whereas the Court is satisfied that                without 
any just cause resisted [or obstructed] and is still resisting [or obstructing] the 
said         in obtaining possession of the property, and whereas the said               has 
made application to this Court that the said               be committed to 
1
[* *] prison; 
You are hereby commanded and required to take and receive the said into 
2
[* 
*] prison and to keep him imprisoned therein for the period of               days. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 
 
Judge. 
 
                                                
1The words “the civil” were o mitted by the Civil  Laws (Reforms) Act, 1994 (XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 
July 1994; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11. 
2Ibid. 
No.  42. 
AUTHORITY OF THE COLLECTOR TO STAY PUBLIC SALE OF LAND. 
(Section 72.)  
(Title.) 
To 
                Collector of                
SIR, 
In answer to your communication No.               , dated               , representing 
that the sale in execution of the decree in this suit of                land situate 
within your district is objectionable, I have the honour to inform you that you are 
authorized to make provision for the satisfaction of the said decree in the manner 
recommended by you. 
I have the honour to be, 
SIR, 
Your obedient Servant, 
 
Judge. 
APPENDIX F 
SUPPLEMENTAL PROCEEDINGS. 
 
No. 1. 
WARRANT OF ARREST BEFORE JUDGMENT. (O. 38, r. 1.)  
(Title.) 
To 
The Bailiff of the Court. 
WHEREAS               , the plaintiff in the above suit, claims the sum of Rs.   
 as noted in the margin and  has proved to the satisfaction of the Court that 
there is probable cause for believing that the defendant           is about to                
These are to command you to demand and receive from the said          
the sum of Rs.                as sufficient to satisfy the plaintiff's claim, and unless the 
said sum of Rs.               is forth with delivered to you by or on behalf of the said     
to take the said                                             into custody, and to bring him before this 
Court, in order that he may show cause why he should not furnish security to the 
amount of Rs.                for his personal appearance before the Court, until such 
time as the said suit shall be fully and finally disposed of, and until satisfaction of any 
decree that may be passed against him in the suit. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this         day of     19        . 
 
Judge. 
 
Principal 
Interest 
Costs 
   
Total    
 
 
No. 2. 
SECURITY FOR APPEARANCE OF A DEFENDANT ARRESTED BEFORE 
JUDGMENT. (O. 38, r. 2.) 
(Title.) 
WHEREAS at the instance of                              ,the plaintiff in the above suit,
    the defendant, has been arrested and brought before the Court; 
And whereas on the failure of the said defendant to show cause why he 
should not furnish security for his appearance, the Court has ordered him to furnish 
such security: 
Therefore I               have voluntarily become surety and do hereby bind 
myself, my heirs and executors, to the said Court, that the said defendant shall 
appear at any time when called upon while the suit is pending and until 
satisfaction of any decree that may be passed against him in the said suit; and in 
default of such appearance I bind myself, my heirs and executors, to pay to the 
said Court, at its order, any some of money that may be adjudged against the said 
defendant in the said suit. 
Witness my hand at             this             day of            19           . 
 
 
(Signed.) 
Witnesses. 
1. 
2. 
 
No.  3. 
SUMMONS TO DEFENDANT TO APPEAR ON SURETY'S APPLICATION 
FOR DISCHARGE. (O. 38, r. 3.) 
(Title.) 
To 
WHEREAS               , who became surety on the                  day of                
19         , for your appearance in the above suit, has applied to this Court to be 
discharged from his obligation: 
Your are hereby summoned to appear in this Court in person on the      day 
of               19               ,at               A. M., when the said application will be heard 
and determined. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this        day of         19      . 
 
 
 
Judge. 
 
No.  4. 
ORDER FOR COMMITTAL. (O. 38, r. 4.) 
(Title.) 
To 
WHEREAS               , plaintiff in this suit, has made application to the Court 
that security be taken for the appearance of               , the defendant, to answer 
any judgment that may be passed against him in the suit; and whereas the Court 
has called upon the defendant to furnish such security, or to offer a sufficient 
deposit in lieu of security, which he has failed to do; It is ordered that the said 
defendant                be committed to 
1
[* *] prison until the decision of the suit; or, if 
judgment be pronounced against him, until satisfaction of the decree. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 
 
 
Judge. 
 
No.  5. 
ATTACHMENT BEFORE JUDGMENT, WITH ORDER TO CALL FOR 
SECURITY FOR FULFILMENT OF DECREE. (O. 38, r. 5.) 
(Title.) 
To 
The Bailiff of the Court. 
WHEREAS               has proved to the satisfaction of the Court that the 
defendant in the above suit                
These are to command you to call upon the said defendant                on or 
before the               day of               19               either to furnish security for the sum 
of rupees               to produce and place at the disposal of this Court when required 
  or the value thereof, or such portion of the value as may be sufficient to satisfy 
any decree that may be passed against him; or to appear and show cause why he 
should not furnish security; and you are further ordered to attach the said           and 
keep the same under safe and secure custody until the further order of the Court; 
and you are further commanded to return this warrant on or before the               day 
of               19                , with an endorsement certifying the date on which and the 
manner in which it has been executed, or the reason why it has not been executed. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 
 
Judge. 
 
No.  6. 
SECURITY FOR THE PRODUCTION OF PROPERTY. (O. 38, r. 5.)  
(Title.) 
WHEREAS at the instance of                , the plaintiff in the above suit,       the 
defendant, has been directed by the Court to furnish security in the sum of Rs.    to 
                                                
1The words “the civil” were omitted by the Civil Laws (Ref orms) Act, 1994 (XIV of 1994); assented to by the President on 27 
July 1994 ;and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11. 
produce and place at the disposal of the Court the property specified in the schedule 
hereunto annexed; 
Therefore I                          have voluntarily become surety and do hereby 
bind myself, my heirs and executors, to the said Court, that the said defendant shall 
produce and place at the disposal of the Court, when required, the property 
specified in the said schedule, or the value of the same, or such portion thereof as 
may be sufficient to satisfy the decree; and in default of his so doing, I bind myself, 
my heirs and executors, to pay to the said Court, at its order, the said sum of Rs. 
                 or such sum not exceeding the said sum as the said Court may 
adjudge. 
Schedule. 
Witness my hand at             this            day of            19            . 
 
(Signed.) 
Witnesses 
1. 
2. 
 
No.  7. 
ATTACHMENT BEFORE JUDGMENT, ON PROOF OF FAILURE TO 
FURNISH SECURITY. (O. 38, r. 6.) 
(Title.) 
To 
The Bailiff of the Court. 
WHEREAS               , the plaintiff in this suit, has applied to the Court to call 
upon                              , the defendant, to furnish security to fulfill any decree that 
may be passed against him in the suit, and whereas the Court has called upon the 
said                to furnish such security, which he has failed to do; These are to 
command you to attach                 the property of the said                and keep the 
same under safe and secure custody until the further order of the Court; and you 
are further commanded to return this warrant on or before the                day of     
19               with an endorsement certifying the date on which and the manner in 
which it has been executed, or the reason why it has not been executed. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 
 
 
 
Judge. 
No.  8. 
TEMPORARY INJUNCTIONS. (O. 39, r. 1.) 
(Title.) 
Upon motion made unto this Court by               , Pleader of [or Counsel for] the 
plaintiff A. B., and upon reading the petition of the said plaintiff in this matter filed 
[this day] or the plaint filed in this suit on the                day of               ,or the 
written statement of the said plaintiff filed on the               day of                             ] 
and upon hearing the evidence of                and                in support thereof [if after 
notice and defendant not appearing: add, and also the evidence of               as to 
service of notice of this motion upon the defendant C. D.]. This Court doth order 
that an injunction be awarded to restrain the defendant C. D., his servants, agents 
and workmen, from pulling down, or suffering to be pulled down, the house in the 
plaint in the said suit of the plaintiff mentioned [or in the written statement, or 
petition, of the plaintiff and evidence at the hearing of this motion mentioned] being 
No. 9, Oilmongers Street, Hindupur, in the Taluk of                , and from selling the 
materials whereof the said house is composed, until the hearing of this suit or until 
the further order of this Court. 
Dated this               day of               19               . 
 
Judge. 
[Where the injunction is sought to  restrain the negotiation of  a  note  or  
bill, the ordering part of the order may run thus:– ]                                                                                 
to restrain the defendants               and               from parting with out of the custody 
of them  or any of them  or endorsing, assigning or negotiating the promissory note 
[or bill of exchange] in question, dated on or about the               , etc., mentioned in 
the plaintiff's plaint [or petition] and the evidence heard at this motion until the 
hearing of this suit, or until the further order of this Court. 
[In Copyright cases] to restrain the defendant C. D., his servants, agents or 
workmen, from  printing, publishing or vending a book, called                               , or 
any part thereof, until the, etc.  
[Where part only of a book is to be restrained]                     to restrain the 
defendant C. D., his servants, agents or workmen, from  printing, publishing, selling 
or otherwise disposing of such parts of the book in the plaint [or petition and 
evidence, etc.] mentioned to have been published by the defendant as hereinafter 
specified, namely, that part of the said book which is entitled               and also that 
part which is entitled                 
[or which is contained in page               to page               both inclusive] until   
, etc. 
[In Patent cases]                               to restrain the defendant C. D., his 
agents, servants and workmen, from making or vending any perforated bricks [or 
as the case may be] upon the principle of the inventions in the plaintiff's plaint 
[or petition, etc., or written statement, etc.,] mentioned, belonging to the 
plaintiffs, or either of them, during the remainder of the respective terms of the 
patents in the plaintiff's plaint [or as the case may be] mentioned, and from 
counterfeiting, imitating or resembling the same inventions, or either of them, 
or making any addition thereto, or subtraction therefrom, until the hearing, etc. 
[In cases of Trade marks]                               to restrain the defendant C. 
D., h is servants, agents or workmen, from selling, or exposing for sale, or 
procuring to be sold, any composition or blacking [or as the case may be] 
described as or purporting to be blacking manufactured by the plaintiff A. B., 
in bottles having affixed thereto such labels as in the plaintiff's plaint [or petition, 
etc.] mentioned, or any other labels so contrived or expressed as, by 
colourable imitation or otherwise, to represent the composition or blacking sold by 
the defendant to be the same as the composition or blacking manufactured and 
sold by the plaintiff A. B., and from using trade­cards so contrived or expressed as 
to represent that any composition or blacking sold or proposed to be sold by the 
defendant is the same as the composition or blacking manufactured or sold by 
the plaintiff A. B., until the, etc. 
[To restrain a partner from in any way interfering in the business]                            
to restrain the defendant C. D., his agents and servants, from entering into any 
contract, and from accepting, drawing, endorsing or negotiating any bill of 
exchange, note or written security in the name of the partnership­firm of B., and 
D., and from contracting any debt, buying and selling any goods, and from making 
or entering into any verbal or written promise, agreement or undertaking, and from 
doing, or causing to be done, any act, in the name or on the credit of the said 
partnership­firm of B. and D., or whereby the said partnership-firm can or may in 
any manner become or be made liable to or for the payment of any sum of 
money, or for the performance of any contract, promise or undertaking until the, 
etc. 
No.  
1
[9]. 
APPOINTMENT OF A RECEIVER. (O. 40, r. 1.) 
(Title.) 
To 
WHEREAS                 has been attached in execution of a decree passed 
in the above suit on the            day of               19                , in favour of               ; 
You are hereby (subject to your giving security to the satisfaction of the Court) 
appointed receiver of the said property under Order XL of the Code of Civil 
Procedure, 1908, with full powers under the provisions of that Order. 
You are required to render a due and proper account of your receipts and 
disbursements in respect of the said property on                , You will be entitled to 
remuneration at the rate of               per cent upon your receipts under the authority 
of this appointment. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 
 
Judge. 
                                                
1Renumbered by the Repealing and Amending Act, 1914 (X of 1914), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 21 March 1914, 
pp. 47-59, s. 2 read with the First Schedule. misprinted as 6, was corrected 
No.  
1
[10] 
BOND TO BE GIVEN BY RECEIVER. (O. 40, r. 3) 
(Title.) 
KNOW all men by these presents, that we                and                 and                  
are jointly and severally bound to                        of the Court of               in Rs.         to 
be paid to the said               or his successor in office for the time being. For which 
payment to be made we bind ourselves, and each of us, in the whole, our and each 
of our heirs, executors and administrators, jointly and severally, by these presents. 
Dated this               day of               19               . 
Whereas a plaint has been filed in this Court by               against                
for the purpose of [here insert the object of suit]: 
And whereas the said               has been appointed, by order of the 
above­mentioned Court, to receive the rents and profits of the immovable property 
and to get in the outstanding moveable property of                in the said plaint named: 
Now the condition of this obligation is such, that if the above­bounden    
shall duly account for all and every the sum and sums of money which he shall so 
receive on account of the rents and profits of the immovable property, and in 
respect of the moveable property, of the said               at such periods as the said 
Court shall appoint, and shall duly pay the balances which shall from time to time 
be certified to be due from him as the said Court hath directed or shall hereafter 
direct, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise it shall remain in full force. 
Signed and delivered by the above­bounden in the presence of                . 
Note.­ If deposit of money is made, the memorandum thereof should follow 
the terms of the condition of the bound. 
                                                
1Ibid. 
APPENDIX G 
APPEAL, REFERENCE AND REVIEW. 
 
No. 1. 
MEMORANDUM OF APPEAL. (O. 41, r. 1.) 
(Title.) 
The                                                   above­named appeals to the                
Court at               from the decree of             in Suit No.           of                19               
, dated the               day of               19               ,and sets forth the following grounds 
of objection to the decree appealed from, namely:– 
 
No. 2. 
SECURITY BOND TO BE GIVEN ON ORDER BEING MADE TO STAY 
EXECUTION OF DECREE. (O.41, r. 5.) 
(Title.) 
To 
This security bond on stay of execution of decree executed by                
witnesseth:– 
That                          , the plaintiff in Suit No.                of 19                , having 
sued               , the defendant, in this Court and a decree having been passed on the 
   day of                19                in favour of the plaintiff, and the defendant having 
preferred an appeal from the said decree in the               Court, the said appeal is 
still pending. 
Now the plaintiff decree­holder having applied to execute the decree, the 
defendant has made an application praying for stay of execution and has been 
called upon to furnish security. Accordingly I, of my own free will, stand security to 
the extent of Rs.               , mortgaging the properties specified in the schedule 
hereunto annexed, and covenant that if the decree of the first Court be confirmed or 
varied by the Appellate Court the said defendant shall duly act in accordance 
with the decree of the Appellate Court and shall pay whatever may be payable by 
him thereunder, and if he should fail therein then any amount so payable shall be 
realized from the properties hereby mortgaged, and if the proceeds of the sale of 
the said properties are insufficient to pay the amount due, I and my legal 
representatives will be personally liable to pay the balance. To this effect I execute 
this security bond, this             day of            19          . 
Schedule. 
(Signed.) 
Witnessed by 
1. 
2. 
 
No.  3. 
SECURITY BOND TO BE GIVEN DURING THE PENDENCY OF APPEAL. (O. 
41, r. 6.) 
(Title.) 
To 
THIS security bond on stay of execution of decree executed by                 
witnesseth:– 
That               , the plaintiff in Suit No.                of 19               , having sued  
,the defendant, in this Court and               a decree having been passed on the   
day of               19 in favour of the plaintiff, and the defendant having preferred an 
appeal from the said decree in the Court               , the said appeal is still pending. 
Now the plaintiff decree­holder has applied for execution of the said 
decree and has been called upon to furnish security. Accordingly I, of my own 
free will, stand security to the extent of Rs.                , mortgaging the properties 
specified in the schedule hereunto annexed, and covenant that if the decree of the 
first Court be reversed or varied by the Appellate Court, the plaintiff shall restore 
any property which may be or has been taken in execution of the said decree and 
shall duly act in accordance with the decree of the Appellate Court and shall pay 
whatever may be payable by him thereunder, and if he should fail therein then 
any amount so payable shall be realized from the properties hereby mortgaged, 
and if the proceeds of the sale of the said properties are insufficient to pay the 
amount due, I and my legal representatives will be personally liable to pay the 
balance. To this effect I execute this security bond this                day of  19           . 
Schedule. 
 
 
(Signed.) 
Witnessed by 
1. 
2. 
 
No.  4. 
SECURITY FOR COSTS OF APPEAL. (O. 41, r. 10.)  
(Title.) 
To 
This security bond for costs of appeal executed by                 witnesseth:– 
This appellant has preferred an appeal from the decree in Suit No.                 
of 19               , against the respondent, and has been called upon to furnish 
security. Accordingly I, of my own free will, stand security for the costs of the appeal, 
mortgaging the properties specified in the schedule hereunto annexed. I shall not 
transfer the said properties or any part thereof, and in the event of any default on 
the part of the appellant I shall duly carry out any order that may be made against 
me with regard to payment of the costs of appeal. Any amount so payable shall be 
realized from the properties hereby mortgaged, and if the proceeds of the sale of 
the said properties are insufficient to pay the amount due, I and my legal 
representatives will be personally liable to pay the balance. To this effect I execute 
this security bond this                day of               19               . 
Schedule. 
(Signed.) 
 
Witnessed by 
1. 
2. 
 
No.  5. 
INTIMATION OF LOWER COURT OF ADMISSION OF APPEAL. (O. 41, r. 
13.) 
(Title.) 
To 
You are hereby directed to take notice that               the                in the above 
suit, has preferred an appeal to this Court from the decree passed by you therein on 
the             day of            19      . 
You are requested to said with all practicable despatch all material papers in 
the suit. 
Dated the               day of               19               . 
 
 
Judge. 
 
No.  6. 
NOTICE TO RESPONDENT OF THE DAY FIXED FOR THE HEARING OF 
THE APPEAL. (O. 41, r. 14.) 
(Title.) 
APPEAL  from the               of the Court of               dated the                day of      
19               . 
To 
Respondent. 
TAKE notice that an appeal from the decree of                in this case has 
been presented by               and registered in this Court, and that the               day of 
  19               has been fixed by this Court for the hearing of this appeal. 
If no appearance is made on your behalf by yourself, your pleader, or by 
some one by law authorized to act for you in this appeal, it will be heard and 
decided in your absence. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 
 
Judge. 
[Note.­ If a stay of execution has been ordered, intimation should be given of the fact 
on this notice.] 
 
No.  7. 
NOTICE TO A PARTY TO A SUIT NOT MADE A PARTY TO THE APPEAL 
BUT JOINED BY THE COURT AS A RESPONDENT. (O. 41, r. 20.) 
(Title.) 
To 
WHEREAS you were a party in suit No.                of 19               , in the Court 
of                             , and whereas the                has preferred an appeal to this 
Court from the decree passed against him in the said suit and it appears to this 
Court that you are interested in the result of the said appeal: 
This is to give you notice that this Court has directed you to be made a 
respondent in the said appeal and has adjourned the hearing thereof till the      day 
of               19               , at               A. M. 
If no appearance is made on your behalf on the said day and at the said hour 
the appeal will be heard and decided in your absence. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 
 
Judge. 
 
No.  8. 
MEMORANDUM OF CROSS OBJECTIONS. (O. 41, r. 22.) 
(Title.) 
WHEREAS the               has preferred an appeal to the                Court at   
from the decree of               in Suit No.                of 19                ,dated the            day 
of               19                ,and whereas notice of the day fixed for hearing the appeal 
was served on the                   on the      day of        19               , the               files 
this memorandum of cross objection under rule 22 of Order XLI of the Code of Civil 
Procedure, 1908, and sets forth the following grounds of objection to the decree 
appealed from, namely:– 
 
No.  9. 
DECREE IN APPEAL. (O. 41, r. 35.) 
(Title.) 
Appeal No.                of 19               from the decree of the Court of                
dated the               day of               19               . 
Memorandum  of Appeal. 
Plaintiff. 
Defendant. 
The                above­named appeals to the               Court at                from 
the decree               in the above suit, dated the               day of                19               
, for the following reasons, namely:– 
 
 
This appeal coming on for hearing on the            day of            19               , 
before               ,in the presence of               for the appellant and of                for the 
respondent, it is ordered_ 
The costs of this appeal, as detailed below, amounting to Rs.                      , 
are to be paid by               . The costs of the original suit are to be paid by                . 
GIVEN under my hand this              day of             19            . 
 
Judge. 
Costs of Appeal. 
Appellant. Amount. Respondent. Amount. 
 
1. Stamp for 
memorandum of 
appeal 
2. Do. for power 
3. Service of processes 
4. Pleader‟s fee on Rs. 
Rs. A. P.  
Stamp for power 
Do. for petition 
Service of processes 
Pleader‟s fee on Rs. 
Rs. A. P. 
Total….    Total …    
 
No.  10. 
APPLICATION TO APPEAL IN FORMA PAUPERIS (O. 44, r. 1.)  
(Title.) 
I               the               above­named, present the accompanying 
memorandum of appeal from the decree in the above suit and apply to be allowed 
to appeal as a pauper. 
Annexed is a full and true schedule of all the moveable and immoveable 
property belonging to me with the estimated value thereof. 
Dated the               day of               19               . 
(Signed.) 
Note.­ Where the application is by the plaintiff he should state whether he applied 
and was allowed to sue in the Court of first instance as a pauper. 
 
No.  11. 
NOTICE OF APPEAL IN FORMA PAUPERIS. (O. 44, r. 1.) 
(Title.) 
WHEREAS the above­named               has applied to be allowed to appeal 
as a pauper from the decree in the above suit dated the                       day of           
19               and whereas the                day of                19                has been fixed 
for hearing the application, notice is hereby given to you that if you desire to show 
cause why the applicant should not be allowed to appeal as a pauper an opportunity 
will be given to you of doing so on the afore­mentioned date. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 
 
Judge. 
 
No.  12. 
NOTICE TO SHOW CAUSE WHY A CERTIFICATE OF APPEAL TO THE 
1
[SUPREME COURT] SHOULD NOT BE GRANTED. (O. 45, r. 3.)  
(Title.) 
To 
Take notice that                
has applied to this Court for a certificate that as regards amount or value and 
nature the above case fulfils the requirements of section 110 of the Code of Civil 
Procedure, 1908, or that it is otherwise a fit one for appeal to 
2
[the Supreme Court]. 
The               day of               19               is fixed for you to show cause why 
the Court should not grant the certificate asked for. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 
Registrar. 
                                                
1Substituted for the words "KING IN COUNCIL" by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P .O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the 
Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, 
was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the 
Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 
2Ibid., for the words "His Majesty in Council". 
No.  13. 
NOTICE TO RESPONDENT OF ADMISSION OF APPEAL TO THE 
1
[SUPREME COURT] (O. 45, r. 8.)  
(Title.) 
To 
WHEREAS                                                    , the               in the above case, 
has furnished the security and made the deposit required by Order XLV, rule 7, of 
the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908: 
Take notice that the appeal of the said               to 
2
[the  Supreme Court] 
has been admitted on the               day of           19               . 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 
 
Registrar. 
 
No.  14. 
NOTICE TO SHOW CAUSE WHY A REVIEW SHOULD NOT BE GRANTED. 
(O. 47, r. 4.) 
(Title.) 
To 
TAKE notice that               has applied to this Court for a review of its decree 
passed on the               day of             19         in the above case. The               day of 
   19               is fixed for you to show cause why the Court should not grant a 
review of its decree in this case. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court,                this                day 
of               19               . 
 
Judge. 
                                                
1Ibid., for the words " KING IN COUNCIL". 
2Ibid., for the words "His Majesty in Council". 
 
APPENDIX H 
MISCELLANEOUS. 
 
No.  1. 
AGREEMENT OF PARTIES AS TO ISSUES TO BE TRIED. (O. 14, r. 6.)  
(Title.) 
WHEREAS we, the parties, in the above suit, are agreed as to the question 
of fact [or of law] to be decided between us and the point at issue between us is 
whether a claim founded on a bond, dated the           day of        19               and 
filed as Exhibit                in the said suit, is or is not beyond the statute of limitation 
(or state the point at issue whatever it may be): 
We therefore severally bind ourselves that, upon the finding of the 
Court in the negative [or affirmative] of such issue       will pay to the said       the 
sum of Rs.                (or such sum as the Court shall hold to be due thereon), and I, 
the said                               will accept the said sum of Rupees               (or such 
as the Court shall hold to be due) in full satisfaction of my claim on the bond 
aforesaid [or that upon such finding I, the said               will do or abstain from 
doing, etc., etc.]. 
 
Plaintiff. 
Defendant. 
 
Witnesses. 
1. 
2. 
Dated the               day of               19               . 
 
No.  2. 
NOTICE OF APPLICATION FOR THE TRANSFER OF A SUIT TO 
ANOTHER COURT FOR TRIAL. (Section 24.) 
In the Court of the District Judge of          No.           of 19            . 
To 
WHEREAS an application, dated the            day of               19                 has 
been made to this Court by            the            in Suit No.              of 19               now 
pending in the Court of the         at            in which              is plaintiff and                 is 
defendant, for the transfer of the suit for trial to the Court of the              at               :–  
You are hereby informed that the               day of            19                      has 
been fixed for the hearing of the application, when you will be heard if you desire to 
offer any objection to it. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 
 
Judge. 
 
No.  3. 
NOTICE OF PAYMENT INTO COURT. (O. 24, r. 2.)  
(Title.) 
Take notice that the defendant has paid into Court Rs.                and says that 
that sum is sufficient to satisfy the plaintiff`s claim in full. 
X. Y., Pleader for the defendant. 
To Z., Pleader for the plaintiff. 
 
No.  4. 
NOTICE TO SHOW CAUSE. (GENERAL FORM.) 
(Title.) 
To 
WHEREAS the above­named                
has made application to this Court that                                ; 
You are hereby warned to appear in this Court in person or by a pleader duly 
instructed on the             day of          19           , at                o'clock in the forenoon, 
to show cause against the application, failing wherein, the said application will be 
heard and determined ex parte. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this               day of                
19               . 
 
Judge. 
 
No.  5. 
LIST OF DOCUMENTS PRODUCED BY PLAINTIFF/DEFENDANT. (O. 13, r. 
1.)  
(Title.) 
No. Description of 
document 
Date, if any, which the document 
bears 
Signature of party 
or pleader 
1 2 3 4 
    
 
No.  6. 
NOTICE TO PARTIES OF THE DAY FIXED FOR EXAMINATION OF A 
WITNESS ABOUT TO LEAVE THE JURISDICTION. (O. 18, r. 16.)  
(Title.) 
To 
Plaintiff (or defendant). 
WHEREAS in the above suit application has been made to the Court by     
that the examination of              , a witness required by the said               in the said 
suit, may               be taken immediately; and it has been shown to the Court's 
satisfaction that the said witness is about to leave the Court's jurisdiction (or any 
other good and sufficient cause to be stated): 
Take notice that the examination of the said witness              will be taken 
by the Court on the            day of            19           . 
Dated the               day of               19               . 
 
 
 
Judge. 
 
No.  7. 
COMMISSION TO EXAMINE ABSENT WITNESS. (O. 26, rr. 4, 18.) 
(Title.) 
To 
WHEREAS the evidence of                                    is required by the                                   
in the above suit; and whereas              you are requested to take the evidence on 
interrogatories [or viva voce] of such witness               and you are hereby 
appointed Commissioner for that purpose. The evidence will be taken in the 
presence of the parties or their agents if in attendance, who will be at liberty to 
question the witness on the points specified; and you are further requested to make 
return of such evidence as soon as it may be taken. 
Process to compel the attendance of the witness will be issued by any Court 
having jurisdiction on your application. 
A sum of Rs.               , being your fee in the above, is herewith forwarded. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this       day of         19          . 
 
Judge. 
 
No.  8. 
LETTER OF REQUEST. (O. 26, r. 5.) 
(Title.) 
(Heading:– To the President and Judges of, etc., etc., or as the case may be.) 
WHEREAS a suit is now pending in the               in which A. B. is plaintiff and 
C. D. is defendant; And the said suit the plaintiff claims 
(abstract of claim); 
And whereas it has been represented to the said Court that it is necessary for 
the purposes of justice and for the due determination of the matters in dispute 
between the parties, that the following persons should be examined as witnesses 
upon oath touching such matters, that is to say: 
E. F., of 
G. H., of                                                  and 
I. J., of 
And it appearing that such witnesses are resident within the jurisdiction of 
your honourable Court; 
Now I               , as the               of the said Court, have the honour to request, 
and do hereby request, that for the reasons aforesaid and for the assistance of the 
said Court, you, as the President and Judges of the said             ,or some one or 
more of you, will be pleased to summon the said witness (and such other witnesses 
as the agents of the said plaintiff and defendant shall humbly request you in writing 
so to summon) to attend at such time and place as you shall appoint before some 
one or more of you or such other person as according to the procedure of your Court 
is competent to take the examination of witnesses, and that you will cause such 
witnesses to be examined upon the interrogatories which accompany this letter of 
request (or viva voce) touching the said matters in question in the presence of the 
agents of the plaintiff and defendant, or such of them as shall, on due notice given, 
attend such examination.  
And I further have the honour to request that you will be pleased to cause 
the answers of the said witnesses to be reduced into writing, and all books, letters, 
papers and documents produced upon such examination to be duly marked for 
identification, and that you will be further pleased to authenticate such 
examination by the seal of your tribunal, or in such other way as is in 
accordance with your procedure, and to return the same, together with such 
request in writing, if any, for the examination of other witnesses to the said Court. 
(Note.­ If the Request is directed to a Foreign Court, the words 
"through 
1
[the 
2
[Federal Government] ] for transmission" should be inserted after 
the words "other witnesses" in the penultimate line of this form.) 
 
No.  9. 
COMMISSION FOR A LOCAL INVESTIGATION, OR TO EXAMINE 
ACCOUNTS. (O. 26, rr. 9, 11.) 
(Title.) 
To 
WHEREAS it is deemed requisite, for the purposes of this suit, 
that a commission for              should be issued; You are hereby appointed 
Commissioner for the purpose of                                                         
Process to compel the attendance before you of any witnesses or for 
the production of any documents, whom or which you may desire to examine or 
inspect, will be issued by any Court having jurisdiction on your application. 
A sum of Rs.               , being your fee in the above, is herewith forwarded. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal the Court, this               day of                
19              . 
 
 
Judge. 
No.  10. 
COMMISSION TO MAKE A PARTITION. (O. 26, r. 13.) 
(Title.) 
To 
                                                
1Substituted for the expression “His Majesty‟s Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs ” by the Adaptation of Central Acts and 
Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 1949), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, 
pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 
2Substituted for the words “Central Government ” by the Federal Adaptation of Laws Order 1975 (P. O. No. 4 of 1975), 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 1 August 1975, pp. 435 -467, Article 2 read with the Table of 
General Adaptations.  
WHEREAS it is deemed requisite for the purposes of this suit that a 
commission should be issued to make the partition or separation of the property 
specified in, and according to the rights as declared in, the decree of this Court, 
dated the               day of            19               ; You are here by appointed 
Commissioner for the said purpose and are directed to make such inquiry as 
may be necessary, to divide the said property according to the best of your skill 
and judgment in the shares set out in the said decree, and to a lot such shares to 
the several parties. You are hereby authorised to award sums to be paid to any 
party by any other party for the purpose of equalizing the value of the shares. 
Process to compel the attendance before you of any witness, or for the 
production of any documents whom or which you may des ire to examine or 
inspect, will be issued by any Court having jurisdiction on your application. 
A sum of Rs.               , being your fee in the above, is herewith forwarded. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this        day of       19         . 
 
Judge. 
 
No.  11. 
NOTICE TO MINOR DEFENDANT AND GUARDIAN. (O. 32, r. 3.) 
(Title.) 
To 
Minor Defendant. 
Natural Guardian. 
 
WHEREAS an application has been presented on the part of the plaintiff in 
the above suit for the appointment of a guardian for the suit to the minor defendant, 
you, the said minor, and you (1) 
(1) Here inset the name of the guardian                are hereby required to 
take notice that unless within                              days from the service upon you of 
this notice, an application is made to this Court for the appointment of you (1)        
or of some friend of you, the minor, to act as guardian for the suit, the Court will 
proceed to appoint some other person to act as a guardian to the minor for the 
purposes of the said suit. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this         day of      19         . 
 
 
 
 
Judge. 
 
No.  12. 
NOTICE TO OPPOSITE PARTY OF DAY FIXED FOR HEARING EVIDENCE 
OF PAUPERISM. (O. 33, r. 6.) 
(Title.) 
To 
WHEREAS                                                  has applied to this Court for 
permission to institute a suit against              in forma pauperis under Order XXXIII of 
the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908; and whereas the Court sees no reason to reject 
the application; and whereas the               day of               19              has been fixed 
for receiving such evidence as the applicant may adduce in proof of his pauperism 
and for hearing any evidence which may be adduced in disproof thereof: 
Notice is hereby given to you under rule 6 of Order XXXIII that in case 
you may wish to offer any evidence to disprove the pauperism of the applicant, 
you may do so on appearing in this Court on the said          day of          19              . 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this         day of         19      . 
 
 
Judge. 
 
No.  13. 
NOTICE TO SURETY OF HIS LIABILITY UNDER A DECREE. (Section 145.) 
(Title.) 
To 
WHEREAS you              did on              become liable as surety for the 
performance of any decree which might be passed against the said      defendant 
in the above suit; and whereas a decree was passed on the   day of  19    
against the said defendant for the payment of                              , and whereas 
application has been made for execution of the said decree against you: 
Take notice that you are hereby required on or before the               day of    
19              to show cause why the said decree should not be executed against 
you, and if no sufficient cause shall be, within the time specified, shown to the 
satisfaction of the Court, an order for its execution will be forthwith issued in the 
terms of the said application. 
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this         day of        19      . 
 
 
 
Judge. 
The Code of Civil Procedure 1908. 
(The First Schedule. Appendix H.Miscellaneous.) 
 
No 14. 
REGISTER OF CIVIL SUITS. (O. 4, r.2.) 
____________________ 
 
COURT of the           of                     at 
REGISTER OF CIVIL SUITS IN THE YEAR 19. 
 
RETURN OF 
EXECUTION. 
Minute of 
other 
Return 
than 
Payment 
or Arrest, 
and date 
of every 
Return.  
Note. Where there are numerous plaintiffs or numerous defendants, the name of the first plaintiff only, or the first 
defendant only, as the case may be, need be entered in the register 
Arrested.  
Amount paid 
into Court. 
 
EXECUTION. 
Amount of 
costs. 
 
For what, 
and amount 
if money. 
 
Against 
whom. 
 
Date of 
order. 
 
Date of 
application. 
 
APPEAL. 
Judgement 
in appeal. 
 
Date of 
decision of 
appeal. 
 
JUDGMENT
. 
For what, or 
amount. 
 
For whom.  
Date.  
APPEARAN
CE. 
Defendant.  
Plaintiff.  
Day for 
parties to 
appear. 
 
CLAIM. 
When the 
cause of 
action 
accrued. 
 
Amount or 
value. 
 
Particulars.  
DEFENDANT. Place of 
residence. 
 
Description.  
Name.  
PLAINTIFF. Place of 
residence. 
 
Description.  
Name.  
No. of suit.  
Date of 
presentation of 
plaint. 
 
 
The Code of Civil Procedure 1908. 
(The First Schedule. Appendix H.Miscellaneous.) 
 
No 15. 
REGISTER OF APPEALS. (O. 41, r.9.) 
____________________ 
 
COURT (OR HIGH COURT) AT 
REGISTER OF APPEALS FROM DECREES in the year 19 
 
JUDGEMENT. 
For what or 
amount. 
 
Confirmed, 
reversed or 
varied. 
 
Date.  
APPEARANCE. 
Respondent.  
Appellant.  
Day for parties 
to appear. 
 
DECREE APPEALED 
FROM. 
Amount or 
Value. 
 
Particulars  
No. of Original 
Suit. 
 
Of what Court.  
RESPONSDENT. Place of 
residence. 
 
Description.  
Name.  
APPELLANT. Place of 
residence. 
 
Description.  
Name.  
No. of appeal.  
Date of memorandum  
 
1
[THE SECOND SCHEDULE 
Arbitration * * * ]  
 
THE THIRD SCHEDULE 
EXECUTION OF DECREES BY COLLECTORS 
1. Powers of Collector .– Where the execution of a decree has been 
transferred to the Collector under section 68, he may– 
(a) proceed as the Court would proceed when the sale of immoveable 
property is postponed in order to enable the judgment­debtor to raise 
the amount of the decree; or 
(b) raise the amount of the decree by letting in perpetuity, or for a 
term, on payment of a premium, or by mortgaging, the whole or any 
part of the property ordered to be sold; or 
(c) sell the property ordered to be sold or so much thereof as may be 
necessary. 
2. Procedure of Collector in special cases .– Where the execution of a 
decree, not being a decree ordering the sale of immoveable property in pursuance 
of a contract specifically affecting the same, but being a decree for the payment 
of money in satisfaction of which the Court has ordered the sale of immoveable 
property, has been so transferred, the Collector, if, after such inquiry as he 
thinks necessary, he has reason to believe that all the liabilities of the 
judgment­debtor can be discharged without a sale of the whole of his available 
immoveable property, may proceed as hereinafter provided. 
3. Notice to be given to decree -holders and to persons having claims on 
property.– (1) In any such case as is referred to in paragraph 2, the Collector 
shall publish a notice, allowing a period of sixty days from the date of its publication 
for compliance and calling upon– 
(a) every person holding a decree for the payment of money against 
the judgment­debtor capable of execution by sale of his 
immoveable property and which such decree- holder desires to 
have so executed, and every holder of a decree for the payment 
of money in execution of which proceedings for the sale of such 
property are pending, to produce before the Collector a copy of the 
decree, and a certificate from the Court which passed or is executing 
the same, declaring the amount recoverable thereunder; 
(b) every person having any claim on the said property to submit to the 
Collector a statement of such claim, and to produce the documents (if 
any) by which it is evidenced. 
                                                
1Repealed by the Arbitration Act, 1940 (X of 1940), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 16 March 1940, pp. 41 -52, s. 49 
read with the Third Schedule: it came into force on 1 July 1940. 
(2) Such notice shall be published by being affixed on a conspicuous part 
of the Court­house of the Court which made the original order for sale, and in 
such other places (if any) as the Collector thinks fit; and where the address of 
any such decree­holder or claimant is known, a copy of the notice shall be sent to 
him by post or otherwise. 
4. Amount of decrees for payment of money to be ascertained, and 
immoveable property available for their satisfaction .– (1) Upon the expiration 
of the said period, the Collector shall appoint a day for hearing any 
representations which the judgment­debtor and the decree­holders or claimants 
(if any) may desire to make, and for holding such inquiry as he may deem 
necessary for informing himself as to the nature and extent of such decrees and 
claims and of the judgment­debtor's immoveable property, and may, from time to 
time, adjourn such hearing and inquiry. 
(2) Where there is no dispute as to the fact or extent of the liability of 
the judgment­debtor to any of the decrees or claims of which the Collector is 
informed, or as to the relative priorities of such decrees or claims, or as to the 
liability of any such property for the satisfaction of such decrees or claims, the 
Collector shall draw up a statement, specifying the amount to be recovered 
for the discharge of such decrees, the order in which such decrees and claims 
are to be satisfied, and the immoveable property available for that purpose. 
(3) Where any such dispute arises, the Collector shall refer the same, 
with a statement thereof and his own opinion thereon, to the Court which made 
the original order for sale, and shall, pending the reference, stay proceedings 
relating to the subject thereof. The Court shall dispose of the dispute if the matter 
thereof is within its jurisdiction, or transmit the case to a competent Court for 
disposal, and the final decision shall be communicated to the Collector, who shall 
then draw up a statement as above provided in accordance with such decision. 
5.  Where District Court may issue notices and hold inquiry .– The 
Collector may, instead of himself issuing the notices and holding the inquiry 
required by paragraphs 3 and 4, draw up a statement specifying the circumstances 
of the judgment­debtor and of his immoveable property so far as they are known to 
the Collector or appear in the records of his office, and forward such statement to 
the District Court; and such Court shall thereupon issue the notices, hold the 
inquiry and draw up the statement required by paragraphs 3 and 4 and transmit 
such statement to the Collector. 
6.  Effect of decision of Court as to dispute .– The decision by the Court of 
any dispute arising under paragraph 4 or paragraph 5 shall, as between the 
parties thereto, have the force of and be appealable as a decree. 
7.  Scheme for liquidation of decrees for payment of money .– (1) Where 
the amount to be recovered and the property available have been determined as 
provided in paragraph 4 or paragraph 5, the Collector may,– 
(a) if it appears that the amount cannot be recovered without the sale 
of the whole of the property available, proceed to sell such property; 
or 
(b) if it appears that the amount with interest (if any) in accordance with 
the decree, and, when not decreed, with interest (if any) at such 
rate as he thinks reasonable, may be recovered without such sale, 
raise such amount and interest (notwithstanding the original order 
for sale)– 
(i) by letting in perpetuity or for a term, on payment of a premium, 
the whole or any part of the said property; or 
(ii) by mortgaging the whole or any part of such property; or 
(iii) by selling part of such property; or 
(iv) by letting on farm, or managing by himself or another, the 
whole or any part of such property for any term not 
exceeding twenty years from the date of the order of sale; or 
(v) partly by one of such modes, and partly by another or others of 
such modes. 
(2) For the purpose of managing the whole or any part of such property, 
the Collector may exercise all the powers of its owner. 
(3) For the purpose of improving the saleable value of the property 
available or any part thereof, or rendering it more suitable for letting or 
managing, or for preserving the property from sale in satisfaction of an 
incumbrance, the Collector may discharge the claim of any incumbrancer which 
has become payable or compound the claim of any incumbrancer whether it has 
become payable or not, and, for the purpose of providing funds to effect such 
discharge or composition, may mortgage, let or sell any portion of the property 
which he deems sufficient. If any dispute arises as to the amount due on any 
incumbrance with which the Collector proposes to deal under this clause, he may 
institute a suit in the proper Court, either in his own name or the name of the 
judgment­debtor, to have an account taken, or he may agree to refer such 
dispute to the decision of two arbitrators, one to be chosen by each party, or of 
an umpire to be named by such arbitrators. 
(4) In proceeding under this paragraph the Collector shall be subject to 
such rules consistent with this Act as may, from time to time, be made in this behalf 
by the 
1
[Provincial Government]. 
8. Recovery of balance (if any) after letting or management .– Where, on 
the expiration of the letting or management under paragraph 7, the amount to 
be recovered has not been realized, the Collector shall notify the fact in writing 
to the judgment­debtor or his representative in interest, stating at the same time 
that, if the balance necessary to make up the said amount is not paid to the 
Collector within six weeks from the date of such notice, he will proceed to sell the 
whole or a sufficient part of the said property; and, if on the expiration of the said 
six weeks the said balance is not so paid, the Collector shall sell such property or 
part accordingly. 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order,  1937, published 
in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 4 read with the Table of General Adaptations. 
9.  Collector to render accounts to Court .– (1) The Collector shall, from time 
to time, render to the Court which made the original order for sale an account of all 
monies which come to his hands and of all charges incurred by him in the exercise 
and performance of the powers and duties conferred and imposed on him under 
the provisions of this schedule, and shall hold the balance at the disposal of the 
Court. 
(2) Such charges shall include all debts and liabilities from time to time 
due to 
1
[the 
2
[Government] ] in respect of the property or any part thereof, the 
rent (if any) from time to time due to a superior holder in respect of such 
property or part, and, if the Collector so directs, the expenses of any 
witnesses summoned by him.  
(3) The balance shall be applied by the Court– 
(a) in providing for the maintenance of such members of the 
judgment­debtor's family (if any) as are entitled to be maintained out 
of the income of the property, to such amount in the case of each 
member as the Court thinks fit; and 
(b) where the Collector has proceeded under paragraph 1, in satisfaction 
of the original decree in execution of which the Court ordered the 
sale of immoveable property, or otherwise as the Court may under 
section 73 direct; or 
(c) where the Collector has proceeded under paragraph 2,– 
(i) in keeping down the interest on incumbrances on the property; 
(ii) where the judgment­debtor has no other sufficient means of 
subsistence, in providing for his subsistence to such amount as 
the Court thinks fit; and 
(iii) in discharging rateably the claims of the original decree­holder 
and any other decree­holders who have complied with the 
said notice, and whose claims were included in the amount 
ordered to be recovered. 
(4) No other holder of a decree for the payment of money shall be 
entitled to be paid out of such property or balance until the decree­holders who 
have obtained such order have been satisfied, and the residue (if any) shall be 
paid to the judgment­debtor or such other person as the Court directs. 
10. Sales how to be conducted .– Where the Collector sells any property 
under this schedule, he shall put it up to public auction in one or more lots, as he 
thinks fit, and may– 
(a) fix a reasonable reserved price for each lot; 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “the Government”  by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in 
the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
2Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P .O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister 
exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was 
published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it 
came into force on 23 March 1956. 
(b) adjourn the sale for a reasonable time whenever, for reasons to be 
recorded, he deems the adjournment necessary for the purpose of 
obtaining a fair price for the property; 
(c) buy in the property offered for sale, and re­sell the same by 
public auction or private contract, as he thinks fit. 
11. Restrictions as to alienation by judgment -debtor or his representative, 
and prosecution of remedies by decree­holders .– (1) So long as the Collector 
can exercise or perform in respect of the judgment­debtor's immoveable property, 
or any part thereof, any of the powers or duties conferred or imposed on him by 
paragraphs 1 to 10, the judgment­debtor or his representative in interest shall be 
incompetent to mortgage, charge, lease or alienate such property or part 
except with the written permission of the Collector, nor shall any Civil Court issue 
any process against such property or part in execution of a decree for the payment 
of money. 
(2) During the same period no Civil Court shall issue any process of 
execution either against the judgment­debtor or his property in respect of any 
decree for the satisfaction whereof provision has been made by the Collector 
under paragraph 7. 
(3) The same period shall be excluded in calculating the period of 
limitation applicable to the execution of any decree affected by the provisions of 
this paragraph in respect of any remedy of which the decree­holder has been 
temporarily deprived. 
12. Provision where property is in several districts .– Where the property of 
which the sale has been ordered is situate in more districts than one, the powers 
and duties conferred and imposed on the Collector by paragraphs 1 to 10 shall be 
exercised and performed by such one of the Collectors of the said districts as the 
1
[Provincial Government] may by general rule or special order direct. 
13. Powers of Collector to compel attendance and production .– In 
exercising the powers conferred on him by paragraphs 1 to 10 the Collector shall 
have the powers of a Civil Court to compel the attendance of parties and 
witnesses and the production of documents. 
                                                
1Substituted for the words “Local Government” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published 
in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 
 
1
[THE FOURTH SCHEDULE 
(See section 155)  
Enactments Amended]  
 
2
[THE FIFTH SCHEDULE 
(See section 156)  
Enactments Repealed]  
                                                
1Omitted by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of 
Pakistan (Extraordinary) dated: 8 July 1981, pp. 345-475, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule. 
2Omitted by the Second Repealing and Amending Act, 1914 (XVII of 1914), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 19 
September 1914, pp. 68-72, s. 2 read with the First Schedule.
LAW LIBRARY MAP

This law in the library

Follow the instruments and provisions named in this source edition, and the laws that cite it. Citation links identify the text being referred to; legal effect and current force require separate examination.

98 citations to other instruments0 citations from other laws68 internal provision references74 explicit external provision references
Instruments cited by this law 14
References to provisions in this text 68

Section 138

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
everal issues 4. Witnesses to be examined in open Court 5. How evidence shall be taken in appealable cases 6. When deposition to be interpreted 7. Evidence under section 138 8. Memorandum when evidence not taken down by judge 9. When evidence may be taken in English 10. Any particular question and answer may be taken down 11. Questions objected to and allowed by Court 12. Remarks on demean

Read the source passage

Section 144

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
troversy in the suit and may be either preliminary or final. It shall be deemed to include the rejection of a plaint 3 [, the determination of any question within section 144 and an order under rule 60, 98, 99, 101, or 103 of Order XXI], but shall not include– (a) any adjudication from which an appeal lies as an appeal from an order, or (b) any order of dismissal for default. Explanation.– A

Read the source passage

Section 47

More than one operative heading has this number. Read the source passage

Read reference in context
. 725 -845, s. 3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 3Substituted for the expression “and the determination of any question within section 47 or section 144” by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583 s. 2 read with the Schedule. (3) “decree­holder” means any person in

Read the source passage

Section 144

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
3 read with the Second Schedule: it came into force on 14 October 1955. 3Substituted for the expression “and the determination of any question within section 47 or section 144” by the Law Reforms Ordinance, 1972 (XII of 1972), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 14 April 1972, pp. 526-583 s. 2 read with the Schedule. (3) “decree­holder” means any person in whose favour a

Read the source passage

Section 122

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
t], or remunerated by fees or commission for the performance of any public duty: (18) “rules” means rules and forms contained in the First Schedule or made under section 122 or section 125: (19) “share in a corporation” shall be deemed to include stock, debenture stock, debentures or bonds: and (20) “signed,” save in the case of a judgment or decree, includes stamped. 5 [3. Hierarchy of Cour

Read the source passage

Section 125

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
rated by fees or commission for the performance of any public duty: (18) “rules” means rules and forms contained in the First Schedule or made under section 122 or section 125: (19) “share in a corporation” shall be deemed to include stock, debenture stock, debentures or bonds: and (20) “signed,” save in the case of a judgment or decree, includes stamped. 5 [3. Hierarchy of Courts .– For purpo

Read the source passage

Section 22

More than one operative heading has this number. Read the source passage

Read reference in context
l proceed. 23. To what Court application lies .– (1) Where the several Courts having jurisdiction are subordinate to the same Appellate Court, an application under section 22 shall be made to the Appellate Court. (2) Where such Courts are subordinate to different Appellate Courts but to the same High Court, the application shall be made to the said High Court. (3) Where such Courts are subordi

Read the source passage

Section 22

More than one operative heading has this number. Read the source passage

Read reference in context
ict Court. 1 [(4) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ] 2 [24A. Appearance of parties on transfer of suit, etc .– (1) Where any suit is transferred under section 22, or any suit, appeal or other proceeding is transferred or withdrawn under sub­section (1) of section 24 on the application of a party, the Court ordering the transfer or withdrawal shall fix a date for the appearance of th

Read the source passage

Section 24

More than one operative heading has this number. Read the source passage

Read reference in context
sfer of suit, etc .– (1) Where any suit is transferred under section 22, or any suit, appeal or other proceeding is transferred or withdrawn under sub­section (1) of section 24 on the application of a party, the Court ordering the transfer or withdrawal shall fix a date for the appearance of the parties before itself, if the suit, appeal or other proceeding is to be tried or disposed of by itself,

Read the source passage

Section 30

More than one operative heading has this number. Read the source passage

Read reference in context
to produce documents or other material objects. 32. Penalty for default.– The Court may compel the attendance of any person to whom a summons has been issued under section 30 and for that purpose may– (a) issue a warrant for his arrest; (b) attach and sell his property; (c) impose a fine upon him not exceeding 1 [two thousand] rupees;

Read the source passage

Section 34A

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
en the banking company and the judgement debtor when the loan was contracted. Explanation.– In this section in clause (a), “bank rate” has the same meaning as in section 34A.] COSTS 35. Costs.– 2 [(1) Subject to such conditions and limitations, as may be prescribed, and to the provisions of law for the time being in force, the costs of an incident to all suits and other proceedings in the su

Read the source passage

Section 39

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provision, the Court executing a decree sent to it shall have the following powers, namely:– (a) power under section 39 to transfer the decree to another Court, if necessary; (b) power under sub­section (1) of section 50 to permit execution to proceed against the legal representatives of a deceased judgment debtor; (c) power under secti

Read the source passage

Section 50

More than one operative heading has this number. Read the source passage

Read reference in context
it shall have the following powers, namely:– (a) power under section 39 to transfer the decree to another Court, if necessary; (b) power under sub­section (1) of section 50 to permit execution to proceed against the legal representatives of a deceased judgment debtor; (c) power under section 152 to correct clerical or arithmetical errors; (d) power under rule 16 of Order XXI to recognise the

Read the source passage

Section 152

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
y; (b) power under sub­section (1) of section 50 to permit execution to proceed against the legal representatives of a deceased judgment debtor; (c) power under section 152 to correct clerical or arithmetical errors; (d) power under rule 16 of Order XXI to recognise the assignment of a decree; (e) power under sub- rule (2) of rule 50 of Order XXI to grant leave to a decree- holder to proceed

Read the source passage

Section 47

More than one operative heading has this number. Read the source passage

Read reference in context
certificate shall, for the purposes of proceedings under this section, be conclusive proof of the exten t of such satisfaction or adjustment. (3) The provisions of section 47 shall as from the filing of the certified copy of the decree apply to the proceedings of a District Court executing a decree under this section, and the District Court shall refuse exec ution of any such decree, if it is sh

Read the source passage

Section 13

More than one operative heading has this number. Read the source passage

Read reference in context
exec ution of any such decree, if it is shown to the satisfaction of the Court that the decree falls within any of the exceptions specified in clauses (a) to (f) of section 13. Explanation 1 .– “Reciprocating territory” means such country or territory as the Federal Government may, from time to time, by notification in the official Gazette, declare to be reciprocating territory for the purposes o

Read the source passage

Section 50

More than one operative heading has this number. Read the source passage

Read reference in context
he has failed so to satisfy the Court in the same manner as if the decree had been against him personally. 53. Liability of ancestral property .– For the purposes of section 50 and section 52, property in the hands of a son or other descendant which is liable under Hindu law for the payment of the debt of a deceased ancestor, in respect of which a decree has been passed, shall be deemed to be prop

Read the source passage

Section 52

More than one operative heading has this number. Read the source passage

Read reference in context
o to satisfy the Court in the same manner as if the decree had been against him personally. 53. Liability of ancestral property .– For the purposes of section 50 and section 52, property in the hands of a son or other descendant which is liable under Hindu law for the payment of the debt of a deceased ancestor, in respect of which a decree has been passed, shall be deemed to be property of the decea

Read the source passage

Section 68

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
which it has with respect to decrees or orders of the Court. 71. Collector deemed to be acting judicially .– In executing a decree transferred to the Collector under section 68 the Collector and his subordinates shall be deemed to be acting judicially. 72. Where Court may authorize Collector to stay public sale of land .– (1) where in any local area in which no declaration under section 68 is in f

Read the source passage

Section 68

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
l be deemed to be acting judicially. 72. Where Court may authorize Collector to stay public sale of land .– (1) where in any local area in which no declaration under section 68 is in force the property attached consists of land or of a share in land, and the Collector represents to the Court that the public sale of the land or share is objectionable and that satisfaction of the decree may be made

Read the source passage

Section 89A

An operative target heading has not been identified. Read the source passage

Read reference in context
disposal of a case, in or in relation to a suit, adopt with the consent of the parties alternate dispute resolution method, including mediation and conciliation.] Section 89-A has been repealed by the Punjab Alternate Dispute Resolution Act 2019 (XVII of 2019), published in the Punjab Gazette (Extraordinary), dated: 11 October 2019, pp. 1191 - 1195, s.26; however, it shall come into force on such

Read the source passage

Section 100

More than one operative heading has this number. Read the source passage

Read reference in context
he merits. 3 [(2) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *] 101. Second appeal on no other grounds .– No second appeal shall lie except on the grounds mentioned in section 100. 1The words “passed after the commencement of this Code” were omitted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Punjab Amendment) Act 2018 (XIV of 2018), published in the Punjab Gazette

Read the source passage

Section 100

More than one operative heading has this number. Read the source passage

Read reference in context
appellate Court or which has been wrongly determined by such Court by reason of any illegality, omission, error or defect such as is referred to in sub­section (1) of section 100]. APPEALS FROM ORDERS 104. Orders from which appeal lies .– (1) An appeal shall lie from the following orders, and save as otherwise expressly provided in the body of this Code or by any law for the time being in for

Read the source passage

Section 35A

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
(c) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * (d) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * (e) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *] 4 [(f) an order under section 35A; (ff) an order under section 47;] 5 [(fff) an order under section 91 or section 92 refusing leave to institute a suit;] (g) an order under section 95; (h) an order under any of the provisions of this Code imposing a fi

Read the source passage

Section 47

More than one operative heading has this number. Read the source passage

Read reference in context
* * * * * * (d) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * (e) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *] 4 [(f) an order under section 35A; (ff) an order under section 47;] 5 [(fff) an order under section 91 or section 92 refusing leave to institute a suit;] (g) an order under section 95; (h) an order under any of the provisions of this Code imposing a fine or directing the arrest or de

Read the source passage

Section 91

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
* * * * * * * * * * (e) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *] 4 [(f) an order under section 35A; (ff) an order under section 47;] 5 [(fff) an order under section 91 or section 92 refusing leave to institute a suit;] (g) an order under section 95; (h) an order under any of the provisions of this Code imposing a fine or directing the arrest or detention in the civil prison of any perso

Read the source passage

Section 92

More than one operative heading has this number. Read the source passage

Read reference in context
* * * (e) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *] 4 [(f) an order under section 35A; (ff) an order under section 47;] 5 [(fff) an order under section 91 or section 92 refusing leave to institute a suit;] (g) an order under section 95; (h) an order under any of the provisions of this Code imposing a fine or directing the arrest or detention in the civil prison of any person except whe

Read the source passage

Section 95

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
der under section 35A; (ff) an order under section 47;] 5 [(fff) an order under section 91 or section 92 refusing leave to institute a suit;] (g) an order under section 95; (h) an order under any of the provisions of this Code imposing a fine or directing the arrest or detention in the civil prison of any person except where such arrest or detention is in execution of a decree; (i) any orde

Read the source passage

Section 109

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
tion of the Constitution.] 2 [110. Value of subject­matter.– * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ] 111. Bar of certain appeals .– Notwithstanding anything contained in section 109, no appeal shall lie to 3 [the Supreme Court]– (a) from the decree or order of one Judge of a High Court 4 [* * * * * * *], or of one Judge of a Division Court, or of two or more Judges of such High Court, or of a Di

Read the source passage

Section 102

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
vided in opinion, and do not amount in number to a majority of the whole of the Judges of the High Court at the time being; or (b) from any decree from which under section 102 no second appeal lies 5 [111A. Appeals to Federal Court.–* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ] 112. Savings.– 1 [(1) Nothing contained in this Code shall be deemed– 1Substit

Read the source passage

Section 104

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
subsection (2) by the District Court.] 8 [(5) No proceedings in revision shall be entertained by the High Court against an order passed by the District Court under section 104.] PART IX SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO 9 [* *] HIGH COURTS 116. Part to apply only to certain High Courts .– This Part applies only to High Courts 10 [* * * * * * * * * * * * * * *].

Read the source passage

Section 122

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
be called the Rule Committee, shall be constituted at 3 [the town which is the usual place of sitting of each of the High Courts 4 [* * * * *] referred to in section 122.] (2) Each such Committee shall consist of the following persons namely:– (a) three Judges of the High Court established at the town at which such Committee is constituted, one of whom at least has served as a District J

Read the source passage

Section 122

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
the town at which it is constituted on any proposal to annul, alter or add to the rules in the First Schedule or to make new rules, and before making any rules under section 122 the High Court shall take such report into consideration. 11 [125. Power of other High Courts to make rules.– * * * * * * * * * ] 1 [126. Rules to be subje ct to approval .– Rules made under the foregoing provisions s

Read the source passage

Section 129

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
. Certain amendments were made by the Adaptation of Central Acts and Ordinances Order, 1949 (G.G.O. No. 4 of 131. Publication of rules .– Rules made in accordance with section 129 1 [* * *] shall be published in the 2 [official Gazette] and shall from the date of publication or from such other date as may be specified have the force of law. PART XI MISCELLANEOUS 132. Exemption of certain w

Read the source passage

Section 130

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
ule; and by the Amending Act, 1916 (XIII of 1916), published in the Punjab Gazette, dated: 9 February 1917, pp. 6-8, s. 2 read with the Schedule. 1The expression “or section 130” was omitted ibid. 2Substituted for the expression “Gazette of India or in the local official Gazette, as the case may be,” by the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 1937, published in the Gazette of India

Read the source passage

Section 47

More than one operative heading has this number. Read the source passage

Read reference in context
ally liable, in the manner herein provided for the execution of decrees, and such person shall, for the purposes of appeal, be deemed a party within the meaning of section 47: Provided that such notice as the Court in each case thinks sufficient has been given to the surety. 146. Proceedings by or against representatives .– Save as otherwise provided by this Code or by any law for the time bei

Read the source passage

Section 22

More than one operative heading has this number. Read the source passage

Read reference in context
rved on the new defendant and, if the Court thinks fit, on the original defendant. (5) Subject to the provisions of the 1 [Limitation Act, 1908 (IX of 1908)], section 22, the proceedings as against any person added as defendant shall be deemed to have begun only on the service of the summons. 2 [11. Conduct of suit.– The Court shall, at the time of framing of the issues, give the conduct o

Read the source passage

Section 144

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
l proceedings in the suit are ended so far as regards the client. (3) For the purposes of sub­rule (2) an application for review of judgment, an application under section 144 or section 152 of this Code, any appeal from any decree or order in the suit and any application or act for the purpose of obtaining copies of documents or return of documents produced or filed in the suit or of obtaining r

Read the source passage

Section 152

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
n the suit are ended so far as regards the client. (3) For the purposes of sub­rule (2) an application for review of judgment, an application under section 144 or section 152 of this Code, any appeal from any decree or order in the suit and any application or act for the purpose of obtaining copies of documents or return of documents produced or filed in the suit or of obtaining refund of monies

Read the source passage

Section 89

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
dinary), Part -III, dated: 18 October 2001. the possibility of the alternate dispute resolution method and when so warranted adopt such a method in accordance with section 89 -A. (5) The Court shall stay the proceedings of the suit for a period which is not more than thirty days when it requires the parties to adopt any of the alternate dispute resolution method. 2. Case management questionna

Read the source passage

Section 138

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
and the language in which it is taken down, the evidence as taken down in writing shall be interpreted to him in the language in which it is given. 7. Evidence under section 138 .– Evidence taken down under section 138 shall be in the form prescribed by rule 5 and shall be read over and signed and, as occasion may require, interpreted and corrected as if it were evidence taken down under that rule.

Read the source passage

Section 138

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
n, the evidence as taken down in writing shall be interpreted to him in the language in which it is given. 7. Evidence under section 138 .– Evidence taken down under section 138 shall be in the form prescribed by rule 5 and shall be read over and signed and, as occasion may require, interpreted and corrected as if it were evidence taken down under that rule. 8. Memorandum when evidence not taken

Read the source passage

Section 24

More than one operative heading has this number. Read the source passage

Read reference in context
h his predecessor left it. (2) The provisions of sub­rule (1) shall, so far as they are applicable, be deemed to apply to evidence taken in a suit transferred under section 24. 16. Power to examine witness immediately .– (1) Where a witness is about to leave the jurisdiction of the Court, or other sufficient cause is shown to the satisfaction of the Court why his evidence should be taken immediat

Read the source passage

Section 152

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
be dated and signed by the Judge in open Court at the time of pronouncing it and, when once signed, shall not afterwards be altered or added to, save as provided by section 152 or on review. 4. Judgments of Small Cause Courts .– (1) Judgments of a Court of Small Causes need not contain more than the points for determination and the decision thereon.

Read the source passage

Section 54

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
be made by the Collector, or any gazetted subordinate of the Collector deputed by him in this behalf, in accordance with such declaration and with the provisions of section 54; (2) if and in so far as such decree relates to any other immoveable property or to moveable property, the Court may, if the partition or separation cannot be conveniently made without further inquiry, pass a preliminary

Read the source passage

Section 44A

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
ree, or (b) against the legal representative of a party to the decree 2 [or where an application is made for execution of a decree filed under the provisions of section 44A], the Court executing the decree shall issue a notice to the person against whom execution is applied for requiring him to show cause, on a date to be fixed, why the decree should not be executed against him: Provided tha

Read the source passage

Section 51

More than one operative heading has this number. Read the source passage

Read reference in context
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * ] 5 [(3) Where the judgment -debtor fails to show any good cause und er sub-rule (1), the Court may, subject to the provisions o f section 51 and to the other provisions of the Code, make an order for the detention of the judgment - debtor in prison and shall, in that event, cause him to be arrested if he is not already under arrest. ] (4) A judgment­debtor rele

Read the source passage

Section 60

More than one operative heading has this number. Read the source passage

Read reference in context
ment­debtor or the disbursing officer is or is not within the local limits of the Court's jurisdiction, may order that the amount shall, subject to the provisions of section 60, be withheld from such salary or allowances either in one payment or by monthly instalments as the Court may direct; and, upon notice of the order to such officer instalments as the Court may direct; and, upon notice of the

Read the source passage

Section 73

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
urchase of the property. (2) Where a d ecree-holder purchases the property, the purchase - money and the amount due on the decree may, subject to the provisions of section 73, be set -off against one another, and the Court executing the decree shall enter up satisfaction of the decree in whole or in part accordingly .] 4 [(3) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *] 73. R

Read the source passage

Section 64

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
ch case the Court shall grant a certificate to the judgment­debtor authorizing him within a period to be mentioned therein, and notwithstanding anything contained in section 64, to make the proposed mortgage, lease or sale: Provided that all monies payable under such mortgage, lease or sale shall be paid, not to the judgment­debtor, but, save in so far as a decree­holder is entitled to set off s

Read the source passage

Section 54

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
13. Commission to make partition of immoveable property .– Where a preliminary decree for partition has been passed, the Court may, in any case not provided for by section 54, issue a commission to such person as it thinks fit to make the partition or separation according to the rights as declared in such decree. 14. Procedure of Commissioner .– (1) The Commissioner shall, after such inquiry a

Read the source passage

Section 79

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
the plaint the name and description and place of residence of the plaintiff or defendant, it shall be sufficient to insert 7 [the appropriate name as provided in section 79, 8 [* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *] ] 9 [4. Agent for Government to receive process .– The 10 [Government] pleader in any court shall be the agent of the 11 [Government] for the purpose of receiving pr

Read the source passage

Section 58

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
l the provisions contained in this Order which apply to a simple mortgage shall so far as may be, apply to a mortgage by deposit of title­deeds within the meaning of section 58, and to a charge within the meaning of section 100 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 2 .] ORDER XXXV Interpleader 1. Plaint in interpleader­suit .– In every suit of interpleader the plaint shall, in addition to

Read the source passage

Section 79

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
d the plaintiff shall be entitled to a decree 4 [(a) for the principal sum due on the instrument and for interest calculated in accordance with the provisions of section 79 or section 80, as the case may be, of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 5 , up to the date of the institution of the suit, or for the sum mentioned in the summons, whichever is less, and for interest up to the date o

Read the source passage

Section 80

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
shall be entitled to a decree 4 [(a) for the principal sum due on the instrument and for interest calculated in accordance with the provisions of section 79 or section 80, as the case may be, of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 5 , up to the date of the institution of the suit, or for the sum mentioned in the summons, whichever is less, and for interest up to the date of the decree at

Read the source passage

Section 34

More than one operative heading has this number. Read the source passage

Read reference in context
the date of the decree at the same rate or at such other rate as the Court thinks fit; and (b) for such subsequent interest, if any, as the Court may order under section 34 of this Code; and (c) for such sum for costs as may be prescribed: Provided that, if the plaintiff claims more than such fixed sum for costs, the costs shall be ascertained in the ordinary way.

Read the source passage

Section 35A

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
nts or parties, although such respondents or parties may not have filed any appeal or objection. 1 [Provided that the Appellate Court shall not make any order under section 35A, in pursuance of any objection on which the Court from whose decree the appeal is preferred has omitted or refused to make such order.] Illustration A claims a sum of money as due to him form X or Y, and in a suit against

Read the source passage

Section 104

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
ate Court dispenses therewith.] ORDER XLIII Appeals from Orders 1. Appeals from orders .– An appeal shall lie from the following orders under the provisions of section 104, namely:– 2 [(a) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ] (b) an order under rule 10 of Order VIII pronouncing judgment against a party; 3 [(c) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ] (d) an order under rul

Read the source passage

Section 34

More than one operative heading has this number. Read the source passage

Read reference in context
Service of process 6.Commissioner's fee Commissioner's fee 7.Service of process Total Total No. 2. SIMPLE MONEY DECREE. (Section 34.) (Title.) Claim for This suit coming on this day for final disposal before in the presence of for the plaintiff and of for the defendant, it is ordered that the do

Read the source passage

Section 46

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
adjustment aforesaid should not be recorded as certified. GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this day of 19 . No. 2. PRECEPT. (Section 46.) (Title.) Upon hearing the decree­holder it is ordered that this precept be sent to the Court of at und er section 46 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, with directions to attach the property spe

Read the source passage

Section 145

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
is obligation shall be void : otherwise it shall remain in full force and be enforcible against the above bounden I. J. in accordance with the procedure laid down in Section 145, Civil Procedure Code, as if the aforesaid I. J. were a surety for the restoration of property taken in execution of a decree. I. J. K. L. M. N. Signed and delivered by the above bounden in the presence of

Read the source passage

Section 72

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
hed in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 31 July 1994, pp. 683-688, s. 11. 2Ibid. No. 42. AUTHORITY OF THE COLLECTOR TO STAY PUBLIC SALE OF LAND. (Section 72.) (Title.) To Collector of SIR, In answer to your communication No. , dated , representing that the sale in execution of the decree in this suit of

Read the source passage

Section 24

More than one operative heading has this number. Read the source passage

Read reference in context
1. 2. Dated the day of 19 . No. 2. NOTICE OF APPLICATION FOR THE TRANSFER OF A SUIT TO ANOTHER COURT FOR TRIAL. (Section 24.) In the Court of the District Judge of No. of 19 . To WHEREAS an application, dated the day of 19 has been made to this Court by the

Read the source passage

Section 145

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
GIVEN under my hand and the seal of the Court, this day of 19 . Judge. No. 13. NOTICE TO SURETY OF HIS LIABILITY UNDER A DECREE. (Section 145.) (Title.) To WHEREAS you did on become liable as surety for the performance of any decree which might be passed against the said defendant in the above suit; and whereas a decree was pass

Read the source passage

Section 68

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
] THE THIRD SCHEDULE EXECUTION OF DECREES BY COLLECTORS 1. Powers of Collector .– Where the execution of a decree has been transferred to the Collector under section 68, he may– (a) proceed as the Court would proceed when the sale of immoveable property is postponed in order to enable the judgment­debtor to raise the amount of the decree; or (b) raise the amount of the decree by letting

Read the source passage

Section 73

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
er paragraph 1, in satisfaction of the original decree in execution of which the Court ordered the sale of immoveable property, or otherwise as the Court may under section 73 direct; or (c) where the Collector has proceeded under paragraph 2,– (i) in keeping down the interest on incumbrances on the property; (ii) where the judgment­debtor has no other sufficient means of subsistence, in provid

Read the source passage

Section 155

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
, 1937, published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), dated: 1 April 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 1 [THE FOURTH SCHEDULE (See section 155) Enactments Amended] 2 [THE FIFTH SCHEDULE (See section 156) Enactments Repealed] 1Omitted by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII

Read the source passage

Section 156

Open the identified operative provision

Read reference in context
ril 1937, pp. 75-344, Article 3 read with the First Schedule. 1 [THE FOURTH SCHEDULE (See section 155) Enactments Amended] 2 [THE FIFTH SCHEDULE (See section 156) Enactments Repealed] 1Omitted by the Federal Laws (Revision and Declaration) Ordinance, 1981 (XXVII of 1981), published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary) dated:

Read the source passage

Provisions explicitly cited in other instruments 74

Section 5 of Limitation Act, 1908

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument matches multiple source editions; no edition is selected.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

rance, as the case may be, the Court shall make an order setting aside the dismissal and shall appoint a day for proceeding with the suit. 2 [(2) The provision of section 5 of the Limitation Act, 1908 (IX of 1908) shall apply to applications under sub­rule (1).] 5. Dismissal of suit where plaintiff, after summons returned unserved, fails for 3 [three months ] to apply for fresh summ ons.– 4 [(1) Where, after a s

Read the source passage

Section 5 of Limitation Act, 1908

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument matches multiple source editions; no edition is selected.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

missed for default.] (2) No order shall be made under this rule unless notice of the application has been served on the opposite party. 2 [(3) The provisions of section 5 of the Limitation Act, 1908 (IX of 1908), shall apply to applications under sub­rule (1).] 10. Procedure in case of non­attendance of one or more of several plaintiffs.– Where there are more plaintiffs than one, and one or more of them appear, and t

Read the source passage

Section 5 of Limitation Act, 1908

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument matches multiple source editions; no edition is selected.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

on to be recorded, that the defendant had knowledge of the date of hearing in sufficient time to appear on that date and answer the claim.] 3 [(2) The provisions of section 5 of the Limitation Act, 1908 (IX of 1908), shall apply to applications under sub­rule (1).] 14. No decree to be set aside without notice to opposite party .– No decree shall be set aside on any such application as aforesaid unless notice thereof has

Read the source passage

Section 5 of Limitation Act, 1908

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument matches multiple source editions; no edition is selected.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

uit, as the case may be, the Court shall set aside the order or the judgment, upon such terms as to costs or otherwise as it thinks fit.] 2 [(3) The provisions of section 5 of the Limitation Act, 1908 (IX of 1908), shall apply to applications under sub­rule (2).] 10. Procedure in case of assignment before final order in suit. – (1) In other cases of an assignment, creation or devolution of any interest during the pende

Read the source passage

Section 57 of Transfer of Property Act, 1882

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument matches multiple source editions; no edition is selected.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

cording to their respective interests therein or upon their joint receipt. (2) Nothing in this rule or in rule 12 shall be deemed to affect the powers conferred by section 57 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 1 . 14. Suit for sale necessary for bringing mortgaged property to sale .– (1) Where a mortgagee has obtained a decree for the payment of money in satisfaction of a claim arising under the mortgage, he shall not be entitl

Read the source passage

Section 100 of Transfer of Property Act, 1882

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument matches multiple source editions; no edition is selected.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

ly to a simple mortgage shall so far as may be, apply to a mortgage by deposit of title­deeds within the meaning of section 58, and to a charge within the meaning of section 100 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 2 .] ORDER XXXV Interpleader 1. Plaint in interpleader­suit .– In every suit of interpleader the plaint shall, in addition to the other statements necessary for plaints, state– (a) that the plaintiff claims no interes

Read the source passage

Section 5 of Limitation Act, 1908

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument matches multiple source editions; no edition is selected.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

ly or subject to such terms as to payment into Court, giving security, framing and recording issues or otherwise as the Court thinks fit. 2 [(3) The provisions of section 5 of the Limitation Act, 1908 (IX of 1908), shall apply to applications under sub­rule (1).] 4. Power to set aside decree .– After decree the Court may, under special circumstances, set aside the decree, and if necessary stay or set aside execution, a

Read the source passage

Section 5 of Limitation Act 1908

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument matches multiple source editions; no edition is selected.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

earing or from depositing the sum so required, the Court shall re­admit the appeal on such terms as to costs or otherwise as it thinks fit. 2 [(2) The provisions of section 5 of the Limitation Act 1908 (IX of 1908), shall apply to an application for re­admission of an appeal dismissed under sub­rule (2) of rule 11 or sub­rule (1) of rule 17.] 20. Power to adjourn hearing and direct persons appearing interested to be mad

Read the source passage

Section 46 of Code of Civil Procedure (CPC) , 1908 (Under Review)

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

Open the target section 46

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

No. 2. PRECEPT. (Section 46.) (Title.) Upon hearing the decree­holder it is ordered that this precept be sent to the Court of at und er section 46 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, with directions to attach the property specified in the annexed schedule and to hold the same pending any application which may be made by the decree­holder for execution of the decree. Schedule. Dated the

Read the source passage

Target heading · Code of Civil Procedure (CPC) , 1908 (Under Review)

46. Precepts.__ (1) Upon the application of the decree­holder the Court which passed the decree may, whenever it thinks fit, issue a precept to any other Court which would be competent to execute such decree to attach any property belonging to the judgment­debtor and specified in the precept. (2) The Court to

Read the source passage

Section 58 of Code of Civil Procedure (CPC) , 1908 (Under Review)

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

Open the target section 58

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

or until the said decree shall be fully satisfied, or the said shall be otherwise entitled to be released according to the terms and provisions of section 58 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 3 [* * * * * * * * * * *]. GIVEN under my signature' add the seal of the Court, this day of 19 . Judge. No. 15. ORDER FOR THE RELEASE OF A PERSON IMPRISONED IN EXECUTION OF A DECREE. (Sections

Read the source passage

Target heading · Code of Civil Procedure (CPC) , 1908 (Under Review)

2[58. Release from detention.__ Every person detained in prison in execution of a decree shall be released from such detention, before the expiry of the period of detention, if__ (a) the amount mentioned in the warrant for his detention is paid to the officer in charge of the prison ; or (b) the decree against

Read the source passage

Section 110 of Code of Civil Procedure (CPC) , 1908 (Under Review)

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

A matching operative heading has not been identified.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

o Take notice that has applied to this Court for a certificate that as regards amount or value and nature the above case fulfils the requirements of section 110 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, or that it is otherwise a fit one for appeal to 2 [the Supreme Court]. The day of 19 is fixed for you to show cause why the Court should not grant the certificate asked for. GIV

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

esty while serving under [the Crown]” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. The words in crotches were earli

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

Substituted for the words “the Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 Jan uary 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. They were earlier substituted fo

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

ubstituted for the words “the Crown” by the Central Laws (Ada ption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1 961, pp. 102-163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. They were earlier substituted for

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

r the words “His Majesty in Council” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 6Substituted for the words “t

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

1Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P .O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 2Substituted for the expression

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

. 2Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 Janua ry 1961, pp. 102-163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 3Substituted for the words “Gaz

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

for the words “servant of the Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 10The word “company” was omit

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

for the words “servant of the Crown” by the Central Laws (A daption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 Januar y 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. They were earlier substituted

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

for the words “servant of the Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. They were earlier substituted f

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

2Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minis ter exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 3Substituted by the Code of Civ

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

rds “His Majesty or of” were omitted by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 4Substituted for the words “th

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

10Substituted for the word “CROWN” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 11Substituted by the Governmen

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

13Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was (a) in the case of a suit by or against the 1 [Federal Government], 2 [ 3 [*] 4 [* * *] Pakistan]; (b) in the case of a suit by or against a Provincial Government, the Provinc

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

2Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 3Substituted for the words “Lo

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

rds “His majesty or by” were omitted by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 8Substituted for the words “Ce

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

rds “His majesty or by” were omitt ed by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraord inary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 10Substituted for the words “

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

ed for the words „„King in Council‟‟ by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 1 [109. When appeals, l ie to

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

Earlier certain amendments were made by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102-163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 3Substituted for the words “His M

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

or the words “His Majesty in Council” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 Janua ry 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 4The words „„constituted by H

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

force on 14 October 1955. 7Omitted by the Cen tral Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), date d: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. Certain amendments were made by

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

ment of India Act, 1935” was omitted by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 o n 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102-163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 6The words “or Chamber” were omi

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

ty‟s military, [naval or air] forces” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 - 163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. The words in crotchets were earli

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

. 2Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. company or local authority, the

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

n “His Majesty‟s [Pakistan Revenues]” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. The words in crotchets we re earl

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

10The word “Federal” was omitted by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102-163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 11Substituted for the word

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

14Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was any 1 [ *] railway or local authority, the Provincial Government.] 49. Attachment of partnership property .– (1) Save as otherwise provided by this rule, property b elonging to a partnership

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

. 2Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 Jan uary 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 3Substituted for the words “th

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

4Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 19 61 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 5The words “the Secretary of State

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

8Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adapti on) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961 , pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 9Substituted for the words “the G

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

2Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Orde r, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 10 2-163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 3Substituted for the words “the Go

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

6Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), d ated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 7Substituted for the words “The S

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

10Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 11Ibid. 12Ibid. 13Substituted

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

14Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956. reasonable time for the necessary

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

2Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No . 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 3Substituted for the words “Gover

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

. 4Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 o n 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 5Substituted for the words “the s

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

6Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws ( Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 Januar y 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 7The words “or the Government” we

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

. 9Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 10Substituted for the words “the S

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

11Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordin ary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 12Substituted for the words “the

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

. 2Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), da ted: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 3Substituted for the words “the G

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

6Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordin ary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 7Inserted by the Government of In

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

. 8Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 9Substituted for the word “Cr

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

. 9Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Table: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 10Ibid. 11Ibid. (a) in relatio

Read the source passage

Section 205 of GOVERNMENT OF INDIA ACT, 1935

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

XIII of 1942), published in the Gazette of India, dated: 1 October 1942, s. 2. 6Substituted for the words “ANY SUCH QUESTION AS IS REFERRED TO IN SUB­SECTION (1) OF SECTION 205 OF THE GOVERNMENT OF INDIA ACT, 1935” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

THE GOVERNMENT OF INDIA ACT, 1935” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. It was earlier substituted for th

Read the source passage

Section 205 of Government of India Act, 1935

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

raordinary), dated: 28 March 1949, pp. 223-283, Article 3 read with the Schedule. 7Substituted for the words “any such question as is referred to in sub­section (1) of section 205 of the Government of India Act, 1935” by the Central Laws (Adap tion) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the G

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

the Government of India Act, 1935” by the Central Laws (Adap tion) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 19 61, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. It was earlier substituted for t

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

words “Advocate -General of Pakistan” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pak istan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. It was earlier substituted for

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

t he Government of India Act, 1935” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in th e Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. It was earlier substituted for t

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

words “Advocate -General of Pakistan” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 o n 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. It was earlier substituted for

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

read with the Schedule. 5Inserted by the Central Laws (Adaption) Or der, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102-163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 6Inserted by the Amending Act, 1

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

r the words “serving under the Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956 . They were earlier substituted fo

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

tuted for the words “King in Council” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 3Substituted by the Federal Ada

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

r the words “His Majesty in Council” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with th e Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 5Substituted by the Federal Ad

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

, s. 3. 4Inserted ibid. 5Inserted by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 6Substituted ibid., for the wor

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

d: 2 September 1920, s. 3. 2Omitted by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 3Substituted ibid., for the wor

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

or the words “His Majesty in Council” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the G azette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 2Ibid. 3Ibid. 4Substituted

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

tuted for the words “King in Council” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordina ry), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 2Ibid., for the words “His Ma

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

r the words “His Majesty in Council” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 9Ibid. have the same force an

Read the source passage

Section 209 of Government of India Act, 1935

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

ion of Orders of Supreme Court Federal Court 1. (1) Whoever desires to obtain execution of an order of th e Supreme Court Federal Court made under subsection (2) of section 209 of the Government of India Act, 1935 , shall apply by petition, accompanied by a certified Copy of the Order sought to be executed, to the High Court from which the appeal to the Supreme Court Federal Court was preferred. (2) The High Court shall transmit the

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

rds “the Federation of” were omitted by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. _________ A. B. (add descr

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

King­Emperor of India,” was omitted by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P.O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinar y), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 - 163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 2The words “the civil” were omit

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

uted for the words "KING IN COUNCIL" by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P .O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. 2Ibid., for the words "His Maje

Read the source passage

Article 2 of State Arrangements Order, 1959

Cited by CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908

The named instrument has not been matched in this library.

Read source and target evidence

Explicit source reference

2Substituted for the word “Crown” by the Central Laws (Adaption) Order, 1961 (P .O. No. 1 of 1961); made by the Minister exercising the functions of President under Article 2 of the State Arrangements Order, 1959 on 21 January 1961; and, was published in the Gazette of Pakistan (Extraordinary), dated: 24 January 1961, pp. 102 -163, Article 2 read with the Schedule: it came into force on 23 March 1956. (b) adjourn the sale for a reas

Read the source passage

Cited instruments not matched in this library 286

Explore this law in the whole-library map · Download this law’s relationship evidence · Download preserved source record

Original-source comparison

Original-source text comparison matched

Open the compared original source

Source comparison checks the identified transcription and edition. The law's current force, later amendments and territorial application require separate legal review.

Comparison evidence
Stored text SHA-256
152523fe5de2bd6d59a5f0e1b2b846405d053653adf3d3a892304312f7d78fc0
Original source SHA-256
8806778468d7782ae7e9202cf8e23e6d5aff1cce32e1b9ebab96cfb7f7a712ff
Comparison method
NFKC, typography-equivalent quotation marks, soft-hyphen removal and whitespace normalization; full-text equality required

Download the library source-comparison register

View the recorded official source
Source, version and text details
Recorded title
CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT, 1908
Source collection
Punjab — this does not establish territorial applicability.
Recorded version
Not supplied in this record
Source snapshot
2026-08-06T16:27:03Z
Legal status
not independently verified
Text quality
Complete stored UTF-8 TXT file recovered byte-for-byte from owned Drive. Source transcription retained verbatim; legal completeness, OCR accuracy and current consolidation unverified.
Recorded quality flags
No additional flags recorded
Stable record
punjab-code-0d2990ba5d124400
Content extent
Legal completeness not independently established
Integrity scope
Stored UTF-8 text and TXT download bytes checked against their recorded hash. This does not establish legal authenticity or currency.
Passage offsets
zero-based Unicode code points and UTF8 bytes; end exclusive
Stored text SHA-256
152523fe5de2bd6d59a5f0e1b2b846405d053653adf3d3a892304312f7d78fc0

Law, understood
in its full context.

Evolutionary

Examine institutional development, adaptation and correction.

Strategic

Examine authority, purpose and the choices before institutions.

Anticipatory

Explore emerging consequences and the safeguards they require.